E- A. POSSELT,
Publisher & Bookseller,
2152 N. 2Ist Street,
Philadelphia.
THOMAS WOOD & CO
FAIRMODNT MACHINE WORKS,
22d & Wood Sts., Philadelphia, Pa. (
POV/ER LOOMS. '
Patent Bobbir
Patent Cop V
Improved Pre
Plain Beamin:
Improved Re(
Improved Pn
Plain Spooler
Warp Splittii
Hank Twistii
Warping Mill
Single and D
Dyeing Mach
Cradle and C
Fulling Mills.
Calendering I
Self-Acting W
Yarn Bundling
Loom Beam Trucks
(DecoratixicArt
QoUe^oru
ST^l^Ll N G
ANDFRANQNE
CLAIUC
ART INSTITUTE
LIBRART
.^men, etc.
tiproved hecks.
(
1 1 csacs.
SHAFTING, HANGERS, PULLEYS, ETC.
SELF-OILING BEARINGS, PATENT FRICTION PULLEYS,
PATENT SELF- OILING LOOSE PULLEYS WITH BEVEL FLANGE,
GEARING, ROPE TRANSMISSION, SPECIAL DRIVING.
ELBVATORS.
/
K ^
■^
^
^
^^I^INGKI^ \p^
O
MANUFACTURERS OF
^^
'S
Single Lift Jaequard Machines,
Double Lift Jaequard Machines,
Raise and Drop Jaequard Machines,
Witch Motions,
Dobby Machines,
Heddle Machines,
Jaequard Card-Lacing Machines.
PIANO STEAM-POWER CARD-
STAMPING MACHINE.
For Jacquard Cards.
The speed is comp'etelv at the wi'l
of the operator, and will punch as
high as lyoslrokes per minute. The
capacity is about double that of a
foot-power machine. Two cards can
be stamped at once.
JACQUARD MACHINES.
Made for weaving figured goods of all kinds, from the light-
est to the heaviest, either for silk, cotton or wool. Single lift,
double lift or raise and drop machines. Harness tied up
and made ready to set on looms of any make. Our raise and
drop are especially adapted to weaving the finest silk and
worsted goods.
PIANO FOOT-TREADING
CARD-STAMPING MACHINE.
I have lately re-constructed this
machine, making it more compact
by a novel and durable escapement
of the rack.
The only successful machine ever
introduced for this pupose.
Far superior to hand lacing for regu-
larity and durability.
Light-running, simple and durable.
Can be operated by a small girl or
boy.
Will lace 800 to 2000 cards per hour.
Thoroughly and satisfactorily tested.
Weighs about 500 pounds.
Machines now in operation and ready
for the inspection of manufacturers.
Machines placed on trial with re-
sponsible parties.
JACQUARD CARD-LACING MACHINE.
Nos. 14 to 36 Canal Street, Ptiiladelplnia, Pa.
{Take red car on Third Street to Frank ford Avenue and Canal Streets.)
KNOWLES LOOM WORKS,
WORCESTER. MASS.
BUILDERS OF
LOOMS FOR ALL STYLES OF WEAVING
THE ILLUSTRATION ON THIS PAGE REPRESENTS OUR
MEAVY WORSTED LOOIVL
Of Twenty-five or Thirty Harness Capacity 4x4 Box, with Single or Double Beam, made from
new and heavy patterns and fitted with every device that experience has shown to be practical, while
we have striven not to overload it with useless attachments which would be a source of vexation or
expense by reason of breakage.
The Loom is built with Entire New Driving Gears, Friction pulley if desired, Positive Box
Motion, Heavier Upright Shaft and Gears, complete system of Positive and Conditional Take-up
Motions, Filling Stop Motion, Equal Driving Gears for crank and bottom shafts, and other new
devices which combine to make this the very best loom in the market, and one upon which we
guarantee to weave every variety of fabrics from the simplest to the most intricate that can be woven
on any loom in the world.
This Loom is also arranged with Jacquard for more extensive and intricate patterns in Fancy
Worsteds, etc.
The Superiority of the Open Shed principle of weaving has been fully established by the success
of this loom, and we are more fully persuaded than at the first that it is the true theory. The ver-
dict of the numerous manufacturers who have them in successful operation is lufiicient guaranty of
the merits of the loom. (Send for Circialar.)
KNOWLES LOOM WORKS,
WORCESTER, MASS.
THIS ILLUSTRATION SHOWS OUR
VKIvVKT AND RLUSH LOOM.
A Loom designed especially for this class of goods, and made with 12, 20 or 30 harness capacity
and with Single Box at each end, or Double Stationary Boxes at each end designed to run two
shuttles at each pick, or with two or three pairs of Drop Boxes at each end, arranged to use two
shuttles at each pick and call either pair as required by the pattern.
THE HARNESS AND BOX MOTION ARE THE SAME AS ON THE FANCY
WORSTED OR CASSIMERE LOOM.
The goods are cut automatically in the loom. The Take-up Motion is positive and very accu-
rate in its operation, and the Let-off for Pile Warp is operated positively from the head motion,
and controls the length of the pile on the goods. Many of these Jooms are in successful operation
on this class of goods.
We desire most respectfully to call the attention of Textile Manufacturers to the various Looms built
by this Company for all kinds of fabrics, including
Worsteds, Woolens, Dress Goods, Flannels, Blankets, Jeans, Ginghams, Uphol-
stery, Draperies, Shawls, Ingrain Carpets, Silks, Satins, Ribbons,
Suspenders, Bindings, Wiekings, Webbings, etc.,
which have within the past years been introduced into most of the mills in the country, and where they
have, by superior workmanship and perfect operation, won for themselves the reputation of being
the best looms made, and established beyond question the claims made for them on their introduction
to the public many years ago.
(Correspondence Solicited.).
ERBEN, SEARCH & CO.,
Phiilad.elph.ia, Pa.
FAIRMOUNT WORSTED MILLS.
Mills, 2416 Spring Garden Street.
TACONY WORSTED MILLS.
Mills, Tacony, Philadelphia, Pa.
Worsted. Yarns — English or Krenchi Systems;
Also Woolen, Nlohair, IVlerino and
Genapped Yarns.
Delivered on Cops, Shuttle Bobbins, Skeins, Six-inch
and Dresser Spools, in Oil or Colors.
Technology of Textile Design.
Being a Practical Treatise on the Construction and
Application of Weaves for all Textile Fabrics,
with minute reference to the latest
Inventions for Weaving.
Containing also
An Appendix showing the Analysis and giving the Calculations necessary
for the Manufacture of the various Textile Fabrics.
BY-
.VV'
E. K. POSSELT,
Head Master Textile Department Pennsylvania Museum and School of Industrial Art, Philadelphia, Pa.;
Author of "The Jacquard Machine analyzed and explained, the Preparation of Jac guard
Cards, and Practical Hints to Learners of Jacquard Designing,'^
WITH OVER 1000 ILLUSTRATIONS.
PHILADELPHIA:
Published by the Author.
HENRY CAREY BAIRD & CO.,
INDUSTRIAL PUBLISHERS, BOOKSELLERS AND IMPORTERS,
8io WALNUT STREET.
LONDON:
SAMPSON LOW, MARSTON, SEARLE & RIVINGTON, Limited,
ST. dunstan's house, fetter lane, fleet street.
1889.
GOPYP^IGHTED, 1887,
— BY —
E. A. POSSELT,
Press of
ROYAL PRINTING COMPANY,
N. E. Cor. loth and Tilbert Streets,
Philadelphia.
PREFACE.
An experience of several years as Principal of The Textile Department of the
Pennsylvania Museum and School of Industrial Art, has shown the author of this
work the necessity and value of a Text-book on Textile Designing and Weaving.
The absence of any such guide to the study has Induced him to prepare this work,
which he trusts will be useful not only to the student as a Text-book, but also to the
manufacturer as a book of reference. The results arrived at by the completion of
this work, will be greatly enhanced in their value to practical men, when assured
that a life-time of actual service in the mills of this country and Europe has been
enjoyed by the author, and that the ripe experience of such practical knowledge
has been closely interwoven with the results herein fully set forth.
The favor so generously accorded his previous book entitled "The Jacquard
Machine Analyzed and Explained ; the Preparation of Jacquard Cards, and Practical
Hints to Learners of Jacquard Designing," greatly encouraged him In the prepara-
tion of this work, and it Is sent forth with the earnest desire that It may likewise win
the approval of the public and aid in developing and extending a deeper interest in
the subject.
While much indebted to his many friends for their kindly hints and suggestions,
he more particularly acknowledges the services of Mr. Theodore C. Search, who
has been so unremitting in his zeal for the advancement of the work, and through
\ whose generous assistance the author has been enabled to reach a more speedy
termination of his labors. \
(^
-* Philadelphia, Pa., November, 1888.
'J-
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2012 with funding from
Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute Library
http://archive.org/details/technologyoftext1889poss2
CONTKNTS.
PAGE.
Divisions of Textile Fabrics, According to their Construction,
Squared Designing Paper for the Different Textile Fabrics * . 9
Foundation Weaves,
The Plain or Cotton-Weave, 13
Fancy Effects Produced with the Plain Weave, 14
Twill Weaves (Method for their Construction), 16
Combinations of Two or More Colors for Producing Figured Effects upon Fabrics Interlaced on Twills, 22
Satin Weaves (Method for their Construction), 25
Influence of the Twist of the Yarn upon Fabrics Interlaced with Satin Weaves, 29
Arrangement for Commencing the Satin Weaves for Special Fabrics, such as Damask Table Covers, Etc. , 29
"Drawing in the Warp in its Harness" and the Preparation of Drawing-in Drafts.
The Harness, 31
Principles of a Drawing-in Draft, 31
Different Divisions of Drawing-in Drafts, 32
Sub-Divisions of Fancy Drawing-in Drafts, ■ 32
A. — Broken Draws, 32
B. — Point Draws, . 33
C. — Drawing-in Drafts having a Section Arrangement, 34
D. — Skip Draws, 35
E. — Mixed or Cross Draws, 35
Specimen of a Complete Drawing-in Order, 35
Draftmg of Drawing-in Drafts from Weaves, 36
Rules for Estimating the Number of Heddles Required on Each Harness, 38
The Reed, and Reed Calculations, 39
Derivative Weaves from the Plain or Cotton Weave.
I. — Common Rib-Weaves, 41
II. — Common Basket Weaves, 42
III. — Fancy Rib-Weaves, 43
IV. — Fancy Basket-Weaves, 45
V. — Figured Rib-Weaves, 46
Effects Produced by Using Two or More Colors in Warp and Filling in Fabrics Interlaced
upon Rib and Basket-Weaves, 48
VI.— Oblique Rib- Weaves, . 50
Combining Common, Rib and Oblique Rib-Weaves, . . 51
CONTENTS.— Continued.
Derivative Weaves from the Regular Twills. page.
I. — Broken Twills, 52
Using Two or More Colors in Warp and Filling for Producing Effects in Fabrics Interlaced
with Broken Twills 55
II. — Steep Twills or Diagonals, 56
III. — Reclining Twills, 60
IV. — Curved Twills, 62
v.— Skip Twills, 63
VI. — Combination Steep Twills, 67
VII.— Corkscrew Twills, 68
VIII. — Entwining Twills, 75
IX. — Twills having Double Twill Effects, 77
X. — Twills Producing Checker-board Effects, . 78
XI. — Fancy Twill Weaves 80
XII.— Pointed Twills, 81
Derivative Weaves from Satins.
Double Satins, 84
Granite Weaves, 85
Granite Weaves as Constructed by other Methods than having Regular Satins for their Foundation, . 88
Combination of Different Systems of Weaves for One Design, 90
Figured Effects upon Fabrics interlaced with Derivative Weaves Produced by Arrangement of Two or
More Colors in the Warp or the Filling, or in Both at the Same Time, 93
Single Cloth Weaves for Fabrics of a Special Construction and Peculiar Character.
Honeycomb Weaves 98
Imitation Gauze Weaves, 102
Combination of Weaves for Fabrics Constructed with One System of Warp and Two
Systems of Filling.
Combining Two Systems of Filling with One Kind of Warp for increasing the Bulk in a Fabric, . . 105
Combining Two Systems of Filling with One Kind of Warp for Figuring with Extra Filling upon the
Face of the Fabric, 108
Swivel Weaving, 109
Combination of the Swivel Effect with figuring through the Warp, iii
Swivel Loom, . iii
Combination of Weaves for Fabrics Constructed with Two Systems of Warp and One
System of Filling.
Two Systems of Warp and One System of Filling for Producing Double faced Fabrics, . . . 114
Using an Extra Warp for Backing for Heavy-weight Worsted and Woolen Fabrics, . . . . 115
Figuring with an Extra Warp upon the Face of a Fabric Otherwise Interlaced with its own Filling, 117
Lappet Weaving, , 123
Tricot Weaves, . 126
CONTENTS.— Continued.
Double Cloth. page.
Description of the Construction and the Purposes for Making Double Cloth Fabrics 129
Rules for Designing Double Cloth Weaves, 130
Double Cloth Weaves having for their Arrangement One End Face to Alternate with One End Back
in Warp and Filling, 132
Double Cloth Composed with Different Proportions of Face and Back Threads, 134
Double Cloth Weaving without Stitching both Fabrics, 137
Double Cloth Fabrics in which the Design is Produced by the Stitching Visible upon the Face of the
Fabric, 138
Rib Fabrics, 142
Three-Ply Fabrics, 146
Four and Five-Ply Fabrics, 147
Pile Fabrics.
Pile Fabrics Produced by Filling.
Velveteens, Fustians, Corduroys 149
Chinchillas, Whitneys, 152
Chenille as Used in the Manufacture of Rugs, Curtains, etc., 153
Chenille Cuttmg Machine, 158
Chenille as Produced in the Manufacture of Fringes, 160
Pile Fabrics in Which the Pile is Produced by a Separate Warp in Addition'to the Ground Warp.
Structure of Warp Pile Fabrics, 166
Terry and Velvet Pile, 166
Method of Operation in Producing Warp Pile Fabrics, 167
Velvet and Plush Fabrics 168
Figured Velvet, . . 171
Astrakhans, 173
Machines for Curling Warp-threads for Astrakhans, 180
Tapestry Carpet, 185
Brussels Carpet, 188
Double Faced Pile Carpets, 193
Double Pile Fabrics, 194
Terry Pile Fabrics, 216
Pile Fabrics of a Special Method of Construction, 221
Two-Plv Ingrain Carpet, . , 225
Gauze Fabrics.
Principle of Their Construction, 228
Combination of Ordinary and Gauze Weaving, 231
Gauze Weaving Mechanism for Open-Shed Looms 237
Jacquard Gauze, 240
Cross Weaving for Chenille Fabrics, 244
Cross Weaving as Used for the Manufacture of Filtering Bags, 246
Cross Weaving as Used for Producing Fast Centre Selvages, 247
The Jacquard Machine, . 250
Modification of the Single-Lift Jacquard Machine, 252
Card Stamping, 253
The Jacquard Harness, 253
The Comber-board and Methods of Figuring for it, 254
Gobelin Tapestry, 256
CONTENTS.— Continued.
APPENDIX.
PAGE.
Analysis of the Various Textile Fabrics and Calculations Necessary for Their Manufac-
ture.
I. — Ascertaining the Weight Per Yard of the Finished Fabric, and its Finished Texture, . . 257
II. — Ascertaining the Weave, 259
III. — Ascertaining Raw Materials Used in the Construction of a Fabric, 261
IV. — Ascertaining the Texture for Fabrics as Required in Loom, 263
V. — Ascertaining the Arrangement of Threads in a Sample, According to Their Color and Their
Counts, for the Warp and Filling, 264
VI.— Ascertaining the Size of the Yarns (their counts) Found in Sample, and the Amount and
Direction of Twist, 264
VII. — Ascertaining the Weight of Cloth Per Yard from Loom, . 265
VIII. — Ascertaining the Process of Finishing Necessary and the Amount of Shrinkage of the Fabric, . 268
Grading of the Various Yarns Used in the Manufacture of Textile Fabrics According to
Counts.
I. — Cotton Yarns, 269
II. — Woolen Yarns, " Run System," . . . • 270
III. — Woolen Yarns, " Cut System," 271
IV. — Worsted Yarns, 272
V. — Silk, 273
Rules for Finding the Equivalent Counts of a Given Thread in Another System.
A. — Cotton, Woolen and Worsted Yarn, 274
B^. — Spun Silk Compared to Cotton, Woolen or Worsted Yarn, 275
B^. — Raw Silk Compared to Spun Silk, Cotton, Woolen or Worsted Yarn, 275
Tables of Relative Lengths
Of Cotton Yarn by Numbers and Woolen Yarn by Runs, 276
Of Cotton Yarn by Numbers and Woolen Yarn by Cuts, . . 276
Of Cotton Yarn by Numbers and Worsted Yarn by Numbers, 276
Of Woolen Yarn by Runs and Cotton Yarn by Numbers, ' . 277
Of Woolen Yarn by Runs and Woolen Yarn by Cuts, . . . 278
Of Woolen Yarn by Runs and Worsted Yarn by Numbers, 278
Of Woolen Yarn by Cuts and Cotton Yarn by Numbers, 279
Of Woolen Yam by Cuts and Woolen Yarn by Runs, , 279
Of Woolen Yarn by Cuts and Worsted Yarn by Numbers, 280
Of Worsted Yarn by Numbers and Cotton Yarn by Numbers, 281
Of Worsted Yarn by Numbers and Woolen Yarn by Runs, . . . 282
Of Worsted Yarn by Numbers and Woolen Yarn by Cuts, 282
Miscellaneous Yarn Calculations, 283
Tables of Relative Measures for Length, Whight and Capacity Between the Metric
Denominations and Those Used in the United States, 285
Index and Glossary, 287
Divisions of Textile Fabrics According to Their Construction.
Every fabric, commonly classified as "woven," is composed of two distinct systems of
threads (warp and filling) which interlace with each other at right angles. The arrangement
of this interlacing is technically known as the " weave." All woven fabrics, as to their general
principle of construction, can be graded in two great divisions :
Fabrics in which one system of parallel threads is interlaced at right angles with a second
system of parallel threads. (For illustration see diagram. Fig. i.)
Fabrics in which threads of one of the before-mentioned two systems of threads, the warp,
in addition to the interlacing, are twisted with threads of its own system. (For illustration see
diagram, Fig. 2.)
Fig. I.
Fig. II.
The first mentioned system of fabrics is divided into the following sub-divisions :
Single cloth, double cloth, and three or more ply cloth, pile fabrics.
Before commencing with the construction of the weaves, as required for the various textile
fabrics, it is necessary to give an explanation of the purpose and use of the
Squared Designing Paper for the Different Textile Fabrics,
and its relation for indicating the method of interlacing warp and filling.
In this n designing paper each distance between two lines, taken in vertical direction,
represents one warp-thread, see Fig. 3 ; and each distance between two lines, taken in a horizontal
direction, represents one filling-thread, see Fig. 4.
1st 2d 3d 4th vVarp-thread.
4th Filling.
3d
2d
I St
Fig. 4.
Fig. 3.
(9)
10
1st
2d
3d
4th
Warp-thread.
n
0
/
r
i
k
/
m
e
f
S
h
a
b
c
d
Fig. 5.
4th Fining.
3d
2d
1st
It will readily be seen by the student
that the different small rectangles illus-
trate the place where a certain warp-
thread meets with a certain filling-
thread. Thus in our illustration, Fig. 5,
the rectangle marked a will indicate the
meeting of warp-thread i and filling i.
Rectangle marked b will indicate the
meeting of warp-thread 2 and filling i.
Rectangle marked c will indicate the
meeting of warp-thread 3 and filling i.
Rectangle marked d will indicate the
meeting of warp-thread 4 and filling i.
Rectangle marked e will indicate the meeting of warp-thread i and filling 2.
« « jr it <( i, u « 2 " << 2
" " p. >' i( <( << a
<< " y^ « " it tt tt
« tt • tt it tt i, ,,
t( it t it tt It (( «
ii ti / tt It tt f( (f
« " ^ " " " II n
« " ^ " " It tl u
(I tl Q tt It tt t( ((
It It >, tt tt tt Ii ,(
tl It y It It It it „
The classifying of the n designing paper is done by enclosing a number of small rectangles,
horizontal and vertical, within a certain distance by a heavy line. Such enclosures are known
in practice ^.s " squares."
In mentioning a certain kind of u designing paper, the warp dimension is indicated first,
and a design paper having eight rectangles vertical, with eight horizontal, is variously read and
indicated as 8 by 8, 8 x 8 or */§; a design paper having eight rectangles vertical, with ten hori-
zontal, is read and indicated as 8 by 10, 8 x 10 or ^/iq. Diagrams Fig. 6 represent some styles
of n designing paper frequently used. The size of the square may vary in each kind of paper,
and must be selected according* to the fabric. For example, there are two different styles of
8 X 8 n designing paper illustrated: one forming ^ inch heavy squares and one forming ^ inch
heavy squares. These sizes may still be varied. The principle of these two kinds of n designing
paper is identical, the size preferred being left to the pleasure of the designer. Certainly it will
be understood by any student that in preparing a design or weave with a large number of
threads for repeat, it will be advantageous to use a design paper containing the smallest sized
rectangles practical to use.
3
2.
4
2.
I
3-
2
3-
3
3.
4
3-
I
4-
2
4-
3
4-
4
4.
Practical Use of the Heavy Square in Designing Paper.
The heavy square serves as a unit of measurement, as well as a means of calculation, and
shows readily and exactly the size of the weave or design. The eye becomes accustomed to
grasping the meaning of this large square, and comprehends at a glance the situation. For
instance :
11
6x6
-1
i " 2
3k7
6x6
•^M ■ JvQa Jil I I I I I I I I
Sx9
dxjo
^ " * t ^~ ~~
6xJ2
'^^
"
.^
_
^
__
1 —
»—
^^
_^
^^^
^^
' —
1 —
—
—
—
4-
X
5
—
=
=
^
y
^
^
^
=
—
—
^
^
^
^
^
=.
=
^
=
J^
:=z
^n
—
^=
^
"E
—
—
—
—
4x20
4x24
1
, . 1_. . . ,
5x6
2
6xJ0
6xJ2
_i___i__i_— — I —
6x3
9xJO
irzE~ iEEEE~iEE~E~:
70x24
J Ox JO
4- h
, .,_ -
/;x/j
JOxJ2
:q;:::::::::::f :::::::
__________ _-
J2xJ2
dx/6
24xJ2
5x26
Fig. 6.
12
On 8x8 paper 3 squares mean 3x8, or 24 rectangles each way; on 10 x 10 paper 3
squares mean 3 x 10, or 30 rectangles each way, etc.
In designing for regular harness work we generally use n designing paper containing the
same number of rectangles each way; thus even paper, as 8 x 8, lox 10, 12x12, etc., without
taking into consideration the texture the fabric is constructed by. On the other hand the entire
variety as shown are used, and accordingly selected from for the designing of textile fabrics
requiring the Jacquard machine for their construction. For such fabrics we give a rule for
Selection of Designing Paper.
The proper character 01 the designing paper is ascertained by the number of warp and filling
threads required per inch in the finished fabric. For example: a fabric with a texture when
finished of ^ / m (80 ends warp and 120 picks per inch) will require a designing paper of corres-
ponding proportion, or as 80 is to I20,=8 x 12.
Diagram Fig. 5, and its previously given explanations, clearly illustrated the object of the
small rectangles, t. e., the places of meeting for certain warp and filling threads. Two ways for
interlacing of warp and filling in a fabric are possible: either we raise the warp-thread, thus allowing
the filling to go under it, or lower the warp-thread and allowing the filling to cover it. In the first
case the warp will be visible, prominent on the face of the fabric ; in the other, the filling.
Through this exchanging of warp and filling as visible on the face of the fabric, technically known
as " Raisers or Sinkers," we form the interlacing of both systems of threads, known as " the
Weave."
Rule : Indications of any kind in a certain rectangle inside the repeat of the weave
upon the designing paper mean " warp up " in its corresponding place in the fabric. Rectangles
left empty inside the repeat of the weave upon the designing paper mean " filling up " in its
corresponding position in the fabric. *
Figs. 7, 8 and 9 are designed for illustration of the preceding rule and explanations.
^ . ^tt '•
10.
*' *^ -
LIUIL
TT
u
nir
11
B.
A. B. A. B. A.
Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9.
Fig. 7 shows under A the enlargement of a warp-thread taken from a regular designing
paper, and containing in its repeat 12 picks in rotation. A careful examination of the diagram,
and commencing to read from the bottom, illustrates the warp-thread alternately down and up;
also at B the reproduction of the warp-thread and necessary picks from a fabric.
13
Fig. 8 illustrates the design and working of a similar warp-thread with the same number of
picks in repeat, but with the arrangement :
One up two down, four times repeated=twelve picks.
Fig. 9 illustrates the design and working of a similar warp-thread as used before with the
same number of picks in repeat, but interlacing with the arrangement:
Two up two down, three times repeated.
The interlacing of both systems of threads, or, in other words, the different weaves are
generally divided into 3 distinct main divisions (Foundation weaves) :
The Plain,
The Tzvills,
The Satins ; forming the foundation of all the other sub-divisions of weaves classified as
^^ derivative weaves." New weaves are also formed by the combination of weaves from the,
various sub-divisions, etc., thus forming a field impossible to cover in detail as respects each
particular weave or special fabric ; but we will, however, by means of our future lectures, impart
the principles for their construction, thus giving the student sufficient knowledge to master any
and every combination required.
IV.
Foundation Weaves,
I. THE PLAIN OR COTTON-WEAVE.
Fig. 10 represents a fabric constructed with the weave techni-
cally known as " the plain'' or " the cotton-weave T In this diagram
two distinct sets of threads, crossing each other at right angles
and interlacing alternately, are visible. The threads running
longitudinally (marked W), or lengthways in the fabric, are the
warp-threads ; the traverse threads are the filling (indicated by
F in diagram.)
Fig. II shows the design or pattern, executed correspondingly
to fabric sample, Fig. 10. The shaded
squares indicating warp up; the empty
squares representing filling up.
Fig. 12 is the section-cut of a fabric
woven on "plain" weave, showing one
warp-thread light ( I ), the other shaded (2).
The filling is represented in full black.
An examination of Fig. 10 will convince the student that this weave produces a very firm
interlacing of the two systems of threads employed, in fact it is the most frequent exchanging
of warp and filling possible. The fabric produced with this weave will be strong, as each
thread, by reason of the interlacing, supports the others to the utmost.
This frequent exchanging of warp and filling in the "plain'' weave will also produce a fabric
more or less perforated. These perforations are regulated by the size of the threads used in the
construction of a fabric, and by the twist employed in the manufacture of the yarns.
Rule : ist. The thicker in size the threads are, as used in the construction of the fabric,
the larger the perforations will be.
2d. Soft twisted threads reduce the perforations to a lower point than hard twisted threads
of equal size and direction of twist.
j^. The perforation will again be reduced by employing a twist for warp and filling, which,
when both are interlaced, runs in the same direction.
Fig. II,
Fig. 12.
14
I
Fig. 13. Fig. 14.
of colors.
To illustrate this last rule Figs. 13, 14, 15 and 16 are constructed.
Fig. 13 represents a thread twisted from the right towards the left, which
is called technically '^ left" twist.
Fig. 14 shows us a thread twisted in the opposite direction, or from the
left towards the right, which in turn is classified as " right" twist.
Fig. 15 illustrates a fabric, woven on ^' plain" in which the direction of
the twist is opposite in warp and filling when interlaced, thus larger perfora-
tions will appear than in Fig. 16 which illustrates the same fabric, but having,
when interlaced, the same direction of twist in both systems of threads.
The plain weave is very extensively used in the manufacture of fabrics
composed of all kinds of materials, as cotton, wool, worsted, silk, hair, wire,
glass, etc.
Fancy Effects Produced with the Plain Weave.
The first move towards figuring a fabric constructed with the plain weave
is made by varying the thickness of the threads in the warp or filling, or in
both systems at the same time; for example, in " repp" cloths as used for ladies'
dress goods, and also for decorative purposes. In these fabrics either one kind
of warp and two kinds of filling (one pick heavy, one pick light) or two kinds of
warp (one thread heavy to alternate with one thread light) and the before men-
tioned two kinds of filling are used.
These changes of heavy and light threads are also used for forming borders,
as observed in some cambric handkerchiefs or similar fabrics. Fig. 17 is given to
illustrate one corner of such a fabric.
Another step towards figuring in plain weaving is made by the arrangement
12 3 4
Fig. 16.
¥10. 17.
15
Weave
Sop
C c* (W
E cr a
Arrangement
of
Warp.
I
■□■nnnnnnnnnnriDn
Efifect.
c: :;
These effects are used to a large extent in the manufacture of ginghams, ladies' all-wool dress
goods, as well as in the lightest qualities of fancy cassimeres. It will be easily understood by any
student that a fancy color arrangement (dressmg) of the warp will, in connection with one-color
filling, produce corresponding stripes; therefore we will devote the attention at once towards the
fancy color arrangement for warp and filling.
Among the simpler effects may be found what is technically known as a "hair-line" effect, and
is derived through an alternate arrangement of i end light, i end dark in warp and filling. Each
filling must cover its own color. Therefore when the shed of the warp is formed by the dark set
of threads up, the light set of threads down, the light-colored filling must be interwoven. Again,
if the dark set of threads are down and the light set of threads up, the dark-colored filling has
to be thrown through the shed.
Fig. 1 8 illustrates the effect as produced by this arrange-
ment If the interweaving of the filling, as explained in fig. i8,
is changed to the other pick, we get the stripe effect across the
fabric or in the direction of the filling. This efifect, known as
" imitation tricot," is illustrated in Fig. 19. By combining,
alternately for certain spaces, the hair-line effect with the tricot
effect, " checkerboard" efifects are obtained. It will be readily
seen, that the regular arrangement of repeating i light, i dark,
will produce either one of the before-mentioned styles. Therefore, by allowing, in a distance
of a certain number of ends (according to the size of
the efifect), 2 ends from one color to be used, we will
change from one efifect to the other.
Fig. 20 illustrates one of the many styles possible
to be derived. There are 9 ends of warp and filling
for each effect, therefore 18 ends for the repeat.
Figs. 21, 22, 23 and 24 illustrate a few more of the
many different efifects which may be obtained. The
principle observed in exchanging the two main or
foundation efifects (hair-line and tricot) is left undisturbed.
In Fig. 21 the arrangement of warp and filling is 2 ends light, i end dark, forming the
"broken-up" efifect.
Fig. 22 is constructed of 2 ends light, 2 ends dark, in the repeat of its color arrangement,
and forms a " star" efifect.
Diagram for explain
Ing figs. 18, 19,20, 21,
22, 23 and 24.
■CB'
OBI II
-[ HH
I ; >
1 KU
DHH
ant.
DHK
ame-
DHBDBE
:■; :■:--□&□
■ ,!jnDa_
:-y a 'a '□
:: K; □: :□
a c:i lama
ly :: H-ia
:: :: t; a
t: c: 'j: a
:: z: a -a
:: :: aaa
Fig. i8.
-a-^a
~inm
"" a
a
JDB m .
□f-.T ri r -^ n n '.i r,'\ r.i r.i r.^ r.^ r i r.T r^
DtS -i .1 i
caa aaaaaaaaaaaa
Dtt . . ' 1
D*: .. - -J • : . i ^ I •■ ' %
Daa aaaaaaaaaaaa
§Ha .aaaaaaaaaaaa
□□□□□□□aaaaaaaa
|PBnnnnr]nnnnnnnnnnnnnr]
Daa aaaaaaaa'
c aa aaaaa::ac:
Fig. 19.
cc:a ::aaaa::aa :;
[.! :■:
L ■ a a a a
c aa a: :: a a a:
L,i . , .a^ a: a- a
L.aa' a' '■:■-. -a :;■ a:
u . a. a a a^
r.aa. a a a a at
Gi- i : a a a a
Gaai a a a a a:,
DtiU:^_jauatauaL-:.,;_ .
QBBaaHBBHaBHBQHaSUaQBa
I
;
a a. a
a- a' !i 3
a: a a
a a 1
a a □
a a A
a a □
a a M
i
"""" 1
aaaa j
1
aaaa ?
1
aaaaj
I
Fig. 20.
■DBnnnnaDDDnnnDD
PHnHsaaHna^^aaBHB
■ ■ a : a a ibb
_ ■ ■ "ja^
■- a - "an
aa aaa a aac; a^ 1
I ^^ a _ a 1
; aa a aaa a aa:]
L aa :; aaa a aaa
CBB^aaaasaaQBaaa
■DBnoDnnnnnnnDDn
DBi^BgHawiwnasHpiaaH
_c ■ ■ OD_
CM,' -a a ^aB
caa. aaa laaa aaaa
rpjB ' ^aac; aaa r.aa
L a:: "a:)a"aaa"aaa
l" : "a ' '"a . "aa
[ ::c; aaa aaa aaaa
L aa aaa: aaa aaa
□BBuaaBaHaaMHC3BB
Fig. 21.
1
Fig. 22.
■DBnannnDDnnnnna
DBnHBsnBianHiisiaHKlHa
■ ■ aa aa aa aa
_■ ■ ■
I aa aaaaa aaaaa
r : : :a ■ . a :; a
I aa aaaaa aaaaa
L a a a a
r aa aac3c;a aaaaa
I :; a a a
L aa aaaaa aaaaa
Lj..;'- a •: a a . ^a
GHHL,
DBHl
DaHUi-jaaaaa..-!
aaa
■ iaa
aaa
□■BaBaBBBHBBtrigaa
I
Fig.
23-
Fig. 23 is constructed as follows:
Arrangement of warp.
1 end light,
2 ends dark,
3 ends in the repeat.
Arrangement of the filling: I pick light,
to alternate with i pick dark,
2 picks in the repeat.
16
■nBonnnnnmnGGna
DBDBBHHHBQaBHana
SDBaBBHBHHHBBaaa
■DBnDaaanaaaana_
""DHEDBaQHBaaaHaHQ
UBBDBaBBaHHBBaHB
:]aHnBHC3HBaaa«Hi3C3
DBBDHHBaBmiHBaBB
^HHDBcaanBHHaaaHa
DBBnHHisiaPiasipBaflB
3Ha rinna---innnMaHa
DBM ii !:-M-i' iH-1 !■ ta ti
^□Hi 1 laa:; iiiHc: ia::a
DBBDWE :: - i: M
ghqdbh:;:: :i::u r.:yj
□HBDBDi- U . - .. -'^' J J
I
Fig. 24 is constructed as follows :
A t. r i-u 2 ends light,
Arrangement of the warp, ^ '
2 ends dark,
4 ends in the repeat.
Arrangement of the filling : i pick light,
to alternate with i pick dark,
Fig. 24. "~
2 picks in the repeat.
Similar effects upon the plain weave, as illustrated in Figs. 18 to 24 inclusive, can also be
arranged for 3 to 4, or more colors in warp or filling, or for both systems combined, for producing
one effect.
II. TWILLS.
In twill weaves (or tweel from the French ttiaille) the warp and filling threads do not inter-
lace alternately as in the plain weave, but only the third, fourth, fifth, etc., thread is used.
The peculiarity of the twill weaves consists in having every successive pick interlace correspond-
ingly with its successive warp-thread, thus ; If the first pick ties in the first warp-thread, the
second pick must interlace in the second warp-thread, the third pick must interlace in the third
warp-thread, etc. Continuing to design in this manner until all the harness required to be
used are taken up will give us 'the "repeat!' This . manner of interlacing warp and filling will
produce a distinct pattern upon the cloth, i. e., lines running in a diagonal direction across it.
Comparing the twill weaves with the plain weave in respect to thickness of the cloth to be
produced, will show that the twill weaves permit of the introduction of more material into the
fabric, thus making it closer in its structure than the plain weave. The reason for it is found in
the fact that in twill weaves the warp and filling interlace only at intervals of two, three or more
threads, thus permitting the warp and the filling to lie closer together.
We mentioned before that the twill weaves form diagonal lines on the cloth. These lines
can be arranged to run from the left to the right or from the right towards the left. It will be
the clearest visible to the eye in the fabric by using the twill in the weave the same direction of
twist the warp-thread has.
Twills commence with the 3-harness, and can after this be made on any number of harness.
Various methods are in practical use in classifying common twills. The most proper course
will be to divide the general system into two divisions :
A. Uneven-sided twills, or twill weaves in which more or less warp-up indications appear on
the design, compared with filling-up indications, or the amount of indications balance but the
general arrangement is different in one compared with the other. For example: \ ^ 1 ^^ f > but
differently arranged for each side. (For indicating this division of twills the letter u is used
throughout the chapter.)
B. Even-sided twills, or twill weaves in which the amount and arrangement of warp up and
filling up is completely balanced. (For indicating this division of twills the letter e is used
throughout the chapter.)
■■DHMD
■DBIDH
saHDHHn
IDBBDIH
1 3
Fig. 25.
3-harness twill.
ti.
Warp for face.
□□■□□■
DMnnMQ
■□nana
snnMnnB
nMnnan
1 3
Fig. 26.
3-harness twill.
— u.
2
Filling for face.
Commencing the designing of twills on ^-harness, we find one twill possible to be made
upon it, which is the u twill : 1 down 2 up or i up 2 down ; also technically represented with
warp face ^ ^, filling face ^, and weaves shown in Fig. 25 and Fig. 26.
17
Fig. 27 illustrates the plan of the fabric obtained with weave Fig. 26.
Fig. 28 represents the longitudinal section cut of fabric shown in Fig. 27. Numbers
as used on weave, fabric and section cut are selected correspondingly. A in section cut indicates
warp-thread No. i in plan.
Fig. 28.
4.-Harness Twills. -. — Examining four, we find 2 kinds of twills .possible to be obtained : i down
3 up (?<;), or I up 3 down {u), and 2 up 2 down {e), this being the first even-sided twill obtained.
■■■PBMMP PnPMPPPB
■■PBMBPM PPBPPPBC
MPBBMPBM PBPPPMPL
PBMmPBMB BPPPMPPC
4BBMPBMHP 4PPPMPnPB
■■PBMIPM PPIPPPin
■PHBMPBH PMPPPBPr
IPMMMPMBB mPPPMPPP
14 14
8
7
Fig. 29. Fig. 29a.
6
4-harness twill, 4-harness twill.
3 I
Warp for face. Filling for face.
5
4
LUMHnnBM
PBmPPBHP
■■QPMMPP
■PPMMPPM
4PPBHPPMM
□MBPPBMP
■MPPMMPP
IMPPMMPPB
1 4
3
2
I
Fig. 30.
4-harness twill.
Warp and filling equal.
Fig. 31 illustrates the fabric obtained with weave Fig. 30.
Fig. 32 represents the longitudinal section cut of fabric shown in Fig. 31. ^ = warp-thread
No. I
^-Harness Twills. — In five-harness we find three different kinds of twills, as follows :
Warp Face. Filling Face.
I down 4 up {li), or i up 4 down (//).
3 up 2 down {u), " 3 down 2 up [ii).
I down I up, I down 2 up {u), " i up i down, i up 2 down {u).
18
■■■DHHHBDK
■ ■□■■■■=!■■
■□■■■■DHBM
■■■DIHBIDH
■HDBBBHnBH
■naaHMDHMH
1 5
Fig, 33.
5 -harness twill.
I
u.
nnnnmngnaM
nnnananDBn
nnMnnnnmnn
BMnnnDBDna
nnngannnn
nnnMnnnnBD
iMnnanaannn
1 5
Fig. 34.
5-harness twill.
I ■
71.
4
■■□nHHinrnH
■DDKBIDDaH
□■■■nnaian
■■■DDMBIDn
SHBDDaaHDDM
■ DLIBaBDDHI
nnHHBDDBaM
□■■■□DBVBQ
1 5
Fig. 35.
5-harness twill.
3
u.
nnMBnaaBMH
namnnnMann
■■□nnMHnnn
■□nnBBnnnM
nnnMManaBg
snnBBnnnBBd
nBBnnDMBDn
BBonnBBPnn
BnanBBnnDB
innnBBnanBB
1 5
Fig. 36.
5-harness twill.
2
n.
BDBBDBnBBD
nBBDBDBBDB
BBDBDBBDBn
BDBDBBDBDB
□BnflBDBDBB
5BaBBDBDBBa
□BBDBDBBDH
BBDBDBBDBa
BDBDBBDBDB
laBDBBDBQBB
1 5
Fig. 37.
5-harness twill.
I 2
DBnDBaBnnB
■□nBnBonBn
pnBnBDnBnB
□BnBnnBnBn
BnBnnBDBnn
snBnnBDBnnB
BnnBDBnaBn
nnBnBnnBnB
nBDBnnBnBn
iBnBnnBDBnn
1 5
Fig. 38.
5-harness twill.
I I
u.
I 2
6-Harness Tzvills. — On six-harness five different twills are found
Filling Face.
1 up 5 down {u),
2 up 4 down (u),
I up I down, I up 3 down (?/),
or
Warp Face.
1 down 5 up {u).
2 down 4 up {u).
I down I up, I down 3 up («),
nnnnnBoaannH
BnanBnnnnnBn
nnnBnunnnBnn
nnBDnnnnBDnn
□BnnnnnBnnnn
BannnnBonnnn
ennnnDBnnnnnB
nnnnBnnnnnBn
nnnBannnaBna
PDBnnnnaBnnn
□BaannDBnnnn
iBnannnBDnnnn
1 6
Fig. 39.
Warp and Filling equal.
3 up 3 down {e).
2 up I down, I up 2 down {e).
6-harness twill.
I
5
M.
■BBBBDBBHBBn
BBBBnBBBflflnB
■BBDBBBBBDBB
■BDBBBBBaBBB
BDflBBBBnBBBB
DBBBBBOBBBBB
eBBBBBDBBBBBa
BBBBDBBBBBZIB
BBBnBBBBBDBB
HBUBBBBBUBBB
BDBBBBBDBBBB
inBBBBBQBBBBB
1 6
Fig. 40.
6-harness twill.
I
u.
■□nnnBBnnnnB
nnnnBBDnnnBB
□nnBBnnnnBBn
□nBBnnnnBBnn
DBBDnDDBBann
BBnnnnBBnnna
6BnanaBBnnnnB
nnnnBBnnanBB
□□□BBnnnnBBD
nnBBnnnnBBPa
□BBnnQnBBnng
iBBannnBBnnun
1 6
Fig. 41.
6-harness twill.
2
— u.
DBBBBDOBBBBn
■BBBDnBBBBnn
BBBnDBBBBDDM
BBnnflBBBDDBB
■□□BBBflDDBBB
nDBBBgnDBBBB
enBBBBdDBBBBn
SBBBDnBBBBnn
BBDDBBBBDaB
BnnBBBBanBB
BnnflBBBDDBBB
inDBBBBDOBBBB.
1 6
Fig. 42.
6-harness twill.
_4
2
u.
DBnnnBnBnnnH
■nnnBnBnnnBD
DonBnBnnaBnB
nnBnBrjnnBDBn
□BnBnnnBDBnn
BnBaDDBnBnnn
BDBnnoBnBnnnB
■nnnBnBnnnBD
nnnBnBannBnB
□DBnBnnnBDBa
□BnBnnnBDBDn
iBnBnanBDBnnn
1 6
Fig. 43.
6-harness twill.
I I
u.
UnBBBDBDBBBd
□BBBDBnBBBaB
■BBDBaBBBnBd
BBnBDBBBnBDB
nnBDBBBDBnBi
nBDBBBDBnBBB
eBnBBBDBDBBBn
□BBBnBDBBBDB
■BBnBDBBBnBP
■BDBDBBBnBDi
■□BDBBBnBDBi
IDBDBBBDBni
1 6
Fig. 44.
6-harness twill.
I 3
I I
Ji.
19
§nDHHBnnnaBa
■■■□□□■■■□a
■■■nnDaBBDDD
■□□DaMinnnBH
DnDBMDDDIHH
nnMBBnnnBBMD
DBBHDDDBBBDn
IBBBDnnBBBDDn
1 6
Fig. 45.
6-harness twill.
3 .
HnBDnBBnBDniB
PBnnBBDBnnBB
HDDHBDBnnBan
□DBBDBDnaaDB
DBBnaDDBBDan
aanannaanann
sanannaananna
panaaaDanaaa
■□DaaDanaaan
ODaaDannaana
naananaaanan
laanannaanana
1 6
Fig. 46.
6-harness twill.
2 I
I
e.
'^-Harness Twills. — On 7-harness eight different kinds of twills are found, all uneven-sided.
Filling Face.
1 up 6 down
2 up 5 down
3 up 4 down
1 up I down I up 4 down
2 up I down I up 3 down
2 up 2 down I up 2 down
I up 3 down I up 2 down
I up I down I up I down i up 2 down
Filling for Face.
□□nannaannntina
nnnnnannnnnaan
nnnnannnnnnanp
□nnannnnnnannn
nnannnnanannnn
naannnnnannnnn
annnnnnannnnnn
Tnnnnncannnnnna
Bnnnnannnnnnan
Bncnannnnnnann
GnnannDDDnannn
nnannnnanannnn
nannnnnnannnnn
lannnnnnannnnnn
1 7
Warp Face.
or I down 6 up,
2 down 5 up,
3 down 4 up,
1 down I up I down 4 up,
2 down I up I down 3 up,
2 down 2 up I down 2 up,
I down 3 up I down 2 up,
I down I up I down i up i down 2 up.
/-harness twill.
I
Fig. 47.
■nnnnnaannnnnw
nnnnnaannnnnaa
nnnnaannnnnaau
nnnaannnnnaann
nnaannnnnaannn
naannnanaannnn
aannnnnaannnnn
Tannnnnaannnnna
nnnnnaannnnnaa
nnnnaannnnnaan
nnnaannnnnaann
nnaannnnnaannn
naannnnnaannnn
laannnnnaannnnn
1 7
/-harness twill.
Fig. 49.
aannnnaaannnnM
aunniraaannnnia
nnnnaaannnnBJM
nnnaaannnnaifin
nnaaannnnaaann
naaannncaaannn
aaannnnaaannnn
7aannnnaaannnna
annnnaaannnnaa
nnnnaaannnnaaa
nnnaaannnnaaan
nnaaannnnaaann
naaannnnaaannn
laaannnnaaannnn
1 7
/-harness twill.
3
Fig. 51.
nannnnanannnnn
■nnnnanannnnan
nnnnanannnnana
nnnanannnnanan
nnanannnnanang
nananannanannn
anannnnanannnn
7na'j:-'^-Bna-nn- !b
annnnanannnnan
nnnnanannnnana
nnnanannnnanan
nnanannnnanann
nanannnnanannn
lanannnnanannnn
1 7
Fig. 53.
/-harness twill.
I I
I 4
Warp Face.
aaaaaanaaaaMan
aaaaanaaaaaana
aaaanaaaaaanaa
aaanaaaaaanaaa
aanaaaaaanaaa^ ^
anaaaaaanaaaa
naaaaaanaaaaa
7aaaaaanaaaBaaa
aaaaanaaaaaana
aaaanaaaaaanax
aaanaaaaaanaam
aanaaaaaanaaaa
anaaaaaanaaaaa
inaaaaaanaaaaaa
s
1
Fig. 48.
naaaaannaaiaan
aaaaannaaaaann
aaaannaaaaanna
Saannaaaaannaa
annaaaaannaaa
annaaaaannaaaa
nnaaaaannaaaaa
7naaaaaDnBaBaan
SBaBannaaaaann
aaannaaaaanna
aaannaaaaannaa
aannaaaaannaaa
annaaaaannaaaa
innaaaaancjuuiiK
Fig. 50.
nnaaaannnaaaan
naaaannnaaaann
aaaannnaaaannn
aaannnaaaannna
aannnaaaannnaa
annnaaaannnaaa
nnnaaaannnaaaa
7nnaaaannnaaaan
naaaannnaaaann
aaaannnaaaannn
aaannnaaaannnH
aannnaaaannnaa
annnaaaannnaaa
innnaaaaunnaaaM
1 7
Fig. 52.
■naaaananaaaan
naaaananaaaana
aaaananaaaanan
aaananaaaanana
aananaaaananaa
ananaaaananaaa
nanaaaananaaaa
lanaaaananaaaan
naaaananaaaana
aaaananaaaanan
aaananaaaanana
aananaaaananaa
' ananaaaananaaa
inanaaaananr
7-harness twill.
6
/-harness twill.
5
/-harness twill.
4
/-harness twill.
I 4
I I
Fig. 54.
20
■□■□□nBin«nnn»
□MannMBnBnnnBH
■□□nBBDBnanBBa
nanBBnBDanBBnB
□□BBnBnnnBBnBa
nBBnBnunBBDBnn
BBnBnnnBBnBDnn
7BnBnnnBBnBnnnB
nBnnnBBnBDanBB
BnnnBBnBnnaBBD
nnnBBnBnnnBBDB
nnBBDBnnnBBnBD
DBBaBnaaBBOBna
iBBnBannBBnBnrun
1 7
7-harness twill.
2 I
~i 3
DBQBBBnDflnBBBD
■aBBBDnBDBBBan
□BBBnnBnBBBDDB
BBBnnBDBBBnnBn
BBQnBDBBBnaBDB
BDDBDBBBnDBaBB
□□BDBBBDQBnBBB
TDBOBBBDnBaBBBn
BDBBBDDBnBBBDD
□BBBnDBDBBBanB
BBBanBOBBBODBn
BBnaBDBBBnnBDB
BDrJBnBBBDnBaBB
IDDBaBBBnCIBIIIBBB
1 7
7-harhe.ss twill.
I 3
2 I
Fig. 55.
Fig. 56.
MnDBQaBBnnBnnB
pnBnnBBnnBnnBB
□BanBBnnBnnBBn
■□□BBnnBnnBBDQ
nnBBcnBnnBBnnB
nBBnaBnQBBnnBn
BBnnBDnBBnnBnn
7BnnBnnBBnnBnnB
nnBnDBBnnBnnBB
nBnnBBnnBnnBBn
BmBBnniBpnBBna
□nBBnnBnnBBnnB
DBBnaBaDBBnoBa
iBBnnBPnBBnnBnn
1 7
Fig. 57.
7-harness twill.
2 I
2 2
DBBnBBnnBBnBBD
BBQBBnnBBnBBnn
BnBBCinBBnBBnnB
□BBnDBBDBBnDBB
BBnnBBaBBDnBBn
BaDBBnBBDDBBDB
nnBBDBBanBBDBB
7nBBnBBDnBBnBBn
BBaBBnDBBDBBnn
BDBBnDBBaBBDnB
DBBnnBBDBBnnBB
BBDDBBnBBnnBBa
BnDBBDBBaDBBafl
innBBDBBaQBBaBB
1 7
7-hainess twill.
2 2
2 I
Fig. 58.
□nnBnnBnnnBDnB
nnBanBunnBDnBD
nBrnBnnrJBi:' -Bnn
BnnBuanBnnBrjnn
nnBqnnBJDBUDnB
□BDdnBnnBannBn
BnnnBDnBDnnBnn
TnnnBnDBnnnBDnB
□DBUuBC :;:b: ; 'm> i
nBnnBnnnBnnBnn
BnnBnnnBnDBnnn
nnBi-j' 'Br:nB tigb
□bd: :jb--_ ■:.-i_:nB3
iBnnnBnnBnnnBna
1 7
Fig. 59.
in
7-harness twill.
I I
3 2
BBDBBnBBBnBBDB
BnBBDBBBDBBDBB
□BBnBBBDBBDBBB
BBDBBBDBBnBBBD
BnBBBDBBaBBBDB
DBBBOBBaBBBOBB
7BBflnBBnBBBnBBn
BBDBBDBBBDBBDB
BDBBnBflBDBBDBB
nBBnBBBtJBBDBBB
BBnBBBaBBDBBBD
BnBBBDBBnBBBDB
inBBBDBBnBBBDBB
1 7
Fig. 60.
7-harness twill.
3 2
nunBanBnBnBanB
■OBnnBnBnBnnBn
nBnnBDBnBnnBnB
■pnBnBnBnnBDBn
nnBnBnBDDBnBnB
nBnBQBnnBnBnBn
BnBDBnnBnBnBnn
7nBnBnnBnBnBDnB
BnBnnBDBnBnDBn
DBnPBnBnBnnBnB
BnnBnBDBnnBDBQ
□nBnBnBnnBDBnB
nBnBnBnnBPBnBn
iBnBnBnnBnBPBnn
1 7
Fig 61.
7-harness twill.
I I I
I I 2
BPBPBBP
PBPBBP
BPBBPBP
PBBPBPB
bbpbpbp:
bpbpbp:_,
PBPBPBB!
7BPBPBBP
□ BPBBPf :
BPBBPBP
PBBPBP
BBPBPBP
BPBPBPB
IPBPBPBB
1
PBPBBP
PBPBBPB
BPBBPBP
PBBPBPB
BBPBPBP
^PBPBPB
PBPBPBB
" PBPBBP
PBPBBPB
BPBBPBP
PBBPBPB
^BPBPBP
BPBPBPB
PBPBPBB
7-harness twill.
I I 2
I
Fig. 62.
For 8-harness, we find the followintr Hvills .
Filling Face.
npppappBPPPPPPPB
dpppppBPPPPPPPBn
QPPPPBPPPPPPPBPP
□PPPBPPPUPPPBPPP
§ppBPPPPPpnBPPPP
PBPPPPPPPBPPPPP
BPPPPPPPBPPPPPP
BPPPPPPPBPPPPPPP
gpppPPPPBPPPPPPPB
PPPPPPBPPPPPPPBP
PPPPPBPPPPPPPBPP
§PPPBPPPPPPPBPPP
PPBPPPPPPPBPPPP
□BPPPPPPPBPPPPP
OBPPPPPPPBPPDPPP
IBPPPPPPPBPPPnpPn
J 8
Fig. 63.
Warp Face.
I
BBBBBBPflBBBBBBP
BBBBBBPBBBBBBBPB
■■■■DiMaaaHanHBH
■■■aHBaaHaanHBH
BPBBBBBBBDBBBBBB
m
BBBBBBPBBBBBBBP
BBBBBPBBBBBBBPB
BBBBPBBBBBBBPBB
BBBDBBBBBBBPBBB
BBPBBBBBBBPBBBB
BuBBBBBBBLIBBBBB
BPBBBBBBBPBBBBBB
IPBBBBBBBPBBBBBBB
1 8
11.
Filling Face.
■PPPPPPBBPPPPPPB
PPPPPPBBPPPPPPBB
PPPPPBBPPPPPPBBP
PPPPBBPPPPPPBBPP
PPPBBPPPnPPBBPPP
PPBBPPPPPPBBPPPP
PBBPPPPPDBBPPPPP
BBPPPPHPBBPPPPPP
8BPPPPPPBBPPPPPPB
PPPPPPBBPPPPPPBB
PPPPPBBPPPPPPBBP
PPPPBBPPPPPPBBPP
PPPBBPPPPPPBBPPP
PPBBPPPPPPBBPPPP
PBBPPPPPPBBPPPPP
IBBPPPPPPBBPPPPPP
1 8
Fig. 65.
u.
Warp Face.
PBBBBBBPPBBBBBBP
BBBBBBPPBBBBBBPP
BBBBBDPBBBBBBPPB
BBBBPPBBBBBBPPBB
BBBPPBBBBBBPPBBB
BBPPBBBBBBPPBBBB
BPPBBBBBBPPBBBBB
PPBBBBBBPPBBBBBB
8PBBBBBBPPBBBBBBP
BBBBBBPPBBBBBBPP
BBBBBPPBBBBBBPPB
BBBBPPBBBBBBPPBB
BBBPPBBBBBBPPBBB
BBPPBBBBBBPPBBBB
BPPBBBBBBPPBBBBB
IPPBBBBBBPPBBBBBB
1 8
Fig. 66.
6
//.
21
BHnnnnnMiiMnnnnaM
■□annnBBBnannDBM
nnnnnBBBannnnBMm
nnnnMBBnnnnDMBBn
nnnBBBnanpnMBBnn
nnBBBnnnndBBBnan
□BBBnnnaaBBBnnnn
BBBnnannBBBLinnnn
sBBannnnBBBnnnnnB
BnnnnnBBBnnannBB
nnnnDBBBnnnnnBBB
□nnnBBBnananBBBn
nnnBBBnnnanBBBnn
nnBBBnnnnnBBBunn
nBBBnnannBBBnnan
iBBBnnnnnBBBnnnnn
1 8
Fig. 67.
u.
nBnBnnnBnBDBnnnB
BDBannBnBijBnDnBn
nBanDBnBaBnnDBnB
BnnnBrjBnBannBDBn
nnnBDBnBnnnBnBnB
DnBDBnBannBnBnBa
nBDBiBnnnBnBDBnn
BnBnBnnnBnBDBnnn
sDBnBnnnBnBnBnnnB
BnBnnnBnBDBnnnBn
DBDnnBnBnBnnnBnB
BnnnB- jBnBnnnBnBD
nnnBnBnBnnnBDBziB
^^B^B^B^^^B^B^B□
DBOBL iBnnnBnB-JBnn
iBnBnBnanBnBjBDnn
1 8
Fig. 71.
I
I
//.
nBnnBnnBnBnnBnDB
BnnBnnBnBnnBnnBn
nnBnnBnBanBnnBnB
□BnnBnBanBnnBnBn
BnnBDBnnBnnBnBnn
nnBnBnnBnnBDBnnB
□BnBanBnnBnBDnBn
BnBnnBnnBDBnnBnn
snBnnBnnBnBnDBanB
BnnBnnBnBnnBanBD
nnBnnBnBnnBnnBDB
nBnnBHBnnBnnBnBn
BnnBnBnnBnnBnBnn
DnBnBnnBnrjBnBnnB
nBHBnnBnnBnBnnBn
iBnBDnBanBnBunBcn
1
Fjg. 75.
I I
I
?/.
ngBggDgBanBaDnnB
DBngnnBnnBnnnnBn
BmnnBnnBnnnnBDn
pmnBcnBDnnnBDnB
BnniianBannnBnnBu
□□BnnBnnnnBnnBDn
QBmBnnnnBnnBnnn
BaDBnnnPBnnBnnnn
sngBnnpnBnnBnnnnB
DBnngDBnnBnnnnBn
BnnnnBnnBnnnnBnn
DnnnBDnBcnnDBDnB
□□nBDnBnnnnBnnBn
□□BnDBnnnDBnnBna
□BnnBnnnDBnDBnnn
iBnnBnnnnBnnBnnnn
Fig. 79.
//.
■■■nanDBBBBannnB
BBnnnnBBBBnnnnBB
BnnnnBBBB"nnnBBB
nnngBBBBnnddBBBB
BSSIS""nnn3BBBB3
Ey555"nnnnBBBBna
■■BBnnnnBBBBnann
BBnmnBBBBnnnnBB
BnnnnBBBBnnnnBBB
mnnBBBBnnnnBBBB
nnnBBBBDDnnBBBBn
ngBBBBnnnnBBBBna
^■■■■□□□□BBBBam
iBBBBnnnnBBBBnnan
Fig. 83.
pnBBBBBDDnBBBBBn.
□BBBBBnnnBBBBBDD
BBBBBDUDBBBHBJnQ
BBBBnnDBBBBBanDB
BBBanDBBBBBDUDBB
BBrjnnBBBBBnDDBBB
BnanBBBBBDaaBBBB
nnDBBBBBDHtDBBBBB
snnBBBBBnnaBBBBBD
DBBBBBDnDBBBBBDa
BBBBBDDDBBBBBnnn
BBBBnnnBBBBBDnDB
BBBnODBBBBBDnDBB
BBnnnBBBBBaauBBB
BnngBBBBBnnnBBBB
innDBBBBBDaDBBBBB
1 8
Fig. 68.
5
//,
BgBnBBBDBaBnBBBD
DBnBBBnBnBnBBBDB
BgBBBQBnBnBBBnBa
DBBBDBnBDBBBDBDB
BBBDBDBiaBBBDBaBD
BBDBaBDBBBDBDBaB
BaBDBnBBBLIBaBDflB
□■aiDBHaDBDinaHM
sanHDHIMDIUHDMBKa
nKDHaHninHDHMBnH
■□■■■nBLiianaBaaBn
□BBBDBnBDBBBDBDB
■BBnBDBDBBBnBnflD
BBnBDBDBBBnBnBnB
■nBnBnBBBnBDBDBB
IDBDBnBBBnBnBDBBB
A 8
Fig. 72.
I I
tt.
HgBBDBMaBnMBniiBn
gBBnBBnBnBBnBBDB
■BDBBnBnBBnBBnBn
■gBflnBDBBDBBQBDB
njBgiinMBnBBnMnBM
■■gBggBDBBnBnBMn
■□■gMMnMBDMnBana
□■nBHaBBnaDBiDaM
8|inMHnBBnBnySniiB"
sssyaHas°""D<«""
MMgMBgBgBBDBBnBn
■□BBnBDBBaBBDflaB
gBflnBnBBDBBDBDBB
■BDBDBBnBBDBDBBn
■gBgBBDBBnBDBBnB
inBDBBnBBDBDBBDBB
Fig. 76.
zc.
MBnHBBMDBBDBBBBn
ligBflBBDflBnBflBB'B
nHflBBDBBDBBBBDBB
■BBBnflBnBBBBDBBn
MBBaflflnHBBBnBBaB
MBaBBDBBBBDBMDflfl
■gBBnBBBBDBflnflBB
SBIIDaHMBDHMnBaMS"
■■■■g""g»«B«nBBn
■■■□■■□■■■■naana
■■gHBaHiaanaiDiiS
idhkdhhhbdhiqhmSh
1 8
Fig. 80.
I I
u.
■■gBgnaBMBnBannB
■gBnanBBBDBnnnBB
DBnaggMnHnn-iBBB
nugBBBnannnaMBaB
HS55HSB°nnBBBnBn
■SHgSDMBBnBnnnBB
□■□□gBBBHBnnnBBB
MnnnBBB-iBnnnBBBD
nngBBBnBannBBBnii
□gBBBriBnaaBBBntf"
□BBBnBDnnBBBaBna
i«i««nMaanBBBnanna
* 8
Fig. 84.
gigpQnnBnMannnD0
MnggnnBnBnnnnDBn
□□nnaBDBnnnnnBnB
annnBDBnnnnnBnBn
□ngBnBDnannBDBnn
□□■DBDnnnDBnBnnn
□BnBnnnnDBDBnnnn
■nBDDnnnBnBannDn
sgBnnnnnBijBDnnnPB
■nngngBnBnnnnnBn
nagnnBnBnnnnnBnB
ngngBnBnnaaDBnBn
nnnBDBnnnnnBDBnn
□□BnBnnnnDBnBunn
nBnBnnnnnBnBnnna
iMaBQnnnnBnBnDPnn
1 8
Fig. 69.
I
5
H.
■□■□nnnB«dinnnn«
gBnnunBBnBnanPBB
■nnnDBBnBDnnnaBn
nnngBBUBQnnnBBnB
□ngBBDBnnnnBBDBn
□□■BnBnnnaBBnBnn
nBBnBonnnBBnBnnn
■BnBnnnnBBnBnnnn
sBDBnDnnBBnBnnDDB
nBnnnnBBnBnnnnBM
BnnnnBBnBnnnnBBn
□nnnBBnBDDDnHBDB
mgBBnBDmnBBnBg
nnBBnBnnnnBBnBDd
nBBDBnnnnBBnBnnn
iBHnBnnanBBLJBnnnn
1 8
Fig. 73.
—% 71.
I 4
nnBMnMi|DgnMMn»Mn
gBBgBBggnBBDBBnn
■BnBBnndBBnBBDDn
■gBBngnMBnBBDnnB
gBBggnBBDBBnanBB
MBnDnBBnBBnnnBBD
■ggnBBnBBnnnBBnB
□gnBBnBBnndBBnBB
sggBBQBBnnnBBDBBn
gBBnBBnnnBBnBBnn
MBnBBnnnBBnBBnnn
■□BBnndMBDBBnnDB
□■BnnDMBnBBnnnBB
■■□□nBBnBBDDnBBn
Bg inBBDBBnnnBBDB
innDBBnBBnnnBBDBB
1 8
Fig. 77.
I
u.
■□aaBnaBMnnDBnn*
□□□BdDBBnnnBnDBB
DgBggBBnnnBnnBBn
gBnnBBnnnBnnBBDn
■nnBBngn«nnBBnnn
□nBBnnnBonHBnnnM
nBBggnBnnBBQnnBQ
■BnnDBnnBBDnnBDn
sBggnBnnBBnnnBDnB
nnaBDDBBnnnBnnBB
gnBnnBBnnDBnDBBn
□■nnBBnnnBnnBBnn
■gnBBnnnBnnBBnm
□gBBggDBnnMBnnnB
□MBDDDBnnBBnnDBa
iMBnnaBnnBBnnnBDa
^ 8
Fig. 81.
I
u.
■dMnKnnBBUBnBnnM
gBnBnnBBDBDBnnBB
DBggBBnBnBnnBBnB
■nnBBnBDBnnBBnBD
SHSSHnMnnBBnBdBn
sBgBgBnnBBnBdBnnB
giigBgnBBnBnBnnBB
■□BnnBBDBnBnnBBn
gBggSBnBnBnaBBDB
BnnBBnBnBDDBBnBn
BBBnBnBnnBBnBnBn
i«HniMPBnnBBn*nBnd
1 8
Fig. 85.
gBBBBBLIBnBBBBBDB
■BBBgBDBBBBBnBDB
■■BnBUBBBBBDBDBB
■flgflgBBBBBDBaBBfl
■gBgBBBBBDBPBBBB
DBPBBBBBDBDBBBBB
SBgflBBBBnBDBBBBfl"
gBHaaBPinBiaBMDB
MaaanHPaBBBBDan
H5HSBS5*"""n"n"*
iSSSyHSlSBn^naaaa
ipaaaaaaapapaaBBB
■*■ 8
Fig. 70.
I 5
I
I
u.
gapaaaappapaaaap
RyHHHH°°"nM"««up
ySSSHggHPaaaaana
SHSHBy"nB"««npap
aaaggapaaaannapa
aapgagaaaannanaa
aggapaaaacpapaaa
ppapaaaappapaaaa
syMgSSHHgpapaaBBP
agaaaappauaaaapp
ySSHJiPnapaaaappa
aaappapaaaappapa
aanDapaaaappanaa
anpapaaaapnaaaaa
ippapaaaappapaaaa
^ 8
Fig. 74.
u.
■amappaaappapna
aggaggaaapnapnaa
pgaggaaappanpaaa
yapgaaappappaaap
aggaaappappaaanp
ppaaappappaaappa
yaaaggappaaappap
aaappappaaappapp
saapnappaaappaSpB
annappBBBPpappBa
ppanpaaappappaaa
pappaaappBPpaaBP
anpaaappappaaapp
,SH5HSnappBBappBP
laaappappaaappapp
*■ 8
Fig. 78.
I
— 7(.
paaapaappaaapaan
aaapaappaaapaapp
aapaappaaapaapna
apaapgaaapaappaa
gaaggaaapaappaaa
aaggaaapaappaaap
apgaaapaappaaapa
ppaaaL.aanpaaapaa
sySSHygapnaaapaap
■■■g""ugaaapaanp
aapaanpaaapaappa
agaapgaaapaappaa
gaaggaaacaappaaa
aagpaaapaappaaap
apgaaagaannaaana
ippaaapaappaaapaa
1 8
Fig. 82.
I
u.
gaapappapaapappa
aapapnapaapapnap
agapnanaapappaPB
gapnapaapappanaa
anpapaapapnapaan
ggagaapappapaaPB
gagaagappapaapap
apaapappapaananp
sgaagappapaapappa
aagaggapaanapnap
BPBPpapaapanpana
gagpapaapapnanaa
appapaapappapaap
pgapaapappapaapa
gagaapappapaapap
lapaapappapaapapp
1 8
Fig 86.
22
Figs. 83 to 86 inclusive are the even-sided twills on 8-harness.
The same method observed in designing every common twill possible frpm 3 to 8 warp-
threads in repeat, as shown, is continued for twills of any higher number of harness repeat.
The more harness we can use, the larger the variety of twills which may be obtained.
Combinations of two or more Colors for Producing different Effects upon Fabrics
interlaced on the "Twill" System.
In this system of weaves an endless variety of effects are produced by the different arrange-
ments of colors. The same are extensively used in the manufacture of ladies' dress goods, fancy
cassimeres, fancy worsteds and similar textile fabrics.
Weave
cog
B cT* (re
13
Arrangement
of
Warp.
In Fig. 87 is illustrated the 3-harness twill
applied to 2 ends light
I end dark
Effect.
■riHnnnrnnnnnnnn
■■ , , nnonnn.
''} >< ■ 1
^ a^ a
■'i.-j ; .kLi : !
ua^ la ,. a^
3.-} a -a.
3H_.a : a
DitiaHkia
Fig. 87.
3 ends in the repeat for the color arrangement of
warp and filling. The interlacing of the different color threads
is arranged so that each color, in filling, covers its own color
in the warp ; hence the dark filling must be interwoven in the
shed, which has all the dark warp-threads in the lower part, and all the light warp-threads raised.
The effect represents what is technically known as " hair line."
Weave Fig. 88, illustrating the 4-leaf twill - —
■■■DDnnnnnannnan
can
I
■
^■■a: '!
"sa ii-i-iai M 1
_L
■■■
aaac
^
-.. ■ ,t.^
:
□
iH a
3H a
c
D
■M a
mt-i a
a a ,
^ also be used for producing a " hair-line " effect by using for
the color arrangement of the warp and filling
3 ends light,
I end dark.
□ [3BLjHBiBB^Myaiab3BdlBi
Fig. 88.
■■nnnnnnnnnnnnnn
■nn«HHHBnt3Hat3HBa
rinHBaaneiaa^BsaHB
.^DBHGi 1 nnnnannnan.
nwnnnafflf^naiinHHBH
nraidr-:a' " 'a' ■■>*i-ia^nn
nc3a aa aa :aa- li i
riaa aa aaa' aaa^ ia
r 11'-: .aa ::::- aa: :< i
[ .M- i a -a :: ■< • \
1 ;aa aa :• aC'i ^aai ; i
[ aa aa ^aaa ::aa: a
I : aa i cja c:a. ^ \
1 . a ■• : la : ■ .a: \ » i
I aa ^aa'j laa' i .aai ui
uaa'-jHaHaaayaaayQ
Fig. 89.
■■■nnnnnnnannnnna
□■■"a^ a-*a: 'a' la la -i
SDBBa ,a :a, ia .c: --a' -i
o;-* ■ ; 1
~naa a aaa aaa aa
a a
laaa i
:a a a
I , , la^ i' 1' la- N i. ,a. i
L jaauHuawaaaNHaHri
■■■nnnnnnnnnnnnn
iBDDBHa ' ' "arf >^/''n
anrnmaS' aa ,-;,^ ,a
rin«B«aa ; i ^aa « :. <n
r !■■■■-■; ' i , , : 1,11 ;d_
I aaa aa laaaa -aaa
! . M I ,aa i 1 laa^ mma
I : : '■ I '::■ : ' 'a' \ ■•■■mn
' : ! -mm
aaa c:a c;aa . iHH
aaa ac} iaaaa aaa
'■■:■' aa aa : ■ 'a
a a a
Ljaaci jaBdi--iaaaNyaH
uaaEUBQBacaciaaaaa
4 ends in the repeat.
The dark filling has again to cover its own color in the
warp to produce the required effect. This weave, (- j-), can also be used in an arrangement ot
2 ends light, 2 ends dark, in the warp and filling, for producing a " line " equally as heavy as the
ground in the direction of the warp for effect.
Fig. 89 illustrates the effect of
2 ends dark,
2 ends light,
4 ends in repeat of color arrangement
for warp and filling, upon a fabric having the 4-harness
even-sided twill for weave. The placing of the colors as
represented in the latter effect, will prevent the filling from
showing more prominently, than the warp. The principle observed is, to place one of the light
picks in the shed formed by light color down dark color up ; the other light pick is to be inter-
woven when half of the light and half of the dark warp-threads are up, and the remaining one-
half of each are down.
Fig. 90 illustrates a " zig zag " arrangement for effect, as produced upon a fabric interwoven
upon the 4-harness even-sided twill with a color arrangement of
I end light,
1 end dark,
2 ends in repeat for the warp and filling.
Fig. 90.
Fig. 91.
'23
Fig. 91 represents a " spot effect" obtained upon a fabric interlacing with the 5-harness
twill. Color arrangement for warp and filling to be 2 ends dark, 3 ends light.
Fig. 92 illustrates a " zig zag " arrangement for
effect, as produced upon a fabric interwoven with the
6-harness j even-sided twill and a color arrange-
■nnnnnDDDDDnnDDpnanDnn
^nannncno'"
I'liDDcjcinnaan
■GHDnnnnDDnnana
OBnBHHHPiaRnHHHa'
li la
1 ), 1
_^ ^ ^ .;,J;^'^
■"] ""-"^ i'l"!"ua
:: cj :• I y '■ la
':;:;:::: :x::x; \ 'a
:: • . i::i i. ii j
:•: . : i I izr im'^ i
:c; i laaaa r laaaa
i:-]: ' I ; I la- i' Ml ! ia
■a ' M ' la : i I 1 la
aaaa ' :aaaa >'• ia
:; ! ! la- tua
:; ' i la^ ii . i
;a aac::: ; laaaa
:a , .■ c; . : I la
_ ia I ■ c: Ii la
oaHauQaaa' i .aaaa aaaa i la
DOHiiiULirii lafl---!-! I la' i -i-it-iPiaiTiFjt'si
□uBauuuaaiiBay.-iaBBaasaaaa
::■}
LMMI
Dijai
GEM
ona:
□en.
L^aa.
□GSU,
Fig. 92.
ment of 2 ends light,
I end dark,
3 ends in repeat for the warp and filling.
Figs. 93, 94 and 95 illustrate similar effects pro-
duced on a warp and filling arrangement of
I end light,
I end dark.
aaai aaaac:
aaa aaa ::
a lana
naa
a lafan
ia ai ia
a 'a ,1
a 'aaa
a 111
aaaaa
; i' ia
x;aa' la
ia ia
;^at:;-j.-j.j^-jajaua-
Fig. 93.
inanannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
2 ends in the repeat.
■CBDBni
aai JH'jBaana
■GaoBBi .a' .a
CB'-BB' Ba a
a
:i
a
■□BnanannnnnnnnnonaDanD'
Fig. 93 illustrates the fabric produced with
'"-n^Pi the 5-harness ~~ twill.
Fig. 94 calls for the /-harness " ^ ' ^ ^ — j
twill, and Fig. 95 for the 9-harness ^ / ^^ / — j
BOBaanB^
DBGBnBi I
BDBGBr Bl
GB B BB
BGB'^BB ■
gb<:bb b
ijaa
la
I a
G G iG!
c: aat
GGrt '
CGHa:
CDfcG
a a a
i ill twill
a a i I
a c;aa
..a..i_^j
I ji iJaaai.jGi la.
GGGMaWGOGa-
GcrjHaBGaaa
GIji Mie6i'-i' inn-
G! 7 ,aaa a
Gir ii / a
Lii,ji.,aaa a
DDGi ■ a.
□□Gaaa a::
aau
noGaaa a::
onri
DDGaaa a::
"iGGGnana
iaeiaaQBQ
anaaHBH
aGaaaen
, j.JGGGD
■^'-jGnaa
" i| 1! 1
a aaaaa
ia' i ■ ,i I. :^
laaaaaaa
' 3iiBa
:aaaaaQH
___^_j«BBa
""""'a a
.:aaa a ;a
a^ laBH
::a a ^aaa
:: :; saaa
a :; ana
aaaa
a a a_a
Fig. 94. Fig. 95.
In diagrams Figs. 96, 97, 98 and 99, four specimen effects of three-color arrangements in
warp and filling are given. Such combinations find extensive use in the manufacture of fancy
cassimeres and fancy worsted suitings.
■GGI
GGBl
gbb:
■Gr
IGGGGGGGGGnnnnnnnnnGn
,.■-■- ,-^ --..,■ , -.^
■asm .asm ■ -azm • mmm
■■-. . ■■ i: ssm 'Styi^B '- -fssim i i^QB
bggbb B: .: -.isam fSE^B mfim • irsebb
□GBBi BB' ' SSm ES&B - EShllB ' f3Sm
DBB^i'^BB I : , 1
■ ■ i' 1 1
^I^^-T'
►l<'HKJBISfflHHH
□GfflHffla
^,a5iaE3
SEEB*
r' SEasan^
G .QBQIil
G:-.BBBBl.
•►lit? I
a
rmn
S i5EL"H
i-:E3aB
~i -BBSBI
" i ■ as' i
_i a- ' ■ n<m
.asB ►nmmBf3ni*nin<ni.
■ affla;<Ban<a&aa' >i>:<a. i ibbb
BBaaBB aBB . bbb bbsb
' a ■ ■ B - . aB asfi
B . ■ aB :■ aa ■ ann
" aaaaaaaaaai aaa aaa
aaaaaa aaa ^ aaa aaaa
a aaa aaa aaaaaaaaa
a aa ■ .tiia <■ .a ■ j
.■ .iQB 1. 'aai i- it iQi !■ i^ • ! i B
aaaaaa^ -aaH-'i-iaffiBi iaaaa
a aaa ■ aaa^aaaaaaaaa
^ra^aaa^^BBaaaaaaaBL^SjaB
Fig. 96 illustrates the effect derived from the even-sided
4-harness twill, by the following arrangement of warp and filling :
2 ends light,
2 ends medium,
I end dark.
color No. I.
or, " No. 2.
" No. 3.
5 ends repeat in color arrangement ; thus, 5X4
threads, repeat of effect.
20
Fig. 96.
■nnBBGnBnGnnnpGinGnGGnGGnGGnnnnGGGG.^inGGna
Fig. 97 illustrates the effect derived from the same
weave as used in the foregoing example, with the follow-
ing arrangement for warp and filling :
4 ends light,
4 ends medium,
4 ends dark,
4 ends medium,
16 ends repeat in color arrangement, and as 16
is a multiple of 4 (repeat of weave), 16 threads are also
the repeat of the effect in addition to color arrangement.
or,
color No.
I
" No.
2
" No.
3
" No.
2
Gi^BB "■
OBB ' ai
BB BB
Gl
Tii
□I /
J!
3 aaaa
31 :aaaa
ji 'aaaa
DCaffiBB
ijGaaaa '
Z^GBBBB
D!:aaaa
r aaaa
jcaaaa
DGaaaa
11 If II ■
■aaaaaa
^aaaaaa
.aaaaaa
laaaaaa
IGI'
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaa
a a a a a a
aa aa aa
aa' i .aa :• w&
■j'-j aaaaafflfflafflaaa ►
:• aaafflBaaaaaaaa-
aaaaafflaafflafflaaa
iaaaaaEBaaasaaaa
Gl GH
aaaaaaaaaa
laafflffl
laaaa
' '.G
la , :a
I , laa
aa; a
^1^':^ aa ^z--::^ i -i
aaaaaaaaaava
a a a a a a a a a a a a
jaaaaaBBaaaaffl
;<aaaffli"
laai
■aai
-laaaffli
OQHbSG
nnBBB:
_jcmmm:
anmmtv
nriffiaaa
□Gfflaaa
Grjaaaa
uGBaaa
DGaaaa
pGaaaa
QGBBBB'
GGBBBBi
GLjaaaa'
DGfflfflaa
nrifflaaa
CLffisaa
■am 'aaasBSBBsaaa ^ai-S' laaaaasaaaBSS
:<a aaaaasaaaaaaaa-JMaaffleBaBBBSSEas
;- aaaaafflBBfflBfflaaaGFijBfflafflfflSBBfflfflfflfflH
aaaaaaaaafflffiBaai i' ifflBBBHBBBBBBBffiffl
a 'BB' i Ba-1 -a-" ' - 'a i "aa'T"asi^«E
aa. I aa ' 'aa ■ -n^i^ •■ 'aa -;Hffl
'aa' ' .aa i ia^a ' ' ' i i laa : 'Bb ■ .aaa
aa i iBBi ii .aa i : i ;. i laa : bB' l laaaa
\<-i' aaaaaaaaaaaa laa laaaBBBaaBBBS
ja aaHBBfflBBBBBfflBaGGaHBfflBBI'
:- aasfflEBBaaaaaaBai i laaaBBBai
aaSBBBBBBBBBBB'^i .'aBBaBSBl
aa iBBBBBBBBBBBBGBB'IBBBBBBBafflBflS
IB' ii IBBBBBBflBBBBaBBi IGBBaaBBBBBBBffi
■I I IBBBBBBaaaBBEBBBt IMBBBBBBBBBBBBa
Ii IBaBBBBBBBBBBBBn tBaBBBBaaaBffllBBB
laa JBBBBBH' ^
aBaBBBBBBBBBaffl
aaaBaaaaaBBaaB f laaaaBBi
Fig. 97.
24
■■aanBDnannnnnnaoG
■DnnBBnnnnnnnnnrm
ncjBHH i am am >sh' ish
ammm
■■■ J
OGHH:.. .■■■' ;»■■■■' >:aH
□DHPIJI ;i i: IBMfflEilri, iHilffl'J
[nr f.--- ■ ;ii!^ : ■ -■' fa ■ 'M
C' ec >5aaaH- aeasH
cj"bb ■■■ .£■■■■ isa
c f- ■ a ■' iffla
r ;-' aaa ►:<a>:<aB;--)fflEa
C.-SB^-^ >!'■■■■ aHHia
Diagram Fig. 98 illustrates the effect derived from the j 6-harness
even-sided twill, by the following color arrangement :
I end light, ^ color No. i.
I end medium, V or, " No. 2.
I end dark, ) " No. 3.
3 ends repeat in coloi* arrangement, the same repeating
twice in one repeat of the weave, also, one repeat of effect in fabric.
umar--m - ■■ ■ ^- - -^ ' ■ ■^^■j
■ar: ■■ : aaaa laaea aaaa i .aaaH ' ^aea* aaaH
DOCJHHH >i I' igjaaH ' i iSEsaH :-.. :aaaH i :-:asaa . :. .aaiSH- i i .asffla
QnBHBLJUULJULJLJl JLIUUUUl Jl _F_ ILJLl' J'JIJI Ji JL JJUIJLJI. J' il IIUUU'JI Jl JJiJaQLJ
DBBBDDDoanGDaDaDDaDDDDnDDfiannnaaannDaaannaannDDn
■■■DaDDDnnDannDDnGaGGrinonnnaDnGnnnnnmnnannnnnDD
ammaaaummmmmm'"-' aaa :■ r aa -a ■' -" -^asB
ammaDammmmss'-v aa a ■ aa wsm
DffiEBDDDfflfflSffiB3HfflB: iSBaB ] aafflH :SfflaaH 'asBseHBaafflfflfflffl
□BBfflUiJDfflBBfflfflfflffla! I !fflfflffiH.^E=;fflSfflEaHi4fflfflEaHQBfflfflfflfflE3fflfflfflffl;1fflfflaffl
DEaffiaGDBHBfflfflfflBBWEHaESfflBBlfflHfflfflSiHBfflfflaSfflfflfflfflfflSEBEBfflfflfflWMfflSffla
DBBGGGn^aBBEBanBHHii^aHaHHasEBHaMt^BaaHa'- t-^sbbB' fvibbbb
DHBDDGnr" " •bbb: k " ■mfBW !'■ :i':i 'Ba: ■ . -'B' " " ' ^': '■ W \ 'r'^'lilHB
nHPaaci n<>ns aa ■ , ■ a ■ aa : -isfflB
DBBDOG' aa a a aa aaa ■ ^sbbb
DfflfflDGDffi.-.. -BBBBi-;^,-^BaBB.,J^BBQBB.^aBSaBaBBBBBBBSB;-JSfflfflffl
DBBGGLIIIHtUSBaBBIiaaBaaiifflBaBBBBBBSBBBfflBBiaffifflaBI=fM]BBaffi
GBaUDGnnaSBBBMIBBBaBBfflaBBaGBafflaMffiBBBaBQBSBaM^nBBaB
DaBGGGBBBBaBBBaaBBBBBBnBBBBBSSBaBB-ianBBBBnHBBBSa
DBBGGLIi ■ !■ iBBffli • ' ' aB^ i ' 'B' ' '■ ,• . m: : i ■ i. t v?! ap i ; '.'ifflSB
DBBGDGi aa : a ■ < ■ ' bb aaB ■ ■ :fflfflfflB
□BMGGi. B. ■ aa aaa : ■ aaa ; ■ bsbb
□fflS' T' aaaa aaaaa BaaBaaaBaaBaaBa-^BBBaffi'
cbb bbbbb BBBaaaaBBaBfaBBB bbbbb : - bbbb^
urns BBBBaaaaB-BBBBBa aatBaa bbbB' . bbbb' i
GBBG^L aaBBaaBBB' aaaaa aaaa '- aaaa aaaaB' i
GMMGDL ^ aa ,a a aa Baa :
GBBDor' a ' 'B - ■ aa aaa bbb ;. t s ifflfflsiai
! BM < ! !: laa i- !' I 'Baa ■ ■ .aaa ■ ■ 'as' i- ii ( r ifflei«ti
, JHBSflfflSEBfflfflBBfflfflfflfflffifflfflfflBsafflfflfflEI • .BBfflffl: r r-vmrnm
cfflfflGcaafflaaBBBBaaaafflaaffiBBaaaffiBBaafflsr!; 1 -bbbb: i^BaaBB
QBfflUrGBaBBBBBBBIHBBBfflBBPiafflaBBHHaBBBi'' BBBBB" IBfflfflBBB
GBBGGGBB' 'BBBBB- I'-'-'BaBa^^^BBBB'^'^BaBBB' BBBBBBBBBBBafl
GBBCG a ■ : ' a ' BB BBB BBB .BffliiS
QSiBGaa ■ ; : a ;_ ^ ^ aa ^S'-ja _ ^ aaa aa ^ .sfsa
In diagram Figf. 100, a specimen example is oaBGdGWBaBBBBBBBBfflBafflB&raaBBaSiifflfflBBi i-ii-iHfflBB' i-iBBBia
Fig. 98
Fig. 99 illustrates the same weave as used in
Fig. 98, arranged for
3 ends light,
3 ends medium,
I end dark.
or,
color No. I.
" No. 2.
" No. 3.
7 ends repeat in color arrangement, and as
this 7 is no multiple of the 6 (repeat of weave) or
vice versa, 7 X 6 = 42 threads in warp and filling gjJBgB:.
are required for one repeat of the effect.
GBBaaaBBBBSBBBBHBBBBBBWBBBaSBBBBBBn-fflBBBl
_• „ „r -. 1^„„ „„„„„^ J :„ „.,J CU:^^ ,,„„., DfflBaDCBB"''fflBfflBfflfir-fBBBBm"*"1BBEBa@BBBBB>iBBBHBBBBB3BBffla
ffiven 01 T, colors arranged m warp and niimg upon □bbdgcb aaaa aaaa bbbbb BBBBaBaaaBBBBBB aaaa
the 4-harness twill for producing a hair-line dIIBBB it aaa bIb* ^^'' "i'^ '^' a «liS
1 ^ r- o GBaanGBBBSBfflffiffiffl: BBBBE BBBa BBBB BBaBB BBBBBB
„£r„_i- „„ ,,<,„^ ;.-, 4-U-^ ,>-,-, ,-,,,f^^f,i,-£» ^f -..r/^/^l^it-. or.^ oaanGGBBMBBBBBi s iBBBB aaaa aaaaa BaaBBBaaaBBBa
errect, as used m tne manuiactuie 01 woolen and QHaaaca j 1 raaanM ^bbbb bbbbb BBBBaaBaBEBBBQB isaaa
aaBDaaaHaaBBByyaBBBBiiBBBBBBaBBBBBaaBidaBBBaaBBBBB
Fig. 99.
iBDaDDGaGnnnnonnaDD
■GBBaaaBHBBBBff
GBBI
Cc-v
GBB
GBB
G~ ■
o-
LBB
DBB
'Bl
-^BI
:Ba iriaa
]GG
BB .--^aa
BB
-BB
:Ba
BB
BB '-nmu
BB -l-^Bl
,jBB.:;)iiiffll
niBI
-^'4BI
color No. I.
" No. 2.
" No. 3.
Fig. 100.
worsted trouserings, etc.
Arrangement of warp and filling :
2 ends light, |
I end medium, V or,
I end dark, j
4 ends in repeat.
In placing the filling in this present sample as well as similar effects, each individual color
infilling must cover the same color in the warp, according to rules given for producing effects with
two colors.
It will be seen by the student that these effects, until now produced with two or three
colors in each example, can readily be extended to effects with four or more colors in warp, or in
filling, or in both systems combined at the same time.
The effects shown in Figs. 90, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96,97, 98 and 99 are designed on the basis
of equality of texture in warp and filling, as also of similar thickness of thread for both systems;
therefore, any changes in one or the other will have a corresponding influence on the effect.
Satin Weaves.
Satin weaves, also technically called satins, are without the prominent lines which are
identical with the regular twills ; consequently satins are characterized by a smooth face. In twill
weaves the points of intersection follow consecutively, but in satin weaves this is not the case ; they
being arranged to interlace at intervals of one, two, three, four or more threads. The principles
for the construction of satins are to arrange as much as possible distributed stitching, and to have
it done at the same time, as regular as possible. The more scattered we can arrange the inter-
lacing of the warp and filling the less these points of intersection will be visible in the fabric.
The lowest satin that can be produced is found in the five-harness satin ; after this the same can be
made " regular " on any number of harness, with the exception of six. The four-leaf broken-
mannnMn twill is also sometimes classified as a " satin," but against the rules of construction
■"'jdannB ^^^ these weaves, as on two successive picks the interwoven threads are next to each
^nnSyBmS other (see Fig. loi). The points of intersection of the numerous satins are found by
□■nnnann , ^ ., . ,
iMnnnMnnp the followmg ru/e : —
Fig. ioi Divide the number of harness for the satin into two parts, which must
neither be equal nor the one a multiple of the other ; again it must not be possible to divide
both parts by a third number. After finding this number (which is technically known as
" counter "), add it, commencing to count from one until all threads or harness are taken up.
For example: Find satin weave for five-harness (5 equals 2 plus 3); commencing to count with
one and adding always two points we find :
1 + 2 = 3 + 2 = 5+2 = 7 or 2 + 2:^4 + 2 = 6 or i giving the points for intersection
in the weave as i, 3, 5, 2, 4, which means :
The first pick intersects with the ist warp-thread (ist harness up).
3d
5 th
2d
4th
(3d
(5th
(2d
(4th
)
" second "
« third "
" fourth "
" fifth
This construction is illustrated by
Fig. 102, in its principle (arrow S indicating the rotation of picks, arrow O indicating the
counting off of warp-threads for each successive pick).
Fig. 103 illustrates the same, applied to the regular designing-paper, being filling up or
5th pick.
4th
^I 3d
2d "
1st
I
2
4
2
2
I
I
2
5
I
2
3
I
r
2
'/
filling for face.
nnnMnannMn
nannnnMnnn
nnnnBnnnnB
nnBnnnnBnn
■nannMnnnn
snanannnuBa
DMnnnnMnnn
nnnDanannM
nnannnnMna
1 5
Fig. 103.
Fig. 104 illustrates the same changed to warp
up or warp face, by simply exchanging "sinkers"
(down) to "raisers" (up).
o
10
Fig. 102.
MBaQHIBinM
■DBHHIDHMM
■■■■□■■■Mn
■ ■□■■HBU»
nHBHaniBiB
■□■■MBDMBH
■■MMDiaaan
1 5
Fig. 104.
(25)
26
Fig. 105 illustrates (enlarged) a fabric interlaced
in the 5-harness satin, constructed, as explained
before.
The 5-harness satin, as well as other satins
produced with any number of harness, can also
be obtained by constructing the design lengthwise;
in this case (taking the 5-harness for example) we
find
The first warp-thread must stitch in the ist filling,
" second " " " " 3d
" third " " " " 5th "
" fourth " " " " 2d "
" fifth " " " " 4th "
This construction of the 5-harness satin is illus-
trated by
Fig. 106, in its principle (arrow S indicating
the rotation of warp-threads, arrow O indicating the counting off of warp-threads for each
successive pick).
Fig. 107, the same, applied to the regular designing paper.
Fig. 108 is the same satin warp up or warp for face.
Sth pick.
.4th "
Ol3d "
2d
I St
2
5
I
I
2
4
3
I
2
2
2
I
I
I
2
d
"
*
*-
"
^^
■4-t
"U
•c
J2
M
S
Fig. 106.
rO
'^
10
Filling for face.
nnBannnann
nnnDBnnnno
nannnnHnnn
□□nBnnnnHn
MnnnnBnnnn
snnMnnnnBnn
nnnnBnnnnB
□■nnnnanna
□□nMnnnnaa
■ iMnannannant
.1 5
Fig. 107.
■■■■naHBMQ
■□■■■■□■■■
■■MDBHMHaa
□■MBBDHHHM
.'«■□■■■■□■■
■■■■□■Hian
■■■DHMBBDM
inHMMDMaKI
1 5
Fig. 108.
A careful examination of Figs. 103 and 107 will show, as the only difference, the "satin
twill " (which later on will be more particularly described), but taken in a general technical point of
view, for constructing weaves both are identical. The first-mentioned rule, counting off the picks
in rotation and the harness (or warp-threads), according to the "counter" obtained, is in general
use.
Design shown in Fig. 107 would also have been obtained by the first rule in using the other
part the 5 is composed of, namely, the 3 for counting off, thus
l+3=4+3 = 7-=2+3 = 5+3 = 8-3+3 = 6=i,
or the stitch as i, 4, 2, 5, 3.
27
For 6-harness (6 warp-threads for repeat), as already mentioned, no regular satin is
found, as 6 can only be divided in 2 plus 4 or 3 plus 3,
which numbers are against the rules for constructing satin
weaves. Being sometimes compelled to use a satin on 6-
harness we must use the next best to a perfect satin as
found in 1 — 3 — 5 — 2 — 6 — 4, illustrated in Fig. 109,
filling for face; Fig. no, warp for face.
For y-harness two regular (perfect) satins are found
by dividing 7 into 2 plus 5 and 3 plus 4.
□□□■nnnnnBnn
DnnnDBnananM
nBnnnnnBnnnn
nnnnBannnaag
nnMnnannanng
■□nnnnaandnS
6nnaMdnnnn«ai3
oaDDuBannnaB
PBnnnnnBPana
dnnnMnannnBD
□□■□□□nnMnnn
mnannnMnnann
1 6
Fig. 109.
oaannMnnannnnBn
nnaMnnnnaaanQP
nMnnnnnnannnnn
Countmg on tor the hrst kmd we get by usmg the 2 nannBnnnannBng
° _ „ «« □□■nnnnnn«nnna
for counter • l4-2^=34-2=5-i-2 = 7-4-2 = Q = 2-u ■□nnnnnMnncnnn
pnnBnnaannBnna
dHannnnnMnnnnn
□nnnndBnannnn«
annnMnnnannana
□□■nnnnnnMnana
iBCinnQanwiinnnna
1 7
2 = 4+2 = 6 + 2 = 8 =1, or I, 3, 5, 7, 2, 4, 6, and illus-
trated in Fig. 1 1 1 , filling for face ; Fig. 112, warp for face.
Fig. III.
aannMDnnnnnMnn
•r , . ^ , , ,• ^ , , nnnnnBdnnnnnBg
In the construction of the other satin for 7-harness and gggggggggggggg
using the 3 for counting off we get 1 + 3 = 4 -^ 3 = 7 + SgSSHBBSBBgSSB
3 = 10=3+ 3^6-J-3 = 0=2 + 3 = 5+3^8 = i, nMnnannaMnnnng
or I, 4, 7, 3, 6, 2, 5, illustrated in Fig. 113, filling up; ddMgdddddgdddS
Fig. 114, warp up. • dddiddggggiggg
iMdddnndMddnpdd
1 7
For 8-harness we find only one perfect satin
as the 8 can only be divided into 3 plus 5. The count-
ing off for the design, always adding 3, will be as
follows :
1+3=4+3=7+3=10=2+3=5+3=8+3=11
=3+3=6+3=9=1. or I, 4, 7, 2, 5, 8, 3, 6, illustrated
in Fig. 115, filling for face; Fig. 116, warp for face.
Fig. 113.
■■■dHMMMHdlM
■■■■■dHHBIHd
MdBHBHMdHMaM
■ ■■MdHMMHdM
dHBHaHdaBMHB
filBMdHMBadHB
■■■■■dHMMBBd
■dBaaKHdiBai
aaaanaaaaada
aadaaaaadaaa
idr
1
Fig. I 10.
idi
. . idaaaaaadi
adaaaaaadaaaaa
aaaaaadaaaaaad
aaaadaaaaaadaa
aadaaaaaadaaaa
TDaaaaaadaaaaaa
aaaaadaaaaaada
aaadaaaaaanaaa
■daaaaaadaaaaa
aaaaaadaaaaaad
aaaadaaaaaadaa
aadaaaaaadaaaa
idaaaaaanaaaaaa
Fig.
112.
odddnadddddddadn
3dadddddddaddddd
3ddddddaddddnnna
3dddadddddddandd
daddddnddadddi3dg
ndddddadddddddag
dddadddddddadddd
■dddddddaddgBddd
sdddddadddddddadg
ddadddddddadgddd
dddddddadddddddi
ddddadddddddaddd
dadddddddadddddg
ddddddadddddddad
dddadddddddadddd
ladddddddaddddddn
1 8
Fig. 115.
aaaadaaaaaadaa
adaaaaaanaaaaa
aaaaadaaaaaada
aadaaaaaadaaaa
aaaaaadaaaaaad
aaadaaaaaadaaa
aaaaaaadaaaaaa
7aaaadaaaaaadaa
adaaaaaadaaaaa
aaaaadaaaaaada
aadaaaaaadaaaa
aaaaaadaaaaaad
aaadaaaaaadaaa
ipaaaaaadaaaaaa
1 7
Fig. 114.
■aaaayaaaaaaadaa
aadaaaaaaadaaaaa
aaaaaaadaaaaaaad
aaaayaaaaaaadaaa
adaaaaaaadaaaaaa
aaaaaadaaaaaaadS
aaadaaaaaaadaaaa
naaaaaaadaaaaaaa
eaaaaadaaaaaaanaa
aadaaaaaaadaaaaa
aaaaaaadaaaaaaad
aaaadaaaaaaadaai
adaaaaaaadaaaaaa
aaaaaadaaaaaaadS
■■■gaaaaaaadaaaa
idaaaaaaadaaaaaaa
1 8
Fig. 116.
Upon g-harness, we can design two different satin weaves, for the number 9,
in accordance with the rules, can be divided into 2 plus 7 and 4 plus 5.
Commencing to count off with 2 for producing the first kind of satin we
get: I, 3, 5, 7, 9, 2, 4, 6, 8, which is illustrated in filling for face in Fig. 117. If
requiring warp for face read this as well as any of the following designs, illustrated
in succession up to 1 6-harness, n for raisers (up), m for sinkers (down).
Commencing to count off for the second kind of satin weaves on 9-harness,
using the 4 for counter, we get: i, 5, 9, 4, 8, 3, 7, 2, 6, which is illustrated in
Fig. 118.
sngdddddan
ngdddaddd
gggadgddd
gaddddddd
gddddddna
ddddddadd
Hgddadddd
,Bnadddddd
iMnnnndddS
1 9
Fig. 117.
sgddddaddd
gaddddddd
ndddddand
gdadddddd
dddndddad
dddaddddd
dddddddda
Bdddadddd
ladddddddd
1 9
Fig. 118.
For lo-harness one regular satin is derived by dividing 10 into 3 plus 7.
Counting off with 3 gives 1,4, 7, 10, 3, 6, 9, 2, 5, 8, as points for intersecting.
The design for it is illustrated in Fig. 119.
lodddddddadd
ddddadnddd
dadddddddd
ddddddddad
dddddadddd
ddaddddddd
ddddddddCB
ddddddandd
nddadddddd
laddddddddn
1 10
Fig. 119.
28
nnnnananannn
nnnBLinunnnn
nnnnnnnnnnB
nnnnnnannnn
nnannnnnnnn
nnnnnBannBH
nnnanMnnnan
□■nnnnnnang
nnnPMnnnniin
, 1 11
Fig. I20.
For ii-harness four difTer.ent perfect satins can be designed, by dividing the
II in 2 plus 9, 3 plus 8, 4 plus 7, 5 plus 6.
The " counter " most frequently used for the 1 1 harness is 4, giving the
points for intersecting as follows : i, 5, 9, 2, 6, 10, 3, 7, 11, 4, 8.
The design for it is illustrated in Fig. 120.
i2nnnnn0ananan
nnnnnnnnnnBp
nanMnnnannno
□nnnnnnnBnnn
n«nnnnnnnnnn
nnaannMnnnaa
□nnnnnnnnnnB
pnnnnnnnnBnn
SaBannaaannn
nnnnnnnBonnn
mnnnnunnnnnn
1 12
Fig. 121.
For i2-harness only one perfect satin is found by dividing the 12 into
5 plus 7. Counting off with 7 gives the points for intersecting as follows:
I, 8, 3, 10, 5, 12, 7, 2,9,4, II, 6.
The design for it is illustrated in Fig. 121.
isannnannnMaann
nnnMnannnnn'^n
□nnnnnnnnnnMn
nannnnannnnDn
nMPnnnnannnan
nnnannnnnMnan
□□nn«annnnnnn
□nnnnnnnnnnnB
nnnnnnnHDnnnn
nnBnnnnunnnnn
□□annnnnnDMnn
DDnnnBannannn
iHnnanaannnann
1 13
Fig. 122.
nnnnMrraannnnnn
nannnnninnnnnaM
nnnnnnnpBnnnDn
pnnHnnonnnnnnn
HnnnnnnnnnnnMn
ppHPPPPPPnnpBn
ppppppppnnnmpp
ppppppMPPnnppp
gMPPPnappppppp
pppppppppPMnPQ
PPPPPBUPPPPPPP
IMPPPPPPPPPPPPP
1 14
For ij-harness we find five different perfect satins by dividing the 1 3 into
2 plus II, 3 plus 10, 4 plus 9, 8 plus 5, 6 plus 7.
Counting off with (the number most frequently used) 5, we find the in-
tersecting points to be i, 6, 11, 3, 8, 13, 5, 10, 2, 7, 12, 4, 9.
The design for it is shown in Fig. 122.
For i^-harness we find two perfect satins by dividing the 14 into 3 plus
1 1, and 5 plus 9.
The design most frequently used for this number of harness, and which
is illustrated in Fig. 123, is derived by counting off with 5, as follows: I, 6,
11,2, 7, 12, 3, 8, 13,4, 9, 14, 5, 10.
Fig. 123.
ispppppppppppmppp
pppppppbppppppp
pppbppppppppppB
ppppppppppppppb
ppppppppppmpppp
ppppppMPPPPPpnn
PPMPPPPPPPPPPPP
PPPPPPPPPPPPPBP
pppnpppppMPPPPP
impppppppppppctpp
Fi.;. 124.
16pppppppppppppmpp
pppn-^.npprjnHPPPPii
pppnPDPBPPPPPPnn
" :pnp«npppppppppc
3BPPPnpppppppppn
For I ^-harness three different regular satins can be made, as 1 5 can be
divided into 2 plus 13, 4 plus 11,7 plus 8.
The number most frequently employed for counting off is 4, which gives
6, 10, 14, 3, 7, II, 15,4, 8, 12.
The design for it is found in Fig. 124.
PPPPPBPPPPPPPuu 1 J r--y — --• to r. --- i
EpppppppppppSpp the points for intersection as I, 5, 9, 13, 2, 6, 10, 14, 3, 7, 11, 15, 4, 8, i
nPPPPPPPMPPPPPP r^-i A ■ c -^ • c ^ ■ ^■
ipppippppppppgn Ihe design for it is found in Fig
For 16-harness three different satin weaves can be designed by dividing
the 16 either in 3 plus 13 or 5 plus 1 1 or 7 plus 9.
nnMnnnnnuuuuuuuu Using the number most frequently employed for counting off the
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPII • ^ r • . .• . r,,- 1 • u • c 1
pppppppnppppMPpn points for intersecting warp and filling, which is x, we find i, 4, 7, 10, 13,
pnppppnnnMPPPPPP ^ &k &> j- >t. />»j>
BppSpgSnpppppppp 16, 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 2, 5, 8, II, 14, as represented in design Fig. 125.
iBPPnpppppppppppp
1 16
Fig. 125.
After the method given thus far for finding the different satins from the lowest number of
harness (the 5-harness) up to the i6-harness, it will be easy for any student to find the different
.satins for any number of warp-threads in repeat (harness) that may be required. Those given in
our lecture will comprise those most frequently used.
B^pppppppppppppm::
ppppnppppPMPPPi:
pppppppnBPPUPPPC
pppnaBnnpppppppn
PPHPPPPPPPPPPPPC
29
Table fi
?r finding the Satin Weaves most frequently
used.
1
Number of
Harness.
1
SUCCESSION OF STITCHES.
Number for
Counting
OFF.
5-harness...
1
3-
5-
2.
2.
4-
1
1
1
2. '
t
6 " ...
3-
5-
6.
4-
0.
7 " -
■
3-
5-
7-
2.
4-
6.
2.
8 " ...
4-
7-
2.
5-
8.
3-
6.
3-
9 " ...
3
5-
7-
9-
2.
4-
6.
8.
2.
lO " ...
4-
7-
10.
3-
6.
9-
2.
5-
8.
3-
II " ...
5-
9-
2.
6.
lO.
3-
7-
II.
9-
4-
8.
4. !
1
12 " ...
I.
8.
• 3-
lO.
5-
12.
7-
2.
4-
II.
6.
7- j
13 " -
I-
6.
II.
3-
8.
13-
5-
lO.
2.
7-
12.
4-
9-
5-
! 14 " -
6.
II.
1
2. 7. ^ 12.
3-
8.
13-
4-
9-
14-
5-
1
10.
1
5-
15 " -
5-
9-
13
2.
6.
lO.
14.
3-
7-
11.
15-
4-
8.
12.
1
1
4- 1
1
i6 ' ...
I-
4-
7-
lo.
13-
i6.
3-
6.
9-
12.
15-
2.
5-
8.
II.
14.
3-
Fig. 126.
Influence of the Twist of the Yarn upon Fabrics interlaced with Satin Weaves.
To produce certain effects on fabrics interlacing on a satin weave the same may require a
certain twist of the warp or the fiUing, or in both systems. Fabrics made on a satin weave may
for their effect require the satin twill to be more or less visible ; again it may be desired to see
none at all. Therefore in all cases, before deciding as to the direction and amount of twist to be
put in the yarn for any kind of a fabric to be made with a satin weave, we must consider whether
the face is to be formed by the warp or the filling and whether the satin twill is to be visible or not.
For example: Take a fabric to be made with the 5-harness satin. If we have to use warp for
face and want the satin-twill effect distinct, we must use the design shown in Fig. 104 with a warp
yarn twisted to the left. If we want to produce a fabric requiring a smooth face, as doeskin,
kersey, beaver, etc., and have the warp yarn twisted towards the left, we must use the design
illustrated by Fig. 108.
Arrangement for Commencing the Satin Weaves for Special Fabrics, such as Damask
Table Covers, Towels, etc.
In fabrics where " warp up " and " filling up " satins are figured as in previously
mentioned fabrics, we have to change the commencing of the weave from the beginning
30
with one, so as to get a perfect joining, respectively cutting off from the warp effect to the
filling effect.
In this class of fabrics the weave must commence in the following manner : The last
warp and filling thread of one effect must work in an opposite direction to the commencing of
the first warp and filling thread of the other effect. Hence the 5-harness satin for such fabrics
will be 4, I, 3, 5, 2 (see Fig. 127). The 8-harness satin will read 3, 8, 5, 2, 7,4, 1,6 (see
Fig. 128). The lo-harness satin 7, 10, 3, 6, 9, 2, 5, 8, i, 4 (see Fig. 129), etc., etc.
nannn
nnnna
nn«an
Mnnnn
annMD
Fig. 127.
nnnnnBnn
■nnnnnnn
nnnMnnnn
nnnnnnan
□■nnnnnn
nnnnMnnn
nnnnnnna
nnaannnp
Fig. 128.
aanannnnna
■nnnnDnnnn
□□□nnanmnn
nann«nannn
DBannnnnnn
SnnannnaMn
nnnnnBngan
nnMnnnnnnn
nnnnnnnnnM
nnannnanna
Fig. 129.
MnM*MHnBBHMnBH«nnnBn«nBMBnnnannnnMnnnnBnMnBBMnnnMn
■■■■a«MMBnMMMBnBpnunBB««aBDcnnBnnnn«n'.jnnBB»BnBnnnn
■■nB«BBn«BB«aM«nnBnnBBnBBnnB'anDnBnnnnBnnMHnB«nnBnn
n«BMBnBBBBn«BB«aaaaBn«BBBnnnnBpnunMnnLjnMDBBBBnnDnH
BBBnBBBBnBBBBQBnBnunBBBnBnBunnnBnnnnBDanBBBnBaBnnn
flJBBBB.IBBBB .BBBP.jLiBDB^BBB' :: :L:iB[_: .; iUB"^, -ll-KJBnBaBBBl'LL.Bn
BBBB;jBBBauBBBa:'jB:'' ...". .bbbbjb:-.jl:i_,-bpi-;i ,r'Br;.vn; -BBBBnBr'Gi.in
BBZIBBBB IBBBBUBB!!. fl.-JBB iBB-,PBrir:..|-BL1!J. :, BUI.'BBCiBBL.aBnLl
□bbbbuBbbbijbbbb:": :: ,nB:jBflBB..:..jrjPB:_.P' ,pb :G.jrBiJBBBB!.;~.'.j:"B
BBBPBBBB "IBBBBUB JBJ il.lBBB. jBPBl :L--iL:B-aL]L:BL-U: jBBBL-BPBULjn
B.jBBBflJBBBBDBBB..:' !LIBDB_BBBL'i::nBnL:Dr B'_ iDn JBrjBrjBBBaiJDBD
BBBBaBBBBnBBBBUBnnunBBBBnBnnnnBnnnnBnnnnBBBBnBnnnn
BBnBBBBnBBBBZiBBnaBanBBnBBaaBnnanBnnnnBnDBBnBBDnBnn
□BBBBnBBBBaBBBBnijuDBnBBBBnnnnBnnnnBananBnBBBBDDnnai
BBBnBBBBnBBBBnBnBnuaBBBDBnBnnnnBnDnnBnnnBBBnBnBnnn
nnnBnuaiiBjaunBjBUBBBanPBnBnBBBBnBBBBnBBBnnDBnBDBBB
B.JZi:]_lB_iJ ,.]B:^PP JBBBB^B' :l-LjL_BBBBnBBBB BBBBi-BDIIirjUBBBBD
naBpnnPBnnnnBnnBBnBBuaBPnBBDBBBBnBBBBnBBDnBnnBBriBB
nnPPBPPPPBpnaPBPBBBBPPPPBPBBBBUBBBBPBBBBPPPnBPBBBB
□BPPPPBPPUPBPPPBBBPBPBnpPBBBPBBBBnBBBBPBCBPPPBBBPB
■nBBBBnBBBBnBBBDnPBPBPBBBPPPBPnPPBPPPnBnBnBBBPPnBn
■BBBPBBBBPBBBBPBnnaPBBBBPBnnnPBPnnPBPnPPBBBBPBPPPn
BBPBBBB 'BBBBPBBr fl lilBB: iBB: ::~IBL IPf.PBi P:.:'.:Bi:jPBB_iBBPPB:.n
DBBBB-BBBB^BBBB^ . ! :B '.BBBB 'i: j! -BPLlPrjB'JPI^I :BPBBBBPCP'~B
BBBPBBBBJBBBBPB.iB_r : :BBBPB: .B .iPPPB: 1 ;:LiB-crjBBBriBnBi-:L-p
□□□BpnPnBPPPPBPBPBBBPnPBPBPBBBBnBBBBPBBBPnPBPBnBBB
KPPnnBPPPnBPPnPBBBBPBPPPPBBBBPBBBBPBBBBPBDDPnBBBBP
PPBPPPPBPnPPBJUBBPBBPnBnPBBnBBBBPBBBBDBBPPBnnBBPBB
nnPPBPPPPBPnunBPBBBBPPPPBPBBBBPBBBBPBBBBPnPPBPBBBB
OBPPnPBPnPIiBnnPBBBnBnBPPPBBBPBBBBnBBBBPBnBnPPBBBnB
nnaBaPnPBPnPPBPBPBBBPPPBPBPBBBBPBBBBnBBBnnnBPBnBBB
BDPPPBJnPPBPPPPBBBBPBPPPPBBBBPBBBBPBBBBPBPnPPBBBBn
nnBnnnPBPPPnBpnBBPBBPPBnPBBPBBBBPBBBBPBBPPBPPBBPBB
naPPBPPPPBPPPPBnBBBBPPnPBPBBBBnBBBBPBBBBPnnnBPBBBB
nBnnPPBPPPPBnnPBBBPBPBPPPBBBPBBBBnBBBBPBPBPPnBBBPB
nPPBPPnnBPPUPBPBPBBBPnnBPBPBBBBPBBBBPBBBPPPBCBPBBB
BnPPnBnPPPBPPPPBBBBPBPnnaBBBBPBBBBPBBBBnBnnnPBBBBP
nnBPPaPBPaPPBPnBBPBBPnBPnBBPBBBBPBBBBPBBPPBPnBBDBB
nPPPBPPPnBPPPnBPBBBBPPPPBnBBBBPBBBBPBBBBPnPnBPBBBB
nBPPnnBPnPPBnPPBBBPBaBnPPBBBPBBBBnBBBBPBPBPnnBBBPB
b;_bbbb:ibbbbdbbbp: ! .bjbpbbb yjuB_..pnB j.:ppBr'Bi ibbbpulbp
BBBB .BBBBPBBBBGB^ ";P' .BBBB JB :P; j-BPH:',; IBPnr'.nBBBBDBPaPn
BBPBBBBPBBBBnBBPPBPPBBPBBPnBPPnPBnnnPBnnBBPBBPPBPD
nBBBBPBBBBnBBBBnPnPBPBBBBPPPPBOnnPBPPPnBPBBBBPPPnB
BBBPBBBBnBBBBnBPBnPPBBBPBnBPnnPBPnPnBPPnBBBnBDBDnn
P JPBPa.j: :B jJ:j: 'B_iBPBBB IPJB'.'jBPBBBBnBBBB: :BBBPrjDBr:BPBBB
•Bpn^-BPHPUB ::r 1 ~iBBBB' Bl_: ;:;PBBBBrJBBBBnBBBBaBPPPPBBBBP
nPBmPPBPnaPBnPBBPBBPPBPPBBPBBBBPBBBBPBBPnBPPBBnBB
nnPPBnPnnBaPanBPBBBBPnnPBnBBBBPBBBBPBBBBPnPPBPBBBB
nBPnnaBPPPPBnPPBBBPBPBPPPBBBPBBBBPBBBBPBnBPnnBBBPB
P'IG. 130.
Fig. 130 is designed to illustrate a fabric figured with the 5-harness warp and filling satin,
and Fig. 131 is designed to illustrate the figuring applied to the 8-harness warp and filling satin.
iDpnnnBPPPPnpnnnn
■BBBBBBPBBBBBBBPBPnnPnnnBPPPPnPn
■BBBPBBBBBBBPBBBPPPBnPDPnPPBPPPP
SnBBBBBBBnBBBBBBPPnnPnBPPPPnPPBn
BBBBBPBBBBBBBPBPBPPnnPnnBPPPnnn
■bbpbbbbbbbpbbbbppppbpp: ippnnBPnn
OBBBBBBBPBBBBBBBPPPPPPPBnnnnPPPB
■BBBBPBBBBBBBPBBPPBPnPPDDnBPDPPn
■BPBBBBBBBPBBBBBnnnnPBPPPpnnPBnn
MBBBBBBPBBBBBBBPBnPPPPPPBDPPDPDa
aiBBBaBBBBBBBPBBBnPPBPPPPPPPBDPPn
■nBBBBBBBaBBBBBBPPPPPPBPCnnnanBa
■BBBBBnBBBBBBBPBPBPPnPpnPBPPDDPn
■BBPBBBBBBBPBBBBPPPPBPPPPnPPBPnn
nBBBBBBBDBBBBBBBPDnnnPPBPPPnnnnB
■BBBBPBBBBBBBDBBPPBPnPnPDPBPDPDn
annppBPPnnnnnBPPBBnBBBBBBBPBBBBB
BPnpnpnPBpnnnnppBBBBBBBnBBBBBBBn
DPnBnnPDPnPBnnPPBBBBnBBBBBBBPBBB
□PPPnnBnpnnppnBPBPBBBBBBBPBBBa0a
§nPPnaPPPBPPPPnnBBBBBBPBBBBBBBPM
pnnBPPPPPnnBPnnBBBnBBBBBBB::BBBM
PpnPnPBPPPPPPPBPBBBBBBBPBBBBBaa
nPBnPPnDPPBPPnnPBBBBBPBBBBBBBPaB
□□□□PBnpnnPPPBnPBBnBBBBBBBPBBBaB
MnnnppppBnpnnnpnBBaaaBanaBBBBaap
nnnBpapnnnnBPannBBBBPBBBBBBBnBBB
nnnnnnBPappnnpBPBnBBBBBBBPBBBaaM
nBPanpppnBPnnnnnaBBBaBnBBaaaaaPB
□panBnnpnppnBnnPBBaPBBBBBBBnaaBDi
npaapppBnnnnnpnanBaBBBBBnBaBBBBB
nnBaaannnnBnpnnPBBBBBnBBBBBBBnaB
Fig. 131.
Before proceeding with the construction of weaves (derivative weaves from the previously
explained foundation weaves), we will next treat of drawing-in drafts, followed by drafting of
weaves and reed calculations.
/
" Drawing in the Warp in its Harness," and the preparation of
the drawing-in drafts.
Description of the operation— Methods used for making out a proper drawing-in draft-
Different systems of drawing in drafts.
Drawing the warp-threads in the Heddles (which are adjusted to the different Harness
frames) forms the beginning of the practical part in weaving; the making out of the order (or
arrangement) in which this has to be done, constitutes one of the first lessons in the theory of
weaving and designing.
^ THE HARNESS.
The harness, or harness shaft, also termed a shaft, (see Fig. 132) consists of a "Frame''
(marked A), and the iron rod {B) for holding the heddles (C). Through the ej/es {£>) of the
heddles the warp-threads are drawn as illustrated by B.
For drawing in a
warp in its " set of har-
ness," two persons are
required. The '' drawer^
in" inserts his " drawing-
in hook " through the eye
of the heddle, towards
the second person called
the " hander-in." The
latter inserts one of the
warp-threads in the "ejye
of the hook," which in
:sS««S!SSS!a]SS8SW88SS!«SSSS5&^««SSS«f*aWa5a^^^
WHm rott.
(E
/■-
Z-
3..
6-
t
%
ar
f
.' ;: ; -.m-;
1 C
WFtiTa-rotC
a^MM
-36xrne5j&-
6-
3-
y-
j-
z-
j-
Reed,.
fireoui?
;!;i
-<r<r;
D
v.
V\G. 132. .
turn is pulled out of the heddle-eye by the first-mentioned person
Two different systems are used for drawing-in :
1st. Indicating the harness nearest to the warp
beam as the first, the nearest to it as the second, and
so on until all harness are used. This method is tech-
nically known as "drawing-in from back to front" and
is clearly illustrated by Fig. 133.
2d. Indicating the harness nearest the reed as
number one, the nearest to it as the second, and so on
until all harness are used. This method is technically
known as " drawing-in from front to rear," and is illus-
trated by Fig. 134. (This is the system most gener-
ally used in this country)..
Principles of a Drawing-in Draft. *
The drawing-in draft must clearly indicate the Fig. 133.
rotation for drawing the warp-threads in the heddles on the different shafts,
must be made in accordance with one or the other of the following methods :
A. — It may be made by using common designing
paper and indicating the rotation by marks. In em-
ploying this method the rotation of the harness must
be shown either by numbering the horizontal rows of
squares which indicate the harness on the left side
of the draft (see Fig. 135), or by placing the word "Front" on the proper place so as to avoid
any misunderstanding (see Fig. 136).
(31)
ReeoL.
Warpt^read^
Fig. 134.
This
arrangement
8 nnnnnnnnnannni
7 nnnnannnnnaDBaMd
OR 5 nnnnnnnnanMnnnDd
3 nnBaMnnnBonnnnm
2 nM::nnB~MnannnnQQ
1 MnnninnBanaaiiinpnn
□aaixiMnnannnMa
nnnnBnannnnMnM
nMnnnnnnnMannn
■nannnnannBonn
Front.
Fig. 135.
Fig. 136.
32
^.
—
H.
H.
\
3.
3.
3.
?,.
^
Z.
I
ud
1.
lU
Fig. 137.
Fig. 138:
B. — Another method is by using the same
paper as before for the draft but, in place of the i:
marks, employing numbers indicating the harness '"
to be drawn on (see Fig. 1 37).
C. — A third method is by using horizontally
ruled paper for indicating the harness, and drawing vertical lines indicating the warp-threads on
the former. The stopping of the vertical lines on one of the different horizontal lines indicates
the drawing of the different warp-threads on one of the different harness. The horizontal lines
must be numbered (see Fig. 138).
Different Divisions of Drawing-in Drafts.
Drawing-in drafts are in general governed by the different weaves for which they are used,
and are divided into " Straight Drawing-in Drafts " and " Fancy Drawing-in Drafts."
Straight drawing-in drafts are those in which the heddles of the different number of harness
the "set" contains are used in rotation; and after the last is used the first is employed over again
until all the warp-threads are taken up. For example, in 4-harness we commence to draw in : —
The first warp-thread on the 1st heddle on the ist harness.
The second "
1st
2d
The third
1st
3d
The fourth "
1st
4th
The fifth
2d
1st
The sixth "
2d
2d
The seventh "
2d
3d
The eighth "
2d
4th
The ninth "
" .^,d
1st
and so on, until every warp-thread the warp contains is taken up.
Fig 1 39 illustrates the double repeat of a 4-harness straight drawing-in draft.
Fig 140 illustrates the double repeat of a 6-harness straight drawing-in draft.
innanpn*
nMnDdMnn
Pront.
enannnMuuuuuw
snnnnMnnnnnMn
snnMnnonPinnn
2nBnnQnnHmnn
iBDnnnnfinnnHH
Fig. 139. Fig. 140.
Fancy drazuing-in drafts are generally used for reducing the number of harness necessary
(repeat) for producing a certain kind of weave in a fabric. In looms constructed for certain
classes of goods (mostly in cotton) and which can be operated only on plain and common twills
with regard to their motion for raising the harness, the fancy draws will often become a necessity.
The method of making out fancy drawing-in drafts for certain weaves, technically known as
" drafting," will be dealt with later on.
Sub-Divisions of Fancy Drawing-in Drafts.
A. Broken draws.
B. Point draws.
C. Section-arrangement draws (ist, plain, 2d, double).
D. Skip draws.
E. Mixed draws (cross draws).
A. — Broken Draws.
Drawing-in drafts, graded under this division, have their method of drawing arranged
(similar to the principle of the satin weaves) as much as possible broken up, scattered, yet regularly
:i3
distributed over the repeat of the draft. We also classify under the present division of drawing-
in drafts such as are necessary for producing broken-twills, i. c, in which we draw for a certain
number of threads from front to rear; next arranj^e the draw to miss one-half the number of
harness, and draw a certain number of threads (as required by the design) from rear to front;
next miss again one-half the number of harness, and commence again to draw from front to rear.
For example: Fig. 141 illustrates a broken draw for 8-harness. Commence to draw harness i to 8
straight through from front to rear twice over, next miss one-half the number of harness = 4^
thus: 8 — 4 = 4; commence on harness 4, to be followed by 3, 2, i, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, i, 8, 7, 6, 5;
next miss again four harness, giving you harness i for starting, to commence to draw from front
to rear over again (repeat in the present example). sannnnnnMnnnnnnnannnnMnnnnnnnMnnn
^, .... r J • • 1 A /- 1 . nnnnnnannnnnnnBnnnnnBBnannnnnHnS
The present division of drawing-in drafts finds exten- nnnnniinnnnnnnMnmnnnDnMnnnnnnnpjd
^ ° nnnnMnnnnnnnmnnnnnnnnnnMnnnnnnn*
awre^ 11CP I'n fhe- mpTinfarture of fanrv wor<,tpH wnolpn :inA npn«nnnnnnnMnnnnBnnnnnnnBnnnnnnn
sive use in tne nianuiacLurc 01 idiicy worbieu, wooieii anu □□MnnBnnnnmnnnnnnBnnnntjnnBnnnnnn
, r\^ 1 ^^ 1 „^,.,„ ^^ « ^11 1 _ .. nHnnnnnnnHnnnnnnnnBnnnnnnnMnnnna
cotton goods. On looms known as roller-looms, ijannnnnnnBnnnnnnnnnnBnnnnnnnBnnnn
"cam-looms," this system of drawing-in drafts forms the ■ ^^^'
only means for weaving satins, corkscrews and similar popular weaves.
Fig. 142 illustrates a broken draw for 4-harness.
spannnHnnnnnnnMnn
QnBnnnnnnnMnnnnQ
nnnnnnnMnnnnDnn*
□nnnannnnnnnannn
OMnnnnnnnannnnnt:
nnnnnnannnnnnnBi:
BnnMnnnnnnnmnnnL
imnnnnnnnMnnnnnn:
(i
143
(1
a ii
n
5
<I
144
a
ti a
it
8
^nnannnMn
3 II n iBnnog
iMnnnmnnn
snnnMnuuuMD
4nBnnnnMiinn
snnnnBnnur '■
2nnBnnnnMnn
■■nnnnmnnnn
Fig. 142.
Fig. 143.
Fig. 144.
B. — Point Draws.
In regular point draws, we draw from front to rear once straight through the entire set of
harness, and afterwards draw from rear to front and repeat. For example see Fig. 145. Com-
mence to draw in from the first
harness straight through to the
last, A to B, and back again,
B to C. Designs for these draw-
ing-in drafts must be arranged so
as to repeat forwards and back-
wards respectively in the centre.
Such a weave will run upwards, at a given angle, to a definite point; then it will return by the
same angle in an opposite direction until it reaches the base from which it originally started. In
these kinds of drawing-in drafts the "point-harnesses" are only once drawn on, while the other
harnesses are used twice in one repeat of the weave. Hence an 8-harness regular point draw
will require 14 warp-threads for one repeat; a 12-harness regular point draw will require 22 warp-
threads for one repeat, and so on ; always giving the double number of harness less 2 as the
number of warp-threads in one repeat.
Fig 146 illustrates a double repeat of a regular 8-harness
point draw. Warp-threads 1,8, 15, 22 are the point-threads
or the warp-threads which are drawn in the heddles on the
point harnesses.
A change from the regular point draw, but belonging
in its principle of construction to it, are drawing-in drafts Fig. 146.
in which we draw in one or the other direction (front to rear or rear to front) continually for two,
three, four or more times before changing to the other direction.
snnnnnnnBauuuunnnnnnndMnnnnn
dnDnnnBnMnnnnnnnnnBQiDBnnnn
nnnnnannnMnnmnnnnnBUi'-'nanDn
nnnnBnnpnnBnnnnnnoBnDnnnBnn
nnnBnnndnnnBnnnnnBnnnpijanBn
pnBdddndnnnnBdddBnddddndddBn
dBDdnnnddnnnnBdBddndddddndn-
iBdddndddddddndBnnndddddddddd
I 8 15 22
Point Warp-threads.
34
ennnnnBnnannHnnnnDBnnnnannnnBnannnHaananMnann
□□□□HQnnanHunnanMnMannnannMPaaaDHnannaMDBnnn
nnnBDnnnnBnnanaHnnnBnnnnnMnauanHnnaaniinnnHnn
nomnaannBnnnnnBnnnaaBannmnnnnnBDnnnnHannnuBn
nBannnaBaannnBnnnannaMnBnnnnnBonnnnBQnnnannB
iBnnnnnBnnDnnBnnnuannnaMQannnMnnnanBnannnnnan
Fig. 147.
an additional from rear to front (two repeats shown
point draws are point draws containing the effect of a
weaves for fabrics imitating Jacquard work.
Fig. 147 illustrates a specimen of these
kind of drafts to be made with 6-harness.
An examination will show us a drawing
straight three times from front to rear with
in draft). A second sub-division of the
zigzag which are used to a great extent in
Fig. 148 illustrates such a specimen drawing-in on 12-harness.
nnnaannannnnannanBaaaannnanannnnaaaannannnnnpancinnnnnannnnannnn-Mnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
nnapnnnnnnpnnpnnBnBnnanqaDQnnnnnnDnnnnnnnnnpnnnnanannnnnannnnnBnBnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
nnanauannn3nnnnBaunBnnnt3nannnnnnannnnnnnannpnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnBnnnBnnnQnnnnnnnnnn
nnaaannannannnBannQnBnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnBnnnnnBnnncnnnnnnnnn
□nnnnanBannnnBnnnaanuBunnnnBnaannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanannnBnnnnnBnnnnnnnBDnnnnBnnnnnn
nnnannBnBnnnBanaanannnBJnnBaBnnnannnnpnnnnnnnnnnnnnnBUBnnnBnnnnnnnnnBnnnBnBnnnnn
□□aanBnnnBaBannnnnnnnnnBnBnnnBnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnBnnnBnBnnnnDnnnnnnBnBnnnBnnnn
nqnnBnnnmnBQaannnnnnnnaaBnaannBnnnannnnnannnnnainnnBnnnnnBnnnnnnnnnnnnnBnnnnnBnnn
nanBnannannnnnaannnnnnnanannnnnBnapaaBnnnnnBannDnBnnnnnnnnnnnnnSnnnnnDnnnGnnnBnn
□□BnannnnannnnnnnnanuunuaananpnPBnnnBnBnnnBnBnnnBnnnnnnnnnnpnnnnnnnQnnnannnnnnBn
nBnannnonanaannannrinnnnnaaQnQannnBnBnnnBnBnanBnBnnnnnannnnnpnnnnnnnnnnnnnnngnnnB
BPnpgpppppppppnpnnnnnnpppppppnnnnpBPPPppBPPPPPBPPPPPPPDPnnnnnppnr — _
Fig. 148.
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
2(1 set. •
C. — Drawing-in Drafts having a Section Arrangement.
1ST. — Plain Draw.
■i2ppppppnpppppppppppppnpn©pnppp©pppnpeppppppppppppppppnpppppp®ppppp©nppppi
ppi3ppDPPPPPPPPPPPppppp©pnnnn©pnnpn©pppppppPDPPPuppppppuppn®ppppnfciuniPPPDE
ppppppppppppppppnpppp©apppu©PQann©ppppppnpppppppppnpppPDPfe/pppnp©pppDP®PL
pppppppppupppppppppp©ppppp©ppppp©pppppppppppunaDPPpBpDPP©ppppp©pnppp!g)npn
1st set. •
^PP©PPPPP
epppppBpppppBnppppBpppppppppDPPPpnppppnppPBPPPPPBPppppBPPppDPUDppnnpnnppp
PPPPBPPPPPBPPPPPBPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPBPPPPPPPBPPPPPBPPPPPBPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPpn
pppBPPPPPBPpppPBpppppppuupnnpppannpppppBPPPPPBPPPPPBPPPPi3pppnnpppppppnpp
ppBPPPPPBPPPPPBPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPBPnppnBPPPPPBPPPPPPPPPpppBpppppppn
PBPPPPPBPPpnPBPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPBPPPPPBnpnnPBPPPPPnpppppppppppppppi
iBPnppBBPPPPPBPPPPPPPPDPPPPPPPPPPPPPPBnnnnPBppnpDBPPPPPPPPPPpppppppppppdB
Fig. 149.
These drawing-in drafts are used to a great extent in the manufacture of damask table
cloth, towels, fancy cassimeres, worsteds, etc. For these styles of draws two weaves are com-
pounded into one, each one being operated on its own part of the harness set. The manner of
using two sections we find frequently extended to three or more sections, requiring a correspond-
ing number of weaves to be compounded into one.
In Fig. 149, we illustrate a specimen of sucli a kind of drawing-in draft. Harness i up to
6, inclusive, forms the first set; harness 7 up to 12, inclusive, forms the second set.
2ND. — Double Draws.
These drawing-in drafts are generally used in weaves for double cloth fabrics.
system of warp-threads (face and back) getting its own harness set.
ipppapppgpnpppnpmnanngnnppnpppapnpnnpapt
Each
2d set.
1st set.
ler
PPPPPPPPPPt
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPl ^,
lQpppBpppppnp©pnppl
iSaaHBPg
PC
.mpppppppp0ppnpppHpnppppppppni ,,^ ^-
ppppppPiiPPPPPPPPPPdPPPpRpppppBP®ppppppppppppBPP:
pppppjPPnpppppppBpnpppppppppD©
9p©pppBppppppBppBppppppppn®ppp'
sppppBpBppppbpppppppBpppbpppppp:
^0000!
pppqpppppppppBBB
P0PPP
^^Bpp^
]pppppnppBPPPnpppppppBOpppBpppppPBpnppppppp
~ ' "~ 3ppBpppppp
□POL
„ „ znnn.
QppppppppeipphBpp:
pppppppiDPPpBppDPP:
pppp^ppppQpppBppp
ppppppppppp
jpBppppppppppo
ippppBPPPppr
ipi
pppppp'
BPPPppppBPPPPPPBpppnBPPppnpppppL , „ , -
ppppppBPPPPPPPpnppBPPPpBnpppppBPPpppppppgpBPP
npBppBPPPPPPPPPPPBPPPPBppppppBPnpppppppGPBPnppp
nppBPPBpnpppp0PBPPPPPPPgpppBPPPPPPPPPPPBppppnpp
ppBPBpppHpnPPPBPPPPPppppppBPpppppppppPBPnBppppB
iBPnnppppuuLLiBnppppui innBPBnnppppppBppBPpnnpppnpp:
Fig. 150.
Fig. 150 illustrates a drawing-in draft to be classified in this system.
3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; 2nd set of harness, 9, 10, ii, 12, 13, 14, 15, and 16.
1st set of harness, i, 2,
Fig. 151 illustrates another specimen of
drawing-in draft for 12-harness repeat.
2d set.
1st set.
iBPp:
01
:Bi
i2ppppnpp©ppppppp@pnppppp©pppppppL
ppppp®pppppnn©pppppppipppppppiPn
upE ©ppppppp©upui n jnp©pnpppp0®0PPn
9p©pppppnp©ppppppp©ppnpppp©ppB0pn
8B0PPPP0n npppppBPPPPP0PPPPPP0PBBt:
ppnpppBdPPPPBPPPPpppBppppppBBPPn
3PPPPPPPPPBPPPPPPBpC PPCPPPBPPPPn
3ppBp pppBPPPPPPPPPPBppBBBPPPPPPn
3PPPPBBappppppBpppppnPBPPP00PP ""
dPPPBPP0P 3PPPPPPPPPPBPPPPP0BP "
:iPBppppBppppppppp0BPyBppppppp
pppppppBpBppbBppBppppppppppi
Fig. 151.
35
D. — Skip Draws.
These draws are in their origin short straight draws in a larger number of harness. After
drawing a certain number of warp-threads plain straight, commence anew again, but one, two or
more threads higher or lower than the commencement of the preceding draft.
Fig. 152 illustrates such a drawing-in draft for 8-harness, 4 threads for the short straight
draw ; skipping one thread.
snnnnnnannnDnnaQannnMnnMnnManMDnnDananaaaanananannnnMaDMnQwaciMnnn
□nnnnnnnnannnnnBnnBna«nnBannnnnannnnnnannpnnnnnMnnMnnMnnMnnnjnnn
nnnnannnapaBnPMnnManMnnnnn[iinnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnBnnBnDBnnBnn:aannnanan
nnnnnnn«nPBnn«nnBnnnnnnnnDnnLjn jnnannannBnnBnnBnnBnnannnnpaaannnq
§npBPnBPn«pPBPPPPPPPppppppppnpnpnppHPDBPPBPn«PPPpppppppDPPPPPPPB
PBPPMaPBPPPnpppppppppppppppppnBPPBPPBPPBPPPpppdppppppnppppppppH
■PPMPPPPPPPPPPPPPPnPnPPPPPBPPMUPBPPBPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPBPPBP
iBnnpppnappppnppnppppppDBPPBPPBPPBPPPPPnppppppppnppppcippBPPBPPBPP
Fig. 152.
E. — Mixed or Cross Dra^vs.
As the variety of different weaves is unbounded, so are also the drawing-in drafts, and under
the above heading it is proper to classify the kind of drafts obtained in one way or another, by
combining two or more drafts of the previously explained systems.
Other Points a Drawing-in Draft may require in addition to the indications for Drafting
a Certain Harness.
If a warp contains threads of different thickness, color, or quality of stock, the drawing-in
draft must have a copy of the repeat of pattern, clearly indicating for each warp-thread such
c particulars (see Fig. 153 for illustration.)
The drawing-in draft should further show the number of warp, the
number of dresser, the number of ends in warp, the number and width of
reed to use, the number of warp-threads to be put in one dent, instruc-
tions if any threads in particular have to be separated by the dents (see
Fig. 154), and the number of heddles to be put on each harness.
Every one of these points clearly indicated on the draft will greatly
assist in the production of correct work, prevent mistakes and save much
time. We append a specimen sheet of a complete order for the drawing-in department, such as
ought to be used in every mill.
it
a; w
c
o
u
S .§" 0
M
R
sgpppppBPPPPPPPBn
nnnnpppBPPPnppnB
npBpppppBPPPpppn
nnPBPPPPPBPnpnnn
nnppBPPPPPpppBpn
nnpppBppppppBPpQ
DBPPPPPQPPPBPPPn
iBnapnnnppQBnpppn
Fig. 153.
Specimen of a Complete Drawing-in Sheet.
Fancy Cassimerc, style zf.2.
Warp No. 393. 3600 ends in warp. Reed 13 x 4 = 6914^ inches width of warp, in^reed.
Dressing : 6 threads black 4 run.
D. N. 4. I " white
7 " black "
1 " lavender "
7 " brown "
2 " blue
24 threads in pattern.
Selvage : 40 threads i inch wide in reed for
each side.
0)
3
01
■d
c
>
Black, fe Brown. j Brown. Blue.
\%
Pi
•
•
•
•
«
•
11
10
9
,
8
1 .
]
/
a
/
■)
;
,
•<
.^
-*. «
^
,
i,
r - .
t -1
, ■
t
Fig. 154.
36
Heddles required for the different harness :
Numbers i, 3, 4, 9, 1 1, each 300 heddles
Number 2, requires 750 "
5, " 600
Numbers 6,7,8, lO, 12, each 150 "
1500
750
600
750
3600
Having explained the general principles of drawing-in drafts for theoretical and practical
work, also their classification, the next subject for the student to learn will be " the drafting of
drawing-in drafts " from the different weaves.
Drafting of Drawing-in Drafts from Weaves.
Rule : Ascertain the " repeat " of the weave in the direction of both systems of threads.
Next, examine each warp-thread separately (on the design) as to its rotation of interlacing in the
filling. If each warp-thread shows different places (different picks) for interlacing, each thread
requires a different harness. If there are warp-threads in the repeat of the weave which
have throughout the entire number of picks the same intersecting places, they can be
drawn on one harness. For example, examine the two warp-threads illustrated in Fig.
155 ; both are working the same way (^ ^ ^^ ^ ^) in its repeat of 8-picks, consequently
these two threads can be drawn on one harness, giving the same result.
nn
■M
MB
nn
nn
H
inn
1 2
Fig. 155.
In Fig 156 we illustrate 3 warp-threads over i6-picks. An examination of the
same will show warp-threads marked I and 3 interlacing correspondingly with the
filling, and hence can be drawn on the same harness ; whereas thread marked 2 works
differently, therefore requiring a different harness.
Weave.
i2MnnnMBBnnnBBnBnBnMBnnnBBBnnnHnnnBnBnnn
■■nnnBBBnnnMnBnBnBnnnBBBnnnBBnnnBnBunn
■■■nnnMBHnnnBnMnBnnnBBBnnnBMBnnnBnBnnn
□■MannniBiDnananHnnBHHaQDHHanaBBnBniMM
nnBainnnHHnManiHnHBHanDHaannaBanHnaBH
nnnaaannnaaanananaaannnaaannnaaananaaa
annnaaannnaanananaananaaannnannnanannn
aannnaaannnanananannnaaannnaannnanannn
aaannnaaannnaanaannnaaannnaaannnanannn
naaanDnaaanDananannaaaannaaaDaaananaaa
nnaaannnaaananananaaannnaaannaaadanaaa
innnaaannnaaanananaaannnaaannnaaanadaaa
1 38
Drawing-in Draft.
lannnnnannnnnnnnngnnannannnnnannnanannn
2nannnnnannnnnnnnQpnQnannnnnannnnnnnnnn
sSnannnnnannBannnannnannnnnannnnnnnnndn
4Snnanpnnnannnmnnnnannnnnannnaaananaaa
snnnnannnunadnnnnnnannnnnannnnnnnnnnnnn
ennnnnannnddadddddadddddadnnnnndddndddd
Tndddddddundddadaddddnnddddddddnnddnndd
sdnddddddnnddddadddddddddddddnnndddddnd
1 88
Fig. 157.
leana
ana
nan
nan
ana
nan
ana
dan
adB
■da
nan
ada
gna
dan
ada
idan
123
Fig. 156,
With Fig. 157 we illustrate a complete weave
^one repeat) with its corresponding drawing-in
draft :
38 warp-threads "|
12 picks
J
in repeat.
An examination of each warp-thread in particular will result as follows :
Warp-threads i, 7, 23, 29, 33, 35 correspond, thus harness i
2, 8, 22, 28 " " " 2
3,9, 13, 17, 21, 27 " " " 3
4,10,20,26,30,31,32,34,36,37,38 " " " 4
" 5, II, 19, 25 " " " 5
6, 12, 18, 24 " " " 6
14, 16 " " " 7
Warp-thread 15 working independent, requires a separate harness; = " 8
37
Hence, we find dra\ving-in draft illustrated below weaves reading as follows:
«
The 1st warp-thread for harness i
The 2d
The 3d
The 4th
The 5th
The 6th
The 7th
The 8th
The 9th
The loth
The nth
The 1 2th
The 13th
The 14th
The 15 th
The 1 6th
The 17th
The 1 8th
The 19th
2
3
4-
5.
6
I
2
3
4-
5
6
3
7
8
7
3
6
5
The 20th warp
The 2 1 St
The 22d
The 23d
The 24th
The 25 th
The 26th
The 27th
The 28th
The 29th
The 30th
The 31st
The 3 2d
The 33d
The 34th
The 35th
The 36th
The 37th
The 38th
hread for harness 4,
«
(t
«
u
it
u
tt
«
It
it
K
it
tt
it
tt
u
ft
3
2
I
6
5
4
3
2
I
4
4
4
I
4
I
4
4
4
Some weaves will be found inexpedient to reduce to the lowest number of harnesses, as a
drawing-in draft too irregularly distributed will be difficult to comprehend by the operative who
uses the same for practical work.
After making out a fancy drawing-in draft for a weave, the design for the " harness-chain "
must be prepared.
Rule for Designing the Same: — Reproduce each warp-thread only the first time called for
by its drawing-in draft on a different harness. For example : Produce harness-chain for weave
and drawing-in draft Fig. 157.
Answer :
The 1st harness must raise and lower as follows (reading downwards):
The 2d
The 3d
The 4th
The 5 th
The 6th
The 7th "
The 8th " " " " " " "
13 2
3 3
2 3 1
3
3
3 2
3 3
2 3 1
3 3
2 S 1
finding in this manner harness-chain illustrated by Fig. 158.
MtmaMMMQ
■■□nuBBO
BBBnunnB
nBBBnnBB
□DBBBnBn
nnnBBBBD
BOngBBBD
BBDnnBBn
BBBDnnBLI
DBBBdnnB
' 'DBBBnDB
nnBBBBri
Fig. 158.
B
38
RULES FOR ESTIMATING THE NUMBER OF HEDDLES REQUIRED ON
EACH HARNESS.
Straight Dra"ws.
Rule : Divide the number of threads the warp contains by the number of harness in the set used.
Example: 4800 ends in warp — 8-harness straight draw. How many heddles are required
for each harness ?
Answer: 4800-^ 8 = 600; 600 heddles are required for each harness.
If ends remain over the full repeat they are to be added, beginning with harness one until
all are taken up. These harnesses will consequently require one more heddle.
Example : 4800 ends in warp — 9-harness straight draw. How many heddles are required
for each harness ?
Afiswer: 4800 h- 9 — 533 full straight draws plus 3 threads.
Thus, harness i, 2, and 3 must contain 534 heddles (1602)
" 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 " " 533 " (3198)
4800
Fancy Drawing-in Drafts.
i
i
Rule: Multiply the number of threads for each harness by the number of pattern repeats
in the entire warp.
Example: — 3200 ends in warp on the following drawing-in draft:
32 threads in one pattern,
3200 -^ 32 = 100 repeats of pattern in warp.
nnnnaBnnnnnnannnnannuLiuunnnpnMBUi2 Harness,
DnnaMnnonnnnnnHMnnnnncinnnnnnnunni 1
— IKpnanaannnnanannnnnnaBnnnnnnaio
innpnBnnannnnnnannBnnDnnnnnDnp 9
ippppppppppBPPnnannMnnPMPPPPPd s
/ inppppKPPnpBnnnpnnpppnnppn 7
^_jpppppppnpn««nnpnnnnPMPPnpp e
jppppppmnnpppnppppnBPPPPnppS 5
"IPPPMPPPPpnnnnnPHppnPMpnnn 4
ipppppppppnppnnnoppppppnn 3
PBPPPPPPPPMMnpppppHn«pi3n 2
MPC
inpppnnnpppppppppppM 1
32
Fig. 159.
3
3
-2
-2
-3
-2
-4
-2
-3
— 1
—4
—3
32
No. of Harness.
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
Threads per Pattern.
3
4
I
3
2
4
2
3
2
2
3
3
X 100 Repeats.
u
a a
O M,
t3tf
CD P
Is-
3 P
= Heddles.
300
400
100
300
200
400
200
300
200
200
300
300
32 3200
The repeat of the pattern will not always divide into the number of the ends in the warp.
Sometimes it will leave a fraction over, which we have to add separately. For example, taking
the drawing-in draft as before, and supposing the number of ends for the warp to be 3206. This
will give us the 100 repeats of pattern as before, plus 6 ends. Numbers i, 3, 6, 10, 11 and 12-
harness call for the first 6 warp-ends in the pattern, hence:
139
Number i harness will call for 301 heddles.
" 1 " " " loi "
6 " " " 401
" 10 " " " 201
•'II " " " 301
" 12 " " " 301 "
Harness 2, 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9 will remain the same as before.
THE REED.
The reed consists of two horizontal strips of wood, between which a series of narrow strips
of metal (flat steel wire) are bound in.
After a warp is " drawn in its harness," it has to be " reeded ;" one, two, three or more ends
together are drawn in one dent orsplit of the reed. The purpose of the reed is. First : To guide the
warp-threads after leaving the harness, holding the same during the entire width and length of
the fabric evenly divided. Second : To strike the filling in evenly divided places all over the
width of the fabric in beating up.
The height of a reed (distance between both horizontal strips) varies according to the fabric it
is used for.
Silk fabrics requiring 2^^ to 3 inches height.
Cotton fabrics " 2;i/^ to 31^; "
Woolen fabrics " 4 to 4}4 "
Carpets " 41^ to 5
It is advisable to have the height of a reed % io '^ inch higher than the highest lift of any
thread in the fabric. It will never do to have this height lower than any thread of the upper
shed lifts, as this would chafe the warp. The reed has to be movable the least bit in the width of
the lay, but is required to be steady towards front and back in almost every kind of fabric ; except
in the manufacture of turkish towelings, or similar textile fabrics, in which the reed is required to
give way in a backward direction regulated by springs.
To get perfect work the reeds must be evenly set, the wires must stand parallel with the
warp and the wire must be neither too thick, nor too thin, too wide or too narrow for the work.
The " riding " of threads can often be helped by different number of threads per dent, or by
taking different parts of the pattern in the same dent.
REED CALCULATIONS.
The reed is named by numbers, the number in each case indicating how many splits are in
each inch. Thus a number 8 reed means a reed with 8 splits in every inch over the required
width. If we call for number 16}^ reed, we want a reed having 16^ splits in one inch, equal to
33 dents in every 2 inches over the entire width of the fabric. Whole numbers or half numbers
alone are used for grading of reeds.
Example: Suppose we have a number 9 reed, 4 threads in one split or dent, how many ends
are in one inch? How many are in a full warp if 70 inches wide in reed?
Answer : 9 x 4 = 36 ends of warp in one inch.
X 70 width of warp in reed
2520 ends in warp.
Hence, v\^e find as a rule for ascertaining the number of ends in the warp, if the reed num-
ber, the threads per dent and the width of the warp in reed are known, the following :
Multiply the reed number by the threads per dent, and multiply the result by the width of
the warp in reed.
Example : How many ends are in the warp if using 135^ reed, 6 threads per dent, 80 inches
wide in reed ?
40
Answer: 131^X6 = 81 X8o^ 6480 ends in warp.
The next process will be to ascertain the reed number, if the number of ends in the warp
and the width in the reed are known, the threads per dent either given or to be selected accord-
ing to the fabric.
Rule : Divide the number of ends in the warp by the width in the reed, which gives the
number of threads per inch.
Divide this result again by the number of threads in one dent according to the weave or
pattern required.
Example : 6480 ends in warp, 80 inches wide in reed.
1st. How many ends per inch ?
2d. What reed number required if 6 ends per dent are to be used ?
Answer: 6480-^80 = 81 ends per inch.
81^6 = 13^, number of reed required.
It will be easily understood, how to find the width of the warp in the reed. Supposing the
reed number, the threads per dent, and the number of threads in the warp are known :
Rule : Divide the number of ends in the warp by the number of ends per inch, giving as
the result the number of inches the warp will be in the reed.
Example: Reed 12 X 3=3600 ends in warp. What width will this fabric have in the reed?
Answer : 1 2 X 3 = 36 ends per inch.
3600^36 = 100 inches width of fabric in reed.
The number of ends to put in one dent has to be regulated according to the fabric and the
weave. Experience is the only guide for this. The coarser the reed, to a certain extent, the
easier the picks go into the fabric. The finer the reed, the smoother the goods, and with perfect
reeds the less reed marks.
The same number of ends are not always used in each dent, but the preceding rules may be
used for finding the average number of threads per dent.
Example : What are the threads per inch ?
Reed number 20
using I dent, 4 ends ,
I " 5 "
Answer .-4-1-5=9 9-^2 = 41^ threads, average per dent, X 20 number of reed = 90
threads per inch.
Example : What are the threads per inch ?
Reed number 18
using I dent, 3 ends
I " 4 "
I " 3 "
I " 6 "
Answer : 3 + 4+3 + 6^ 16 threads in four dents.
16 -^ 4=4 threads, average per dent, X 18 number of reed:=72 threads per inch.
Sometimes it happens that the average number of threads includes an inconvenient fraction.
To avoid a calculation with this fraction, multiply the sum of the contents of the dents by the
dents per inch, and then divide by the dents per set.
Example: What are the threads per inch, warp reeded as follows in number 12 reed:
I dent, 5 threads.
I " 3 "
I " 3 "
3 + 3 + 5 = II X 12 = 132.
132 -:- 3 = 44 threads per inch.
Derivative Weaves.
FROM THE PLAIN OR COTTON WEAVE.
n
8.
6
%
i
m
L
'&
I
i
^
i,
I. Common Rib-^A^eaves.
This sub-division of the "plain" or "cotton" weave is classified into two distinct divisions,
namely, weaves forming the face of the fabric by the warp (warp effects), and weaves forming the
face of the fabric by the filling (filling effects).
Warp Effects.
The principle observed in constructing these weaves is to allow more than one pick to follow
in succession into the same shed of a regular
plain weave. This will require a high tex-
ture for the warp in fabrics
which are interlaced with them.
The first common rib-weave to
be formed is the change in 2,
as represented in Fig. i6o, re-
quiring for its repeat 2 warp-threads and 4
picks.
Picks I and 2 are interwoven in the
first shed of the plain weave ; picks 3 and 4
are interwoven in the other. Fig. 161 shows
a clearly drawn out diagram of this weave
and the corresponding interlacing of warp
and filling in a fabric.
Fig. 162 illustrates the section cut of
the woven fabric.
/ Z,Z.t.5€.7 8,
I JBnBnBHB
nananana
anananan
aaananaG
4oaoaGa:3a
Dananaaa
aaaaaoaa
laaajaGaG
1 2
Fig. 160.
naGanana
OBDaaana
Daoaaaaa
aaaGanaa
aoB'^H lan
aOB ■ HG
CLja'^a ■ ■
GBi'ja B iB
DBUBIJBUB
aaBDanaD
aaaaanan
laaanBnaG
1 2
Fig. 163.
L B -anani
CB <B~a i|
ra B B' I
nanB'^iBni
a~
B~
~B
'an
a
B
B
B 1
a
B
B
B 1
B'
B
a
B' 1
8GB ~B ■ a
na B'B a
GB a B a
GB B m IB
B'
a
a
B^ 1
a
B
B
B 1
,B'
B
B
B 1
IB
B
B
BJ
Fig. 164.
Fig. 163 illustrates the common rib-weave as obtained by a change of 3 in the filling, thus
requiring for its repeat 2 warp-threads and 6 picks.
Fig. 164 illustrates the change of 4 picks in a shed for constructing the next common
rib-weave, requiring for its repeat 2 warp-threads and 8 picks.
Weaves Figs. 160, 163 and 164 require for their repeat warpways, 2 threads, and therefore 2
harness, which number, in practical work on the loom, will by reason of the high texture of warp
generally used be increased to 4, 6, 8 or 12 harness, with a corresponding repetition 2, 3, 4 or 6
times of the design, for the warp-threads.
(41)
42
Filling Effects.
In these weaves every pick intersects alternately over
and below two or three or more warp-threads; therefore
being in its principle nothing more than the common
"plain" weave, with two, three or more threads used in-
stead of one in the plain weave. In their general appear-
ance these weaves are the same as the warp effects of the
same class of weaves previously explained except that the
warp exchanges with the filling. As fabrics constructed
with these weaves have the filling for face, a correspond-
ingly high texture of the latter is required. The " ribs," as
produced by these weaves, are formed in vertical direction,
or in the direction of the warp-threads in the fabric, while
in the former division, classified as warp effects, this direc-
tion is opposite — that is, in the direction of the filling.
nnaaanaa
■■ mwn
CI ■■ ■■
■■ ■■ 1
-'.' ■■ ■■
>■■.<_■■": J
1 4
Fig. 165.
aanaaBnanna
■■■DnrBBBnDD
■■■DF' ■■■"DT
annBHB bbb
BBBCD_ BBBUGQ
jgnGBBBIjCiaBBB
IflBBDaDBBBDaa
1 6
Fig. 167.
nnnni
BBBB''
cnnri
■rr^'
Fig. 166.
BuOG^BBBI
Fig. 168,
■BBB
I "3
BBBB
I " 7.1
BBBB
luuGQ
Fig. 165 illustrates the change for two warp-threads in succession, interlacing with one pick.
Fig. 166 shows a diagram illustrating the 4-harness rib- weave and the corresponding inter-
lacing of warp and filling in a fabric.
Fig. 167 illustrates the change for three warp-threads.
Fig. 168 illustrates the change for four warp-threads.
Weave Fig. 165 has for its repeat 4 warp-threads and 2 picks.
Weave Fig. 167 has for its repeat 6 warp-threads and 2 picks.
Weave Fig. 168 has for its repeat 8 warp-threads and 2 picks.
But each weave can be made, if required, on 2-harness by drawing warp-threads interlacing the
same in the filling on i -harness.
II. Common Basket-W^eaves.
These are a combination of the common rib-weaves, warp and filling effect, having the same
changes. Therefore, the principle of their construction will readily be found in the enlargement,
warp and filling-ways, of the common plain weave. The first or most simple
basket-weave to be found is produced by the exchanging of two successive warp-
threads with two successive filling-threads, alternately up and down ; or an equal
combination of rib- weaves. Figs. 160 and 165.
Fig. 169 illustrates this basket-weave, requiring for the repeat four warp-
threads and four picks.
Warp-threads i and 2 are the first mate-threads.
Warp-threads 3 and 4, the second.
Picks I and 2 are the first mate -picks.
Picks 3 and 4, the others.
T'^BBH^BB
C BB BB
BB BB' J
BB'JIJBBin
^DOBBnnBB
1. BB'. JBB
BBOnBBCa
IBBODBBGD
1 4
Fig. 169.
4;^
m
^j
/.
m
3^i
11
M
^
m
y/.
^
m
i- a 2 'J. 5.^.7.8.
fM WA
t Z. %. H5.
Fig. 170.
z ^
~^H ■
threads working the same, and also illus-
trates a combination of weaves, Figs. 164
and 168.
III. — Fancy Rib-\Veaves.
Warp Effects.
The first step towards designing fancy
rib-weaves is the combination of the regu-
lar ''plain" weave with its sub-
division the common rib-weave.
Fig. 174 is designed to il-
lustrate the combination of one
pick "plain" to alternate with
two picks of the common rib-
weave ; or in other words, to put one pick
in one shed, and two picks in the other shed
of a regular plain weave.
Fig 175 illustrates the diagram of this
weave with a corresponding illustration of
the interlacing of warp and filling in a
fabric.
Fig. 176 illustrates the section cut of
the woven fabric. In its appearance in the
1 2
Fig. 174.
Fig. 170 shows a diagram illustrating
the 4-harness basket-weave, and the cor-
responding interlacing of warp and filling
in a fabric. Fig. 171 illustrates the section
cut of the woven fabric.
Fig. 172 illustrates the common 6-har-
nccummnw-
□uDBBBr II "
DlOBBBCII. '
■■■nnnHHi
nnnni
nan !■
ODD' :■
DDPi I
l^r-' -I
':3U
■■■■I
lua
riaa
nna
■■■;
TjI il ■■■
' ■■■ ■■■
[ I ■■■ ■■■
■ ■■! J. . ■■■' 'jGQ
, ■■■UUUBBBLJDa
laaaaaaaBBDDa
1 6
one
■■■■
■aaa
..aaaauijua
jaaaaauDD
Fig. 172.
Fig. 173.
ness basket-weave, having three successive
warp and filling-threads working the same,
Fig. 171. and forming also a combination of weaves,
Figs. 163 and 167.
Fig 173 represents the common 8-har-
ness basket-weave, with four successive warp-
fi
i
iS
i
i
I
i
^
I
2^i
i
i
i
i
I
I
I
i
iXWwmm
I Z. 3. y J. ^7. 8.
Fig. 175.
44
J^K&v^efJ-
m
::¥^^
^
I
i.
nKrxfta
i
rl
■
^-°-
rrlxEiTi
i
^z
/ i: a a i ^
Fig. 178.
or two changes of the plain weave and
woven fabric this weave, as well as the following-
similarly constructed weaves, will produce the fancy
effect by alternately exchanging heavy and fine rib lines.
Fig. 177 illustrates the change as to the size of
the rib produced by one pick in one rib to alternate
with three picks in the other rib. Repeat of weave: 2
warp-threads, and 4 picks.
n.
naDBDHDH
oanBDaDB
■'^■""■naa
': ■ a^aaa
' ■ a :aGa
[-.a.^ajana
aGaaaaaa
DaDaoana
DaDaoaoa
aaGaoaaa
ilaaaaaaa
Fig. 177.
i.
Fig. 179.
Fig. 178 illustrates the diagram of the weave, with
a corresponding illustration of the interlacing of warp
and filling in a fabric.
Fig. 179 illustrates the section cut of the woven
fabric.
Fig. 180 illu.strates a fancy rib- weave having two
picks in one shed, to alternate with three picks in
the other shed. Repeat of weave: 2 warp-threads and
5 picks.
Fig. 181 illustrates a fancy rib-weave as prc-
duced by a change of the shed of i, i and 3 picks
one change of three picks in the same shed.
caGaGana
GauaoBGa
GaoaGaGB
auaGBGBG
BGaGBGaG
scBGaaaGB
CB B'~'B'Da
ra a m m
i|
IG
1 2
Fig. 180.
lODBDBGBDB
DBQBGBGB
GaaBDBGB
aGBGBGBG
DaGBGBDB
BGBDBGBG
aaBGBGaa
aGaoaGBG
GBGaGBGa
laGaGaaaa
1 2
Fig. 181.
l^GBGaGBGa
naaaGaaa
GBGaGBGa
aGBGaoaG
aGaGBGaa
GBGaoaGa
aGanaGBG
■GBGIGIG
bgbgbgbg
gbgbgbgb
qbdbgbgb
ibgbdbgbg
Fig. 182.
Fig. 182 illustrates the combination of three different ribs, (as to its size) or the changes for
picks in one shed, as i, 2, 3. Repeat of weave: 2 warp-threads and 12 picks.
Filling Effects.
In fabrics produced with these weaves, the rib-lines run in the direction of the warp-threads
in the fabric. The face and back of the fabric will be produced with the filling, the warp forming
the centre.
45
Fig. 183 illustrates the combination of one warp-thread in one filling change, to alternate with
one filling change containing two warp-threads.
Fig. 184 illustrates the warp change o( i and 3 in a fancy rib-weave. Repeat of weave :
4 warp-threads and 2 picks.
■DCBDDann
CIBCHDM
■DDBnOBaD
Fig. 183.
CBHI
l-RRl
r^aaa
■ocr
rn-na
CBHH ■■■
■■■
■nn
■1 ' /
■ 11 jQ
rBHH' ■■■
■ ■■
B r
■ ' ~
■ 'irrj
^: ■■■ ■■■
vvn
lp._L
.■^_'_
■Jja
1 i
Fig. 184.
rCBHGCBBB
BBCnCBBCOn
cgbbb:^obbb
bbgcgbbogg
ggbbbgcbbb
bbgggbbgog
2ggbbbg:jbbb
ibbgggbbggg
1 5
Fig. 185.
GBGGBGBB
BGBBGBGG
GBGGBGBB
BGBBGBGG
GBGGBGBB
BGBBGBGG
SGBGGBGBB
1 BGBBGBGG
1 8
Fig. 186.
GBBGGGBGGBBB
BGGBBBGBBGGG
GBBGGGBGGBBB
BGGBBBGBBGGG
GBBGGGBGHBBB
Bi:,OBBBGBBGna
2GBBi::GGflGGBBB
IBGGBBBGBBGLjq
Fig. 187.
GBBGBB
GBBGBB
BGGBCJG
30BBDBa
.OBBGBB
iBGDBuO
1 s
Fig. 188.
GPBBBB^
GGBIBB':
GGBBBBGGBBBB
GGBBBBGGBBBB
BBGGGGBBGGGG
"IGGCGBBGGGG
Fig. 185, with a change of 2 and 3 in its construction, requires for its repeat 5 warp-threads
and 2 picks.
Fig. 186, with a change of i, 1,2, requires for the repeat of the weave 8 warp-threads and
2 picks.
Fig. 187, constructed by means of change 1, 2, 3, requires for the repeat of the weave 12
warp-threads and 2 picks.
IV. Fancy Basket-Weaves.
These weaves are obtained by combining common basket-effects of different sizes in one
design. They also have their principle of construction in the combination of corresponding warp
and filling effects of the fancy rib-weaves.
Fig. 188 illustrates the fancy basket-weave produced with an alternate
change of one and two threads, warp and filling ways. Repeat: 3 warp-
threads, 3 picks.
Fig. 189 is produced by the alternate changes of one and three
threads, warp and filling ways. Repeat : 4 warp-threads, 4 picks.
Fig. 190 illustrates a fancy basket- weave of a
construction twice as heavy as the weave illus-
trated in Fig. 188, or the alternate changes of two
and four, warp and filling ways. Repeat : 6 warp-
threads, 6 picks.
Fig. 191 illustrates a fancy basket- weave pro-
duced with a change of 3, i^ i, for warp and filling-
Repeat : 10 warp-threads, lO picks.
This weave will also indicate
an important point in the con-
struction of fancy basket-weaves
with regard to their repeat. If changes are required, and
warp and filling ways are of an uneven number, the repeat
for warp and filling threads will be double the number of
threads called for in those changes. For example take
the present weave. Changes for warp and filling are 3, 1,1.
Thus, as three is an uneven number, we find 3 -f i -(- i =
5x2=10 threads of warp and 10 picks necessary for one
complete repeat.
Fig. 192 illustrates a fancy basket-weave having for its
foundation the change of i, 2, 4 for warp and filling.
Repeat: 14 warp-threads, 14 picks.
In addition to basket-weaves made with even changes
6GQBBBBGG1
OnBBBBGGBBBB
GaBBBBGGBBiB
GGBBBBGGBBBB
BBGGGGBBGGGG
IBBGGGGBBGGGG
T 6
Fig. 190.
GBMB' ■■■
gbbb; ■■■
mr^'Z Bi.:; ,
4 BBB' BBB
GBBBGBBB
GBBBGBBB
IBGGGBaGG
Fig. 189.
nBQOaBanBBGBaGGBGBBB
GBGGGBGBBBGBGGGBGBBB
CBGCDBGBBBGBGGGBnBBB
■CBBBGaGnrH'"!IBS"B" '^G
GEGGGOGBea ■ ■ ■■fl
■GBBBGBGGGB .■■■ ■.. ij
BGBBBGBGGLBL^BaB'_^BL.LjG
BGBBBGBGGGBGBBBGBGGG
GBGGGBGBBBGBGGGBGBBB
BGBenCBnGGBrBBBnBGGG
ioGar,GrH! bbb' '■>'' ^ bgbbb
GDGl; .B' ■■■ ■ ■ ~;BBB
GBGGLBL ,■■■!■: . BGBBB
BGCBBGBGIJ .BL BBB B~ ~G
GBGGGBGBBBGBfl : B BBB
BGBBBGBGGGBGBBB B ,. G
BGBBBGBGGGBGBBBi BljuG
BGBBBGflQCaBGBBBGBGGG
GBGGGBGBBBGBGGGBGBBB
IBGBBBGBGDGBGBBBGBGGG
1 w
Fig. 191.
OBBnGOGBGGBBBBGBBGGGGBGGBBBl
nBBGnGGBGGBBBBGBBGGGGBGGBBBB
DBBGGGGBGGBBBBGBBGGGGBGGBBBB
□BBGGGGBGGBBBBGBBGGGGBGGBBBB
BGCBBBBGBBG' 'IGGBGGBBBBGBBGGGG
BGGBBBBGBBGGGGSGGBBBBGBBGGGG
CBBGGGGBnGBBBBJBBGGGGBGGBBBB
BGGBBBBGBBGGGGBGGBBBBGBBGGGG
BCCBBBBGBBGGGGBGGBBBBGBBGGGG
aCGBBBBGBBGGGGBGGBBBBGBBGGGG
BGGBBBBGBBGGGGBGGBBBBGBBGGGG
GBBOGOaBGGBBBBGBBGGGGBGGBBBB
GBBGOGDBGGBBBBGBBGGGGBGGBBBB
BGGBBBBGBBGnGGBGGBBBBGBBGGGG
i4GBIIGGGGBGGBBBBGBBGGGGBGGaBBB
GBBGGGaBGGBBBBGBBGGGGBGaBBBB
CBBGGr IGBGGBBBBGBBGGGGBGGBBBB
OBBGGGGBr, BBBB iBBwGGGB'lGBBBB
BGGBBBH/BB ] B : BBBB .BB 7 ^.GG
BGGIBBB :BB7 , 'r,H- ,aBBB ,BBG GGG
GaB.jGGL.iaGi aaaa. jbbgljGgbgi iaaaa
aGGBaBBGBBG:.lGGBGaaBaBGBBaaGa
BGGaaaaGBBGGGGaaGBaaaGBBGGGa
an.' aaaa^aBGGGnaGGBBBBGBBGGGG
B' '' BBBB BBG ': :~BG "BBBBGBBGGGG
GBB J ' B ; BBBB :bb . :bggbbbb
GBB ._. . B . BBBB 'BB .. ' ] JBGGBBBB
lBG:-.BBBBGBBGGGGBGGBBBBaBBGaaU
T- 14
Fig. 192.
46
for warp and filling, it may often be necessary to construct this division of weaves in one system
heavier than in the other. The reason for constructing basket-weaves in this manner is found
either in the difference of textures of warp and filling, or because of the different counts of yarn
for the warp and filling. Figs. 193 and 194 illustrate two weaves constructed in this manner.
nnnBBBnnoBHB
DD' ■■■'.' 'cmmu
■■■ . ■■■'I'cia
■■■ ■■■GDG
4GL ■■■' ' !!■■■
a ■■■ ;GBaB
■■■ . , -.■■■GDG
GuaBBBGCQ
1
Fig. 193.
■n j 6 warp-threads.
P (4 picks.
DDDnnHnDGGBBBI
Dl .<: '■■■■i '' ~ .■■■■
□ r'l'ii !■■■■! I .. !■■■■
■■■■ < ■ ■■■■'- .:JG
■■■■uUL JuMBBHuuGG
BBBBGGGGBBBBGGGG
eGGGGBBBBGDGGBBBB
DGGGBBBBGi^'! i' BBBB
GLiGI 'BBBB' ' '' BBBB
BBBB BBBB IG
BBBB BBBB JG
lBBBB'...G..i ^BBBBGUGG
1 8
Fig. 194.
P . j S warp-threads.
V. Figured Rib-Weaves.
These are the combination of common and fancy rib-weaves so as to produce a new weave.
The following few examples, with the corresponding explanations, will illustrate methods by
which each rib-weave (as numerous as they can possibly be constructed in plain and fancy)
can be varied in an endless manner. The first step towards figuring will be to change the
rib-line in a common rib-weave after a certain number of warp-threads. Figs, 195, 196 and 197
are designed for the purpose of illustrating this method.
Fig. 195 contains for its principle the common rib-weave, Fig. ' _^^_ ! _„_ ! -^. !
160, 2 ,. The rib is arranged for one pick higher for every six succes- BBRIPK^S^bPS^S^S^^gBggg
2 o 1 1 , • •, ^1 B B B t; :: :: B b BjaGHoa
sive warp-threads. Repeat: 24 warp-threads and 4 picks. Thus, as 4 . 4%"b"b 'i " l^m'm'm'a'^nrin
'^ ^ ^ '■ ., r 1 r GB B •□ :: a B B B n aGEJ
picks form the repeat for the common rib, find the number of warp- iBGBGBGuaGaGaGBGBGBEGciGaa
threads required for the full design as follows: Successive warp-threads, Fig. 195.
X number of changes, ^ warp-threads required for full design. 6X4 = 24.
Fig. 196 contains for its principle of construction the common rib-weave, Fig. 163, ? 3. The
rib is again arranged for two picks higher for every six successive warp-threads. Repeat: 18
warp-threads and 5 picks.
Fig. 197 contains for its construction the common rib-weave. Fig. 164, ^. The rib is
arranged two picks higher for every eight successive warp-threads. Repeat: 32 warp-threads and
8 picks.
Figs. 198, 199, 200 and 201 illustrate a second division of figured rib-weaves, having for
their foundation fancy rib-weave warp effects.
12 3 12
GBGBGBGiSGfflGaU laGHG DnGH'^nBGBGBG
OB B mfj fp ^l^ ■:■: 'a ihg i 2 s « 12 bgb ":B b b ibg
CB B B-:< •;• •!< :■} □ la . , ;, , _>__j^_ B' b b b b mg
b::bjb_,h- >i^ ■:<., u .hgh ' ■^ -' ^' ,— ".^,— a_^ b b b a ^hgh
BGBGB fH iii ►a ::; ma 8aBnBQBGBpnnEr-:a~nB^BrBGBanGn~n~nG GHGHBaBn b b.jb .b/b bg
BaBGB..'/ja m >2:: :: :: ^ dbgbcbgb;; :•> :•: :■;■ kb B' b B!"k i: :■; :rj BGBGBaBG b b b :b b ibg
eoBGBGB ,iB !i_,t3;: :: :: j qbqbgbqbh :;_:■: :: b_ b b b__ :: :; a. a BOBGoaGta cc"h a hb_bjbg
GBGBGBEQ >lj ^Ij a ^a a J DB^B'^B' BC a CI U B B< B. B . a U .Ui^.a BGBGB'^BG B B B B B BG
GBGBjBfs a 'Sij :: :; ''a bgb b b ~a ::' :: r: ' b bgb^ b a .a'.aoa ■icn 'aB' 'bg b ■ b b b bg
BGB.BGta jS a . a.;:a a B'^ b b b a a a a b b b a a a aGa b b\b bg b b b a aja
B'_B„BGGfflGBGffl laGa ja BGBuBLBGL_a_a. aL_auBLBGBLBa_aLauaa B_BG:jaGa b ..b b.b.bjbg
IBGBGBGGffiGfflGEaaGaaa^ IBCBCBGBGGQCGDaQEGBGBGBGBHUEaaaaa iBGBGBaB^ IBGBGBGBGBGBC^
Fig. 196. Fig. 197. Fig. 198. Fig. 199.
Fig. 198 is constructed out of the regular fancy rib- weave, j (see Fig. 177). Repeat: 8
warp-threads and 4 picks.
Fig. 199 is constructed out of the regular fancy rib-weave,^ j. Repeat: 12 warp-threads
and 6 picks.
Fig. 200 is constructed out of the regular fancy rib-weave, ~ g. Repeat: 24 warp-threads
and 6 picks.
Fig. 201 is constructed out of the regular fancy rib-weave, g- ^'^^ ^°^^ changes in the
repeat, each change 8 warp-threads, thus: repeat 32 warp-threads and 8 picks.
47
Figs. 202 and 203 illustrate a third sub-division of the figured rib-weaves, having for their
foundation the fancy rib-weave filling effect.
Fig. 202 is constructed out of the regular fancy rib-weave, 3 -. Repeat: 4 warp-threads and
8 picks.
DEJDQaQDBaaaDaaBUBaBaBaHi
■aanananainarianarjanariBna^
DHDE3DHaDaDaDDnannGBoi
DHGHDHanaCiaCDHr/ErHBi:,'!
CDH. ::
GH: :■,
BLB.
BlB
ac'B.
lyLB.
B B.
Fig. 200.
laaa
IDBD
r Ba
a a
H a
ma
ma
BG
ma
K □
Il_BU
1:4
BGI
■ni
DH,
■ai
I .B a :■:, u u
■ a '.. .'Ul .Hi Hi H
IH JHBGaUBLBi
H. aaaBDBDBL
irB^ar^i
iH It
Fig. 201.
i''iaa
I'JBU
HUQ
Hoa
I JBD
I: BD
I' ]ma
I BD
■ ~ BD
■ _.BLJ
Hna
I JBG
I' ma
I jBQ
IijBG
sannnnanD
BGBBB7IBB
[in |. :. a JO
B'.)BBB..BB
D.JJHU.:.GC3
■aBGBBBD
DaaaGGGa
iBBBGaBBD
1 4
Fig. 202.
Fig. 203 is constructed out of the regular fancy rib-weave
, 4 — -. Repeat : 6 warp-threads
and 12 picks.
The next method for the designing of figured rib-weaves is the combination of the
warp and the filling effects of the common rib-weaves. We may select both effects correspond-
ingly, or combine two different effects.
Fig. 204 illustrates the combination of the common rib-weave, ^ 5, warp effect, with the
common rib-weave, ^ -, filling effect. Each effect is arranged for a repeat of 8 warp-threads and
8 picks. Repeat of complete weave : 16 warp-threads and 16 picks.
isDBHannaHHnaa
aanaaBaGOBBH
DEHGPGGnanDa
aC'~BBBB'~GBBa
DHH -. HHGaa
■Cv BBBB 'GBBB
□C HH. jGGHH
■BBB BBBBOa
CCl _ HHl _,QDC3H
■BBBGOBBBBDa
DanGHHGDnGHca
laaaaaaaaaaoa
1 6
Fig. 203.
locGnnnnnn '"BGBcana
□BEiH' < BGBDBDa
Dnr-r-,KKHn! B' iBGBDB
EBHH ' B' BfBUa
G' HHHHB B B' IBD
EHHH . B B B' BG
dggljKhhhb' b Bi-_;Ba
QEEH ... ' B B BIjBD
gbgblB iB. l!_ . nana
DaQBOauBKHHHGGGa
LB b:b bl'I '_ caaa
QaGBGBGBHHQaQOGa
ar^BGBGBGaGOGQEIHa
B[ a: B' ■■BGHaHHaGQG
Bi B a BGGGGGHHHa
IBuBLB^BGHHEQaaan
Fig. 204.
lennHHnnnHDBnaDBGB
HaDDHHnacBaaaana
□oan^GHaGBGaaaGB
Ea:''Gnn--r;rBaBGaDB
Dran ., .anBGBGBGaa
EH. .HH ; iBGBnBGBG
□: ::h hhb b' b^bd
EH HH a B. a BG
na .a ,B..Bi .hh he
aauBJBOBHH HHia
DaGBGBDBr HH HE
DBDBGBDBHH HH ^G
■naGBGa^iL hh.ji^.eb
BGBaar^Bi HH ..lEEGQ
BDaGB' B ' ■HEGGEE
IBQBaB^BGHHGGHBGD
1 16
Fig. 205.
Fig. 205" illustrates the combination of the common rib-weave ^, warp effect with the
common rib-weave ^ -, filling effect. Each effect is arranged for a repeat of 8 warp-threads and
8 picks. Repeat of combination design: 16 warp-threads and 16 picks. These changes of
warp and filling effects may also be arranged after the shape of a certain weave. For
example. Fig. 206, which is arranged after the 4-harness broken twill (lmzo)
\ BGuG / ■
ssnnBHBBnGEEGnnnBEBnBnBDBGEBnDanEB
BE"
GCEHHH
BEG :.
CCEHHH
EEr I.
nOGHHH
BE' i
UGHHHH
BEL :
GGEHHH
EH [.
hh:
HC
HH
eg; HH HHHH
aCGHHH B B B
BEG HHB B a
GGEHHH a B B
BE'. HH B B a
DCBHHH B B B
BE HH a B B
GGHHHH a B B
BEG HHB B B
BGBlIBuB HH
BGBGBGB ""HHHH
□Baaaa bhh
canaGB' b hhhh hh
naGB'. a bhh hh. hh
dbl a a b ghhhh hh
aGa_.B_.B._aH . hh ..hh ...
IBDauBuB-^LEBEEuGEEuuuLjHEGGEBGHUD
1 o2
Fig. 206.
EHHGa
B BHH HE
B B ' HHHH.jQ
Bl bhh he
a B ' HHHH .IG
B B HH HE
B a HHHHJG
HH B BGBGaa
~ HHB BGBGaa
:HH '. B. .BGBGB
HH. BG.BGBGa
IHH . BGBaBGB
HH B'""-BnaG«
•HH B.. B'^^B^BG
HHB B B BG
HH HE
HHHHGG
HH HE
HHHH.JG
HH HE
HHHHLIG
!H HE
^.^HHHE JG
HHHHJG
H HE
HHHH'. iG
iH ' . EB
..HHHH "IG
HH .. HE
32nGBEaGBBaDBEaaEECBGBDBnBnaBBnnBB
BEl i "'EH' . EE
CGEH HH :
EE' :: r.r. •r.r.
r _.E
EH
EH C
[ HH
EH ::
r : HH
EB._. C-:
GGHH
EE! I ■::
L HH
an
EH
IG
HE
HH
HH
EH HE
I .HH .HE
EH a:-:
BI I
B' BHH
HH jG
B
Bi
a
B'
c
CO COB
B
Bi
B
B'
C'3Cj
aCj iG
a
B
B
B
C:,
CO EB
B
Bi
B
a
CjC]1
HH JG
Ha B
B.B_:a
a:
-'„,
h:
a.
B' b;ib
h:
a
B..B.JB
HC^
Ijl
;b I
B~ BG
;:;
3
HC
a I
a BG
HC
aHB 1
B a ;
"'"
K,r
HL
'ac
m m
a B_
a BE
L
Ea a:
L an
Ea. ai
GB^B ,1
cm. m I
ra' a 1
LB'. a I
a.a B
BOB :b
"■Gr ~
HHl
a a c:
oa_^^ aa_
'"aa"'1aH .
HH
EB
OH u
EE
OHGiG
HE
oa JG
HE
oa .JG
EB
'" G
;oE
IBGBUaUBGBEi^LJBEGGBBuGEEGGUEUUEEGa
32
Fig. 207.
For warp and filling face the same fancy rib-weave {^—^—^) is used. Each change in effect
(after the 4-harness twill, as mentioned before) is arranged for 8 warp-threads and 8 picks
repeat. Repeat of weave : 32 warp- threads and 32 picks. ,
48
Fig. 207 also has for its principle the four-harness broken twill,
rib-weaves are used in its construction, as follows : For the warp effect -
Two different common
for the filling- effect
4 '
2 ^. Each change in effect is arranged for 8 warp-threads and 8 picks repeat. Repeat of
weave: 32 warp-threads and 32 picks repeat.
32DBDBDI
DBGB"'
mam:: m
■nH' ■
omcM
Dmcm
DBCB
aas
ODOI
□□H
DDDKK
□□a --
□a:aa aat
C3HH aaa
naa aaa
DDLiaa . I .1
Hna ' aaai
innD[3E3nCDHHHaDHBt3D«nBD«ai
iaanr'"anE'^'T'^aa'"'~'"'~B'"BaBCi
aa ^aaa aaa a bzibgi
IDBD
ir-:ma
a a
aa
aaa^
:;aa^
■■a:
■a
ID
■a
a
a a
TB^B'-BrB'-.n"
L B B B Baaa
LB B B B
B B B .
"""a
B_B^
X:a .BJBDBOBGB B I
.'BGBGBDBCB B
;BJBGBGBGBaaaa„
■GBCBuBGBGBaBaBaaaaaa
■DBGBGBGBGBQBGBGHaHG!" li
DBOBaBaBaBaBaBaBaGGaai
DBaBDBaBGB^B IBGBaaa^"' 1
BGBGBDBOBGB B B ? aa
bgbgbgbgbgb.jb .■ aaa
IBGBQBaBGBQBui
IGBGBG
■ ' IBriBD
I B BO
aa .jG
; aaa
aa GG
; aaa
aa ,rja
; aaa
[;:: " iG
: aaa
[;a . JG
: aaa
c;a I .iG
; ■ laaa
aa JGG
; aaa
-— _,ja
": lanEGBGB
aa BGB
aaaGBGB
aa B' BGBQ
B " BGBQ
,aaa ,. . . aaa B' bgbg
a' aaa b b b jbgb
aa:: .. b b bgbgb
a aaa b b b bgb
aaa b b b b bgbg
a B B B B BjBa
aaa ~Bl.:b b b^ .b":bg
a B B/lB. B. B< B::GGa
B B' B B B BaaUG
a B B B B' B B ~GGa
B B B B B aaaG
B B B B B[:aa~ na
1
iGGi^Juua^^LjaaaujGciaa
32
c B a::
c aaa
Ga^^_^_^aa
Ba'""'a::
c aaa
a a a::
r aaa ■
a a ■
r aaa ■
a a B B
I ■ , m m _
aauBUBGB m m m
BGBGBGB'. B B aac:
BGBGBGB. B Baaa
IBGBGBGkGB^jBG.G'iaat
1
aaa a
: aaaG
aaai^rjGa
; aaaG
''' TIGGGG
.jQaBG
14
Fig. 208.
Fig. 209.
Fig. 208 illustrates a figured rib-weave having warp and filling changes equal (^-^), and
with systems of effects arranged to exchange in the shape of the 4-harness even-sided twilh
(BiiSa ). Repeat: 32 warp-threads and 32 picks.
Fig. 209 illustrates warp and filling changes equal {- 3), both arranged to exchange in the
shape of an even-sided twill. Examples 204 to 209 will indicate the great variety for figured
rib-weaves. An endless number of them could easily be constructed.
In the beginning of* our explanation of the common rib-weaves, we mentioned that in " warp
effects " the warp forms the face and back of the fabric and the filling rests in its centre, while
in " filling effects," the filling produces the face and back and the warp rests in its centre. To
improve or increase the strength of the fabric we may interlace the warp or filling threads float-
ing on the back of the fabric on an extra weave. Figs. 210, 211 and 212 are designed to give a
clear illustration.
1-~B~B~B B B B
GBGBGBaB::;B B
GBGBaBGB B BC
GBBBGB' B .BaB ~
aBDBGB:. BaB B
□bobgb; :b. :b b
bgbgbgb b b i
BGB" B"'iBaB B I
BGB BBB'^B B II
BGBaflGBL'jBGBBI
BBBGBGBGBaBGI
IBGBGBOBGBGBGI
1 8
'<BGB
aaa
BGB
BGB
aGB
BOB
I ""BG
I aa
laa 1
I :B':i
IGBG
IQBG
Bbb
Qi_
BB<--J _
GGGCGI
BBI
BBB a
C J . il
aa: IBB!
DGGCGI
JG
■B
GUGGG
.GGGBl
_. GBilBGGGGGBBBHB
IGGQGGBBBBBQGGaa
~'=>BBBaaaGGBBBBB
' GGGBBBBBGGGGB
B^IBBGGGGGBBBBB
■' -.i jggbbhbbggggg
BBnBGGGGGBBBHa
GGGCBBBBBGGGQa
10
asBGDaGGBBBBB
! jBBBBaaaaQa
BBGGGGGBBBaa
aai aaGGGGG
BB ~ B^^BBB
. B BBB.GJGGG
HBl jL .^uGBBBHa
jaGaGGBBBBBGaQaa
GGGGGBBBBBGGGGGBBBBB
BBBBBGaaaGBBBBBCjaGGa
GGGGGBBBBBGGGGGBaBBB
laaBBBaOGGGBBBBBGGGGO
1 10
[J. ■
aawa
DGGl .
BIBB^
6GGGG'_
Fig. 210.
Fig 211.
Fig. 212.
Fig. 210 illustrates the common g rib-weave (warp effect), having its warp-threads, as
they float on the back, interlace in rotation once more with the filling, and thus giving additional
strength to the fabric.
Fig. 211 illustrates the common g ^ rib- weave (filling effect). The filling, when floating
on the back of the fabric, is arranged to interlace additional, after the manner of a broken twill.
Fig. 212 illustrates this additional interlacing arranged with the same twill for each rib.
Effects Produced by Using two or more Colors in Warp and Filling of Fabrics
interlaced upon Rib and Basket-Weaves.
Rib and Basket-weaves are frequently used for producing various effects by different com-
binations of colors in warp and filling. We will describe a few of the effects most frequently used,,
thus giving the student the necessary points for the construction of any effect he may have occa-
sion to produce.
49
Fig. 213 illustrates an effect derived
I end dark, and a color arrangement of
laced with the common rib-weave (warp
by a color arrangement of the warp (dressing), I end light,
the filling, 2 picks light 2 picks dark, upon a fabric inter-
effect) ? 2.
Diagram for Explain-
ing Figs. 213 to 224.
Arrangement
Weave ot Warp
(Dressing.)
c 2, 1)^
IM g
a>
Effect.
innnnnnDnnnnnn
■ B "la la la la-- la
■ ,. . I. jj
I. 1, i: in. 1: 1 i. <~ I, II n
1 ! r I. I :. 1 I ■ . Li
naaaaa:::::;:;:]a
aaaaa:;;::::x::xj
aaaaaaa
aaaaaaa
L iaa aaaaaaaaaaaa
DB 1
riBi
Drli ].
am' I
naa
■□■nr nnonnnnnnDn
nnst>;!iaMai -lat^H
la .ai
lauai
iai-ia:
lar-ia^
OB
DBi
DQa
DBa'
DH' !i
DE-I. 11
□Ha
aaa
nn-
n, I
QHJcJuaaHHi
la;
a
.]
a
ai lai la' la
lai lai la la
ik'^l ik^i IC'T 'CJ
t:' a ;a' .a
:: :: :} a
a a a a
a a a a
a a a a
a' :a la a
■nnnnnnnnnnnnna
■■E)i-=iHaMt^aaN(i3n[3
■aa II laa i- laa
LJi ■■
Liaa
a '
ciaa
a^ I I
uaa
a- 1 ! .
Daa
L.IU I
uaa _
,aai
;aa
aa
laai
iaa'
aa
laa.
laa!
,a::'
:aa
:aa
a a
a a
]
laa
laa
laa
aa
aa
aa
a a
aa
a a
aa
-aa
■■nnnGnrinnnnanaa
[ji '■■--!' -lan'-'f-iaaMfsaa
■■ I . ' ;aa ■ -aa' ■ 'aa
■ — a
1.1
li
□BBLJBaHHL3uuaHaaa
laai aaaatoaaaaaan
I aa :;aaaaaaaaaaa
1 . ■ . ' ■ ■ m
f aa a:3aaaaaaaaaa
I ; ■ ■ : r-a
[ aa aaaaaaaaaaaa
I a:: aaaa::aaaaaaa
daHDaaaaaadaaaaa
Fig. 213.
Fig. 214.
Fig. 215.
Fig. 2x6.
Fig. 214 illustrates the same weave and the same arrangement of the warp as Fig. 213-
The arrangement of the filling is also, 2 picks dark, 2 picks light, as used in Fig. 2 1 3, but is started
on the opposite shed. In Fig. 213 the light filling covers the dark warp and the dark filling
covers the light warp, and the effect produced are lines across the width of the fabric, (in the
direction of the filling), each line having the size of two successive picks ; in Fig. 214 the light
filling covers the light warp and the dark filling covers the dark warp, forming for effect a
hair-line.
Fig. 2 1 5 illustrates a heavier hair-line obtained with the common rib-weave filling effect ^ ^.
Arrangement for the warp: 2 ends light, 2 ends dark. Arrangement for the filling: i pick dark,
I pick light, each style of warp covered by its own colored filling.
Fig. 216 illustrates the tricot effect produced on the same rib-weave as Fig. 215 ; also the
same color arrangement for warp and filling, except that the light filling covers the dark warp,
and the dark filling covers the light warp.
inBCODDDnnDnDDDnnnnnn
■nBGDDnDGnDnoDDnnfJui'jn
DQ
iggnnnnnnaoDnDCDncnnnnnGcnDaDDDDnnnnn
issaa
□GBH'
oaa
oun -
DGa
om.-
oaa
D»
DEE
CGa
DM
'.■^ r.> r.i r,"« r— ■ -r r.-^ ry r.i r,'^ i
j '■.-' n r.T r.-i I - . r-^r-^r.yr^
.aaaa' i-i
laaaai . i
aa aa .m
aaaaaaaaaa j
aa aa ,i
ac:::aaaaaaa m
aa aa n
aaaaaaaaaa -i
-aa ' aa n
aaaaac:::aaa n
...J ' i.-;i-! l;l-;' i- aa^ ; ; ' • i aa i^i
c:aa:;ar;aaaa: : aa. i aaaac;aaaaa. j,%
■aau-frr ^fr.M,.EKhMiaEtimBHt--.f .1 ii '-'r-,aamm
,t=,HHEEEBHEEHUMHHBHGEBEBEEHHEHH
a a t^ fe^ a a a a
aaaa
aa
c ■ ■
■ -'-
■
a
a
a. "T-i-'^^a"
- BHH
[:■. ■
JQ
L.B ■
■
■ 1
JO
Ci 1 1
Gl 1' |. ^!
^a
;.;
5<
a' w
r:i ■ '
^
^'
f. '.. *■'
'y id
r.
[
0 ': " -
['
a
a
[
1.
':': a
1 IB
L
Gl .ii-'iriuui-:"
DDBHDUSr
:;
iT-ii=.elBf-
:. mmmm
.ana
IHBB
IGfiEL/iME'
Fig, 217.
Fig. 218.
Fig. 219.
lansH
:a i-lB
a ;""a
:: a
a a
a a
a a
:: a
a a
a a
a a
-:a
IE
Fig. 217 illustrates an effect obtained by combining effects Figs. 215 and 216. Arrangement
of the warp :
2 ends light,
2 " dark,
2 " light,
4 " dark,
2 " light,
4 " dark,
16 ends in repeat.
Arrangement of the filling : one pick dark to alternate with one pick light.
Fig. 218 illustrates an effect produced upon a fabric interlaced on the common rib-weave
(warp effect) ? 3, with the following arrangement for the warp :
2 ends light,
I end dark,
I " light,
I " dark,
5 ends in repeat Filling: all lU
ight.
50
Fig. 219 illustrates a hair-line, upon a fabric interlaced on the fancy rib-weave j (filling
effect). Dressing : i end dark, 2 ends light, = 3 ends in repeat. Filling : one pick light to alter-
nate with one pick dark. Each color in warp is covered by its own color in filling.
Fig. 220 represents another hair line, having more ground space between each line. Weave:
fancy rib j -. Dressing: i end dark, 3 ends light, ^ 4 ends in repeat. Filling: i pick light,
I pick dark. Each color in warp is covered by its own color in filling.
Fig. 221 illustrates a heavy hair-line effect similar to the one shown in Fig. 215 and is pro-
duced upon a fabric interlaced with the common 4-harness basket-weave. Dressing and arrange-
ment of filling : 2 ends light to alternate with 2 ends dark. Each color in warp to be cov-
ered by its own filling.
Fig. 222 shows an effect produced with the same weave and dressing as Fig. 221. Filling:
all light.
■unnDDDanuDnnDDa
DBBH 1
DBi-i C3 : : :■; : K ; 1
□HK t: :: :: i
DB- ::. :; :■; i
DEH :: :: :: i
am :: :: ::
DHc: n :; :: i
am^ ' :: :; :: !
Qsn K c: :; s
□■i :; :; :; i
DEK :: ■ :; :; i
Dis :; :: :: i
DEE :-> - ■ u :: i r
Fig. 220.
■■□□DDDnDaDDnnaa
DDBB^^BH^'^nHHilHa
:)'"■■ ":' ..,,.-...,
riHH I !. ::-;a 1 mc-i :■ i:-;a
I ^an '■ : ':■::■: : ;h:-3 ■ laa
:::: :;:: !HE
:::; c;:; laa
:::: :;:; :x; iHE
1 :::: :;:: :::j see
i-i '! i .Hcl i :x: : lEE
; EH ::e ee iee
r EE EE EE lEE
I EE EE iEE
LH. i, .. , EE :EE JUEQ
■■nDDDDDDDDnDDan
■■naaBBQHBQEiaBQQ
OnHBiBSHHseiiHHBBHH
r ■■ pOQDD
t ; 'nms
iEta
lEH
EE
EE
Fig. 221.
Fig. 222.
Fig. 223 illustrates a " star-effect " obtained upon a fabric interlaced with the 4-harness com-
mon basket-weave. Arrangement for warp and filling :
1 end light,
2 ends dark,
I end light,
4 ends in repeat.
■■nnnnnnnni^nnaDn
■■nDHEniHaaaaBHaa
rjOBB'-'EE'=''EE'^^Ea^
DEE EEe"eEe"eEE
DB:-.' E E E
Fig. 223.
■nnDDn'JDDDDDnonnDDCiiBn
innMEHHeaaBnHawHBBBBHr
Fig. 224.
Fig. 224 illustrates another small effect upon a fabric interlaced with the 4-harness basket-
weave. Arrangement for warp and filling :
2 ends dark,
4 ends light.
or
color No. I.
color No. 2.
6 ends in repeat of color arrangement, and 1 2 ends the repeat of the entire effect.
It will be easily seen that an endless variety of effects can be produced, but those pre-
viously given illustrate the most frequently used, and will be a guide for the student in construct-
ing other effects on 2, 3, or more, color arrangements.
VI. Oblique Rib-Weaves.
This sub-division of the rib-weaves is used in the manufacture of a line of fabrics tech-
nically known as " basket-cloth " ; and they are also used to a great extent in the manufacture of
worsted suitings, cloakings, etc. For their construction we use the following rule :
51
Divide the repeat, which must be equal warp and filling-ways, in four equal squares. (For
example, take diagram, Fig. 225. Suppose n a, b, c, d to form the repeat for the weave, warp
and filling-ways. Small squares numbered I, 2, 3
and 4 are the four equal squares required.) Next,
divide the main square {a, b, c, d) into eight parts
by running two oblique lines from each corner through
the centre (e) to the opposite corner. For illustra-
tion, see diagram. Fig. 226: lines b to ^and a to c, in
addition to lines / to h and i to g will divide the main
square a, b, c, d into eight even parts, each of a tri- ,-
angular shape, as indicated by numbers i, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7 and 8. Two methods of construction can next
be observed : either we fill out every triangle containing uneven numbers with filling-weave
effect, and every even-numbered triangle with a warp-rib effect, or we select two connecting
triangles such as i and 2^= a, e, b, for warp effect rib-weave, and the next two triangles 3
and 4. = b, e, c, for filling effect, to be followed by triangle c, e, d with warp effect, and triangle
d, e, a with filling effect. Weaves Figs, 227, 228, 229 and 230 are constructed according to the
first-mentioned rule. Figs. 231, 232, 233 and 234 are produced according to the second
I
2
4
Fig. 225.
method of construction.
BS§:R5 p '^^^^ ( 6 warp-threads.
□HOBBB Kepeat< ^ . i'^^
■BBQBD t- \ 5 nicks.
jGBHaa
iBDBaag
Fig. 227.
V 6 picks.
XHHHHBnBn
EGGCBQI —
eg:::
IPFIbbb t> J S warp-;
■BBB ■ ■ Repeat- ^ ■ /
GGGBBBi la ^ 8 picks.
threads.
-JDBGGGH
IGBOBEEEB
1 i<
Fig. 228.
IGBGI
BBBBB
lOCG'"
cnc
GH
OK
Ga
G. ■ Baa' a ]
BBBLB'
DGBGBaaaa' ;
IBOBGBl J I I. L ^
1 lu
Fig. 229.
Repeat! ^^^^•"P-t^^^^^^^'
^ [10 picks.
laBHEEEEBGBGBG
arrTT"!' 'BGBGBB
□raaaaBGB' gg
a a ' B BBBB
a a aaB' ■ ,
a' a a ibbbbbb
BBBBBB' .ai'ia a
I ■ , Baai la o
BBBB B' ! 'I :a a
ij M Baaaa a
BB B B E
1LB B Baaaaaa
1 12
F"iG. 230.
Repeat
f 12 warp-threads,
[12 picks.
enHDBGB
EEGBOG
GGGBBB
BBBGGG
CGB^EE
IBGBGBa
R
Fig. 231.
G^'"" BBBBB
r"**B aaEH
BBB B a UG
c_B_BGa_Ea
IBDBGBGEQQlJ
Repeat-^ ^ • 1 ~
^ [6 picks.
threads.
Fig. 233.
Repeat-f^^^^T
^ (10 picks
threads.
S'BGEGBDBn
GGEUBGBB
BEHGBCGG
DGGGBBBB
BBBB' ''■' "'"G
cr ■ B aaa
IGBGI
1
^a^a
-D 4-/8 warp-threads.
^^P^^^\8picks.
Fig. 232.
isHr^BGEGBGBGBD
G' a a B' B ^BB
Eaa a'"'B bgg^g
Gi_i B aaaBE
■BBB B a JO
OGiJB B a asB
BBGB._B_a..aja
IGBOBUBOBaBDa
I 12
Fig. 234.
Tj f / ^^ warp-threads
" (12 picks.
isegbghgegbghghe:
BGa a aaa a
GCGCB B.
BBBBB B
IGI
1
Fig. 235.
aa:
BE
;^a"'d
'aaa
_: . : J
EBB
Id
Combining Common Rib and Oblique Rib-Weaves„
Design Fig. 235 illustrates the repetition of weave Fig. 234 with an
additional common rib effect, warp and filling ways, which will form
horizontal and vertical lines in the fabric for outlining the effect pro-
duced by the oblique rib-weave. Repeat: 18 warp-threads and 18 picks.
Derivative Weaves:
FROM THE REGULAR TWILLS.
Broken Twills.
" Broken twills " are derived from the regular twills by running the direction of the twill
one-half of the repeat from the left to the right ; and the other half from the right to the left.
These changes of the direction of twill must be arranged so as to produce a well broken up
effect. By means of this break, or change of twill, we produce a like change of the twill line,
visible upon the face of the fabric ; hence this classification as broken-twill weaves.
The first number of harness for producing a broken twill is four-harness, and the regular
twill to be used for it is the i—
twill.
After interlacing the first warp-thread in the first pick, and the second warp-thread in the
second pick, change the direction of the twill by interlacing the third warp-thread with the
fourth pick, and the fourth warp-thread with the third pick.
DDBDnDBQ
oaDBDaaB
DBDDQBaa
■DDaanaa
4DQ«nDDBa
nnnBDaQB
DBDnDBDa
iBDDa«nna
1 4
Fig. 236.
■■GBBaDB
BBBOBBBD
BaBBBOBB
nBBBDBBB
^BBQBBBGB
BBBOBBBQ
BIDBBBQBB
laBBBQBBB
1 4
Fig. 237.
BDDDBnan
DBDQnBDD
DDBaDDBD
OBUDDBDna
DDDBDOaB
DDBDDDBD
B _i::.B:j r.
OBQDDBnn
IDDBDaDBD
1 4
Fig. 238.
DDDBDnoaDBna
aoDDBDDnnDBa
nanoaBaQanaB
nQBDDaanBDDa
DBnaancBaaaa
BDDaDDBaDDna
enaaBDaaaDBDa
nDDnBDDDDnBD
DaQDDBnaaDDB
naBDDDDDBDDa
DBnaDDGBaaaa
IBDaDDDBDDaDa
1 c
Fig. 239.
Fig. 236 illustrates this ^- ^ 4-harness broken twill (filling for face in fabric).
Fig. 237 represents the opposite effect, or the ^ j 4-harness broken twill (warp for face in
fabric).
Fig. 238 illustrates the 4-harness ^ 3 twill, broken only filling ways.
After running 3 picks on regular twill from right to left, its direction is changed from left to
right for the next 3 picks. Repeat : 4-harness, 6 picks.
Fig. 239 represents the broken twill derived from the six-harness ^- g twill. Three successive
warp-threads are interlaced with three successive picks in regular twill from left to right, and the
remaining three warp-threads and three oicks are interlaced in the opposite direction of twill,
i e., right to left.
nDonBGcnDDnDBaaa
nDnDDBnaaaaDDBna
□DnnnDBDDDDDaDBD
DDOoanaBDrjnDDDDB
DDDBDDaaaDDBDDaa
anBaDDaaaDBaaann
aBnanaDDDBaDDnaa
BDGaDnDDBaaaDDaa
sDDDrjBnaaaaaaBDDa
aaoDamaajaoaamna
caaanDBDDDaaaGBc:
DauDDDDBnaaDDDDB
□DDBaDDDnaaBaaaa
DnBaDDDanDBLiaaaD
DBUaDDDODBQDGDDa
J BDDDnDDaBDDDDDaa
1 8
nanGBEiaBaaaGBnaB
□aaGKBHGGGGGHBHa
DGGGGnBn "i "' '■ ■ :GHB[3
DQGQM'""::* i , I jaGHB
BQHBGGij J -UJaBOGGa
GHBQCJDGGGaBHGDGG
HBEGGGaGHBHOGnaa
BHCBGGGDBHGHGGGa
saGDnBHG^GDGGBaGa
DDDGaBcaaaQDGnBaG
DaaGGHBHGGGaaaBa
□aaGaaHBGGDaBGHB
BGEIBGGDaiiaHBaGGG
DaBBGDaGGHBHaGGG
EBBGaGGGHBHaaaaa
iBQaBDGaDBHaBaaaa
1 8
oaDDDBaDnDnDanDBDanD
DDGGDaBaaaaDnaaDBGaQ
GGGDaDDBDaanaGaaDBaa
aaDDGGGGBGaaaaaaaaBa
nQQaaaaaaBnaDGGaGaDB
□aaaBaaaaaaaaaBaaaaa
DaQBGaaaGGQaGBDoaaaa
DGBGGGaaaaanBGaaGnaD
DBaaaaGGGaGBaGGaaaDG
BGaGGGGGGaBGaGanaaGD
WGnGGGBaaGGGaaGGBGaGD
caaQaaBGQGGGaGGGBGaa
GaGGGGrjBaGCGGaaaDBGG
GaaaDaaGBGGGGGGGGGBa
GGGaGaCGGBGGGGGGaQGB
aaGGBGGaaanaGaBGaaGa
DQGBaDaGGGGCIjBGGGGaa
naBGGnGGGDaGBGGaaaaa
DBaaGGGaaaOBGGGGGaDG
I BaGGaDDDGaBGDaGaaDaa
1 10
□QnBaBHaataanntanBaaGH
HGHaGHBHaGnanGGHBaQa
GGcn aBarra'-'n^GnBHG
DLU :: c:Ba :: :: ama
DH" :: HB :: h ub
DGKBa : a iH ., lims i-; .a
caa:] :■: n ' ama i a ..aG
EBau._a a' :. aaa 1 a .a :•□
BHGGH' ■ a. mil'. a_.-i ac
iiiGGGacBc: ■ a a aa ja
HGauGaBa a a aaa j
aana'^ aaa a^ a Gaaaa
OL":a a ::m:: ^ a a i ,aBa
Gai a ::■ a :a ■ aB
Bi;i! aa a a ■ :;■ .'n" rj
D: am:: a a aaa a -a
caBa: :: a aaa ■ a aa
,HBa I a 'a i iaBa.jL u ^aua
iBHGGHGGGaGBHGGHaDGaU
1 10
Fig. 240.
Fig. 241.
Fig. 243.
Fig. 242.
Fig. 240 illustrates the ^ 8-harness broken twill.
Warp- threads i, 2, 3, 4 interlacing in rotation in picks i, 2, 3, 4.
5, 6, 7, 8 " " " 8, 7, 6, 5.
Fig. 241 represents twill, fig. 240, arranged for a fancy combination by adding spots, regularly
distributed over the entire repeat.
Fig. 242 shows the -
-g lo-harness broken twill.
(52)
53
Fig. 243 represents a fancy combination weave produced out of weave fig. 242. The
original lo-harness broken twill is shown in Fig. 243 in the same kind of type as in Fig. 242.
Fig. 244 illustrates the regular ? 2 twill, arranged for a broken-twill weave (broken in the
direction of the warp). After running six warp-threads in the direction from left to right (regu-
lar), we form a break and run warp-threads 7 and 8 with the twill in the opposite direction.
'^1 :S:"'^SB"^3S" :3 T, . f 8 warp-threads.
[■■ ■ ■ ■■ ■ ■ Repeat- • i^
>■■_.■,«__,.. u i^ (4 picks.
Fig. 244.
By means of a fancy drawing-in draft (i, 2, 3, 4, I, 2, 4, 3) we can arrange this weave for
four-harness, having the foundation weave (? -^ regular twill ) for the harness-chain.
iVscnmrnrmrrw mm"''^'" ' mmm '''■■' m ' ■^•■■■^inGBBB
eaanoaBBBaBnaaBDanDanana doqbbbi ^i 1 ■■ ■ ■ mm ■■■ ■■ ■ bcbb
BnanBBBGGBBaBGGBBanDBBBG QQBuBBI ..Ul. .■■■ ■■■'■;! mm ■■■ BBULjB
n: :~BBB'V~ 'BBB ■■■G-~~BBB DBBDGBUUBL.BB ■■■ BB'JB'Jl iB BB ■■BaOU
I : BBB B BB ■ BBB . JBB BBBDDrJCBBG' B B BB .I.BBBaaCBB B: j B BBDGaa
L.BBB BB . B BB , BBB JOB BBOOOLBBBCL . ..BBD...B. BGBBQDGBBB . BB B^GBGD
1BBBlj_ju,BBB^^_BBB^..j^BBBGGG lBDGBGLBBUUG^BBB^^'^'_BBGDBGaBuBB^^uBBB-.LiGBBG
1 U Yi Ui 24 1 «
Fig. 245. Fjg. 246.
Fig. 245 shows the 6-harness ? 3 twill, arranged as follows : '
9 warp-threads twill from left to right, break, and the next
3 " " " right to left, "
3 " " " left to right, "
9 " " " right to left.
24 " in full repeat.
Drawing-in draft will call for 6-harness ; and for harness-chain the foundation twill ^ — 3 must
be used.
Examples Figs. 244 and 245 will also illustrate and explain any different changes in using
a different number of warp-threads in rotation before breaking off In this selection we have an
unlimited variety at our disposal.
Fig. 246 illustrates the breaking off of every three warp-threads in rotation upon the 7-har-
ness ? — 5 twill.
Fig. 247 represents 5 warp-threads of the ^ ^ ^ 3 ^ ^ twill, used successively from the left to
right ; next a break and five additional warp-threads, used with a twill arranged from right to left.
These breaks may also be applied to different graded twills as 27° — 63° — 70°, etc., and which
will be treated under the sub-division of the regular twills in the next chapter.
For illustrating this point Fig. 248 is designed, representing 12 threads of the 63° steep-
twill "^2^2 ^^ ^ direction from left to right, and 12 additional threads of the same weave having
its direction of twill from right to left.
OBGBBGBGBBGBBBGGBBBGGBBB
CGBBBGGBBBuGBBGBGBBDBGBB
BQBB':;'BnBB<.1B BBB BBB VjBB
OBBB BBB B' '.BB B BB IIBGB
GBB^B. BB'JB B...BBB ^iBBBJJB
BBBu'^BBB'jGBBBUBBGBGBBGBG
HGGDBOanBBBGGGBGBGBBB BBQBGBBGBGBBGGBBBGGBBBGG
DGBGDBBGBBGGBGCBBGBB BBaGBBBGaBBBGBGBB:]BGBBGB
GBnnnaHBnBGBrn: nnaaaGB BGBGBBGBGBBGBGGBBB ~'GBBBG
B B BBB 'B B BBBG BGGBBBGGBBBGBI 'B BB BGBBG
[ BB . BBB' ' BB . BBB KQBGBBGBGBBGBBB' ii BBB OBBB
L:: BBB. I... <BB_:..BBB mBB GGBBBGGBBBGGBBUB IBB :BGBB
GBBBuBJGGBljBBB' B B BGBBGBHBB Wi'lBBB ' BBB TGBB
BBBGBGBGUGBBB': iB B GBBBGGBBB . « 'BB' iB BB JB' IB
BBGBBGGBGGBBGBB B ' : DBBGBGBB 'B. B' iBBB BBB . iB
BGBBBGGGBGBGBBB; lj.jBG BBBGGBBBGlJBBB BB B BB MG
DBBBGBGGGBGBBBGBUGGB BBGBGBBCBGBBG. BBB .BBBGG
BBBGGBBGGGBBBGGBBGGU BBGGBBBGDBBBGB BB B BBGB
, BBGGGBBBGGBBGGGBBBGG BGBGBBGBGBBGBG ^BBBGGBBBG
IBaOUBGBBBGBDaaBaBBBG IBGQBBBGQBBBGBOBGBBGBQBBG
1 10 1 la 24
Fig. 247. Fig. 248.
The arrangement of a steep-twill containing 70°, 63°, 45°, 36° grading, combined for a
broken-twill, is shown in weave Fig. 249. Repeat: 48 warp-threads 12 picks.
The foundation-twill for this weave is the regular ^ ^ \ ^ 1 l2-harness twill, which is also
used for harness-chain if using a cross-draw for drafting weave Fig. 249, for 12-harness.
54
The next sub-division of "broken-twills" out of "regular-twills" is found in arranging the
breaking off filling zv ays. For example: Fig. 250 illustrates the ^ -^ twill broken filling ways
after every four successive picks. Repeat : 8 warp-threads and 8 picks.
'a-^nmrrvr
:■}
I a
u
■■■■■ o . i 10. ■■:: lain
■■ ■■B^:-; ._ ^1. .Lj ....■■■ :-:l: '■■■■■ :-: ::■■ :aBa
□LjBaGDDBBDHaDDDHaDBBBBBBLJUDL
DBHaoaaaHaaaaaaaaBBaBBanaan'
HaDGnnaannnnnanaaaaaar laaGriELv
aaa^naa 'a 'a aaaaa 'a aa la;
aac! ■ aaa ; a aaaaa aa aaa
BGcaaa ~ a aaaa . aaaai
aa^' aaa ' a Baaa iaa ^ ' aaaaaB
a aa laaaa a;: aa ..aaaaaa a
i^i ' aaaa aaaaa :a Tj.. aa.aaaBaa a'' :
a ' a a ;aaa la ' n . iaa^ aa ...a^ ^ Baaaa ^a
! ! aaa aaa la' : ii]''~iGa : naai :ij<:aa' iaaaaai_:ai
aa aaaa 'a riGaa aaaaa" /..l; iiai n aaaa 'a
u\aa aaG'a I laaaaaa:"'' '^i ''Gl.i i^:auaaaa :-:
naa ' aaaaa < a .aaaaaa i < :ac:aaBa:
E3a< : BB 'a BBBBBB aa .LiCjauaaaaa aaaa i
Gaa aaa a a aaaaa <a iaa aa GODaGBaa a a a
aa ' aaaj a aaaaa aa .Gi.aaai. '. a.GGOGaGaaa aaa... :
a aaa i i ;a aaaa: a i jiiGnaaaaaGaaDGOGaGaaaa _ aa i
aa. .i ,aaa . :a aaaa .aa . ui. ji.nGaaaaaaGGaiJGCGaL.aa '_aa g
iaGGBBjaGGGaBaaGa._:GGGiji:!aaGGaaBBaaGHGGQaaaaaaGaBBa
] 24 48
:aB
■ai ..G
I ' a
la
aa I
JBGG
"BBG
_GBa
•a aa I
" "'GGBB
laGGB
iLioaa
BBBBGGQDBBBBanaa
GaaBBGaGaaBBaaGa
GcaBaa~rG~aaaaGa
GGoaaaa.. aaaaD
BBB
aa^
G'
'aaaa 'GB
BBBB aa
a
! aa
: B
BBB
aa
a
a
B
aa
aa
aa
BBBB'.! aaa
BBBi ji.:. BBBB
.aaaa i.'i^ ig
' aaaa .iGG
a BBBBGa
aa BBBBG
- BBBB ' a
aaaa bb
aaaa: aaa
y^Lj
u^aBBB'^.- ^^BBBB
8
Fig. 249.
Fig. 250.
Fig. 25 : shows the ? ^ twill broken filling ways after every four picks. Warp ways 2 threads
are missed after every 6 warp-threads, to produce an additional fancy effect. Breaking off regidar
(or steep) tiuills in the direction of the warp and the filling will form the next movement in the
construction of broken-twills out of the regular twills. In this manner Figs. 252 to 255 are
constructed.
aBBBDGBBGGGBG BBBGOBBnGnB
ccBBBGB'-r-' aa aaa:-aGaGBB
GGGBBB' aaa bbb .:bbb
BOGGBB BBB a BB BBBG
bbgggbgbbb . aa . a bbbgg
wpi
■GnBBGBanBGBBaBGBGBGaB
■aGGaaGraai"''iaa!""'^aat"ii"iaB
raGnn"aH"a"
-a ^aa
a a a a a
aaGH
a a a a a a
.aaG
La a aa a
a laQ
a aa a a a
a BGG
caa BB aa
BBGG
aa aa . aa
aa ^GG
a BB a . a a
a BiGG
i[ a ■ a ,aa la
,a laa
a aa aa
aaGH
aa ' aa aa
La ■ a aa a
a ,aQ
a aa a .a a
a BGG
GBB^BBJ^j.^aa
GBBOa
BBGaBGGGBBG
BBGOa
IBaBBGBGGBGB
BGBGa
1 8
G
n
G
IG
GC [ aaa aaa
GIliBBB a i< BBi
GBBB ' BB ' a
BBB BBB
BB' a BBB
BGi aa aaa i
ii^GBBB aa a
Gcaaa a aa
GGi. aaa . aaa
BGI ' BB aaa i
BBBL.L Jj.aaai n
DaGBBBGuGBI
aGaBBaaGGGi.
GBBBQOaBGGGBGBBBG'iaa B
BaBGaGBBBGGGBBBGaGBBB .....J
BBaGaBGBBBGGBBGGGBGBBBGG
IBGaOBBGOBBBGBGOGBBQGBaBG
■
ir,|
li.JGI
.IG
IGG
■GG
■BG
BBI
1 a
BB
Bl
I
IB ■
IB Bl
■aa
■an
IB
B BBI
I / 1
■ B'.
ii...i_ai
BBB
IB 1
!|J
IBB
ril
■_^ s.
BGGBBGGa BB B BGB B BB ."
QGBBGGBB... BB BB BB BB
naaGGBBGa^ .-BGBB BBB _.B
BBGGBBGGBBGGaBL^ BB BBGG
IBDaBBGGBGBBGBOGB ' B B jBBG
8 . 12 lb 1^ -'I 24
Fig. 251.
Fig. 252.
Fig. 253.
H-'n-nHBGGnGB
ra a a bg
C BB BBGG
C BB jBBGG
GB a ^BGGBG
a " : aaGGGGB
SBGl.' ' aa.DGGGB
DaGGaaGBGGBG
□GBBGaGGaaGG
DGBBaGGGaaGG
DBQGBGGBGGBG
IBGGGGBBaaaGB
1 6
Fig. 252 is obtained from the ^ 3 twill, by arranging the breaking off in the direction of the
warp and filling, after every 6 successive threads. Repeat: 12 warp-threads, 12 picks.
Fig. 253 has for its foundation the regular ? ^ 4-harness twill. Arrangement for breaking the
weave after warp-threads 8, 12, 16, 18, 20, and 24, thus forming twill effects of three different
sizes as follows : 2, 4 and 8 threads.
Another step towards figuring for broken-twill designs is that of using a
motive (effect) for figuring by means of the two directions of the twill. To
illustrate this method Figs. 254 and 255 have been designed.
Fig. 254 illustrates two repeats of the motive, warp and filling ways. Fig. 255
Fig. 2=^4 shows this motive applied to a broken-twill weave produced by the § twill.
12 warp-threads and 12 picks are used for each part of the effect in the motive;
therefore, as 6 parts compose the motive, we have 6 X 12 = 72 warp-threads and 72 picks the
repeat for the complete design. ■ in motive, is illustrated n in the design ; n in motive is
shown G in the design.
Warp-threads i to 12 in the weave equal the longitudinal row i of squares in the motive.
Warp-threads 13 to 24 in the weave equal the longitudinal row 2 of squares in the motive.
Warp-threads 25 to 48 in the weave equal the longitudinal rows 3 and 4 of squares in the
motive.
Warp-threads 49 to 60 in the weave equal the longitudinal row 5 of squares in the motive.
Warp-threads 61 to 72 in the weave equal the longitudinal row 6 of squares in the motive.
55
Picks I to 12 in the weave equal the horizontal row i of squares in the motive.
Picks 13 to 24 in the weave equal the horizontal row 2 of squares in the motive.
Picks 25 to 48 in the weave equal the horizontal rows 3 and 4 of squares in the motive.
c:
Gi
GHI
c, h:;
EL ::;
□n
c. uu::
Gi :-}K
GL , ::
Hc;
GHc:
GHc::-:
«GL HKK
DL. h:;
El .k
BEi "
EHK^^
■■' iGnHBnnHEnnnriEEBnmEBnnrnEnEn'^nBEEnrir-nnGr-f :i nEBf "t i' EBEr«r:n( "■■■nnnHB
■ ■■■ HHn ' Ena eeE' eee eee eeh eee r.r.a ' ' ■■■ ' ■■■
■ ■■ :3 eee eee eee eee eee eee, eee ee. ' !■■■ ■■■ d
■■■ ::e eee eee eee eee eee eee • eee ei ■■■ ' ■■■ ' 1
'■■■ EEE • .I3EE EEE , EEE . EEE EEE , ■ ::E:; ■ .EEE ( I! ■■■' i ' ■■■ I ' )
■■■ ■ c:::E' . .ee:-: ' <e:':e eec: .' ! ieee' i '<' ieee ' iv^v^z !.Y<y,-i, • ■■: '' : ■■■' :i :: ■
■■ . ■■ EEE ; I EEE ::EE eee . EEE EEE EC:E EEE ■ i !■■■! .: .' ■■
I ' ■■■ EEE ' EEE EEE ' EEE EEE EE.E i EEE ' EEE ■■■ .,■■■
■■■ E EEE EEE ::e:; eee eee eee eee ee ■■■ : jbbbg
■■■ c;e eee ec:e eee eee eee ee-e eee e ■■■ i ■■■an
■ ■■ EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE ' EEE EEC} . ■■■ .M ■■■! inP)
■■■ ■ EEE EEE .::e:: ::ee . :;ee ' eeei ; eee. ' :x.:e .■■.'. ■■■' m
.EEE ■ ■■■ . ■■ . EEE I EEE EEE. i li .EEE' Bi U ■■■ .: ■■ ! :.:EE' .. EEE. I
;.; EEE :■■■ ' ■■■ EEE EEE ' EEE \ II EEE' !' ■■■ ■■■ EEE EEE
:.:e . .ic:E ■■■ ■■■ e ee:} . e:}e . e:}E' " ■{ ee ■■■ ;■■■ e eee .1 ieb
:-}EE ' E ■■■ ■■■ EE ::ee eee eee e ■■■ ' ;■■■ < ee eeegggb
EEE ■■■ ■■■ EEE EEE EEE EEE ■■■ ■■■ EEE EEEGGG
EEE ■■ ■■■ ■ EEE . C}EE EEE C}::E ■■ ■■■ ■ EE:} EEE' 'G
EEE ■ ■■■ .■■ :}:}E ee:: e:}E :}:}:} ■ ■■■ . ■■ e:::} eee j
[} . . EEE . ■■■ i ■■■ : EEE . :}:}:} :}:}e ' .e:}:}. ' . .■■■ : ■■■ , :}EE. eee
:}E. '.EE ■■■ .. I! :■■■ :e : . iEEE : i:}e:} i e:.}E' ' - ee .. ■■■. ' ■■■' ie- '' e:.}E' ' ee
:}EE E ■■■ ■■■ ' e;; eee . :}:}Ei eee e .■■■ ■■■ > eei . eee ' e
:e
E e:::}
E ::;
BE ;
BEE
CBEE. J
Gl.EEE
cr; ee;
□: e;
BE :
EEE
CEEE
GL EEE
at e:}!
B-: e;
BE :.
EEE
a: ee:-:
EC ' Ec:
BE ::
□EE
QBEE :
gl_ee:}
Cl. :}C}::
EL e::
BE ::
BEE
GEEE
121 ■■
GL ■■■
GHHM
■■■uui
■■GGLII
■GGGBl
GGGHHl
GGHHa
GHHM
■■■
IBIGGGI
.}EE EEE e:}:} ;;}
EEE ■ .ee:} , . e:::} . ■
,EEE C}EE :};}:} i
EEE^^ "EJ>Lv '^f;;<„'
:}:} ^^EEE "eee "ee
}EE ee:} e:}e e
ee:} , EEE I ee:} - .■
EEE^^ "K>^, :''J<;J„ '■
}e:} eee eee c:
• .■■■UL, ■■■ :L ■■■
' naBiGGGaaa! : 1 ■■■
laBa'jGGBHBi .Guaaa.
■aa' I' iGaaaGGGaaai .1 .' 1
■a ' :' :aaaaGGBaaG[L<L ai
■ aaaGGoaaaGGr aai
aaaL3.i.jaaa(LGi aaa
EE
EE aa aaa a eee eee ' ]
aa EEE EEE EEE C'EE J
aaa eee ■ eee ee:} _ eee
aaa e i iEee . i. ieee e:}e ee
aa :}:}i 1 . .eee' i ■ eee ■ ' eee- • ]• a
ai . 1 (Ee::: ■ i e:}:} :}:■}:} ' :}e:.} : .r.]
a :}EE ee:} eee eee ig
aa . ::ee eee eee eeel]
aaa eee eee :}Ee eee
aaa e eee' :•}:}:-} e:}E gee
aa e:} eee :}ee :}ee e
au. ■ EEE.' II .._,E:}E. . EEE C}:}E 'G
i'i. ai .EEE' !. C}Ec: ' e:}:} eec: . j
L aa I E:}Eij :}:}:} :::}:} eee .1
li aaa eee c}:;:} :}:}e eeb
aaa e eee :::}:} :}ee ee
aa: I EE^^ ''j<E<„ ''J;><,, ''SS,-, ^
|""J
.} e:}:} \ EEE . I i:}:}E'
}:} . EC}:} ie:}C} ' . :}e
}:}E EEE EEE E
'aaa 1 .aaa: .1 aaa- . .1 aaa
aaa aaa . aaa ' aaa
aa 1 .aaa aaa aaa
E:}Ei . . EEC}'
IEEE C}C}E
}C} ' EEC}l]
}C}:} EEE
EC};} C}EE EB
EEC} EEE '3
EEE EEE J
I EC}:} ee:} 3
aa e:}:} :}ee 1
aa. I. ee:} ecoe
a E c}:}E EE
EE :}:}C} E
ee:} eee g
a EC}E :}EE ]
aa. EEE EEEG
aa . ::ee eee
a' E EC}E EB
l.iEEi . EEE. ' IE
' EEE' C}EE .'G
a .,EEE EEE )
EEE a aaa aa ec}:} eee c}ee eee a . aai
:eee aaa ,aaa 1 .eee i iC}:}C}' c}:}C}. . ee:} aaa
:} I. .EC}. I aaa .aaa ^e i. , i:}:}e i i eee . ' ee:}i . 1 eei , aaa.
;}E j E aaa_: .aaa 1 ee .. 1 ieee , ' eee. i :}::e e. aaai
:}:}E aaa .aaa . eee .eee i :}ee :}C}e aaa ■
c}EE aa aaa a eec} . eee ec}e eee aa ai
EEC} a . aaa aa eec} ec}C} eee eee a. aai
EEE aaa aaa c}EC} . c}C}e c}ee eee ' aaa:
:} EE aaa 1: . aaa c} ieee . . .C}C}e. . 1 c}:}e ' eei ' aaa; 1'
.}E . .E .aaa. aaa : .ee ; eee . :. .eee: iL.i eee i ' 'C.}i aaa' .1
:}C}E ■ aaa • aaa ' ec}e . ieee i. ' eeei i i eee: ' Gaaa 1 ■
EEE aa aaa a c}C}C} eee : .eeei i i eeel, aa ' ai
I . aa e:}e c:ee ec}C} ecje eee eee eee c}C}e a. aaa aa
Laaa eec} eee :}e:} c}ee eee eee eee eee aaa aaa
aaa e . ec}C} c}C}e . ec}C} :}:}e ::i::: eee :}ee ee aaa aaa:::]
aaa :}e eec} :}ee ^ :}ee :}ee ::ee eee eee e :.aaa . - aaajj
■aa.' EEE ee:} ee:} i :}C}e c}ee . C}EC} c}C}e , eee' . aaatji .uaaauGG
■a a c}C}C} , . c}EC} . :}ee i eec} eee eee c}C}C} ec}C} aaGGGaaaGGGB
■GG aa C}EE C}C}C} ,C}EE EEC} . eee ^ EC}C}' C}C}E EC}C} aGQGBBBGaGBB
I' jGaaa . eee eee i , eec} ec};} C}EE eee c}ee eee ;GGBaBGGGBaB
:aaa e eee eee eee . c}ee _ eee eee eee c}e .jGBBBQaGBBBa
aaa. ee " eee . eee ■ eee eee c}ee eee' eee EGaBBGaaaaaQG
IBa^„. EEE . lEEE ;.. :EEE J i EEE : iEEEG'. EEE i_:_EEE_.L_ ..EEE'_ . __L,BBBGGGBBBana
IBaOGBaBBBaaGHEBGGijBEBGGGBBBGGGBaBCGGBBBGGGBBBGGGHBBGaBBGDGBBBDGdB
la 24 IS ISO !2
Fig. 255.
Picks 49 to 60 in the weave equal the horizontal row 5 of squares in the motive.
Picks 61 to 72 in the weave equal the horizontal row 6 of squares in the motive.
Using two or more colors in "Warp and Filling for Producing effects in Fabrics inter-
laced with Broken Twills.
In Figs. 256, 257 and 258 we illustrate three examples of effects produced upon broken twills
by various arrangements of colors in warp and filling. In Fig. 256 the common ^ ^ 4-har-
IGBGDOi^r
-JBHBHBS.
B
E.
CI
G
Fig. 256.
""G
a
:a
1
a
a
.a
:a
IB
.a
-ffl
BBCB'^
-^,r~,nr^
, ., -.-|
aaa
a a
aa
a a
BCBB'
aa
a a
a a
zaaa
J
:]fflB.
EB"
aa
BB
:bb
a a
BB-
a a
aa
a a
EBI
BB
aa
a a
EE'
a a
a a
a a
,_aa.-..-.
a a
a a.
a a
GBBGB
a a
EB
a a
aBBQHUEB
a a
a a
Fig. 257.
BannBBDC
GBB-B'"!"!
DanDDGnGaGODnnnn
f .i-BB-^'BI
a. .1 B' aa
r aa a ■
aa BB'
a :lb aa
in IL .GGaDGna
ii .BE 1 EE rafflBBfflffl
aa Bi
1 '"LJCGCGCcida
.,1 jCBE'
^GGfflB
jGOG-. . '1
' : BB. . BB aa"" BB
E' BBI EBEE EB EBB
' afflt ^ aa : aE< bb
::cjcbe
DGCBE
'B' ■ H' a El )
E' aa aEiEE< eb sbh
>aa Eta ee aa
~:cr}:--
E -a a ' BG
?CD'-
•:^''.' >:<' aa' i sa
-GGffiE
JGQBE
JCGG^L....;'
,:oI, .i.fi^ EB- 1 BB
t'j EE E'E<ia>a BB" BE<ffl
1' BE' EE' ' EE ■ EB
II ^ B'- i BI ' a >:■
CTJ 1 ' t^ C^ - fj LTJ IITJ tTJ ' t'- J", i'"j i7i .'j
Lj,_ 1 — t^ai _.
GGGHffi.L.G'
GGGHacC [
CGGBBGC.;
til ^ft2 - 'i? ri: ri? Tij r,j •:,' •»" '*.' 'A
H'i ''.-:• EE EE
Fig. 258.
ness broken twill is shown arranged for 3 ends light, i end dark, or color No. i and color No. 2, in
warp and filling. The effect obtained is a " hair-line," very extensively used in the manufacture of
worsted and woolen trouserings by reason of the clear and distinct line-effect this weave produces.
56
Fig. 257 illustrates the same weave (4-harness broken twill) arranged for three different
colors. Arrangement for warp and filling: 2 ends light or color No. i ; i end medium or color
No. 2; I end dark or color No. 3.
Fig. 258 illustrates the 8-harness broken twill (broken, warp and filling ways, every four
threads), arranged for 2 ends light to alternate with
2 ends dark,
4 ends in repeat of color arrangement and 8 ends repeat for weave and effect.
II. Steep-Twills or Diagonals.
The next sub-division of the common or regular twills are the steep-twills, which are derived
from the latter by using either every other or every third, fourth, etc., warp-thread in rotation for
forming the weave.
I St. Steep-Twills having 6j° grading
are obtained by using every alternate warp-thread of a common twill. To illustrate their method
of construction Figs. 259, 260 and 261 are designed.
Fig. 259 illustrates the regular i6-harness twill.
leDDBnaaBDni
■GaaaaGHi
DOGaaGBHai
aoBGaami
DBGGBBI
■■■■G
■■■GG
■■GGB
_JG[Ma
I. J <■ ';::
JGGnnHIHGGBGGG
GGBBBBaHBGGBGGGB
DBBBBBBBGGBG JGBG
BBBBBBBGGBGG GBGG
BBBBBBGGBG'':OBGiGB
BBBBBGGBG ~~> ]BG' IBB
BBBBGGBGGnBJ )BBB
BBBDGBGGGBGGBBBB
BBGGBGGGBGGBBBBB
IBGGBGaGBGGBflBBBB
1 16
Fig. 259.
jenDBnaDBGGaBESBSBffl
asaDaBDGBsaaBSBG
BaDGBDG^BfflBSBSGG
DnGfflQGBfflBEBBEBBGGffl
GDBGGHBHBBBffl GGBG
DfflQGBfflBfflBSBGGaGG
BGDfflBfflBBBHG.jBOiJG
aGBfflBfflBESB..JaffiGQGffl
afflBfflBEBffl_:rjBQGGBa
BfflBfflBfflBJGfflG'Ji IfflGG
BaBfflBBGGB JGGB' rjm
BfflBffiB.jafflGJGBG'_;BS
BfflBffl'^GBJGMBG ]BBEB
■g5H is ' ,z,:m J .asBS
■>ii ■ ; ;.■ _. aaaBS
IB .ii^ ^aGGai3BfflBH
1 10
2 3 2'
Fig. 260 represents the same weave, every other
warp-thread indicated by a different kind of type.
Fig. 261 illustrates the steep twill or diagonal weave
as obtained by using only warp-threads shown in Fig.
260 with M.
This example of constructing a steep twill out of a
regular twill, which has an even number of warp-threads
for its repeat, will also explain that the former requires
only one-half the number of harness that are used in
the foundation weave.
DBQBaaaB
GGDGaaaa
BGaGBBBG
GDGBBBBG
GBGBBBGB
GGBBBBGD
BGBBBGBa
GBBBBGGD
DBBBGBGB
BBBBGnGD
BBBGBGBG
BBBGGGGB
BBGBGBGB
BBGGOaBB
BGBGBGBB
BGGGGBBB
leQBGBGBBB
GGGGBBBB
BGBGBBBQ
DGGBBBBO
OBGBBBGB
GGBBBBGG
BQBBBGBG
GBBBBGGQ
DBBBGBGB
BBBBGOGG
BBBGBGBG
BBBGGGGB
BBGBGBGB
BBGGGGBB
BGBGBGBB
IBGDGGBBB
1 8
Fig 261.
Thus the present example —
Fig. 260. l6-harness for regular twill only requires
8-harness for its corresponding steep twill.
If we construct a steep twill out of a regular twill which has an uneven number of harness for
its repeat, the same will not be reduced as in the case with an even number. Thus, 9-harness in
□nODBBBGBGBBB
GBQBBBGGGGBBB
DGGBBBGBGBBBG
B~BBB~' ' '.;bBB_'
GGBBBGBGBBBGG
DBBBG''.in:jBBB';B
GBBB B' BBB
BBB~ BBB m::
BBB B BBB
BB: ' BBB B B
BBL.B BBB B
BDi : ' BB
IKCGOBGDGBBBBBB
GGBGGGBBBBBBG
GBGGGBBBBBhDG
BGGGBBBBBBGGG
GGGBBBBBBGGGB
GGBBBBBBGGGBG
QBBBBBB' ' '^BGG
BBBBBB B : JG
Fig. 262.
ISDGGfflQG^. :BBfflBfflB
DGBGGCBffiBffiBffla
QEGnnaBfflBBBi:''"]
BGDCiBBBBBBi. ;:JG
ODDBBBBfflBGGGB
DGBBBBBai "A I! ifflG
GBBESBBB li \ BGG
BBBBBfli ._:: ffl'lGG
BffiBBB . ' m 'L1GB
BaBB i ■ ■■» rmu
BBB . ' b: : \ BBB
BB a ; BBBB
lB^'G_JB^GGBaBaB
1 13
Fig. 263.
ISQGI" BBI
CBL'BBB
GUr BBB
.BB
DGBBB B! BBB G
GBBB 11 li BBB. B
GBBBl IBGBBBUUl;]
BBBriGd IGBBBGBG
BBB'' BMBBBGGGG
ibgb<.;bbb^„^'
1
Fig. 264.
the regular twill requires 9-harness for the steep twill. Again, ii-harness regular twills require
I i-harncss for the repeat in their respective steep twills, etc.
For example: we give in Fig. 262 the regular twill known as %-^. 13-harness repeat.
57
Fig. 263 illustrates again the analysis of the same with the view of constructing its respective
"steep-twill," which is illustrated in Fig. 264. An examination of Fig. 263 shows warp-threads
I and 13 indicated by the same kind of type; so, in constructing the steep-twill after using warp-
thread 13 of the common twill for warp-thread 7 of the steep-twill, we must use warp-thread 2 of
the common twill for warp-thread 8 of the steep-twill, and so on, until warp-thread 12 of the
regular twill forms the last warp-thread (13) in the repeat for the steep-twill.
CB_. WJ
GBB^BB
BDGBDa
BBGBBD
SGDBGGB
BDBBDB
DBnOBD
DBBQBB
BGGBGQ
IBBDBBa
1 3
Fig. 265.
anBBGGBB
BDBBBGBB
GBBGGBBa
GBBBGBBB
BBGDBBDQ
BBBGBBBG
BQGBB ^QB
BBGBB IGB
'1 BBi BB
b:jbbbgbb
DBBOGBBG
GBBBGBBB
BBGOBBOa
■BB-VBBD
BGGBBDGB
IBBGBBBGB
Fig. 266.
DBGBBGBGBB
DGBBB< 'GBBB
~ IB B BBD
IB BBBG
I iB BBGB
JGGBBBGG
BBGBGBBGBG
BBGGBBBDGB
BGBGBBGBGB
B : BBBi.'GBB
lOGBGBBIDBGBB
Gl 'BBBHI JBBB
B BB' BGBBa
LBBB . BBBG
GBB' B: .BBGB
BBBGi.iBBBGG
BBQBGBBQBG
BBGGBBBGGB
BGBQBBGBGB
iBGGBBBGGBa
1 6
Fig. 267.
DQBGBBGGBGBB
DGGBBBGGl'BBB
GBDBBGnBnBBG
QGBBBar;j:"BBBG
BGBBG^BL.BB' Q
GBBBGGGBBBLjG
GBBGCBGBBGGB
BBBGjGGBBBGGG
BBG' IBGBBGGBG
BBGGGBBBGGGB
/ BGGBGBlQGBrjB
a ' BBB' ' ' BB
l^OGBQaaGGBi jBB
GGaaBBGGGBaa
GBGBBGGaGBBG
GGBBannnBaBG
arBB' :"' b' bb: a
GBBB '' .' BBBI iQ
DBB .'. .fl BBl Jl iB
BBB ''JGaaaDGa
BB' jflnaaaaaa
BB i'\:GBaaGGGa
BUGBOBBGaaGB
•nuGGBBaaaGBB
1
Fig. 268.
These two examples will easily demonstrate to the student the great amount and variety of
steep-twills, 63° grading, which can be constructed out of the common or regular twills of 45°
grading.
Weaves Fig. 265 to 276 illustrate a few of the steep-twills most frequently used.
Fig. 265 illustrates a 3-harness steep-twill (63°) derived from the regular twill, ^ ^^ i
Repeat : 3 harness and 6 picks.
■GGBBGBBGGBBGI
a~BB BB BBU I
r BB BB ~' BB BI
BB BBJ
BB BBG
BB BB J
iGGBBuBB'GljBB'^BB
UBBOGBBCBBGL JBB
GBBGBBGGBBGBBG
bbggbbgbbgl :bbg
bbgbbggbbgbbgg
■ggbbgbbggbbgb
IBrjBBGGBBGflaaGB
1 7
Fig. 269.
lenaaGaaaaGDaDBGaa
DBDBGBBBGBGBGBBB
GBGBr ^BBnnBGBGBBa
BGB'~ BBfl'~~ B'~ BGBBBG
mam[ bb b bgbbgg
GBGBBB B BGBBBGB
GBGBB ' Mi B'GBBGGB
BGBBB'GB' BL:BBBGBa
BGBBI li B.. BLliBBGGBG
GBBBGBGBGBBBGBQB
GBBGC^BGBGBBCJGBGB
BBBGBGBGBBBCDBGBG
BBGGBr:'BnBBGGBGBa
BBGBI B' 'BBB' ''B' 'BGB
BGGB' fl! BB ' B! iBGB
IBGBGB' .BBB-.BGBaBB
1 8
iSDaaaOGBBaDBBaDGBBB
0~ BB BBB ' BB' BBB
BBGGGaBB[JBB' ":X BBBG
GGBBGBBB 'i BB:. BBBG
BGnGBBB'' BB'.J' . ^BBBGB
GBB BBB ' BBGBBBGG
G. BBB BB .:BBBGBa
BB BBB BB .BBBGGG
GGBBB BB ^ . BBBGBBG
BGBBB : BB BBBGGGB
GBBB. BB i BBBGBBOG
GBBB'. JGGBB'. .jBBBGDGBB
BBBGBBGGGBBBGBBGGD
BBBi~: 'GBBGBBBGGaBBG
BBi :BB:^''~'~'BBBnBBGGGr
■Gl
iBG'_uI
1
IGi^^BBGi
Fig. 270.
Fig. 271.
Fig. 266 represents the 4-harness steep-twill (63°) derived from the regular 8-harness twill
-y^. Repeat : 4 harness and 8 picks.
Fig. 267 illustrates the 5-harness steep-twill (63°) derived from the regular lo-harness twill,
-2-^2- Repeat : 5 harness and 10 picks.
24QBGI
GGBI
1GBI
Dl
IBBBB M iBBBB BBBBG
B.JJBB.J BB. ..BB_' BBG
DBBBBJBBBBGBL.jBBBBuBBBBGa
aaaGBBGGBBGGaaGGBBGGBBGG
■BBBGBBBBGBGBBBBGBBBBGBG
■GGBBGOBBGGBBGGBBGGBBGGB
■BBGBBBB JB JBBBBGBBBBGBGfl
OGBBGGBBG'.IBBGGBBGGBBG'^BB
■BGBBBB'GB'GBBBBGBBBBGBGBB
GBB 'JBB'GGBBGGBBi':' BB 1 BBG
B' BBBB BJBBBBGBBBB 'B BBB
BB BB .; ~BBGGBB:~i .BB_. BBGG
GBBBB B BBBBGBBBBLjBGBBBB
B BB BB I ~;bb .GBBGGBBGGB
BBBB .B BBBBGBBBBGBGBBBBG
C.. BB^^BB J._^BB I JBBGGBBGGBB
BBBJBGBBBBGBBflB' 'BGBBBBGB
GBBGGBBGGBBG 'BB BBGGBBG
BBGBGBBBflGBBBfl B BBBBGBB
■BGGBBGGBBGGBBGGBBGGBBGG
BGBGBBBBGflBBflGBGBBBBGBfla
ipaDaBGGBaaDBBGGBBGGBBGGa
1 12
Fig. 272.
li^aaai
GGr; I
BBBB
GGBB' . :. .BBBB L .BB. : BBBBG
BBGBBB: :BBB' IBBBUBBBGBBBGB
BBBB' . i' .iBBGGGBBBBGG
IGI
-"GG
^JGGGBBBB
GBaBGaBB[::BI
BGGGBBBBG.'.J .BB BBBB .. B
aaaGBBBGBBB BBB BBB BBBG
GGGBBBB ..'' '.. BB' ' LBBBB ' BB
BBGBBB BBB BBB BBB BBB'..,a
GGBBBB'j . ^.'BB .i jGBBBa BB J
BGBBBUBBB ..BBBLJBBB BBB BB
GBBBB'JGGBBQaGBBBB -.BB .G
GBB
BBB
BBB
g'
B 'B
B
Bi
fli
BB~iBBBI
'Urn ::
GBBBi BB
■BBB
■BBC'~ ■
BB''^ BBB
BB BB
B BBB B
B BBB
BB "iGG
BBBG
B :: :.Ga
BBB':a
...BB
BB BB
IBGGGBBGGGaaBBGL^^
1 12
Fig. 273.
Fig. 268 represents the 6-harness steep-twill (63°) derived from the regular 12-harness twill,
-J. Repeat : 6 harness and 1 2 picks.
Fig. 269 illustrates the 7-harness steep-twill (63°) derived from the regular 7-harness twill,
-3. Repeat : 7 harness and 7 picks.
58
Fig.
6 2 2
2 2 3-
Fig.
6 1 1
2 12
Fig.
270 illustrates the 8-harness steep-twill (63°) derived from the regular i6-harness twill,
Repeat: 8 harness and 16 picks.
271 represents the 9-harness steep-twill (63°) derived from the regular 1 8-harness twill,
!-j-^. Repeat: 9 harness and 18 picks.
272 illustrates the 12-harness steep-twill (63°) derived from the regular 24-harness twill,
"i ^ * ^ Repeat : 1 2 harness and 24 picks.
111112 2-
Fig. 273 represents the 12-harness steep-twill (63°) derived from the regular 24-harness twill,
'- 2 \ \ ^ 1 ^ 1 \ \- Repeat: 12 harness and 24 picks.
ssananBanaDBaDiB
noma dm naaoBBBa
DDDaaaacjaaaaaG
naaaanaaaaaaaa
Dnanaaaaanaaaa
aaaanaaaaaaaDG
DaGDaaaaoaannD
oaaaaaGaaaaGaa
annaQaaaaaGGaa
DanaaGaaaaGnaa
GGaGaaGaaGGDGa
BGaaGaaaaGGaGG
oaGaaGaanni-'^aG
DaaGaaaa ' a a
BoaaGaa a. u
BBGaaaB m_ an
aaanaa . bgob
BGaaaa a 'gbgb
BBGaa . BGGBG
aBaaB..j .a 1 ibgbb
BGBBGQi JUBDGaaa
BBaBGGBGGaGBBG
aaaoGiTinBi naGaa
aaaG "m' ■ a'laaGa
BBGl': : ■ ' BCBBG
BBGGB . a BBGaa
aGaGGaaGBGBBGB
IBOGBGGBGaBGBBa
1 14
sDaDDnBBBDanBDBa
DaGBGBBGaGGGBBB
BGGGBBBGGnaGaBG
aaBGaBGBGGGaaaa
DGGaaaaGGBGBaGB
GBnaBGBGGGaaaGD
DGBBB" ^"'■GHBGBG
aamm m ■■■:jgg
ammm : ■ .■■ mo.a
GBHGHujujBBBijiJGB
■■■QGGaGBBGHGGG
■■GaGGGBBBGGGIG
■■DGGBGaBGBGGGB
BCBDGGBBBGGaBGB
IBUDCBGBBGBGGGBB
1 16
sanDBnnBnQBBDBBGBB
OG' B •'■ BBBBGBBBB
DB^ '. iC ii.'.BBGBBGBBG
GGBGL .GBBBB' "BBBBG
BGGBGGBBGBB . BB G
DBGGGBBBB._BBBB .G
DGBGGBBGBB.- BB2GB
B'J BBBB-BBBB.'. J
DBGGBBGBBGBBGGBG
OGGBBBBGBBBBGGGB
BDGBBL'BB ~BB GB G
GGBBBB^.BBBB . BG
DCBBGBB..BB B....B
GBBBBQBBBBuijuBGG
GBBGBBGBBGGBGGBG
BBBBGBBBBGGGBGGG
BBGBBnBBGPBi'^^BCJG
Ql
BB
I Bl
Gl
JGl _
BBL'BB: : B . B .BBG
GBBBB^l.l.jBGui-iBBBB
B:.BB'_ Bi_i B< 'BB <B
BBBBGGGBGGGBBBBG
QBBGGBGGBGnBBGBB
IG
II.;
B_i_B B BB BB.B
IBOaDBGGGBBBBGBBB
Fig.
522
111
Fig.
5 11
2 4 2'
Fig.
522
Fig. 274. Fig. 275. Fig. 276.
274 illustrates the 14-harness steep-twill {62,°) derived from the regular 28-harness twill.
Repeat: 14 harness and 28 picks.
1 1 1
275 represents the 15-harness steep-twill (63°) derived from the regular 15-harness twill.
Repeat: 15 harness and 15 picks.
276 represents the i6-harness steep-twill (63°) derived from the regular 32-harness twill,
^ 4 \ ^ 2 \- Repeat: 16 harness and 32 picks.
2d. Steep-Tivills having a grading of yo°.
These twills are derived from the regular twills by using every third warp-thread in rotation for
the construction of the new weave. To give a clear understanding diagram
No. 277 is designed. A represents one repeat of the regular twill known as the
^-j-^ 8-harness twill ; B illustrates the drafting of the different warp-threads
according to previously given explanation for forming C, the new design.
1.
I. 3. H. 5. 6. 7 8
i
v
1
s
1'
■>!
1^
i..
__,
.^
8.
7.
4
5i>
¥.
3.
2.
I.
A
G
B
■
^
^
r
^<-
P
1'
A
1"
sg"
1
1^;
fe
._
V-^
^
^
8
r.
6.
5
t.
3.
2.
I 1.
C
saBGQGI
BGGGBI
GGGBBBGI
GGBBBGBD
GBBBGBGG
BBBGBGGG
BBGBGGGB
IBGBDGGBB
1 8
Fig. 278.
ennBBGBGB
BGBGBGGB
GBGGBBGB
GBBGBGBG
GBGBGGBB
BGGBBGBa
BBGBGBGa
IBGBGGBBO
8
lODGGBGaai
nnBGr^GBi
L!! |i
CGi
TjBI
BBGJliBGUi^B
IBGGGBGGGBB
1 10
Fig. 280.
ni
G ■
r GB
B a
GB I
zu
GB_;
B JB'
BG' " I
BGGI
inGBGl
[ '"B
[ 'B
B B
['B
GB
01
IGB^T'^I
IGGB
■ ' BGGB
B ;bgb
iB IGBG
:B IGBG
■ BGBa
B . JBGB
BliGBGG
^BGBGG
IGBGBG
"BGGB
B BGGB
B :bgb
B GGBG
B IGBD
B BGBG
Bl 1 iBGB
_GBLiBGGBQG
BGGBGBGBaG
iBGGBGGBDBa
IZGnGBDGDBBBBB
GGBGDOBBBBBG
GBGGGBBBBBOG
BGGGBBBBBDGD
GGGBBBBBGGGB
GGBBBBBGGGBQ
GBBBBBGGGBGG
BBBBBGGGBGGG
BBBBGiLir.lBGGGD
BBBGGGBGGGBB
BBGGGBGIJGBBB
IBGGGBGGGBBBB
1 12
Fig. 282.
1
I 2. 3. H. 5. 6. X i.
Fig. 277.
1
Fig.
Fig. 281.
279.
aBGBGBDB
GQBBGGBB
DGBBGGBB
BGBGBGBG
GBBGGBBG
GBBl JGPBG
GBGBGBGB
BBGGBBGD
BBGGBBQG
BGBGB'^BG
BGGBB 'B
BGGBB '. B
12GBGB «' IB
DGBB BB
GGBB BB
BGB. B m.:
GBBGGBBG
GBBGGBBG
GBGBGBGB
BBGGBBGG
BBGGBBGG
BGBGBGBG
BGGBBl ]GB
IBGGBBGGB
1 4
FiG. 283.
Arrangementof drafting: 1,4, 7, 2, 5,8, 3,6. Repeat : 8 harness, 8 picks.
Fig. 278 represents the regular twill known as ^ 3 \, and
Fig. 279 represents the steep-twill (70°) derived out of it. Repeat : 8 harness, 8 picks.
Fig. 280 the regular twill % ^ 3 is shown, arranged for a 70° steep-twill in Fig. 281. Repeat:
10 harness, 10 picks.
59
Fig. 282 the regular 12-harness twill ^3^3 is shown, arranged for its 70° steep-twill in
Fig. 283. Repeat: 4 harness, 12 picks.
Fig. 284 illustrates the regular 15-harness twill ^ 2 ^ 2 ^ 2' ^^^ ^^S- 285 the 70° steep-twili
derived out of it. Repeat: 5 harness, 15 picks.
Fig. 286 represents the 70° steep-twill designed out of the regular twill ^3^3 (shown in
Fig. 262, page 56). Repeat: 13 harness, 13 picks.
Fig. 287 illustrates the steep-twill having 70° grading, which is derived from the regular
twill ^ 2^ z^ 2 (^^^ ^^to- ^59' P^g^ 5^)- Repeat; 16 harness and 16 picks.
aaOBBi'l' BBBBB'/JIJBB
BDUBB'T.: : .BB HBBB
DBBBBB. ^^JBB' J' JGBBD
aDBBDaBBBBBOGBBn
DOBBDODBBaGBBBBB
BBBBBDnBBGGGBBCl.'l
rjBBQ'JBBBBB : '^BB' i ]
LIBB : ' ^BB BBBBB 1
BBBBi'j BB • • mm , m
BB iLlBBBBB'JUBBUUa
BB JauBBGGBBBBBDG
BBBOGBBGGI .IBBGGBB
BilGBBBBB'^'GBBGnnB
GBBGBGBBGB
GGBBBGOBBB
BGGBBBGGBB
BBGBGBBGBD
DBBBGGBBBG
DBOBBGGBBGGBB
r ~BBB' ''IBBB
B B iBB'JBDB
GGBB :B BB ' BB
GGBB BB B BB
BBB iJBBBDa
BGBB._;.iBB: > BBG
GBBBUUBBBG
GBGBBGBnBB
TBB B BB ' BB.I
'. BB.M'BB' B'.BB' J
BBGGBBBGLIB
GBBGGBBGGBBGB
BBBaOBBBOG
BB'B'-BB' :-<BB._ -.
BGBBGBDBBG
BBGGBBGBGBBGn
BGGBBBGGBB
BBGGBBGGBBGBG
BBGGBBBGGB
BGBGBBGGBBGGB
un-BB "-bb; jGbbbbb
ISr'BB: 'Bi BBGB
GBB .BB jGBBBBBI:
!.' BBB GBBB
BGGBBGGBBGBGB
BB .jBB GBBBBBGC
B ' iBBBGGBB
ISGBGBBGGBBGGBB
Bi' JUBBUL iBBBBBGGB
BBUBGBBGBG
aaflBGBGBBGGBB
nGBBQDBBBBBGGBB
DBBBGGBBBG
GGBBGGBBOBGBB
OBBGGBBBBBGGBBG
GGBBBGGBBB
BGBBGDBBGGaaG
BBGGBBBBBGDBBGG
■GBGBBGBGB
GBBGBGBBGGBBG
BGnBBBBBGGBBQGB
BBBGGBBBGD
GBBGGBBGBQBBG
OGBBBBBGDBBGGBB
GBBBGGBBBD
GBBGGBBGGBBGB
GBBBBBnGBBRDBBG
DBGBBGBGBB
BBGBGBBGGBBGG
BBBBB 1 BBi"' 'BBGG
BBnnBBBGGB
BB BB 8 'BB..~;
BBflB~~\'BB BBGGB
BBB ' :BBBaa
BBG' BB' ! iBBGBG
BBB_)_"BB.: BB ...2BB
B BB BGBBQ
BUB .BB .: jBBGGB
BB^GBBGgBB: 'GBBB
BuuBBBGGBB
BGUBBuBliBBGGB
IBGGBBGGBBGDBBH
1 lo
1 BBGGBBBGGB
IBGGBBGGBBGBGB
1 13
BGr-'"'BB ' .BBB
■B 'B
BBB
ICGGBBBBB : BB
BB
OG' BB . BBBB
B : BB
BGL:BB . IBB
BBBB
DBBBBB i .iBB :
JJBB' 1
OGBBjGBBBBB
BB ]
DGBBGGGBB
BBBBBGGBB . .
BB U
GBBGGBBBBB.^
JBBJ3
1 BB 1 BB B
BBBB3
BBBBGGBBGGG
BBGGB
BBGljBBBBBGG
BBGOG
BB ' ' BB ' BB
BBB." BB B
BBB' -n
m V BB
Buu'jBBi.J'_jBBBBB J. JB
IBBGGBBGGGBBGGaBB
1 16
Fig. 284. Fig. 285. Fig. 286. Fig. 287.
These few examples (Figs. 277 to 287) will easily explain the method of construction for
these weaves ; we would only add that if the number of harness in repeat for the regular twill
can be divided by 3, the number of harness in repeat for the steep-twill will be reduced one-
third, as follows :
1 2-harness regular twill to 4-harness steep (70°).
J a (( (( <( p U (t ((
18 " " " 6 " ' " etc., etc.
Any number of harness repeat for a regular twill which cannot be equally divided by 3
requires the same number of harness for the steep-twill as is used in its foundation twill.
jd. Steep-Twills having a grading of y^^ .
Weaves of this sub-division of the regular twill of 45° grading, are derived from
the latter by using every fourth warp-thread in rotation. In constructing 75° steep-twills out of
regular twills having a number of harness for their repeat which can be divided evenly by four,
only one-fourth the number of harness are required ; for example :
12 harness " regular" = 3 harness " 75° steep."
16
<<
«
— 4
u
<<
20
((
((
— 5
(1
((
24 " " =6 " " " etc., etc.
Again, in constructing 75° steep-twills out of regular twills having for their repeat an even
number of harness not called for in previous rule, the number of harness required is lowered
one-half; for example :
14 harness " regular" = 7 harness " 75° steep."
18
<(
<(
— 9
a
22
«
((
— 1 1
U
26 " " =13 " " " etc., etc.
These two given rules will readily explain a third, as follows :
Every regular twill of an uneven number of harness for its repeat, if used for the construction
of a steep-twill of 75° grading, requires every warp-thread of the former used; or in other words:
60
Steep-twills of 75° grading, constructed out of regular twills having an uneven number of harness
for their repeat, require an equal number of harness for the former ; for example :
9 harness " regular" =l 9 harness " 75° steep."
II
13
1 Z l.H 5 6 7 8. 9 10 11 12 13 \H 15.
„s
v^
^.
i'
tilt t
\b
14
13.
12.
11.
10.
9
8
7
6
1 5.
H
3
2
1
£.
C
m
W
m
1
^
r
^'
I
:^
1)5
IV
n
10
9
1 2.3.'<.S, 6 7 8 910. II 12.13. 14.15
Fig. 288.
( U J 2 K it
t it J - II (I
To give a clear understand-
ing of the construction of the
75° steep-twills, diagram 288 is
designed, illustrating under A
one repeat of the regular twilL
^ i^ 4 =15 harness.
B illustrates the drafting of
the different warp-threads (after
rule given at beginning) for form-
ng C, the new design.
Arrangement of drafting : .
I, 5, 9, 13, 2, 6, 10, 14, 3, 7, II,
15, 4, 8, 12. Repeat: 15 har-
ness, 15 picks.
Fig. 289 represents the regu-
lar twill, ^ 4^ i for 16 harness
repeat.
Fig. 290 shows its 75° steep-
twill derived by drafting i, 5, 9,
13. Repeat: 4 harness, 16 picks.
Fig. 291 illustrates the steep-
twill of 75° grading which is de-
rived from the regular twill of
45° grading, Vhr = ^3 har-
ness. (See Fig. 262, page 56.)
Repeat: 13 harness, 13 picks.
u
etc., etc.
IcaaDDBBDaODBBBHa
ODnflBDnDDBBBBBBD
DQBBDDDDBBBBBBDa
' BB'~ " ."iBBBBBB'.''! J
BBDQGaBBBBBBDDDa
BaJODBBBBBBnanCB
nnaaBBBBBBnoDDBB
nanflBBBBBQacGBBa
DDBBBBBBanDDBBDn
OBBBBBBOQaDBBDDa
BBBBBBGDaDBBDaDD
BBBBBDDDGBBaDDaB
BBBBaDDDBBGDaGBB
BBBGGGGBBGGGGBBB
BBGDGDBBGGGGBBBB
1 aaODGBBaODGBBBBB
1 16
Fig. 289.
leOBGBGBDB
GBGBDBGB
QGBBGDBB
DGBBGGBB
BQBGBGBG
BGBGBGBO
GBBDGBBG
DBBDGBBG
GBGBUBGB
GBGBDBGB
BBGGBBGG
BBGGBBGG
BGBGBGBG
BGBGBGBG
BGGBBGGB
IBGGBBGGB
1 4
Fig. 290.
aGBBBBBGGBDDB
DGBGGBBBBBGDB
DGBGGBGGBBBBB
BBBGGBGGBGOBB
GBBBBBGGBGGBa
GBGGBBBBBGGBG
DBGGBGGBBBBBO
BBGGBGGBGGBBB
BBBBBGGBDGBaa
BGGBBBBBGGBGD
BDGBGGBBBBBGG
BGGBDGBGGBBBB
BBBBGGBCGBGGB
13DGBBBBBGGBGGB
GDBGDBBBBBGGB
GGB^nariGBBBBB
BBBH- !■' ''' B'.iGBB
GBBBBB ■: '"IBQ
GB[lUBBBBBi_.'Ba
I'lB B.'.BBBBBJ
BBGGBGGBGGBBB
BBBBBGGBGGBGQ
BGGBBBBBGGBGn
BGGBGaBBBBBDG
BGGBGGBGGBBBB
IBBBBUGBGGBDGB
1 Vi
Fig. 291.
III. Reclining Twills (27° grading).
This sub-division of the regular twills has its principle of construction very nearly
related to the ones given regarding the steep-twills; in fact, points given in the latter as to
warp will apply in the present sub-division of twills to the filling. Therefore in constructing a twill
of 27° grading out of a regular twill of 45° grading, we only use every alternate pick of the latter.
For example. Figs. 292, 293, 294, 295, 296 and 297.
8BBBDGGGB
BBQDDGBB
BGGGGBBB
GGGGBBBB
GGGBBBBG
GGBBBBGG
DBBBBGGG
IBBBBDGGG
1 8
Fig. 292.
sfflafflDanaffl
BBGGGGBB
fflQGGafflSffl
GGGGBBBB
DDGffifflfflfflG
GGBBBBGG
afflfflffifflGGD
IBBBBGGGG
I 8
Fig. 293.
flBGGGGBBBBGGGaaB
DGDDBBBBaGGGBBBB
GGBBBBGGGGBBBBGG
BBBBGGGGBBBBGGDG
IBBGGGGBBBBGGGGBB
DGGDBBBBDGGGBBBB
GGBBBBGGGGBBBBCG
IBBBBGGGGBBBBGGGG
1 8 IB
Fig. 294.
Fig. 292 represents the regular 8-harness twill ^ 4. Fig. 293 illustrates the same twill
analysed, every alternate pick indicated by a different style of type. Fig. 294 represents the new
weave, derived from weave Fig. 293 by using only picks i, 3, 5 and 7. Repeat: 8 harness and
4 picks.
()1
Fi<j. 295 represents the regular twill — g-*-^ = 9-harnes.s. Fig. 296 is its analysis. Fig. 297
is the reclining twill derived from the latter. Repeat : 9-harness and 9 picks.
oBaanaaDDB
■■aaBGDH
■r.naDDBia
Li BGaBBaB
CB^ JGBBBBQ
B.^BBBBGD
□aBBBBDDB
DBBBBDCBn
iBBBBOQBDa
1 'J
'BBB.rJBUJB
B..:_.BGaBBB
UUffli jUfflSBffl
[jBLJUBBBBn
DDBBBBOUB
nmmmsaama
IBBBBCGBGU
1 'J
^ir BauBBBBGnBDni
■ril JBBBBnr 'W"
BBBB' ■
BBBB _B
BB' inani :bbi
B .; :bbbb
I B . .<■
ii"^ni
OBIjLJBBI
DQBBBB^
1BBBB..'_I
1
...J
18
Fig. 295. Fig. 296. Fig. 297.
These two examples will clearly illustrate the method to be observed in designing reclining
twills for any number of harness. Regular twill weaves with an even number of picks in repeat
reduce to one-half the number in the reclining twill ; again, regular twills with an uneven number
of picks for their repeat require, if changed to reclining twills, the same number of picks.
Diagram for illustrating the construction of steep twills of 52"^, 63*^, 70° and 75° grading,
and reclining twills of 38°, 27°, 20°, and 15° grading.
62
IV. Curved Twills.
This sub-division of the " twills" is derived by a combination of "regular" 45° twills with
63°, 70° or 75°, or similarly graded " steep-twills." One kind of these twills is run for a certain
number of threads, after which the run, without forming an interruption, is changed to the other
oaanBnaaanaanBBanaBHBnnBiDBBOBB
1' !'■■■' IB '■ 1 'B ' 'BBB' 'B 'B ' .IB' ^
GBBB ' ' am BB 'MB ' BBB' '« " 'BB' 'BB iBBQ
BBB 1 .: BB
B . B . BBB BB . B . MOO
BB I'J'.IBBB
BGULIBBB'
BB'/jBB BBB< . <BBB. BB BBDB
B B 'BB ! BBB ' fl '?B'~:rjB
iDDDBBBauBB BB BB BBB BB BB BB
DDBBBGDQB.: B .. .B i i BBB. B ...B BJ
DBBBaGiJBBJBB >BB' : :BBB BB''BBuBBG
■BBDDQBBDOBG'JBLj. BBB BB 'JBOGBQa
■BDaaBBBDBBDBBaBBB BBB.iBBDBBDB
laaGQBBBaaBDDBaaBBGGUBBBJGBaaBDDB
1 » Iti 32
45P twill. 63' twill.
Fig. 298.
DnaDBBBBGGBBGnBBaOaGBBBBDQBBDUBB
DaGBBBBGaOBBGQBBGGGBBBBaGGBBGGBB
DGBBBBaOGBBGQBBGGGBBBBGGGBBGGBBG
GBBBBGGGGBBGGBBGGBBBBGQGGBBGDBBD
BBBBGGGaBBaGBBDGBBBBGGGGBBGGBBCa
BBBGGDGBBBGGBBnnMHHnnnnBBBOnBBGG
BBGGGGBBBGGBB' ' BBB' ' ^ BBB' " BB' IGB
BGGGGBBBBGGBB BB BBBB BB '' ^B
SGaGGBBBBGGBBlJ' BB n _:: i BBBB' '' BB ' ]BB
DGOBBBBGGGBBGGBBGGQBBBB '• BB' F iBB
DGBBBBGGGBBaDBBGaGBBBB' BB BBG
DBBBBGGGGBBGGBBnGBBBB'J' i .BB'..- BBG
BBBBaGnGBBGLJBBGGBBBBGGUIJBBGGBBGG
BBBGGGGBBBGGBBGGBBBGGGOBBBGGBBGD
BBGGDGBBBGGBBGDBBBGGaGBBBGDBBGGB
IBGGGGBBBBDaBBGGBBGDGGBBBBGGBBGGB
1 I* 16 32
45° twill.
630 twill.
Fig. 299.
system. The same twill which is used in 45° must also be used in the construction of the
steeper twills.
The following few designs will clearly explain the method of constructing curved twills.
GaaDBBBBGGBBOGBBDDnGBBnnBBBI
DnaBBBBGGBBGGBBGGGGBBGGBBBB
DOBBBBGGGBBGGBBGGDBBBGnBBBLj
GBBBBGnnBBGGBBnnnBBBnnBBBn'
BBBB ' '. BB '" 'BB'"':;BBBB BB
|rnr~n~im«
BBBB BB
■BG
■QG
'inG
"J
m
BL lUUGBBBUGBBUGBBBGUGBBUGGBBBBL BB BB . '. BBB
aGGDGBBBBGaBBGGBBaGGGBBGGBBBBQD. BB BB .BBBB
DGDBBBBGGBBGGBBGGGGBBGGBBBBGGGC BB'.. il. 'BB . BBBBG
GGBBBBGaGBBGGBBGGGBBBGOBBBGGGGBBBCjLjBBi j 'BBBG'J
aBBBBGGGBBGnBBQGGBBBGGBBBQGUGBBBGGBBGLiBBBGGD
BBBB_i~r'~iBB~i:iBB'_. BBBB..i<.BBi i'_'BBBBO_.BB <i BB'<|'
BBB - <i : _i' JiBB :". BB : BBBB ' 'n' ':BB ~ : '~ii ' BBBBi" GBB . '_ BB '.<i _i'~ B
BBDGGGBBBGGBBGGBBBaGGBBGGGBBBBGGuBBGGBBGGGBB
IBaaUGBBBGGBBGDBBBGGGBBGGGBBBBGGGBBGGBBGGGBBi
16
20
32
40
45"
63O
45° 63O 45°
Fig. 300.
63°
AS"
Fig. 298 illustrates the curved twill obtained from the
twill. 8 warp-threads are
designed in the regular 45° twill and 8 warp-threads in its 63° steep-twill =16 warp-threads
repeat. Drawing-indraft: i6-harness straight draw or 6-harness section draw.
DDGBBBGGGBBGBGBGaBBBGBGBGGDI
□GGBCGBGBBGBDBGaBBBGBQaGGGBB
BBGBaaaGBBQGUGaBBBGGIDaBaaBBB
GGBBBBnBB.'lBGBGGBBG'-'B'^B GBBBB
GGBGGGGBBGl JB: L IBBBGB B ' BBBB .
BGBGGGBBGBG''.'j'.' 'BBB B ' . .: BBB ; ^
GBBBBGBBG:. .B ~ BB.!.' B BBB . ■
GB' 'ni:BB' IB'~; : BBB 'B B j...'BBB.. B
DB ' 'BB B BBB'.':'B B !' 'BBB i.'B
BBB
'nrBBnnrBannDacBBBBBBrccBGDnBnaaBBBaaBGBaaBBBnBnGGBBaaaB
'~~ I BB 'GGGGBBBBBBB: r.m^ G. 'BGGGBBBBGBGBGaBBBGBGBGBBGBBQB
'B._: . "GGBBBBBBBGG' BB i BBi.UGBBBBGBGGGGGBBGGGGGGBBGGGBB
I l.^.^'...BBBBBBBBGGGB .j^l.B_.'^GGBBBBGGGGBGGBBBi 'BnBGBBGBGGBG
BBBBBBB - ' BB - . B BBBB' .1. B B BBB B B BBGrB^B'J
BBBBBBBGGGGBGGLiBBGGGGBBBBGGBGBGCBBB' - ' ' L. > BBGBGGBBB
BBBBBB_;r]G;.JBaG:'.'];_BGGaGBBBBBl'iGBGGaG'..BBB ..B B BaGGBGBGG
BBBB.':.' ' '.BB '' . BB Mi.' BBBBB . 'GB' ..'. 'B' BBB B.B BBGBGGGBGG
BBB. I ' iBB '' '' "."«'.._!' I'' 'BBBBB GB :' 'B ' BBB '' . . BBBl'JGBGBBBa
B..' ' BB ... BB. .' ' .' .BBBBBB B .LB ., BBB....". B'. .B " .BB' BGGGBGGD
.'::. B. . BB ._iULjGBBBBB'GuijBuL iB'_jLjuBBBGBuUui.jBBBi_jGBGBBaaa
'BB . J 'BB " i.GJBBBBaBGGGaGGBGGGBBBGaGGGGaaBGaaGGBaBBD
B .'BB . :aBBBBBGGBaGGaGGGBBBGGGGaaGBBGGGBnBBGGGa
.J BG._. ,BBBBBBGGGBLjaGBCGGBBBG^BaB''^GBBBGBnG'~BBGnGa
.BB .jG'..jGGBBBBBBB' : :i'.B. I' GiaGGGBBBB 'B' B' :-' BBB' JB B~.BB".BBGB
B . !' .^GGBBBBBBB ". ' BB " BBGGGBBBBI. 'B ' . '. '.! 'BB ' f BB' JGGBB
. ' .". . ^'BBBBBBBB B '' B . GGGBBBBGL .'G' B .1 BBB B B BB. BGGBG
J.iBBBB.J.IB . iB ' .GGGBBBBBBB . .: BB ' B .GG: 'BBBB . .I.IBGBGGBBB B B ..'BB GBGBG
J JBBB I'JB : ^ B IBBBBBBB'. I 'B' F ' ;BB' :' 'I'"." IBBBBi 'i'.JBGBGGBBBG(' >l . ' BB'. B'GGBBB
:BBB j ^B .BB . ' .BBBBBBGG :'.! BB . 'B ^ G'BBBBBlJ'..B^jGGGGBBBI:b B.'.BB.. BGBGG
IBBBBG ^G: .BB . 1 BB' J'jGGBBBBBGGBGGBDGBBBGBuBuuBBGBGGGBGG
BBB ;G' BB' ' ' ' B . II 'IGGBBBBBGGBGGBGGBBBGGGGGGBBBGGBGBBBG
B'.: BB ' :'.: BB ' .jGBBBBBBGGBGGBGGBBBGGBGBGGBBGBGGGBGGG
G ' B . .BB^^j^j^GBBBBBGGQBCGBiGariBBBGBnBGGBBBaaBGBBaan
BB .' BBJUGGGBBBBBBGGGBGGBI'i'. 'f^BBB B' .1 .I'iL'.BBBfibGGGBBBGG
B BB' 'jGGGGBBBBBBGGBBGaBG' 'i.BBB! ' 1 Bl ..F BBG'' .'GBGBBGUGB
I B .' . K.jDGBBBBBBGGGBGGGBnr 'i ■■■ '' ■ ..B BBB BGGGBBGGDB
BB GGGGBBBBBBBGGGB: '"I .B' .r " BBBB B B'.. .BBB' B. BGBBGBGGB
B'. : GI'JGBBBBBBBGGGBBGF 'BB: i BBBB: B' 'I !' BB' .' ' :.iBBFG>..l'.:'BB
I . BBBBBBBBGDGBGGGB... BBBB ' : ' B .. ..BBB'.. B .B...'BB._B^:l.BG
BBBBBBBGiT^BB''"'"^'B'.' . .:: . BBBB . .BGBljGBBBGBGBljGBBGGuGBG
BBBBBBB .' F .1' :B' .' : BB' .! ' :i 'BBBB '! B! 'BGGBBBGGGGGGBBGBDGBBB
BBBBBB BB' ' B BBBBB B .!..lGGGBBBGBGBGGBBGGGGBGa
iBBBB . BB' '. BB ..._, BBBBB. B 1 'B'^'GBBBGBGBGGBBGBGGGBGG
BB BB . 'B 'BBB B' 'B' !' IBBB' " 'B: I B ' ' BBBBBB' i k . .B I 1 ; B .F ..l.lGGBBBBB' ' B. " B' 'l^'BBBF JF 'I .FMl :r.'IBBB'GGGGBBBB
BBBB 'B B . 'BB ' : , .' BBB B ' B ' BBBBB : BB' ' BB. ' 'F 'IGBBBBBB' : B ' B 'BBB:.'' 'BI."B i: .BB: JBGFDGBGGO
Bl J ^ .BB B ;BBB' IB' 'B' ':' BBB .B '' B BBBBBB . r B^. i 'l.BB'_l.' . .. .'BBBBBGGl B_. BGf : BBB. B^.B. .'. BBB .'iGGGBBGGQ
B_ B_B J BB B'.Bi BBBi i' B' BBBBB' BB 1 - .'BB< UG'- BBBBBB'Gj: B n B n BBB_Bi G BBB-B...G: 'BBBBG
IBBaGBJOBGBBGaGGaUBBaGGBGBGGGBBBBBGGGBDGGBBGGGGGGBBBBBBaUBBGGBGDDBBBDQGaBGGBBGDGGDBBUGOB
1 87
BG'GuBBjuB'. BBB
BGGGBGBGG! :BB .'■
BBBGBGGBGBB . ■■■
DGGBBBGOGBB . B 'fl . flBB I
DQGBGGBGBB iB iB • 'BBB .B
■BGBGGGDBB : . ' ' BBB ;
GGBBBBGBB B :.'.B .BB B I
GGBGG'G .BB B I BBB iB .fl
bgbggigbb b ' ' bbb b i ! i..
dbbbb'::bb.'. .b^ ,bbg , . .b g
DBGaGBBGB'..iL.i'.jBBBuB<GBLjGI
gbgggbb'.:gbgbbbgbgbgigjbi
bbbbgbgbggqbbggg'ggggbi
BGi'iGBB'G! ]B "IBBBGBGB I'GI
II
13GG
DG'
■ B
CG
□Ql
BGI
GBI
DB
BBBB
■BGGBG'GBj.i I'
■ g~B .1 IB I ■
IGBFJDBG'IGGBB
B < B ': 'I "BBBI
'I'^'B ]GGBBBBB
■ 'B .:1GBBBBBI
B . ' BBBBBB; .1
BBBBGljB
IBBBGGBG'
■ BBGHBGi B
IBGGBGF^B
Fig. 301.
Fig. 299 illustrates the curved twill obtained from the
twill. 8 warp-threads are
designed in the regular 45° twill and 8 warp-threads in its 63° steep-twill =-.16 warp-threads
repeat. Drawing-in draft: 1 6-harness straight draw or 8-harness section draw.
CB
anDBDODBBaa
B ^ Baaaga
B BBBBDDa
BBBBrinaJ
BBBB ' fl' a
esign:
draft:
«
«
tt
«
45 warp-
8 or i6-h
9 to 16 "
17 to 20 "
GB
BB
BB
BB
BBBB B _■
BBBB.. B J ma
BBB'J'.. B' ' BL^D
■Bn,:;B:-'-:Bn::!a
B' a B . a
\~Bnn»:'' ''^B"
uarjjjB'jruBBB
lo
Fig. 302.
Repeat of c
Drawing-in
21 to 24
25 to 32 "
33 to 40 "
41 to 44 "
threads, 8 picks.
arness section draw
63
Fig. 300 illustrates another curved twill obtained from the ^ twill.
Warp-threads i to 8 call for the 45° regular twill.
63° steep "
45° regular "
63° steep "
45° regular "
63° steep
45° regular "
Drawing-in Draft for 13-Harness.
isaDDDaannDnaannonnDnaannaDannDDaanDnDnnnDaDDDDDDDDDnaDDaDDDDDonnnnDDDnDnDODaaDnDcnDaDDan
DnaDanaaaaDnaaaaaQaDDDDDDDDDnaaaDDaDDGDGaDDncccnoaaDnuDDannDDDDDaanDnaDQDDBGDDaoDDDDnDa
DnaaQDDaQaaDaannaaaDaDaGaaDQaaDaaQaanaaaGaaDGaQGaGaDaGGGGQGDnanoBGGaaaannanaaaGDaauDana
aGDaDnaaDGaDaQananDGGDaQn.'jGaauaaacaQGGDaaGaDaQaaGGGGGODQDGGaGGDaanaGaaGaGBGGaGDaGQGGDDa
DDQannaDaDnDannaaGnaGDaacDaaaaaDDnQDaQDDGaQaaaDnonaaDGGaaDDDDQaanaGDDanQaaQaGDaaanaaDDn
GaacaanaDaDaDaaBaGaaaDnDDaDDnaQQaGGDDQDGDGaaGQaaGaGQaQncDDGnaaDGDDDaaDGGaaaGrjaaaGaQaDBn
DaaaaaaaaoaGnaannnaaaaaGaaaaaaaaaaaaanDaaaaaaQQGGDGGDQQDaDGcaDDacGnaQGGaaacGaaGaaDaDaaa
noaacDnaaGaaaGGaaGGaaGaGaannDaQQaaaGGGaaaaGGaGaGGGaoaaaaGaaGaDGaaaGDcaGBGQGQGaaaGGaaGaaa
DaaanaBaaaaaaannaQGaaaGDaacGGGGnGaaGGBaaaGonGGDCQGaDGGQGaQBDDaQGGGaGGaGDGCiGaGaBcnacDaaa
aaGQGGGaGnaaGaaaaGnaaQBGQGaQGaGGGGanBGGQGnGGGGQGGaaGnaDDaaaGGnaaDQGaoaaGcaGnGGGaaGGGaaa
DDaaaannGanaaaaGaaaGaaaGGGGGGaGGQQBBaGGGGGrjaaQGaaGaGGGGaQQGaGDaQGGQaaQaGncaaDaaoaanaGDD
DcaGaQaGaGGBaQGcaanGBGaaaaaDaaaGGBaaDDDQaaaDaaGaGaQQDDBGaaGaGGQaaaaBaanGaGGaBGGGGGGBGaa
iBaGaaGDaDGaDaaaDaaGaGaaDaaDDDaDDBGGaGaDaGGaGGDDDDDGDBBDGGaGaccGGaaBGGCDDcaacDDaDaaaaQDa
1 87
Fig. 303.
Fig. 301 represents a curved twill with 87 warp-threads for repeat, which is obtained from the
regular ^^—3 — - — g — - — 2 13-harness twill (shown in Fig. 302) according to draft represented in Fig.
303, and thus will readily explain itself, as the drawing-in draft also clearly indicates the different
grading of the twill. •
V. Skip-Twills.
This sub-division of our regular or foundation twills embraces the weaves in which the twill
line does not run continuously through the entire design. In their general appearance these rep-
resent a combination of parts taken from a regular twill.
They are designed as follows: After drafting successively 2, 3, 4 or more threads from a
regular twill for the new weave, skip (or omit) l, 2, 3 or more threads; draft again 2, 3, 4 or
more successive threads, then skip again, and continue in this manner to draft and skip until you
get the repeat for the new weave.
We can arrange this skipping in the direction of the warp, in the direction of the filling, or
in both systems.
ist. Skip- Twills in which the Skipping is arranged for the Warp.
Fig. 304 represents the regular 4-harness twill ? g-
Fig. 305 illustrates the skip-draft reading as follows: Take two, miss one, four times over; or
I, 2,4, I, 3,4, 2, 3.
GGBBGBBGBBGGBGGB
GBBGBBQaBGOBDGBB
BB^"Bn"B""GBBnBBn eGDGBBB
B'^ii B: nBB iBB iBBGG GGBBBQ
4DOGBQaBnaBGaBGDa 1C BB BB BBC B ,GB GBBBGG
aGBGGaGDBGGGOGaB CBBGBBGUBjUBGljBB BBBnQG
QBGGBQGGGGGHaGBa BBGGBGGBGGBBGBBG BBGQGB
iBDaanGGBaDBQaBaG iBaaaaGBBaBBaBBaG ibgggbb
1 16 1 16 1 13
Fig. 304. Fig. 305. Fig. 306. Fig. 307. Fig. 308. Fig. 309.
Fig. 306 represents the skip-twill derived by means of draft Fig. 305 from the = ^ 4-harness
twill shown in Fig. 304. Repeat: 8 warp-threads, 4 picks.
Fig- 307 illustrates a second kind of skip-draft for 4-harness, reading as follows: Take four,
miss one, four times over; or i, 2, 3, 4, 2, 3, 4, I, 3, 4, i, 2, 4, I, 2, 3, which, if applied to the
4-harness twill ? ^ shown in Fig. 304, will produce the design as represented in Fig. 308.
Repeat: 16 warp-threads, 4 picks.
Drawing-in draft: Either i6-harness straight draw, or for 4 or 8-harness with a section
arrangement.
□GBGBBGB
GBGGBGBB
BBGBGGBG
BGBBGBQG
4GaaB
cjnanGHDG
CICBGBBGB
aaao
DaDGaGGH
GBGGBGBB
aaaa
3HaaGaaa
BBGBGGBG
IBQGa
IBGaBGCaG
IBGBBGBGG
1 4
1 8
64
Fig. 309 is the 6-harness
twill.
Fig. 310 represents a skip-draft reading as follows: Take six, skip two, three times over.
This skip-draft, if applied to the -
311-
twill (Fig. 309) will produce the weave of a skip-twill, as
shown in Fig
enDDDDBDDDBncDBnnna
DoanBDDnBDaDBGDaac
DDGBDaDBDaDanDnnDB
DDBDDDBaDDaDDDDDBG
aBDDaDaaDaDBDDDHan
IBDQDDDnaDDBDDOBDDa
1 18
DnDBBiaBiannaBnaDa
ODBBBr:««nri[ "■■nnoBB
ammu ' «■ . ' ■_. /'«■■
■■■ ' ■ !< I ■■.. ■ iMHHa
■■'. . a.j. :■ :■■■ .■■■GD
■GG_<HaDuaaBUBHBaaD
CGGGBBBGBBBGGBBGGGB
DGBBBGBBBGGGBGGGBB
GBBB VGBBGGGBGGGBBB
■ BB'. 'H iB';iGGBBGGBBBG
•B B. : JBBBGBBBGG
lB„.:^BBGGBBBGBBBGOa
1 18
Fig. 310.
Fig. 311.
Fig. 313 shows another variation of the skip-twill, derived from the common twill - — — ^
(Fig. 309) by means of skip-draft illustrated in Fig. 312. The latter reads as follows: Take three,
skip two, six times over, twill from left to right; take three, skip two, six times over, twill from
right to left.
Repeat: 36 warp-threads, 6 picks.
ennnBDnDBnnnBnDDaaGGBaanBDCGnnDDnnBan
aanaDaBDGDBaaaBaaGGGBGGnaaQaGGBGGGBa
naDDaGaaaBaaDHaDGaaaaaaQQaaBGDGBcaQB
aaBaaaDaDQGDBaDaBaDCGGaaBDaaBaaaBGGa
DgGGaBaGGDaaQaGHaaGGOBaaQBaaaBGaaaaa
iBaaGBGaaBGGaaGGGaaBaGaBGaDBDGQGaGQGa
1 :i6
anOBGDBBGBBBGBBGGBOBBnGBGGDBGGBBOBBB
DGBGaGBGnBBriBBBGBBDnBnnnBnnBBnBBBrBB
CBB iGBT . m'' 'BB'.BBB'-" '~B ^''BBi BBB~ BB~ ~B
BBB'jBB' I 'B' ! " m <: BB' <Bi ' BB' BBB BB M ■ rj
Fig. 312.
B
B
BBB
BB B ..BUGBBG
"HI-
B BB BBB
. B. :. .BB JB
BB ' Bi BB'.
BB.BB. B'.
B' ' B' rJBBGBBB
. B BBGHBBGBB
CBB
BBB
.■■'
_,ijB^lJGBJu-B
.BB'. ._B ' B
BBB'~ BB ~B
B BBB ■
BB B' .1 ■
. B BB ■
BB BBB-BB'.GB
BI iBBB' BB' B G
BB BB B B J
IBJL
1
BBUBBBGBB^
^B.^_'_
Fig.
.BBB^
313-
bb:_^.b^:^^b ^BB_.
■ih
For drawing-in draft use skip-draw shown in Fig. 312. For harness-chain use the regular
twill shown in Fig. 309.
In Fig. 314 we illustrate a skip-twill derived from the regular twill ^ (7-harness) by
means of skip-draft shown in Fig. 315. Take two, miss two, seven times over, forms the repeat
of this skip draft.
Repeat of weave: 14 warp-threads, 7 picks.
■nni
GGI
GGBB .' B
CGB B
GB.~ BB
BB BB
BB B
B._.. B BI
'GGBBl.' BI
GaBBu..B
GGBGLB
DBGGBB
IGGBGOl
BBJGBG
BGGBGa
I JGBBOa
IGGBBGD
I B' ~ ~iB
IGBG
BGQ
BBGQ
Fig. 314.
TDGnaGGGHaaBaca
DGGBGGBGGGGGGC
DGBaGaaGGGaaai
DQaGGGaGGBaaBC
GGGaGHaGBaaaac
DBaGBGGGGaaaac
iBGDaaGGaaaDBGC
1 If
Fig. 315.
nGnBBGGBBGnnBnGBBBnGB
CU ' B' BBB .r 'BI ' ' BB ' 'BB
orBi .1 ' BI
i " BB' ' : B' " IBBB
CBB.i B
;.. BBB 'I'B JL BBD
BBBI.JIJBUL
JIJBBGI .BBLiGGBGO
BBGGBBGC
DQBGGBBBGGBGGa
JBLDGBBCGBBGGn
BGGBBBGL
:L'~' BB 1
IB": ' B. BBB' UB
GGr-B ■■ BI
IBGGBGGGBBGGBB
Gi~B BI
1 ' BB'.i'.. 'B ':bbb
GBB ' B
-rBBBGHBriGGBBC
BBB B
BB' " BB' '1 ''1 'BGC
BB BB
' B .. BBB B 1GC
1Bu..jBBB^l
.B^^oBB.,.BBGDa
Fig. 316.
Weave Fig. 316 is derived from the same regular twill as Fig. 314, but has a different
drafting, as follows: Take three, miss two, seven times over.
Repeat of weave: 21 warp-threads, 7 picks.
I ::bbbjbbbb
:-: ...iB a BB 'BBBBG
iHGGBl jHljGB JUGBBGQ
IGGBBCaGQBGaGGBGtan
IGBBBGaBBQGGBGQGG
snanDBaaaaHaDGaBGDaaBanDDDaaDaanD
nadaGGGGBaGGGBaQaaBaQaaBGaGGCGaa
GaaaGGaaGGGaHGGaGBaaGGBGGGaBijaGa
DGGQaaGaGaGGGaGaBGaGGBGaGaBGGGGB
DGQBaaaaGaaGGGGaGGaGBaGGGBGGaGBa
GGBGaaaBaGaaGGGGGaGGGGQaBaaGGBaa
aBaaaaBaaaGHGGGGGaGGQaGGGGaaBaac
iBaaaDBDaanBGaDGHaGaDaaaaaaDDGQaa
1 J2
Fig. 317.
Fig. 318.
Fig. 317 represents a skip-twill derived from the 8-harness ^— „ — ^ by means of skip-draw
shown in Fig. 318.
Repeat of weave: 32 warp-threads, 8 picks.
65
Fig. 319 illustrates the skip-twill derived from the 14-harness ^ — j — - — ^ — - — 3 regular twill by
the following drafting: Take three, miss six, fourteen times over.
Repeat of weave: 42 warp-threads, 14 picks.
Fig. 320 represents the skip-twill derived from the i8-harness ? — 3 — ^— ^ — - — o — - — 3 regular
twill, derived by means of the following drafting: Take three, skip ten, eighteen times over.
Repeat of weave: 54 warp-threads, 18 picks.
isnnnH^n^nHBmnHBnnnnnnnn-iBHnHHBfT'nnnrBn'^nB^QppnrjnnnHB^GB
Dacoi ' ::o' ■■!'■■■ :-: ' ' 'mr.^ m . ■■ :-:" '^"bh ■ '"'^m > :-:■■■ '■■
dqlj, ■:-: ■ ' ■■ n ■■ ■ ' ■ ::■■■ ■■ :: ■■ ■■■
□DCi ■■ ■ ~' ■ ' c^HMM aa^ ['] ■■ ■■■ :-: ■:: ■ bb^
i40GDana[iionHnriBarnnr-inaBriaHa'-H~BHB^aH^nnGnaDa ddbbbb bb' ;: ' :: bb bbb :-: b^: b bb c-: . bb b bjg
cnBOBBGCB " ~B B B . BB :-: BB BBB a JBBBnBB DQr BB..BBB :-: b:: : B BB i: : BB.,; B B c^BBB BB :-: oa
DBGBBBGBB :r'BB B . B B B BB ;: "BB'JBBB aocM. . BB'.u BB B B [^BBB BB . :: :-: BB BBB :: yjm
□'^ ~BB 'BBB :: BMB BB i: BB B B B " B':~!BBG GDBL'ULBUL. : L:BBB. BB' :i' BB BBB IZ. ' BU B BB :: 'BB
C" ~B BB :-} BB BBB ::; BBB BB ' i: BB : 'B ' iBGB DBBGGQGGCJ [-:. .BB BBB a BC-] ' .B. BB r. . ^ 'BB B B ::BBB
D' B 'B B . B BB :-: BB :BBB iC: .BBB BB .:-] ~!BB BBBGaGGGBn I B ! IBB n < 'BB; ' B i i! B ' ' : .UBBB BB . C^.. .BBG
CBB :: BB B B B . B . .BB ':-] i 'BB BBB :n< !BBB BB' 'n'' ^r^r.HHL .1 Bl ' <! B .. ' I .GBBB' .BB :l ^ai'^i.'i ': C-li BB' BBB i:' I. .1 . BBUujBGG
BBB.:: BBB BB^ i: BB i' B '' , B B 1 . 'B i BB il : BB ! B' ' ^^BBBi BB' ' C-: .1 I ;: U BB BBB' H GL B^^' B' BB...:: !_iBBGLiBGGG
BB :: BB BBB '^ BBB IBB '' ::^ BB 1 B 1 'B B B > :: BB' BBB' a I . B::! .' B ' bb a . ': BB B B...I...." aBBBGBBGGE3
B 'B B BB :: 'BB 'BBB ':: 'BBB .BB n BB ; B : .. bl: B< .'BB' a ' BB '.'B . B ' l:bbb bb :: ' ;.. :: bb! ibbbgbg
GBB B B B B . BB :: BB BBB :-: BBB BB :: CBB. . B B :':bbb bb a J . '^ BB. BBB :: . . b:; b bb qgg
BBB BB :: BB B B B B . BB C'} BB .BBB :: BBBi BB . S r. BB BBB :: B:: B ' bb :: BB B B . .^GS
BB BBB :: BBB..BB :-: BB.'...B. : 'B B J' ! .B ...BB 11 . 1 BBl .BBB' .U ' ma. B .. BB^^r:.. .. . .BB. .B^i' .Bi...; .' . OIBBB.BB . . ..^G
IBG'GBBGEliJ'JBBGBBBiJQ'GBBBGBBGGQUBBJUBGUGBGBUJG IBLIGBBGUGGUBBUGBGGGBGCGGQBBBGBBGGQGUGU^^UBBUBBBGClUu'JBaGG
1 42 1 54
Fig. 319. Fig. 320.
These few designs for skip-twills, with a regular exchanging of "take" and "miss," will
readily establish the rule for finding the number of warp-threads required for one repeat, as
follows :
Multiply the number of harness the foundation (or regular) twill contains (this is also equal
to the number of picks for the repeat of the skip-twill) by the number of warp-threads taken in
rotation in the skip-draft before missing a certain number of threads; for example : —
p. r number of harness "I o y / number of warp-threads taken 1 , / repeat of warp-
^' ^ \ in foundation twill j \ in rotation in skip-draft ] ^ \ threads in s. t.
" 319 " " 14 X " " 3=42
" 317 " " 8X " " 4=32
" 316 " " 7X " " 3=21 " "
" 314 " " 7X " " 2=14
The next step for figuring skip-twills is that of arranging the skip-effects produced by
the warp into two or more different sizes. In their general principle of construction these kinds of
skip-twills are identical with the ones given before. Figs. 321 and 322 are designed as illustrations.
nnnnfflDBBBBGSGGaafflnBBBBna
UanBGGBBB' Ifflfflf iG'-BnGBBB'nBBB
GGBB'~ .BB ' ViVi bb 'BB" SS
„„„„„ „ „„ DBBB B \WJ~ BBB B . ;83S
OOOfflGBBGBBQS BBBB' M . |. i ffi. BBBB Q : II ..' ISO
GGBnBBBGBGGS BBBGBfflGUUBG' BBB. Iffiffl " I'lBGG
GBB' BB 'a a BB'GGSfflGGBBUr^BBLT fflEB' '. BBGO
BBB ,B . .ffl_. :B..] BGGGffifflGBBBi"' jB ' j ':BEH. BBBGQ
BBUESGGGfflLjBBJ SaGGGfflnBBBB' 'ES' V a BBBBGS
^BGGSQGBGBBBG GGGB'. ' BBB aa '. B BBB ':aEB
CGGGSDBBGBBGB DGBB' BB BB BB BB BB
GGBnBBBnBGGffl DBBB B BB BBB jB_.^J,BEa
GBBi :BB B 'B BBBB '~ a .B BBBB BGGGGBG
BBB .B a Bl BBBGBB B BBB ;BBGGGBGG
BB jB. ... li. 'IS BBG BBGGBB' .1 IBB. I. .BB .GBBGGBBGG
IBUJBUUBGBBBG IBGGGBffiGBBBGGnGaGfflaGBBBDa
1 12 1 ::4
Fig. 321. Fig. 322.
Fig. 321 is derived from the regular ^ ^ 6-harness twill. Arrangement of skip-draft is as
follows: Take three, skip two, take one, skip two, four times over.
Repeat: 12 warp-threads, 6 picks.
Fig. 322 has for its foundation the regular 8-harness twill ~ j. Arrangement of skip-draft:
Take four, skip three, take two, skip three, four times over.
Repeat: 24 warp-threads, 8 picks.
A further process in figuring skip-twill is found in arranging the skipping in the direction of
the filling. After taking two, three or more picks in rotation from any of the "regular" 45° twills,
miss one, two, three or more picks; then continue again to take an equal number as before,
again miss a certain number of picks, and proceed in this manner until the repeat is obtained.
66
Figs. 323 and 324 are designed for illustrating this sub-division of skip-twills.
Fig. 323 — repeat: 4-harness, 16 picks — is derived from the regular 4-harness twill -
the following manner : Take four, miss one, four times over.
Fig. 324 — repeat : 8-harness, 24 picks — is derived from the regular 8-harness twill —
as follows : Take three, miss four, eight times over.
in
2>
DHGoaBa
■■GGHIGa
■DGBaaaa
naHr-ir-lBBQ
■■ T 'laGG
■ ■■ GH
[. aa ' ■■
■■GGBBGG
■GGBBGGI
□GHGnaa
DBBDGBBG
BGOBBaOB
DDBBGDBB
DBBDGBBG
IBBDDBBDD
1 4
Fig. 323.
24BGnBnDBBBaafflaDBB
DDSGGBBBGGSGGBBB
DSGGBBBGGSGGBBBD
BBQafflGGBBBaaffiGGB
BGGSGGBBBGGfflGGBB
aGSBQBBBGGffiGGBBB
BBBGOSCJGBBB i W '' 1
BBGGffiGGBBB' i-I^ B
BGGEBDGBBBi I: G£ ' BB
DBBBGGmr'i 'jBBBi :i JSG
BBB Es. . BBB ^ waa
BBLi' >i^ . BBB'3 wjam
DGBBB I. 'Ea BBB'JGB
OBBB ! W 1 iBBB GESa
BBB : &:: BBB' .' lEQGG
^GGBBB .a ' BBBGG
{ I iBBB Wi I BBBGGS
L.BBBi i' :ES .! BflB< IGSG
{:&■ i IBBB : .S. ' BBBG
ffiUL.BBB a :'. .BBBGG
GGBBB fS: BBB JOS
GGSJi iflBBGLjSG'. iBBB
GfflGGBBBGLjESIJGBBBa
iSGaBBBGafflDGBBBDO
1 8
Fig. 324.
The rule for finding the number of picks necessary for one repeat of design is: Multiply the
number of harness in repeat by number of picks taken in rotation before skipping. The result
will be the number of picks necessary for one repeat in design ; for example : —
Fig- 323 — 4 (number of harness) X 4 (picks in rotation) = 16 picks in one repeat.
324—8
X3
24
IsnnnBBBGBBBaDBBDDDB
D^BB
B'^BBBGGDBGGDBB
GBBB
BBOGGBOGOBBB
BBB
i' IBGIGGBBGGBBBD
BB
B -iGnBBBGBBBi ir]
B!
BB BBB BBB G
GBBB
. BB B BBB
BBBi.
1. B : i' iBB .' BBB 1
BBGG
JBGGGBBB BBB G
BOGQ
BBGGBBB' BBB. ■ 1
caam
BBGBBBGGBB._j. . B
□□■■
BJBBBi..'>_ B ' " BB
-JGGGBDGGBBBGBBBDn
■GGGBBGDBBBGBBBGDG
GGGBBBQBBBGGBBGGGB
DGBBBGBBBGGGBGGGBB
DBBBQDBBGGGBGGGBBB
IBBBDDDBDGGBBGGBBBG
1 li"
SdCJGfflSfflGBnGGI
GGESH-lfa !B ' I Bl
UfflBfJ ►H BBI
asa >l^th BBB
EBS. .SifafS .BBB !
S "IfSmfB ]BBB' ; i: 1
GB'.J' I' :B' P 'EBQffi
BgG .BB OEHS
GGGBBB 'iH<Hi ►H
GGBBB l&UffH imtli
GBBB' ■ 'H^a ■tutahii
BBB ^I' t:4>B>I-l
^na-Z! m m
i ' s^n^:^ M BB
GESESi-II <m : '■■■
mss .Qis B
SES mas iBB
b:^ .WBim jBBB
GB : ' B ' iai-nvn
B.J • BB ^I<(BE3
g:j._bbb .sias) fi
□GBBB .ESfflQ ,S*H
GBBB .1 lESffl ISfflHi
IBBBuu.Jffl ifflfflffli
GnnffifflfflDBGGDB
' It IffiraSECBGGGBB
fflfflHiGHGCGBBB
fflEBS BEBGGBBBG
EBfflr:aEffl'lBBB'"G
EQi'JEJEBBJ: iBBB jj
' 'B' G: .B' .' ass
' BB sas'j
BBB EBESffi a
BBB .ffiQES' Sm
BBB' ma' aam
BB a e)G3B J
aaa m m
fM^a m . BB
ESESEa a : ' BBB
aaa am. . bbbg
aa ESEI4S BBB a
a: aaa bbb ,i J
BB QffifflG
BBB asa a
BBB &:!a sm
BB aa mam
m . .EaGfflfflaG
■14
Fig. 325.
Fig. 326.
The next course in figuring skip-twills is that of combining warp and filling skip-eiTects in
the same design.
Figs. 325, 326 and 327 illustrate this sub-division of the skip-twills,
Fig- 325 — repeat: 18 warp-threads, 18 picks — 'has for its foundation the 6-harness 5 g
regular twill. Take six, miss two, three times over in one repeat for warp and filling directions.
SinaDGBQGDBBGGI
DGGBGGGGBGGGi
■GGGi
■G<~:BI
( Bi
SVb
nnB' !'-,GrJBB'nGBB
BB' - B ' BB
B BBBB BBB
BB'~1BBB
B BJBB
B JG
CL B
BBB BBBB
BB .'. GB
Q[J B
G'"BB
BB :'..BBBB B
B : BBB BB
BB' ' BB
BB BBB
BB B
BBB BBB B
■ ^a
BG, B
GG B
GL. B
BBBB
BBB.B
BB B
BB BBBB BB
B J BBBB bbb:
' .' BBB BBBB B
BBB . B B
BBB jGBB B
■ BB'-HBB BB
B . jG
BB . rm
BB ■ BB
BB ID
B . JQ
B : ,GG
B B
DBBB
~ B' . "".B BB
BBI ' 'GG
BBBB
BBBB
BB . B B
bbb::i
BBBB
BBB B
or, m
BBB . BBi ' B
BBB BBB BB
. B BB BB
BB'.JG
.iB. li.iG
BB'_JBBB
0 ;bb
B : ..B .BB
B :.BBBB
GBBB.
,BB._i^uB...,ljGBB
^aiiii
-'-'GjB
BBG
GDBGBBBGGGBBBGa
I^PI
Bi "
BBB
DGGB'^BBBr.V BBBG
ID
B
BB
B r B . ;BBB BBB
"!G
B
B
BB .B Ti BBB BB
BG
[ .B
BBB .B 1' 1 BBB GB
BB
[ B
B '
'BB 'BB " BBB' '
BB
L B
BB .
..B BBB. ' ' BBB '
iB
BG
LJL^B
BBuBgG.jBBB BB
BG
OB
BBG
GGBGBBBI.l 'i BBB
}a
BG
BBBGGGBGBBBG' . BBB
:a
BilGBBBG' B~"~>BBB' BBB
IG
B ' BBB 'B , BBB . BB
BG
! 'B BBB B BBB B
BB
[ BB .' '' BB 'BB . " <BBB .
BB
L BBB IB iBBB ' BBB '
JB
B BBB B BBB BBB
JG
B BBB B i BBB ' BBB
,n
B'JlJ' IBBB IB i'JL.BBBl.i'.jljBB
BG
GBlJ'.i' BBB 'B'GGGBBBGGGB
■B
□BB ' ' BB BBGGGBBBGGG
IB
GBBB . B BBB'~G -BBB<' '~
GB
IBG
GGB
BBGBGGGBBBUUGBB
BG
Fig. 327.
Fig. 328.
Fig. 326 — repeat: 24 warp-threads, 24 picks, and Fig. 327 — repeat: 24 warp-threads, 24
picks — are figured skip-twills of a more elaborate design.
In Fig. 326 6 threads in rotation, warp and filling ways, are used before skipping. In Fig.
327 4 threads in rotation, warp and filling ways, are used before skipping 3 threads.
67
Fig- 328 — repeat: 22 warp-threads, 22 picks — is designed to illustrate skip-effects irregularly
arranged, and is derived from the common 3 6-harness twill. Arrangement of drafting for
this weave is: Take one, miss two, take seven, miss two, take one, miss two, take thirteen, miss two.
VI, Combination Steep-Twills (of 63° grading).
1
z
3
H 5
6
7
8
8
^
7
t
€
5.
^^;
j
V
^
3
^S-
2
^v;
^
1.
ii^
ifS-
^1
D
This sub-division of the twill weaves is produced by combining two regular twills (45°)
which either have the same number of warp-threads for their repeat, or two regular twills where
one weave contains one-half, one-third or one-fourth the number of warp-threads in its repeat
compared to the number of warp-threads found in the
repeat of the other weave. In designing these com-
bination twills the two weaves are combined, one
pick of one twill to alternate with one pick of the
second twill. Diagram Fig. 329 is designed to give
a clear illustration of their method of construction. In
the same
A represents the regular 8-harness twill j — - — ^^ — ^ — ^.
■p I. K II i( 5
^ 3-
C " the drafting so as to get
D = the combination 63° steep-twill.
Repeat: 8 harness and 16 picks.
Arrangement of drafting : '■ ^^- '*■ ^ ^ 7 »
8
p
PT..
'
^— "
7.
6
^
1^
^
^^E-J
S.
^
^
^
*
'
a
^
2.
^^
/.
y
'
1
n
~
i^S
^■■'
Kv
J>-,
^^
kr'
'•1
?■"
v^'
;
;§
'1
^
L_
L
16.
15,
It
IS
\Z.
11
10
19
8
7.
6
5
H
I.
Z.
i
Fig.
1. ^ 3. '^.56 7 8
329-
1st pick of combination twill is 1st pick of regular twill B.
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
6th
7th
8th
9th
loth
nth
1 2th
13th
14th
15th
1 6th
1st
2nd
2nd
3rd
3rd
4th
4th
5th
5th
6th
6th
7th
7th
8th
8th
A.
B.
A.
B.
A.
B.
A.
B.
A.
B.
A.
B.
A.
B.
A.
oaaDOBB
DBGCBBa
BnQBBDQ
DDBBDUB
GBBOGBa
IBBGUBDD
1
Fig. 330.
7HEHDDDt3
HSaDGHta
DDDHHHa
DnHKaaa
Fig. 331.
BnDBDDB
QHnnnna
DDBnOBB
ELnoaaa
DBDDBBD
DGGHEQa
BDriBBnn
□:■;:;:■;□' ji i
DBB'JLJBU
EHnaDDD
IBBDDBDD
1 7
Fig. 332.
I'^^HH' ';^a
auuHiJLJH
DDauaaa
DHDCHHD
1 7
Fig. 333.
i'iHCDHa::n
BCnBGGB
□: HK . i:
G'. B: BB
□aaG,'ja_j
GBIjGBBQ
aaoGacG
BljDBBGG
HGCHGna
GGBBQCB
GGaoaaa
GBBGGBQ
GaGGaaa
IBBGGBGG
1 7
Fig. 334.
2"
Fig. 330 illustrates the regular (45°) 7-liarness twill ? — ^
Fig. 331 represents the regular 7-harness twill known as 3.
Fig. 332 clearly illustrates the combination of these two weaves (Figs. 330 and 331), or its
^Combination Steep-Twill" oi 63° grading.
68
To simplify the combination each regular twill is shown by a different type and this style
of type is retained in the combination twill. Repeat of combination twill, Fig. 332, is 7-harness
and 14 picks.
Fig. 333 illustrates the regular 45° twill, known as ? — ^ — ^ — 2- which, with weave Fig. 330
(from the previous example), is used in constructing weave Fig. 334. Repeat of the latter;
7-harness and 14 picks.
7Hannmu
□a" laan T
H^aaa^n
caaaaaa
laaaasag
Fig. 335.
MaHnaaDC
B":aa aa
n"H mu
naa .aaa
cm:, mv-j
EaaaaaiT
■OGBB'Iia
anaHQuH
baaa laa
nBBCi -m:2
Haa_.aaLj
iBHGcnns
1 7
Fig. 336.
12BB«n nnHGBGGB
■■ I , :■; IHGGIB
■<:< .■-b::;gbhb
Gl, iBGBGGBBBB
DGB jBGGBBBBG
ub[jbggbbbb[:g
blb~:-^bbbb'~''~'u
DB BBBB fl
BG' IBBBB ■ 1
CGBBBB ' B B
GBBBB rJJBGBJ
IBBBBGQGBGBGG
T 12
FiG. 337.
i2Bnan'-^'"yiaaGnrj
au ;aa . i la
a aa aa
G.J . ,aa , aaa
cuLiaa : ; .'Uaao
CGaa' ■' I iaaa_iG
Gaa I 'aaa-,..ij
aa ,aa3:j^jGG
E_ I , aaa. jiuirja
GLji 'aaai ii'jGGHta
GGaaaG .GGaaa
IGtaaaGGGGEHGG
1 12
Fig. 338.
Fig. 330 is shown combined again with a different weave, Fig. 335, in the 7-harness and
14-picks combination twill-weave, Fig. 336.
i2-harness weave. Fig. 337, and 12-harness weave, Fig. 338, are illustrated as combined in its
63° combination steep-twill by weave shown in Fig. 339. Repeat of the latter: 12-harness, 24 picks.
Fig. 341 illustrates another 12-harness combination twill, 63° grading, obtained by combining
weave. Fig. 337 = 12-harness regular twill ^—3 — ^- — j — ^ — g- ^"cl weave Fig. 340 = 12-harness
regular twill ' — 3 — - — ^ — ^ — g — ^ — i- Repeat for the combination twill-weave : 1 2-harness, 24 picks.
Fig. 342 represents the combination steep-twill for 12 harness 24 picks repeat, as produced by
— — J — ?— 2) with itself, starting
combining the regular 12-harness twill shown in Fig. 337 (^ — ^ — ^- — ^
from two different points.
The foregoing examples illustrating the construction of the sub-division of twills classified
in general as "combination twills" indicate that an immense variety of different new weaves can
be produced.
24aaaGGaGHHaGn
BBBGGGBGBGGB
aa '^: "^na ggb
a
aa
aa
BBB
aaa
IBBfl
::aa:
[
G'
Li . 'a..
: ■ ■ BBBBC
G .aa . . jaaaGC
LIB .fl 'BflflflGC
r laa ^aaa jq
B fl flflBfl GJ
□a , ,aaa ; ;3.li
Lifl 1 .flflflfl' ! .G'B
a ; aaa , ; ja
fl : flflflfl. I . fll
G . ,aaa ;g ' aa
Li' :flflflfl'! ' flGB
G aaa j aaG
Gflflflfl . '.J fl .BG
LjaaauG.G'.jaBGG
flflflfl _' J _ifl_B ij
1 12
Fig. 339.
12G'"
t :
Lja
G a
"'aGGBGa
: „a^^aj
u'la-GiGLJ
„ ._ . J .a:GGGa
ca a .a dgcbg
HG_:aGa,.vjaaaa
DGaaaGGGBGGa
aaGBGaaaGGaa
aaaGaaaGGBDa
aaaaaaaGHGGB
laDaDBQDBQDaD
1 12
Fig. 340.
sdnaHnnanGBGa
BBBDGGBGBGGB
GGBGGa ^a"""aG
GB
Bi :
E ;
GL":
GL it-.
□Gi
GB
GB ■
EG a
B ■
G'" a :■:
DflLii:*
GBi iB
B' a a '.n
fl fl flflfl
z : ava "]
I fl ...Eflflfl
' a a . :B
fl flflflfl Ll
a a ai
flflflfl
G
G
fl ■ G]
a B
. fl
BG
fl J
a ".G
El .a . B
DLIflflflfl , ._ _
□B . a a , a
Gflflflfl .fl .flj
EDUL'B r_-BGGBG
iBBBBGGGBQBaa
1 12
Fig. 341,
'■'^BBBnonSaBaaB
GEaLGGBBaa
~"a
BflGGGfl ..fl :
BB
EGGGBBBB'
a J
BQG^;B;^fl
■ Bfl
J a
DO" n"fl'' m
■BB
DGBBaa a
a. 1
OGfl fl ■■
IB.]
GBa::a a
J ]
bfl fl -flcsflfl ]
BBBa a a
.G J
BGB . flflflfl
J 1
BBB :B a ,
/.-iB
GB I .flflflfl .'
-^ U
BE a :B
aa
BG .flflflfl
fl ]
EG.. a a . "
jaa
DGflflflfl .
■ ifl
GGB .,a . ■ a
}aa
Gflflflfl J' Dl
_B J
GBGE^i^GtlB
3BG
iBBBBaDGBQBGa
1
12
Fig. 342.
The principle of combining weaves in this manner, or the construction of new designs out
of one weave, as shown by rules and examples, is of great value to every designer, as it enables
him to produce a large variety of weaves. ^
In addition to the combination steep-twills, constructed out of two twills and in regular
order, we can vary the order systematically as much as we choose; again, we may combine three
four or five regular twills for one combination twill ; in fact, the great variety of new weaves we
can construct is unlimited.
VII. Corkscrew Twills.
This sub-division of the "regular" (45°) twills is derived from the latter by means of a
" double draw." This procedure will, to a certain extent, reduce the texture of the warp for the
face in the fabric, hence a greater number of those threads per inch, compared with the regular
twill, are required.
69
A. Corkscrcrv Twills having for iheir Foundation One of the Regular Twills.
This sub-division of the corkscrew twills commences with 5-harness, after which they can
be made on any number of harness desired.
Figs. 343, 344, 345, 346 are designed to illustrate the method of operation for drafting the
5-harness corkscrew twill from its foundation weave, the regular 5-harness twill known as ^,
and which is represented in Fig. 343.
Fig. 344 shows the double draw as required for drafting
from Fig. 343.
Weave Fig. 345 shows 5-harness corkscrew (with 5 picks
in its repeat).
Drawing-in draft for practical work, will call for a 5-
harness " straight draw," as illustrated in Fig. 346. The pres-
ent system of treating corkscrew twills will always be more
advantageous on an uneven number of harnesses, as only such
a number will allow an equal breaking off for the two twill-effects as visible on the face of
the fabric.
■■■GG
■■3GB
1 D
Fig. 343.
snnnHnannBQ ■
DHaGnnaonn
DGGGBaGnaa
DGBGGGaaan
iBQaGGaDGnn
1 s
Fig. 344.
ge:h I
cm
10
. la
■G
■ I
Wil
■ I
■ LJ
Fig. 345.
aaQOGUGnijG
aaacanDGGu
SGDCGHaCGGB FiG. Xih.
CGGBGCGGBG ~^^
GGBDaOOBGa
GHaGGGMana
IBGGGGBDDDD
c:^ ■ I
G ■ ■ ■
fiGGGBH
GGBBBG
LBBB :
BBBGGG
BBGGGB
IBGGGBB
1 6
IGBQ
•a ;h
a::H
hg;:i
■G
I -BG
I BE]
■ ■ ■;: :-l ;□
_ m Bu K_.t:Ga
BijBHiJHUHGGBG
IBHGHGHaGBCBG
i 6 12
B ■:
[ ,K
r ■■ I
'GGGBBBB
GGBBBBG
GBBBBOa
BBBBGGG
BBB ' _: . 'B
.BB'j'.^BB
iBGGGBBB
1 7
HGHGHGaBGBGBnBa
GH ;KB-
B B b:: a
GQBGB
.B Ba a a
BGB'' 'B
Ba a a a
BHB BC
3 a:ja aB ]
BGBH C
: a aa bg
aa a bg
7 [^ CJ [
:a a a< aa
La aa
B a aa a
a a a a S
GaB'.B
BGBf m
aa a a a
Bi^BGfl:
: ia. ;a. .aaG
BGBa< 'ai.iauBBLjBG
IBQOaGHuQBGBGBG
7 14
Fig. 347. Fig. 348.
Fig. 347 shows the regular 6-harness
Fig. 349. Fig. 350.
twill. By means of double drafting, 1-4, 2-5,
3-6, 4-1, 5-2, 6-3, we derive Fig. 348, the 12-harness corkscrew. Drawing-in: "Straight draw,"
i2-harness.
Fig. 349 illustrates the 7-harness ^ twill. By double drafting (1-5, 2-6, 3-7, 4-1, 5-2,
6-3, 7-4) we derive weave Fig. 350, the 7-harness corkscrew. Drawing-in: "Straight draw,"
for 7-harness.
<«GnDaBna
DGBBBBBG
OBBBBBGG
BaaaaGGG
aaaarGnB
BBBL/GGBB
BaGG^aaB
iBGGGaaaa
1 i
Fig. 351.
•eaanaaaBEaGBnanan
Gar)aBaa'"^ar-B'"iaa a
caaaa a bi aa' a a
■aa .B' :a. aa a a a
Bi IB B Ba :a a aaa
ana Ba a a aaaaG
■L.Ba. la a aaaa a J
■Qi ;a x}' ^aaaa a a' ]
SGCi :a 'aaaa a a aa
GQ' ;aaaa a a ^aa a
aaa a a aa aon a
B"B a aa a aLaaa
BjB aa.^a. a jaaaaG
BGaaua^jaGaaaaGBG
IBaGQGaaaBaBGBGBG
1 8 16
SGnnnBBBBB
CGGBBBBBG
CGBBBBBGG
CBBBBIIGGG
iGG
aaaa .
' m
BBB J . '
aa
BBGGij.
laaa
IBGGGGBBBB
1 if
isGaaaGHnaaaaDaGaaaa
GanaGaaGBQaaaGBaGa
GBGaaGBGananBanBGa
Gaa ■jb":b b laa' xi ^a a
B' a a a <aa a a la a
aaa aa a: a a^ aaG
B a aa a a ai aa a 1
a aa .a a a aa a a n
aa :a a [] aa a a bg
soa ja a aa a a a aa
Cia aGaa/B a a_aa a
raa a a a aa a a a
BGB a a aa a a a a
BLBLB aa a a a aaG
a a .aa a a a. :aBu.BG
BL.aaGaGaGaGBBGBuaa
laaGaGaGaGaaGBGaGBG
1 9 18
Fig. 352.
Fig. 353.
Fig. 354.
Fig. 351 represents the 8-harness
twill, and Fig. 352 illustrates the latter arranged for
the corkscrew weave, which is derived by means of double drafting the regular twill, (i, 6, 2,
7, 3, 8, 4, I, 5, 2,6, 3, 7, 4, 8, 5.) Drawing-in: Straight draw 16-
harness or double draw on 8-harness only.
Fig. 353 illustrates the 9-harness twill known as j.
Fig. 354 represents the corresponding corkscrew, derived from the
former by means of double draw (i, 6, 2, 7, etc.). In corkscrew weaves
for a high number of harness in their repeat, as 1 1, 13, 15, etc., the inter-
lacing of the warp and filling is very loose; so the fabric may get too ^q
saaaoBaananaananaBaaaGEB
Gaaa a ^aa' a aaa' a'^aaGa
BBL.a aa -m aaa a aa ~:a.ja
GBGaa. B' aaa a aa..ia aaa
GBB B'. :BaB!jB aa a :'aaaGa
BGBGBaB a aa a aa : .bgb
BGBaa ~a aa ar,aaaGa :iaaG
aaaiGB aa a 'aaa a .aB'.jBG
BGBGBa a aaa' a aa^BGaa
■Gaa a aaa a aa a ~ bbbg
BB-.a aaa a aa a aaa-'BG
Ilea aaa a aa a aaa a.aa
Gaaa a aa a aaa a bblb
BBr~,a aa a aaa a aa BGa
GB -.aa a aaa a aa a'^aaa
" GB
ja
spongy in handling. To remedy this, without changing the face of the j^j \r_^^ laa'a aa^aGaa
fabric, the floating of the warp upon the back of the fabric must be iBaaaGBBaaacpaaadaaaaBg
reduced, which is accomplished by adding one or more places of inter-
FiG. 355.
lacing for the float.
For example. Fig. 355, represents the 11 -harness corkscrew weave, which
70
should require the ii -harness
twill, but where is found in the present example a change
of the 5 down in rotation, to 2 down, i up, 2 down.
Thus the actual foundation for the present weave is the regular 1 1 -harness
twill.
B. Corkscrezv Weaves Derived by Combining Tivo Regular Tzvills.
This sub-division of corkscrews has for its object the forming of different sized twill lines upon
the face of the fabric, which is obtained by combining two different twills of an equal repeat. In con-
structing the corkscrew use alternately one warp-thread from one twill, one warp-thread from the
other twill, until all the harnesses are taken up. For example, Fig. 356, a 12-harness corkscrew-
weave, which is designed from the 6-harness twill *- -^ (see Fig. 357) and the 6-harness twill
' 3 (see Fig. 358).
Drawing-in draft: i2-harness " straight draw."
Repeat : 1 2 harness and 6 picks.
GHDHBGBnBGBa
DHBGanH
^Baaa
■DM ■
■
: aia
■DM' ■
■: iHBG
■DBn ■.
3
:b bg
■□_,n ::
:b
B BG
euHzaa
B
B B3
Gsa ■
B
B:jja
■L<a ■
B
3 :3 ,n
■DB'.'H
;
} :-}B 1
■GB^ .
;
m m .
IBHGa^jHBiJBuB.J
DHnHOHDGBGBGI
DBGEGGBGBGBni
DC-;rirB B' b B'
ni B B a B
Bi'B B' B r. u
m a B 'C} H :-:
Fig. 356.
CGGBBBB
GBBBBG
BBBBGG
BBBGGB
BBGGBB
IBGGBBB
1 B
Fig. 357-
onnaGGH
□GGGHH
DGGaaa
oaaaaG
GHHHGG
laaGGGG
I 6
Fig. 358.
son
:; H
a a
DH'
n a
a a
GCJ
a B
a a
Dr.B
BlB
a a
a a
■., ><
B B
a
3 W Vj
B'. ,B „ .K
IBGijaUHG
1
Fig.
JljuBL
359-
IGBG
IGOa
a~a
u la
H IG
BG
r BG
I iBG
I BG
I a
:: a
K 'a
a G
BG
I BG
IGBG
16
SGanOBBBB
GGGBBBBG
GGBBBBGG
OBBBBGOn
BBBBGGGG
BBBQGQGB
BBGGGQBB
IBGDGGBBB
1 8
Fig. 360.
sHEaGDGaa
EBGGaaGa
BGHOGCjaa
GDaacHEa
GGDDHEaa
aDGBaaDD
DcaaaGGG
inaaEGGCG
1 3
Fig. 361.
In examining the corkscrew weave we find its
1st warp-thread the same as the ist warp-thread in Fig. 357
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
6th
7th
8th
9th
loth
nth
1 2th
1st
2nd
2nd
3rd
3rd
4th
4th
5th
5th
6th
6th
358
357
358
357
358
357
358
357
358
357
358
The number of harness required for the corkscrew weave will always equal the combined
number of harness required for the regular twills.
GEGGBEBanannBni
GEBEaa: 'a aa a "■
BEBa: a aa a aai
BBGa aa a aaa 1
Ga^aa a aaa a 1
Gaa a aaa a aa'
laaGi
aaa a
IGBE
IE' jE
a IE
aaa
laaa
laja
aGE
""1
1
a aa a ::Bc:Ba a aa ■
aa a aaa.aa aa a ■
12; a aaaaa a aa a aai
Laaaaa a ::b a a::a ■
aaa:: a aa a aaa a ■
aa a aa a aaa a ac:
r;a aa a aaa a aa a
caa B aaa a aa ai
a B aaa a aa aaai
a aaa a aa aaaaa
aaa a aa a ::aaaa a
a a aa a aaaaa a ai
a aa c: aaaaa a aa ■
laa a aaaaa .a .aa.a .■
1
aa
a a 1
MJ
aa
12GGBBGGBBBBBB
12EEEEEaG'"]EGaa
a la
GBBGGBBBBBBa
EEBEEi IGB'DGEB
a ^-3
BBaGBBBBBaGG
EBBBGrjaGGaBB
aaa
■GGBBaaBBGDB
BBBGGBGGEEEB
aaa
aGBBBaBBGGBB
EEQGEGGEBEBE
a :'a
["aaaaaai i^bbg
BUGEGGBBBaBB
aGa
BBBBBB aa ':^
GGBGGBaBBaEE
aaa
bbbbb aa a
CJEGGEEEEBBE J
iBG
BBBB aa aa
EQjBBaaaBBj d
:Ba
aaa: ' aa 1 aaa
( j/ BaaaaaaLiGS
aBG
BBi ,' BB' II. 'BBBB
; aaaaaaa ]• ieg
'*]
IB L.BB BBBBBB
laaaaaaa ^, ;aGa
!5a .
CHI
ai
a
E
aa
CB
Q^B
c a
ra
11:
rii
if -I a
Ga
r a'
ra
LEI
aHaGBaaaBaBBGB'lBGBGBGBB
BGEGBaEGBBrjat IB' JBGBGBBGB
'■}• ai a-^'aai Bi'ai B' a. m---* ih^m
'1 a 'aa bbbbb ' - i 'a j
: aB' BBBBB' a a ]
':a B .a a a a .a a 1
a
a
larj.
aa a a. a a 'bpig
a aa a .BBBB iGiflG
aa a m m. a a^ ' .' rma
aa aaaaa'' a a
aaaaa a a
a a a a I aaa a
aaa. a a a a a
a a ' I " a a a a aa i
a a a a a bb^bg
. a a a a aaaaGBG
'Gf^'a c: a a aaMBGBGBG
I .a a a .a aa .B'/jbgbgbg
Fig. 362.
Fig. 363.
Fig. 364.
Fig. 365.
In Fig. 359 we illustrate a 1 6-harness corkscrew, composed out of the regular twill -
(Fig. 360) and
(Fig- 361).
Drawing-indraft: 16 harness " straight draw." Repeat: 16 harness and 8 picks.
71
In Fig". 362, we illustrate a 24-harnes.s corkscrew obtained from the regular twill ^— ^ — ^—^,
shown in Fig. 363, and ^ — ^ — - — 2- •'^hown in Fig. 364
Drawing-in draft: 24 harness " straight draw." Repeat: 24 harness and 12 picks.
This corkscrew weave will also illustrate the arranging of a loose to a closer interlacing.
For example : Suppose we constructed a corkscrew of the two regular twills ''- ^ and 5,
and found the fabric to be perfect as to size of twill lines upon its face, yet too spongy in
structure. In this instance, the weave Fig. 362 would readily dispense with the obstacle without
changing the appearance of its face.
The next step for figuring in corkscrews is the production of three different-sized twill
lines, as in weave Fig. 365, which shows one twill of 6 picks, a second twill of 5 picks and a
third twill of 3 picks connected uninterruptedly with each other.
C. Figuring with the Filling upon the Face of Corkscrew Weaves.
Any of the different corkscrew weaves illustrated and explained in their construction
under sub-divisions A and B (also any other corkscrew derived from the principles given) can be
arranged for the third sub-division of corkscrews. As mentioned, the object is to form
figures of different size, design and combination upon the face of a corkscrew weave by floating
the filling, which otherwise rests imbedded between the warp-threads that form either face or
back of the fabric, at certain spaces, and this in regular distances after a given arrangement.
These spots, obtained upon the face of any corkscrew, will appear distinctly in piece-dyed fabrics
if a single yarn for filling is used and a double 01 twist for warp; again, by using lustre yarn for
warp and common for filling.
In fancy corkscrews, where we use a different colored yarn for warp and filling, these spots
(floating the filling upon the face of the fabric) will readily be visible. Silk filling may also be in-
troduced, at certain of these floating picks, which will greatly assist BBnBDB»nBDBHBBHBnBDMDBDMaa
L"J
la
in producing fancy effects.
To give a clearer understanding of the nature of this floating 5b"S'b " "B'S ■■■■'■ " "■'^■c
Figs. 366 and 367 are arranged. [
Fig. 366 has for its foundation the 7-harness corkscrew shown B^isyPlSPSF
before in Fig. 350. We illustrate the new weave by three different '^[
characters of types:
[.■■'' !■■■■■■
urn ■■■..■■■■■■ ■: ■■JB
LBBl jBuBuBBuBuBuBB-IB'^B.. iBBuB_B
BGBDBGBBGBDBGBBDBDBGBBUBLBaB
BCBGHCBBCBlBGiBBQ
B^B^'BBDB':"B~BBnBG
CI
>from common corkscrew. [^J ■■ ■M"? ■■
n for smkers j cbb b b_bb ■
for sinker for floating the filling upon the face of the fabric. |i:HBR&'-:Hyj5RBR^^^^^^^
I ■■■BaBGBBDBGBHBBBBDBGBBGBGBH
1 14
Repeat: 14 warp-threads, 14 picks. ' Pj^ gg
Motive for arranging spots : "S.
aoDBgigBGBBaBGBGBCBBpBGBaBGBBnBpBpBGBB Fig. 36/ lllustratcs the forming of filling spots upon the
□BB B a bb"b b ,b bb*b b b bb"b b Jb regular 9-harness corkscrew (see fig 354).
bEb bb"b 5 B bb"b B B bb'b b b bb^So Motlve for arranging these spots is the 4-harness
■G
no
ID
BB B B B aa a B B BB.:b B B BB B B BG 'i^P?
CB a aa a a aa a a a aa a a a aa b broken-twill dggb
aBiGBB:..:a a a . a a ;a .aa^a .a a aa bgb ggbg
DBBDB a a aa a a aa a a a aa a bgb r
GGBGB.a aa a a a aa B a a aa a a ibgb ■ for raisers
■Gfl'^B a
Gl
■G
g^S^ > from common corkscrew.
1H □ for sinkers
DjI ■.■■ ■ ■ ■,■■ ■ ■ "^"j 5 5 "S J s for sinkers for floating the filling upon the face of the
■ fabric.
g Repeat: 36 warp-threads, 36 picks.
Drawing-in draft will reduce the 36 warp-threads upon
15-harness a? follows: I, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, i, 2, 3,10,11,
a 6, 7, 8, 9, I, 2, 3, 12, 13, 6 7, 8, 9, I, 2, 3, 14, 15, 6,
CB aa a aaaaaaa aaa aa bgb .^•u.y.xi.^
BGB a aa B a a aa a a a BB a a a .bbg
B^a Ba..^a ..a .a aa a a .a aa. a .b, a Ba..;BG
IBaGadBaBGBBuBGBJBGBflGBdBGaaBBaBGBGab
Fig. 367. 7, 8, 9.
72
D. C2irved Corkscrew Twills.
This sub-division of the corkscrew weaves is derived from the regular twills by drafting
in both directions, according to the same rules given in constructing the corkscrew under sub-divis-
ions A and B. After starting to draft from left to right for -a certain number of threads, reverse
the direction of drafting until the starting point is reached.
na^rjanaar^Bnaanmnnmanaananaa jaGa
Da: ;<na ~ib a m 'laa '^\ n laa la a a aaaa
aaa .a <a :a .a a aa laa m. a a.ia ajaa
■liB' la ;aa laa 'a la .a a .a aa aa a laa
_ mrm :aa la :a aa m :a a aa .a a aa jaa _
Front. anaa :a ;a a la :aa a aa a la a ,a .aao Front.
aa. 'a a.jaaa a la laaa a ,'a aaa ::: aaa
TDDLiaaaaDGQaaGnaa 'gh a jaa m .aa ;a ja .:aja..iaa a ,aa lajg rannnnnaHDnnnnDnDaaaDaDDaaannaaDannna
caaaDDQaaraaGaGa DHGaa ,a a .a aa ,a...a laa iaGa m aaja nDnaGannnDaaaaBaaGGaaaBGnDoaDaGaGana
daDGaGDGBGGGGaGa oaa ^a m a ^bjb .aa^jaa m m m m m laa DaaaaaacaanDaGGGGaGaaDaaBGaGGGnaGDaa
anaDGaaaGGBGGGGa bgb ;a .aa^jaa .a la la la ,b aa laa * aq □anqaqgGBiJBGaaDnaGGaGaGaGaBaaaaaGDGa
DGDaBGaGaGGaaaaa bob .aa a a aa a la a laa la ,a laa jaq qGaqcqaqGUGaGGGaaaaaDaaGDaaGaaBCGGGG
DaBGiGGnGGaDGaaBa BGaa 'a a .a :a aa :a aa a ja_a ,a aaG GGBqBqGQqGqDGaGGnaGGGGaaaGGGDGGDBGBa
iBaDGGGaaaaaaaaaa laa, ;a^a. jaaa ja jaGaaa jaGajaaa^a^aGa iBOGGGGUGDaGBGGDGGGDaDDGGGaDBDaaGDDGG
1 16 1 I'J 1 38
Fig. 368. Fig. 369. Fig. 370.
For example : Take the 7-harness regular twill ^ ^, from which commence to draft as
follows : I, 5, 2, 6, 3, 7, 4, I, 5, I, 4, 7, 3, 6, 2, 5, as represented in double draw Fig. 368.
Fig. 369 illustrates the " curved " (wavy) corkscrew derived by means of this double
draft from the 7-harness {^ j) twill. Repeat: 16 warp-threads, 7 picks. Drawing-in draft:
i6-harness " straight" draw and one repeat of corkscrew weave from Fig. 369 for harness chain;
or 7-harness double draw. Fig. 368, and " regular " twill for harness chain.
14DHGaaaGaBGB JBGB: JB' DBGBGBGBaBaBaaHnaGBQBnaaHaBBaBnBDBGBGBGBnBDBnBDBBGKGaGa
DBCB^jaBGBGBGB laaaa laaaBGBGBaBGBaaaGBaBGBGaBGBGBDBDaaaaGBBaB^BGBaaGBBGaGB
DaBiBnaGa""a aa ,a ,a la ja laaiBGaia la ^BaiaaGBGBGB'"""Br-aa' :a 'aGjaGBDaaaaGBL^a' ~aGaa
D'^<a iB a aaaa a a a aja la laaaa ~ia la la ja jBGaaaGaaaa v. a aGaGaGBCjaaaa a a .aj
BGB 'B aa ,a a a a x^aana la a ;a :aa .a :a :a iBGanaaija a a a aaaaaGaDa: a aa a bg
Bi^jaaaa :a a .a aa .a a a :aa :a a la iaaaa m iaaaarja' ja a .aa .a ia'.:aGaaGa .a a aaaaG
ea ia a .a a aa a !B 'B a :a aa a la la a laaa laia'jai^a ,aa ^a aaaa aa a a a a ,a
7Ga' a :a aa a a ^b a 'b a 'a a a Ma 'a :a ia laiiaGa ';aa< bgb a b a a B' a_B ^aa :a a la
Ga la aa a m >a 'aaaa .aaaa .a m m aa ia la la 'ia~;:aa'..a jB B'jaaaa .aaaa 'a.. .a a aa a .la
gbb ,a a a a aa a a a la laa a a .a a.iaa laa a . B' ~.a a :aa a a :a a aa a. a a a .aa
B'~ a !B a aaaa :] a a a la .'a laaaa la la.ia .a :b a :b aaaa.ia a. .a .a a a aaaa a a bg
B".a <a .aa a la a a .aaa la. ia..ia a .aa <a ..a la .a ,b .aa. ,aja la ^a .aaa. a .a ,a_ia aa a.jBG
BGaaaB' .BGa' ja' jaaja jb jBGaa.jaja.ja.jaBaaGBGaaaa, jBijaGa..jBaLjaGBi_;B^aa._ja^jBuBi^.aaaBG
1iaaGaGaaaaaGaBGBDBGBGBCBGBBGaGaGaGaGaBBQBGBDBGaGBBGaGBGBGBGBGBBaBu.BGaGaGB
Fig. 371.
If the twill lines upon the face of the fabric are not required so steep, draft every one
•or every second, third, or fourth, etc., warp-thread for each twill twice or three times, or oftener,
upon the same harness. Figs. 370, 371, 372, 373 are illustrations of this kind.
Fig. 370 illustrates a double-draw, which has for its principle of construction, 2 warp-threads
upon I harness, and I warp-thread upon the next.
On points where the twill changes its direction, judgment must be used so as to prevent
the last pick floating too far.
Fig. 371 illustrates the curved corkscrew as
TnncaaHraana'JBaDaDnDaaDBnaaaGaaGGGGaanGGG ,.,. ,i.< i>,i 1 ^-nu
DGaBaaDGaaBaaaaGaGGGGaaGBaGGGGGaGGaaaaGG derived from the refular 7-narness twill bv
aaGGGaaaBaGaGGGBaaGBGGGGGGBGjGGGGaGGaaaG UCIIVCU liuill LllC iCgUlctl 3 / lldllicoo LWiii \jy
GaGagaBnGDGGGaaaGBCjrjGaGGGGGGBGGGGGGaGGGa .,..,._. T-, ^ ^
nGGGBGaGGaaBaGGGDGaaGDGaGGGGGGBGGGGGGGGG means of drawincr-in draft Fio- -?70 Reoeat ' ^O
aDBaaaaGDBGGDGGiGDGGGGGGGGaGGGGGJBGGGaGGG illCdllS Ul uldWUlj^ 111 UldlL, -I. ij-,. ^J^- J-Vi_jj>.,ciL , ^\J
IBGaGGGaaGGaaGGBGBGBGBGaaGGGaGGGGGGBGBGBJ ,, , . , „ , . . , r^ -r--
' ^" warp-threads, 7 picks, ror drawing-in drait use l^ig.
370 ; for harness chain the regular ~ j twill.
A double-draw in which the point of reversing the twill is more balanced, to give a
more wavy appearance when applied to a fabric, is shown in Fig. 372. The point harness of
the one twill shown in b type is drawn in four times in rotation, whereas its corresponding point
"□BnaGaBaaGBGaaGaGmaGaBnaGBGBaGaGaGaGaGBGBGaGaBGBGBnBBGananaGaBGBiGBGBaGaGaaHGaGa
DB aa 'jB a.'iaa la ^a a^ana laanaia laa in la la ^a la^iaa m iB' laa la ia""ia"a .a^ 'aa m a aa la. a a :a
Daa a a aa .a la ^a :: la !a la laa ia la :Ba a a la laa .a m Ba ;:-: .a a a a a a ao la a aa a a a
BGB iB .aa a la .aa laaa Ba la 'a laa la b .aaa aaa a la Ba la aa aaa aa a a aa. a a aaa aa
a^a Ba.ja a laa .a a a ib laa a a .aa ;a a a a m a aa <a la laa a la a a aa a a aa a a b.bg
a 'aa .aa .a m a a .a :a aa a 'a aa .a la a .a aa i:: .a .aa a. a .a a a a .Ba a aa a a a J
aa iB IB 'laaa aaa .a a Ba a .a aa laaa aa .a :aB .a a aaa aaa a a aa a a aa .aaa .1
~ -'- ^ ' - ----- '\\n .a a a a la a 'a laa B' .a .aa la la :a .aa a a aa a a a a a
I aa ia <a a ^a a aa a a aa :a a a a a aa a a aa a a a a
I a aa la a a aa .a a aa a .a .a :-; a .a a aa a a aa aja a
I .a a aaa aaa a ib .aa a a laa aaa.aa a a <aB a a aaa aa
laa a B IB a .a .a jaa la ja.iaaGB.'JBGB a aai la .a ^aa. a. .a..a/BJ
aa a .a a « 'aa la 'a :aa ibgbgbgb a a aa a a aa.B'.B'.aG
.a..a^aa aaa aa ja^a:^aBGBGBGBaBGBaBja.^a^;Ba^aua.^aB^BaBG
40 iO
Fig. -:,ii.
tor the other twill is arranged to correspond as nearly as possible, without producing any place
for filling-floats on rear of fabric.
aa a a
7Ga ,a .a
DBL :aa
1 aa a
Bi : a .Bi !
a a aa
B'jb:.: :a
laa^a^a
a m IB
a Ba
a :b jaa a .a la .ai
a .B
a a a
:■: a ^a 'a 'a
aa 'B
a a la
a a .a la .a
a aa
a a
a a aaa a a
a a a
a .aLia
a a a
GB.-jBa
'aa JB
BjBuB
GaaBL^aaBji
73
Fig. 373 illustrates the corkscrew weave as derived from the /-harness twill
v/hen
using double draw given under Fig. 372. Repeat: 40 warp-threads 7 picks.
Double draw: requiring 7-harness for the 40 warp-threads in repeat of weave.
The next step in figuring in this division of corkscrew weaves is the use of filling-float
effects as explained under sub-division C.
s^amDuamnmrnmrnnm' :■"■';-;■: •■nBDBaBi=wBnBnBnHDBOB(;HC'«n«HHHWBGBQ«rBDBCHDHnHBBPBB-HnBn«GBr'B
OB ]BOBB'--l!U:'-1BDB .BBBiMBBB'. B JBilHtJBBDBaB; '■[ B< B': 1Br:B' BBH^^aOBi^BBB' BBBI B! BHMr:---BB' BL B^ Brnna
B BB b:ji
■ljBJB jB B
JBBBur~ ^
B B
18DB
OB
OB
DBI
BLJ
B'/JBUBUBB B .B. iB BB B ■ B B BB B B B BB B B' M' B' BB Bi .B Bi MB' 'jl
IBLlBaiUB.BB : ;:- iB B BB BBS BB B B . BB B B_B Bl Bi B' 'BBi I 3 U' B< BI
■GBJBOBLiB B
■BBiJBBflljB B
B' B
Bi. B B BB B B 1
1 B B B B B
Bi^.B BB B B B 1
IB BBB BB B
B/HB B B B BB
B B B iB'^BB
BB. .B B BB a
SLJB^B' .B ' i B B
OBuBLJBB B B
BBB BBB .B
GBDBB ■ ■ B BI
1 B B B BB
DBBGB B B BB 1
1 B B B B B
■GB7Bi M BB B <l
..B BB B .
B B BBI
B B B I
IB B B I
IGB .'.BI
IGBBul
IBGBGI
B M I
B B I
B B^BB
B Bfe B
B B'
IB ■■' B'.B B. BB. .BlJI
.B . B BB. B'lB' B BBGI
B B BjBB:4. <v!B ^BGBI
_ .bgbi.;b b.:-! :'!B'.B'' B'
iB BBB .B' B ^^1' iBB B B'
B B'J
B BG
B BG
BBBG
■ i B B
I BGB
litiiS
JBBjB.jBuB .iBGBBiJBUBiJBuBBjBiGBi.iBuBijBBi-B-.Bi^B JBB'JB^B:.JBuBi IBB iB .B' B ^BB il
l.'B ,B._BJB_.B B_BB.J-'^BjB.BB_BBB. BB B_B . - -:BB'. B a_B_B _B" B' BB- -i'. B B BI
Fig. 374.
IBB BB
I.Bi BQ
IGBGBG
r B' BJ
I BBBG
B B' B
■BBi ,■■
I B' BG
■' Bi BG
|i-jBi_;BG
l-BBB I
80
Corkscrew weave Fig. 374, is designed to clearly illustrate this point. Repeat : 40 warp-
threads and 9 picks.
The regular twill, which is used for the construction of the curved corkscrew, is the ^
9-harness twill. ■ for raisers, □ for sinkers, from curved corkscrew ; a for sinkers for floating the
filling upon the face of the fabric.
£. Corkscrew Weaves Composed of Warp and Filling Twills.
If all the different divisions of corkscrew weaves, thus far explained, are used in practical
work, the warp will form the face and back of the fabric, whereas the filling will rest imbedded
aOGGGGBBBB
GGGCBBBBG
DGGBBBBGG
GGBBBBGGG
OBBBBGGGG
BBBB'I.CGGG
BBBOaGGGB
BBCGGGGBB
IBQaGGGBBB
1 9
Fig. 375.
OGaDGHaGaQGDaGGGBU
DGGHGaaGGGGaaGBGDa
DHGGGGGGGGGGBGrjGnG
aCGGGGGQaGBaGGGGDH
aGGaGGGGBGDaGOGHai J
GaGGGGBaQDaaGHaGQa
DGGGBGaaaaaHGCGGaG
GGBQGnGaaHGGGGaQQG
IBaanGnDCaGGGGGGGGCG
18
QtaGHGHGGnr.Br
aijflOBEl
GHGQQr.'GGBGB
a Bc:> u
LIiB.G"
B
B B
aa .ai a
on
B
B
B' Ba ai at .a
a..iB
B
B
Ba c
a ai.n
B' B
B
b:
1 a\ •[ u
B. B
■a x
-' i LBG
b:b:
^ a c
. ' BI_.BG
Ba :
Bi BI ;bg
'jQa a a
B
a. Br:aa
oa a
;
B B
a aac.ia
oa
B
a a
aai aijn
Gl:'
B
B
a BL
a' Gi a
DOB
B
B
a a :
i a' ai 1 1
b: b
B
b:
at 1 1 .1
b:b
b:
3 HGH' JjGBLI
b'b::
: L
3i IQiJI
uaaGBQ
iBa a c
3 .a["jaGGBGBQBa
1
18
Fig. 376.
Fig. 377.
between the warp (except in the few floating spots used in Figs. 374, 367, 366). In the present
division of corkscrews the filling is used to show a third line besides the two lines produced by
the warp.
To give a thorough understanding Figs. 375, 376, 377, 378, 379 and 380 have been designed.
liOaCaGGaBBBBB
GGGGGaBBBBBG
DaaaaBBBBBDa
GuGGBBBBBGGG
GGiGBBBBBCGCn
CaaaBBBGGCDG
__/jGGGGa
IIGGGCEG
\.jci^-.^'j a
_zc:':_ ^BB
IGGGGGGGBi
Fig. 378.
lannaanGDaaaDGDaDDDi DnoDDBD
aaGGGHaaGaaDGaaDajQGBGQG
QaaHGGGaaaGGGGGaaaBGaGDG
. aHGaGaaGGGGGGGGGaGGGGGGa
' GaaaGGnaGaaGGaaQGCiGGQCGH
DaGaGGuaGL]naBGaGai3DaG£3Da
GaaaDGGGOaBGQGGGGi:iGHGGGG
aGGGGGGaaGuaanGGGHaGGGDa
naGGiGGBaGGGGGGGaGGGGGGaD
aGGGBiGiGGGCGLlGHCGaGaGaaGa
aaaGGGGGGGaEGGGGaCGGGGOa
iBaGaGaaaataGaQGGGaaGCQGDn
1 -4
Fig. 379.
-■47a;".a-azaG^"
" ~: ana-B .".anaa
Ga..!aua-Tj i i.j
'B a ~:b bi iaaua
Ga.jaG '^ -] a
.a a Bl aai ara
GB'.J' '1 iB a
B a Ba a_aca
GGG' BBB
a aa a a aua
GG: ; a B a ;a
aa a a a auc"
GGB.B B.B .9
■: a a a ■auUCL.
BGB B a Ba
3 a a aGGGGDi;
bgb.:b aa a
.■: a a i GGoaaL:
BGB iaa a :a
3 a , ranai
a laa a a a
] - ' BI Bf at ]
aa la ja a la
i' G. a Bi .a.jBG
i-'ja ia ,a ,a i . i
a a .a a'jaa
GHJaGa i.J J J ;■
B' .B._a a aa .a
GaaauGGGGGB
iBGBGB aa la 'a
□aGGGGGGBGB
-aGB.-iaa a :a a
QGGGGGB.GBGB
. B':aa a a iaua
DGGGBGaGBGa
aa a a a aGG
DDBGaGBGaGB
.■:_a a a aG.jGc
■GaGBGBGBa
■: a a a.; i ..i icl
ar.iB'iB.aa ia
■; :a a . .■ .nar
ana iaa :a .a ;
.■! a '. .BGBi:
BGaa a a a j
.^ .' 1 , Bi .aua;:
IBHGa 'BGaGHG
JLJG' .-jBGBGBGBC
1
24
Fig. 380.
=. Fig. 376 the drafting by which weave
Fig- 377 is produced Repeat for the latter: 18 warp-threads and 9 picks. For drawing-in use
Fig. 375 represents the 9-harness twill known as —
74
either i8-harness straight draw, and for harness chain one repeat of corkscrew; or, 9-harness
double draw (Fig. 376), and for harness chain the 5 twill (Fig. 375).
Fig. 378 represents the i2-harness ^ ^ twill. Fig. 379 the drafting by which corkscrew
weave Fig. 380 is derived. Repeat for the latter: 24 warp-threads and 12 picks. For drawing-
in use either 12-harness double draw (Fig. 379), and for harness chain the ^ twill (Fig. 378);
-or, 24-harness straight draw, and for harness chain one repeat of corkscrew weave, 24-harness
and 12 picks (Fig. 380).
F. Corkscrezv Weaves Figured by the Warp.
In this division of corkscrew weaves, figures of any size or form are produced by arranging
a corresponding floating of alternate warp-threads. Every uneven numbered warp-thread (1,3,
Danmmnnn"n^r:""n^
c:::h II
■ M II
■ :■ II
[ :::■ ii
Da iHi
;:-;
■::
m ■
::']|
3(J| H
[ :;
■ ■ I
ni^Hiji
1'"
I a a -v.
■ ■ ■
■a ..:a
a la
,a._,a _
10
■: a a :a .a'jnaH
". aa ■:: auHDCJ
TM '■ ■ ■auariE]
■ .■ ■ ■ laa IS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ . ■ ]
■ <■■■■ m^
■■ ■ ■ Ha a
::■-■ ■ Ha a a
.3 an ma a a a
;: a a a a_a a
:: aB^^aa a a a
:■ ■ ■ aa.a a
■ ■ ■ ■ aa ^
■ ■-■ ■ aijaj
■ . ■-■ ■ 'w m'^
■ ■ ■ ■ aa a
:a a a aa a a
::_aa^aa_a^a .a
Fig. 381.
anani
nnani
DH lai
na' la.
ricj ,ai
c^a lai
iqananGnnnqEiQHnHanaDaaaGaGaHnanBDHaHnn
lai
a
L'aa 'I
ca .ai
L.a a
ra a
:ja a
'^a m a ■
a:: la .a
■: ^a ;a :a
■: a 'a a
] a a _,ai
;} :: a a i
0 aa a ■
aa a a
a aa a
la a
■a a I
la' ia'"ia' la'ia
a laa 'a la la
a a aa a j:^
a. a. a aa la
a a a a ,aa
:■; la a 'a ana
la
a
ji
o
a
a
a
D
a □'.)□
:5 a DQ
a a ja
la a ;□
aaja
a a .a a a aa
a a a a aa a
a
a a aa
a :
.
■: '■' ]□
a
a a . a aa a a
a
a aa
a
■3 aau
B.jBuaa ,a ,a
BGBQ .a :a 'C:
BHQH^a^.a^a-
a a 'BBGB ^iBGBGBV aa ,a a
.a jaaGBGBQaGBaaa a a a
.aa_BGaaBaBGBaGa_a_a^a.
a aa'
.aa ^a_
:a
a
.a
■'SaSB
DBDBE
jBuag
Fig. 382.
5, 7, etc.,) is used for producing the figure, while the ground is produced by the even numbered
warp-threads. Figs. 381 to 383 are designs illustrating this method of figuring.
Fig. 381. Repeat: 16 warp-threads and
picks.
Fig. 382
picks.
Fig. 383-
picks.
Before closing the lecture on the corkscrew weaves
we shall briefly refer to division G of the latter, or
corkscrezv weaves in zuJiich the face and back of the fabric
is produced by the filing; the warp resting between
*6naac3BGBaaGBGaaaGaGBaGaaai
aaana a ib la la :a laaGa laa :i
BGB aa a ,a :a a a 'a 'aa a
B^jaa a a ,a la a la aa a aa
aa'"ia a .a a la a 'aa a aa .a
aa ~aa a a a a a a aa .a ai
aaa a a a a a a^aa a aa .1
BGa ia a a la aa >a iaa''a a .11
B~ia a a a aa la aa a a a 11
BGa
OH .:
aa: ;■
oa' :■:_
BGB a aa a
BGB :aa a 'ai
BGBaja <aa
Baaa ^aa'ja
DaaaaaaGBG
aaana m'm
a a ::a a a
a aa a a a
a I a ;a
'a 'a iai
IGBGBGBGBGBGBa
iGB-iB'GBGaGaa la
a a a a a aGa
a a a :: a aaj
la a a a ,aa jbig
■ aaa a.,a:~>aa
■ ja a a la <aaGa
■ aaa .aa .aja
I a a aa' :a aaa
■ a aa a ":aa::BG
■ aa la aa a 'bg
■a :a ca a a a^
aa a a a .bg
laa a aa a a .a
I a aa a a a^a
a a la a "'a
Repeat :
Repeat :
22 warp-threads and
20 warp-threads and
10
12
55
a a a
a a a:-:
I a
a a
_a
ai
aa a a c:
□a a a a
na a a a
BGB a a I
na
aai
la
/jaa a
■a
aa
aai
aa ,a c:
aa a ::
DH a ::
B'^a a
B' a aa
B< ;aa la
iBaua-iai
1
I a
a
I a a a a ai
■ aa a :}a 1
■a a a a a i
a aa a aa
.aa a aa a
aaa ^aa
a a a a a
a a a a ai
aa a aa i
IGBGBGBGB.^
iGBGBGB .iaa
i~B"iB laaGa
I a aa aGa
I aa :a aaG
a a laa . bg
:a aa a aa
aa a aaGa
i a aa ,aG3
I aa a aaj
la a aa bg
a aa a bg
the filling.
a a
.ai
a
a I
HBBBnnanBBBGDaa
na.GBBBGDGaBBBn
la
ia
ai
aaa
: iij
BBiH
This arrangement for corkscrews is very little used,
on account of the high number of picks required to
produce a close face in the fabric.
In Fig. 384 we give an illustration
of the 7-harness filling corkscrew. This
weave readily explains itself as the mate
to the warp corkscrew illustrated in
Fig. 350, page 69, the raisers being
exchanged for sinkers and vice versa.
Repeat : 7 harness and 7 picks.
In the same manner any design given under headings A and B of the sub-divisions of
corkscrews can be used for filling face by proceeding with it the same as with Fig. 384
in Fig. 350.
a a:
a a I
a a a
a a a
la a a
I aa .a
■a ,a jai
Ga
'Ji
'■3
■ .jBG
■ GBG
■'"iaa
■a la
a 3a
'aaG
■G
_ J J
la la
- - _ _- .a ja
3a a aa a a la
a aa a :aa jBG
aa a laa a ibg
a aa a a a d
aa m a ;a mr]
'3a a a a IB ''a ]
m m .a.jaGBGBG
4U
IjBaBGGi.l'
GiGLlGBBB.
7BBBGGGGI
nnnaaai t
aa' ' ' 'Bi
UBBBU'.J lUBBBGGa
IGGaGBBBGaCJGBBB
1 ;
Fig. 383.
Fig. 384.
75
VIII. Entwining Twills.
This class of the twill weaves (which might also be considered another kind of "broken
twills") is derived from the regular twill weaves by running one, two, three or more pieces of
twills parallel to each other in one direction (45° grading), and towards these twill lines, at right
angles, a second system of one, two, three or more pieces of twill lines (generally of equal size and
construction as the first). This arrangement of twills meeting each other at right angles, the one
twill continuing where the other stops, and alternately changing between both systems, will give
the fabric the appearance of entwining twill lines or set of twill lines ; hence the name.
The following designs. Figs. 385 to 396 readily explain themselves as such twill weaves,
and also illustrate the manner of constructing similar original weaves.
Fig. 385 repeat: 8 warp-threads and 8 picks. This design is constructed
from the 4-harness ^ twill, and has two parallel lines of twills.
Rule for Finding the Number of Harness Required for Entwining
Twills: — The number of harness required (or warp-threads in one repeat)
is ascertained by multiplying the repeat of the foundation twill by the
number of pieces of twills used.
In the present design this will result in the following multiplication : Fig. 385.
4 X 2=8
Repeat of foundation twill X pieces of twills used = number of harness required.
It will be advantageous for the student to construct additional designs of entwining twills
out of the 4-harness ? 2 twill, using 3 pieces of twills = 12-harness;
4 " " = i6-harness;
5 " " = 20-harness, etc., etc.
The rule given for ascertaining the repeat of the warp-threads in the design will also apply to
the repeat of the picks.
Fig. 386 represents the entwining twill formed with the 6-harness ^ 3 twill and four pieces
of twills. Thus 6 X 4 = 24 warp-threads and picks for repeat.
■ijaaK. ' ■■ :■ ■ ■
■■ODHH. ,' ■■:> ■■<jG
DBDBGHB[JL;HUH> '■■G
nGHaaHnoaHaon
GBHGGBGaaaBGGBGH
■■GGBiri «■' IGIHGG
■GGHK'N' m • mmoua
scamma ■■ ' ■■gghb
■GBGB' I »B B BGGB
BB^i 'BB . .BB' I JBBriG
GB B BB . B B BBG
GiJBB .J BB. I BB. . jBB
GBBL 1UBgBGBBG'_.BGB
BBGGBBDGBBGGBBGD
IBaDBBGBGBGGBBaaa
1 8
OBI
DGi
QG
IGGi
ICGGI
I'G^BI
■ ' ""_!"■■
IGGGi
■CGI
■HBI
GBBBij. ;GBBBGGGBBB' i :M
BBBGi 3GBBBGGGBBBI JGlBI
BBGGGBBBGGi jBBBGGGBBI
2^GGaGBBBGG"BBB "^! "GBBB "
BGr ;BBBGDGBBB BBB
bb'~:bbljg!:jbbb i i bbb bi
QGI
GG
BGL
bb:
IB ^ BBBD
IBB BBBGG
BB. BBBJGD
.JGL.BBBGGGB
. BBB'' I' BB
I BB' '.BBB
IB 'J.GGBBBG
■ BB HGBBBGO
jBBGGG
IGGGr;B
IB BB
IGBBOBBGL
■ B BBB
IBB_. _BBI
BBGBBGBI
BBB'' ;_ I
BBB
JG
IG
IBB B
^BBBGGG
DGBBBGD
:GaBBBG
aBBB_ BI
DCBB BBI
DG BBB
■r: BBB ..
BGBBB^uL
I BBB i
BBB BI
IBBGGGBBI
IGGGI
lUGC
JO
IB BBBGGGGB
■ BB ' BBBGGBB
BBB . .'BBGBBfl
BBB '/jGBBBG
BBB :GBBBnG
BB ..BBJBBBGGG
■ BBG.' BBBi'iLiGB
■ BUG. 'BBB.. iiGBB
IGBB-jBBGuGBBB
:.'4
DGGGBBBBaaOGBBBBGGGGBBBBGnGGBBBB
Gl JGBBBBGGGGBBBBGGGI^BGBBBGGrBBBBG
GGBBBB'GQGGBBBB BB ' 'BB 'BBBB ' ]
OBBBBGGGGBBBB BBB '.B..BBBB I
■BBBGGGGBBBB . i . BBBB ..: BBBB ... .".i
BBBGGGGBBBBG'J'J^ .<BBBBGB:.JLjGBBBULjLjUB
BBjGJjBBBB' __BBBB '-BB_"_BB i'_._.BB
BGGGGBBBBGGaaBBBBGGGBBBGBGGGnBBB
24GGGGBBBBGGGGBBBBGGGGBBBBL1GGGBBBB
BGGGBBBGGGGBBBBGBGGGGBBBBGGGBBBG
BB >. .BB J<~':BBBB I BB__':G. BBBB .!< iBB~n
BBB''Bj. BBBB I ' BBB >. '"'BBBB B' iC
BBBBGGGGBBBB ' r I BBBBP.rn -'.nHBaHOGGG
GBBBBGGGBBB B.j'i ' BBBB. "..-BBBB'DGG
OGBBBBGGBB : .BB : '.':BBBBG'_._.i_ BBBBGD
GGGBBBBHB'J.JGBBB. BBBBGGGGBBBBG
DGGGBBBBGGGGBBBB' !. • . BBBBGGGGBBBB
■GGGGBBBGGGBGBBBB'.. _ _BBBBGGGGBBB
■B~i:.' J'_BB<_ ''BB'G'.'BBBB BBBB ' ~ 'BB
■BBGGGGBGBBBGGGBBBBGGGGBBBB ' B
■BBBGGGGBBBBGGGGBBBBGGGGBBBB J
OBBBGGGBBBBGGGGBGBBBBGGGGBBB ... .B
GGBBG JBBBB'^ ' n ''■■; 'i :«BBBi':G'":.~BB JGBB
GC.'iBGBBBBGGGGBBB " '. BBBB .V.:' '.B .BBB
GG I .iBBBB ; uGBBBB ^ .BBBB ^' :.._:'JBBBa
□GGBBBBGGG'.JBBBB .' . B .'BBBGGiJBBBBG
DGBBBBGGGGBBBB it' BB .: '.BBGGBBBBGG
OBBBBGGGGBBBB i . . BBB .GGBGBBBBUGG
BBBBGG^'GBBBB !. i iBBBBU JGGBBBBGGGG
BBBGG :: 'BBBB .<: BBBB ^BGGGBBBGGGGB
BBGGG. BBBB .BBBB_.' 'BBGGBBGGGGBB
IBGGaGBBBB^^^GBBBB.JG-BBBGBGGGGBBa
1 21
Fig. 386.
Fig. 387.
Fig. 387 illustrates the entwining twill produced with the 8-harness 5 twill, having three
pieces of twills for the construction. 8 X 3 = 24 warp-threads and picks in one repeat.
In accordance with designs Figs. 386 and 387, and their methods of construction, the fol-
lowing designs may readily be produced :
3-6-harness twill \ X 2 pieces of twills = 12
for foundation weave / X 3 " " = 18
^ 4-8-harness twill "I X 2 " " = 16
for foundation weave J X 4 " " = 32
f repeat of warp-threads
I and picks,
f repeat of warp-threads
I and picks.
76
A sub-division of these entwining twills is produced by forming sqaares surrounded by
parallel twill lines. The squares thus produced may be filled up by other twills, basket-weaves,
rib-weaves, etc., or they may be left empty. In this manner designs Figs. 388 to 395 are formed.
:}DDnDi
I : ' IB
Li
zaannmm
I rjCBDB
IB: .BBBD
■ BBaDG
. BBBDGD
■BB 'BHG
■■■lJBBB .. BBB BBBG
aaoacaaa a aaa
sanGn^'Oaaa 'aa
aa^'i T :b mbbbl ; b:jb
BBB BBB .BBB aBBD
L.a .BBB i . a:..aBBna
[;i aaa . . y : aaa 'ua
DBBM a : .: :BBB BOD
aaa. aaa iBBBijbbbd
IDBUUUBBBLJBUUUBBB
1 «
' OQHHacjBacintaHDDi
■L'm.jB ]aaQnn'
CB BB a '. a ai
G BB . BB
GBB a a BB I
I :□
a J
aa
;□
IJQ
■an
OB
GlI
CBI
I : J
an
aa
_i.ja
iBujHl
■□
Fig. 388.
Fig. 389
Fig. 388. Repeat: 8 warp-threads, 8 picks. In this design, which is constructed from the
■^ 5 8-harness twill, the squares produced by the twill lines is left empty.
Fig. 389 — repeat: 8 warp-threads, 8 picks — is produced from the ^ j. 8-harness twill; the
squares produced by the twill lines entwining each other at right angles, is filled out by the two
centre warp-threads interlacing with the filling in the shape of a 4-harness twill.
a ma
IBB ■
■nnnaaaGi
Du .a !a I
Bija a
BB :a y
Baa^jjuBBB iij laai
'. aaajaaa .:: a
Gaaaaaaaana' tt h
aDDaaBQ' mai la :
HaBaaaa i.ua la ^i
DaBaaaaa ; 1 la m\
BBBDanaaa i 1 .aai
BaaaaanaBBJBBB
njaDDDaLiarjaaaaa:
aGGQna'jj'jBBa:i; .
BjaGa : : :b 'bbbi i
aajaj'j_:BBa :aBa
inBGnannnGi
I J
•a : :
:-: aD
a □
■a'j
:.□
I ■ G
ai '. MB '<ai
aa i. ,aa
Gaa iBB.
G( JLHB I
ai. iBB i Hi
naa 'Jbb
a c:
a ,a
GBaaaaBB :-.
DGBaaaa a
GGOBBB :■
□GBBBGB
GBBB :aaBi
■BB^G :aBB
IBBJCjjaGBBI
BBB aaa
rm BBB :;;
DG
.} a
aG
3 ,□
aG
1
GBB I
L BB
a aa
aa I
Gaa ai
c. , aa
QGBB.
DBBiy I
IBBGGBI
1
■GGBBacaanGBBnnDB
BBi ]'"aa :'!■ aa . 'Bbdbb
a aa .aa aa . . . ibbq
. I iBB;. ; ,■ .aa . .aa :aaaa
aa .BB'j laa . aa^jGa
aa : ! .'BBU .aa aa uaa
a .aa 1 .aa . .bb' 'bbg
aa I ;aB aa ' bb'hg
.aa aa 1 aa aa a
aa . HB ; .aa aa aa
a . laa aa aa aa j
■aa ■. •: iBB • aa 'aaja
.laa !' aa .aa aa "aa
aa . BB I : aa ..aa jaa
aa I aa aa ^uBBuq
a aa aa . aaGGaaa
aa aa aa ..aaQGna
■ni
a a
J
Fig. 390.
^. .aa
Fig. 391.
a aa bbg
aa.jBB^^aa.GG
□naaGnaaGBHGGnGBBGBBGGBG
BBGl. BB .BB :
■.■aa " . aB< :' .1 " aa .i
gbgliBB aa
:a a j .a. n aa .a
_aGBajBa_. a::
. iaa.:v aa .aa
'QBauBB
aa > ..Bfl.\aa :
IHBGBBGi a L
: .aa'. i aa aa . 1
■BGBaGn BBI
aa^:aa • j
■aaani^aB aa
16GBB !a ' iBB'^iBBiJ: aaiaa a a
BB ' .ao} . .aa. laa: ' . .aa . .aa j
■n'..a aa j'..Ba'..
..aa ._aj a ^aaG
Laa aa 'BB bb aa aa
[ aa ■ aa aa aa aa . a
a L<aa :a 1 .B'
.aa .aa aa a.j
BB' ...'aa..uBa.. ;'
.aa aa aa j
GaBGGaGBBGaaji.aa aa a a
a -jBB.ggbbgbb
ja aa aa aa
BBaGGBB'^BB''"'
■aa . aa^^ aa^
DaaGBBLBB :c
:a a BGGHBGa
DGGBBCBB a[-:
aaGGaaaBB
DGBB' IBB. aa
aa 'LaaGBBG
::bb "BB , a a aac .aaiiaa.iG
■Bi .BB aa
aa BBLjaa g
iBUBB ^aB--aa_
.a„.^aB^BaL.GBH
Fig. 392.
Fig- 390 — repeat: 12 warp-threads, 12 picks — is produced from the —
the squares in this weave being filled out by the motive 3 — ' — j — ! — ^ twill.
Fig- 391 — repeat: 16 warp-threads, 16 picks — is produced from the ^
Fig. 392 — repeat: 16 warp-threads, 16 picks — is produced from the ^
-g i2-harness twill;
i6-harness twill,
16-harness twill.
10
DGQaGOBBnGBBGaBBGnHEaaHnGGCaHGGaB
HGaG'.GaB ■■"'aa^a"GaB''"a a^^ aaGBaaBBD
□aGjBB aa . bbj bb aa aanGaaGQ
DaJBa_. ma a .aa . :aa aa aGaaoGB
Glbb BB ' IBB : aa raanrraa
DBB^ BB .a .' :aa aa a BB.v\..Ba 1
BB BB . aa aaj. aa aa.: .:aa aa
a:.: aa a a aa aa a . aa a
24GGaB . aa aa ■ ^aa aa : aa ■^aa aa
a a aa a a aa a aa aa: a aa
BB aa aa aa aa aa . bb aa
GBB a ■ .aa a a aa a a aa a a
Gu.aa ; aa aa aa aa aa aa aa
■G aa a a aa aa a aa aa a 1
■a::Gaa aa aa . aa ■ aa aa aaiG
uaa j .aa 1 .a .aa . aa a .■ aa bbg
DGBB .!■ .aa aa < aa . aa^ 1 aa aa .aa
QG aa . aa I a .aa aa a aa bbj^jb
□a iBB . .aa i laa t 'bb^ aa aa aa jg
aa a .aa .a aa . ibb' .a aa a .a bbg
G.. aa .< .aa . aa . .aa aa .aa \ aa .aa
Gaa .a a .aa .■ <aa aa a a aa a.jB
t3a aa .aa . aa aa aa aa .laaGG
G -.aa I .BB I iBB.ja .aG aa a .a. ._.aa >. a
G-.aa iBB aa . aa aa aa aa ■'..«b
□ a aa aa a aa a a aa a bbg
ca aa aa aa aa aa bbjg
Ga . aa _ aa a . aa aa a . aa jGb
DL:Ba.. aa aa aa aa bb
GBBGcaa .:a aa aa a aa aaa
■BGGBB .aa . .aa..j aa aa....Gaa.... ..bbgd
lBaGBBGLjaGaaL_,^HuiElLjBB^LjHBLjaaL^BBDaD
1 21
11
GGQBaBBaaBHGnnnGHHGGHGGEDDHnBBnD
□H.-,.-.|i,,--,.-,p,,~..-.n,j- -.n:.3":-3H^'"aa'~^^"BBGa«
G. BB aa a a aa aa ~a bbggbb
G'. BB . BB , BB aa aa aa ■/aaa
Gaa aa a aa aa a aa aa aana
BB BB aa . BB :aa.. aa a
a aa aa aa aa aa aa aa ~aa.aaG
G.- aa aa aa . aa aa ^ aa < aa 1
GBB aa aa aa aa aa aa aa a
a a
G. _ a:;
Ga
aa
a a:-:
a a
a a
aa aa
aa
GBB^j
aa :. .aa
GBGBa 1 a
aa
a aa
CXj I
GGBBI
GGBB . .aa
]'.yr.-*
i:
HCUBI
GBBG iBB :
.a
BGLirj,
BB: f aa
a a .
Zj l:Z L
QL -a
a aa <a
a
h:3 :
L BB
aa aa
^j
GBB J
aa iB a
■ :x:
::
P'- '^5'
■ aa aa
■■
CX-O I
: a a a
a a a a j
aa aa ]
■ a a a
■a aa a
aa aa i
.aa aaij
■ aa a
■a auBB
aa iBBG
a BBGG
■ aarna
aa mm
aa aa i
IQI
1
aa aa aaG
IB.:.' aa. . aaG
luGHBGGGUUG
Hi
Fig. 393-
Fig. 394.
Figs. 389, 390, 391, 392, as well as the following three weaves. Figs, 393, 394 and 395, show
the twills interlacing each other thus ■, while the weave used for filling out the squares, produced
by means of the latter, is shown thus a.
Fig, 393, repeat: 24 warp-threads, 24 picks. In this design an additional entwining arrange-
ment of twills is used for filling out the squares produced by the main entwining twill lines.
Fig. 394, repeat: 23 warp-threads, 23 picks. In this design two kinds of basket-weaves are
77
used (alternately) for interlacing warp and filling in the places of squares produced by the main
entwining twill lines.
Fig. 395, repeat: 24 warp-threads, 24 picks. In this design a pointed twill is used for filling
out the squares produced by the entwining twill lines.
Gr,c3GLjLjBBBaaaBBBLj!j. ,a,j aaan-^ aaaomm
-JHClHUBBBDnDBBB: JiX]a H t .a, .nH'jaOBBB
HDDDBBBaanBBBl CBB ?: a ■ HaTlGBBBa
OHi BBB ' . mmm : ■■■ : ^a :: ' bbbdo
ULIBBB ■■■ BIB _a BBB JOa
GBBB .. :l..BBB BB '. . BBB a a BBB OIJB
BBBUuUBBBi ii ijBBB i. . .BBBi_lil. jBBBl lUuBB
BBOULJBBB'JEiUaLjBBB; iL.i..iBBBaUBB[:]DaBBB
24Duni IBBBG' 11 ;ai f 11 IBBBGnUBBBLlLinriDBBBa 24BDrjBBDGBBDDBBanBBaaBnnB
DGPBBB' 1^1 '□' 'a '■ > BBB' 9 u iBBBHrT IBBBDH arjBBDGBDBBDDBBanBBBnnBB
BLi: .BB : I a : 'a : BBB BBB' ~ BB 'IGG GBBGDBBaOBBGUBB' ' B' " BBG
BB' 1. .'. .a a a a a BBB n BBB ' aGQ BBnGBBDBGGBBL ' BBB BB 'G
BBB .J a aaa bbb. \ ■ bbb h ' ;aa bgobbggbbggbb ; b bb b
GBBB a . BBB 'i J BBBGaGQ DGBB 'B BB' j' BBB BB BB
GC.BBB BB BBB BBBGGU GBB l BB BB B BB BBG
OL, BBB . a a BBB BBB l!..'L..BBBaa BB' BB B . BBB:. BB BB jG
BL /. BBB . . BBB_ BBBGGGBBBD BIGGBB ' BBl^'GBUuBB! v. BB .'GB
BBi :'. ...BBB a a bbb.: i bb i bbbggobbb dgbb igb bbbggbbl.i bb< r ibb
BBBGLIGBBB BBB' BBB 'GBBBOGGBB DBB iGBB' IGBGGBBGC BB' II 'BBiG
GBBBGGGBB: ' BBBi ' I BBB a' laGBBBGDGB BBI J BB' 'BBi il MBGGBB' li BB' HG
aGBBBGGGLI BBB ' , IBBB ai ILlJBBBGna BG! BB' 'B : 'BB : BB' <■ IBB 1 .B
UGGBBBGGGBBB . :BBB a 'aGGGBBBOD GL'BB B BB . BBB ' BB ' BB
QDGGBBGGBBB I • BBB . . a i^GGGBBGa GBB BB .BB .GB BB i' BBG
oai a'.iGGBBB BBB a a '.a' a' 'ggb bb... bb bg^. bb" ' bbb : bbgd
DL.a BBB . BBB aaa ..'.ibb bc.: bb . bbg^bb . b bbggb
aa^.a. bbb bbb . a.-a a a., bbb dgbb._..' b bbg^gbb . bbbggbb
EJGGGBBBGlj. BBB....i.iBBGu' a a ijvjBBBa OBBGGBBiJuBBOGBBI luBGDBBQ
aGGBBBGGGBBB'.HJGBBBGl.: a <a julBBBGa BBDGBBGBGGBBGGBBGGBBBGO
DGBBBGGGBBB' J. JGGGBBB!/ a 'BBBGGD BGQBBGGBBQCJBBGGBBaCBaaB
□BBBaGGBBBGGBBGGGBBBL.aGa^.BBBGGGB GDBBGgBGBBGGBBGGBBGGBBB
■BBGGGBBBGGuBBBGGGBBBGGGBBBGGGBB GBBGGBBGGBBGGBBGGBBDGBa
1 BBDGGBBBGGLiaGBBBDGGBBBDGBBGGGBBB 1 BBGGBBaBaGBBDGBBGaBBBOa
1 24 1 2a
Fig. 395. Fig. 396.
Fig. 396 — repeat: 23 warp-threads, 24 picks — illustrates the novel combination of an entwin-
ing twill and suggests the great variety of weaves which can be designed for this sub-division of
the regular twills.
IX. Twills Having Double Twill Effects.
These twill weaves are obtained by connecting two, three, four or more parallel twill lines.
in one repeat, with another twill line (main line) which runs in an opposite direction.
Rule for Constructing these Weaves.
Run your main twill at a grading of 45° in a direction from left to right over the entire
repeat of the weave (see ■ in weaves Figs. 397, 398, 399 and 400); next run the other twills at
right angles to the first mentioned twill (see a in weaves 397 to 400) and stop so as to form a clear
connecting spot (and without running both twills into each
other).
IB a -a Figs. 397 to 400 are weaves designed in this manner,
and clearly illustrate this sub-division of twill weaves.
Fig- 397- Repeat: 8 warp-threads, 8 picks. "Main
twill" is = 8-harness, "cross-bar twill or double
Fig. 397. will effect " ? for 2 warp-threads.
Fig- 398. Repeat: 16 warp-threads, 16 picks. "Main twill" * „ = i6-harness.
bar twill or double twill effect" ? ^ ^^^ 5 successive warp-threads.
G "a
a
□a
c a
G fll
GBB
"aGB
■ BB
: BBG
BB'IG
IB .aG
I aa
a Ga
aaGG
G aa ^BB aa bb
a a BB a a bbg
aa BB :aa . bbgd
ca BB__a^^a BBGaa
BB . aa BB .aa
I. BB.a'' :ojBB< a; a
1 BBcaaanaBBaDtaaaD
cBBBGa' :' laanGEtaDDB-
BB ' aai 1 aaGDHDBB
B a: aa . ;aaaGBBB:
1. " aa aa .laGBBBK
a aa aa .." jBBbbg
aa .aa ^a :bbbbgg,
Liaa aa bbbbghg
I , aa . a_BBBBGGHQ
a , aa". .BBBBiiaaaa'
aa a BBBB.jGaaan
[laa -'GBBBB a' .■ :aan
LiLiaGBBBB aa t lan
BG. iBBBBi.a.iGaaGGQ
HGBBBBGGaa'. jGaaaa
GBBBBGaGGHaGGaaQ
1 BBBBGCaBGGBaQDQa
1 IS
Fig.
12
398.
" Cross-
iBBBnaacaaaDODHHEGGnB
BGnGGGaaHnrinaHaGBB
Gaaa-G 'aaa •' aGBBB
[ aaa aaa . ^bbbd
L I :aaa ' . aaai bbboq
a aaa' iGGaGBBBGaa
aa aaaDDGBBBaDGH
aaa. aaaaBBBGaGGn
.BGBBB'^aaa^^G
iaa
a
aa BBI
a::a bbb
L.a: BBB' I.
GGBBB 9
GBBB a
iBBBGaaa.
1
:bbb.
Fig. 399.
aaa'G
::aa
aa
ir-^, a
iaa ,.i
aaa. i
.."aG
18
JOBGDBBG' .aaGGBHnGB
QGBBGB I laaGGBQBB
DBBGGBBi . IBBGGBBa
BBGBG'' laa' ; B'' .'BBGa
BGGBB ' .aa BBGGB
cina.;iaa 1 a .bbljgbb
CBBG. .aa . BBGGBBO
r BB'^.'B BBGGBBDH
a aa ■ bb igbbgcq
aa . a bb ' - bbgbgq
1 aa BB .' BB' ^aan
[ a BB I .BB' a' Gaa
B'^JGHHUGBBGLiBaGGH
BGBBaaBBDBGGBBGG
CBBGaBBQGBBtJGGHG
IBBGGBBDaGGaBGGBn
1 16
Fig. 400.
-'■taBaaGanBBGBB'
G'Gaaa 'n ; ib' 'bb
or aaa bbg
□'.. ...aaa . .bbg
HBiGuLjaauBBGa
HBHDGDHGBBna
DBHaaDQlBGaa
DGBHBnfTBBnBG
QCGBB! iBB laaa
HGGGai 'BB .' .BB
BBGGt. BB . I : IB
HaaacBB .a jg
DBHGBB aaa ;gj
DaHGBB aaa j
DGQBB aaa
HGGBB a aa
EGBBGaaa ..a
EGBBGGBBaLjGG
DBBGaQGBBBGG
BBBGBGGGBaaa
BGBBHGGQBBG
■BDDC3HHGGGBG
BDDDDHHHGaGB
IBDBDaDHEHGGB
1 12
Fig. 401.
Fig- 399- Repeat: 18 warp-threads, 18 picks. Main twill ^—.
bar twill or double twill effect ? ^
15
1 8-harness. Cross
78
Fig. 400. Repeat: 16 warp-threads and 16 picks.
The main twill in the present design is " — 2 — ^ — "
double twill effect, is the ^ -^ 4-harness twill.
10
i6-harness. The " crossbar twill," or
Twills of a different grading than 45° for the main twill line can also be used. For example,
steep-twills of 63°, 70° or 75° grading. Again, the cross-bar twill may be changed, if required,
to a like different grading.
Fig. 401 illustrates a fancy twill of the present division constructed from the 63° steep-
twill derived from the
20
= 24-harness foundation-twill for the main twill, and the
6 harness 45° twill for the double-twill effect.
4
%
3
\
2
X. Twill Weaves Producing Checkerboard Effects.
This sub-division of the twill weaves is obtained by combining any of our regular twills,
warp for face, with the same twill weave, filling for face.
Rule. — Divide the repeat (equal distance for warp and filling) into four even
squares (see diagram Fig. 402), and insert the twill weave, warp for face, into
every uneven numbered (i, 3,) square, and the twill weave, filling for face, into
every even numbered (2, 4,) square.
The direction of the twill in the warp effect must be opposite to the twill in
^ the filling effect; hence if running the direction of the twill, in the present
abed repeat of example, for the warp for face effect from the right to the left, we must run the
weave. direction of the twill in the effect having filling for face from the left to the right.
This direction of running the twill is illustrated in the diagram Fig. 402 by the four arrows.
Another point to be kept in mind when designing for this kind of weave is, that in places
where the warp and filling effect meets, a clear cut must be produced; vice versa, change from
sinker to raiser or raiser to sinker.
For illustrating the foregoing rule weaves Figs. 403 to 41 1 have been constructed.
Design Fig. 403 illustrates the checkerboard effect obtained from combining a double
repeat of the 3-harness twill ? j with a double repeat of its corresponding filling effect ^.
Repeat: 12 warp-threads, 12 picks.
Design Fig. 404 is constructed from the 4-harness -
Fig. 402.
and
twill. Each effect used
1 """" 3
for four successive warp-threads and picks equals one repeat of the weave in the warp and filling
effect. Complete repeat of the design calls for 8 warp-threads and 8 picks.
i^DDQGGEiaBaan
DaarjQDBaBBDB
HnaHnrjBBGBBQ
lODGnGHGBBBB
DfjHGntaOBBnBB
■^GGHGBGBBB
GQi: ]a m .■■ a
aaaaBGBBB
DGC3GL]BBGBB
□G! a I !■■ ■■ ]
DDQDBGBB
JHGGGBBBGB
GBB ■■ :'} : a
GQGGBBGB
E'Ji^J-'lBBBBG
mrmm ma a:.
a ■ BBBG
5GBBBB 1 i::.a
BB BB a .
L BBB a
BGBBB ' a 1
LJBB IBB J a L !□
m BB' i ;C']<J
BBGBB' 1 ,a-i-.
BGBB BGH f IHG
BB jBUUUG
■BBuBUUUGL
IBBJBBGHUGHGG
IBBBL-JHGGG
IBBBBGHCGGC
leaaHGGGGHGBBBBGBl
GEIG! I n m BBBBGI
QG... BBJBBBBC
GG : a a BBGBBBI
Dijna. J'ju ..bubbgbbi
GGQGi _]HGGBBGBBGBI
DBGGHGGGBBBGBBGl
E^GH n.-m 'BBBBGBBG
x: M
■Gl
■Gl
n iGH
.U !' IHG
n ' IHGG
a aiaa
; n un
GjGH
OBBBBGBB : ^. .
BGBBBBGBLJHGGi-iGaG
IBBGBBBBGEGGGGBGG
1 8 16
Fig. 403.
Fig. 404.
Fig. 405.
Fig. 406.
ISGHGGGHGBBBGB
HGQGHnHGBBBG
GGEGGGBBBGBB
GGGHGi^BB'TiBBB
nn "z :-: bbb b
El : '. a m BBBG
SLBBB B E. ' IE
B' BBB E E 3
BBB BB
bB:.:bbb . E ij
dbbb;:buegggb
ibgbbbgegggqg
1 0 12
Fig. 407.
Fig. 405 illustrates a similar arrangement as explained by weave Fig. 404, applied to the
5-harness twill, ^ j and ^ j. Repeat: 10 warp-threads and 10 picks.
Design Fig. 406 illustrates the checkerboard effect derived from combining the 8-harness
or warp face, with -
I, being the filling for face of the same weave. Repeat:
twill 2______i
16 warp-threads and 16 picks.
Design Fig. 407 represents the checkerboard effect derived by combining the 4-harness
broken twill, warp for face, with the same weave, filling for face. 6 warp-threads and 6 picks or
equal ij4 repeat are used for each effect. Repeat: 12 warp-threads and 12 picks.
79
Combination of Warp and Filling Effects from a ^j° Twill Weave after a given Motive,
The next step towards figuring twill weaves is found in combining the warp and
filling effect of a regular twill (the same as used in the preceding chapter on checkerboard effects)
after a given motive (idea of a figure as desired to be made). Weaves Figs. 408(7: and 410
illustrate two examples, which readily explain their construction after the motives given in Figs.
408 and 409.
■■DDBBaa
■QBOBaBa
GBGBDBaa
□DBBDOBB
^BBanBBaa
BCBDBGBa
GBOBUBUB
laCBBDJBB
\ 4
Fig. 408.
{I
B BBfl~
2 J G
jBI.I'J
IBBB
■iJBB
Motive for weave Fig. 408a
4 warp and
4 filling changes.
{y'
r U . B B .BBB BBB . B < B BBB 'jBBB
J Ul^B^..^.,BjB JBBB IBB i .B , . ^B B.^BBBGBB
1 aBUiJUBJGBB'IlBBBJB JB'.JJ' JB' J JBBiJBBBGB
( BGGGBGGGBBBGBBBGBGGGBGG JBBBGBBBG
Fig. 408a.
Weave derived out of motive Fig. 408.
Repeat : 16 warp-tiireads, 16 picks.
Fig. 408 represents a motive after which weave Fig. /\^o%a is constructed. The motive
calls for four changes in effect in each direction, which equals (4X4 =) 16 possible changes
over the entire surface of one repeat in the motive. In the design (weave) Fig. 408^,
4 warp-threads and 4 picks are used for each change in the motive, and the 4- harness twills
^ 3 and ^ J (warp and filling effect of the same regular twill) are used for interlacing
warp and filling.
The rules given under the head of checkerboard effects also apply to this sub-division.
DBBBDnDBnGGBDi
BnBBaGBG l^B ~B
BBGBGBQ' I B Bl
■aGGBGnnBGBBB32
iG'^a ''"' 'B'':bgbb
SBanBBGOB
■bggbbgg
dgbbggbb
bggbbggb
obbggbbg
dgbbggbb
bbggbbgg
l^BBGOaBO
Fig. 409.
Motive for weave Fig. 410
4 warp and
8 filling changes.
■I
BGBBBGBB . B . . B
BBGBBBGB B : ' B
B iBBB ,B
BB BBB
I
B B
a 1 .a J
.a .o
BBBGBBB m , , B
GGGB . .B .BBB .BBB
GGB^. 1 IB B IBBB MB
DBGD IB J BB BBB IB
BGG'JB 1 BBB IBBB .
GBBB i i B .1 . ;B BBB
BBB
I JB
.B .
B j..i
JBB
BBB
B
B
. B
IB..:
B J.J
B
B a
a
BB
BB
B
a . ij
BBjaaa
BBB JBB
:BaB IB
a BBB J
a BBB
B IBB 1 IB . ' IB B IBB
B JB
Bl 1' ~IB
a a BB
BB IB B B 1 BB B
BB J
B IB .
aa a
BBB B B BBB
; 1 B BBB IBBB . 1 iB
IBB BBB .BB B
BBB
] 1
B
IB. .
B JBB
a .B
a
a a
BB ,
BBB J
aa J' 1 .a
aa . a J
B BB IBBB M B
B
IBB
BBB
a IB J
B . < BBB .BBB .B .
1 i B . iB IBBB BBB
B :
J J.
IBBB
B 1 J
BB
a a
a a ; iG
aa .iBBB
" B . . B B IBBB :BB
J m
B
a
aaajBB
IB.. B . .BB IBBB .B
IB
B
aa
BBBGB
B 1 1 IB : 1 .BBB BBB ,
LIBBBjBBB ' B ' iB
B .
BB
B
B BB
BB
a ,
a BBBG
a i~' IB
B.JBBBGBB B B
■ B
BB B
a
a a J
BBGBBB-.B B B
■ B
BBB '■
a :B
. a ..]
BBBGBBB. <B . i B . .
BBB
iBBB
IB..
MB 1 J
, aGGBGBBB.JBBa _
, J GGBGBGBBBJBa ' B B B I'BBB BB B ~J
' ^ GBGGaBGBBB.^B B B aa iBBB M M JG
IGlGGBBBGBBBiJBGGJBJjGBBBiGBBBGBGiJGi
Fig. 410.
Weave derived out of motive Fig. 409.
Repeat: 16 warp-threads, 32 picks.
Fig. 409 represents a motive after which weave Fig. 410 is constructed. The motive calls
for four changes warp, and eight changes filling, ways, which equals (4X8 =) 32 different
possible changes over the entire surface of one repeat in the motive. In weave Fig. 410, 4 warp-
threads and 4 picks are used for each change in the motive, with the 4-harness twills ? ^ and
^ 3 for interlacing warp and filling?
80
XI. Fancy Twill Weaves.
The next plan for designing twill weaves is that of combining basket weaves, rib weaves,
etc., arranged in the shape of twills, with any of the regular twills as may be desired.
Weaves Figs. 411 to 421 illustrate a few such examples:
Repeat :
^■■UBBGDa
■ODEBDBa
OBBODBaB
DBBOBBBa
BGOBBBDB
□DBBBaQB
OBBBOBBD
IBBBDDBED
1 8
Fig. 411.
8 warp-threads,
8 picks.
i2BBnBnnaBBHDB
B . :BB BEGBB
DBBB . B. ;BBB
BLi'...:iBBB..iBBBa
HGUiJBBUBBBUH
HGaDBDBBBGBB
DBBBOBBBanoa
DBBHBBBGBB'nG
DE':'BBB EBB " :
□GBBB B BB
DBBBJBBG,.^! 'BB
IBBBaBBBaOaBG
1 12
Fig. 412.
leDBBBaBGGHBGaBHaB
BBBGBr'EE' :: rBBGGBG
BB B BB BB B':B
B! B' BB BB < .B BB
DB ' BB .BB ..B:jBBa
a BB BB Bijaaaa
G BB .BB a :.aaaGa
BB . BE I a. BBBGaa
BB BB B BBB BGG
G BB a BBB a BB
D. BE. iB _.BBB a BB
BBGuBGaaa m' bbgg
BBGBGBBB. .B BE JG
GGaGBBBL.B BB BE]
GBGBaBCaGGEB_juBE]
IBGBBBGaaBBaGBBGa
1 ic
Fig. 413.
•D . f 12 warp-threads, t->
^^P^^^^i 12 picks. ^^P^^^
16 warp-threads,
16 picks.
ieaaGGGBBBGEBHaODi
B' """:EGI"'Gr:Br .'BBGDBi
[ 'Bb;il; BEGGGr
BEl
BB._
.BE'
GEE
HI JL
HGi.
EGL'
QBBBLi
EDHBDG
EHGGGB
EEG': aa
DGL aaa
DGI
DBi
IBBI
BE.
BBI
BB:
aa
GG
BBB' " IB
BB' 'B
a BEG
BBB
BE ,G
BB' ' IG
B B.^ .G
BE BBB
BB LJ BGBB
Repeat :
IBL.L.^EBGGGBBGG
IGGEBDQGCDEBDn
Fig. 414.
16 warp-threads,
16 picks.
1 CBBGHHEBGaDGEOBGI
■^GBBB'" IBBBB^'GGBI
.BB IB
!• iB' B '
IE E :
B
IIjG
.GG
ii.jE
GEJ-
BBBEG
bc:b b
BB B 1
IE a .B
ija IB :B
" ,B I
EBB i' ,..ai
G'.' IB' BBI
EBB .BBB
G ..BBB
LjGBBB . . B
GBBBG.J .EG
1 aaBGDaGEEGHDEDtaa
1 IS
E iHG
i^ B. BG
iBi JBi. aa
Repeat :
Fig. 415.
16 warp-threads,
16 picks.
lonGGGDa
BGaaGGBBBG
3GGnBB
GBB'"""-GBBGE
SGL aa
BB . .B ac
3Gaa 'B
m EBBB^^BEE
DBB BB
■B' .BB
bb"bb :
.BGBB : ^
1. ,B BBB. . ■
DBB BB
BB BBBE BB
BB .BE
B E ^J.J .BBG
Bi'ii . BB
IBB .1 ._..BBG.B
□Lll ; iB
BBEi li.BBGBB
HEBE E
BBB BB' BBG
EBB. B
... BB BB^G
EBGEB...
.BB. BB' rn
EGBBB,
.jBBGBBGGGG
IDaHBHG
BB-.BB^EBBB
1
10
Fig. 416.
Repeat:/ ^^^.^yP-^^'"^^^^'
^ (16 picks.
i
«)BGGBBGGBBGr«
GGBB ' ' BB< BB
DBB BBB BB ]
■BL iBBB BB..,G
■GEBGGGBBGGB
DaBHGGBBGDBB
DGBBGBBGGBBa
EEGi 'BBi"^'""BBria
EBl BB BB B
DGBB BB BB 1
DBB. BB BB J
BBl BB EBJ
BGL BB EBB B
DGBB BC3B . BB
GBB BB BB i
BB<;;' .BE I .BB '1
BLiI BB BB. .B
DBBE BB BB
DBEB BB .BB J
□Gl I' BB BB B
EC: BB BB B
ELBB BB ... a
DBB . BB EBB J
BB'. : BB BEBG
BG_. BB .BB..,-IGB
GGBB' . BBjCBB
DBBI .' EBGBBG
bb: bee BBGa
BL~' .EBB BB_.: :B
DBB .BB ' BB
GEE' BB .l_BBG
DBB BB BB J
E BB . BB BE
EGBB, ;..BB' ....BE
GBBi ' BB' BB J
BBL bb: BB :j
BL.. BB . .BE .B
Dl .BB EBB Ji iBB
GBB BBB.BB.G
BB. BB bb: U
m.-y BB .BB.. ,'. <■
DL. BE . BB. I! BB
EBB ' BB ..BBG
EBB BB BB J
Gi .1 BBI. BB. BB
DGBBi . BB BB
DBB BB BB
■BG BB BBB a
■LI BB. BBBI IB
O^BB BB . BB
DBB BB BBG
■B' I BB BB. n
■l:BBB BB. I' ■
D' BBB BB BB
EB BB BBG
EB BB. il .BB. iG
EB BB .: BB i .J
DljBBl.jGBB._.BBB
GBBGGBBGIjBBE
IBaODBBGEEGGG
1 12
Fig. 417.
ISB^DOaanaQQQDEEEG^
■DDD^BBOnEEDEDGGB^
CGGaaBGGGBGBBGGBBB
r: "BBBi^iBBB EBB BBBG
GBBB :. IBB E .. BBB ]
BBB . I :B BB BBB . . .)
BB .BEE iBBB BBB .. . .B
B. .BE B BBB' . 'BB
G B EB BBB BBB
BBB., EBB BBB . BBBG
EB iB L . iBBBi 1: : .BBB' .' 1
E. EB .: 'BBB. . BBB. . J
L BBB BBB . BBB BEE
E ..BBB'.jl :. BBB . BE'~J
E . BBB J' ".;BBB ..' : 'E' iB
E^.BBBG.GGBBBGBBEIjBB
GBBBGGGBBBGGBEGEuG
iBBBGaGBBBDGGEGEBGG
1 18
Fig. 418.
ReneatJ !§ warp-threads,
l^epeat.-^ 1 8 picks.
^^■■aDaaGE
nDDEBDGHED
DBBpDB
aaDBBGGE
BGGB
IBBI ■
BGGEEC
iBGGaa
c aa BE
.BE. . .a
BGGBaa
DBB IBB
EB
BB BB
jGaaaa
■BLEB . .B
B E
B. . BB.
BBBGa
BLjuBE ' jB
B 1 'B
B' BBI
BBBL IGfl
dbbl; :bb
IBB
■B' '1 a
BB aa
DEE 1 BE
BE
aa BB
B BBG
EGGEB ,B
B 1 .m
a aaa
BB: ;e
B ' BB 1 IB
B' jBB
., BBBl
.aa " IE
DEE ,BB
BB
BBBI
BB' BBG
DBB . BB
BB :
BBB ' a
a BBG
E.Ji iBB , 'B
a 1 IB
BB. ' .BB
BB ; IE
E' 11 }EB 'BB
1 aa
Bl '': BB.
BBI DE
GBB BB
aaa
BB E
B BBO
DBB BB
aaa
aa
B BEG
E. BB y a
BB i
aa BE
BB y IB
Ei..aB aa
a ' IB
a BE
BB !' B
DBB BBB
. BB
BE B
B BBG
BB . aaa
BB
BB B
B' . BEG
ai 1'. <BBB r
BB IB
B. BB
BBl ilJB
DGBBB 1 ■
a .
B. BB
BB. aa
GBBBG jBI
.IBB
:..BBLIl.,'B
BGGBaa
laaaGGBBL..
GEBG
DEBGDQ
Baaaaa
Fig. 420.
,, ^ f 1 2 warp-threads, r> ^^^. . / 24 warp-
^^P^^^^ 160 picks. R^P^^^ -124 picks.
threads,
SOnEGEGBBaaBBDaaGEBBEE
EGL IGBBi laaBGBB. .B: ' ...:G
DGI iBB' BBB'. IBB' EBBBE
ELjBB....BaB aa b.. j'G
DaBuBBB .BB E E EBBBE
BBGaBB' IBB' :E' B ..B' . .'LIG
aGBBBGaa e .b b " '.a
GBBBGBa B B B BB
BBBDaa . B. B .B BBG
BBGBB . B B B BB'. B
aGBB.LEBEEB E B BBi BB
DBB B B BB_.BaB
BB . .' .BEBBB. . .' aBLiBBBG
a . J .E . J . . .B. .BBI BBBGa
GB'jBuBBBBBGaaLjBBBGBB
EGEGEGGGGGBaGBBBGaBD
EGBGEaGGaaaDBBBDaaGG
EGEGEGGGaaaaaBGBBGQD
EGBGB' :; iBaGaaaGBBGaDG
iBGEGEGaaGaaaCBBDGDDG
1 20
Fig. 419.
„ J 20 warp-threads,
P ■ \ 20 picks.
IB'.
a..
iB^r-nB' ■i^'-anGnan
I ai '' ' IB'. Ji .'GB I' , 'B 'HMB .i .IBBB
- _ I' JBBB .■ ' ., IBl^GQ
GGGBaBGBGGGBGLjGBL IDI .IBGBBB
DGai'JDaBaaGBDBBauGGaaaaaa
DaDBBacDDaaaaaGGCBGDaaaG
BBaOaQDGBaaDaQGGBDBBBGGa
iDaaBaaaaGaBaDUDBBaDBDGDB
1 :!4
Fig. 421.
Rpneaf 1^4 warp-threads,
Repeat. I g picks.
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
i< ■■■
■ ■
■ ■■
■ ■
■ ■■
■a
■ ■ ■ ■■
■ ■
■ ■■
■ JQ
■ L ■ ■ ■
■ ■
■■ ■
. ■■
■
■ nm
oi~:a ■
■ ■■
■ . ■
■ ■
■
<■■
OH. ■ . ■
■ ' '■■■
■' "
■
■
■■a
■L,^,BHBL.^H
■■■
■ ■
■
■
■■uy
81
XII. Pointed Twills.
Pointed twills constitute the next sub-division of twills, and are derived from the latter by-
means of point draws (previously explained and illustrated under the head of drawing in drafts,
page 33). The plainest "point draw" calls for each harness in rotation (beginning at number
one, or front) until all harnesses are taken up. Next proceed to draw the rotation of harness
backwards until you get on to the starting point. The first and last harness of the set (represent-
ing the front and rear harness), technically known as " point harness," are drafted only once ; thus
requiring only one-half the number of heddles compared to the others. If using a fancy
point-draw, use the point harness in the one effect, straight in the next effect, and vice versa.
DBaQB3nBBanBGL3BBnnBnnBDBnnBrjDBBi J' iB^": :bb '1 ;b':j(3b
BCV:B^"BB "B ^B""BB ^'^B^' "^B'^^B^V'^BB"' B B. BB.^BQD '
QfB BB ■ B BB .B B BB B B BB . . IBQ
DB;~: BB . B ' B B ' BB B B BB B. i B i B : BB' jDB
ma :BBLJi B B B B BB ' B BB ' B B B ' B' .. BBLID
DDBB TB B BBBB BBBB BB BBQ l^DrB' BGnDBDaaBaOBn'^^B'- "BCIDBBB
QBB BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB LB. B BIJBDaBBDDBDCB B B ^OBBBQ
BBL':' B\ B BBB B B BBB'/ B B BBB B , B CM Bl BBB'' .. IBDOBBnOBaGBBB B ^BBBOD
B B B BBBBB , :B B > B i' .B ; B :. BBBBB B 'BQa "" ' ' ~' '
B B BBB BBB m m ■ i' 'B B' ..BBB' .BBB . B JBG
BIJL.B ~BBB ...B BBB B B .B .BBB . M" BBfluLiBnD
ODBBBnanflBBD DDBG BBB B B . .:BBB . :b B . BBB .:: .B. B JiJBBBODBa
aBBDBBGBBaBB DBGI' BBB . B ; '. B i^'iBBB :.B ■'. iBBB' i. B il . iB' n.iBBBDDB
Bb'^'^BBB'^GGB BDLIBBB m . B l B'^ BBB B ^ 'jBBB:.! ;B' ; B". b .igbbbqd
■ " ■ -m B"l'l DDBBB B ' .B B B .BBB BBB'.. B . B .B B ^GBBBQ DGBBBBBG. >■■ hi. ' ■■■ ■ ■■ j'jb
^ BBB BBBG DBBB B B fl .B . BBB BBB B . B B .BGDBBB DBBBOBBBi .BBB B ~..BB .BB BB iBO
CBB^BB ^BBGBB BBBI :< ;B B . B B . B i .BBBBBGI B > . B. '. B . B jGBGGBB BBBGGGBBBBB. .i .Bl il BB'. . iLBB< BB .1 .Bl.S
BBDuaBBBDaGi ■BDGBnL.B .■ iBBBGGBQaBaaBBBDDBUaBaGBBBGGBDDBDGB BBnaBDGBBBnGBaGBBaaBDQBBBGGBGDB
IBaDBGQBaDBaa IBOGBOGB . . BBBBBaGBGGBGGBGaBDGBGDBBBBBGaBGGBDD iBGGBGBaDBDGBGaBaDGBaanGflGDBaDBB
16 1 22 I 31
Fig. 422. Fig. 423. Fig. 424.
Fig. 422 illustrates a " point twill " composed of the ^ 4-harness twill executed on the
regular 4-harness point draw, i, 2, 3, 4, 3, 2. Repeat: 6-harness and 4 picks.
Fig. 423 represents a "point twill" composed of the 21-harness \ \ \ ' 2 \ \ regular twill.
The point draw required is as follows: i, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 1 1 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2.
Repeat: 22 warp-threads and 21 picks, requiring 12-harness point draw. This will illustrate that
the entire repeat of a regular twill must not be used in the construction of its " point twill," as
in the present example only 1 2 threads of the regular twill, with 2 1 threads for repeat in weave
are used, (9 threads being entirely omitted).
The second kind of " point twills " is designed from the regular twills by means of a " fancy
point draft." For example, weave Fig. 424, which in its mode of construction is designed from
the ^ ^ ^ ^ '^ ^ ^^ 15-harness twill by means of the following fancy point-draft: i, 2, 3, 4, 5,4,
3, 2, I, 2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9, 10, II, 12, II, 10, 9, 8, 9, 10, II, 12, 13, 14 and 15.
DB"^"nnn^:-B'~'B^'^n"n""Ga bgbgg:"^'"^b^b "b^'^gggb.g
G a ' 'n . fl a < :3 ' 'BG [ a^a'n - .a a'fl ..B.^'irja.ia
V. Il a . : B ' '::' a .' bgd g. a a b a . a a' a ' .a 1
l::: a a c; :-: a a igci G'..r,a a b .a a a 1
CB^'"'n^^a'"a~~n'^ "B g a a n v. a )□□ hG'": a a :: a a
vrm . a a bg zv. ..a a . :-: v. a bggb gg'.b a a a a a .j
E3Gi a IB lu .. B' .a iG B .'' a < . a :}' ai » bgg ggb a a a a ■: 'B^ bg
uu. ; B: :-: -I-/ . B ;□ c .'B'.J''':} a ' . B'.'' C'> 'gbg DB<..a ■ a 'B a '.jb a
gbgggbgbgggb bgi a a :: a a jG gb ' ::} :-: a a c: ;] :aB bgb a a a .a :
rDBGBGGGBCBa GGB m B BG B ' a :■: : B K aGG GBG . a _ a a a ./a
EGGBGGn'^GBGG GB. a . B B.. ' a B w[:,fl . a ':■; a a a a.jGB 10a ".a ..a. a. a 'i m^,
GGB ~ B a~ a 1 Bl . .a a . a . :.a a i'g g a .' a :' a ~' . .B' a ' jbg gb a " a . a . B' .a : m' a
GBGG' a a ' a sgb^ ' .a b'': a la □' ' a j a ;a ' a^ bgg gb.bb'b bbbbj
BGGa a "a j ggb a a a.i Ga a a a a ..a a G"n ggj^b a a . . a a ,b_g
6Qa ' a a . a eg' a a a . a a .'G g a a a c: " a a hgg: a a . a a bggg
GGBJ'B. a Bl Ga a a a . .a n L:a a m ~.a a a' B'. ...a gggb a a .. a b'bgg
EGr. B ' a' ' m ] E'G, ,b a ' a i ..bi .a rj E< 1 m . • m ■ .'a '' a: .' i ai ' 1 G>' a 'B a a B' a ,a''iBG
GGB a B' a ] r a ' a a ' bg g a " :a a ' b' a :a i r 'b a a a a 'a a a
GB a a a a a a ■ a .b ca a a : a a a :: a a a a a a ai
iBG„a_ a... a .: la . a .a a ,^a..,ajG la^.. ..a ^a .. .a . a . .a . 1 b .a a a.- „ .a ,^ .a
1 -i *' 10 8 1 0 lu I tj m
Fig. 425. Fig. 426. Fig. 427. Fig. 428.
The next step for figuring in point twills is to arrange the pointed effect in the direction of
the filling. Giving Figs. 422, 423 and 424 each one-quarter of a turn, or in other words turning
them so as to bring the filling into the position of the warp and the warp into the position of the
filling, will produce weaves for this system. A straight draw for an equal number of harness,
which is necessary for the foundation twill, is required for this pointed twill (filling ways). Thus,
weave Fig. 422 will require a 4-harness straight draw with 6 picks; weave Fig. 423 a 21-harness
"straight draw" with 22 bars in chain; weave Fig. 424 a 15-harness "straight draw" with 31
bars in chain.
82
The next course for figuring in pointed twills is to arrange the pointed effect, warp and filling
ways; forming in this manner squares standing on one of their corners. These designs offer very
many fanciful arrangements and are extensively used in the manufacture of fancy cotton fabrics.
Fig. 425 is derived from the 3-harness ^ ^ regular twill by means of draft : 1, 2, 3, 1, 3, 2.
Repeat: 6 warp-threads and 6 picks.
Fig. 426 represents enlargement of Fig. 425 to 8 warp-threads and 8 picks repeat.
Fig. 427 shows the same weave enlarged to 10 warp-threads and 10 picks.
■■aoHDnBHBnnBc:DH
■■■OnnHHBBBDDCBB
cmmm '■■■^■■■riBBH
□r «■■■■' .ijDMBHHBn
DI !.■■■ I iHGD««B_in
DDaaaaH'. iLiGaaaaan
DaaBijBaB(..:aaB. bbb
■BaaDaaaaBB " bb
i'BB .'"iH' : iBBB a
■BB i''i 'BBBBBl. BB
□BBBCjaBBGaaaUBBB
c-iaaaaa -'-aaaaa j
Dl.li iBBB' ' H~~'> BBB' a
oraaaaa BBaaan
naaa ibbb' ibbbi bbb
IBBB BBBBB . BB
1 08
lenaBnGHDaHnDDaoBB
BGaaaQOHGHnaDBBa
BB~ BB 'H ~G 'Hr'BaGB
LBB' .BB < . : iBB .BB
GLBBi .BB' 1 ... iBBi 'BB.G
UuGBB' jaaL;BB':~.BBGG
GGH; jaaDBBBUBBUHa
DHnDnBBGanaaDi.jaa
E'lnr laCJBBDBBnGGaa
L'nGrinaaGBi laaaaaa
f I.' iHijBBi ■aariaaaHn
[ ,' 11 .BB' IBB' iBBi^BBaa
r BB :BB~::_L.>BBGBBa
L BB BB ,fjrjGBBUBB
BB. ;bb iHgggbgbbg*
1
I'-iuGHGHGLGBBq
24HHnDBnaDDnB' Bn
■ ' .nnnnanns
□DGBOBanGB 'B B. .B > i. B. BGD
CIGBGHGBGB B' ' B B 'B H BO
DBnHHHGB' IB B B IHHH' B
HGB' .HKH B B HHH iBG
QL Ii B .HHU B '' . :l 'B HBHI "B' IG
Gi ' . B ::h:} b b b aaa m : a
a. 1 B B HHB .B B BO;B B B "IG
dl'.b .b a .a IB. .. .. Bi H a. .a bg
GB a . IB .a ' H B' a 'ulbijb
■GB a , o::r. a. go .bc]
OB . .:; n:;::;:::: a iqggi":b
BGB a . .HBB. a ii iGGLiaa
[ a B .a a h
B B 'G BG'B
BBBBB
a B a a bg
:B a .BBB B B
BBB B' B'JG
G-.ii ■ a IBBB .B' BI
B' BBB' B ii.J[G
El" a .BBB .a ' . .
a BBB BG
GBL IBBB.. IB B< :
.a. fl .BBB. IB
GnBGHGaoB a
B B a B BG
EGGBGBGGGB B B
B B a JL1
EHn'^BGaGLIij*.. B.J
a . .' .. . .B' I'JH
inBHaGHGDauUB' IB
.lJUUGHG' EE
1 13
24
Fig. 429.
Fig. 430
Fig. 431.
Fig. 428 illustrates a pointed twill derived from the ~ — T' ^^^^^ ^Y "leans of point draft,
I, 2, 3.4, 5, 6, 5,4, 3, 2.
Figs. 429 to 435 represent a few novel and interesting designs of "pointed twills," which by
means of the different styles of type used readily indicate their method of construction.
Fig. 429. Repeat: 8 warp-threads, 8 picks. Point draw for 5-harness as follows : i, 2, 3, 4,
5. 4. 3. 2.
Fig. 430. Repeat: 16 warp-threads, 16 picks. Point draw for 9-harness as follows : i, 2, 3,
4, 5,6, 7, 8,9, 8, 7, 6, 5,4, 3, 2.
Fig. 431. Repeat: 24 warp-threads, 24 picks. Point draw for 1 3-harness as follows: 1,2,
3.4, 5>6, 7, 8,9, 10, II, 12, 13, 12, II, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5,4, 3, 2.
pr^r^ls^f^rnr^r^jpp^p
nn
GHaBnOOBBBBB
B '1 BBB BB
a
G ":":' /'DBBBOBB
BB BBB B B
BB
1. 1 ji '' .aaaaEaa
B... 'J.J .' 'BBB BB
a
1 .1 .r^GBBBnaa
jGaBa'SGQGBBBBB
L'' ''Baaaa
3DGaBGGGGi'"jBBB
.. .a ...1.:' 'i.."iBBBa
DnaBBBaGGGGB 1' J
i.
I IBBB i J ' |.' «GG
L./aBBBBB"-' '
ii 1
aaaaa^j j'' im 'hg
aflBBGBBB ■■:.;■ 4
!B
BBLiaaa gmggigb
aaBGHiGBBB , .. )G
BB
B'GEl iBBBGGDG'G
Hnaaai laaa . 1 ; . 'g
'B
BBGBBBGHaGGH
^GBBBBB J ,. . -3. . .J
BBBBBGGGBGBa
DGaaBBG'JjG. M '
I
laaaGGGaGBGa
DGG.G'B.I.jGGi IBBB 1
II
I'lB' viGGGaaan
DGGSGHG . BBBBB
B'GHGGGG BBB iBB
a
1 ' . . I BBB/iBB
BBaDGCli .BBB .B. iB
BB
J JL BBB IB 'B
BGBnnrG'H BBB.HB
B' 1
G.ii J jruaaaGBB
GGGsaG'^ . aaaaa
)'
I ]n JRGaGBBBBB
□GGUa 1 , 'BBB ]
|.
■jGaGGGDaaaai""
DGDBBai : . .. .SG. JB. ,G
1 1'
IBBBGLjGGiGBG'^
□aBBBBB~'~i, ].-3 ]H ]
1
BBBBB' I li ISGNi
DBBBLlBBBGaGG '.M
' IB
aBiGBaBGf«G.>GN
lBaB'GEUaaBGGGi.DG
BB
BGEl JBBBGQ'Gar
GBBBaBBBaaGGGa
IB
aaGBBBLMOGGi
GllBBBBBCDa-sJGI^L;
1 II 1
BBBBBGOaHaBC
GGGBBBIGGGiGGBOG
11
GBBBQajL.GBGG
DQDaBQaaGGBBBG
UU
GaaDDGGGBBBC
Fig. 432.
»4BnHn
; .B. .B
HL'H
GB
n^nr-.B^n-"H^n^aGHnni ina
B B B B B a B HiGH
.Bi .B B B B' iBBB B HG
B:b B B B BBBBB H 1E
GB a
a B B B BBBBBBB HG
BBB .B . jB. a. .BBBBB BGE
BBBB B' 1' 'BBBLJaaai '.aaaa
Gi B
El B
GB
B :b
BBB B B BBBGBGaBaDE
BBB .B. .aaaGaaaaEG
B B B B. ;B' iBBBBanBGH
B B B B B' BBB B iHG
1 B B
Hi .B
.B B B B B B B BGE
B H a iB B iB B B B BG
LiB B a .B ..'B' B .;B 'B 1 B' BGE
BIH BBB GB H B B" B B HG
LiEL^aaaaa b b b. .b b _ .b:je
ErGaaaaaaai .b ;b. '' .b a ib '. ihg
GaGBBBBB B B B' BBB' :Bi <L~.Q
aaBaaaa bbb b'^bbbbb b':,g
LIBBBI ~B. BBB H . H: .BBB .iB .'GE
E' ''BBB' BBB B B' I' 'B: IB B .' iBG
GB' BBBBB B B B B B' B jE
EI..H .BBB. H B B .B . _.B B .BG
IGHUHUBGEGEGELJEl JEGI IGHGEGE
Fig. 433.
3»EGHHEHB'~'BEnBaBBBBB!
he: .BBB BB BBBBBBBGI
HHHi '.BI .BB'. i' .BBBBBBfJBI
TBBB BB BBBBBGG"
HBB B BB .BBBGBBBI
BB bb:; BB .
B BC3 BB BB '
[ BB BB BB
HB ' BB BB
B BBB il . .BB BB
r BBBBB 'G BB
GBBBBB '
IGBGBI
GGBBGl
IBGJBBBr
'~GBBBI
GBBBI
■CEC
GBBBB' iBBB.
"■'bi'' .b
BBB
B BB
B HB
BBB. BBB BB
BBBB' 'B' .BB'
BEEED
BB BBBGB
bbb; II iBB: BGBH
BBB BB BEE
BB BB BGEE
L. BB. BHBGE
: BBG'BBi EHG
BB BB . IGEB
BB BB .GOa
BB BB. .' ' BBBD
B BB BBBBB
CBBGBBBBBB. B „ .
GBGBBBBBBB BB BBB' ..BBB BBC:
BGBBBBBBB HB BBBBB: iB' B.BBB[
■BaDGOGG BB BBB BBB BBB BC
■QBBBBBBB iBB BBBBB B .BBBB:
GBGBBBBBBB BBI IBBBi BBB' 'BBB'
IGI
■GI
IGI
IGI
BB
BH BC
BB B .r
;b bbb
□
GI
GBBBBGI
GBBBBBGl""
GBBBBBGf
GBBBBBGr .
EGBBBGGI' BB
EEGGGGC.BH
CEH'.'GGBB B
H: 'BB ^BH. BB
HB' HBB 'BB
EBB B BB
GBBBi. C:B' ,
EBBI iBi .BEG
HB BBB BB
E BBBBB BB
1 GHEEGBEE'. jEEGGGGG'GGI
B^^BBB^
IBBBBBGI
BB B B BBBBBBB
BB BBBBBBBGB
BB BBBBBBBD
iB BB ^GGB
BB BBBBBBBG
BB:..BBBBBBBaB
.'.BBBBBBGBB
GBBBBBGBBB
'■ '.BBBGBBBB
' I '' BBBBB
BH BBBBB
BBBG
: IE
:hh
: BEG
;bbgh
BB B'^BE
BB BEE
.1 iBH B :be
bbjc:bbge
.G'
BtJ'
HBi 'iHHHHEG
IGGQGGGGBEUEEEUEEH
Fig. 434.
Fig. 432. Repeat: 14 warp-threads, 14 picks. Point draw for 8-harness : i, 2, 3,4, 5,6,
7, 8. 7, 6, 5,4, 3. 2.
Fig. 433. Repeat: 24 warp-threads, 24 picks. Point draw for 13 harness: i, 2, 3,4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 10, II, 12, 13, 12, II, 10, 9, 8, 7, C, 5, 4, 3, 2. This design has only tlie point arrange-
ment, warp ways.
83
Fig- 434-
Repeat : 38 warp-thrcads and 38 picks. Point draw calls for 20-harness. Draw
harness i up to and including 20 from front to rear, then follow by drawing harness 19 to 2 from
rear to front.
■nnaHCt3GnnBHBBBaHHnaaDHHBDBBBHBaDDQnt3DGai
■■un ncataaBBBBBaHGnrjaanDaDHDBBBBBDHn oacBi
■BB' ■■ 'rjG jBBBBBnan nHnn^^nnn- BBBBBr'^'^VjCBBi
■■■■ iijGBBBBBi K'^t::-:. . n :i ' ' I'iaa ■&■■■' . .bbbi
■ ■■■■' JBBBBBI 1U< ' C'}C:U ■ U:JUi .: I .r^ HBBBB BBBBI
: :B-!BBB' ^aa , ' '^i: bib r.i: . ai: bbb m bbb
J :::::■: m mmm m ::^:x: :: bbbbb . u , . :-:;::] a ^bbb
7.U . :-: iBBBBB i^ :--ia:-: m .bbb :B i:iy^: r^ bbbbi
JH I , !Ha .BBB laa i . !ua <bbb ibi ibbb aa< :' , ikh bbb
DBBBBB JH ] ', luoX'} IB >u:'3:; i c: BBBBB 'BBBBB ju _; : ::r^a m
OGBBBBB aaa s ::; . aaa bbbbb bbbbb' ,a:ia a :;
DGGBBBBB !:;:; . -jiir^ ' ix:: bbbbb bbbbBljc-}:; ix:a
GDBGBBB IB IC: . ai-ii: : . .a M IBBB :: n ,BBBI IBI a . :_\aaa
QBGGGBnBBB cx:::] i;-X':u . ,BBB ■ a :: m ibbb: cjC'::a' a:
■B'lB
Jl
::
hh;-:
an
IBBBDEIBBD
IBBGHGGGEa
iBBBB' :cnn' ' ;□
BBB: iC'X'X-:' :' ' !□
BB' a 'i .1 iC'X'jnG
B uc-:: ;i 1' HH' '■
rX'X: c-:; bb
:;: . ' :::x-i bi ■
:: . cx}' BBBH
U : . U BBBBB
CXX: BBBBBG
i:a BBBBBGG
a BI 'BBBr^':'}a
" ^ ^ ^ ]a
BBBBB
HU
K
L .LJlJG
BGtaa
BBGD
BBBQ
b:x3 . C-:
:■}■ ' . cxjH I
~'C'X:d^'BBBI
C':C'}i BBBBI
IHI
■ BB B IXY^.
IB'-BBB ai.
cX'ia I UG
H .K :x;n
B rxx; ::' bbbbb
BBB oc: :x: BBBa
BBBB r. ir^y^i.mrm
a BB
HH' IB
Haaa
IB liv.a a
IBB uc: . .la
IB- -IB U I IB
haBBB U£:BG
BBBBB :-::^G
h BBB aaan
IB' B U . IB
IBB :x-: ; iB
IB :-xx: ,1 'B
B □HHG
Kni r ' aa m
IVJi n BB
;-xx-3 B> m
BaGGDDBBBBB t::3 aa
DBanoB'HBBB 'HCX-: . , aaajBB.
GGBGBBB iB a . i asa : i JB .IB
SGGBBBBB ;:■}□ .1 J'.IBHBi IG ]BB'JI
DBBBBB .:-XX-: .' iGBTIB 1 'GBBC-l
OBBBBB a aC-X; IB 'C-XX-: . . '^: iBBHIBB BBI
■■BBB na , : ail mmm .aa . . ua ibbb Bi bi
■B^B laaa > .' .;□ jbbbbb iH . . .aaa jb. 'ibbbi ii
■BB.JB J I JC'X'la IB (BBB-iBJBBB f JLIBIJBBBBBi
BB.iBBGI IBB.DBBB qB'-lBBBGBB JGGBB IBBB.
B 333 J J IBJBBBBBGBBBBB.'JBGGGBBQ .B 31
GB i I IBBB IBBBBB .1 I'HBBBBB IBBB I B B
BB . .: IBB IBBBBB 1 I V] iBBBBB IBB . BC:B
BB ' IB JB IBBB IB I 1 ':B JBBB IB IB ' L'XX: i:
DGBaBJBBB iB ~i ] B B I iB IBBB .BBB BBB ■
dgb:-: bbbbb vi ib . , jBbbbb bb bb bi
OGBBB IBBB IB . I IB B . IB- IBBB BBB . BBB I
E2BG I 'B 'B IBBB 'B i I .B' IBBB^ IB iB . IBBB . 'B
BB^ .1 'BB IBBBBB ' > .'JBBBBB 'BB . JBBB . B:-.
OBG.j BBB iBBBBB J J JBBBBB IBBB i jBI B BC
■GBBB I IB iBBBBB JBBBBB >B . BBBGBI BBB
BBGBB 1 : IBB' JBBB 1B'-JBBBi IBB .' I IBB IBBB IBB
BBBGB .1 . IBBB B IBBB IB 'BBB I I iB IBBBBB' B
BBSBJBBB . .^B BBBBB IB i IBBB IB IBBB' :B BE
BBBBB'JBB '' ' BB IBBB BB . < IBBIBBB IB: 'BBB BB II .BBGBBB .BB BB BBBH
OBBBBB JB I : .BBB IB iBBB I . IBi JBBBBB' IBBBBBI '.BiJri :BBB B BBB' I' .'' B' BBBBB
DGBBBBBGBBB I I 'B B . : .BBB IBBBBB I' BBBBB' iBBBi I' I' B' .B ' BBB BBBBBG
OggBBBBB IBB . BBB BB IBBBBB BBBBB JBB BBB . BB BBBBB' IG
nnHGBBBIB IB BBB B IB IBBB B B BBB-1fl' B BBB B Bi BBB BG
QBGG^jB 4BBB .BBB 333 IIBBB' m , . B B B' IBBB' .BBB BBB BBB' B .B
□GGGGGBBBBB .IBB . :BB 'BBBBB I i I > IB .' IBBBBB BB . .BB BBBBB /G
DHGDaB^BBB IBBB .BBB JBBB IB J 1 'B B B' IBBB' BBB BBB BBB .B. . i^q
QGBGBBB^B IB ' BBB ' ; B IB !BBB IB ^ B BBB 'B B . BBB B B 'BBBuBG
OGGBBBBB IBB ' IBBB .BB IBBBBB I , . BBBBB BB BBB I BB BBBBBGG
DGBBBBB IBBB I I jB. IB I ' BBB 'BBBBBG'J' 'BBBBB BBB B B . . BBB BBBBBG
GBBBBBJIB I l JBBB IB iBBB B BBBBB'' iBBBBB B ' BBB' B :BBBL ' B BBBBB
■BBBB DBB I IBB IBBB BB BB BBB W BBB BB BB BBB BB BC: BBBNi
■BSBJBBB I :B IBBBBB B BBB B BBB B BBB B BBBBB B BBB_.BIJB
■BB JB JJJBBB JB -1BBB-JB IBBB B BBBBB B BBBi .'BSBBBHB BBB B BB
■BGBB l.JJBBGBBB'JBUBBB BB BB BBB BC} BB. BBBHBHBBB BB .. BB' 'B
■JBBB 1'JGB .IBBBBB SBBBB B [XX: B BBB B BBBBBGBBBBB B . .BBBG
GBJ IBBB IBBBBB ~ BBBBB BBB B B BBB BBBBB^" '^-BBBBB .BBB IB
□B. BB JBBBBB BBBBB BB BBB BB BBBBB BBBBB: .BB .Q
□B ' . B JB ^BBB B B BBB IB B BBB 1 B B IBBB B B BBBRB' B □
DGBBB )BaB'-WJ_l.,B...B., ._■' JBBB. JBBBIJG .BBBI" 'BBB' IB. , .-^B-jBGGGBi-aBBBJJBBBG
IQUBB GBBBBBGGGGGBGGaaaBBBBBGHBGDUHauBBBBBuaGDGQaanGGBBBBBGBH. 1
1 10
Fig. 435.
a, ■, Sinkers ; ^, ■ Raisers.
Fig- 435- Repeat: 30 warp-threads, 30 picks. Point draw requires i6-harness. Draw
harness i up to and including 16 from front to rear, then follow by drawing harness 15 to and
including 2 from rear to front.
Derivative Weaves from Satins.
DOUBLE SATINS.
These weaves are designed for woolen goods in which we desire to increase the strength and
yet retain the satin face and finish. They are derived from the regular satins by adding one
more intersection of each warp and fiUing thread in one repeat, either to the right or left, above
or below, or in a short regular distance from the original point.
.BB' 1 ,
B ' 1 <B
' BB
aa ;
^BB' XT
BB' '
■'[ 1 ■; J IB
> ,BB
:BB J
B
■ J'jB
IB
1| B . .
.BBQ
BBJQO
Fig. 436.
and B for Raisers.
■ BB ' : BBH
i~ BB ' > . .BB' j'_JG
a ' ' 'I IBB Cli : .'lj;]B
LI BB . ij BB'JD
ljBb j ■ 1^1 ,BB , ;aD
I I I I' .BBi ;< J. :.jaB
LjJ iBBijQUUQijBB' jQI'J
BBLiiaGGaDBBDDGaaa
8DL JGaaBBDanGGCBBG
Gl laBGGCnnnBBnGQD
■ -lGDDDG^-lB " i "DDB
DGPjGBBG , ' , , .BBGG
OaBGDr IGUi. IBB t i IJG
GGOGGGislBiJGU'Ji JGBB
Di ^r_.aBGaunGGBBGi'ja
1 ■BGaaGGGBBGaGaan
Fig. 437.
■ and ■ for Raisers.
GnBGQBDGnGBGGBDG
aDBGaGGBnGBnGDLJB
QDDGBDaBnaGGBGaB
GBaGBGGLTGB : iB ' iG
dbggggbq: b . . bg
DGQBGGi
B j[ jbg
BuGGG
JGBGG
GQBQa
GGGGI"
B B B
SG^ a ' :
GGi^j:_^.^^B^;
GGGGBGGHDaaGBaaa
DaaQBGaGGBGaaaDa
aBGaaaaaGaGGaaan
anaaGGBG a ■ aa
BQQBGGGiJB B , iG
IBGGGGBGGB. , _i.j._ BUG
1
Fig. 438.
a and ■ for Raisers.
Fig. 436 illustrates the 5-liarness (filling face) double satin. The common 5-harness satin
we find clearly indicated by m. One point added (■) to the right has given the double
satin. An examination of the same will show us a proportionally large float of the filling, thus
leaving all the advantages of the satin for the face of the fabric. The warp we find changed in
the new design from ^ ^ to ^—^ — L^g. o^' twice as many intersections in the short repeat of 5
threads, giving the fabric for which this weave is to be used proportionally more strength.
Fig. 437, representing the 8-harness (filling for face) double satin, is designed upon the same
principle as that of Fig. 436 ; having a larger repeat it will better demonstrate the purpose than
the former.
Fig. 438 illustrates the double satin (filling for face) produced in connection with the 8-harness
satin, filling face. This time the adding point is found above the one for" the regular satin, so the
filling receives one more point of interlacing in each repeat ; hence more strength in the fabric,
filling ways.
nanaGBaGaDQBGBDa
BaBGGGGaa'~aGGaGa
0. n I a a . B' ib
Gua IB a a . iG
GB '' G a a .IB
G . . a a a BG
GB a a a IG
a ' a a bg
sQ^^a^j^ ., ..,-,. B^aGG
■aHGGGGuJBGBGGGaa
DDGDGBGBGGGfjaBDB
DnBDHaGGGaBGBGGG
DBDGG'Vi ■ a a' I: !. GB
DDaGB .'G I . I i< a :bg
DBGB :.- -; , a a. jg
iBaaat:4^a.jB-jGLjGLjBa
«
Fig. 439.
■ and D for Raisers.
■Gl
■Gl
■Gl
■Gl
■Gl
IG^
■G^
■G^
■G^
■GBBGBBBBa
■GBBBBGBaa
aGBBGBBBBGI
BGaaaaGBBGi
BBBGBBGBBr~
GaaGBBBBG^
GBaaBGBBGBBaBG^ _
saanaaGBaaaGBBL laa
■B' 'aaaai 'laBGaaaaG
■BBBHaai aaaaGBBG
B''iBa'';aBBa' bbgbbb
Bvaaaa aaGaaaaGB
BBBi-aa aaBBiGBBGa
Fig. 440.
n and a for Sinkers ; ■ for Raisers.
Fig. 439 shows another and a different arrangement of the 8-harness double satin (filling
face), having its added point in an oblique position to the original intersection of the regular satin;
consequently increasing the point of interlacing equally for warp and filling.
Fig. 440 shows the regular 8-harness satin warp for face, arranged for double satin, and in
its construction will correspond to Fig. 438. Both of the last mentioned designs also demon-
strate the arrangement of the 8-leaf satin warp for face, after the principle observed either in
Fig. 437 or 439-
(«4) .
85 .
Granite-\Veaves.
Under this system of weaves we classify small broken-up effects, which are derived from the
foundation weaves in various ways.
Amongst the effects most frequently used, we find those that are derived from the satin-
weaves. In this manner Figs. 441 to 469 are designed.
TDDBDBBa
■DDGBDB
DB«an::;«
DWDBB'Tin
DnDHUBB
BBDDQBU
laLjBBQDD
1 J
Fig. 441.
7nOBCDBB
BBDnHim
I -■■-7-^1
LBB.jLJU.J
iHUQBBaU
1 i
Fig. 442.
TDBaDBBO
BOaBBDB
DBBDaBN
BIGBBDn
I ':b>j jBB
BBaoBaa
laoBBaQB
I 7
Fig. 443.
saBnBGSBa
BDWB JGBQ
BDQBGBaa
BDBiJJBr-ja
DHB'JiJBCJB
DDBUBUHB
CBGaBGDB
laBaGBGBQ
1 8
Fig. 444.
Figs. 441 to 443 are granite-weaves derived from the 7-harness satin. The latter is shown
in each design by «.
Designs Figs. 444 to 447 are derived from the 8-harness satin. The first two weaves are
obtained by adding three additional points of interlacing to each original .satin spot (■).
PDGBBnBBn
BC-^"B ■
BG ' ■■ i
amm -m ..1
CHBGGGBB
V :jBB <--B
BBQaBGOD
IMBGaaBBD
1 8
Fig. 445.
snnnBBHBB
■■ ■■
■ ■ BBB
■■' mma
m Bi iGB
B ' :■ HBNB
I BB BBGG
II^BB .. BB
1 8
Fig. 446.
SBDBGBP^BD
CB' B B B
Bl B B B'4
GB m B B
Bi^JBi B: iB J
GB' !B: ■> B
B'JB': iBGB 1
IBB^KGB^B
1 a
Fig. 447
The last two weaves are obtained by adding four additional points of interlacing to the
original one. The original 8-harness satin is shown in each design by a.
Weaves Figs. 448, 449 and 450 are designs of granites having for their foundation the 12
harness satin. The latter is again indicated by a different type (■) from that of its addition for
producing the granite-weave required.
l^anaBBDDBDGBB liiDDBBBnDMBaBB l^DBBaaBBBGBDB
DDBaDBBnaCBB nDHBGBBGDBBB BBBGBGBGBBGa
BBGGnBB^!GB|Cn BBG'nBBBnonBn GBGBBGnBBHl' ■
bb:?: bbggg bbg' .< w :bb ., m Gr!BB'-i :bi B' bb
G: .BB ' BBGGB BIjBB ! BBB' i! M GB iB' BB. >' BBil
Di BB BBG GBBB ' / B^ BB .1 BB BB ' B BG
GN. BB BB ] GKB BB' . BBB ) BM B B BB B
BG. BB : . B BG BBB B B B' BB . BB ' B :]
BG>_.^._.. BB ..:'B BG' « B .BB BB GBB -i .B ' B BB 'I
DBBuGGBBiJuHG GBBGGBBBul.iMB BljBGBB BB' n
DBBGOBGCBBGa BBBGGBBGBBGO BGGBB'^-i BBB
iHaGBBOGGBBGD IBBDBBGGBBBGG 1BGBGBGBB iGBB
1 12 1 12 1 IJ
Fig. 448. Fig. 449. Fig. 450.
Weaves Figs. 451 and 452 are derived from the 15-harness satin, which is similar to the
preceding ones indicated by b.
Weaves Figs. 453, 454 and 455 are granites, constructed in their foundation out of the com-
mon 1 8-harness satin-weave.
ISGBGBGGBBBGnaBGG
DCBBB'";GSBGGnBGr
BG'.
m ' B B'~:GBB
BG
BGB
B B BBBGGB
. BBB B_'GG
DBB
B -''B B.:Ba
DGG
nB'_.
B :B B BBB
B B :' BBB. ':GBB
BBB' < m "m
BBB
B ' B B '
□BB
B B aaa '
GGB
m BBB B.
B' ' .
BBB ' B :BG
BB
b: B BIGB
liHB,,
-. .B^B . .BBBGG
1
isggbgbbdbbbgbbgb
bbgbbbd;4bi 'bggbg
BB '--m BGLB 'BB' B
Br:B B BB BBB m
GB BB BBB ' B BG
B..BBB :B .B. . B B
BfrlB' B : :B BB BB
GBBB m B' ' B BB
Cf-m B ' B BB BBB
B _B BB'_/BBB r-MO
^BB BBB . B B ' B
BBB "~'B B " B' BBG
IBBGBGGBGBBGBBBQ
ISaDGBBBGBBBl
nni
GDBBBD
UGGBBBT^r-i, 1:
BB
B ' BBl
BBGMBB 1:
BB
B ' 'GB
BBGI . '' BBB'
B
a . i iB
BB!': BBB
BBB W
G' BBB ' BB
BBB G
I BBB B
BB
BB O
B .' BB.i . B
BB
BB
BGGGL.'BBB '
BB
: BB
B.DGGGBBB '
BBB.' B
GBBBGqBB '' :: '1'
BBB '1
GBBBGGG'. :BBB
1 'BB' '
GaBBQaG:"BBB
BBB
□GGCBBB' GBB
BBB
GGGGBBB
BBB' s< IBB
B
BB ;-BB
B
BB
BBB II 1 . BBB !
BB IG
IBBBGG. ji JBBB. i' >
GGBBBG
1
Fig. 451.
Fig. 452.
Fig. 453.
Fig. 453 is produced by adding eight additional points of interlacing to the original spot.
Figs. 454 and 455 are obtained by adding (regular) seven additional points of interlacing to
the original spot (indicated by h).
Another method for producing granite -weaves is that of using the common .satin-weaves for
86
the foundation, but so arranging the latter in their construction as to have every even-numbered
waip-thread in the main design (motive) missed, or not taken into consideration at all. Thus the
5-harness satin will call for lo warp-threads; 'the /-harness to be arranged, in the manner above
isgnnBBnnBBnnnnBBBBD
r^nBHHBnOCT^'BB'^insiBaa
BG ■ M
BBBI
■'■-)-Di
MB' :
BB
'i iB
:' 1 JGBB
B: 1' ' ' BBBI
■
iBBDOa
ni BB'
'; M
!• ^ ■:!
■ BBB..'
QBBBB
]
BBL II
i^BCjnn
DL • ■
1
■ BBBI
r.r]riBB
Bl BB B « J BBB
Dl ' BBBB Bfli > 'IB
CIBB ' B' BBBB^.UlJ
BBBB ' ' . BB .ijMBUUrja
Cf :B BBBBI.JIUaaBBD
DC:' BB :B. 'GODBBBB
aci ;bbbb bbphp^bg
BB _ :B BBBBi 'I '' n
BBB BB I : B' .B
iPBi ;'j'......BaBBij..i. :jBB.-ilJ
isaDBBBariMnijnBnnBBBD
BG'^'BBBG' 'GHBBG"Hnai
Bl i B ". BBB ': TJBB
BB ^ BBB ; ... B'-JOB
DU^fi:^UBHB'_J_JGBBB:jnH
UBBBQDHGGnBDDBBBDa
:-' BBB ' i'~ BBB . - a
DDHGGrjBGDBBB'rrj' BBB
m ' BBB'^irG - -
Gi B BEB'
BBB I
J.BBB • BBI
Gtn B. Bl
GGi BBB I
GB ' BBB' ..
BB I . I ' B
BBB ' ' BBB ' BGG
mui... m BBB .: :i..BBBaC
1 18
m '
BBB
ii G
11
B
BB
Gi B
BEB'
B
BB
'_ ." fJi' 1
BBB
B
BB
Bi .' '1 J
J.BBB
BBB
.■ ,BG
Gsn
B.
BBB '
aBBD
GGi B
BB
B ,
'-'■BB
GB J
BBB
BBB
GHDD
BB 1
1
m
B
BB
'. laoB
Fig. 454.
Fig. 455.
described, for 14-harness, etc., etc. To give a clearer understanding of the method of procedure,
Figs. 456 to 465 have been designed.
Fig. 456 represents the common 5-harness satin designed on every imeven-numbered (i, 3,
5, 7, 9) warp-thread.
DaBGSBnBBn
OBBI 11 B i< m
BOHB' IBB' ,• n
SDDDDHnDODD
DDGDDDDDBn
DGBGDnnanG
DDDGIDGBGaa
IHDDDDGDDDD
1 10
Fig. 456.
: B BB ' Bl )G
I B' I ' B BB'1
I BB I Bl I B
IMIJUB BBi ,: iB
1 10
Fig. 457.
LJ
!*_■■
■GHBGBBGQa
BDD31DBBQB
laBGBBDGaBU
1 10
Fig. 458.
DDDDBBnnBB
DDBBDDDDBB
DCBBGDBBQa
BBaDDDBBDD
BBDGBBGGDa
^'GGDDBBOnBB
QDBBGDDDBB
aGBBDDBBaa
■■QDODBBGa
iBBDGBHDDDa
i 10
Fig. 459.
Figs. 457, 458 and 459 illustrate granite-weaves obtained from the latter foundation weave
by means of adding four additional points of interlacing (selected differently in each design) to
the original spot of the 5-harness satin.
Granite-weaves Figs. 460, 461 and 462 are obtained, by means similar to the preceding
cases, from the 7-harness satin. Their repeat is: 14 harness and 7 picks.
TDDBGGnBBDDBBDB
DGBBDBDDBnnDBB
B'.' '.' IBG 'BB B.^ 1
BBDBGaBQDDBBDn
nDBBGGBBDBDaBa
LB ' B~ii' ~5B' :BB
IBBanBBDBDDBDDa
1 14
Fig. 460.
inDBBaDBBDBDGBB
DBDDBBG'^BBnGf^B
BBUOBBr B' IGiBBG.G
DQBBDGBB r:i=JBGiB
naBBQBGGBBGGBB
BB ' BB .B 'B. J
inB B':-BB_iiaB<_ 2
1 14
Fig. 461.
TDBOBBDBDBnGBnn
BGnBDDGBDBBDHD
DBBDBDBDGBDDDB
GBDDDBGBBDBDBG
BGBGBDnBDnDBDB
DDDBDBBaBnBDDB
laDflaDBaaaaaaBD
1 14
Fig. 462.
Designs Figs, 463, 464 and 465 are designed out of the 8-harness satin, and their repeat is
16 warp-threads and 8 picks. In designs Figs. 457 to 465 the original weave for the foundation
(or the 5-, 7- or 8-harness satin) is shown by a.
In the same manner that we construct granite-weaves out of the 5-, 7- and 8-harness
satin, we can also construct granite- weaves out of satin-weaves having a higher number of
harness for their repeat.
saa^aGBB^BGnGnana
ai'B
B BBB B a
GB BBB
B BB B' 1 ''1
GB' BB :B Ml 'B: ^BBB
ai ■/-< . B'
IBBB Bl 'BB J
GBBB B
BB:"B II' 1i riB
GBB' 'B II
1 1 jB BBB a
1BGaflUBBBaBUBBL.BG
SGaGBBBr^ar^^BGanni
(
iuauaauaui
I I IMQ
a a
IBB. a
II' JGaa
I B< a
luaua
16
SDGI
GGI
GB
BGI
a:
GL .'
BB.
IHBL
1
inBB^Gni.-'*BDann
I' -IB B' I " ;":BGBa
.' . a. BB' .:jaaHa
IB. J I B' BGGGa
'B a ' LB'-BBGG
B'. BB I"': . .''B B
. .L J Bl B. 'I 4 .BG
lauuuauBBuuuu
Fig. 463.
Fig. 464.
Fig. 465.
By using in this manner the 9-harness satin we will get 1 8-harness for the granite-weave
and if we u.se the lo-harness satin-weave we will get 20-harness .'or repeat of its corresponding
granite-weave, thus always requiring twice as many harnesses in repeat for the granite-weave as
for the foundation satin-weave.
87
The next step in designing granite-weaves is the use of any satin-weave for foundation on each
third successive warp-thread, which will equal: "Take one warp-thread, miss two," in the founda-
tion satin-weave for the new design.
To give a more perfect illustration of this method of procedure Figs. 466 and 467 have been
constructed.
Fig. 466 illustrates the 5-harness satin-weave to be applied for the foundation of a granite under
the previously explained principle of "take one, miss two," thus calling for warp-threads i, 4, 7,
10, 13 in constructing the satin for foundation.
nananniBannDDDnaandaBanBaaQ
I oBBBi^'aa' irnr-'iHBHnn'~BBB':BB' 11 ;" ibbb^'g
a '■ BBB' ' BBB MB BBfl~. BBB B
a ■■■ BB BBB BBB BB . BB
a BB BBB BBB BB BBB BB
enDaannaDaBaDaan cl.bbb i i bb bb . , aaa bbb bb u
DDDBDaaDDanGaaa dbb i :bb ■ bbb' > bbb' bb j .» bbb ;j
DDaanDDanaDDHDa ai ,i^ bbb ■ bb ;i aa , bbB' ,. > aaa a
DDaaaaBDaaaaaaa ai iuL.aaN jaBuLnjaaauu aaa:jaBU'_L «a
iBDDDnaaaaaDGaDg '■□aaDUDaaaaDuaaaaaaaDaaaaDDDai
Fig. 466. Fig. 467.
Weave Fig. 467 represents a granite-weave as derivea from the foundation, Fig. 466. The
original satin spots are shown in both designs by the same character of type, thus giving a clearer
and more perfect illustration of the method of procedure. Any granite-weave, constructed in
accordance with the present example out of a satin-weave, will always require three times the
number of harness for its repeat that the satin calls for. Thus, the 5rharness satin requires
1 5-harness in granite-weave; the 7-harness satin requires 21 -harness in granite-weave; the
8-harness satin requires 24-harness in granite-weave, etc., etc.
This will readily explain that when using a high number of repeat in satin for foundation, a
corresponding increase in the granite-weave will occur. For example, take the 12-harness satin
which equals 36-harness in granite, a repeat too large for the number of harness operated in the
loom. To prevent difficulties arising in this manner, we can readily substitute the missings of
certain warp-threads for the filling, using warp-ways each thread in rotation as in the case of the
example in the filling.
The peculiar characteristics of the face of a fabric interlaced on a granite-weave, " small
broken-up effects," will readily admit this change. The present rule, "take one, skip two," in
producing the foundation satin can also be extended to "take one, skip three," or "take one,
skip four."
-'uaaDaDaaDDnaanaaaannn
QaaaaaaGaaGCiGaaDaraa
DaaGGGBBGB'TBBi ''~irBB' IB
aGaaaaGGijBB' a bb : a
DGaauBriBB' BB B BBG
BB'. '"' iBBGB'' BB BB BG
GB BB ' BB a BB BB
GBB B BB BB B BB G
BLJi BB B .BB • BB B B
m -MM . BB M BB ' BB<J
lOGGGQaaGaan wbb b bb ^ bb b bb gi
DGGDGGBGGa O BB BB BB B BB
GGGGGGGOGD GBB BB B BB BB B
GGaGGoaGoa bl - - bb bb b bb b
DGGGGGGGGG Gi BB B BB BB B BBG
GGGGGGGGBQ BB . ' BB . BB ' . BB B :
GGGGGGGGGG GB BB : BB B BB Bil
GGGGHGGGGG GBB ; BB BB B BB ]
GGGGGGGGGa BGi BB B .BB _ BB.B^B
iBaaDQaaaaij ibgbbgggbbgbgbbqggbbg
1 10 10 20
Fig. 468. Fig. 469.
Another method of designing granite-weaves having a satin-weave for foundation, is that of
using the latter in the former, as follows: "Take one thread, miss one" (or two, or three, etc.) in
the direction of the warp and the filling, thus increasing correspondingly the repeat of the warp-
threads and picks. To illustrate the present method Figs. 468 and 469 have been designed.
Weave Fig. 468 illustrates the 5-harness satin arranged in its repeat upon every alternate
warp-thread and pick. Repeat: 10 threads each system.
Weave Fig. 469 illustrates the arrangement of above-mentioned satin-weave changed to a
granite-weave.
88
The character of type used in weave Fig. 469, for indicating one repeat of the satin-weave, is
shown to correspond with that used in Fig. 468.
It will be seen readily that it is possible to construct an endless variety of granite-weaves in
this manner, therefore we only give these few examples to indicate the elementary principles of
their construction.
Other Methods of Constructing Granite-W^eaves.
Granite-weaves may be produced also by various other methods. Among those most
advantageously used are those produced by using a suitable effect arranged in the shape of a
broken twill.
For example, we have designed weave Fig. 470, which will readily explain the method of
procedure, as well as indicate how to proceed in constructing similar effects. A further method
of designing granite-weaves is the using of a certain number of warp-threads and picks on a warp
effect and exchanging alternately for the same size and figure, filling effect.
■GHHurii .■■."jQa. jGDB
■■L1. BHGBHa r':mmrm
■■uHHM '■■ ■■■ n
aoumm kh . ■ ■■ ::a A R
ummi ... • :Bn .■■ , ,na ad
■■■' ■■ I ■■■ BHuG sBBBannnnDBiBDnna
■ ■ ■■■ BB BBBQ BBB :] " l JBBBDBDDD
^.-..l::^ bb :x: bbd bb m: :i ibbgdbbdd
B.^HH BB :::i nam BGGGanHGBr^n'^HHHD
BB._. BB BBB BBQB IDBQQGDQB' rAZn :' jB
BBGBBB BB BBBOD DOBQaGBB. ::C^ BB
DC'GBB nu BB :□□ DnDHGBBB^ ...a BBB
GBB _. an BB nn iDDDDBBBBGUaGBBBB
BBB .BB BBB BB 14 8
IBBQuBBB BB BBBJ Q J)
Fig. 470. Fig. 471.
For example, in constructing by this method a granite-weave for 8 warp-threads and 8 picks,
divide the 8 threads each system contains, thereby getting 4 squares of 4 by 4 threads dimension.
Next put the effect desired into one of these squares. Into each square connecting with one
side insert the same effect, exchanging from the breaking-off line, raisers for sinkers and vice versa.
The fourth square, left unoccupied thus far, will readily appear as the connecting link for
producing the entire weave.
Figs. 471, 472 and 473 are constructed in this manner. Fig. 471, repeat: 8 warp-threads
and 8 picks.
Effect A for the first square of 4 x 4 threads, is shown by ■.
B represents the square connecting with A on one side, situated on the right hand side. It
contains the same effect shown in A reversed, raisers exchanged for sinkers.
6^ represents the other square connecting with A. It also contains the effect shown in square
A reversed, raisers exchanged for sinkers.
sBBBB"nG~BBBB'~nGa sBHrn^B , nn a^BGa ogc^b'^bb
BBBB.. ;i.. .BBBB < .JO D. ' '^ BBB '<: BBB G^i ,flB B
BBB :i !Gi BBBi .a. GIG QL i' . BBB U BBBJ B^"! ,,''^
bb^jl.'HhgljBB' , iHHGG HG:na , B t: aa , bg BBL_;BGawG
GGHHGGBBCi-. iKHi , <BB CjB. , HH K B' .HB. id IQDHLJBLJBB
DGGEonBaB: 1 ' a bbb gbbb . < a bbb t 1 a GQgGBBGB
DGQGBBBBGGGGBBBB BBB;-,a;jl.,GBBBGHL....G BgBBGDBD
IDanGBBBBDuGGBBBB IDaBaQGaaGGBQaGQE] , IBBGBUHGD
18 18 '18
Fig. 472. Fig. 473. Fig. 474.
Weave in squares B and C is shown by a so as to distinguish it better from A and D; also
to indicate more plainly the method of procedure to be observed in the construction of different
weaves.
Square B forms the corresponding connection in the design. ■ is used in this square for
warp up, similar to square A.
Weaves Figs. 472 and 473 are constructed with different effects, but in their method of
construction correspond with weave Fig. 471. Repeat in Figs. 472, 473 and 474: 8 harness
and 8 picks.
89
Weave Fig. 474 contains the same method of construction as the foregoing three examples,
the only difference being that the shape of the square is changed this time to a rectangle
produced by 2 picks and 4 warp-threads. Repeat of weave : 8 warp-threads and 4 picks.
Weave Fig. 475 illustrates a granite-weave similar to those already
explained. Repeat: 20 warp-threads and 20 picks. Four changes in each
system; thus 4x4= 16 squares (each separated by a break) in complete
weave.
As mentioned at the beginning, by granite- weaves we mean those
weaves which form, when applied for interlacing a fabric (worsted or woolen
goods), small broken-up effects upon its face. As this indicates to a certain
extent a regularly distributed arrangement of interlacing, warp and filling,
it will be seen readily that we can also construct and classify under this
system of granite-weaves, designs having no real foundation of structure, but in which the method
of interlacing will produce the small broken-up effect upon the face of the fabric.
Weaves Figs. 476 to 486 illustrate a few specimen designs constructed in this manner.
■ ■■nriHnDlJBBB.jBDDDBD
■' nr~'BHarjMijjBaBaBBBn
LaaaaaGa''" aa< anauaaa
L.MULsa! aka aiLanaaaua
aai ja. a ' a: 'aaaui n .lanG
I ' ' M' aaa' a a' ' aa' aaa
aaa a a a aa: . ai na
I '' a a^ aaa' a'jui aaaiiaa
a aa a Baa..Bi;:' ma
a ~ aaa bb b'~b aaaa
aaa: b:ji i a a' aa' ' ai no'
a a aaa a ' aaa aa
aa.a< a a aaa. • aaa
aaaL.a._.'.j_i
iciLanaGaai
a ' a BBB'ja
BBB B aa
a a a mmma
aL..aa aaua
aaacjaaaauai!
10 hi SD
Fig. 475.
Repeat :
isBaannaaaBnn
naaaaaBBaGGr
n~a
-an-BBaBB
n
■ aarjaaa
1 ■
■a a.' aa
aa
BB >:-: .a
a
:: . BBDaaa
aa
' BB
aa i^anaH
BB
■a :; a ^ i
a
BB ' aaaa
C-3
. . a aa. .aa
1
12
Fig, 476,
f 12 warp-threads,
I 12 picks.
i^naaaaaaoanaB
OGaBBBGaaaaB
BaaaaGanaaaG
GBB . a: aaaGB
aaa • a aaaGaa
BBLiaaaaal ^aaa
DaaaaaGGBGaa
DGGaBBGGGBBB
■GGBBGaaGBaa
aaaGaBGBBGGa
aaaaGGBBaGGa
iBaaaGGBBuaag
Fig. 477.
Repeat: / 12 warp-threads,
I 12 picks.
iinnDCCBGBBBBB
BaGGaBGaaaaa
BanaaBaGaaGa
aaBGaaoGBGGn
aa . B' BBB' o
a ' ry ' jBBbbbg
c:bbbbb''v : m
o aaa a ' [ aa
l::jbl.. aa bbb
GGBGi I aaB: aa
11
^^,.JU
Repeat :
Fig. 478.
f 12 warp-threads,
I 12 picks.
ISBBGGBGGGBBGB
BaGGGaaaaaaa
DGBaGGBBGaaa
GGGBGaaaaaai
aaGGBBGaaaGa
GBGGBBBGaBGG
DaaaaaaaGGBG
aGBaaaaaaGaB
aaaaaaGGaGGG
BBBaaaGaGBGG
GaaaaaaGGGBB
laaaaGaGBGGBB
1 12
Fig. 479.
Repeat: i 12 warp-threads,
I 12 picks.
Repeat :
iiaaaanBnanaG
Ga'lBi IBB! 'Bi iB
BL B' a 'B B'~a
ai. iB'. BBi B' <aa
DBUBLIB! IBLaa
□BGBBGaaauB
aaaGaaaGaaa
BGBBGBGBGaa
DBGaGBGBBGa
□aaGaGBGBDB
iBaaGBGaaaaa
1 u
Fig. 480.
f 1 1 warp-threads,
I 1 1 picks.
inar-innaaaBGa
aa ' iBBGaa
BB' ABUGGBB
B'.jaaBBGGGB
GaBBBBGBBG
DaGBBGBBBB
GaBGGaaaBB
aaaaaGi^DBBG
BBBB'i.^BaaaG
iGBBJBBBaaG
I w
Fig. 481.
Repeat :
10 warp-threads,.
10 picks.
sGnaa^iaanGna
aa aa aa~
anaaa
~ BBG
ac: ;"aa aa
BB a
ai^aa ^.aa a
■ a
caa aa aa
Gaa/aa < aa
■a
'BB 1 ]
BB BB -. BB.
■a J
iQauBBLjBBuuU
■aaaa
1 8
Fig. 482.
Renpaf /^ warp-threads,
^'P^^^' 1 8 picks.
eDDBBnaGB
DBOGBBGB
GBBBGGBG
BGGBGGBB
BGaaaanG
GGBGaGBB
aaaaaGGG
IBBOaGBBa
1 8
Fig. 483.
Repeat: / ^ warp -threads,
^ I 8 picks.
8Gi
B'
BI
C)
aa: ' BG
a BG
aai iBi iB
BB a B' 1
G' jB M' BB
aGBGBBLJa
1 8
Fig. 484.
Repeat: / 8 warp-threads,
I 8 picks.
SBBBGaDDQ
GGaGBOBB
GBGGBBGB
DBBBGDOB
BGGGBBBa
aGBBGGBG
BaaanaGG
IGaGBGBBB
1 8
Fig. 485.
Reoeat • -^ ^ warp-threads,
Kepeat . ^ g ^.^^^^^
eaGBGBBBG
BBBGGGBG
DBGaaaaa
GBBBGBGG
GGGaaaGB
BBGaaaGB
BGGGBGBB
IBGBBBGGG
1 8
Fig. 486.
Repeat : | ^ ^^'jf;^^'^^^''
Combination of Different Systems of Weaves for one Design.
As indicated, designs or weaves classified under this head are produced by combining two,
three or more weaves from those explained in any of the preceding systems, or divisions
of it; also any new weaves similarly constructed by any of the rules given or examples illustrated.
Thus it may readily be seen that a great number of such combined weaves can be constructed,
but practice will teach us to be careful in selecting the weaves for combination, so as to have them
harmonize in their method of interlacing and to secure perfect work upon the loom, as well as
the proper finish of the fabric after it has gone through the finishing process. This point must
especially be taken into consideration in the manufacture of woolen fabrics, as these generally
require fulling; therefore places more irregularly interlaced in one part of the design than in other
parts will have a tendency to shrink irregularly in the fulling process. In the manufacture of
fabrics requiring no finishing at all, or requiring but very little (such as shearing, calendering or
pressing, etc.), this trouble will be of less consequence than in the case of fabrics requiring a finish.
Therefore the rule for designing weaves for worsted and woolen fabrics under the present
system, is as follows : Only combinations of weaves are allowed in which the fabric shrinks regu-
larly at the loom and during the fulling and scouring process.
We will introduce a few designs containing the principles of the various combinations
and thus explain the whole system.
For example, it may be desire to produce a stripe effect upon a ground interlaced with
the plain weave, and in addition the stripe be required to stand out more prominently than the
ground. In this manner design Fig. 487 is constructed.
I u Repeat: 12 warp-threads and 4 picks.
cMoif^iir^BiiDHaBaBnpaMBnB ^ warp-threads (i — 8) marked I interlace in the regular plain weave.
BB^"^"^"gi""^"^"^"^"™" 4 warp-threads (9 — 12) marked II interlace in the regular 4-harness
12 warp-threads repeat.
Suppose, again, we would use in our present example one kind of yarn (same size, quality,
color). A careful examination of the subject by the novice will convince him that the 8 warp-
threads working with the plain weave must intersect twice as often with the filling as the 4
threads working with the twill. Practice will readily demonstrate that the 8 warp-threads
interlacing on plain, will become tighter (take up more) than the 4 warp-threads interlaced in
twill. The entire warp being a continuous repetition of the 12 warp-threads until taken up, will
thus have the arrangement of 8 warp-threads interlaced with the plain weave and 4 warp-
threads interlaced with the ^ twill taken alternately and repeated over its entire width. This
in turn will produce a tighter texture in the plain woven part as compared with the twill part.
A perfect fabric requires an even texture all over its surface, which is not guaranteed in the
present example because of the vast difference in the result of interlacing of the plain weave
and the twill weave in the same fabric.
We will next consider methods to be employed for producing an even texture (or as nearly
even as possible). Either we must use a heavier size of yarn for those warp-threads which interlace
on the ^ 4-harness twill as compared with the warp-threads woven on plain ; or we must
use a higher texture (more ends per inch) for the twill part than for the part interlacing
with the plain weave.
If we should select the first mentioned point for evening the texture in the present example,
we increase the bulk of the fabric, which may be objectionable, whereas if we employ the second
point this will be to a great extent avoided. This will better explain itself by means of the
(90)
91
following rule as to sizes of threads compared with their diameter: " the weights of threads do
not change in proportion to their diameters, but vary in the same ratio as the squares of their
diameters." This will readily demonstrate the second given point as the proper one to be used
in the present example for producing the required even, or as nearly even as possible, texture.
In weave Fig. 488 we illustrate the combination of 9 warp-threads interlaced with the
5-harness satin, and 10 warp-threads interlaced on a fancy twill; both weaves combined forming
corresponding stripes in the fabric. On examination the amount of intersections in each weave
will clearly appear to the student to be even, thus no great trouble can result in combining
these two weaves into one. It also explains the method of procedure in combining similar
weaves for the same purpose.
I II III IV v
. . . . . . DDDBBBGDnBBHnBBDaBnnaHrjaBBnBGBnBnnnBBB
^' - QnBBBi. iBBBiinr.BBBGBBnrB 1. r~B- irB-^B BBriGCjBB
aBBBaaBBBaaaaBBaDDB maBi i' iBBB^ :■ • bb bbb !Bb b " b b bbb . b
BBGBBBBUBaaaBaaaaaa bbbljiJ'. bbb .. b .bb bbb bb bbb bbb .j
BBBB'.'BBBBf'BB'^nGGBBD BBljIGi JBGIGuBBBi i :' B .' BBi BBB' BB B B BBB JG
BGBBBB :BB 'BB' ' y'lBGGO BGLJGBBG' l BBB^ 'i 'B ' 'B BB BBB B B BBB' 71
■BB BBBB B . BBGODD CQGrJBBBjG: BBB ,BB B B BB B B B BBB
50BBBB-BBB ' : BBGOGB DGBBB' iBBBG I' BBB. BB' B . B B B BB: r 'BB
■BGBBBB B. B BBG OBBB ' 'BBB ' ' 'BB BBB BB B B B BBB B
BBBBGBBBB BB BBG ■■■ . . BBB . B . BB .BBB BB BBB BBB.. ij
■G^^^B-JBB BB ' . 'B.. ' IG BBi .JUi B .'.' Ji. .BBB ii ;i iB' >' ;BBuBBB. iBB' .B..B' I'.iBBB' .IG
■■■G^BBBGBGGGBBGGGG IBGUUBBGUUBBBGGBGUGBGUBBGBBBGBGBGGGBBBG
'9 1!! 1 r. 12 2r 31 ;«
Fig. 488. Fig, 489.
Weave Fig. 489 represents a perfect combination of five different weaves produced with a
repeat of 38 warp-threads and 6 picks. Warp-threads i to 6 are interlaced with the regular j
twill. Direction of twill from the left to the right. Warp-threads 7 to 12 are interlaced with the
common 6-harness ^ basket- weave. Warp-threads 13 to 27 have for their weave the skip
twill derived from the regular 6-harness ^ twill by means of "take three threads successively
and skip two." Warp-threads 28 to 31 are interlaced with the common rib-weave j warp for
face. Warp-threads 32 to 38 are interlaced with the filling by means of the ~ ^ 6-harness twill.
Direction of twill from the right to the left.
Weave Fig. 490 illustrates another perfect combination of two weaves from two different
— 7, used for
divisions of weaves. In the same the combination of the regular 8-harness twill —
six successive warp-threads, and the 16 harness corkscrew, used for 18 successive warp-threads,
is shown.
II
II
aaaaaaBBDBGBGBGBBGBGBGBBa
■■GOaaBGBGBDBBGBGBGBBGBG
■■■DGDBGBGBBGBGBGBlinBGBa
■BBBGGB BB'.:B B BB'VB 'B' 'iBG
GBBBBGBB B B BB B B B BB
DGBBBB' B_B BB B B.'B BB ■
GGGBaBuBi:.BBLjBLjBL 'B! IBB^ MOM
iGaGQaaGaaGBGaGaGaaGaGaaa
1 6 24
sGHHaGriaa
HGrjl.iC3B!/B
rsna:a'_a
a ! >' 'QBi .B
1 a:::} bb
iBGa..]aaGaGBGa
.BGBBGa. :■'. JB' ~a
.BB. Bi...B'.B BB':
I B B' .B BB .B'
GBBGBGB
:H:9sg5
B: .''BB 'BG
■S' s s^
a .' a a
GaaHG'jBL
IHGGGHGBG
■GBBGBiJBGBB'Jfl
BBGBGBGBBGBGB
B B . BG
JBGBLIBB
GIGBBGB
28
6GGBBr
:gbbggbbggbb
BB-
BBB . BB luB^
BB 1
B Bl
IB BB j.^ mmaa
GljBBI
1 B 1 BBGGBH
LBBB
''BB iGBBGGBB
■bb: .
.BB BBGGBBGD
■■c 1
IB BBGGBBGG
8QCBB'
JBB IGBBGGBB
GGBB
BB BBGGBBB
mmr: 1
IB J ..BBGGBBBG
BB 1
IB 'B' r'BBBGG
..BB BBB'lGB
Gi "'BB
UGjBB
jr.'BB BBBGGBB
BB 1
IBGGBBBGl 'luma
^■■ggi
IBljGBBGGBBGG
1
8 16
Fig. 490.
Fig. 491.
Fig. 492.
Weave Fig. 491 illustrates the same corkscrew as used in weave Fig. 490 combined with a
rib-weave, filling for face. Warp-threads i to 5 are required by the rib-weave and warp-threads
6 to 28 are called for by the corkscrew. Repeat: 28 warp-threads and 8 picks.
The next step for figuring in this system of weaves is by combinijig two weaves in the shape
of alternate squares of any size desired.
In the construction of these weaves we must be careful in the selection of the places for
joining the two original weaves in the direction of the warp as well as the filling, so as to omit
any unneces-sarily long floating of either system of threads.
Fig. 492 illustrates the combination of
8 threads on 4-harness basket-weave and
8 threads on the k-^
9-harness twill.
16 threads repeat, warp and filling ways.
92
By carefully examining the combined weave we will find the twill and basket so selected
as to form a clear break between.
■naaaD^BBDDBGnHH' '-■■' ''''■■! " iBHriaau
■DDBBaDaBGDM VB ■■ BB BB . iBBaO
OBBDDBBaL1BB'~BB BB . BB . BB: . BUDB
BnnBB'JGBBni'nB' BB i BB BB' : BBUBBD
D'^bb'-^gbb: !':bb bb' ' bb " bb bb bddb
CBB . BB BB BB BB. :. BB BB J ;BaaB
BB.J BB i BB : BB BB BB : B BIJBBD
ODBB ' BB . BB . BB ' BB !l BB iBB' BaDB
LCIBB . BB ' BB BB' BB ' BB' 'B BGQBB
BB.; BB BB . BB BB BB B BGBBD
BB_ BB . BB B BB BB. i B. BB< 'BBGD
Di .BB JBB BB ' BBI • .BBI ''I'lflBi BB' 'BDOB
a. .BB ' mm BB bb: : BB' .'' BB:. B .. B iHBB
BB^UBB jjjBBLj._BBLJi:jBBUUBBLj'/jBi.j: M' 'BBD
■B^_BB.l 'BB « B J< IBB ~i< 'BB > 'B BB' BB G
DDBBnGBBGQBBnGBBOnBBnnBBnBBdBGGB
GGBBi :nBB IHBB' 'BBr'nBHnrnBBr BGGBiJGBB
BB I BB ' 'BB . BB ''' BB' BB '' '.BGGBGBBO
bb; BB I JBB 1Bi:.:BB ' BB B BB' BBDa
Dl BB : BB I! IBB' MB' .< iBB 'I 'BB' :Bi I' :Bi 1GBB
OBB' . 'BB I 'BB 'B BB' . BB' B ':' BH"!:'^Ba
■ B BB_ BB B BB BB B BB BB 'G
C<. BB BB BB BB I
□BBGOBBGGBBnBGGBBI
BBf;" 'BBJ 'BB'J B " :BB
■Gi BB ' BB 'B BB i' <l
i: ._
■IGI
DDl
■QD
DBBGL BB
BBGCBB.
)bGl:bb_<-I
1
BB B .'JBBOGBB
IB. .J B iBBQDBB
lUUBUBBGnBBDDI
Fig. 493.
I G
IDG
4X 12.
Basket.
4X '2.
Twill.
4X4-
Basket.
4X4.
Twill.
4X 12.
Twill.
4X12.
Basket.
4X4.
Twill.
4X4.
Basket.
12 X 12.
4-harness
Basket.
12X12.
4-harness
Twill.
12X4.
Basket.
12X4.
Twill.
12 X 12,
4-harness
Twill.
12X12.
4-harness
Basket.
12X4.
Twill.
12X4.
Basket.
Fig. 494.
In weave Fig. 493 we illustrate four different combinations of two weaves in each
direction of threads.
The arrangement observed is clearly indicated in diagram Fig. 494.
ISDGBBDDBBGGBB
OBGBGGBBGGBB
■GBGBBGGBBGG
BBGQBBGGBBGa
GGBBGGBBGGBB
i IB' B": BBC .BP
BGBGBBGGB9G:J
BBGGBBGGBBGG
GGBBGGBBGDBB
UBi.DBGBlJBGBGB
BGBGBGBGBGBG
IBBGGBBGGBBGG
1 12
Fig. 495.
ISBOBGBGGBBanBBnG
BGBGBBGGBBnGBBG
DBGBGBBG'. BB ~ ' BB
DBGBGGBB: bb B
BGBGBnGBB i^ BB' n^
Bi 'B '.'BB I'GBB BB 1
FB B BB BB BB
GB m • iBB'. :i .BB :. .B
B: IBGB'..JGBBGIGBB'_;G
BGBGBBGGBBGGBBG
aBGBGBBGr.:.BBGGBa
BGa'^B^-'naaGGBBGa
DB:':B 'BB'H. bbggbb
ai B.'B BB BBGG
laB^B^BBG^BaGGBB
1 15
iisGaaaGGBaGGaaaGBa
DGaGGBBGGBBGaBBa
aaGGaanGBaGGBBaa
BB BB J BB'~'~~BBBGa
Dl .BB_i BB.: .BBBOGB
□ .B'j'.iBBG. :BBBGGBB
BB '.BB :>:BBBGGBBG
BB BB BBB DBBGD
C. BB . :BBB._J '.BBGOB
Gi iBi.lLjBBBGuBBG(.JBB
BB.IGBBBGGBBGGBBD
BBiGBBBGGBBGDBBGa
GGBBBGGBBGGBBGGB
GGBBGGBBGDBBGGBB
BBGGBBGGBBGGBBOa
IBBGGBBGGBBDDBBDD
1 16
Fig. 496.
Fig. 497.
Another method of figuring in the present system of weaves is the checking off of a weave
of a given size fmostly square) with another weave, both weaves to harmonize in their methods
of interlacing.
a-'CGBBBGGHa "'
BDGGBGGGKK
BBGGBBB' ; 'J::
GBBB . ib:.; .
GG'. 8 BKH
24nnDBBBDnaBBB
GGGBBBGGGBBB
DGGBBQQGBBBG
BBB' BBGB
DGGBGGDBBBi;;"'
BBB' <: '..'BBGBB
BBBGGDBBBGG'
■BBI : '1 BBI 'IBB D
BBBGGBBBG '1GB
IB BB' BBG3
BBB'' BBB BB
■ BB BBGDD
L.L.:jBBB. BBB
BB< 'BB.JGGH
LJGI mm ' 1 'BBB'
BB BBi JI..JGBa
GGGB . BBB
BB BBGGGPiaa
BBBi.:; BBB
■B BB'.lGGBBaa
BBBri .BBB .B
I BB IGBBBGD
BBBGBBBGG^..aB :BB ' 'BBBGGG
DOOBBBGGGBB BB . BBB ~ ' B
DDGBBGGGBB.'.BB BBB BB
DGGBGGGBB. 1BB: : BBB . BBB
BBBGGI :BBi ;BB .' . BBB .1 1' .BBBL
BBBGL BB. .BB ' BBB . . BBBDi:
BBBGBB . BB .. BBB BBBGG^
Dfji^BB .BB .' 1 BBB: . .BBfli IGGB
Lli 1' B' 'BBI '1 :: HBB' II 1 BBBI il iGBB
L ..BBB^':.. BBB BBB;...:L :GBBB
BBB: .UuBBBc_<GuBBB . ...-.BBBGGG
BBBGGGBBBCGCiBBB' uJGBBBGGG
iBBBaaaiBBQaG
BBBGOGBBBOO^
GDBGi.iBBa I. .:;:: : ::■::-:
DGBBB ua u:: ' :)a
BGGGB an ::;.; :::•
BBGGBBB ua a:} ;.
DBBBGi :BH ' laa . aa
GGGB' ; B:-:n ac: a::
BG' iBBB aa aa aa
BBB .. .B . aa a:
GGBL.jLJBBa . aa aa ii
□DBBB aa aa . aa
BGGGB aa aa ' aa
BBGGBBB ' aa aa ai
GBBBGGGa . .aa. I aa
GGGBGaGHa aa , aa
BQGBBBGGaa aa aa
BBBGGBGGi ,aa aa . a:
GGBi II iBBai 1: .aa .aa :
B' IBBB I' laa : :aa ' aa.:
'na'^:''aa' " 'aa^^aa"" aa'^ 'a
aa aa aa aa aa :
'.aa i'.:a:'3 aa _.aa aa.'j
la' I .aa ',: aa' j. laa .. .aa i. ,aa
aai-j aa aa aa aa' i 'a
a a a a a a a a a a i
"na aa aa .. ^aa' j
.aa^ ;aa i .aa i aa
a a I a a a a la
a a a a a a i
a aa aa aa i
aa^^' aa^ aa^_ tia
a a a a a a )
a a a aa a a )
aa . .aa i aa laa
r'^r^ '-^'-^ "".l
a:}
aa.
J' 'aa
laC''
aa
:a
GBGlJBBBGuBi.iLjBBB'j:_lBL'JGBBBGL'B t.jBBB.G
GBBBGGBGGBBBGGBGIIBBBGGBGGBBBGGBG
BGGBGGBBBGGBGGBBBGGBGGBBBDGBGGBB
BGGBBBGGBGGBBBGGBGaBBBGGBGGBBB'..]G
BBBGDBGGBBBGaBGGBBBQGBGGBBBGGBGi:]
IDGBaaMBaQBBaaBBaGBBCDBBGaBBGGBB
Fig. 498.
Fig. 499.
Figs. 495, 496, 497, 498 and 499 are designed to illustrate a few of these combinations.
Weave Fig. 495. Repeat: 12 warp-threads and 12 picks. In this weave 8 threads, warp and
filling, interlaced on the 4-harness basket-weave, are checked off by the /'aBGB"\ 4-harness granite-
weave, 4 threads for each system. Vbbgd/
93
Fig. 496 represents 1 1 threads, warp and filling, interlaced with the ^ ^ 4-harness twill and
overchecked with a common rib-weave. In the place where warp and filling rib meet the inter-
lacing is done in plain weave. Repeat: 15 warp-threads and 15 picks.
Fig. 497 represents 14 warp-threads and 14 picks interlaced in twill and overchecked with
2 threads of basket-weave. Repeat: 16 warp-threads and 16 picks.
Fig. 498 represents 21 warp-threads and 21 picks interlaced in twill and overchecked with
3 threads basket-weave. Repeat: 24 warp-threads and 24 picks.
Fig. 499 illustrates 25 warp threads with an equal number of picks, interlaced on the ? r,
4-harness twill and overchecked with 7 warp-threads and 7 picks of the granite-weave. Repeat:
32 warp-threads and 32 picks.
Figured Effects upon Fabrics interlaced with Derivative-weaves Produced by Arrange-
ment of Two or More Colors in the Warp or the Filling,
or in Both at the Same Time.
Throughout previous lectures explanatory of the plain weave, the twills, the rib-weaves, the
basket- weaves, and the broken-twill-weaves, the importance of the color arrangement in connection
with the method of interlacing for producing the effect in a fabric, has been frequently dwelt upon.
In the manufacture of fabrics known as fancy cassimeres, ladies' dress goods, etc., these are of
special importance, for the reason that these fabrics are subject to constant changes, both in
design and effect, by the demands of fashion. A great variety of new styles in such fabrics might
be designed alone by the different ways of interlacing warp and filling, yet the different color
arrangements in the warp and filling will always be of great assistance to the designer.
Therefore, before proceeding with the course of lectures for constructing weaves for single-
cloth fabrics of a special construction, and double cloth, etc., we will take up the subject of color
effects in combination with plain weaves, fancy twill-weaves, granite-weaves, etc. Explanations
accompanied by their respective illustrations of weaves, with resulting effects, will readily
istset. 2ndset. enable the student to comprehend their principle of construction.
\ ^^ ^ Design Fig. 500 shows at ^ 16 warp-threads arranged in two sets.
BanSjS'i%"^S^s^ffl^l^-4 Each set is mterlaced with the filling (same for both sets) on the plain
rjg weave, and the connection between each set arranged so as to have the
last warp-thread of the one set working the same as the first warp-thread
DDnnBr.B ■ bs ^i ►:- z.' i
DCCw
DC'"
noi
:^::::h:] Qf tJ^g second Set. B shows the indications for the dressing, arranged for
jHHKa oris thread light to alternate with one end dark, and equal at C, indicated
1 " for the filling.
(For hair-line and tricot effects combined, thread and thread, con-
structed on the regular plain weave, and repeated without interruption or change over the entire
width of the fabric, see Fig. 20, page 15. For producing the change from tricot to hair-line and
vice versa, the arrangement of two threads of one color is used in one place in the design which
corresponds with the place in the fabric where the change from tricot to hair-line is required.)
In the present example, Fig. 500, the dressing is not disturbed, but the weave is arranged so
as to have (as already mentioned) the first and last warp-thread of each set work equal.
Warp-threads i to 8 = ist set, shown by b type.
Warp-threads 9 to 16 = 2nd set, shown by m type.
Warp-threads 8 and 9 are connecting threads, interlacing alike into the filling.
Warp-threads 16 and i are the second set of connecting threads, interlacing into the filling,
and arranged to raise and lower on the pick opposite to the first set.
It will readily be seen that the changing or breaking off of the plain weave, by arranging two
successive warp-threads to interlace in the same manner, will reverse the tricot effect to a hair-
94
line effect, and vice versa (on a regular arrangement in the warp of one end light to alternate with
one end dark over the entire width of the fabric). See D, Fig. 500 for effect.
This arrangement of working two successive warp-threads can also be extended to the
filling, producing some of the most novel effects for ladies' dress goods and similar light-weight
fabrics.
Such effects and their construction are illustrated in the following designs, Figs. 501 to 509.
L -_ nmmm^'zz\ ^
B ]L L-GDCGDa J^Q
IE ^G laaaDDDGGU
m "'Hannaanaca
r UDOaOBBBB
C ^ IZnOGBBBB
r lUnDGBBBB
□ JiTLDnHBBB
■ ■ ■ ■. !■ .■ ■■aaoGa jj
■: ..■ :■ ■' '■ ■ 1 ■B4SDaa ID
DCijBHH ■■■ DDaDDDDD.; l IB
■DBGHL^B ■. ■ ] DDDDDnaaDDD IB
eDBGBGBi ■ .■ ■ naDanaaDGGO a
■■■1 'iT^BBB' J DnnGnnmnn i m
GB ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ P JGGQ
■: ,B B B B B ] fc IGJ^a
QCli. .iBBB! y i BBB fii ■ • : ■ . HGGGD
IfaBGBGBGBGBG IBEBBUl J-JLJBBdaUUUGaaBaaGDg
Fig. 501. Fig. 502.
Motive. Ground-plan.
Fig. 501 is designed to illustrate a motive. Suppose the ■ indications in the same to repre-
sent the hair-line effects and the ^ the tricot effects. Again, suppose every square in the motive
to equal four threads in the warp and filling in the weave and effect.
An examination of Fig. 501 shows six squares each way for repeat, therefore 6 X 4 -^ 24
warp-threads and picks for the repeat of the required weave and effect.
Fig. 502 illustrates the ground-plan and represents a four-fold enlargement of 501.
In Fig. 502 those parts of the design requiring hair-line effects (according to the motive) are
indicated by y type and those requiring tricot effects by □ type. ♦
DDanDDDDGGDaacnnDDGnGnnG nnnoanGGnaDaannoDODDDnoa
'■■ ^ "' '^' " " '" " " '"' "' ''ij n' '"■ " " " '" 1" " " " '" ^'o
nnn" b b •Si \\m b a sb b & m^ Dnnr-n:x;:;c: :; ::c;c::::: :; :;:::;:;:; afl-^^
r-3 : B BhU e B bk:< q b Be. tan d^' -z v. :: :: :: c; i
( :x-: B :B Hi mB B , f^- n<B B ks iffl r:;:; :::}:::x; :: :::::::::: :; :;:;:;:;:; :; \
{ '' ^ B Bvn e B Bn< e B Bffii ^3^ % \3 ' ;H ':■; :■> .:■; ^ ■ ■ :•: :■:■ )
:;:; e e e e e ee b b b b b i c:::; :; :; :: :: :: :; k:xx::3:;:x;:::;:;::
t:< ■:< Z' :e ►:< e^ . b b b. b b b r :: :■: :: :: c-; :; i
:::: f3 e >n n< .e iQB .b b b^ b b j Cj:;:; :: :; a ^:; :: :; :3:;:'.:x:::c:r.:::::;:3
►i Ei *n -a s -S' .B B B B 'B 'B G' a :: a a ;a a ■ ■ .)
; aa b b es kJB b : iq cb b ■ e a Daa aa:;aa :; aaaaa a aaaaa :: i
V''--' B Bt3 Q B BE3 Q: B BS 63-4 C' ;: a . a a a :m
rna b .b iES .bb :B : Si sn ~b i vs m caa aa:;aa a aaaaa a aa;;aa a-i
jy ' B Bffi a 1 B Ba. & : B BQ H'i"i /^ z?c r a a . a' a a .a 'c
-^ aa s n<B B EB eB B a aB BG*- -"caa ana aaaaa a aaaaa a a:;aa"-
L ; '- : ffl -a B Ba a: b Ba a b .■ c^ a :; a a a a i
r:aa -a aB b a' aB b . a^aB^Ba caa a a .aaaaa c: aaaaa :; aaaa
L"!- a a B Ba -a^ : b Ba^ a^ ■ b b c a a . a a a :; i
caa B B B B B B a a :a a- -a 'a caa aaaaar;:;aa:;aaa a a :; a a \
[_ r' ~B B B B B iBa a a a a' a i d a :: a a a a ]
caa B B B M B B a a' ^a- a^ ;a! h caa ,aa:3c:H:;aaaaaaa. a a :; a a i
L ■ --" B B B B B Ba a a" a a- afl rt ' : ■ a a a a a :; ^
I aa a aB b a aB b a aB b J caa a a aa:;aa c; aaaaa a aaaa
r a a i b Ba a b Ba a b 'B d . a a a a a a ^
1 aa a aB b a >i'b b a; aB' bg Daa a a ^aaaaa a aaaac: a aaaa
L^' I a -.a- J jB_^Ba--.a- . .B.^Ba.^a^—B^Bi Ciy^'^ti-jUu^i-ji. j> ja ia : , ■ . _a .a j, ,. , _,lJi
1 24 1 i4
Fig. 503. Fig. 504.
Weave. • Effect in Fabric.
Fig. 503 illustrates at A the dressing, one end light to alternate with one end dark; B the
same arrangement for the filling, and at Cthe applying of the plain weave to the ground-plan 502,
arranged as explained before. The weave for the part of the fabric requiring the hair-line effect
is represented by a and the weave for the tricot effect by ■.
Diagram Fig. 504 illustrates the effect visible in the fabric. A, arrangement of
warp, one end light to alternate with one end dark ; B, the same arrangement for
the filling; C, the effect produced.
Fig. 505 is a motive for another effect. Use 8 warp threads and the same
number of picks for each small square in the motive. Type ■ for the tricot effect
and type □ for the hair-line effect.
■GBGGBDBna
CBGnOBaBB
BGBG- ■GBDa
GBGflBGBGBa
CBnBBGBGBB
6BGBGI .IBriBOa
|'<B BB B BB
BGB 'B >BGl3
IDB IBB' BuBB
1GB[ JBBUBOBa
Fig. 505.
95
Fig. 506. A, the indications for the dressing; B, the same for the filling; C, the weave.
Fig- 507 represents the effect as produced in the fabric.
on
nrnnnDa'~nnnnnnnnDcnncnDnncnnnDnoDnnnDnD
'A n .:: :: ':} t; :■: c :■: :: c: -: :: :: 'J cj. lai ih. .U'4a
annnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnDnnnonnnnDQcnGonnDna
;
3Ba
B a n< *
►!• e ^3 SI
tS >i^ c a
►I1 h5 hli 55 1
■ ■
■ ■!
■fS' w w w
a Si :W w»
a •:! 'ffi Si ■
Q i< a >!<■
Si ffl &: ,»s „
E& a ES' 'SJi
H< .S ffl- ii .
B. .fi5 £5 Si
:■
■ G
!■
:■
■3
■ ■ ■
3 B. Q'
►i
, 'va fH '^if mi 'Hi ffli
t2 ^i ti S! S< tl< fli iffl
IS! S! S! S! >!• ►:• s< ^•3n
ffl m Si n- ►:• fi< ►:! a
iQ a Q a S' S' s- •'am
■i H' SI Si >!• i< Si Iffl
l>3' £<• ffl ai £< >i. ,tH 361
ffi E3' ffii iQ Si 'ffl iffli'ffl
£•
I II
cr
CU-
DGH!
■ ■ ■ Idi 'ffl^ tiJ .Si
■ ■ ■ ■ 1-^ -'Si' IWl iW* . B ■ ■
E. Si -E3 Si . ■ .■.Wl^HSMtB ffl= Si ' ■ ■- -■ ■
Ss S- *i -SB ■ _BUBLJHffl: 'Si 'Si >!<■ ■ ■ ■ ■
E3 S .S E- '. ■ ■QBQBffiHE? ►:< .'I^ ■_■_■_■_
Si s ►? >5b: MGBQBnHS. ►:• si- '<-:<■ ■ ■_■_■
2?' >s -Es s BGBnB msf'Si Si s< ■ ■ ■ ■
B B a- .am m'm ■ .s s.* ss sim ■ ■ ■ ■
elV Si .-iSi Fi-i: : ■ ■ ■ asi. .si Si .si '■'■■:■
SI .Si Q ea ■ ■ ■ >:i ►!< 5; ►!*■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ Hhl* EQ Q 2^ ■ ■ ■ H'S W Si >J f^'
■ ■ ■ ■ ' .>ii .Ea lES !sa ■ ■ ■ :E»' iEii- 'Ell' lEa
■ ■ ■ ■►ii E3' :E iB ; ■ ■ ■ ma m Q 'm e:< s> >h
■ ■ ■ ■ n- EJ E2 Ei'B ■ ■ ■ Es ►:< Ei< >i< >:< >:< ■:•
■ ■ ■ mSi ES .a :E3 ■ ■ ■ MEI-i Elj SJ E^ Si •:- >:<
■ ■ ■ ■ :S e3':e:3 EL« ■ ■ ■ ' -Si' Si' 'Si ffl' S'. EL< >H IB
■ ■ ■ ■2^ ES 53 E3 ■ ■ ■ mSI' EI5 113 fl< Ell ►!< EI' >2a
■
■a
13
■ 3
-■am
Sim
-aa*-
DWW.GfjBGH ■ BEIl E3 EJ Sa
cnn^'P'^B'^B !■ F3 Ea Ea ebi
c«- ~ m ■ ■ ms- ►i' »a >a
CHH ■ ■ ■ ■ Ea »a ^a ^ai
C":: I ' Hi ■ ■ BEa 'ia Ea 'Ea
ghhlj»3h_b ^a s> Si s<M
caBOGBDB ■ "'a ta -a s<
Daaamamum^.m^.^ -si^ss :si..'.t^t
■B Ea Q 'E3. 'Ea Ea- .Ea- .mm
w Ea- iE3 -EU ,Ea Ea .>a as
■13 Ea Ea SI (a i-a * ebb
Ea Ea Ea "Ea .fa (a fa '-ia
■Ea Ea iE3' a. ^e!* Ea Ea iisEi
ta 'Ea 5' Si 5J (a >a iffl
asi s< s< >a 51 >a -a ►afl
,- .ijii^.ia^ta.jEii^ti^tautbjai
40
Fig. 506.
nnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnn^nnnsi:
3:3 uoxxxx::;:: :: C3 :: :;:::x:l::::;:;h
B,
cx:; :; :: :-: :-j:;ncx3:}::::::
;; :: :: uma
:: i: :: :; •::
:': :: :; :; □
:: :: :: :: a
:; :; :; :: a
■MB
::::::a:;::::ac3t3
■:a
HI
:3n :: ■:: :y :c;:::;:;:::::::x: a a :: :::;:x;::::a:::;c;:;::;;c;aHt3
s :; :: c; :: :: :: :: :: :: :: aas
:;:: :::::x::::::::: r; :; :: :::}:;:;£;:;:;:;:; :; :; ::, :;; a :: h; 'k
:x: :::::::;:::;::r: :: :;; :; :::"::::;:::;:;:; .ti i: :; :; :: :; :: h
::a r. :; :: a:::;:::::;:::::: :; :: :: :;:::::;:;:::::;:::::;:;:::;:3:;::
■. :3H
:;c;:;:;:::::::3:3p3aH
:::;:::;:::;:::;::□□□
3
:::::;::[x;:::;:;:x;a
iUJ
:;c;:;:::::::::;::aaa
Fig. 507.
40
Fig. 508, motive.
Fig. 509, effect obtained by using 6 warp-threads and 6 picks for one small square in
motive. Repeat : 36 warp-threads, and the same number of picks.
DnnmaGDni
nBGBiJBnBDBni
Onr^BBa'' T^'BBI
■BB ' I
eaCii BBBi
DB' B B
DC BBB
BBS
■' ' a
I BQ
■^33
Fig. 508.
t='
□::
p.
c:;
f
g::
h
G
G
G'
G'
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G_
1
gg:;c;ggc;g[;c;g g, :> :; :1 i:
;< ;
r^ r^ r.r-..^.,>r^r-ri " rl i<r^><-i"r-.
A r
^i [i IIgGC^GGG' f; G GGGGGG
I J
y G 1"'''""'--' y- i\ V^^"^^
" ;
:;g:;gggggggg g g g g g
:GGC;GGnGC3HHHBBBHBHBHRnRnfSnBEl9n33
i .s'^nBBBBBBHBHBHBGNGBaf IGHGHQ
;GGC;GGGGHRnnP!RHHiaRI55nr Gt-nt Gt :G!3H
"" - - " " la
□
:□
IG
a
a
a
a
a
la
a
:: :: :: g g g a
a
:c:GGG:::;Gc:GGGGa
:::GGc;GGGGGGGGa
;G G G GGGGGGa
'G- 'G -G'- l^;' '■ ' ;rt
;G G G GGGGGGa
V. G G ff
:G G' G GGGGGGa
;GGGG:;Gc;:;c:GGGa
,n
:GGGGGG::GGGGGa
J CJ hJ C:> klJ LlJ L^ Lj klj C« lLJ k^l
lenffinBGsnsnaasasnB
SGBBBGSaSOBaSDBD
DBB'
BB^fflr^fflnfflriaaa
BB3
BB 'a Si ''S3fflC
GBB
BB 'a Si Si ifflDH
S:.<Bi
B 55 5' Si f33fflC
nffi I
53 51 53 5i ISOH
Ea &
5i >a 51 51 E33fflQ
r.m s
Si 51 5i B SOB
Ef";Ea
Ea E3 Ea BBB3fflG
nffl jEi
EB Ea 'BB BBGS
ffl ES
ia.,Ea BB jBBG
nS3Ei S fB .BB BB^a
fflnH:
S iffl lis JBBB"ffl3
Gffl::'S
ffl" Ea B B Ea ;ffl
iB3a^
B_a_S3ffi_Q_ffl3
1
16
Fig. 510.
16 harness and 16 picks for repeat.
BISasaffiBffiBSBSBSBSBffiBSaSBBISBeBnai
fflBfflBfflBfflBfflHHBfflBfflBfflBffififfiBfflWfflBfflifflMr"
EnaasnaFiEsnaf^Eg^a^Ea^Eansf
a
EB
a
a
E3
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
ii'a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
la.
1
.a
!53 lEa-
a' -iEaEaEa'
'a^a^a^at-'Si
as aB
at- ai
5' . va
151' 51
53 n
>am
an
53^
an
'SB
ari
a3ffla
'ai 'fi
a al
a' Eaa
:anai
:SE.]fflB
aF'EB
-a' 'aB
iU?-.iL3»..jt.3----3tai ,ti5: .fJ ^.3
5' a 515153 ai
51 5-' 5< ar :ffli
5- 5' 5' at :aB
jatdau.ayaiiffli
Fig. 509.
Fig. 511.
Novel effects are also obtained by figuring upon the plain weave. For example, weave Fig.
510 produces effect Fig. 511, by means of i end light or color No. i, to alternate with i end
dark, or color No. 2.
96
Effect Fig. 513 is produced upon a fabric interlaced with weave Fig. 512. Arrangement for
warp and filling : i end light, or color No. i, to alternate with i end dark, or color No. 2.
DQDH U ;■■ iH U H a K B
Hna H n "■■ r. :; a :■: a .:;
3:n
a J
■ .a
■■ J
it; a
a
[.!■■ a ^BM a a la' iia la 1
0 ■■ ■■ a a ■■ a a
Da.-BBB a a a ■■.a a l
Gja. ■ a a .WMm :a- a a
QBua a .a .a «■ ,a la a .t
ELIH- a .a .B' ■■ IB iB :a a
□B "JB a .a ■■ a a a a 1
GrjB B .B_HB ,B -B B B ■■
L:B.,B.iBjBB ;B .B .B ,B ■■
a a a ■■ ,b .a .a a ■■ e
i B a ■■ ,B a ;'B a ■■ a
a a ■■ _.a .a a a ■■ a t
1 a ,a .■■.;ja .a ,a .■■ a B-_
a ^B .:a iBH IB :B !■■ .a iB .ii
: IB .a .a Mm :a _■■ .a a a
■ .IB .a ..ajMH .■■ a .a ~~
B a
■ .a
!■ B
a
i J
a
ij
m -^ a
urn an
■ ,a a
iB.ja J
a a a
"b"b I
B a □
■ B J
■■■ a
■ mm.j
.Bi jMH
B "
. „ _j a a a. i
GHi iB iB IB .■ a :a .a ■■ .b a ,b la
BOHB a a .B a a a a ■■ a a bj
DHaBB^ajB^a^a .,a.^ajB-iB _a_a^B
IHDQQBBuQGaiJELJB^ai-iaLJBUBB^ajHlJ
1 ■-«
Fig. 512.
28 harness and 28 picks for repeat.
BBaanaasesHSh jEBNsaaasHsi
Bffl' ai">S"iS >5 ■ii ■:• .$ ' " '. •!(
Bffl' fij ■•J fli r^ fi :?,.,', ,^',^', .
Bffi' ■© >5 ►a .fS ,5 ■*. ^;^*i'i .^I'^i i'^
iiffi '!• >j •:- fi\ . _ ^: J,., ,.,■, fi
^Si .tl^ f3 l•■I1^H►I1rI1.I?►n^:^'iJ►S^l^^I^ \>^ itB
Bffl- ►li iffl : I I : ' I I i 1 I la ,■•£ im
Bffl- © :>ii5'i>i)>Lia>ihi>i>3(a k-K iS IKB
HEB hi •; . . '. i>i >I^ ■'i >1
I I : irH
Bffl; ifh ita i>n
H6B- ga a >n ■:":
BB: :»& S -H V
BH iffl: >3 >3 I'll
ffiffiESfS ii ►:-: >!-<
Bt; -a V -a
BBt! , . CI -I-
■BHf iM' - : ■ ;>i
"H
I'l' >a ■►:-( i>n
>a i'H '■a >a.
-n
ISBBBHEBBBBBBaBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBE
iBnHBaaaaBaaHBBBHBBBBBBBlBaBBsm^aa
iffliafflfflfflfflfflBEBfflfflSfflBfflnfflBfflnEBHEBnfflflanffli ifflfflffl
tlf 'kH ■ : :: t: i; rii 11 1, inaai :fflnEaMBriH-,(li R3 a ta«B
'!< ►:< fi niBfflsafflaBEfi ini ist imi i& .ni e> a sms
'I; 'a ^a '13 . • . . -£H til i»i3 dj a .^a H- 'I1 ►-Iis3a
►a 'a ta l-a t5^I''HH^'I< ia '^ fi 'a '!'►.._' ►!' -a fl- >a^ffl
'Li. -a f-Iii .tH. fij' hi >li ta ^a. ,ta ta . tiJ C^ 'I^.^S
ii-1' tn iffl Bj: m Hfi 'tn .at :Q iSi >i'[an<(iitni>n .^a 'Hi-ga
^►H' ifi r-H t3 ►!!•■■ ti Hj- tK fij .& .ii! BJaia
i>2 '3 'i: (i Si- ifii fi .ga m !an<tafat-i!i>a>a>iti-ta suss
1-1- .'i (i '!< !i< >i< ga ta la <: : . Ka tasffl
'a ^a- .ta ^a >a ^ata^a^a^af;:1^a►ava^a^a ra >a.sis
fa >a ^aMffl
►a -a >a^s
-a »a -ajiffl
>a ta .ta.^iffl
la 'j itasia
ra 'a ta^B
>a iShaSga
ta . I ,mm
fa-ahataQBtJ
.►a 'a -a a >h Si >a
•a ^a >a a ta >a n- !a'a>a>ai->a>a!a>a'a>a
'^a ^a ^'a ^a ^a c^ ^a fa
^a ifa ^a^ -a Si- ^a ^fStata^fafafafafafa i-a
ita .^a 'tS' >ai fa . i > : i i ga d &
& >a i! -ai >a tatafcafflhaeEafafa>a>a ta >a
^^a .'a -a ^a C' ^a c^ ^a -a
'a^a^a ^a cr ^a ^a 'a^a'a^a'aKa'a ^a ^a ^a
! I . I i^a tai ta' ta
<'a>a>a.>a'a 'a' ^a ta
I -a iia^a-a-:
,ta >a I 1
■►a '^a itat:
•a ^a ita
>a >a iffl
•a >a ita
•a .la 'ta
•a ta ita
>a»ata ita
'►a
■a- 'a ta
'ta^a-a'atata-a' a ta
. : . . ' ta >a<.
I ta ta ta ta ta ^a ta ta ta ta ■
ta ta
ta etata ta
ta .ta ta ta
Ss .ta ra" ta
ta ta. ;ta. -.ta
ta^ ta. tai .&<■
ita ta ta
ta ta ta
>a I I • . .11 t^i tj ta
Its !ta^2tata^atae<tat:1tatal 'tai. ta.
ta ta
ta ta
ta ta
ta a a ta ti* ta ta s s
ta . -mm
tatatakaEaas
BB
Bffl. tatatatata ,ta
Bffl ^a ta ta ta
HE ta ta ta ta
(-:e ta ta ta -a
UE i-a .a 'ta .ta
uffl 'ta ta 'ta 'ta
BB a a ta a
HE a >a -a -a
BB; B a _,^^.'"*'^*^^'^^',j ,^^ '^i.
BB- ta .tatBtatatataatatatata t;, ta ta
BB a !i2 , .'^ ,1, .,„ ta a ►:- ta
Bffi: ta a ta ^ ^ " ' ' ta a ii i a
BB ta 'Q ta .ta 'ta ta -ta ta ta.
EBi itit :b- '& -ta & tj: tji tit -Btatat:
ibSl*! i -Br .a. iBt-.B. iBf iB -a- uSi iBi
IB' IB
;a- a at
IB' a ta>
:a 'ta- ta
taiatat^^ti^
a ta ta
a a tj tai S' ta-
ta' tai tai ta- ta^
►a' tai tx<i »a i?-.
a- a
a tatataBS
a a. BjS
ta ta ta ta bbBi
►a 'v ta ta a^a
a ta ta a taao
ta ta ta a^t.. ►!, ,^. ^^s
.a a ta* ti'a^ta ta ta a-^^s
a a a a a ta^^a
•a ta taaatataaa a aiia
a a. . .- a a«a
ta aatataBtatataaata aas
ta. ' - ' ta' -a==ja
a taaatataaatatataa ta ta.<a
a a a taaffl
tatatatatatatatataata ta ta ta=a
ta
a ta- ta: b
ta -ai t;-' tai a- a^ &• - ta ta a ta-3?:a
a ta' a tai -ta b^ ataatataaatatataa ta' ta a ta=;a
a -a' a a B' a . . a a a t;. a4ffl
a -a a >a a- taiataata<tatataatata ta a t-, ►;. ta-^ia
ta a a- a t;, ,> , , : fn g< ni .ta ta aiaa
^taata ta 'a ta- ta t^tatatatatata- -ta- ta- ta s^ atataea
a ta ta ta ta- tai ta a a ti- ^^.g
SBtatataa a. a< ta ta atata a a a ta ati-aaataa
ta ta ita .a- -ta ta ta .ta ta ta .-:j9
tatatataaaBi a; 'Bi .tai ai at bi ta- ti' tatatatatatatUBS
: -I - - ta. a f' ta- ta. a ta a ta .isia
tatatatatatBBtaa; a: tai ta ta a ta t;. .:• tatatataBaa
1- -. :i IL ';4bjt if.Jt^^t^Bt iBe;.Bt .Bt.vBMBi .B, ^B; ia=:--ifiiL-^iS^g
Fig. 513.
The same arrangement of using alternately light and dark threads will produce on a fabric
interlaced by weave 514 the effect shown in Fig. 515.
BBS 'B~BnS'^H'T;B'^B'"B'"f3'^B'^Eai ^EBEi^Bi"^BrE'^B"B"'ta^'B"B"^'~S1
I ta 'ta ta ta 'ta -ta 'ta ta -ta 'ta ta ti- i-i, ,:, ta ta ta ta a i-i. i
aetata a a a a ta s.' Kt ta tx^ ^j tj-aatatataa-- ta ta ta ta a tj ta ta a^is
''*'"'"' ta ta ta ta tj ,;< i. - . " ' ". ta ta ta. a a ta ■ i
tatataaa-itaa^ata ta .ta ta a t:,.jhi<hiJtntjtntjtataBa<a'taa ta a< ti. i;.i tatata'ataa
i
ta 'a . a a (
B a a ta a ta b ta ta a a< a ta : ta a ta ta ta 'i< ta a* ta ta ta a ta ta a ta ai ta a ta ta ta ta ta ta ta ta a< ta ta ta ta a
1 : - ■' -1 ■ ' '' -ta '''-.'■- I 'B: ' i
B a a ta a ta b ta ta ta ta i ta a a a< -a a a a a a a< a^ a a a a^ a a a< ta a a ta . a a ta a a a a ta a ta ta b
aatatatatatata'a^ -a tatatatata-ata-atatata'taBBBaBaitaiaat a. aataaaaiaaasBBa
a a a ' i m i ,; m i i ; Br ai a' i-jmH
aaaaaaa a a ^a aaaaaaaaaataaaaaaa B' a- a taaaaaaaBBB
Btataata ta ta ta 'ta ta aaaaataa<tatatatatata a a ta. at a' ta'a'taaa»aaB
I ' ta -ta ta a< ta .a a ' ' ' a^' a ta tai B' ta- a - 1
BBB 'ta a-) ta ta -'a a a' aaa-a'aaratata ta- tt ta a- a- a' ti- t;.vtataa<t2
,b 'B a a a a a a a a a a a a a a t' '
B IB -ta ta
ffl sB 'B a
'tHBS a ta
BBBBta ta
I at
atatataa<tata
ta: ta at
►atata a<
ta- ta- H'
ta t,'
aaats
a -1
aa
I
a"ataa^tatatata'atata t;. ta' a ta a a' tataata
taaaa"atatatataaaaa-tatatatataa ta ta tatataaitaataa
ta 'ta ta
B ta a
ta a a^ -a
BBBtatataaata 'B ta •:■
BffitBBtataBBmaHta 'ta tJ
I ' ' ■ . . .ta a ..,;:,,;. ' - ta t^-t i
aiBtatatataBBBBEBB BtBtatata'taBBBBBBBBBBaBBa^atata: tatataataataaa-B
I : ■ r^ r -:--i -IB' I . I . ■ I I M: 1M' .r ii ■■l--.i i : .' ' a: ; -1
BBBtaa^taBQharaB- iBtaBaia^tatataBaBBBBtuEBBhaaEaai a^a.tataa-atatataa'BtB
I irr^ I ' 'a . ' ' a ' ' 'J
a fflBB BB a a a a a .a a a a -a a a a a a a< a< a a a a a .a a ta •:• ta ta a a a a a a a a a a
fflHsa^aaai a a >a -aaa-aatatataiatatatatatatatata ta a ti- taataaaaaa-aas
I . ta t:< ,;i >:. i;i -ta ta t;,- i;- - ta i i
BBtaata a a y -a a aaa--aa'-aa"aa<tatatata ta ta ta t;, i^ tatataatataata
ESBB a ta ta ta a ta a aaBBBBBBBi b: a a ta -a ta ta •!' ■:<•:■ •:'•!< -2
\i-:c< .a ta -ta ta tn ►a a ta ' ii ii irir-ir ibi 'Bi ita ta ta ta ta ta >a . j
fflaai a* ta 'ta ta ta 'ta ta :ta -ifflfflfflBBMBt 'SFiat tai ta' tai a ta- a-, tataata
ifflsaffiLJBaaaaHfflaffiJEaBiJBaBHHBaaffiBajBBuaiBBuaHffiUBiaByajHiiB
1 24
Fig. 515.
;«■■ -a '1
:r ^a'^a^Bl-^nB^^"B^B-",
□ ■■ ::
,,a^ a^ a_ B_ a^ a a a .:■
DB ■■ ;
a a a a a b_.b a ■■
□1. :B ■■
a a a a a a a aHG
DH a ■!
■ 'a 'B .a a .a a ■■ rj
aoa a i
■■ a B a a a ■■ a i
GH a a
■■ a a a a ■■ a a
Hna a :
a ■■ a a a ■■ a a j
aa a .a
a ■■ -c: a ■■ a a a
bljb a .1
a 'B ■■ :b ■■ :b a ,a i
DB a a
a iB ■■ ■■ .IB a a la
H'~B a
a .a ■ , ■■ a a a a.i
CG a a
a -■■ . ■ .a a ,a a :n
a a B II
a '■■ -■■ B' a iB a a i
a a IB
■■ a ■■ a a :: a ib
a a a
■■ a a ■■ a a a a^i
L^B a ■
■ .a a a ■■ -a a a :3
BtJB ■■
IB .a :a IB ■■ a a a..i
DB ■■
B iB a IB a ■■ a a la
B ■■ a
a^ B_ a a_,a ■■ a_ a j
■■ a
a a a a iz a ■■ .a 'b
■■ IB .a
a .a a -a la .a .■■ .a. i
■'.JB iB
a IB IB IB. ;a la la .■■ jb
IDBUBJB
;B JB'JBiJBUBUBUBGBBU
24
Fig. 514.
The effect illustrated in Fig. 516 is produced upon a fabric which has the warp and filling"
(arranged i end light, or color No. i, to alternate with i end dark, or color No. 2) interlaced
with the broken twill weave Fig. 517.
97
The same arrangement of colors in warp and filling (i light, I dark) used upon weave
Fig. 518 (broken twill) will produce design Fig. 519 for effect in the fabric.
r . ■ PS Q ■ : I ■ ' 'O
I H< H< O iffi' ! ii a li :ffli W'
Bi' H< >!' .ffl Iffl! iSSffiffli .ffl! :ffi
EB & 'a fa w ■■■ffli iffl' FB !-i3''
ffi i-j Si a ffi IS Si ffi S3
t : ffl H< 'E ►!(" ifflt I. I Si Si
BI5ES (S ffl IS .fflBHlfflm ^I^
M . Si :a >n . I ' !. B
ffisaaiB .ffi >l^a^3^I^^n^:<H'^:<^:-
ES
i2fflasaa
m : . Si
fflfflffl' a
s a 1-
S •!< a
ea Jii .Si
r - a a
SSiSi a
f
a a St Si Si Si Si sj s< >:
'I- Si Si Si a
m Q El .B
■a £S B' B
>H B
B BBBB'B
B
B B
iHatfUHasHaaaBHaaaHi
1 H
ffi :. I: li !■ I
,B ;EB: i: li 1
ffii IB! Iffla
:ffl' !ffl' lEBl I
B m fflti
B tSi :fflt I
B .b: mm
B' 'B :i r I
B BBBffl
BBBBBB
B I
B S'SiSJSi^
B B Bf2
B B m I
■B 6' :ffli I
B -B 'B' I
B B BB
B B I
loni
Fig. 516.
isBnaaBBQijajan
QB HI
.Hi 1 sja
■'JHM
m .11 ]■ caa
niB: ■
■t3 H'jaa
■■: :■
■ H .Kon
■ ■ I
:■: a 'Ui;!
|- Hi. iHi_
a. ■^■UB
fM'-U' iG
iBLJBGBB
K K
H JBDBBQ
n ::
BOBBOB
K .Hi
a.JBBDBn
iGaaaaGBBDBDB
Fig. 517.
^i imHDDHn
la laGDHiJca
a: DHDHG
1 ■
B . ■
B B a lai '
B .B a ia
a' 1
I ■
■ B a a
12 ' 1
B ■
1 B^'B
B Bc: a a
B a a
a
iia
H ■ .a
L : 'a
L.a ^a
B a
a .a 1 B .B
;a IHBI iB B
a la iB .B
:a i ' B B
a . ~aB . B
.BU
nm
B IB
[ a a
. B ' B
a aa b
a B B
BiJ
1
Hi
Fi
Repeat
5i«-
16-harness',
16 picks.
Fig.
520 illustrates the fancy color arrangement applied to a fancy twill.
A, the weave, 8 harness and 8 picks repeat.
Bffifflffla'MfflHfflfflfflBfflnB nfflfflSESasifflnfflafflSEBE^fflfl
BBfflBBBB
ffiBEEBBBB>:
Bsa
BBB B B BBB
BBS B B _ _ ,
BBB B b''''
BBS B BBBBBB
BBB B B
S :b BBBBB BB
B
B B
■a -a
" " a
B iBi*
BBB B a B
HBB a ffi ■
Bwa a BBBBBBa
BBB iffl B a a b
BBB' iB :BBBBBBBBB B B
BBB a B B B
BBB" fflBBBB BBBBBBa B
IBBBadsaiaaBaBBaaijgBIIBi
1 16
a iB
a ia
B :a
a .a
B a
BB
iBl
B BBBBBBSBBa
B >3 i i ]■ 1 nm
BBBBB 'BaaBBB
■?,$, , V
a ."""'""a IBS
:":<Ba bbbi ib ibb
' : IB :B IBH
iSiS'S'SiSi a ia ibb
B a a «■
BBBBB a a a a
a a a b , M
a a BBa--iB-iBH
B B HBMBB
B BBBBBBBBBB
Si B 1 i-Wt^B
B BBBBBBBBBB
a a ■ ! I'lH
BBBBB aafflBfflffl
laaaafflaaaaaHB
Fig. 519-
7?
BnBBnnnBaaanaDaaDnaaaanG
nGBBaBBBancDGnnnGnGiGGGaG
BB BB ''I " li]
BB . BB i .aa aa ^aa ; laa
I ~BB' BB' !i iaa i iaa laa ii laa
i BBB BB ' ;gg
BB BB iOn
BB BB JGH
i 16S)a
GGOr-l
[ IGGEa
DGGaa
riGGr:
GGGpI' 1
GGC^HH
rinGGaa
'-'GGGfi
GDGEH
QGDHa
GGGECJ
OGGei
GGGeI'
nGGHBG. ,
DGQHHGGi
aa aaa
aaa aa
iaa
a a
a:o
^D
aaa
: a a
iaa
^aa
isa
^aa
aa :, iaa tjaa
Fig. 520.
B
DBBBBGnnnBannannnDnDaDnaGGnaoa
nGBBBGaGBBGaGGGGGaanaaaaoaGaaa
DaGBBGGBBBGacaGaaGGGGaaaaGGaaa
□GCDBGBBBBGGaaGCJGaDaCJDDnDGGGGn
T^GGi^^BBBB ia*«aaaiiasHaHflHaaHHBQ
[.
-^iflHaaasHaaMfldaaaaaH
■ ■ iGGGGGGGGi. "'./•CC] J _ GGQ
iGGGGGrG' , '"■.„■ JGD
■I ■ . ■ ■ :gg
I" ■ , I" 'GG
I laaaaaaa aaaaaa
la
BG . .. BBHB'
i'. li . ,aa . L
GGG._jMB,.j.,; ji_: ■ a l;
DGDGMilGGGC' ' a a
GGCGBaGGiGr:. a :;
DGGCina "' i ir aaaaaa . .aaa
■-■GaG' :aa aaaaaaa
-•Gi I 1 i a a i 'a
a;jLj_ 'J a a a
GGGGiiaaGGGa . a a
DGGGaaGGGGaaaaaa aaa
GGGDaaGGGca ■ i ^aaaaaaa
aGGQBBDGGGi' . 'a a
DGGGH^GGaC ' a a
DQGGBaGGGG' a a
DDGGaaaGCDGaaaaaa aaa
DGCGaaGGGGa aaaaac:a
DGGGBBGOGCa a c:
DGGGBBGaaGG a ' a
DDDGBwaaGGa i i' 1 ia i a
DDDGHHaaaaGaaaaa 1 laaa
KiG. 521.
aa
^a
iaa
jaa
:aai • ma
.::aaaaa
a '«aj
a ma^
a 15a
;a[; rfa
aaaaaa
mm
iaa
B, the arrangement of the warp, 2 threads light to alternate with 2 threads dark.
C, the arrangement of the filling, the same as the warp.
D, the effect produced.
QGI
GB
■^G'_BB ■
GGBBi jB
BBGuB: I
BBGGBB
DGGPiaiJ;
DGGWa^'
DGGri'T
riGG' f • ,
DG'aa
JG a a
jci a a
riGGi :aa
'^GGi
GC
no
Di"i.
r a a
Gi
■ ^GGaanDtDaaaGGGaa
■ iGaGGQaaGGGaaaa
:G^GGGGGi^G~GGGG
'■."^'7"^ri ■ "-r,Ar^r.-*r.-i - -
]B
1
1
1
?
1
c; J
la
aaaaaa
aaaaai '
aaaa'ia'
DDaaaaQDaHaaHHaaaaaaBHaa
Fig. 522.
A B
aDBDGBGBBaBBGGGDDGDnac t :aaDaaaDaoanGa
BGGGBBGi 1BBB "■"innnnGGGnnnn^r'^nnnnnnQQa
BB BBGBn' ■ ■ ana
GBB -BB' I B B GGG
BB B BBB aaaaaa r;aaaaa ^^aa
B: B BB BB a'aaaaa aaaaa:^ -^
c:bb BB , B Baaaaaa i aaaaaa ii
G BBB m:.. \. iBBaaaaac} . _ . ' aaaaaa . . -j,
m B |i iBBi BB j'_juLi_'^'i.ji Jij^_'^i..'.j_j^'. ii.ii_'LJ ju i'_iG
G B B^BB BBi "jGaGaaLJuaaaGGGGQUGGGaGaD
[::BBB .BB BGGGGGaDaGGDGGaGGnaDGGaaD
BB BB BGljB _ "~'iG'"ii^ ^i'lnGHGnrmi linnnnr'inr-.nrni^Q
GGaQHaeaaaBij- -ii 'a 'ai \ ' • ^- • a ai ' ■ m
GGGGBaBBGGGL a aa a aa 1
DGGGaRSjaGGG- aa aa aa aa 1
GGGCf . aa aa aa aa 1
GGGGi . aa 'i a aa a 3
GGGGi i : I .a ; a , a ■ a i
aG[3Gaaaa n^aaaaaaa:: aa aaaaaaaa aa a
DGGCjaaaaijuGGBHaaaa iaaa aaaaaa aaa i
DQGGBaan/iijGaaaanaa • a ::aaaaaa a , an
DGGGaaaaGGGGanaaaa:: , ,a- ■ ia::aaaaai ,a i'-'
aGGQaaaaGGGi.jaaaacia i laaa ':;aaaaa :;aa i
/7naGCBaBBaaGi" a::aaaa aa aaaaaa::a ^aa aa
'^anaGBaaaGG'— a ■ a a a i
GGGGM , . a ,a:: a .aa i
DGGCiFi aa ,aa ■ aa aa %
DGGGM . . 'aa aa aa aa i -\
DGQaiiN -ra-q ;_i._.,, aa :: ■ aa a ?
DoanaBaBUGGGa a la a %
aDDDBBBaGGQcr.aaaaaaaa aa iaaaaaaaai aa-N
aGDoaBBanaaaaaaaaa aaa aaaaaa aaa. .-i
DGDaBBBBnaGGEaaaaa a i aac:aaaa a a
DQaaHHQHaaacaaaaaaa la aaaaaa:;! -: ;;; ^
aaGGBBBBaGGriHaaaaa i aaa aaaaaa- li 'aaaa
nGDaaaaaaDGGBaHaHaHaaBaaaBaBaaaBBSBa
Fig. 523.
Figs. 521, 522 and 523 illustrate three specimens of effect produced upon fabrics interlaced
on granite-weaves. Tn each figure A represents the weave, B the dressing, C the arrange-
ment of the filling, and D the effect produced.
Single-Cloth Weaves for Fabrics of a Special Construction
and Peculiar Character.
HONEYCOMB-WEAVES.
The Principle of Constructing Honeycomb-Weaves and the Peculiarities of Fabrics
Interlaced with them.
In these weaves squares are to be formed by floating (more or less) part of the warp and
filling threads. These warp and filling threads will float on the face opposite to the back of the
fabric; also on the place where the longest floating warp and filling thread interweaves, will be
formed a groove on the back of the fabric and vice versa on the face. Hence we get the peculiar
appearance of the fabric known as honeycomb. The difficulty for the designer consists in so
arranging the weave that when the warp floats on the face, the centre point of this float will form
the centre point for the filling float on the opposite side of the fabric. And again, when the
centre point of the filling float is taken into consideration on the face of the fabric and we put a
needle straight through the fabric on the designated spot, the point of the needle will meet the
centre of the warp float on the rear side of the fabric.
Different methods are observed in designing these weaves.
Honeycomb- Weaves Designed on Point Draws.
■ and n Raisers; o Sinkers.
Fig. 524 shows the plainest honeycomb-weave, executed on 8 warp-threads and 8 picks
repeat, with the "point draw" for 5-harness below it.
nnnQBntannDHDBncja
BCBBBHaTn-HBMD
GBBBBBBB BBBBBBB
□' BBBBB. :□' BBBBBO
C:^; BBB □ '^ 'BBBGQ
c:_n'B H" g: B :Ha
L. H n H HGD
8Dua_B.. H-Ii, .ELBUH13
GD'jBBBDQ'^B^BBBaa
□CBBBBBHQJBBBBBG
CBBBBBBB: BBBBBBB
□r'BBBBB.^Q BBBBBD
L.Q BBB :] :: .:BBBnE3
Ci h::b a _ :acBDC3a
iDULit3CjQ'__j'_«_iLjCHnE3na
DDCDDDnnGuDanQQa
DrinnDDDaaDDDDDGD
GQCDGD-icnDGaaaaa !}„•«. tv,^„,
oDDGaBGGaQnQnBnaa roint JJraw
GaaBOBOaG'JGBGBnG f„,.
QGBGDDBGDGBGaDBG lOf
BB|_ D
□GG
QBUGDG^iBCBGGGGGB - hornf^cc ■ D
iBCDGGGGGBaaanaaa 5""S'"^ss. a
Fig. 524. Fig. 525. Fig. 526.
Fig. 525 illustrates the floating of the warp in above design, thread A A forming the centre
of the float, which gradually decreases in the adjoining warp-threads.
Fig. 526 illustrates the floating of the filling in design Fig. 524, pick B B forming the main
float, which decreases in the adjoining picks.
By these designs it appears that the warp float is two threads longer (7 picks) than the filling
float (5 ends).
Fig. 527 illustrates the honeycomb-weave, designed for 10 threads in each system. The main
float in the warp covers 9 picks, and the filling float forms the square in the fabric with a pick
floating over 7 ends.
The point draw for this weave requires 6-harness.
(98)
99
Fig. 528 shows the honeycomb-weave, designed for 12 threads, warp and fiUing ways. The
heaviest float in the warp covers 1 1 picks, and the greatest filhng float covers 9 warp-threads.
The point draw for this weave requires /-harness.
□DnHDBDQoaaGnHnBDHm
CDBOBBBCtaGGCHDBBBI. JHQ
DQGBBBBBGQGEiri.BBBBBun
□GBBBBBBBGQGBBBBBBBD
DBBBBBBBBBi:.BBBBBBBBB
□GBBBBBBBl 'Ql BBBBBBBQ
□nr BBBBB n a bbbbb' a
- _ y p^^ mj
□L
DC!
□G
lODG
DGI
□□'
EG'
IK ' Hi B Hi IG
IB' H H BBB HiJ
IBB.-H..H BBBBB jQ
JBBBI .HGBBBBBBBG
GBBBBBBBBBI 1BBBBBBBBB
□GBBBBBBBI .1HGBBBBBBBG
DBr'BBBBB'H HGBBBBB' □
DGH BBB H H BBB HG
DDL H, B H; _. H. BGH- :G
DDGuHGHuji_GlD^GEDHGGG
1 11)
onnGHGi
□nt 'H .?Bi
DDHUBBI
DC3GBBBI
□L'IBBBBI
DBBBBBI
□GBBBBI
DQI iBBBI
DCiH .BBI
DLiGiH :bi
Dr H
<— if- ry
12DC; b"
DG' .H^.Bi
D'jHiJBBI
DQi JBBBI
GGBBBBI
DBBBBBI
□GBBBBI
GEDBBBI
DGH BBI
DG' h:,bi
DG H .
IDDG^GE
1
IGHDDDDGDGHGBnHOGa
IBI jaDDDDDai:iBBBGHGa
IBBGBGGGQGBBBBBGEa
IBBBGHnHDBBBBBBBGa
IBBBB :n IBBBBBBBBBD
■BBB H^ IBBBBBBBBBQ
■Bfl iH H BBBBBBBGQ
IB H . H BBBBB HiG
■ 'H H BBB H iG
H :; B H ;G
■: • ,H H a
H H .B H iG
l< :H' < . .H BBB H ,G
IB.':-:: .h bbbbb hg
IBB a H BBBBBBB :□
■BBB H BBBBBBBBBG
IBBBB BBBBBBBBBBB
■BBB' H BBBBBBBBBG
■BB H H .BBBBBBBGE]
■B jHi iij<.iHGBBBBB"HG
■ 'HGGGDDH BBB H ;G
-..iHGDGDDDGH B .H • a
.GaGGGDDGDCLiHGaGuGG
Fig. 527.
Fig. 528.
Fig. 529 is the honeycomb-weave designed for 14 ends in warp and fiUing, with a main float
in the fiUing covering 1 1 warp-threads.
Point draw for this weave requires 8-harness.
Fig. 530 illustrates the honeycomb-weave for 16 ends, repeat in warp and filling, being about
the largest arrangement of this weave used on a high texture.
nnnDGEDBDHCJDDaDDDDCHDBGHGGDa
aDGDEGBBBDHGDDDDDGHGBBBGaaGg
jGBGI
H
JBGD
IGHG
■BGE
IG
DDGE
DGH'. BBBBBBB U
CH'BBBBBBBBB
EGBBBBBBBBBBB
DBBBBBBBBBBBBI
EGBBBBBBBBBBB ._
DEDBBBBBBBBB H HGBBBBBBBBBGE
DGEGBBBBBBB^HL]i:GE'^.BBBBBBBGHG
DCGEGBBBBBDEGGGGCnGBBBBBGHGa
DGGGHGBBBGHGGGGGGGHGBBBGHGDn
!__,-_ -^ -■r-HccncjaQOGGE^BGnGGDD
r " " H a i'jGGGDDGG' a':n ggdd
HLl H B^ n.JiZGGGDar ■ H.B a "GGG
DDi ■ a BBBG-Hi^rif^r'ni^rn^BBB. HGGD
DG:GH BBBBB :h '"' 'i"r";ar~BBBBBiJHGG
D''' H' BBBBBBB' H H .BBBBBBBGHG
GH-BBBBBBBBB H a BBBBBBBBBGE
EGBBBBBBBBBBB a BBBBBBBBBBHG
DBBBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBBB
EGBBBBBBBBBBBi .H' BBBBBBBBBBBG
DEDBBBBBBBBB a H'. BBBBBBBBBGE
GGEDBBBBBBB a H . BBBBBBBGEG
DGDEGBBBBBGH _ ., . __HGBBBBBGHGa
QGDDBDBBBDEG^GLjGGDEDBBBGBGaa
DDDGDBDBDBDGGGDDDGDBDBGBGaGG
1 DDDDDDBGEaGDDDDDDDDDHaHDDDDa
1 14
DDDDGGnGBnnGaaDDDanDGDEGBDEQGGaG
DGDGGH' "BBBi lEDDDDDDanDEGBBBGEGGDa
GDGDBGBBBBBGEGGGGGGGEDBBBBBGBGGa
DGDEDBBBBBBBGH • "a BBBBBBBGBGG
GGBGBBBBBBBBB H . a BBBBBBBBBGBG
DEGBBBBBBBBBBB a >a' BBBBBBBBBBBGE
EDBBBBBBBBBBBBB B'^BBBBBBBBBBBBBG
CBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBi::BBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
EDBBBBBBBBBBBBB B ZBBBBBBBBBBBBBG
DBGBBBBBBBBBBBGHi H'.
GLiBriBBBBBBBBB H' ' a' BBBBBBBI
Gfii :H BBBBBBB a H BBBBBBI
DG' . H BBBBB B a BBBBB
DGGG ,a BBB HGGGGDDL a BBB
dggGj. . .a B a diggggggg a b a
DDDGL'i. .' ;a ,H '..jaDGGGDr., a a _.
lCGaDG''_ji_iH_jB iBGDGGGGDr . a B H
DDiG'DaBDBBB'JBDDGDGGG_i H' BBBGI
DCDGBGBBBBBGEGG!''rDQ!:. _,B. BBBBB
GGDEi-'IBBBBBBBGEi- 'G'~.<^ii",H: iBBBBBBI
GHGBBBBBBBBBBb'^H a^BBBBBBBBI
EGBBBBBBBBBBBBB a BBBBBBBBBBBBBG
DBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB BBBBBBBBBBBBBBfl
EGBBBBBBBBBBBBBl ;H BBBBBBBBBBBBBG
DEGBBBBBBBBBBB' H: H' ^BBBBBBBBBBBBB
DGBGBBBBBBBBB H ' B BBBBBBBBB^ EG
GDGEGBBBBBBB a B BBBBBBB 'H' JG
DGGGBGBBBBB .a._ '.: . B .BBBBB. H GjG
DGDaGBGBBBiJB--jGuGLjUG_LjBGBBBi LBiGi ,' iiJ
DDGGGGBDBaEGDDDDDaDDGDB. .BGBGi ' GG
lDDDDDGDaOEDDDGDDDDGDaDDHGB_G:j _ ^G
1 16
IGB
rBi'JBD
I ';bgg
B 'GG
! 'i-JG
:i ;'.ja
'■ ^'.DG
j.JGGG
r-JGDG
^BGQG
IGBGD
IBGBG
"^noB
Fig. 529.
Fig. 530.
Main float of warp covers 1 5 picks, and main
face of the fabric.
Point draw requires 9-harness.
float of filling covers 1 3 warp-threads on the
DBGHGaBGGEDBDBDBDGBGDBDB
■DBDDBBBDGEGBDBGDiBiDDga
DBGGBBBBB '
BGGBBBBBBI
DBGGBBBBB
is^BGGBBB
D' a B :■:
c B a
G " " "
r_
BBBBB ~ E
BBBBBBDG
BBBBB' ':GB
BBB B'G
B a fl
a ' . J
a
.'IB:..
i2DPfGEaai
■GBGGBBB
DB<'.'.'GBBBBB
B' ''^'BBBBBBI
GB '::bbbbb
i^< B BBB
Gi i a B
L i B a
G a a
I
[
a .BOGGGGL,'
.BDBGDDD: : '
gbgh-;gg~'
;gb ' i G' :;
B H'GD
- a a ma
a . B BJB
a BBB' EG
BBBBB . iE
BBBBBBBGG
BBBBB'G'GE
a ' BBBGGBD
a ' ■ a BGGHGH
a a G^'EGBG
a ' B f i^G
^-* f-' 'ijizi
'?m ZGGGDBGBaBDHGD
BDBGDDaDBaDDHDBG
12
COBDHDDBr'^B'"^ " "^
DBDHpDBBB B^; fl
EGGBBBBBBBBB ''a'
GBGGBBBBBBB
IH' B' BBBBB B
SGaGGBGGBGHG
GBGDBBBGDEG'B
EGGBBBBBOGBG
.VBBBBBBBGGB
BBBBBBBBBGG
BBBBBBI IGGE
B .:'. iBBBBB .. .a 1
GI 1 a .BBB a
B'i BBB a -:)
'^:Gi; a ' .B a
a B a J
GG'_j^=i a B
DGGG--' a a
Z1 tj
DGDG : iB :
GGGGt; a a
. b^'b
1
"1. -- a a
a ' a
J
4[ a B. a a bg a
C-! a . iBBB a
mii.jbggbbbbb. i a
-GBGGBBBBBBB' i' B a
EGGBBBBBBBBB
GBGGBBBBBBB B B
BGEGDBBBBB B
CHGBGGBBB . a
BBB
a J'GBBBBBI.
;bbbbbbb
BBBBB ~
BBB
a G
...BG
'B
BGG
♦ a
BG
B' i;1
DDBGBGriBG 'B _.._._:.. „..,- "_ B ' B B GJ
DaDB..'B ~ a ..flGGGGGB... a B GGG
DDGGi i a "B GGDDDDGG B B i ,_jQa
GDDGi._. B ' " JGDDDGDGL B' .»*'- "'ijDG
DDDDBGBGBGBGDDGGaDilGBGBG.llGDa
IDaaBGECGDaGBCDGDDBGBQDGHGBDa
1 14
Fig. 531.
Fig. 532.
A second style of honeycomb-weaves is designed after the following method : Run on the
designing paper, over the repeat of weave wanted, a check formed by a twill one thread up.
This check must stand on one corner, each corner forming in this manner one of the point
harnesses for tlie weave.
warp float. Every square
twill (raisers).
nnHanGBGHGHZG gbghlmdhgh:]
OHGHGBBHGa^a ''3' ;HGB««Ga^^U
,QGQ ]■■■■■ a 3 '□' ■■■■■Ga 1
DajHHHHHHH '^ a .■■■■■■■ 3
□GOMHHHGa '
; .laLMmm n a
Id' :ci m .n ^a j
luH' :nL,n .a . i
li jIjUI jH' ;aui ; J
ILIGGHGGGGGG
)i laQGHGHGaa
li iBGBI laGHriQ
-r.-^i ":m 'BGa'"""'aG
a"a a"a ■■■ .a' a
:a a a ■■■■■. aG
' " !■■■. a
HGH
GaGa ■■■ a
GGa a ■ a i:
DG.ja ,a a ;a
dljg, :a la ,a
□DG'j la ja ,
GGG la la ,a;)
GGGa -la ;a la
52GGa ,a :■ -a ;a
Dszr "
E!Ga_ _
GaGMHaaHaa a_a
aGajaaaaa ;a a la . _
GG ja !■■■ la :a :a a ■■■ ja a
DGH. ia ■ "^a a : i la; a. m ,a a.i
GGGa ;a la ^a i j i : ;ai ,a ,a"iaj ]
GQu^a.ja ,aj ,._'_._, .. a^ a ,aG ;j
DDQGuaaaGGG.GGG^Gi.ja,_.aGGGG
DGGaHaHaEaaaaaaGGHaHGaaGG
lanDHGHciaaHaaaGGHaHGaGaaG
1 12
100
Next put into every other square (in a diagonal direction) the required
so alternated remains empty or may be further outlined by one row of
"■GnaHaBGHaHaHaBGaGHaBQcaDHDB
■GHGC3GBBBQHaHG«GaGaa«BBGHQHn
G.HGHGBBBBBQa ^a:" a? -.aGBBBBBGHGE
azaGBBBBBBB a .a a^. bbbbbbbgqc
Gia' BBBBBBBBB a a BBBBBBBBBGG
a a BBBBBBB a a a bbbbbbbgg'^
a BBBBB a a a a .bbbbb -
I a BBi
GaQEQHGBGHGHaGGGGEGHGBGHaHj _
GGHDHDBBBGHGHaGGHGHGBBBQHDH' '
DHGHGBBBBBr laGa'
aGaGBBBBBGaGa
□DEGBBBBBBB a a
aGBBBBBBBGaij
DQDBBBBBBBBB a
a BBBBBBBBBr:a
Br^Q'-BBBBBBB a
a~~BBBBBBB'~aG
^ a' a BBBBB a a
a BBBBB ' a a
[ a a BBB a a
a a BBB a a
! ' a a B a a
a a. B a ,a
DGG' a a a ,a._jGG^
'TXja: a a'jHi j[:g
aQ[jL.,Ga_.a .ajGGGGGCc:: a a aGGGC
r^czj ' ' aG:a' -GGGGGGGr- ■ a a 'lann
GGL; a a .a ■ ■" '
i : r a a aiMGGG
QGi .[ a a a a
a' a. a 'bgog
nGGLja a ■ a a
a' a B a_;aGG
rna' 'a; bbb a a
a a BBB a'"B'"
' a' :a.. BBBBB a
a a BBBBB BGB
a a BBBBBBB a a
a . BBBBBBB a
' .a BBBBBBBBB a
HHHHHHHBH
a BBBBBBB a
a a BBBBB a a
a a BBBBB a a
' a a BBB: ^a a.
.a a BBB a a ~>
a a B a a
.a. a B a ^a .
G J .ai a a a i
a a a
J - : a a a ■ j
[_,,,, ,Lja .a J <' ' jLjG
GL,GGGa'..,a J .l.lj.j
UGLiLjuHGaGHGLluGGDCGGHGBLJHG' 1 . iQ
iCGaCaGHaHGHGGaaCGGHnHaHGaG G.
a
B' IB
^ .a:
a li*
i ■• a a
I la :a
4 i a_,a B
It, .a:.^a BB
L iBi JBGBBB
a B' iBBBB
GBGBBBBB
a a BBBB
a BBB
I- ' a a BB
a^^a
c:
a a ,.
I. a a
a.,aGBBB
Baa
ai BBBB
bb: .a
B a a
.a BBBB
a a a a bbb
a a : ' a a BB
a a a m
UGL;
IGGI-J
1
.BuB i
■GaCJB
IBGBG
■BBGB
IB iBG
IBB
•B' ..a '
:; a r^
j ■--■ J.J'. ,L_I'. JI_JLJ=".-jBi_iBi iklLjLjO
a jHgggl JGaoHGai jaoHGD
: aGHGGGHGaaaaHDBGBa
14
a
Fig. 533.
Fig. 534.
Fig. 535
Figs. 531 and 532 are designed to illustrate this style of honeycomb-weaves.
Fig. 531- Repeat: 12 ends warp and 12 picks.
Point draw : 7-harness.
Fig. 532. Repeat: 14 threads warp and 14 picks.
Point draw : 8-harness.
BBG
BGB
a BBBBB 1
GBfJBBBI IB
■''BBBBBGI
IB BBB IB
1' :bbbbb :
m BBB B
BGBBBB
:B iBBB
■ "laGBBBBB 1
a a BBB a
IGBBBBBG
a aaa a
■G
a
■BBBB
.BBBG
jBGaaaaaaaGBB
aGBGaaaoBGBG'a
GBG
■GB
■BG
BBB
GGB^ZB .B
QGGB. .Bi ; :
GDBGBGBi .ji
;%:::Br.
GBBBBBBB'
: B B IB ;
;B :b i J
'BBB
JBBBBBBB'^
1: B B B '
J' ,B M .U
< B B B
BBBBBBB
.« Bl iB<; 1
G'GGB. IB
B< B
-BGBBB
■GBBBfl
Bl GiLiB: iB' Bl <:
JI gg: ~bi .Bl ..
a < a a a <
a a. BBB a
■GaGBBBBBGI
1. a. BGBI
i a: .B: ±
m- m- a
aGBBB. a
iGaaaaaG
IL
jG
GB
Bl .B'.jB
Bl B'_j
BGBGB
GBBBG
Baaaa
aaaaa
[jGGBaaGanaaaa
JGGGaQaDDDCGB
jGGBGBQBDaaaa
%-a:::a%-a:
■Li!!!!!*^"!"
aa IB JBaaaBGaGBaaaaGB .BBaBBGB~"BBBBB"a' bbbbb BizaBaBBGaGaaaBBGaGBaaaaaaGBH
BGBZJB JBBB. jBGB BBB'JB .B .BBB .iB :B ;BBB B B BBB B 'BGBBBGBGB( JBBaaBGBI...BBBGBGBaa
GB IGGBGB JB iiG.JB'.JB M .. : B 'B :B 1: I IB B. .Bl I B B BGI .GBGaCJBLr GBGBGBGGI Br'BGBGGGBQ
B I MB IB I J' IG iB IB . ' B IB !GG 'JGB' ;BIJGG:I B B .' i I . B B' G I ' B B".l. .1 I ' B' BGGGGGB
B . B IB IB I r ;B m .B I O :B ;BG 1 JBGBGBGGGB' B. B i^ ' B Bi Bi : B B' B^ ' ' B' Bi IBGGGBG
B B B:.JBBB_IB M jBBB 'B B .BBB B .JBvJBBBGBGBGBBB: B' B. BBBI.B B BBBL B'. B^ BBBGBGBGB
BBuBuBBBBB jB'JBBBBBJB ,BBBBB JBGBBBBBGBGBBBBBGBI jBBBBBGB' BBBBBL.BL. BBBBBGBGBB
BBBGBBBBBBBvDBBBBBBB ^BBBBBBB JBBBBBBBGBBBBBBBGBBBBBBB'. BBBBBBBGBBBBBBBGBBB
BB IBGBBBBBGBGBBBBB IB JBBBBBGBGBBBBBGBGBBBBBGBGBBBBBL.BGBBBBBGBGBBBBBGBGBB
BGBGB^BBBGB IBGBBBHB'.DB IBBB jBGBGBBBGB^^Br :BBB 'BI 'B^ 'BBB"B B' BBB Bi'Bi 'BBBGBGBGB
OB . ^ :b :b 'b i 'b b :b ig' 'b ib :b j i ^b' 'B' :r ra b b B' b b b: b ~ B' ' b b' BGGrBG
■G J . i ~B B . B .B I..J J I B B . i 11' ;B B BBB : B B' . . : B B^ B BGGGGGB
GB J J :B B .B I ' IB IB .B ] I'lB JBGB i 1 1B a ' B B : BGB B .1 ' .B< B'.B' B B'^BGGGBD
BGBGB :BBB ]BJB 'JBBB.3BGBJBBBGB.JBGa a B B B B jBGBBBGBGBGBBBGBL .Bl .BBBIGBGBGB
BB"}BGBBBflB JB JBBBBBGBGBBBBB JBGB a a ' Bl .BGBBBBBGBGBBBBBGB' BBBBBGBGBB
BBBJBBBBBBB''1BBBBBBBGBBBBBBBGaG. 'JB .'• B r. BGBBBBBBBGBBBBBBBf JBBBBBBBGBBB
BBGBGBBBBBGB IBBBBBGB IBBBBB JBGGBj jBBGGL BB B' ' BGBBBBBi'Bi 'BBBBB' B BBBBBGBGBB
BGBGBGBBBGB IB JBBB JB JB IBBB JBG. ja'.JBaGBGai BB: B .: B BBB B Bl BBB. B B BBBGBGBDB
GB JGGBGB M :J jB «JB J J JB JB jaGGB' JBGJJaGBGB' i B B aGB^ B ' B B.B B' ^.BGBCGGBa
BGJGG'GBIB I i 1 JB JB J I I I ;BJBGGa JB '. jrjGBGEr B B Bi ' B ' B ■' ' B" BGGQGQB
GB JGGBGB B i J JB 'B JB I ' B IBGGa.'JB I '< IGGGBI ' C: B. BI.B' 'BBB B' B BGGGBD
B !B IB JBBB .B :B .BBB JB B .BJGBJB )B li.JGUaGBl B B B BBB BBB B B BBB'.BujBGB
BB JB JBBBBB .iB JBBBBB jB .B I JBGBG I IBaaaGGGBaBa B B B B BkBKB B BBBBBI^BGBB
BBBJBBBBBBB JBBBBBBB JB ' iB'JB.J J J JBBaaGGGBBBB B Bl i B BBBBBBB BBBBBBBi.iBBB
BB JB IBBBBB JB JBBBBB JB I i'J JB'JJJ J jaaaBGGGBBBB BB Bi Bi BBBBB. B BBBBBGBGBB
B IB .JB.jBBB JB JB JBBBJB J 13 133 JBGGi JHaaaGGGaHBa, i B BB' Bl i B BBB B: B' BBBl.BI. BuB
GB i JJB^B .iB J..IGBJBGB J JB 13 )..jaGaiJBGaaGaaBGGGIjBi B B . B: .Bl I B: mm, B' B BGGGBD
B J J JGGBGBJ.J J J.JB J3 J 13 J3 1 JGGBGH Ji Ji JGGGaGGGGG' B B ' : i B' B '■ Br B ' ' B B. GG'^GB
GB J jGBJJBGBJ J IB :B 13 J .JB JB JGaGBGBi JGGDaGBGGGl BI B B ' B B . B' B. Bi B Bi BGi_.,gBa
B IB JB.JBBB JB JB JBBB iB J.la.jaajBG J JaaaaGGGBBEE:. : B BB Bl. l-BiBBB B B BBB-BGBGB
BB JB JBBBBB JB JBBBBB JBJJEGBEJ 1 l<GaEEBGGGEEBBi BB B' I BGBBBBBJ B BBBBBGBIjBB
BBB JBBBBBBB JBBBBBBB JEGGE JBG J JJ JEEEEr.JGGEEEE' '. iJ .BJB Bi BBBBBBB: BBBBBBBGBBB
BB B IBBBBB .B IBBBBB JB IBGGB IB J J lEEBEGGrEaEB' : ' Bi B B BLBBBBBJJB' BBBBBGBGBB
BGB IB iBBfl iB :B JBBB iB JB iB i JB IB IB JGGl'JB 'B' i B B B' i B B' Bi.BBBi'B B. BBBGBGBGB
DB J J M m IB ' IB IB 'IB 1 I iB .B i JB IB V Ji'jrjGGB B Bi B B' J .: B' BJ' B : B B BGGGBG
Bi J J J J jB IB ' . < J JB ;B J J I J JB JB 1 JB JB Ji Ji 11 JBI Bl' ( I Bl Bl i JB, BJ ., .J il ' i Bi B i .:.,i ' .Bl .Bi-.GGGGB
GB JJGB.jBJB J I JB' IBGB'JG JBGB JBG JB iB . iB Bi B : Bl BI jGBL BJ. Bl :(' i B' .Bi BG . L Bl Bl BGGGBG
BJB .JBGBBB JB.JBJBBBGB'GBJBBBGB 1 JB BB B BB BL C 'BGBBBJ'BI Bl BBBi'. B' Bi. BBBGBf BL.B
BB JBGBBBBBGB JBBBBBiJBGBBBBBJB J .:: BB BrJ^'aGBBBBBGBr BBBBB:.. BGBBBBBGBf BB
BBB GBBBBBBB JBBBBBBB GBBBBBBB 'B :: a B B i Bi BBBBBBB' BBBBBBB: BBBBBBBfJBBB
BB JBGBBBBB B JBBBBBGBGBBBBBGB C: :: B B B B B' BBBBB B BBBBBi ^^ BBBBBGB BB
B B..jBjBBB JB IBGBBBGBGBGBBBGB .B B B BJ B B' B ' BBB B B' BBB:_.BGB'' BBB.. B^BGB
I m ) JGBGB JB 1 J IBGBGBGJGBGBJBG .B B ■ B B ' B B' ' : B B B : ^:B. B'_Bi '...I B'GB BGLJL;BiG
B J J JGGB.JB i J I I IB JB ; I J JiGBGBGG ; .B' .B B j Bi 'B ■ i BBi i ,; ,■ ■' ,B<: I .1 ' ,Bi_..B.jLjgaDB
GBJ'i^BGBGB : I IB B IB 1 IJBJBJB'I l JB Mi Bl [JGB Bi B, J : B B Bi.'G'''.B:. B' Bi . i Bi .BGBGODBU
B JBGBGBBB JB JB iBBB.JB .IBGBBBGB ,B' .BBB' 'BuJE:' BBB. .Bl B. .BBBliBI .Bl .BBB: .B' BLjBBBGBGBGB
BB ~iB. JBBBBB JB IBBBBB. JIB JBBBBB jBIJBBBBBGEGBBBBBJjBijBBBBBGBLiBBBEBJ.IBGBBBBBGBGBB
BBB JBBBBBBBGBBBBBBBGBBBBBBB.GBBBBBBBGBBBBBBBGBBBBBBBGBBBBBBBGBBBBBBBGBBB
BB JBGBBBBB JBGBBBBBGBiJBBBBBGBGBBBBBrJBGBBBBBGBGBBBBBGBI'lBBBBBGBGBBBBBGBGBB
B JBGBGBBBGB.GBGBBBGBGBGBBBGB ^BGBBBr 'BGBGBBBGBi. JBGBBB' B' B-BBBiJBiGBGBBBGBGBGB
DBiGGDBaBaBiGGGB.GBGB.GaGBGBDBJI B' B' B' .' B''~B B ''B^B' B B" B Bi GBi JBGBGaOBGl
BJGaaGBDBGiJJGGBGBGDnDGBGBGLJ . B B fl B fl B fli B . i . ' B. BGGGGDB
GBJGGBGBGB J JGBGBGBGaOBJBGBGl.i Bi .B Bi B' B B ' B._ B B B'B Bl .i .1. Bl. BL.BGGGBa
B B JB JBBB B 'B IBBBGBGBGBBBGBGBGBBBi JB Bi BBB. JBGBGBBBJ BJ.JB.jBBB'JBGBGBBBGBGBGB
BB IB IBBBBB :B iBBBBBGBGBBBBBGBGBBBBBGBl~BBBBBGBGBBBBBGBL''BBBBBGBGBBBBBDBGBB
BBB JBBBBBBB JBBBBBBBGBBBBBBBGBBBBBBBGBBBBBBBGBBBBBBBGBBBBBBBGBBBBBBBTJBBB
BB jBi.JBBBBBGBi.JBBBBB' IBGBBBBB'JBiJBBBBBiJBGBBBBB' 'B'"BBBBBI'"BI BBBBBGBGBBBBBGBGBB
BiJBiGBGBBBGBGBGBBB B 'B IBBB 'B .B 'JBBBJ.iBGB' BBB. B B BBB B B BBBGBGBGBBBGBGBGB
GB jaaBGBGBGGGBGB B . IB B .B ' BGBI iBGGGB B. B : .. .B B H B: 'BGBGGGBGBGBGaGBa
BGGaGQBGBDDGGQBiJB^^^.j^B IB B' .B: iJ^.^G' .B B B' B' Bi^BGGGppBnBGGGGGB
DBGDQBaBGBaanBGBGBGaaBGB .,B B B BGI" B B B B.jBiJ'.B BGB'JB i B' BGB:_ GBG
BGBGBGBBBGBDBGBBBGBGBGBBB .B B BBB B B . :BBB. B B BBB B BL BBB B B BBBJB BGB
BBaBaBBBaBGBaBBBBaaBaBBBBBGB^BBBBB.^BGBBBaBGBijBBBBB. .B BBBBB B aBBBB:. .Bi- iBB
Fig. 536.
We now pass to a third style of honeycomb-weaves, having a double line of twills for the
main square. In this manner Figs. 533 and 534 are executed.
Fig. 533 has for its repeat 12 warp-threads and 12 picks.
101
Fig. 534 has for repeat 14 warp-threads and 14 picks.
These lioneycomb-weaves have also tlie filling float sometimes outlined by one row of twill,
as illustrated in design Fig. 535, which is taken in its foundation from Fig. 534.
Figs. 536 and 537 illustrate fancy combinations of the honeycomb-weave for groundwork
with point twills for the figure.
acmnmr-m''
□■GBHB I
aL ■■■■■'
■caaaaH
DKJHHa I
DIJB'a ■
DCLB ■
DCa ■ ■
im'TmL
■■■■■i m.
■■■■■■■ I
■■■■■ ■
I ■«■ ■ I
~ :■■■□■' M'
ini
(]
ID!
I ■■•!■■■■ ■■■■■!■■
■ ■■■■■ ■ ■■■■■ I
I ■ ■■■^..■' Ml ■■■' ■
: JUL iBUBGDaUDBL-B
nLiBDBnBnDnBUB' ■
I' W ■■■GBrW^BMB ■
"-iBiDBaBnnDBaBnBnnrjBnBnBGGnBDBnBanGBnBnBnnDBnBnBn
.B'-.BBBrJBrBLJBBBllBQBDBBBi W B:jBBB! !Bi iBGBBBIJBriBGBBBCB
■' BBBBB' ..BGBBBBBDBnBBBBBi M' BBBBBi iBGBBBKB' IBGBBBBBa
BBBBBBBiGBBBBBBBGBBBBBBB' BBBBBBBi iBBBBBBBI" IBBBBBBB
I BBBBB' a BBBBBGBGBBBBB' M BBBBB' B' BBBBB^ .BI IBBBBBG
B BBBi.:B B BBB'JBGBGBBBIGB' B BBB' B. B' BBK' B' B' .BBBGB
■ B' 'B' .:/' B' B BG'.GGB'./B' BLJ'_iGBljBljBl ji-'L :B B M : B' B BG
B ■ . B a "1^: ' a a j^'jGGaBGBGGaG a a a a _j
a a a .. : a a a G a a BGGGB~~BGBaOGa a a ' a a bg
a aaa B' a aaa a.a aaa mi'M' aaai \ibgbl aaa.. a a. .aBB...B
I' BBBBB: a 'BBBBB' B: BBBBB B' BBaBB jBLIBBBBBi BGBBBaBG
aBi.:aaa ■
DCM a a
DC'.; a a
OGB a a
DBGaaa ■
'BGBBBBB
B.aBBBB'GB BBBHa: IBGaBBBBGB iBBBaB' 'B' aaBBB' IB aBBBB: jBf BBBBB' B' aaBBBG
K
11
k;
oi
CBGI
DGB
DGL*
Q'^B"
GBGI
3 , a a
aa a',
aa. ' I
a: I
a'.
BGBBBBBGI
aB':BBB''lBGaGBBB<
~ a a a iLBr a 1
CG'^.BriBGGGDDBGB'
DCBi:iBi"iBaGCBaBL:l
aBGBBBGBGBGBBB'
.BGBBBBB 1BGBBBBI
aBBBBBBBGBBBBBI
BGBBBBBGBGBBBBI
DBGaBBL JBGBGBBB:
DGBGBGB'iGGBGB: ji
DGl "B'GB' I'Ji IGGBi: iB'
DGBGBGBG' JGBGB I
DBGBBB'JB'GB'JBBB
BGBBBBB .B ^'BiBBI
GBBBBBBa aBBBBI
flGBBBBB a 'BBBal
OBGaaa a a .aaa
DGBGB.jB '-GGaGBu I
DaGBGBi. iGLDGaaaa
□GBGBGBGGGBaaGI
CB 'BBB BjaGBBB
BGBBBBBGBGBBBBI
aBBBBBBBGBBBBBI
BDBBBBBGBGBBBai
aBGBBBGBGBGBBB .
D'lB' B'' a lGBGB' I
GGQBGBGaaaaBaB'.
DGBGBGBGGGBGBGI
GB <BflB a a aaa
BGBBBBBGBGBBBai
DBBBBBBB :BBBBBI
aGBBBBBGB.flBBBi
UB ;bbb b'..;b "bbb
GGBGB^ a: " a a 1
DGGB "B ■■ a a
DGB. a a a a I
GBfBBB a a aaa
BGaBBBB' .B iBBBBI
aBBBBBBBi iBaBBBI
BGBBBBBLIBGBBBBI
aB':aBa.''B' m' laaa
GG.a a a a a 1
L_..B a a a
GGBGB a a a I
UBGBBB 'Bi a aaa
bgbbbbbgb'
obbbbbbb: :i
bgbbbbbgb:
cbobbb'gb.': 'i
dgbgbgb' '..j
DQaBGBG:.^ .:
aa' ; aa a a a a aa " aa ^aa aa"" aa" aa" aVa"a"a "aa
IB a aa aa a a a' a x-i aa aa^ i aGa aa aa a ai a a^ a aa aa
I a aa ' aa a a aaa a a > aa aa a aa aa a a aaa a a i aa at
a aa. aa .a a .aaaaa a a . aa aa :aa' ' aa a a aaaaa .a a aa aa^
I aa aa a a a aaa a a' a aa aa' aa : aa a' a a aaa aaa aa aa
aa aa a a a a a a a a a aa aaa aa a a a a a a a a a aa aa
I a aa a a aaa a a aaa a a aa a aa a a aaa a a aaa a a aa a:
a aa a a aaaaa a aaaaa a a aa aa a a aaaaa a aaaaa a a .-.aa .
I aa a a aaaaa a a aaaaa a a aa aa a a aaaaa a a aaaaa a a ..aatj
IB a a a aaaaa .a a a. aaaaa. a a . a a a a aaaaa a a a aaaaa acja..juaa\
I a a a a laaa^ a aaa a aaa a a a a a a a aaa :a, aaa a aaa ai a: ^ogghgi
:B': ai a a a a^ c .aaaaa a a a a a a:": a a a a' a .a' .aaaaa a ai a^ .a: a'laGGG
iGi a a' :aaa a a aaaaaaa a a aaa a' c ia a' 'aaai .a. a'caaaaaa a' a' aaa: iH^^a' ::
'". ,a a aaaaa a aaaaaaaaa a aaaaa a a a aaaaa a. aaaaaaaaa a aaaaa a a:
I a a aaa a a aaaaaaa a a aaa a a a a aaa a a aaaaaaa a a aaa a a
'' " a a a a aaaaa a a a a a a . a a a a a a aaaaa a a a a a a
a aaa aaa a aaa a aaa a a 1
IB a a. a aaaaa a a a aaaaa a a
I aa a a aaaaa a a aaaaa a a
.a ' aa y :a a aaaaa .a aaaaa a a ai
I a' : aa:": a a aaa a a aaa a' a. c:a
.• .aa : aa :i :a ai :a a' :a' 'a' :a' a a: .. aa ..
I aa ': aa a a .a: aaa a: a' ;a . aa :
a aa aa a a aaaaa a a aa a:
1 a a a a a a a aaa a a : a a a a a
■ ■ kJ kJVJ kJkJ k.J kJ k.> kJ LJ kJkJ kJtJ kJ
k^kJ .kJk> k^kj k^ . .kj k^ .kJ kJLj kjkj kjkii
a aa aa.i'.:aa:: a a a aa ac}Gi ,aa
I a aa aa aa a a aa aa aa a
aa a aa a a a • . aa a aa
\ a :: aa . aa :aa : a a aa' . aa ■ .aa .. a
;a 1 :aa aa: :: aa a a' a aa: v.r. a::
I aa aa aa a a a a aa aa a:
- - aa aa a a a a a ' aa aa
a -aa
a a aaa a a a a ac
aa a a aaaaa a a aa aa
aa a a a aaa a a a aa a
la a a a . a a a a a a aa
;- .a a aaa. a a' :aaa a a ' aa'
: a a aaaaa .a' ;aaaaa a a aa
a a aaaaa'Ga a aaaaa: n a' . a
a aaaaa .la: "a a aaaaa a :; .1
a^^a^ aaa^^a^^aaa^ a_^aaa_^a^^a ^a_
k'j kJ k'j k'> kli k> k'j t,'.i k' J tSj kJ k'j k'-i k.> k.'j
k^kJk> i.j kJ. LlikJklikJkJkjk^ k> .i-j kjkJLj kj
kjkjk'jk'.i kJ'. jk'jk:ik:jk'jk'Jk.Jk'Jk'>k> kj.__ kjk'^kjk.ikj k'^
aaa a :a' aaaaaaa a a: aaa a
a a a :a aaaaa .a a a a a ai
a a aaa: .a^ aaa. ;ai :aaa a a. a
a aaaaa' ;a' la a: aaaaa a a
a^_a_^aaaaa^^a^^a/aaaaa^^a_^a p
\1j k'> k'j k'.i k'j k'^ kJ kJ k'> kJ k'4 kj k. ^\.'a
a^^ a^^a^»a^_a^^a^ a c:_a ~ "
aa a a aaaai
aa a a aaa
a'-ii aa a a a .:
aa: ' ^aa a a a
a a aaa a aaa a aaa aaa a
a a a a aaaaa a a :a aaaaa a a a ■
a aa a a aaaaa a a aaaaa a a aa
aa a a' aaaaa a aaaaa a a aa ■
a aa ■ a 'a aaa a a aaa la' a aa a.
aaa aa. .:■ .a a a: a a a .a .a: la aa aa.
a aa aa .■ a' .a :a .aaa: "a a a .aa aa
aa aa a a aaaaa a a aa aa 1
a aa aa a a aaa a a aa aa a
kJ kJ' kJk.1 kJkJ i.j ki. Lj klJ krf kWkLi kjk^ kJ ■
kj kjkj k^k< kjkj kJ kJ . kii kj kjk:^ kjk^L^ . kjLj _
kjkJ .kjL.j k^Li vj k> kj \.t^A kjkli kjLJ ■
aa aa aa a a aa aa . aa a
a aa : a :a ' a cja ' .a aa:
: C3a . aa: , cx3 a :a . aa aa aa a^
aa aa' ' aa' ' 'a a' .a . aa ' aa aa ■
a a a a a a .a a a a a a a a a a .
kJ l^kj kjk^ \.J kJ kJ Lj LJ k-^kj kJLl Lj ■
:: a a a a a a aaa a a a a a a : a
a a a a a a aaaaa a a a a a a ■
aa aa a a a aaa a a a aa aa
}a aa a a a a a a a a a aa aa
■: aa a a aaa a .a aaa a' a' . aa ■ .a.
aa , a a aaaaa a aaaaa a a ■ aa " ■
aa: a' a aaao;a a a aaaaa a a aa
kJ kJ kj kJk^k^jkJkJ k J kJ k^ kjkJkJk'k^i kj L^ kj ■
* L J k' J t.A k'.< k'j k.« kJ kJ kj L« L'j k> L'.i L.i kj Li L< L .• i
kj iL^ Ly Li Lj kj krfkjkjkjkj kij lJ Lj k:< k^ Lj ■
kj kj k^k jk.1 L.J kJ kiL.jL^kjk>k^kJ k« LJ k>
J kJ kji,j<ji.j<j kj kiL^L..ilJL.Jk>kjL^k:y kj Ljk.<
a a aaa a a aaaaaaa a a a:
a a a a a a aaaaa a a a
-3 : .a a' .a: .aaa a aaa a: aaa a
a a' a xoaaaa: a a: a aaaaa
k> k'^ ' k'.< L'J klJ L> L y U L J k^4 k' J V4 iLa k^ l^d k J ' k J
nr.i r.i ri r ^ r,i r,> r> r ■< r.i r-»r.>r,*"r.* r.i
,■*■ ■ r,trt r-\ r-^ r:^r^}r* TJ T^ T-X-^CS kO kj
IB a a ana a
IBB aL'BBBBaG
■aa a: bbbbb'g
IB' B' B BBa_B
IB' a a " BG
a B:-BGa
D a a BGBG
__ a a BBBGB
aaa. a. bbbbbg
i:':aBBBBG
■a. a Bi .aaa ^a
I' a a a BG
a a a G
■ a a: a bg
IB- B'.jBL BBBGB
IBB pr 'BBBBBG
laaa a^aaBBBa
a .BGBD
I a . aGBGD
a a .: aLMBGaa
■aa B' a: bbbdb
laaa b. aaaBBQ
IBBBGaGBBBBBD
IBBGBGBGBBBGB
B'~B^. !"-'"B' B^BD
I' a : . ' B'-'B ''G
a a a B. bg
IBB. a. a.-BBB^.B
iBBBL-BI .BBBBBa
a BG
i a G
a BG
■aa .a
laaa'i
:a a a
aaa
a
aiBG
:aa a
:a a a
i^^a^^a
ki^ k^
: a . a
a a a
a
a
a a
aaa
aaa a
BBBBB
a'
a
a B:
a B'-'G
B'-.BG
BBB! :a
BBBBG
BBBBB
b"S
■■■■'::
a
::a
a a a a
GDI
kjLJ kJkJ kjkJkj kjkj k> k.
k'J k'j k'jk'J k'^kJ: klik'j kjk'j .L.!^ k'^ k'jk'ijk'.JI
a . aa'- :' .ciai a aa aa . a. :a aa:
a. . aa ii aa^ ' a a aa aa a' a a
. aa' L:aa aa aa ' aa . aa . 'a a ;
aa'..' aa aa aa'^ aa aa i a a
aa ^a j;a ^ j3 aa^ aa/ aa_^ a j
a a a' aaa a a a a a
a:
:a
a a aa aa . a
a a aa' aa ..^a: .i
3. :a' aa aaG; :aa. -
ri r:\r:\ aT a a I
3" t3a" aa"' aa a
B' a BBB" B
i a a BG
a a G
i a a BG
:.B'. B:_BBB1B
■GBGBBBBBG
IIjI
■D
:gbdbG'BG
■-.Bi"'BGG
aBGBBB 'B' .BGBBa B B BBB B B BBB B. B BBB B B BBB B-.B BBB B B BBB B B BBB B B BBB B B BBB B B BBB:"B
BGBBBBB'GBGBBBBB B aaaBBi_.a. BBBBB B'. 'BBaBB B BBBBB B' BBBBa B BBBBB B aBBBB B BBBBB B BBBBa B BBBBB' 3
DBBBBBBB. ^'BBaBBBB aaBBBaBL.BBBBBBBGBBaBaaa:- BBBBBBBi laBBBBBB aaBBBBB aBBBBBB aBBaBBB' :aaaBaBB' BBBBBBB
ILI
DBGBBB B'-B(-.aaa. a 'b bbbc
GGBGB. Bi..'GaB'_.BGBr ' . aijB"l
GGGBGB'.^GGGGBGBGGr 1'- '.l "'B.. B
DGBGB . "B[^GGBGBGBG:-'GB" " B'" I
aBGBBBGB. "BGBBBGB""B BBB
BGBBBBB' :BGBBBBB' "B' BBBBI
^BGBGBGG' BGB' BGGGBGBQBGaDBUBGa'"''
: BGBGGGL B BGaDaDBDaGGCGGB' B
a 'BGa::.' a b"bigggbgbobgggb' b' a
I BBB a a BBBGBGB:".BBBGar:B: aaa a
aaaaa a bbbbb b" bbbbb' b: aaaaa ■
a ' B' a a r.'.jB._'B:- a a"'a a b' a bg
I . a a ^GGGBGB' B'"a ' B' BIG
a a a B'lGGBGBra a a m~ a a bg
IBB BBB .BI"'BGBBB B' B' BBB B B .BBBGa
IB' BGaBBBBG;B BBBBB B: BBaaB B BBBBBa
BGBaBBBGBGBBBBa- B BBBBB. B' BBBBB BGBBBBB: B BBBBB B BBBBB.. B:_BBaaB BGBBBBBI <B BBBBB'.- .B' :BBaBB' B' BBBBBG
GB:"jBBBGBuBGBBBi .'B-:B.-1BBBGBGBjBBBGBGBGBBBI^iBGBL <BBBl .BGBGBBBGBGBUBBBI- iBL^BCJBBBGBI. B: BBBI.iai B:..'BBa IB' :BGBBBGB
LJGB IB. B..<.LB_Bi''B:_. B' a .B-:B' B.'BGB. ""GiBGBlB'. B' B': B . a Bi.B. ' : B: a B' . 'ijBi Bi a BBB a. a a Bi'<B «: I
nnDBnBiGaaaDBDBGGGDDBaBaDaDGBDBDaDanBDBaGGQGBDBUGGGDBGBaGGDUBGBGGDGDBDBGGG^L.BGBaDDGCBGBUGUaDBCBGJ
Fic,. 537.
A fourth division of the honeycomb-weaves embraces those known as " star effects."
The appearance of these weaves in the fabric is of a different character from those previously
described. The effects produced by these weaves in the woven fabric are quite novel, and a
careful study of the annexed designs will not only give a thorough understanding of their con-
struction, but will greatly aid in developing new ideas for weaves in this line of fabrics. The
point draw, which has been used to such a decided advantage in the first three divisions, is not
used in this.
Figs. 538, 539 and 540 are different weaves designed on this principle.
102
Fig. 538. Repeat of pattern: i6-harness and 16 picks.
Check A contains in its 8 ends repeat, a twill running in a direction from left to right, the
twill line being formed by the warp upon filling ground.
Check ^'is the same weave, warp and filling exchanged, and direction of twill reversed.
Check B and D are bound in plain for forming the groove.
Fig. 539. Repeat of pattern : 28 harness and 28 picks. This weave is an enlargement of
the preceding one and explains itself.
HCH n c; :■:
OH. a -^ V.
□r □ H K c:
-"de: □ u ::
•□"^Er^E^GOBM
a :: :: unani
.E E ■ Sint'T
:e e EBB:v-in
E^:E"E'TEaaGaBBB«B
GE ' E ,EGEBL";X"JBBBB
^E E ,E E-.BBJUJBBB^
y?L.B.. E :E_iEBBBaQDBBC
□DE.'E ,E ■.■■BBQDDB
DH .E .E. jEBBBBBOnn
E^.E E E BBBBBBGG
r ■■ E E E E
L BBBE E E E J
G. ,.1. ,BBB_ E E E □
^Gai-jBBBG;_JE. lE E E' I r>
.^DDBBBGnQGE E E C. D
DBBBGoaaB: e e e
BBBaaDDGGE. ,E.__E_E
iBBDaacDDEaGQGQLJcaa
1 18
HGt
DE
HGE ::
DBGE
HC'E ::
DHL,:
E
,J^^E^ E E lEI
■^e"e e"'e
' ' :E .EGE
MBBGGGGGBBBBB
BBBi
HGE_jB, .E. .EGEGE,
DaDGGGGGGGDBBI
DDaannUGGGBBBI
CiDGaDGGQaBBBBI
PDGGCDGGi 1BBBBB
DnaanGi JBBBBB'
/JODGGGGBBBBB ,
■^DDDQGBBBBBJ:^!.
UDGl.BBBBBGlIGG.
DDDBBBBBGGQaG
GGBBBBBGaGGGL !:
GBBBBBGOQCGGLii
BBBBBGOnGGGGL,
lUGGG'
■BGGGG' BBB
BBBGGCji ;l BB
■BBBGGGGGB
BBBBBGGGC3D
GGDa
BBBBBBBBBBBI
.:e: e e __
IE'" E E E "
E E E E
E ,E E E 1
" a a
E
ina
__ EG
E Eica
E EG
E ,Ei ;a
isGEGEr^nnEnni
E .E' E^-: . CBC
CE E E 'E iBI
;?E E E E EBBBGBGI
-Ol.iE C: E E BBBBG —
\c
E
: E E E E EG n
^^ " E E E E^^
J E E E _.
^ E E E E
El E E E :■:
:]' E E' E Cr
EG
: JE
EG
:: jQ
EG
GaGCGaaGGi_ _ e.__ e_.e_e_ E-..Eaa
IBBBCDGDDaDDDDaHGEGEGQGHUHGEa
1 18
Fig. 538.
Fig. 539.
E E E E EBBBGBGBBB
CE ,E E .E BBGBBBGBB
E E E. ,E .EB' .BBBBB' H
LIE E a IE ' :BBBBBBB 1
B' , .. r .!i_j .1 ■ E' a a EG
GBLIGGGUB E EG.E E .E
DGBCGDBG: . E E E E j
^GGGBGBGG E .e:E' :E E r^
WGGGGBGGn. ' E E^ E iE : Z?
DGGBCBCfj: C: E E 'E' E
DGBGGGB: E E E E J
DBCCQGDB. E_E_E ^E_E
IBaaDGGDaBGEGaGBGBG
1 19
Fig. 540.
Fig. 540. Repeat: i8 warp-threads and i8 picks. This weave contains in its principle, in
check indicated by A, the X of a common twill filling face on 9 threads for each system.
Check C contains the same arrangement except that the warp changes place with the filling.
Checks B and D are interlaced plain for forming the groove.
A fifth division of the honeycomb-weaves is created by forming squares with a certain
number of warp and filling threads, floating (equal long floats for each thread in either system)
regular distances. Figs. 541, 542, 543 and 544 are designed to illustrate this system.
Fig. 541. Repeat: 12 warp-threads and 12 picks. Can be reduced to a 4-harness "section
draw."
Fig. 542. Repeat : 12 warp-threads and 12 picks. Can be reduced to a 4-harness " section
draw."
l^DBGOGBBBBBBB
□GB'BBBBBBBB
GEGBGBBBBBBB
□GBGBBBBBBBB
GEGBGBBBBBBB
B': E EBBBBBBB
CE E E E_ b: E
CG^G^,: E :e..eg
□DDDGE E .E ,E
DOGGG E E E'J
nCQGGE E.._ELE
IBGHDQGBGBCBq
Fig. 541.
ISGHGEGBBBBBBB
B E.:E. BBBBBB
ge e ebbbbbb
b: e e bbbbbb
ge' e ebbbbbb
hi:e ,e e E' eg
DE E E E E a
QGG,_^; E E EG
DGGGG'. E .E □
DGDGG. E E .EG
DGGGG . .E jE jH
inGBGBGBGBQBG
1 12
Fig. 542.
HH^BGE' lEGGnnnHn
UE E E .EaDGGGB
h e e e .ggddbg
ge e 'e e jgddgh
e:.e;:e e gggghg
DE E E E iGGGGH
El :E. IE IE EGEGBG
GE: 'E 'E. E 'E EiGH
BBBBBBE E E EG
BBBBBBi E E ELJB
BBBBBBE E E ;BG
BBBBBB E E EIJQ
B.JE_:.E jE. ,E, ^Ei iBG
IDEGBGBGBGHDBDB
1 14
Fig. 543.
l«EnaDHOHDBBB
BBB G
DB' IBGEGBBBB
BBB □
ELiE' IE
lE'' jBBB
BBB G
GE 'E .:
:^ EBBB
BBB B
B ^E E
EGBBB
BBB a
GE E E ;EBBB
BBB B
E E E
EGBBB
BBB G
GE a .E lEBBB
BBB B
BlIBuE
E VBB
BBB G
GGGLJ:
E E
E .El Q
E ,BG
DGGGG
E E^B
DDDrGGG.^E E
E jEG
dgddd:
DDDQar
DGE E
jDrjE :E
■H laa
IDGDGGGGQGQU
□aaaa
Hi
Fig. 544.
Fig. 543. Repeat: 14 warp-threads and 14 picks. Can be reduced to a 6-harness " section
draw."
Fig. 544. Repeat : 16 warp-threads and 16 picks. Can be reduced to a 5-harness " section
draw."
IMITATION GAUZE.
These weaves are used for such fabrics as dress goods, curtains, ladies' aprons, canvas cloth,
etc. In designing these weaves the end to be gained, is to have 3 to 4 warp-threads and also 3 to 4
picks intersect each other very easily, while the next following warp and filling thread form a com-
plete break from the one ahead, and so can be readily kept apart for some distance. In the warp
these breaks are separated by the reed by leaving one, two, three or more dents empty. The
threads required for a close working are drawn in one dent. To give a clear explanation of the
matter. Figs. 545 to 553 have been designed.
103
BBk
J :.
BBB
;. 1
_am. \
1 ■
■
■ B
b; ■
BlliBL
ay
■
JBL
II M
■ B
BLJB
JB!
BBB
BiJ
BBB
DBD
Bl jBS
LB 1
1 ■
a
■ B4
BLB
■
■ ■
■ :. ■■i
BDB
GDD
BOB
■dbgbubQbubdi
^ I I I 1
Fig. 545-
^BQB nBD
['ini.l BBB
BUB cma
ad c d
Fig. 546.
-QiriBnBnBnBnB Fig. 545 illustrates the 6-harness imitation plain gauze-weave; the goma
lines for the warp ( | ) indicate the break, and so the place in the ^^^^
reed where one, two or three dents are to be left empty. Warp-threads,
I, 2, 3 are drawn together in one dent, as also warp-threads 4, 5
and 6.
Examining the weave, filling-ways, the break appears between picks 3 — 4 and
6 — 7, etc. Picks i, 2, 3 intersect easily, and also in their turn after the break, picks 4, 5,6, to be
followed again by a break; picks 6 to 7 equal to 6 to I.
Fig. 546 represents a general analysis of the weave, which will at once convey an idea of
the method of arrangement and operation.
' ^ to <^, = 3 warp-threads for ist dent.
^ to r, = space for 07ie (or two or more) empty dents.
<: to ^, = 3 warp-threads for the 3d dent (or 4th, 5th, etc.).
I From d to repeat of weave again (= a) leave space (empty dents) equal to the one left
(^ from b to c.
f a to e, = 2 picks for close work.
.s^ J ^ to /, = space for open work, equal to b, c in warp.
t? \ f ^^ S^^ 3 picks for close work.
1^ From g to repeat of weave again (= a) leave space equal to the one left from e to/".
{
12.' 4 5 6
Fig. 547-
I 45 8
"DBBaBnoBnBBnBncB
BBBBaGGGBBBBIjGna
BBBB' l< ''I I BBBBI 'i Jl U
^GBB B '...B Bfli'Bi I .B
B. .:b bB- b .b bbu
GGu^BBBBGLjGgBBBB
GGGGBBBBGGGGBBBB
_BGGBGBBUBGGBGBBn
GBBGBDGBGBBGBaGBa
BBBBGGGGBBBBaaaa
BBBBGGGGBBBBGDaa
_GBBGBGGBUBBGBGGB5
■^i..B BB_B <_B BBI 'I
GGGGBBBBGGGGBBBB
GGGGBBBBGGGGBBBB
BGGBGBBGBGGBGBBOl
n I I I I
Fig. 548.
^GBBG
f^\
BGOB
GGGD
■ GGGD
Q BGGB
■GGl
GBBQ
aaaa
nacG
BGGB GBBG
abed
Fig. 549.
Fig. 547 illustrates the enlargement of a fabric produced on weave Fig. 545, under the pre-
viously explained rules. As this figure cannot help but to explain itself, we will consider the
imitation gauze-weave, produced upon 8-harness and 8 picks repeat, which is shown in Fig. 548.
The lines for the warp ( | ) indicate operations as explained by Fig. 545, the break, hence
the place for one, two or more empty dents, so as to form the open work in the warp. Warp-
threads I, 2, 3 and 4 are drawn together in one dent, also warp-threads 5, 6, 7 and 8, etc. In
the filling the break appears between picks 4 — 5 and 8 — 9, equal 8 — i.
Fig. 549 represents the analysis of the weave with regard to appearance in the fabric.
Warp. — a to b, 4 warp-threads drawn in one dent, b to c, for one empty dent (or two
or more). ^ to ^,4 warp-threads drawn again in one dent. From d to repeat of weave (= a)
leave the same number of empty dents as left from b to c.
Filling. — a to e, 4 picks, close work, e to /, space for open work, equal to b to c, and d to
a, in warp, f to g, 4 picks, close work. From g to repeat of weave again (= a) leave space
equal to the one left from e to/.
104
F^'g- 550 illustrates the enlargement of a fabric produced on weave Fig. 548, under the
rules already mentioned.
Figured Imitation Gauze.
The first step for figuring imitation gauzes
is to produce stripes of the same in connection
with part of the fabric woven in the common
manner. With regard to wear, imitation gauzes
will be less durable than real gauze; yet as to
A C E
Plain Ground.
B
D
F
GH ■■■'■'■ . : ' :■ ~ • I i. .■OaOGC
Gl
■
Gl
jrjGGiji
laGGGGl
JOJGGi
GB_jH..B ■OiHLB.J^JO'Ui .■OOCLJOOUBGGLjaaB
■GBGaL'BGBGBGBGHGaGBGBGBGBQBGBGBG
IGBCjBGBGBGBGBGBGBGBGBQBGBGBGBGBGB
Fig. 551.
12 3 4
6 6 7 8
Fig. 550.
general appearance, very novel designs are pro-
duced in the former. Fig. 551 illustrates the
weave for such a combination of common, plain
and imitation gauze forming stripes. A is the
common plain interlacing part, B the close-
reeded part, B to C and C to D forming open work (separated by thread C). D is the close-reeded
part, D to E and E to F forming open work (separated by thread E). F close-reeded part. Repeat
of weave: 32 warp-threads and 12 picks.
The second movement in figuring is the
forming of checks.
Fig. 552 illustrates such a design, forming
in the fabric checks interlaced on the common
36B a
a a
B a □ B
.a ^a~-B a a ~a m a aOBG
GB B B
E a a a
a a a a a a . aaa . aaa oaaa
a B a a .a a a a a a a a bgbg
GB a a
a a a b
a .a a a a a a a a a~~a
GB a B
a a a ::
B iB'.jb a a a a a a a a
E a a a
a B a a
L KA kJ kU
B a a B
B B . aaa aaa i oaaa
B C> k^ ^
aaBaaaaa bgbg
E a a a
B a a B
a aaa .' 1 aaa ; 1 aaa .1 ' 1
GB B 'B
E a a B
GB a a
B B IB a
a a a a
a a B^B
a^/'3 a a <b a a a ia;a a
a'^a.' BBB 1 < aaa 1 '^aaa
B B B B
a a t! c:
OB a a
B a a a
a a B B
B B a a
a a. a a a a a a a :a a
a aaa . aaa aaa .
GB a
B B
GO..B
a fl
BB.
ana
a a a a
BBB I
.a a a a
a a a a a a a a :r ~a a
a .a :a :a ia 'B la la :b .a i
BBB ,B B ':; 'B IB B iB IB a
a iB :a iB 'B a a la .a la j
DBOB
BBBCJ
a a
a a a a
aa ~ aaa
a a a a a a a a -c: a a
a a B a a a a a a 1
GB .■
I a a a
1, a a a a a a a a jb ;□
B B ',
a a m m
a B :B B ]a !B a iB IB laa
G: . m
m\ m :
a a
BBB' 1
B a a IB
BBB ;a' la 'a la ;b b la ":b' la
a 'B B 'B :B JB ]B IB IB ' ,BG
GB B
rr.
a a a a
■a aaa
a a a a :a .a la a a 'b 'b
a a a ,b b a :a ^a a 1
B B '
a a
a a a a a a a a a b b la a a 1
5b%
BBBG
IGBQB
nan
a a a a
B' JB. JB. JBi
■B!jGGBBB
BuaaaGBG
iB a a IB iB IB la a a a 1
a iB IB :B a a :: .:: a a la
GO- IB..B' :a :: a a a a a
BOB ja:iB a .a__a .a. .a. ,B-,b
Fig. 552.
plain weave to alternate with checks produced
by imitation gauze; 36 warp-threads and 36
picks forming the repeat. Reeding: 3 threads
in one dent, 2 dents empty, and over again.
Diagram Fig. 553 illustrates the plan of ^''^'- ^"^SS-
the fabric woven with weave Fig. 552. This method of combining the plain weave and imitation
gauze for forming figures can also be applied to ornamental or floral designs.
Combination of Weaves for Fabrics Constructed v/ith One
System of Warp and Two Systems of Filling.
The object in designing these weaves is twofold — either to produce additional bulk to a purely
single-cloth fabric, or to produce figuring otherwise impossible to be obtained on purely single
cloth.
Combining Two Systems of Filling with One Kind of Warp, for increasing the Bulk.
As seen by the above heading, two systems (or kinds) of filling are essential to the con-
struction of these fabrics. One filling (the face filling) forms with one system of the warp the
face of the fabric, while the other filling (the backing) forms, by an additional interlacing in the
warp before mentioned, the back of the fabric. The latter filling is solely applied to the single
cloth, as mentioned, for the purpose of increasing the thickness, and might properly be considered
only as a lining. To increase the thickness of a fabric in this manner is of great advantage to
the manufacturer, and is thus used very extensively in the manufacture of "heavy-weight"
woolens, etc. The weave employed for the face of the fabric (interlacing the warp and the face
filling) is generally of a more artistic construction than the weave used for interlacing the backing
into the above-mentioned fabric.
It will readily appear that the warp-threads in these fabrics must resist to a certain extent
more strain than the filling, and for this reason should be composed of a better stock, in addition
to a harder twist. The backing must contain only a small amount of twist, so that the bulk of
the thread (without considering its additional heavier size) will always be larger than the harder-
twisted face-filling or the warp. The "soft" twist in the backing will also produce a soft hand-
ling fabric. Among the materials for producing a proper backing, which may be used with
advantage in addition to wool, are the cheaper articles, such as shoddy, mungo, card-waste, roving-
waste, etc.
In constructing the weaves, we must first deal with the face-weave (interlacing warp and face
filling), and this in a manner independent of any additional backing ; as it applies to any
weave for single cloth.
The backing must only form an addition, separately introduced into the face fabric and for
purpose originally intended, unless a special effect, such as " tricot," etc., is required.
The most frequently used proportions for backing to face filling are : One pick face to alter-
nate with one pick back and two picks face to alternate with one pick back. Seldom do we find 3
picks face to alternate with i pick back ; or irregularly, as 2 picks face, I pick back, i pick face,
I pick back, 5 picks in repeat, etc., etc.
In using the arrangement "one face pick to alternate with one backing" be careful to use a
size of the latter not much heavier (if any at all) than the former. If using a backing of a too
heavy size, it will influence the closeness of the face filling and produce an " open face " appear-
ance in the fabric.
As mentioned before, the backing should be of no consideration in the construction of the
single cloth, and this with respect to its weave as well as to its texture, z. c, the same number of
picks required in a single-cloth fabric must be retained for face picks if a fabric containing face
and back filling is constructed. Thus, for example : A fabric on the single-cloth system requiring
44 picks per inch will require, if arranged in its filling " i pick face to alternate with i pick back,"
88 picks per inch. Again, if 2 picks face are to alternate with I pick back, use 66 picks per
inch, etc., etc.
(105)
106
In both examples given, we suppose the size {i. e., thickness) of the warp and face filling to
remain undisturbed.
Rules to be Observed in Designing these Weaves.
The weave for the back filling must be selected without disturbing the face. The back
'filling in its method of interlacing must pass readily underneath the face pick previously inter-
woven ; also, allow the next succeeding face pick to cover any part not covered by the previously
interwoven face pick.
To produce this result the warp-threads used for binding the back filling must be in the
lower shed, in the face pick preceding the backing as well as the one following it.
Another point, which properly comes under the present rules, but which has been treated to
a certain extent before, is, to arrange regular transpositions of face and back picks.
If the face-weave contains a far-floating filling, the binding of the backing into the warp-
threads should be arranged as nearly as possible in the centre of this float.
To produce good work, and perfect cloth, every warp-thread should be used in rotation
according to the weave for binding the back; because, if some warp-threads should be omitted,
they will get less tension through weaving, and give trouble. A bad shed will result, etc., with a
possibility of spoiling the fabric. If we should be obliged to omit some of the warp-threads
from the binding in the back, w^e must be careful to arrange those used in a regular and well-
distributed manner.
Among points worth considering in the manufacture of the present kind of fabrics we note:
If the weave (or system) for interlacing the backing to the warp is of a short repeat, that is, no
large floats of the backing, we must use a soft-twisted back filling. Should we use a very hard-
twisted yarn, the possibilities are that the backing will "show through" on the face.
To use a backing with the least possible twist (yet sufficiently so to avoid "tender" goods)
will also be of advantage during the finishing process, as most fabrics to which the present sys-
tem of weaves applies require a soft well-covered back.
sHHnnna "□
ddl.b .: . ■
Hnaua aa
cy.x; aaca
■ :■ JG
uaa laaaa
lB_;JLJBJGa
I 4
Fig. 554.
16HH-
aaaQQ
■r-'
aanna
M ■:;
aaaaa
D. ■
■ ■■
GHK
aaaaa
GMM
:■■ 1
c:r;:;
aaaa ]
■■
■ ■LJJ
□n::
■ _
■■' ■
□aa
aaiaa
D'^M
■ ' ■■
KtJf!
a aaa
1 ■■
/■■ 1
□aa
1 iaaaa
IHDGHaG
1
8
Fig. 555.
Fig. 556.
Care must also be exercised in selecting the material for the backing with due consideration
of the proportional amount of binding.
The heavier in size the backing is, the earlier will imperfections appear.
We will next consider a few of the most frequently used combinations of weaves for these
fabrics.
Let us first consider the weave Fig. 554. The arrangement to be observed in combining
face and back filling is to take one of each system alternately. For the face-weave (picks, i, 3,
5, 7) select the 4-harness 3 twill (see ■ type). The interlacing of the back filling arrange with
the '■- ^ 4-harness twill (see a type). Repeat of complete weave: 4 warp-threads and 8 picks.
For a proper understanding of the present weaves, two different characters of type are used,
one for indicating the face filling (■) and one for indicating the backing (a).
Diagram Fig. 555 illustrates the section cut of a fabric interlaced on weave Fig. 554.
Weave Fig. 556 shows the 4-harness even-sided twill arranged for "backing cloth." For
the intersecting of the backing the 8-harness ^^ j twill is used. Thus one repeat of the inter-
lacing of the backing equals two complete repeats of the face-weave.
107
Fig. 557 illustrates the section of a fabric interlaced with weave Fig. 556. The back
stitches onto the regular 8-harness '^- j twill, as mentioned before, and, in consequence, runs its
points of interlacing to the face in one twill line of the latter, leaving the second undisturbed.
This, in turn, shows every alternate twill line on the face of the fabric (into which the backing
binds) more prominently than the other. To prevent this, it is advisable to use the weave shown
in Fig. 558, being the same face as previously used, except having the 8-harness satin applied for
interlacing the backing.
gMHiinimnnmTTT;
® ©#(E) ®\0
Mil"MIIIIMMIII^
j'niiiiiiiniiiiiim:
Fig. 557.
■or ]■■! !' ]■
canaaaHca
GGa*' ii !■■
KnnnaaHD
■■:jjaHaa
HaaaaaHE
m jLiaa jqb
aaaaa aa
c 'I !■■ : '■■
uaaaaaaa
GBauaaaa
1 8
Fig. 558.
The latter weave combines face and back by alternately exchanging the points of interlacing
from one twill line of the face to the other; thus in one repeat of the complete weave it has four
points of interlacing in each twill line of the face. This method of arranging a weave produces
a smooth face, one twill line showing as prominently as the other over the entire surface of the fabric.
Fig- 559- Repeat: 12 warp-threads and 24 picks. Face-weave: 3 6-harness twill.
Weave for interlacing the backing: i2-harness satin. This weave, like weave Fig. 558, produces
a smooth face.
An illustration of a fancy twill, arranged for backing, is given in weaves Figs. 560 and 561.
Fig. 560 represents the face-weave. Repeat: 16 warp-threads and 16 picks.
Fig. 561 illustrates this face-weave arranged for a backing cloth, one pick face to alternate with
one pick back. Repeat: 16 warp-threads and 32 picks. The weave used for interlacing the backing
to the face-fabric is the —
10
-. 1 6-harness twill.
S'laaanaaaan aa
■ ■_. ■■■ ..jH
■" ""■■■'""'■■
a^^'j^^'^'ja "aaa''3
n^'.iiii' :"■■■
caaaaaaaaaaa
\J\ ■■■UUGBHIG
aaaaaGaaaaaa
DBBHGGnBBBGD
aaaaaaaaaaaa
■■■Gac'BBB^iaa
aaaz,aaaaaaaa
■■ r ■■■ « ;■
aapaaaaa aaa
F^ - "■ ■" ■^ ' ■"""■-^ ^ y y ^ n
C "■■■^^' J'JBHB
aa;:::aajaaaaa
□aaaaaaaaapa
aaaa^aaaaaaa
IHBBGaGHBHGna
1 12
Fig- 559-
leBBGCBGBHGBHGBDGB
BGGBGGBBB' ^ '^B '1GBB
GOBGBBGBa ■ BBB
GBGGBBB ■ BMBiG
BQBBGBBJB., ■■■JG
OGBBBGGBGCBBBGGB
BBGBBGBGGBBB :GBG
BBB'. ■ ' 'mmm: bg:
GBBGBGGBBBGGBGBB
B ~a .JBBBJ. a . .aa
aGBGGaBBGGBGBBGB
c:aGGaBBL]GBDaaaaG
BGGaaBGGBOBBGBBG
DGBBB GGBGGBBBGGB
GBBB GGBGBBGBBGBG
IBBBGGBGGBBBDGaaa
1 16
3-HaaGanaaaaaar
aa ''~~B Ba<~:BB 1
□a aaaaaaaaa:
a a . BBB p
anaaaaaaaaat
DGB aaGBB a
Gaaaaaaaaaa
Ga~~ BBB ' B^
Gan::a:;r:a::a
Ha:;:;a:
n< IBBB
aaaaa:
BBB B BBB
aaaaaa aaaa :
GBB aGGBBB I
aaaaaGaaaa a:
a>~i~:aGGaaa .. a
aaaaGaaaa aa:,
BGB :GBBB \,B,J
gbg^^bbb i„b„„i
bg ■■■■■" ■"■■■■''
Gi: _
Daaaa aaaaaaa
GBBB a BB B~
□aaa aaaaaaa
laaaGJajGaaaJ
laGH
I a
; aa
BB
aaa
BBB
:aaa
:aG
1
a
a
a a
Bl
:}aa
1
laaa
BB
'aaa
a u
laaa
BB 1
aaa
BB )
aaa
a
:3 a a
a ]
:}aG
■GG
16
Fig. 560.
Fig. 561.
lilGGBaGGaaGGBBGGaa
B'^B' i^aBG'^BBGBGGB
BB BB - aa T^aaGG
GBB a BB a BBG
L'j. BB aa 'BB i .aa
B'.: BB a a .: aa ^ jb
BB :BB BB BBIIG
GBB 1 a a BBG :BBG
n BB ' BB BB-iGBB
a. , a GBB 'BoaaGGB
BB . BB . BB JGBBGG
LB BB ..'BB ' 'aGBBG
0 BB J BB aa ! :!aB
c aa GBB BB ! a na
BB J JBB.J BB GBBGG
1 BGGflBGGBBGGBBGBG
1 10
Fig. 562.
35HGaaaGaaHGaaaHt3H
I V aa ' aa ' bbi 'nuu
aaaa aaa aaaaGaa
a a BB aa bgcb
aaa aaa aaaaaaGS
aa aa bb bbgg
aaaaaa aaaa aaaa
' BB a BB a . BBG
f aaaa aaaaaa aaa
B ^^jiyij^'y "bb GB
aa aaaaaaa aaaGca
bb_ bb^^,,bb_ bbgo
i'^bb_;^"'b)^b"bb^^"bPG
r "bb "bb""^bb^,g!''"
a aaaaaa ^xx^a aa
a a BB a 'bbggb
BB ^^^BB ^^BB . ,BBGG
[ B^^BB ^^BB' ^^B^^BBG
'bb' ,BB"; BB' ','Ba
i'bb" bb" . bb'"' B':a
aaa ;aaa aaa aaaa
aa BB BB BBGO
aa aaa: ;aaa aaaaa
1 aGGBBGGBaGGBBDBa
1 16
Fig. 563.
Fig. 562 illustrates an entwining twill. Repeat: 16 warp-threads and 16 picks. This twill
is illustrated as applied for backing in weave Fig. 563, one pick face to alternate with one pick back.
In applying backing to similar "entwining-twills," as also to "broken-twills," be careful to
arrange the same so as to have the points of interlacing follow the twill lines in the face-weave
running in the direction from left to right, as well as from right to left.
Granite-weaves constructed from the satins are well adapted for the application of a backing.
In this case the satin which was used in the construction of the face will be the weave required
for the backing.
For example, see weaves Figs. 564 and 565.
108
Fig. 564 illustrates a common granite- weave, which is shown with a backing applied in Fig. 565.
Weave Fig. 564 (single weave). Repeat: 8 warp-threads and 8 picks.
Fig. 565, the previous weave with a backing applied. Repeat: 8 warp-threads and 16 picks.
Fig. 566. Diagram of the section cut of a fabric interlaced on weave Fig. 565. ^ ^ face
filling; b, backing.
,
leaaaaaani^
□HBH BB
aaaa aaa
B. BB B
H' aaaaaa
Bl BB B
aaaaaa a
CBB BB .
toomnzmma
Baa aaaa
■QHBDaGB
DBB' -. BB
■DUDBBDI
Daaaacjaa
DaaDBBDa
VI' BB BB
DBinauBB
□aaaa aa
<*,;
aaaBBDBB
BB: BB . .1
t
BBOBBODD
aaaaaaaa
iBBnanBBD
IBBUULjBBlJ
1 8
Fig. 564.
Fig. 565.
Fig. 566.
In fabrics in which the arrangement of one face pick to alternate with a backing will pro-
duce too heavy a cloth — in fabrics in which the arrangement of combining the backing to the
face-weave cannot be properly effected, and in fabrics in which it is desired to have used a much
heavier size of yarn for the backing than is used for the face filling, the arrangement just given
cannot be followed. It must be changed to 2 picks face and i pick back.
This proportion of face and back is very extensively used in the manufacture of woolen fabrics.
Producing the backing of a heavier size will (taken in the average) allow of a cheaper mate-
rial (waste) being used. It also tends to a greater production of cloth by using less picks per
inch; a larger quantity of roving per set of cards in a given time, more pounds of yarn per
spindle, etc., etc. Another point much in favor of the present designated proportion of face and
back filling is the advantage of getting a full face with less picks per inch than by using the
proportion of one pick face to alternate with one pick back.
Weave Fig. 567 illustrates the combination of the ^ 3 6-harness twill with the j twill,
but using only every other warp-thread. Repeat: 12 warp-threads and 18 picks.
If the proportion of one face pick to one back pick produces a cloth too heavy, and the
two face picks to alternate with one back pick produces a cloth too light, or should the size of the
backing yarn be too heavy for one face and one back, or too fine for two face waaa-aannaaaa
and one back, we must use the average of both; thus —
2 picks face,'
I pick back,
I pick face,
I pick back,
5 picks in repeat. Fig. 567,
Should a fabric require a proportional arrangement, of less weight 'than that produced by
2 face I back, use 3 picks face to alternate with i pick back, etc., etc.
Combining Two Systems of Filling with One Kind of Warp for Figuring with Extra
Filling upon the Face of the Fabric.
In these weaves the extra filling is brought at certain intervals upon the face of the fabric for
forming additional fancy effects. In woolen and worsted fabrics, for men's wear, these effects are
generally limited to stripes and checks, whereas if used for dress goods they are
often of a very elaborate design.
Weave Fig. 568 represents a stripe effect, produced by an extra filling (back
filling) introduced after four successive ground (face) picks, a face picks (ground),
■ figure picks (back). The weave employed for the ground fabric is the common
2- Repeat: 12 warp-threads and 5 picks, q and ■ for raisers, □ for sinkers.
B ' .rBBB . BB
a: .aaaaaaaaaa
DLL.BBB . :BBB
Of BBB . BBBD
aaaaaaaaaaaa
DBHB ' : . BBB' IG
BBB BBB
aaaaa:;at;a aa
U klJ k'J k J LJ \LA k'J ^' J k-'J k'> Jj
nr BBB BBB
OLBBB BBB'J
aaaaa aaaaaa
DBBB. BBB' 'J
IBBBJUUBBBUUU
1 12
BBBBB' !('<' ;BBBB
□LJiiaa . v.a II IB
Dcaa aa iaa
DBB ■ aa laa J
a:-}' I aa 1 aaaa
-'•BBBBB BBBB
Bii aa aa jGH
Gijaa . .aa. 1 ibb
DBB' ii IBB' il JBBH
iQBa-jaBij jBBua
Fig. 568.
4-harness twill
109
Design Fig. 569 illustrates the figuring with an extra filling for forming a small spot figure.
«B-q3q;ianqgqnHgHasgHnHnHGHGHaaGH^ This extra filling is similar (except the floating, which is more
ua"H"^"^^c3"^J":3^a":3":3'^c:"□"a'^a'l:2ia extended) to the previously illustrated example of floating on
™K"::"a"a"::5\;;\3"a^'o/^:]^':jJ\:j:3^:/^^ the back of the fabric and is interlaced with the face fabric in a
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■.,■,/', :a\,Hm manner to produce the desired effect: in the present instance
■■■■■■■■■■■"■5""g"a '-3 -^"g"g*g2 producing small spots. This extra filling, floating to a great
■■■■■■■■■■■■■Hii Ja " '; i^. " * ■■'■ extent on the back of the fabric, is generally removed by cutting
"""a"a*a"a"a"*^""a"a a 'a iaTa"""" off tliose floats around the place where they interlace with the
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■ . ■ ]■■■■■ c^ •'
n a a a a a a ,a a a ;; a :a 'a ja laJ r r i^ •
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■a ■ ■ ■■■■■■ face fabric.
rjH 'a, a__a_,a^_a^!a,^a_^a,_a^,a_ia^iaja. lana
nH"a"a"a"a''\/\:'^j"a''a'\3^\/\/oua^;a Another Style of fabric which is constructed on this system
H a a a a^^a_^a^^a^^a^^a^ a^/a^.a^ a^ia a^; ■' -^
G''a'\:'^a'^}"a''a"a^\:"a"a"a^a^^a"::^a^ of weaves are union fabrics, comprising certain kinds of shawls,
I .a..a^..a^ja^^a^^a ,a^ja_..a^.a_ja^K-;ja,^ia^.a_.a > r- o '
Dajaja"aja5ajd^a^a'^a"a"a'^a"a"a''a Chinchilla and Ratine overcoatings, etc.
HJa;a']a a :a la la'ja ^a/ia a ,a ,a ,a a i ° '
■□ja"a a*a"a"a"a"a"""a""a"a"" In weaves for this description of fabrics the interlacing of
H;a s a ja a gjg.gMMMaaBBBBBBii the face filling with the warp is the same as the one used for
L:a^aja-.a _.a a .a la .a a ^a :a a a a :a ^^ '^
SadjajH^a a^a"*"""""""""" interlacing the backing. The warp, which is in most cases of
■ "■jQ'ViG \J"m '■■«■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ^ ^ ^'
ca-a :a a gSggjg^g^g^g.g.g.gggjjg cotton, rests imbedded between the two kinds of filling.
iDSSa*diaja5555"j5"555S5555a5a5 Fig. 570 illustrates the combination of the 5-harness satin
Fig. 569. filling up for face and the 5-harness satin warp up for back;
thus the same weave will form the face and back. Repeat: 5-harness and 10 picks.
Fig. 571 represents a like combination of the 8-harness satin filling up for face, warp up for
back. Repeat: 8-harness and 16 picks.
rir-if-,rj-'H: "IG ISHHSHTX-jaaa! 1
L aaaaaaa c '" ■ bj
[. ! ■ ' ij LH ■ :
aaaaa aa caaaa aaa;:
[ I ' r ,■ G . ■ .' ■
luaDsnC; aa aaaaa c ■ ■ : i
DCOBD L.I. ■..iij E aaaa aaa
HEHHn aaaaaaaj ■ ■ . ca
CBcnn [ ■ ,□ !:..■_. .ljbq
EHiJGH aaaa aaa aa aaaajaa
DCGCH L , BG C:B . If !• n
EHaaa a aaaaaa r ■ ■
ncBcn :. , ■ 3 aaa aaaa a
HaHDj aaaaaa a G' ■ ■ :
IBOUDq IBGUaaGLD iHL'uGUBULJUa
15 18 1 5 10
Fig. 57c. Fig. 571. Fig. 572.
Fig. 572 illustrates the 5-harness satin filling up for face and the same weave, warp up, for
back. Arrangement for exchanging face and back filling is 2 picks face, i pick back. Repeat:
5 warp-threads and 15 picks.
Swivel- Weaving.
For fabrics in which the figures are produced with an extra filling and these figures, as seen
on the face, are far apart, as in figured dress goods, ribbons, etc., these figures are produced
upon the ground structui"e of the fabric by using a loom having a "swivel lay" attached.
The object of "swivel-weaving" is to save material in fabrics having small figures for the
design, and to give to such figures a more prominent appearance in the fabric than can be pro-
duced by the common method of weaving by floating the filling on the back when not required
for figuring on the face. There is a further
advantage in the designing, for no disturb- r / (_
ance of the design is necessary.
Again, in cases where, in the ordinary
process of weaving, the figure-filling would
show through on the face, and thus must
be cut off, this method of weaving omits ^
Fig ^7*^
the cutting away of the loose filling on the
back; and in this case the swivel arrangement contributes to the strength of the fabric.
?•
no
Fig. 573 is an illustration of a swivel fitted in a movable frame to be attached to the regular
batten of a loom.
The method of weaving fabrics figured by the swivel arrangement is as follows : After the
common shuttle carrying the ground filling
is interwoven, a separate shed of the warp is
opened for the introduction of the swivel
shuttles (instead of passing a common shuttle
all the way across the loom) carrying the fill-
ing which has to form the figures on the fabric
at intervals of two or more inches. Each
figure in the fabric is formed by its own shuttle
(filling) ; hence it is apparent that by the swivel
arrangement we can have different colors in
the same shed across the fabric. In using a
fly-shuttle in common weaving the filling from
^
/*
M
«*-
Fig. 574.
the latter has to be used in every figure, whereas by the swivel method every figure may have
its own color.
The swivel is used to the best advantage in the production of small spot figures.
In Figs. 574 and 575 such effects are shown.
As the shuttles of the " swivel " are all of a given size, and are arranged in certain distances,
they require the design to be arranged accordingly. By examining Figs. 574 and 575 we find
the distances between the figures to outmeasure completely the spaces occupied by the figures
themselves, which point it is necessary as a standard ride to keep steadily under consideration in de-
signing. One and three-quarter inches is about the smallest width of the shuttle, thus two inches
is the smallest distance possible to be used by a shuttle of such a size ; but generally a wider
Fig. 576.
Fig. 575.
distance between the figures is allowed so as to get a more perfect fabric. The general rule to
be observed in designing for these fabrics is to have the distance between the figures about thrice
as wide as the space occupied by the figure itself
In these designs the ground filling forms the general design for a ground or all-over effect,
Ill
while the filling introduced by the swivel shuttles only contributes to the coloring up of par-
ticular effects.
Circular swivels are used for fabrics where very close-set figures are required. These swivels
are specially constructed for these effects.
Combination of the Swivel Effect with Figuring through the Warp.
In some fabrics (but only where the most exquisite designs, richness and fineness of material
are employed) this method is applied, hence we have to use the following four distinct systems of
threads in producing the fabric :
1st. One kind of warp to form a general ground fabric with
2d. -The regular ground filling;
3d. One kind of warp to produce, on the two systems mentioned, the foundation parts of a
design, into which the filling from the
4th, swivel shuttles forms the figure spots.
Fig. 576 is executed on this method. In this we find the white grounds for systems i and 2.
The stems, leaves and buds, only outlined in design for system 3, whereas the two shaded
flowers have to be produced through system 4, or the swivel shuttle. Design Fig. 576, illustrat-
ing only one effect, has to be arranged for practical use according to the fabric for which it is
required.
Another combination of the swivel arrangement with figures produced with the common
shuttle, but of a yet more complicated nature, is procured by combining systems of threads as
follows :
I St system: ground warp.
2d " ground filling (common shuttle).
3d " figure warp.
4th " figure filling (common shuttle).
5th " the filling from the swivel shuttle.
Swivel Loom.
The foregoing explanation of the theory of swivel weaving requires in practice a loom which
must be capable of two different movements — namely, the plain or fly-shuttle movement, and the
swivel and plain weaving movements combined — to produce the figure or pattern in the body of
the fabric while the latter is being woven.
For illustrating the method of operation in such a loom diagrams Figs. 577 to 580, represent-
ing the J. Wadsworth swivel loom, are given, similar letters referring to like parts in each figure.
112
The before-mentioned two movements are carried on in the following manner: First, the
loom having been adjusted for plain weaving, the cam-shaft C is in the position shown in Fig.
577, which illustrates a view of part of the loom, partly broken out, looking down upon the same.
As the cam-shaft revolves the roller projections z^ ^ at the right-hand end of said shaft, and the
similar projections, z' z^, at the other end of the cam-shaft, alternately depress the treadles / t,
which in turn operate the picker-sticks s s, to throw the fly or body shuttle back and forth across
the loom, as in ordinary weaving. The rollers z', z^, ^ and z'^ must be so placed in relation to
I
^
«3
Fig. 578.
each other that they will act alternately, first operating the picker-stick at one side of the loom
and then the picker-stick at the other side of the loom, and so on. The fly-shuttle is thereby
caused to pass across the loom four times during one revolution of the shaft C. This is the
plain-weaving motion of the loom producing the body of the fabric, and is the first motion referred
to above. The next operation is the introduction of the swivel-shuttles for the purpose of weav-
ing figures or patterns. This is accomplished by shifting the shaft C with its attached cams and
rollers along the line of its horizontal axis from right to left, so that it will occupy the position
shown in Fig. 578. The harness and other portions of the loom not essential to a full under-
standing by the student are omitted from the drawings. By the shifting of the cam-shaft a new
set of cams and levers is brought into action, and the operation of certain of the devices which
were m action before the shifting of the shaft is arrested, while a portion of the devices which
were in action before the shifting of the shaft remains in action after the shaft has been shifted.
Fig. 579.
The new cams and levers thus brought into play, acting in connection with the devices which
remain in operation after the shifting of the shaft, as stated, give the second movement
previously mentioned — namely, the combined plain and swivel movement.
In diagram Fig. 579 the front view of the loom is illustrated, in which a portion of the plate
at the left-hand end of the loom is cut away to enable the rollers z' z^ the more readily to skip
or miss the treadle. In place of the shots of the fly-shutde, the swivel-shutdes are called into
action by means of the second change effected by the shifting of the cam-shaft — namely, that by
which the arms b b, with their attached rollers d d' , are caused to operate the treadles a a and to
113
give to the rack E, containing the swivel-shuttles D D D the necessary downward motion, and
by which at the same time the cam/, through its connections K LJ,\s caused to drive the swivel-
shuttles horizontally to weave the desired figure or pattern. The action of the fly-shuttle must
alternate with that of the swivel-shuttle. The operation then is as follows, reference being had
to Figs. 578 and 579. As the cam-shaft 6" revolves the roller z'^ depresses the treadle to operate
the picker-stick, thus throwing the fly-shuttle from right to left. During the next quarter-turn
of the shaft the roller z' would operate the picker-stick at the left side of the loom to return the
fly-shuttle were it not that by the shifting of the cam-shaft this roller is thrown out of gear. In
its stead, the rollers d d, attached to the arms b b, are brought into contact with the treadles a a^
and, depressing the same, pull downward the rods i i (against springsy'^y^, arranged around the
same), and the attached rack E, containing the swivel-shuttles V V V,\s thus brought into posi-
tion for the working of the swivel-shuttles with the warp. Almost simultaneously with this
downward movement the swivel-shuttles are driven longitudinally from right to left by means of
the cam/, acting in connection with the levers A' and L, rod J, and the rack-and-pinion mechanism.
By referring to Figs. 579 and 580 it will be seen that on the outer edge of the wheel / and
extending half-way around the circumference of the disk, is a collar, e, having its ends beveled.
As the shaft C revolves, carrying with it the cam/ the roller^, which is attached to the lever K,
coming into contact with the collar e, is thrown outward, carrying with it the lever K, which in
turn operates the vertical lever L, moving on the pivot n. To the free end of the lever L is
attached the rod/ Rod /is connected with rack-bar V^, see Fig. 573, which rack-bar is sup-
JiA.
^
JC
-or
Fig. 580.
ported in the rack E, and is in engagement with pinions V , which in turn engage teeth V^ upon
the swivel-shuttles V V V. As the lever K is thrown from right to left, the swivel-shuttles are
driven in the same direction. This longitudinal motion occurs almost simultaneously with the
up-and-down movement mentioned before. The roller^ is kept in close contact with the cam/
by means of the spring/ and is prevented from being operated by the cam when the cam-shaft
has been shifted for plain weaving by the stop k. (Shown in Figs. 578 and 580.) By the time
this double motion has been accomplished the shaft has made another quarter-turn, the rollers
d d have released the treadles a a, and the springs around the rods i i throw upward the rack E
and the shuttles VV,to remove the same from the working level and allow the fly-shuttle to pass
without interference. The cam-shaft having now entered upon the third quarter of its revolution,
the roller z depresses the treadle t on the left-hand side, thereby operating the picker-stick s to
throw the fly-shuttle back again across the loom from left to right, the roller ^ at the other end
of the shaft at the same time passing inside the corresponding treadle t without operating it.
The cam-shaft now begins the last quarter of its revolution. The roller z^ misses the treadle t on
the left-hand side, as before explained. The rollers d' d' depress the treadles a a for the purposes
before described, and the roller g, having traversed the collar e, leaves the same and is thrown to
the right by the spring/, thereby, by means of its attached levers and rod, causing the swivel-
shuttles to make a shot from left to right. This completes one revolution of the cam-shaft, and
the operation is repeated as often as may be desired for the weaving of the figure or pattern.
When it is desired to return to the plain weaving, the shaft C is shifted back again from left to
right, and the action of the loom is then the same as that first described.
Combination of Weaves for Fabrics Constructed with Two
Systems of Warp and One System of Filling.
Weaves for this division of fabrics are obtained by the combination of two (or more) founda-
tion or derivative weaves. They are designed for three purposes.
1st. For using two systems of warp and one system of filling in producing double-faced
fabrics, such as ribbons, etc., etc.
2d. For using an extra warp as backing for heavy-weight worsted and woolen fabrics.
3d. For figuring with an extra warp upon the face of a fabric otherwise interlaced with its
own filling and warp.
Two Systems of Warp and One System of Filling for Producing Double-faced Fabrics.
These weaves are largely used in the manufacture of ribbons and similar fabrics used for
trimmings, in which one side of the fabric has to be of a totally different color from the other.
Such fabrics (mostly of silk) require a great many ends in the warp, as only one-half or two-
thirds will form one side of the fabric ; the remaining half or one-third forming the other. In
addition to the difference in color for each side we can also change the quality of the stock, or
the nature of the stock itself; hence we may use a finer quality of stock for one sid^ (the face),
and a lower quality of stock for the other (the back) ; and again we may use silk for one side
(the face) and cotton for the other (the back).
In selecting weaves for these fabrics, we generally use the combination of a regular satin
weave, warp for face, with its corresponding satin-weave, filling for face. Technically we classify
the warp which shows on the upper side of the fabric as the " face-warp," and its mate, or the
warp forming the lower side of the fabric, as the " back-warp." As mentioned at the beginning,
only one system of filling is used for interlacing both systems of warps.
In combining both warps into one fabric in this way, it is necessary to observe the following
Rule : The raising of the backing warp over the filling must ahvays be done at a place in which
two face-threads raise next to it (one on each side of the backing warp as raised). Diagram
Fig. 581 is designed to illustrate this method. Three warp-threads and four picks are
represented.
Warp-threads i and 3 illustrate the face warp ; warp-thread 2 represents
the back-warp.
In examining the latter warp-thread, we find its point of interlacing
with the filling situated in pick 2.
Face warp-threads i and 3 are also raised on pick 2, as required by the
rule (given before) for combining both systems of warps. A careful exami-
nation of the diagram will show a second point possible for perfectly inter-
secting the back warp-thread (number 2) into the filling at pick number 3.
Picks I or 4, if used, would produce imperfectly stitched places, as in the
first-mentioned spot face warp-thread 3 is down, and in the latter-mentioned
spot face warp-thread I is down. To give an illustration of these weaves Fig. 581.
Figs. 582, 583 and 584 have been designed.
Weave Fig. 582, repeat : 8 warp-threads and 4 picks, has for its foundation the combination
of the 4-harness broken-twill, warp up {ox face (■), and the 4-harness broken-twill, filling up for
back (h). The arrangement of the warp for face and back in this weave and weaves Figs. 583
and 584, is one end face to alternate with one end back.
(IM)
■a
0)
>-.
■4-*
1
&
)-
1
a
OJ
-a
M
■
4th pick.
■
■
3d pick.
■
•
■
2d pick.
■
ist pick.
115
Weave Fig. 583, repeat: 10 warp-threads and 5 picks, has for its foundation the combi-
nation of the 5-harness satin, warp up, for face (■), and the 5-harness satin, fiUing up, for
back (a).
■::■ ■ ' m'^m m i
■ ■::■ ■ ■::■
^L ■::■ • ' ■;:■' m :
■ .■ .■::■ ■ ma
■EiBi ■ ■:-:■ ■ Ji ^a
1 6 16
Fig. 582.
imaarmumrmncim'SMn
■r»nr inBHBri»n«n«r]
eaDiDnnaEjaDBDBDCDBQBa
BQBQBnBaanac3BnBDBaDD
Boc I ■:-:■ ■ ■ '' BC';BaBD
BGBi ■ aua. ■: .■ : lOBQ
icDBUB ■. ■ .^BUB^aaaa
1 iu 20
■::■
■ ■
m ■ ■
'1
■ ■<
■ ■
. .; mim
■ ' J
■^"
■ ■
■a
1
16
Fig. 583.
Fig. 584.
Weave Fig. 584, repeat : 16 warp-threads and 8 picks, has for its foundation the combi-
nation of the 8-harness satin, warp up for face (b), and the 8-harness satin, filling up for
back (n).
In the same manner as these three examples of weaves are arranged for explaining the
present system other combinations of satins or twills can be designed.
Using an Extra Warp for Backing for Heavy-weight Worsted and Woolen Fabrics.
These weaves are used to obtain a thickness of the fabric by using a lower stock for the
back, as, for example, a wool back for worsted goods.
They may be designed with one of the following arrangements for the warp:
I end face. 2 ends face. i end face.
1 end back. i end back. i end back.
— - 2 ends face,
2 ends repeat, or 3 ends repeat, or i end back.
5 ends repeat,
or any other similar arrangement.
In stitching the back warp to the face fabric it is necessary to observe the following
points :
1st. The backing- warp has to be raised over the filling, in every instance, between two face-
ends, so that the face-threads will afterwards cover the backing ends. Should we have to deal
with any face-weave in which only one end-warp raises at the time (satins filling up) we must
raise the backing-warp near this one end-face, either to the right or left hand.
2d. We must select for the backing a weave as regular as possible, such as satin-weaves,
broken-twills, etc., so that every warp-end gets the same amount of binding and therefore of
tension.
3d. If there are more intersections of the face-warp with the filling (in a certain number of
picks) than intersections with the back-warp (in the same number of picks as before) we must work
each warp from a separate beam. The face-warp, if intersecting oftener than the back-warp (on
the same number of picks) requires more material ("takes up more") than the less intersecting
back-warp.
Two warp-beams must also be used if the material for the face and back-warp is of a different
nature, such as wool and cotton or worsted and wool spun yarn, etc. The number of intersec-
tions of face and back-warp in such a case can be equal.
4th. If using the arrangement "one end face-warp to alternate with one end back-warp,"
never use a heavier size of warp-yarn for the back-warp than you use for the face-yarn. Such a
selection will prevent the back-warp from showing upon the face. If using "two ends face to
alternate with one end back," a proportionally heavier yarn can be used for the back-warp.
Great care must be exercised in selecting the stock for the face-warp and back-warp for fabrics
requiring "fulling" during the finishing process. The material in the back-warp, which can be of
116
a cheaper quality, must have, as nearly as possible, the same tendency for fulling as the "stock"
which is used in the face-warp.
In selecting the weave for the back-warp, we should be guided by the required appearance of
the face in the fabric. For example, a twill-weave can be used for the interlacing of the back-warp
if the face-weave is a prominent twill. If the face-warp is interlaced into a twill of short repeat, as
^ J 3-harness twill,? 2 4~'^'^"''^ss twill, etc., etc.; or if the face-warp interlaces on a plain-
weave, rib-weave, basket-weave, granite-weave, etc., etc., thus showing small broken-up effects upon
the face of the fabric, a satin-weave must be used for the interlacing of the back-warp. In woolen
fabrics requiring fulling, the back-warp, by reason of its lesser amount of intersection as compared
with the face-warp, is apt to show by impressions the points of intersecting of the back-warp on the
SDGGnafJBGG'Gi/nBHBG
DGBGB J: 'G'G.i •BGBGGn
BGBL .GGLiGBHBn DGGD
B'. . '.. B:^B:J " <'_B'J
DaGGBHBanGDGaaaa
QGBtaB.jGGGGBGBaaD
BHBaGaaGBDBGaCGG
IBQDDDGBGBaGDaGBa
T 16
Fig. 585.
SDnGaBDBDGGaaBHBD
• BGGar
GaanB'^GGGQBi. JBGGD
B' a
BGBG--"-'ana--:GGa
a B
BGGG ju a as
B
GGGl BHB B' iBG
4L ■
DDBGB "OGG^BHBGGG
a a:
BBBi ■ iGGGGBGBGGaaD
a::B
IBDDDUQBHBaanQGBa
IBGGl
1
- Bi IB '
Fig. 586.
■Gar^BQ
■HBGGD
■ ; ~BG
iBG
:gg
.BG
16
Fig. 587.
'.'' B'.'iB a:' TB'ana .
b~b:ib I < a a a ' m
■GB^GGB'^aHBG "GBQ
BGGGB B B ■!"»□
GGBi B:JBLj ..; B .BUBG
BaB.l:B._jL:^B^,BHaGGG
■□BC ■ .jLJBGBGBGGGBG
IBaGGBGBaBGGGBGBa
1 16
Fig. 588.
face cloth. For this reason a twill-weave, which is used for interlacing the back-warp, might possi-
bly show its lines of impressions running over the face of the fabric, whereas if a satin is used in the
present example for interlacing the back-warp, the impressions, if visible on the face of the fabric,
will be well distributed and harmonize in every respect with the weave used for the interlacing of
the face-warp.
Weave Fig. 585 illustrates what might be called an imperfect combination. The ^ 4-har-
ness twill forms the face upon every alternate warp-thread; the ^ 8-harness twill, the weave
for the back-warp. It will readily be seen that the repeat of the ^ 8-harness twill,
taken in equal proportions with the ^ ^ twill, will require two repeats of the latter. The
interlacing of the back-warp into the face-twill will thus only occur with every other face-twill,
and proportionally make every other face-twill appear more prominently.
Weave Fig. 586 illustrates a perfect selection of weaves, the ^ 4-harness twill forming the
face upon every alternate warp-thread with the 8-harness satin-weave (filling for face) as the weave
for the back-warp. A careful examination of this weave will show the method of perfectly com-
bining the back-warp with the face fabric by stitching the former alternately (exchanging) into
each twill line of the two repeats of the 4-harness twill, forming one repeat.
Repeat of weaves Figs. 585 and 586 is 16 warp-threads and 8 picks.
saGnnnnGGBGBnanBG
DGi ' ■ " 'BGana a ' 'j
GG a Bc:a a g
GGB a:-:B a j
BGBGBJB.JiJ' .0
SGGBBnBBG
a BB ' m
m BB ;:B
GBB -BB iG
GBB' 1 II jBB
' IBB' BB
BB BB ,GG
iBBumaaG
i-nnGGBni
B II I'^'iani
a
GBB
l:lib:^b
BBBi.jBJ' 'Q'l,
bcbgg:.,ggg
ibogggggcg^
BG
jBuadBG
GCIi 1 1 1
ibhBljJljl
Fig. 589.
Fig. 590.
IGGGI
nBGDG
"■' iGBG
'' ma
IGG
GB IBQ
■UBG
GGQ
iGGG
16
-iBi^Bi
Fig. 591.
SOGGBBniB
Gl
G
IGl
1
;g
IG
Fig. 592.
8anDnGaBnGBHBGGGGGBBnnB3B
BGHGr I' 'B"'IBi ii .BB '.' 'I 'B' B "GB
GGBB anB' BB bc:b ~gg
DGi^B B .BB : B a BBGG
BGGBaaijiji ji .' BB ~B:':B;.,._j.jGa
BGBGaaaGGr) , ai « . bblviggg
BHBGGGGGBB . BHBJ. . ^^iBBGD
lGGBBaGaGaBGa^L_.BB^GGGaBDB
1 12 21
Fig. 593
Weave Fig. 587 illustrates by taking ■ and a for raisers, « and □ for sinkers, an imperfect
selection of weaves, as demonstrated and explained by example Fig. 585.
By exchanging the 8-harness ^ ^ twill (back-weave) in Fig. 587, to the 4-harness twill
• 3 {', ^ and El for raisers, □ for sinkers), we produce a perfect combination ; the back-warp
interlacing with the face fabric regularly in every face twill-line ; thus, if producing any
impressions, such will be uniformly visible.
Repeat, if using the 8-harness ^ ^ twill of weave for back warp : 16 warp-threads and 8
picks ; if using the 4-harness ' 3 twill for weave of back-warp : 8 warp-threads and 8 picks.
Weave Fig. 588 sliows a perfect combination of weaves, the ^ j 4-harness twill for face-
warp and the
8-harness satin for back-warp. Repeat: 16 warp-threads and 8 picks.
117
Weave Fig. 589 shows another perfect combination of weaves. The ^ ^ 8-harness twill is
used for the face and the ' -. 8-harness twill for the interlacing of the back-warp. Repeat: 16
warp-threads and 8 picks.
Weave Fig. 590 represents a granite- weave. Repeat : 8 warp-threads and 8 picks.
Fig. 591 illustrates the combination of weave Fig. 590 for face-warp with the 8-harness
satin for the backwarp, face and back-warp exchanging alternately. Repeat: 16 warp-threads
and 8 picks.
Fig. 592 represents a common granite- weave designed for 8 warp-threads and 8 picks in its
repeat.
Weave Fig. 593 illustrates the latter applied as a backing warp. Repeat : 12 warp-threads
and 8 picks. Arrangement of warp : 2 threads face-warp to alternate with i thread back-warp.
The next arrangement for combination of face and back-warp is found in i end face, I end
back, 2 ends face, i end back =5 ends in repeat.
^SSd" Weave Fig. SQ'5 is constructed in this manner, and has for its face- ^SRSanaaS
■■■ana o j:7j ■> ^ ■□■□■■^'"^naa
■□□■■a weave Fig. 594 (repeat: 6-harness and 6 picks). Weave Fig. 595 has SHr , ""Sj"
' " for its repeat, 10 warp-threads and 6 picks. ,, ^"
Fig. 594. r y f i- Y\G. 595.
Figuring with an extra Warp upon the Face of a Fabric otherwise interlaced with
its Regular Warp and Filling.
This method of combining two systems of warps with one filling is extensively used in the
manufacture of textile fabrics devoted to women's wear. One system of warp and the filling pro-
duces the ground structure of the fabric, and then the second system of warp is employed to
DanaDDaaaaDDDaaaDDnannan produce the figure upon this ground structure.
naaanaaDnDaaoannaaDDanDa ...
BggSaaoBBaaSRSRBaBflBaSBa As a peculiarity of this second system of warp, we mention
'T=SaaSBaH''l''""igaBiBia that it is only visible on the face of the fabric at certain places
a -jG3ajaG..___._: . jaaaaaaaaa , . , . , _
t° nBBnaBB^DQdddB^BBaBBBa (according to the design), while at other times it is made to float
c"" DGDnaaaDDDDaDaDaDaamDDa , , , . ... ••11
Fig. 596. on the back or is stitched in certain places not visible on the face.
Weave to Longitudinal Sec- To give a thorough explanation of the general principles in-
tion. Fig. 597. volved in this system. Figs. 596 to 609 are given.
Fig. 596 illustrates a part of a weave. The warp-threads indicated by i and 2, shown by a
type, represent two ground warp-threads interlacing into the filling in " common plain." Warp-
thread indicated by 3 and shown by ■ type represents the figuring thread. The latter is 8
picks down, 8 picks up, 8 picks down. A indicates the place where the figure warp raises on
the face of the fabric, and B indicates the place, where the former returns for floating on the
back.
/^5^ace. \
(Section corresponding to Fig. 596.) 1
Examining the longitudinal section. Fig. 597, we find the same numbers and letters used.
No. I warp-thread, ground fabric, is indicated by a dotted line (n in the weave).
No. 2 warp-thread, ground fabric, is indicated by a fine line (■ in the weave).
No. 3 warp-thread, the figure-thread is indicated by a heavy line (■ in the weave).
Places A and B in the longitudinal section indicate the respective places marked by corres-
ponding letters in part of a weave Fig. 596.
118
Fig. 598 illustrates two warp-threads of a four-leaf twill, ground fabric, having in its centre
a figure warp-thread, which also is stitched in certain places to the ground fabric, but so that
the stitchings are not visible on the face.
Warp-thread No. i reads 2 picks up,
2 picks down,
Warp-thread No. 2 reads i pick down,
2 picks up,
I pick down,
6 times over,
■6 times over,
}■ Ground threads.
Warp-thread No. 3 reads i pick down,
I pick up (binder),
4 picks down,
7 picks up (figure effect on face),
8 picks down,
1 pick up (binder),
2 picks down.
aDDDODnnDODDonnnGnnDnnna
nDDi^DDnnDaDDnnGnnDnanDDD
DDnonnnDGDaccDJonaoDaGDD
n. 2 — GHtT ' Ml ' ,=] !" ■ isa -naHGnasG
O 3 DHI ., „, ■■■■■■■ .■GGGGGBaG
HI — amji irti!. J ijr-.-< ii r h _.,aaaQB«GG
aaaDUUGGcnGGDGaGroQGGaGa
a A GUG D I jQaaa^GGaaGnQnG
G -^ COG -^ aaoGa'- dgggggld-^g
GGGQaGaGGaauaGGGDanGaDQa
Fig. 598.
(Weave to longitudinal section
Fig. 599-)
Letter A indicates the binding at pick No. 2.
Letter B indicates the raising to face at pick No. 7.
Letter C indicates the lowering to back at pick No. 14.
Letter Z> indicates the binding at pick No. 22.
Examining the longitudinal section Fig. 599, we find the same
numbers and letters used, so as to give a perfectly clear compre-
hension of the matter.
No. I warp-thread is indicated by a dotted line, ground fabric (■ in the weave).
No. 2 warp-thread is indicated by a fine line, ground fabric (■ in the weave).
No. 3 warp-thread is indicated by a heavy line, representing the figure-thread (represented by
■ in the weave).
o
Fig. 599.
(Section corresponding to Fig. 598.)
Places marked A and D clearly indicate the binding of the figure-warp. By the nature of
the operation the same is pulled down below the ground fabric and covered by the two warp-
threads nearest to it.
B represents the raising of the figure-warp; C represents the lowering of the figure-warp.
Fabrics made with Loose Texture without Binding the Figure.
If a fabric is constructed with a thin or loose texture, the floating warp-threads are apt to
show through on the face, hence the latter threads have to be cut off after the fabric leaves the
loom. In this case a second point has to be considered:
If the figure-thread (No. 3) as shown in Figs. 596 and 597, after producing the figure on the
face, simply passes to the rear, there will be nothing else to keep the figure-threads upon the
ground fabric but the slight pressure of the ground-warp upon the figure-warp, at the place where
the latter intersects the former. As this would be insufficient to enable the fabric to resist the
119
least wear and tear, we must bind the figure-warp close into the ground fabric all around the
edges of the design. The best weave to be employed for this purpose is the "plain," which by
two or three repeats will give sufficient strength to the figure-warp to allow it to be cut off on the
back. (Cut not too close to the place of binding.)
HHi's'SiarxiQtvBMnrviopijKtxipq
Ko ■ □::□:.■■■.' □■ □■ ■■;■]
t.: a □ ■■■■■ a a
sa □■■■■■■■:□□:
□.□■■■■■■■■ a □
t:a .■■■. .■■■■■■■ □. 1
□ ■■■■■. ■■■■■■■ □
E:'BaHaHaHr. ■■■■■■■;-]
OSBBaHBBH^ .■■■■■ □
E:a[x:BaBaBBa. '.■■■: □ :
aKa:^'BBBBBBB: ■ □. .□
&:□ □ BBBBBBB □ DK
K'.-D □; BBBBB. □. □:-£
EJK.'.'Q.'.a: :bbb □ a:-Y.-jS
KSKKQ:.-:n ■ a a ,:■:;«
kikihk^;q a a a .-' ::-im
ississt:L,a. .□:.□.,_..■-..■.. jjs
1 17
Fig. 6oo.
F"iG. 6oi.
Fig. 6oo is designed to illustrate this point in general, as well as to illustrate a second point,
in which this binding is used for producing a second effect to the main design itself. In the
illustration this binding forms a shaded effect around the main design.
This binding may also be used for shading in floral designs, where in some cases the colors
have to appear to their full extent. Some cases may require the same color only in a subdued
form, while others may require that it shall be scarcely visible.
To get these effects you have to bind your figure-warp into the ground cloth to a sufficient
degree and in such order as is required. The weave must be selected according to the required
effect, whether heavy twills, fine twills, satin-weaves or cotton-weave, etc.
cnaGCjBHBaBinnaBnaBDnaBnnnBaaDBaaBanaBnonBDpQBnnBDnHHanHacinaHnnBannannDBnDoi
-ia~B iB'^a
aaaaGHaaDBnDBGDnBnGDiiaDDan ■< i !■■ anGDaBrjDDBDDHaDDBGDDBannBDa
■ :■ ■ : , IGGaBGGDBGaaBaGBaCDaaQGBO i i ' •• iGGBaaaBanDHGDBaaaBGGCHaGOB
■ a- ■ GaDGGBaaaBanHaaGBarjaBnanHL ;i .jBaaGBGGaBDGBaaaBGGGBGGaaaa
a a ■ . IGaaaGaaBGGGBGGBGnGBGGGBGGuULjGaaaGBGQGHGGaBGiGBGGGBGaGBaGGB
a a ■ jGBaGGBaGGaaaBGaGBGQGHGaGBauHaaGBGGGBGaaBaGBGaaBaGGBGGGBGn
a ■ :; ^GGGBGaGBaGaBGGBGGaHaQHBaGGBGCBCGGBGGaBGaGBaGBaGaBGDGBGGaB
,a^,^ , J. .GGBGCGBGG^HG iEa^;-iaH!n,- inM.-inHHGGBGGGBGCGBaGGHaaBGaGBaGCBGGGBaa
:: JGGaBaGHGGaaG'lGiiGn : : :■; : a a a . ^GHBGGBGGGBaGGBGaGBGGBaGCBnnGBGaGB
laBGGBGGGBGaGBGaGBD a .a a a ataGDBGaGBGGaBGaGBaGBGGGBDGQBGGGBaa
^jiGaaBaGBGauBGUGBG:.;,., I a a a a a a iBBGGBGGDBGGGBGGGBnaBGGGBGGaBGQGB
iGOaBGGGBGGGHanaCDGBaaaHGGGBaD
GBGaGBGCGWGGGBf^GBGGnHGGGBGQDB
:iGCBGanBGnQBGGBGnnBn'-'GBnnnHGn
:3
^aGGGBGGBGaaBGGGBaGaBGGBB a :l
jGGBGGGBGGBGGGBDaGBGDGBaB - a I
I s^GGGBaGBunaBaGaBaDGBaGBG; a -^i
. ■^^•^^GGGBGGBaGGBaGGBGaGBGa J , I
^ DGBGQBaaQBGGaaGGGBGGBGi LJ'T
; , (GGGBGGBGGGBGGGBGG, jBGG ' :; .:; i:
I- ..J^GGBGGBGaGBaaGBGDGBGGaG^GU, ,^ .l.__^
( JGGBGGGBGGaGGGBGGGBGGGBGGBGGGBGGGaGL
1 IBGGGBGGBGGGBGGGBC GGBGGHGGGBGaGBGGCC
! OGaBGGaBCGaaaGBGGGBGGaBGGBGGGBGGGBGG ^
BGGGH JGGBGGGBGGBGGGBGGGB ':aGaaGHGGGBaaGBnaDBGCL
□DBaGGBGGGBGaaBaGBaaHBHGHBaGaBGaBaQGBaGaBnDaBaaBGGGBGGGBGGCHraBC
-GaGBGaGBGaaBaGBaaHBOaGBGGHaGGaGGGBnQaBGDnBDaBGDaBGGGHaaGBGGBGGH:
uBGGCBGGGBGGGB'
iGGaBOGGBGCGBGr !
iGBaGGaGGGBGOCif-i
1 :n,-;aCGGBGGGBG[ ;
' -nGBGOGBGOGfi
BiaaGBGaGBGr.
GGBGaOBCGGIf^
jGGBGGGBGGGBGGiS^iGI
"B
G
G
'=?'^C!'^GnB"lBGB"'G^
a a
GGBCGGBGGGB'
■GnGBGQGlCG i ■ '■
□GBGGGBGiGG ' i a :a . a
■aGGBGGGac: a a a
GGBGGGBGGGtl . a a a
■aGGBGGGBGC. a a
DGBGGGBGGGrt i a . a
BQGGBGGGBGGiJrt , :•} -i
DaBGGGBGGGBGar : : :]
■GGGBGGGBGGGBG _
□QBGGGBGGGBCGGy^^. :
■aGGBGGaBGGGBGaBUL
DGBDaGBGGGBQDGBGGt'
IQDaBGGaBaGnBGGBGU-- _
■ IG
am
■aa
^G^nGGGBGaGBaaCBaGBGaGBGGGBGGGaGGBGr 'HnH!.. aw_jGUB
5 GGaBGnOBGGBCGQBGGGHGOGBOGBGnGBGGGHC _GHGa
IBGaaBGGDBaGBGGGBGGGBGGOBGGBGGCBGGGBGGGB
' iir-mriGGBDaBaaDBGGGBGGGBQQBGnGBGGGHC GGBGD
.GBGGGBaaBGaaBGGGBaQGBGGBGQGBGGCBGGGB
'GGGBGGBDGGBGGGBGGGBGGHGGGBGGGBGGGBGa
rlBGGGHGGBGGHBnGaBaaGBGGBGaGBGGGBaCGB
;i .GBGGCH ^ >: ■"nEinnrG-rHG^.GaGGGBGGDBGGGBGa
iBGGGBG : :■; ' a' 'a a - ■■^'
: iGnsjGGG""-' a a a ^a
i: JGBGGGBGGaBGDGl
aGGGBaaaBGGGBGD
a a a a ■ a ■ '■ "r^f^GGGBGGGBGQGB
a a' a a a a a '^BGGOHGGGBGn
a a a a a a a gggbggcbgggb
.^^ ,„, ,_ ., ,GG-j_., :.-:GaFja._ai :B,_aG_ ; LL.„_.aQaGBGGGBLia
□aBnaaBHGHBaGDBaaWGGaaQQaBDGQaGa.^aDGaaGGHGaGBGaBGDBilBLaWGQaaGGBDGCBGGGBGGnB
■GDHBaGGBGGHBGaBaDaBannBaanaGGaGaDBDGDBaaaBDGaGGaBGaGBacHBGaBGGaBGGGBaGaBaa
JJGBGGB
".'aGGGBO
.,. JGGGBGGB: C^
Fig. 6o2.
Fig. 6oi represents a sketch for a design which is practically worked out on the □ designing
paper in Fig. 6o2, to be used on a common harness-loom for a dress-goods fabric, produced on
two systems of warp, one system of filling; ground fabric, "plain;" figure as formed by the extra
warp — circular spots, distributed after the principle of the five-leaf satin.
The warp is arranged —
I end ground, 1 _ . • ,
^ >7 times over, 14 ends.
I end figure, j
I end ground, i end
15 ends in one repeat.
120
Fig. 603 illustrates one spot (as used in Fig. 602), shown without the ground-warp, and thus
represents the spot effect as visible on the face of the fabric.
In weave Fig. 602 the ■ type indicates the "raisers" for the ground-warp, the ■ indicates the
effect of the figure-warp as produced upon the before-mentioned ground-structure. The a indi-
cates the additional binding of the figure-warp to the ground-structure.
■■■■■■■
Fig 603.
Fig. 604.
As mentioned at the beginning, the plain ground fabric is not always used. Very frequently
we have used the "twilled" face. For this reason Figs. 604 and 605 are designed, representing the
sketch of the fabric and the weave. The arrangement of the " motive " in the sketch is after the prin-
ciple of the four-leaf broken-twill. The weave of the ground fabric consists of the four-harness (even-
sided) twill ^ 2' The B in Fig. 605 represents the ground fabric; the ■ in Fig. 605 represents
DCa ■ ■ ■ ■
EC ■ ■ ■ :: c;
DBG :: :; ■
□Pl_ :■: H -H - '■
nacrcs^m-r^cr- m .m
aaaui::mDaaQomr - m m
DHaaaDDGDBaBr ■ ■
DBnaaaanDBGnnL r .,«■
DDaoDmamaaaanmam
nDDBDBaDDDDBDHaC 13'
DBDBDDDnDBDBDDnD," '
□cnenHnnnGnBnBnDnnHBnBnnnnBBnBDDDnnBnBGnDODB
a^BmnnDBaHGDnnCHCBHCBDHBDBnDnDDHDBunaaDBDB
■ """—'^'^GBGCaGaBOBDaDaDBDBDnOQGBGBaGDGaBGBaa
■ IGGGaCBaBnGDDGBGBGGGGaBnBGGGGGBGBGDGa
■ nanBnBGGrjDDBDBGDLJOGHGaaaaGaBCBCGQGDa
:; ni^n!^^""-rT^n«iGBaDaGciBaBacaacBGBGaGCGHaB
r-: r. . ■ n ■ r^CGDQBOBGaaaaBGBDGGGCBGBGG
IGDBGBCDaaGBQBCQGGOHGHGGGa
RGHGGaaDBaBGaaGGBGBGGGaaB
GCGBGBanDGCBDB( JCCGGBGH
GBGBCODGGBGBGGCGGBGiaGG
GHaQGGGBDBQGGnGlinHGaGa
:;
JHl
-KG
1G
DBGGaaaBCBaDaaaBGHGaaGGBGHQI JGr.GHGBQadCCBGi ■ ■ H ■ ■ ■ BEl
aaaGaHDBGGGGGBGBGGGGaHaBGLjGaCBGBCGGGCjBGBCi ■.■■!■■■' ■!-«
CGGBaBGGaQDBDBaancaBGBGGjGGGBGSBGGGGGBGHDGGr ■■■■■■- "m'3
Ki
DBaBanaGaBGBGGGGGBr^BGUGGGBG'
GBGGaaGBGBGGGGGBGBGGGGGBGaC II
DnDGGBnBaaaoGBaBaGGGaBnBGGr
GGGBQBGGGGGBGBQGGGaHGBGn'^'-li ' " . ■' ■
OBGaCaaGGBhBGGGaaBOBGGGi"! -I / I HI Hi I
QBGCaaGaGBbGGGGHGBGGGGan ■ :lJ'..Bi ■ I
aGGGGBGHGGGGGBGHGGGGGBGHi LIL.i Hi .BMI
aGGBHBHaHcaBaBaaaaaBGBGaaGi:]HGHB[ ■
DBHBaaGDCBQBaaaaQBaBGDaaaHaBaGGci
'a
:r Ml ■- ■ KM
I ■: I :■;■ ■ iz. : B m
I ■ ■' i.,_.l'4 .HKLjH: :□»;>* JG
II ■' ■< BWGliGGGGGBGHGGGG
I ■' ■' ■onGGGGBCHaaGGGB
IL 'El :«'---,BGGGGBGBGGGGGBGH
IbBHBGGGGBGBGGGGCHGBGG
iBBGaaBBaBQGaaGBGiiaa:G
Fig. 605.
the figure produced upon the former ; the a indicates the additional binding of the figure-warp to
the ground structure.
The warp is dressed —
I end figure,
1 end ground,
2 ends in repeat.
It does not always occur that only one color is used for the figure-warp. Very often differ-
FKmmmt
E0KI
FM
■ ■■■
Fi-m
VMi-:
E.[-J[-iWBBi
IBBBBBBr
■f:ehhki
GG
■1
It']
■M
HKKBHBR
glKBBRKF:
SBB'j;""- ■
mmm.:.
BBBB
BBBB .
^aBBBI
SBBBBI
EHBI
R'- '■!
L. .,
IKKKIKKI
Y\o. 606.
Fig. 608.
ent combinations are employed; but, in whatever shape, form, quality or size, the principle of the
construction of the fabric will remain the same as if only one color should be used.
121
We now pass to fabrics where the floating of the figure-warp is omitted, such as fabrics in
which the extra warp is bound to the ground fabric. In constructing fabrics of this character
the " plain " weave, which has been used so extensively in weaves previously illustrated for inter-
lacing the ground structure of the fabric, is omitted.
The smallest weave which can be used for the present purpose is the 3 -harness ^
twill, but generally the 4-harness even-sided twill is used as the smallest repeat of a weave. In
this manner Figs. 606 and 607 are constructed, representing a motive and the complete weave for
DnaBnnBBnonnnHnHnnBnBPiBHGDnaDnnHnanHHDDBBDnHBDnHanDnnnBnBDnaDnBnHDDDDnBnBnanBBpnHB
■' m
; 1M
mnamm
QDHKi; -II
DP' : -^
■Lll ;!-!: !
DOBBLO
DBBDDH
■■DDBH
■ODBBL . □ ■■■■■■ H
DDHBar:: ■ ■ ■ □
DBBDDE f
■■DDBB^^.-^ a ^. ,a ._ , ,^,_,^,^^_,^,_
■DGBBnDBL.f □ i ^Mi lUiJUOBDBLJGBU
□aBBDaBBQl □ IGLJIJDnBDBDDDBBG • !' '
□■■DDBBDGL' a inrjtJHDBDDanBHCi i
■BDDHBDDDBaUGDIjnDBnaL-jGUDDBaaaDDDGBF-J
BGDBBDDBnBGGDGGHaBGGaaaiinitGGnGaBaii!
GaBBDaBBDDGDDBaBGaaaGBGBGDGDaBDBaC
DBBDGBBDGGGBGBGDDGaBnBGGGaQBGBaDDL,.
■BGGBBnaDBaBaDaDGBaBaGanaHDBDanGGH
BDaBBDDBDBCJaDDGHDBGGDQDHGaaaGQaBni-l
DDBBaaBaDaDGDBGBGDGDGBnBaaDaGaiJHaG , ,
DBHGaaBaDGnBaBnDGDaBQHaGaGGBnHaDac* 1 1
BBLiDaBaGDHDHGaDGGaDBDGDGGBGSGDGGQH?) -
BDGaaaGBnBGGDGDBDBnDnGGBaBaaaaaBCJH:: , i
DDBBGGHHaaGGGBnBDODGGBaBGaQGDanBCJUL : I I :
DBaaDeaGGGGBGBGDDGDMaBGOQaaHaBaGari--! ^ : ■ :
■BGDBBaQGBnBDDaDDBDBaaDnGBaBGDCDGH- 1 ; ,; ;
■DaBHririHQa:]oaGDBnBGaaaaBnBGaannRn'i ' ^.i ' ■- 1,
DQHBnaaBGGDDDBGBGnaGGBnBaaGanBC- I IJ : ;^ i.
GaBaaBBGrjGDBnBGQCIt.lGBGBGGQGGBaH'. ■_. , i J I , i. i
BBnG«MUQaBDiaQDaGBaBGQaGGHGBGaGG:.]L'-)i"L,Gi I' ■ I
■GaBBGGWnaGOaDDBGBDGGGDBaBDDDGCBGBCirSli
DDBBGGHHGDaaaBnBDDGDaBGBGGaDDBQBGC'GBH
□BBGDBBaGDGBOBDDaGDBnBGDCGDBDBGGaGHMGl ' ' '
■aDDHBaGaBaBGaaDGBGaPGDaDBQBaaDDGBBDDBt- IG.
■DDBBGaBaBaGGaDBnBDQnGGaDBGGGDGBnaGGBBaDr.i
DDHBaDBBGDrjDnBGBacnaaBnaGQDaGBGBaGGBaaQBBi
□BBGGBBQDGDBDBGGQnGBGBGCaGGBnBQGaDBBQGBBC
BBGCBaaDDaaBGGaGGHaHaGGaDaDaaDDDDBHGGBBDCi
BCjI :BBGOBaBGGuGGB" B JiGGGGBOBGaQDaBDBQDBBGGB!
CCaaLDBHGGGGGBDgQGGGaBGBGaDnGBQBDDDBaaDBB
nBBDGBBDGDGBDBaGGDGBnBGDGGGBGBGDDDBBDaBBGL
■BGnBBDGDBnBGGDGDBGBaQaCGBnBGDDDDBBaDBBDGI-
■DDBBDDBaBrODGLaDBGGGriaHGBGaaDaBQaaDBBaDBl
DQBBGDBBGDaaaBGBGaGGGBDaGGGQQBDBDDCBBGaBBi
DBBaGBBGaGGBaBDGGGaBGBGaGCGBDBGDGGBBajBBDC
■BDDBBDaDBGBGGGGGBnBGGaGGBGBaQaDDBBaDBBDGr
■aGBBaQBDBaGGDGHaBGGGaGBnBGGGaaBDBDGBBDDBt
DDBBDaBBaGQCGBaBLlGLlGCBQBGGGGQBnBDDDBBCaBBL
DBBDDBBDGDDBGBaGGGaBQBGaCGaBaBCGDDBBGGBBC:
■BaGBBGQGBnBaGGGGBGBGaanDBDBGGDGDBBDDBBGCyi
■QDBBaaBQBGGGGGBaBGaDaDBGBDaaGDI
DOBBGQBBGGGGDBGBGGGGGBaBnaGDGBDl
DBB^GBBaDGaBtJBGGGGaaaBaaGaaBnBaDDDBBGDBBGGBBGa!
■BGGBBDnGBGBGGGGOBnBnGaGGBGBGGaDaBBDnBBDGBi ' '
■GDBBaGBQBGGaGGBaBGDDDDBnBGGGGnBDBDDBBnGBM
DaBBGDBBGGQGCBaBaDDGGBGBLjQGGGBaBDDDBBaDBBi
GBBGGBBGDGGBQBGGaGaBnBQGGQGBGBaat HBBGGBBGi
BBuGBBGGaBaBGGnGGBaBGGGGaBaBQGGGGBBGDBBGG:
■GCBBGGBGBaGCGaBnBaGDDOBGBaDDaDBaBGGBBDQBL.
^aDGBBaD■BDDBBGaDBDBGDaaDBDBDaDaGBGBG■
' JGDBBDaBBaaBBaGBQBGDGGGBGBGGDDQBnBGGl i'
.laBBGGBBDGBBaDBBGGGnGBDBGDDODBGBQGaGL f
m IBBGQBBaaBBGDBBGGaGBQBGGGGGBQBCGDGGBL J
■ -aGGBBGGBBGGBBGGGBnBGGDGGBGBGaaGGBnBL j'
■ ' )aGBBG~BMGGBaDGBGHCGGGGnaBGL:'GaGBDBGOL ;
liJG
'□!
I
GDI
□
NaBGGGDC
' laGDGaBDr
DDDBDBG^i ,u, i-.i . .- ;
IGBnBGGGc "jGMGBGLji: il-iuuB
r iaBGGDGCBnBGLDBWGQBB
□ - lGGGGGBGBGi:]GGBBGaBBD
-ni iHDBGaaGQBBGGBBGD
' BaGGGGBnaGGBBCGB
.aGGGBGBGGOBBGaBB
.GGBaPGCGnBaaCBBG
i :■ :M ■ I . : ;( .BGD
□ ^'^
□
a
.£M
UGUUuGLi'
I JfflGGGGGH
■iGGGGBOBL
■GGBGBGGQGGUnHL
HDBGGGGGBGBGGG
' iGOaGGBQBGGGnL 1
" HQBGGGGGBDi
□*LGGGDaGBG
GGGGBDBGQG
.^..jJGGBGBQGGGGI C:
.GGGBnaGGDDDBGl
jGHGBQGGGGBDBQ
r-iaBGGGGGBGBGQGG. : ,a . . ;
JGCGGGHaaGGGGGSaBaGCGGBaQaG
IGGGBaBGCGaDBnBaGGGGaaBGGGGBBrDGBaa
•I jGBnBGGaDGBaBDGGaGBnaGaGGGBBGGBBaa
itf GBr'n'-r^nni-nr—^' "-^r-R' -■GGCGREJBGGBBGGB
□
E
Mao
MGG
'«■
ma
iJQ
JGB
StiQGBB
--:i1GGBBQL_
iHr.aaaGGGG
■ : ■
JtS|
: IGGQI
JuGr
[
m 'Hi
□
.JGGi.-
IGGBBG
Titefai I1 1
I , , I ,. i
! IG
.GB
jGaGBGaaadabiQGGGGBGt i
'ilQBGGGGnBDBQDGGGBDBGC :
aGGGGCBnBGGaaDBDBGGGGv.
GHGBGGaGGBDBGGDGGBGiauufeiaGGB
aaGGGGaBCBGGGQDBQBGaGBBDaBB
_ GGaGBnBacaGaBDBCDDaBBaGBBa
^GGaGBaGGGGBnaDDDDGBHaaBBDa
MiBG
■gGG
JGB
'HB
^aa
JGG
lauCEBnaGGCaaBGBGGDDGBnBCaaGBBGGBBG
! i " GCQiQBqaGDaBDBaDGGGBBaDBBGa
a jlCBJCGGGBDaaDDaaBGBDGBBaaB
□HQGGGGBGBaGaaGBnBaGGBBaGHB
' ■^aBDBQGaaGBGBGGGGnr-rr.r-FriBa
□ i JBGGGQGBaBG'GGr ■ ' .; ' i r.-lGG
□ JGDaGGBGaGGGUCBDU^^GU^QB
Fig. 607.
a figured dress-goods. The motive, Fig. 606, calls for 13 threads in warp and filling, hence the
dressing of the warp for weave Fig. 607 calls for
I end ground^ ) 13 times
I end figure, ' / over, ^ ^^ ^"^^•
15 ends ground, 15
41 ends in repeat.
The a is for ground warp, the ■ for figure-warp, and the a represents the places for binding
the figure-warp to the ground structure. This stitching is done with the regular eight-leaf
satin.
Weave 607, calling in its complete extent for 82 ends, can be reduced by cross-draw to 30-
harness.
Fig. 608 represents a motive, a crescent, arranged in Fig. 609, for 96 ends repeat. The
motive calling for 16 ends for figure, will necessitate the following dressing :
I end figure, 1 16 times
I end ground, / over, ^^ ^" ^"
16 ends ground, 16
48 ends in repeat.
122
Comparison of the Size of the Materials as used for Ground-warp and Figure-zvarp.
The first condition required by the figure-warp is to produce a design solid in appearance on
the ground fabric. To produce this effect the texture is required to be as close set as possible ; and
the figure-warp must be made of sufficient thickness, so as to cover the interstices between each
other as nearly as possible. The general arrangement for changing ground and figure-warp is
the alternate arrangement between both (i and i). Again, care must be exercised not to have
the ground-warp of a heavier size than is necessary; for the figure- thready have not only to fill
the places between the ground-threads, but also to cover them actually ; hence the diameter
■B
DBQMuaaiiuijajGaBi
iDDnBGHaBiinaana
m
• " "n - - ■ ;d i ; ^ '"j«nnDBGan«nB«nBnsa«BBnBaBDBBnBnnn«ann«nnnBDBaBDDnBDDnBnDDBnBBnBDBna
D::GanDPLjaaB5BG3aBD«3BnDQBn«DnnBDrjaDnacBDnDB[JDDBaDaDODaBDnnBOBDanBG'
3 , -2ja«n« GGGBGaBDBBaDBaBaBBBDBDGBaaDBDBnBDaDBUnGBDDOBDBnBnaDBDDBDBBBaH
ii^aGGaGGGaaGBGBDnaBDBaBOGnBGaGBaGnBaaaDGangGQDBGaDBDDODoanBaBGBoaa
□ /IGGaBGHDi«QG«GBGBBB3BGBDBBBaDBaaQBacaB.GBnBDQCBaaDBDaGBaBnBanBDBaBBB
IGBGGaaGGGHGnaBGBDBaDDBCBGBaDDaGQaBaaaBCDGBaGaGDaDBDDaBDnaBQDDBaBn
: ,Gy„„„^^^„, .^.njaaQBaGaaGCBBBaBGBCBBBDBDBaaBnBDBaDDBDQDBDnCBDBDBDaCBDGnBDDBBBGBCB
.raGGGBaQaDGGQiiGaDBaDasGGaaaBGBGBDaDBaBaBDDQaaBGnaBaaGBaQfiDDDDBoaDBaDDBnDGGnBnBDBa
i/JDBaaaBDBDBaaaBDaDBGaaBnBBQHnBaBBBaBnBGBBaBaDDBGDaBDQDBCBnBanDBDDDBaaDBQBBCBaBaB
iGaaDBanDBoaDBGGDGaGaBGGaBQBGaGBaHnBaaDBDBDQDBaaGGGGGBODDBaaGBcaanaDDBnaDBDsaGGBa
iHnBaaDBaDaBijaaanaGaGaGBaaBaHBBaBGBaBBBaBaaBaaaBQBCBGGaBGaaBUDDBnBaBaaaBDDBnBBBDB
9GaGaiDGaBGGaBGGG(aGGGaaGaBaBGBaDCBaBnBaDaBCDaBaaaBaDaaDaDBDDaBanGBnGDDaDaBCBQBDGa
GGHDHnBaaGBQaaa JGGanHGBaDBGaDBBBGBDBGBBBaaBGLlOBBaaBDBaBGGDBaQGBaaBBOBaBaGBGBnBBB
^'"^nGBGGGBGGGGGGGBGGGBGanBGGaBGBaBaaaBDBr!HGr:n''-H'-B^aaGaGGGBaaaDGQGi^B"B'*G^'"^i='^'"'^s» MD
□r □ iGGGaGGnBaBGBCGGBGGGBDGBBBGBQBQBBBnBGf
□(. /jaGGGGGGGBaGaBGGaaGGaGaBGBGBGGaaaBQN' ..
■e_. .^:„_i .. ;„:„_.„ IGGGBaaGBGnGBGGaaaGGBGBBaaDBGBBBGBnBl .1 i' 'I
■aaaGCBQiiGLjGS: jGGGGGaBGaGBGnGBaaGnGGGaaGGBaBDDGBGBGB': ■ ' ' ■ 1
DBnBBBGBGGBGGnBQBnBUaGBGaGaGaCBGBnBGGGBaDBaBBBaBGBCfe- Ml
.■nBaBGGGBGGGBGaGBaGnGnaaBDaaBGaaaDQGaaDaBGBaBGDCBGB^ •• < ■
OBDBaaaBGaBGaaaaGnBnMGBGaGBGGGBGGGBGanBnaBDBaBBBDBGF ■
■GaGBaBGBaGGGGGGHaQGBaaGBaaGGaGGBGGCBGGnBaDaBaBDBani i
DBBBaaaBGtJaaaaBGaGBGGDBGGGBGBDBGGaBGGGBaaBBBDBDBaBab
DaBnBGBGDGGGBGaGBaaDBaaQaGaaBGaaBGaGBaGDDDBaBDBDCaBGwLt-.r-jLj.
■BaBaBaBBnBGnaBGGaBaaDBaBnBGGGBaDQBnGGBnBBaBDBDBBBaBaBuaaL
■aBaaGBGBaaGBGGaaDanBnaaBQaDBGGaGaGaBacjaBGBnnnBaBaBnGOBnBL
OBaBaaGBGGBGGGBnBaBaaaBGGGBGGnBaBGBaGGBGaBnBBBDBGBi IBBHI iHi ;r
■GBGBGQGBGaGBGGaBaaaGGGOBGaiDaGGGBGGGGGGGBGBnBDar" ' "
DBaaaBBBaGBGaaaGGaBaaDHGaGBaGQBaaaBaBGBGGBGBaBBr
BGaGaaaaB'iaaGGGGBaGGaGaaaGnaaGaGaGGGBGGGaGaDBaB'
DBBBGBGai naBDBGBGGGBGaGBGG HnaGaaGGBGiGGBaGBBB^Br i >
DDBGHGBGaCGaaGGGaGGGsiJGGiJGGJBIGGGaGGGBaGGanBnil '--i, '
■BGaaBGaaGBGGGaaaGaGGaaaiLMiriGaaGaaaGGGBGaBGHGFJ' :< \ ■ "
■aBGaGBGBGQGBaGaGGGGBGGGBGGGaaGGGaGGBaaaBGBGii ' i ' ■
DBnBBaGaGGBGGaaaaGBGGGaaaGBaGGBaBnBGaGBDaBar.ii
■QBDBaaGBGGGBiJGGaGGGGGGGBGGGBGDGBaGGaGaaBaBni
aBaHGBBBGGaaGaBGGdBOaGBGGGHGGGaaGaBGBnBGaBnKjL i :
■aaaBaBaBnaaaaGaaaaGBGGGBGaGaaGOBOGGBLiGnBDDaaGt-;.
DBBBaBaBGOBGBDBGaGBQGGBGGCBaBnBGGaBaaGBGaBBBGSi
nDBGBaBanGaGBGaaBnaaBaDGaGaGBaGiGnaGGBGGGaaaGBct-j
■BGaQBcaBnBaaGBGGCBGaQBGBnaGOG^ " " ' iHnaaofflGBGFaRif-f
BaaGaGBGaGGaBnaQGGnGBGGGBGDQB;: OGGBGBGi^.GaGHa
JGBGGGBaGDBDBDl ._
,i luaaaaaGaaanBDDr
I' J JBQGGBGBDBQGnBr '
l/.GGGBaGGBGGnfi' '
\' iBBGaGBGaOBD ' ■:
I IBGBGGGGBGCr,' ■ ■.
I ■nH-^iBGHnHra ■ ■
-IGB
.■G
ISIL.
CBGBaBaaaaBGGaBGBDBGaaBGGGBDGr;;
BGBDBQGDB^ '' ^'">=lGr II "iaDGaaaQGBGGGaGi_,'_i. -,
■ " :■ ""MGHDaaGGBGGGBGGI
laGGGaGGGGGGGBl
1 jr]'jBaGaBnaaBGr:
.naGGGGGGGBaGGB:
-IGrjGBDBGBaaGBGi; I
= "laGGaaaGoaGGGr ii
1 "'^GGGmGr-^r^lBGi
-m H '■
m' m u
DBQBaBBBI
BDDDBaBtlt-i ; I ■
DBBBGBrM ■ ■
DGBOBr'-l ■ !■
■aOBGH I ;■ :■ :■'
BDBDQl.ii.-i . !■ !■ m
DBDBBBGSI iM' :■ ■
■DBaaGGGna ■,■■■■ ".m ■'■■■■
DBDaaBBBi ■ :■ ■■■■■■■■■ ■ ■ ■ -Jl ■ ■
■DGDBGBGM ■■■ in ■■■'■■ R ■■■ !■
QBBBGBGBu '■■ :■ :■ ■ IB ■ ID Bi iM -■ .■ m :■ Hi.
DGBGBGBni . a ■ ■ 91. « ■ ■ ■-« ■: ,■ ■ < ; ' '
■BGBnBGB:i.U_.L._./ '■„■ :B mm :■ ■ ■ ■ ■tj,_ _,G'riGr-
■□■aDGBGBGGGBGGUGG- .■ :■ ■ ■ ■ ■ .'GGGHGGGp-
GBaBBBDBGGaGGGBGBGIf!. . r--- iGBGGQaL
BDBGBaQGBaaaBaGQBQGi I 'l;_,_l.,- ,1 ,.;-, .MGoaarGcr
DBQBaBBBGGaQGGBGGDBUMDHOi.JLIBUULir-f laGBGBDBCf
BnGGBGBaBGCGCDaaBGaGBGGGaaDDQaaQBaaGBGGGf
DBBBGBQBaaBaBaBGGGBGGGBGQGBDBnMGDGBGaGBQ"
naBQBaBQaGaGBGGGBaQDBGGaGaanBGaGBGDGBQDG'
■BaBGBaBBaBGGGBGaaBQGGBGBaBQGaBQaGBGCaBai
BQBDaaBaBQGGBGaGGnGUBGGDBDaDBGGGGaGGBnnG'
OBGBBBaBGQBaQGBQBQBaGaBDDaBaGaBQBGBGaaBaLi
BGBGBaaGBGGGBGGGBGGaDaaQBGQGBOGDaGGGaGGGf:
DBaBGSBBaGBGGGBaaGBGBnBGDGaaaGBGQGBnBaBGCJi
■DDQBGBQBGGGGQaGBGaGBaaaBaaGGGGirBGQaBGGQW
DBBBnBGBQaaCBGBaaGBGaGBGGGBaBGHGaaBGGGBGGiaMlii
.GGGBGOl, ■ • •■ !
-I'jBGGQBr" D
^GGGBanr,
..,. ,._jaMijMG: jGgi JGGBGaGBnwi^.BiGLiGfMGUGSGGBBBLjMiJM
if-^^GGGGGBGGGBGGaBGJCGaGaBGaGBCGaBGGGDGBQBDBa
I- '. ,1 !' "IHaCBGaQaGaaBGGGBaBGBaaQBaQGHaGGBnBBaBDBGB
jL ;i_.HI JBGGGBaGaGQGQBCGCBaaaBG[ JGGaQGBQGGBGBCCDBg
aMBGBGGBCaDBQBaBGGUBaGGBGGQBaBGBQGGBaaBGBBBaB
jBUGGBCGDBDGGBGGGGGGGBGGQBGGGBaQaGGGQBGBaBaag
- i " MBaGGBGaDBGCGBDBCBGaaBGGGBGaaBDBGBu :nH' BGgBB
' IGBaaGGGaGBGGGBaGaBGGQaGGGBGCGBC. ■ ' ' ' nG
, ijaGQBOBnBGGaBnaaBGDaBQBnBGGGBGGQlr '■■:■■ ■ a
'GGGaaBaaQBaaaBGaaGGGaBaGGBGaGBCjr ■ ' - ' ■ ]
Bi_J-.J iBBDBGGGBGGGBGGGBaBnBDGCJBCGGBQGLE I
GOGBCBGGGBCGGGGraBaGGBGaGBGGGGr^GIBG
IGGanaBBGBaBGBBBGBGCBGGCBGBnBGGGBGGGBaGGBaBDBGGGr
laGGGaCBCBljaCjaCGGBGGaBGGaGaGaBGGGBGGGBaaGCGGL ,.- -. _.e,^„, ,-.^
IGHHBGBGBGBaBGGBnGaBGGGBGBnBGaGBGGGBGaGBGaQSGUHGBGBMB
hgbc:bgggbghcbgi : zna ■cm: GaBGaQBaDGGGQGBGaaBGQaBaGGBGBG
v^anB'" IHBBr Mil -m\ lijBQHQBGGr IBaGGBGaaBDBGBGCGBGGGBQGBBBGBGB
; <-i" '' ?s i-t , "-- --|ijBDrjr_,BnaGBGGnDGDDBaGQPaGGBaGGaaBGBaBa
\ -i-i . i~ ' ■ I- : jaGaGBGGaBGQQBaBCBGaQBGGGBGGGanBBCBaBQB
r -r; '. ■'.-',-, i_:i ■: .i-i.JGGHGGGGGGGBGGGBGDaBQanCGGaBGCGaGBGGGBn
-!^FiB3i « inpGGGBDBQBaGQBGaaBGGGeDBGBGGGBaGBnBaBGB
■ IBL iGOBGGGBGGGBGQGnGriGBCGGa'GCiuBGGGIGGGGHraCBGaa
.aOBBanGBGiMGar ;■" GBDBGBGGaBGGGBGGCBnBGBGGBaBGBBB
laBGBGBGL.aGaGQSGGaBGCJGBGGGQCDGGBGGGBarrGBGGGBaBg
. ! .HBCBGBGGBGBnBGGGBGGGBQGCiBGBnBGGGBOGGBGGBBMGBGB
1 ■ 1' (qaBGBGaGGCBOQQBiJGGBGGGCGaCBGGaBQGGBGGGGGBGBaBG
I M«i(G=ir-BWn«^-inGBa[lGBGGGBGBnBOGaBaGaBaGQBaBBaBG8GB
: '- "GGCGi^r.BnciGBGriGBlJCaGGGGBGGGBQBGGQBa
rBGBaBGGGBGGGPGf -riBGBaaGGaaGGBGBaBDB
\: GrBQGiGCGGGPGGGNiGaaBGaGaGQGBGBaBGGa
m, ,1 f.T J iLja:GGL^HGBn«GGGBaGGBaaaBQBaBQGBGBCBBB
. IL.iBGr:rGGGG«GCGBGGGBGGGGaaOBDaQBGaGBGGCBaBa
■GQBDBGBGGGHGGGHGGGBaBGBGaDBGGGBGGBBBGBGB
-rjQGaGBGGGBCGGMGGGEGGGBGaaBDGGBCGGGQBGBaBG
aBCBGGGBGGGBaCGiEOBGHGQQBQaaBGGGBaBBGBGBGB
. irtCBGCGBGGGGGGCBGL GBGGQBGaGQGGGBaQGBGBGGGBG
, ,; ' UBGGBaLCiBnWGBGGaBGQQBGaQBOBaBCGUBanBaBBBGB
nriprOGBGGGBGGGGGGGBGGGBGGGBQGaGGGGBaBaBaua
■BaGHGGCHGGDBDBiGBGGGBGDCBGGGBDBGBGaBGBGBBB
. 1 BaGGGCGGBGGGBGGGBGGGGGGaBQGGBGGaBGnGBaBD
_.t-i'JBGGBGBnBGGGBCCGHQGGBCBaBGnCBGaGBGGBBBaBGr
DDBaBDBDDGGGBaDaBGQDHDDDaDGGBDDDBaQDBQDaGaBGBDBGaGBQBaBaaaaaBGDaBrjuCBaDGDGaQBQGGBaaCBDDDDDBaBCBG
Fig. 609.
of the figure-warp must equal the diameter of the ground-warp, plus the space between each
ground-thread.
Comparison of the Twist in the Materials as used for Ground-warp and Figure-warp.
As a general rule, the ground-warp is of a harder twist than the figure-warp. The
latter is generally only twisted enough to weave well. There are two reasons for this arrange-
ment of the twist. I. The ground-fabric has to stand the strain inweaving; hence, must be of a
harder arrangement in twist. 2. The figure-warp has to cover the design ; hence the loose twist
will assist in this work.
Necessity of having Tzvo Beams for Weaving.
In almost every case in producing the textile fabrics here explained, we are compelled to em-
ploy two beams, one beam for the ground-warp, one beam for the figure-warp. The reason for using
123
two beams is found in the difference of the weave (for the figure-warp is less interlacing than the
ground-warp) as well as in the difference of the materials used for ground-warp and figure-
warp.
Another system of weaving for producing figures upon the face of a single-cloth fabric is
that known as
Lappet Weaving.
t
This method of producing figures upon the face of a fabric was very extensively used prior
to the introduction of swivel weaving and the invention of the Jacquard loom. The method of
operation in this system of weaving is that of passing an independent set of threads through a
series of needles set in a frame, situated between the reed and the shuttle-raceway of the lay.
This frame is arranged so as to slide horizontally to and fro, regulated by the "pattern-wheel,"
and the needles are depressed at proper moments to allow the figuring-thread to interweave with
the ground-cloth by passing the shuttle and its filling over the figuring-thread. This method of
interweaving the figu ring-threads is, in looms of older construction, arranged to have the needles
which guide the figuring-thread operated on from below, as is illustrated
in diagram Fig. 6io. The needles a (only the first shown) are fixed in
the guide-frame d. The needles have a thread, c, passed through the eye
d near their point, e represents the reed, /"and £■ the shed formed by the
warp of the regular cloth, k the woven part of the fabric, and z the
Fig. 6io. shuttle.
The method of interlacing is as follows: When frame d is raised the needles pass through
the warp at the rear of the shuttle z and guide-pins 1% but in front of reed e, so that by inserting
the filling by means of the shuttle the figuring-thread gets interlaced with the regular cloth
structure. Next the frame guiding the needle is lowered and the latter moved to
the right or to the left as required by the design to be produced. This hori-
zontal moving of the frame, according to design to be produced, is effected by
grooves / in a ratchet-wheel m, illustrated in Fig. 6ii. The pin n, fastened to
the end of the connecting lever o, being worked alternately from side to side of
the groove, regulates the distance in moving the needles for the figuring effect
required.
This method of operating the frame which guides the needles requires a fresh one for every
new design. This ratchet-wheel moves one tooth for each
pick, and the number of teeth it contains is regulated by the
length of the design.
Diagram Fig. 612 clearly illustrates (enlarged as to size
of threads) the method of interlacing the figuring-threads into
the ground structure. The figuring-thread is represented
shaded, ground warp and filling outlined.
Fig. 613 is the same
effect arranged in 3 repeats
in a fabric sample. As
previously mentioned, the
frame containing the needles
for guiding the figuring-
warp is placed in some attachment to these looms, situated above the shed formed b}^ the regular
warp.
Diagrams Figs. 614, 615, 616, 617, 618, 619 and 620 illustrate a loom and the method of
Fig. 611.
Fig. 612.
Fig. 613.
124
operation for lappet weaving as extensively used in the manufacture of elastic web fabrics, such
as suspender webbing, also ribbons, tapes, and narrow goods generally. It can be arranged,
however, for wider "figured" fabrics. This loom is patented by Mr. G. H. Hodges.
Fig. 614 is a side elevation of the lathe and pattern-wheel; certain parts of the lathe being
represented as broken off.
Fig. 615 is an end elevation of the lathe, pattern-wheel and ratchet mechanism for operating
the pattern-wheel.
Fig. 616 is an elevation of the pattern-wheel detached, showing the side opposite that repre-
sented in Fig. 615.
1
Fig. 614.
Fig. 615.
Fig. 617 is a sectional view representing the needles elevated.
Fig. 618 is a like view representing the needles depressed.
Fig. 619 is a front elevation, partly broken away, of a lappet loom of the present construction.
Fig. 620 is an end elevation of the loom, the devices for connecting the needle-bars with
their actuating levers, and also the mechanism for actuating, the pattern-wheel being omitted in
order to avoid confusion and to better illustrate the features shown in this figure. Like letters
of reference indicate corresponding parts in the different figures of the drawings, c represents
the figuring-threads ; U, the woven fabric; A, the lathe; B B, the pendulous arms by which the
same is suspended; C, the shuttle; D, the shuttle-race; E, a section of the reed.
Fig. 616.
Fig. 617.
Fig. 618.
The web U is ornamented by means of threads c, which pass from spools (not shown)
mounted on the loom through the guides and thence respectively through the eyes of the needles
d m and into the web.
Guards iii^ are employed to prevent the needles from being sprung or drawn out of
proper position by the strain on the threads c during the process of intersecting the same
in the fabric. These guards consist of rigid wires arranged horizontally in front of the
needles near the upper portion of the reed and firmly secured at either end to a fixed
portion of the lathe or shuttle race in such a manner that when a needle is bent a trifle
125
outwardly or toward the front of the lathe by the action of its thread it will strike one of the
guards, the vertical movements of the needle not being interfered with thereby. The needles
work vertically and pass through the unfilled warp-threads between the path or race of
the shuttle, the reed, the pattern-wheel and needles swinging with the lathe. Lateral movements
of the needles in one direction or to the left are caused by drawing up the horizontal arm of the
lever L by means of the rod k, thereby bringing the vertical arm of this lever into contact with
projections on the pawls causing the latter to engage the teeth and slide the bars or holders H J
to the left, the reverse lateral movement of the needles to the right being caused by the action of
the springs TTwhen the vertical arm of the lever L is withdrawn from the projection i by depres-
sing the rod /'. The clamp / is returned to its normal position after the vertical arm of the lever
L is withdrawn by means of the springs ^^, its movement toward the right being arrested by the
stop g^, which determines the oscillation of the socket /^ When the vertical arm of the lever L
is withdrawn from the projections on the pawls and strikes the curved arms of the pawls, the
pawls are thereby disengaged from the teeth on the bars H J, permitting said bars to be forced
Fig. 619.
Fig. 620.
by the springs K against their respective • pins in the wheel Q\ but as the pins are of unequal
lengths one of the bars will travel toward the right a greater distance than the other, thus chang-
ing the relative position of the needles d m with respect to the web E. It will be obvious, how-
ever, that when the vertical arm of the lever L strikes the projections on the pawls both the pawls
will be caused to engage the bars simultaneously and both move in unison to the left.
' In order to more clearly understand the method of intersecting the threads c in the web U,
and thereby ornamenting the same, the operation of the principal parts shown during one full
revolution of the main driving-wheel of the loom, or one complete traverse of the lathe is
described. The lathe being at the front of the loom, the shuttle at the right-hand side of the
fabric, and the needles, needle-bars, and pattern-wheel elevated, with the needles threaded, and
the bars against their respective pins in the pattern-wheel, if, now, the loom is started up the lathe
will be moved or swung back from the breast-beam, and at the first quarter of its traverse the
needles, needle-bars and pattern-wheel will be lowered, and the needles carrying their threads
will pass through the warp-threads and remain down while the lathe passes through the second
and third quarters of its traverse. After the lathe has passed through the first quarter of its
126
traverse, and while it is making its second and third quarters the shuttle is passed from right to
left of the web, completing its passage at about the centre of the third quarter of the traverse of
the lathe. The needles begin to rise as the lathe enters upon the fourth quarter of its traverse,
their upward movement being completed before the lathe completes its fourth or last quarter.
The lathe then continues to advance to the front to beat up the filling, and while completing the
' fourth or last quarter of its course the lever L is actuated through the rod k, and the needles
carried to the left, after which the pattern-wheel is revolved one notch or step to change the
position of its pins with respect to the bars or holders H J, after which the lever L is withdrawn
from the projections of the pawls and striking the arms of the pawls disengages them from the
bars H J, and permits the springs K to move the bars to the right into contact with the pattern-
wheel, and thereby change the position of the needles preparatory to repeating the operation.
The needles d are secured to the needle-bar or holder //" by a screw-clamp, and the needles in in
the bar J by screws ; but any other suitable means may be employed for this purpose. Any
desired number of needles and needle-holders may also be employed.
Mr. Hodges in his patent further mentions that " instead of using the rows of pins,
annular cam-shaped flanges may be employed on the wheel Q, against which the bars H J vnd,y
abut, if desired.
" The movements of the needles may be so timed as to cause them to work ' pick-and-pick,'
or pass through the warp-threads at each throw of the shuttle or otherwise, as desired. The
pawls and lever L afford a convenient means for locking the bars // y together, and moving them
away from the pattern-wheel conjointly.
" A proper tension and take-up mechanism (not shown) must be used with each of the
threads c.
" But one shuttle and one reed are shown in the drawings, but it will be understood that
several may be employed in the same loom ; also, that one or more needles may be employed
with each shuttle and reed as desired.
" It is preferable to have the threads carried by the needles of a different color or colors from
those composing the warp and filling of the fabric ; also, that in commencing the weaving the
needle-threads should be drawn some distance through the eyes of the needles, in order that the
loose ends of the threads may be caught and secured in the fabric by the filling."
TRICOT WEAVES.
Under the general name of tricot are classified fabrics presenting rib-effects. The weaves of
the tricot fabrics are more or less elastic, according to the uses to which they are to be put. If,
for example, the stuffs are to be used for trousering the tricot weaves will be much less likely to j
bag at the knees than other fabrics. If used for ladies' dress goods, cloakings, etc., they will tend]
to give the garment a nicer and closer fit to the person of the wearer.
Tricot weaves are graded into tricots forming rib-effects in the direction of the filling and]
tricots forming rib-effects in the direction of the warp. We will consider the former first.
Tricots with Rib-Effects in the Direction of the Filling
Are employed largely for stuffs for dress goods, cloakings, overcoatings, suitings, etc. Thej
arrangement of the weave most frequently employed is 2 picks face and 2 picks back; but this
may be changed to i pick face and i pick back, or to 2 picks face and i pick back, according to
the size of the rib required in the fabric. As a general rule, the heavier the back filling used, j
the more prominent the rib-effect will be.
Fig. 621 is the 4-harness (filling) tricot weave, 2 picks for face to alternate with 2 picks for
back. Repeat: 4-harness, straight draw, 8 picks. This weave has for its foundation the 4-har-
ness broken-twill, 2 picks, warp up, to alternate with 2 picks, filling up.
127
Fig. 622 is the 3-harness (filling) tricot weave, 2 picks for face to alternate with 2 picks
for back. Repeat: 3-harness, straight draw, 12 picks. This weave has for its foundation the
3-harness twill, 2 picks, warp up, to alternate with 2 picks, filling up.
■DOBGn
Effl'jfflfflJ
Cfflffl fflB
crm m
GH : m 3
BTifflS "jffl t
■ij . ■ ; ]
COM.: m
BEB.lfflfflJ
12H J m 3
em ;fflfflD
offlffl. ffla
DUBG jB
Cfflfflljfflffl
■::_■ J
c_bl: :■
aaofflffla
1 a
DB:::3JBja
DBBaaBBa
o:2«3a3Ba
8BfflBDBBBn
BaBBBCBB
DDLJBaaaB
BBDBBBna
DBBBGBBB
DDBDaDBD
Fig. 621.
Fig. 622.
DBBBGBBB
aaCBDGCB
BBGBfflanffl
DB~ J^'HO^
B'^fflaa ffls
c ■ : HJ
BlilB EBEHBJ
■ ■ .1
f: ►i'I"I' ►HK2a
[ ■ :■
B(S ►ifia ^a
LB BJ^
B "Baa aa
L_ ■ ___b:3
Baa .aaan
ib^_;_bjjj
1 4
Fig. 623.
Fig. 623 represents the 4-harness (filling) tricot weave, i face pick to alternate with a backing
pick. 4-harness, straight draw, 8 picks, repeat of pattern. This weave is composed of the
4-harness broken-twill.
Fig. 624, 4-harness (filling) tricot weave, 2 picks face to alternate with i pick back. Repeat:
4-harness, straight draw, 12 picks. In designing this weave, observe the following rule: The
warp-thread which is lowered in the back pick must be raised in the next following face pick.
Tricots Forming Rib-Effects m the Direction of the Warp.
This division of tricot weaves includes an endless variety of effects in trouserings, suitings,
etc., both in wool and worsted goods. A few ends of the regular warp twisted over with organ-
zine silk, or a few fancy-colored threads of worsted wool or sewing silk spread over the fabric
(on warp ends showing on the face) will give good effects.
Fig. 625, 8-harness warp, tricot weave. Repeat: 8-harness, straight draw, 4 picks. Harness
I, 3, 5 and 7 are for the face, and hence the harness where the fancy end has to be drawn on.
BBBrBBBa
■ . :■
LB .VBjT
BB BBa_a
r :b_ ■■!
BTZ "BT33
LB_,i3:jBaa
r:;_B_.:.:B
LBBB^fflBa
B :::..;Buna
:: :b :,- :Ba
2BBS ,aBBa
L^ ,b:..::uB
c.B-:, :,;:Baa
BB'_jBBBaa
f:zBnD~Ba
B-^BBn^BGBnBa'^GBQ
B;juuBaD[3
c. "B' B^aa ' B .B 'Ba
B jBBB'Bffl
BBB.B .... mZitk ■ J3
L B-QuBL^a
B . ~BBB ■ KBBQ
r B . ~^B
4B BB '.:b ~B Ba BJ
[ 5a>5 ►i^aB
g..jB_b <bb 1 'B B:Ba
B .._B.jJlG
BBB':,B.T..feJBfflB .BjGQ
l^^B'_i'_iCB'3
IBuuuBaBJB^GLjBaB'D
1 4
1 8
Fig. 624.
Fig. 625.
B~BfflB'^B^~"^B^BGBfflB-B^'^r^BG
GGB BH3B W^J "% ' ■aB'^BB
■BB mf^ ■ miiM mfA b. ra
W ■ ■ B^I^B B B ■ BBBG
4B~BBB B V B.~B:BBB H BG
G'^B ; . BBB BB B \ . BEL^B' !Ba
■BB^BB.' B ..BBB BB/ B ^G
1
12
Fig. 626,
ffiDBBfflfflfflB
■GBBGGBG
BaaaaGBB
GCBrBOr"
.JGGG
BBBBBBaa
b.g.:bbbg
SB'^iEBBBBB
■GBB B 1
BBBBB aa
r^M ■ BB
BOB EBBa
■ BB B ..'1
aaSBBBBG
1Blj^„BBBJ
1 8
Fig. 627.
Fig. 626, i2-harness warp, tricot weave. Repeat: 12-harness, straight draw, 4 picks. Harness
I) 3- 5. 7) 9 aiid 1 1 are for the face, hence for the fancy ends.
Sometimes we have to make these long tricots extra heavy, which may be done by adding
an extra backing pick every alternate pick. Fig. 627 is an example. Repeat: 8-harness, straight
draw, 8 picks.
In Fig. 628 a specimen of a tricot weave is given which by the proper arrange-
ment of its texture produces a fabric containing a considerable amount of elasti-
city, in fact, a fabric very closely imitating what is known as "Jersey cloth."
As mentioned, it is not upon the weave alone that we must depend for
imparting this elasticity to the fabric. The result also follows from use of materials for the yarns
JQ
BBBB^ ..B jBBBBBGBGB
ge bbbbb^.bgbbbbb
obbgbgbbbbbgbgbb
b: bbbbbgb.jBBBBBQ
BBBB .BGBBBBBGBGB
L"B BBBBBIB'BBBBB
■BBGBGBBBBBGBaaa
Fig. 628.
128
of the proper "counts" and quality and upon their arrangements. The following dressing must
be used for the previously given design ;
2 threads of 2-ply cotton (forming after finishing the body of the fabric).
2 threads of single worsted (forming the face of the fabric after finishing).
4 threads in pattern.
The fillings to be fine, soft, single worsted (forming the back in the fabric after weaving and
finishing).
Both kinds of warp will be visible on the face after weaving, but during the changes the
fabric undergoes in finishing the cotton warp will disappear from the face, taking its place in the
body of the fabric.
These fabrics must be made very wide in the loom. Thus, in the case of a 54-inch finished
fabric, the goods must be woven 92 to 100 inches wide in the loom, according to the texture and
quality of the material used. (Fabrics made with weave Fig. 628 require the selvages to be sewed
together when they are fulled.)
1
Double Cloth.
Under double cloth we comprehend the combining of two single cloths into one fabric.
Each one of these two single cloths is constructed with its own system of warp and filling, while
the combination of both fabrics is effected by interlacing some of the warp-threads of the one
cloth into the other at certain intervals.
The objects for the making of the double cloth are manifold. Among these may be men-
tioned: To reduce the cost of production for heavy-weight fabrics by using cheaper material for
the cloth forming the back; to increase the strength of certain grades of fabrics; to increase the
bulk of a fabric; to produce double-faced fabrics; to produce fancy effects by the system of com-
bining or exchanging both single cloths.
As mentioned before, a separate warp and filling is required for each cloth, and so likewise
in preparing the design a separate dealing with each is required.
In diagram Fig. 6291^ the section of two single-cloth fabrics is shown.
Fig. 629<$'.
In Diagram Fig. 629^ the plan of two single-cloth fabrics, situated above each other, is
shown. Warp-threads 2 and 4 and picks i and 3 form one cloth (shown shaded), while warp-
threads I and 3 and picks 2 and 4 form the other (illustrated in outlined threads).
Examining the section. Fig. 6291^, and the plan of interlacing, Fig. 629^^, it is found that each
warp-thread interlaces with its own system of filling, and thus each cloth is formed independent
of the other. These are, with a few exceptions, such as seamless bags, etc., stitched (or combined)
together so as to form one fabric. •
The proportion of face warp and face filling to back warp and back filling to be used may be
as I end face to i end back, or 2 ends face to i end back, or 2 ends face to 2 ends back, or 3 ends
face to I end back, etc., etc.
One proportion for the two kinds of warp and a different proportion for the two kinds of
filling may also be used, for example :
2 ends face = ^ face, -p.,,. ^ f i pick face = ^ face,
I end back ^ ^ back, ^ I i pick back = ^ back.
Warp
3 ends in repeat. 2 picks in repeat, etc., etc.
As mentioned before, the stitching has to bind these two single-cloth fabrics together, in fact,
to unite the same into one fabric. The warp of the bottom fabric may have to bind into the face
fabric, or the face warp into the bottom fabric. In both cases the warp of the one has to inter-
weave more or less with the filling of the other.
(129)
130
In fabrics where each side is of a different color, and the color of the face fabric shall
not disturb the back, nor the color of the back cloth the face, great care must be exercised in
the manner of combining both cloths. For this purpose we must select for binding, points where
warp and filling interlace less frequently, as this will reduce the chances of the thread used for
interlacing on one cloth showing upon the other.
The binding of both cloths into one fabric also has an influence with regard to the feel
(handling) of the fabric, for the oftener we combine (stitch) a certain number of ends of warp
and filling the harder and firmer the fabric will feel; again, if not sufficient stitching is used the
fabric produced will be loose or spongy.
The amount of binding for both cloths can only be learned through practical experience, yet
the rules for binding are the same for wide as well as close-stitched fabrics.
Rules for Designing the Present System of Double Cloth.
ist. Indicate the back xvarp and back filling on jour squared designing paper. (At your first few exer-
cises stripe off these threads with a light color so as to readily distinguish one from the others.)
2d. Put the zveave for the face cloth upon its own system of threads (omitting every backing thread
as if it were not in the design).
^d. Put the weave for the lower cloth (back cloth) upon its own system of threads,
^th. Raise all the face zvarp on every backing pick,
^th. Combine both single cloths, thus far constructed separately, into one fabric.
Observe the following rules in combining: The places for combining both fabrics must
be distributed as regularly as possible over the entire fabric. Select the amount of binding for
the two cloths according to the character of the fabric the weave is designed for.
In combining the two fabrics by raising the back warp over the face filling at certain places,
divide the arrangement as equally as possible for each backing thread. If in certain weaves every
backing warp-thread cannot be used, arrange the omission of threads uniformly, such as every
other or every third thread, etc.
In combining the two fabrics through certain face warp-threads resting in the lower shed of
the backing pick, observe the rules given for the back warp.
In using the back warp for binding in the face cloth (as is generally done) the back warp-
thread must be arranged to rise at places where the face warp-thread, situated on each side nearest
to it, rises at the same time.
It is advisable to have the raising of the back warp into the face fabric arranged to occur
immediately before, or right after, the same back warp-threads have been or are to be raised by
the weave in the backing cloth.
In using the face warp for binding in the lower cloth, select for points of stitching spots
(sinkers) in which the warp-thread is down in the two adjacent face picks.
Be careful not to disturb the general effect of the face cloth by arranging perfect points of
combinings, but in wrong places,. For example: Take the ? § 4-harness twill for face-weave.
Suppose one repeat of the back fabric requires two repeats of the face-weave. Requiring a
smooth face, and one face twill to show as prominently as the other, the stitching must be
arranged alternately for each face twill, because by continuing to use only the one repeat of a
twill in rotation, this twill will show more prominently than the other.
To thoroughly understand the foregoing rules for designing double cloth, a study of Figs.
630, 631, 632, 633, 634, 635, 636 and 637 is advised. They represent both weaves for the single
cloths and their principle of combining until the weave for the double cloth is perfected. Each
rule is illustrated in successive rotation as laid down.
Fig. 630 illustrates the 4-harness (^) twill ? 2> designed for 4 repeats, warp and filling
ways; hence for 16 warp-threads and 16 picks.
131
Fig. 631 is the plain weave for 8 warp-threads and 8 picks.
Fig. 632 represents one repeat of the 8-harness satin, filling face.
In giving our rules for designing double cloth rule i calls for the indication of the two
single-cloth fabrics, as each must be treated separately from the other.
Fig. 633, which is designed for illustrating the present rule, explains itself as " two ends for
the one single cloth to alternate with one end from the other, warp and filling ways." This
will equal, in the present example, 2 ends face to alternate with one end back.
scHnHnanB
mg^bb — bb — bb^^bb
cbb bb bb bb j
■l:cbb. :bb bb_.°b
cnBB ' ;bb ..gbb. ? ibb
CBBG^BB'J- 'BB'-ZBBJ
BBGLiBB BB BB G
BGLBB BB BB ■
8SS"BrB:"Br
BBC. BB^GBB BB 1
BDCBB^GBB. BB ■
G'^BB._.'.WB. BB BB
DBPD/BBG_,BB„ BBJ
iaabBBGclB~lBBu.::B
1 16
Fig. 630.
u c:
LB
n ::
La
a
a 3
ic3...a^a_aj
1 8
Fig. 631.
snaanncnffl
DDfflQaaaa
DGanofflDQ
BDDDGDnn
canDDaHQ
cfflaaGDoa
IGCDDfflDDa
I 8
Fig. 632.
SIDB^'GBCOHDDHnnHDDBnnBnDBn
DBQDHD[::HnDBLD«nDBDDBaD«D
DBDGBDQHaaBCnHnnBDDMDGBa
BBBBBesiampibi
GBGC
DBDLr:
Lrr"-
[
L
C
ft
L'
[
f
C
[
81'.
IL
1
IMBBIMBB
BG
"BG
-JHB
MG Jl
~,r:i
JHGDBa
'BGGBa
iBBBBB
jBOGBG
iUDGBD
-IBBBBB
.jHOGgG
.BGGBG
.;aBBBB
.jBGGBa
'JBGDHG
1BBBBB
jHDGBG
24
24npnB^BnHnBBBGHDBHBrBGBBB
R'T'-p"!' '(=- M' -i-"*'"f-r!PirnriaBBB
' ' Bit . BB BB : ' BBHG
■' mrmn
^■^B
B: BB . BB
.BB : . r.'B
, i ■ ■ rarlf^
BB BB . BB
BB " ~^
m m 2
B. . i SB' ' ! :»■' '
D a ' es B : ' B
BB' : :B
a B B
BB -J
B B H a B B
B B n
B BB BB
BB -a
■ B a B B
B B B
-1. ;BB BB IJ' : BB
BB rj
B .■ ,^G
liB' ^ilHB
BBL.. BB BB BBi.GGBB
Fig. 633.
Fig. 634.
F'g- 634 illustrates the application of the second rule as given: " Put zueave for the face
cloth upon its oiujt system of threads." In this example the 4-harness twill shown in Fig. 630 is
applied for face-weave to the plan " 2 face i back."
Fig. 635 illustrates the succeeding rule (3d) as applied to example. Fig. 634. "Put the weave
for the lozver fabric upon its oivn systems of threads y The weave selected for this example is the
one shown in Fig. 631 (common plain). The next rule (4th) calls for the raising of the face warp
on every backing pick. This is illustrated in Fig. 636. These four rules, as observed thus far
and illustrated in Fig. 636, produce two separately constructed fabrics. Two-thirds of the number
of warp and filling-threads form the face cloth, and the remaining one-third of warp and filling
form the lower cloth. Rule 5 calls for the combining of these separately constructed fabrics,
either by using the back warp for interlacing with the face filling or the face warp with the back
filling. The first m.entioned method is used in the present example.
24rr
1
B
t-
L I
CBCj
L=ii
IBtS^^
1
.5aB
IBD
'-IG
:BB
B^G
1
11
Fig. 635.
2<| ■• ■
f.
"■^■""'^■^■'^'^"
-■HB-rranB
a;- ' ■■ : a;-]
L
IB BB 1
IB .. BB' 1
■^
W.^^ B ■ B- 1
1 B B '1
kebl-::-::: : . : . :;.
JGBBB i BM
"IBS1B B B .^.'
- a ■ . G
BB ' B
BB BB :r.: 1
IB^'
BB .J
r ..
B
B B B ■
B' B n
b"
: B
B HB
BB B
B B
B B
B^^
■ ■ ■
' BB--
BB
■
■ ■^'
BB ~]
B' B
■ B
B ■
B B. 1
B B
b"
■ B
BB : B
■„■
B._
B
■-.
B Bl B
a':-j
BB
■ B
1
BB ;i
B B
■ B
B 1
B B 1
T-
^uSB
bH^g.j
BBBL
jLJy
.. a. . :■]
iBsdi-jL^yB
24
Fig. 636.
L' BB
B~ B
■"^B~n
.BGBG" B
Bb''' BB
a ' B; a
r7B^"-|
Bl
bf a
.HKI
'BR
"a,
B^':
' ■ " J-]
■■■' aa'"-'!
BB'''
■
H-': B
a a a
I'B : 1
1 B
ErBB
BSB
5:a :
■.,
BB BB
rai
. , Bl, a;
jaa
Bf-
Gt B
BB
BB
a ■
lis
GE.BB
BB-' ' BB
Bl
r'-'i
BI"B
a - a a
BEL'B
■ J
B^
Lt-: ■
tI<B
BB
■: a a
BB^IGC
a jBci
iia
IBB
rr- BB
a. .
aa" aa
"■ '■iii
Bi B
B a B>1<B
a^ a
m 1
Ea: .:
.. a
. . .a^.-.
.'.. .a.. .
KM
lBBujL.yBBk
ly^i^ai
Fig. 637.
Fig. 637. The arrangement for combining (stitching) is after the principle of the 8-harness
satin shown in fig. 632.
In designs Figs. 630 to 637 the character of type used for each figure is as follows :
■ indicates the weave for face cloth.
a indicates the weave for back cloth.
a indicates the arrangement for combining both cloths for the double cloth.
s indicates the back warp and filling-threads from face system.
B indicates the raising of the face warp on the backing pick.
132
The next thing to be studied is the relation of the warp to the filling and the weave.
If both cloths (face and back) are equal in every respect (quality of stock, counts of yarn,
proportion of warp and filling and its arrangement, and weave used for the face and back-
cloth) no difficulties need be experienced in designing the same. But on the other hand,
if, any of these points, as mentioned, differ in one cloth from the other, great care must be
exercised.
We will next proceed to give a few examples of different kinds of double cloth ; also com-
plete explanations of them from their foundation to the complete weave.
In the following examples. Fig. 638 to Fig. 688, the different characters of type used give
the following indications:
. r ■ = the weave for the face-cloth.
H = the weave for the back-cloth.
ea ^ the stitching of both fabrics, back-warp into face filling.
Q := the raising of face-warp on backing picks, as required for forming the lower cloth.
Sinkers: k -- the stitching of both fabrics, face -warp into the back filling.
A. Double-Cloth Weaves having for their Arrangement One End Face to Alternate with
One End Back in ^Varp and Filling.
This sy.stem of double cloth is mostly used in fabrics in which the quality, size and weave of
the two cloths (face and back) is nearly, if riot entirely equal, as in reversible overcoating, etc.
■GGBB^'HI
CBBGDBBB
rBBnasB n
B ' BBB m
uvMmm B
(jBBB BB'J
IBBBU'^BBG
1 8
Fig. 638.
eBBaOBDDB
■DDBDDBH
DaBQDBBB
nBnnwBBQ
' ■ ■ iG
J«
IBHISUUHGG
1 »
Fig. 639.
SfflnDDGGCG
DDDDaDDffl
CDGDGGffia
DODDGSaD
DGGQBGaG
DaOfflGGGG
DGfflaDDQD
IDffiDDaGDD
1 a
Fig. 640.
lCE39HiiHnHnHBHnHDHa
B^B Gi-^BPBnnnr^riBa
D
L
CJ
iriBEni' '"■
iSJBULJGL.jL
■ EBBG
:;: =ian
!'■ GG
:■; :ac
BG
BO
:: iHO
■ rjG
u aa
B._,nn
16
Fig. 641.
Fig 638 represents the weave for face {8-harness fancy-twill).
Fig. 639 represents the weave for back (•^—2 — ^
— — 2 8-harness twill).
Fig. 640 represents the arrangement for combining both cloths through the back-warp, inter-
lacing with the face filling Q ^ 8-harness twill).
Fig. 641 is a complete double-cloth weave, constructed out of Figs. 638, 639 and 640.
Repeat: 16 warp-threads and 16 picks.
ICHC
m
SHGHnaBBBHGHGEBHH
4001
GGI
■GG
■GG
Fig. 642.
■tnnaaanaa
DGfflGGGaa
GGGGBOaa
ifflGDaaaaa
1 8
Fig. 643.
CGnni
El T-T
DC
Efi:-:'
B. ■
Eh "<-.
IBQIB.
■n
SBC]
■3 .)
10
DCB , ■>]
B
B 1
H ,Vj 1
BQ ]
DDBffl,,! M
BGG/B
0 1.J
B»Ii
B ]
nnB_;' ■
BS
H :3 ]
UJM . ■
n^
V, !^ 3
Fig. 644.
Fi ;. 645.
[ B B B
E 1:3 :3 ., :3 :3
C3 ::3
B 1
:3 :3 E -I
■ ' ' .BG
■ Er "aa
B ■ : ■ B Gl
E S ': ■ 'E E E E EiS
B ■ _ a BG
E ;E E IE E .E El- . ,G
a a a a ; .g
E E .E E ■. E a ,Ea
UUBi-.LI' -BLi'_ / a IGGBG
Bf!HaHaBGS«E':]HHan
iBGGGBGG.JBGaGBaaa
1 16
Fig. 646.
Another example illustrating double cloth constructed ''one face, one back" in warp and
filling, is shown in weave Fig. 644. It contains the common 4-harness basket, illustrated sep-
arately in Fig. 642, for its face and back weave.
The method of interlacing observed is the stitching of the back-warp into the face-cloth, as
shown by = for raisers in the full design, as well as in the extra plan Fig. 643.
133
Weave Fig. 645 illustrates the combining of two plain woven cloths into one fabric by bind-
ing the back-warp into the face-cloth. It will be seen that the points where the back-cloth
interlaces into the face will show on the surface, but as only one thread raises at a time in a
plain weave, the required points in Rule 5 {i. c. to have for the intersection of the back-warp with
the face-cloth, a place where the face warp-threads on each side nearest to the back warp-thread
raise at the same time) can never be found, and we must use the weave as mentioned above, or
as to whichever side of the fabric is required to be the clearest, we may use the arrangement of
the " double plain," as shown in weave Fig. 646. In this the face is arranged to bind the lower
fabric as indicated by s for sinkers. The raising of the back-warp in the face-cloth in weave
Fig. 645, as well as the lowering of the face-warp in the lower cloth, as in Fig. 646, are arranged
iBHHHDnBnnEHcanGBHn
"■jnnrinBfflBQnrjjQiD
sBonBBaaB
SBDBnBDBn
snnnfflnann
D'DBBaCJBB
Daa«aBDB
DOnnDDffiD
DBaanaaa
BaansaBa
DBpaaacn
■■aoBBoa
□^Q^D^DP
HQDHHDGM
BQBDBQPQ
DDOr jQDQffl
DQHHQHBH
DBDBGBDB
DDfflDDnnD
DBBoaiian
DoaaDEBDa
IMODBBaCl
lipBCBDaDB
IfflDDDDnDa
DO ~
GBG
OCBfi
□CH
Mca
□■n
BDC ■
□□:■:■
DCI.
EBK
QDB
ELK
1ESB<1
IS
ii
Fig. 647.
Fig. 648.
Fig. 649.
Fig. 650.
16
after the 8-harness satin (filling face). In the present examples. Figs. 64$ and 646, the question
may arise as to which method should be preferred ?
Taken in the general average of fabrics constructed on this double plain weave, or similar
weaves, in which only single threads raise at a time, such as filling-face satins, etc., the preference
should be given in favor of the first named weave.
Repeat of designs 645 and 646 is : 16 warp-threads and 16 picks.
Another example of this system of double cloth is shown in Figs. 647 to 650.
Fig. 647 represents the face-weave.
Fig. 648 represents the weave for the lower fabric.
Fig. 649 illustrates the method of binding both cloths into one fabric.
SaDBBOBBG
BOBBGOGB
BGGGBBGB
aBBGBBGG
OBBGGaBB
DGGBBGBB
BBGBBGGG
iBBGaOBBG
1 »
Fig. 651.
enBGanngB
r=j i"''iGB
! ■ , ■ " f*"^
iG ^__j_ja
1 8
Fig. 652.
snafflanaaD
DGaaaaaa
oaaGfflaaa
DfflDGGQGC]
DGGGGGffla
DGGfflanGa
aaGGGGGD
inanacfflGn
1 8
Fig. 653.
IfC^E: 'E' "H:^nGE5EaHa
J msm . 'jBGBQDn
ErfE E E E=iE 'Ef^BG
bg:. b b/g. Bffl
EGEI-lE .U'-'E Ei E' 'E. 1
B:'"^ . BEL'H ■ J
E 'E E E :: :: e: e j
:b^i^b b ■
E E E E E E E E i
■ B BfflB J
E !E E E E E E E J
[ . .. ■E'B B ,B ]
E.^'E :E E iE E ,E JE 1
BffiB ^. B. fl
EBE E iE E-- ;E E ^E 1
IBCB^^ BSB )
1 10
Fig. 654.
Fig. 650 shows the complete design.
Repeat: 1 6 warp-threads and 1 6 picks. Face-weave is the ^ — 2 4"harness twill ; back-weave
is the plain.
The stitching of the back into the face-cloth is arranged after the 8-harness satin,
filling up.
Weaves Figs. 651 to 654 illustrate the combining of an 8-harness " gran ite- weave " with the
plain weave for double cloth, each taken alternately, warp and filling ways.
Fig. 65 1 illustrates the granite-weave (8-harness) to be used for the face.
Fig. 652 is the plain weave to be used for the back of the double cloth.
Fig. 654 shows the complete double-cloth weave derived by combining both cloths with the
8-harness satin, Fig. 653, using the back-warp for binding into the face-cloth.
134
Double Cloth Composed with Different Proportions of Face and Back-threads.
B. Warp : r end face to alternate with i end back.
Filling: 2 ends face to alternate zvith i end back.
In this manner weave 655 is constructed. Repeat: 16 warp-threads and 12 picks. Weave
"anncG-a-a^^ — 'nws
HDHcn :■: u h arjaa
□anrraEsa a m3
c^a^a 'a^i'a '^
□ '□::■: a a a a :: ' saaaaanna <iDnmrDaffl
aea -; a ■ Guaaacaa ddebgdcdq
a aaa i' a j aaanraaa DGDanfflDD
a"a_a a ia a a :a3 aar'aan ffinDDGnnn
1/ ~rB a aea'D a'' aa a 4nDBnnnD« caGHDoaa
G_aaa . a a^jG ccaa aa ■aaaGBaa gggggghg
HGaaaGaGHisauaGaG aaaGLiaaa GGGBGaaa ghgogggd
laaaGGGGaafflaaaaad laaaGaaGG iDBaDBODD iGGGGfflGGn
1 lo 18 la IB
Fig. 655. Fig. 656. Fig. 657. Fig. 658.
for face-cloth is the 4-harness ? ^ twill, Fig. 656. Weave for the back-cloth is illustrated sepa-
rately (same kind of type as used in complete weave) in Fig. 657.
The combining of both cloths is effected by the 8-harness satin, Fig. 658.
C. Warp : 2 ends face to alternate with i end back.
Filling: i end face to alterjiate with i end back.
Designing a double-cloth weave under this proportion is illustrated by weave Fig. 659.
Repeat : 6 warp-threads and 8 picks. Weave for face-cloth is the 4-harness ? ^ twill (Fig. 660).
HDHHBHGGBHBa
aGGgnaaaggaa
{' "B>:<a" °'^B>:ia
a aa a:; aa ia
I BB !' < / BB .J
a. :aa aa^ aa a
a&a BQB )
K-. aa- :aa, aana
a "..I BB .ja
a aa aa aaGa
B^i!B asa
a aa aa aa a 4aGGa cbdh tDnDG
I aa BB ') DGaa bgid dsgb
a ;aa, aa. ;aa a Gaaa DBoa gggd
iaBiaLJui_jaBa:_j-jG laaan ibgbg leaafflG
16 14 T2 12
Fig. 659. Fig. 660, Fig. 66x. Fig. 662.
The back-cloth is worked on plain, as represented in Fig. 661, and the combining is effected
by the back-warp in the face-cloth raising every other back warp-thread on every other face-pick
(Fig. 662).
The next arrangement for double cloth is —
D. Warp and filling: 2 ends face to alternate with i end back.
This proportion for using face-threads to backing-threads in warp and filling has been repre-
sented before, in the examples given for illustrating the rules for designing double cloth. At
present this system of using face to back-threads is mentioned in its proper place under the head-
ing of " Different Proportions of Face and Back in Double Cloth."
sGOHDaaa
■GBBOGOa
aaoGaaGa
BBGaaaGG *
CDoaaGaa vcmmn 4naaa
□aaoGGaa dgbb aoffla
aaaoaaGG BGGa qgob
laaoaaaaG ibbgq ibggg
18 14 14
Fig. 663. Fig. 664. Fig. 665. Fig. 666.
Fig. 663 represents the combination in double cloth of weave Fig. 664 used for the face, and
weave Fig. 665 that used for the back. Both cloths are combined into one fabric after the motive
of the ^ 3 4-harness twill (Fig. 666). Repeat of weave Fig. ^6^ : 12 warp-threads and 12 picks.
ISDC^BB
a ~~aa
"G
E aa
m\ a
B
a
a
□ aa
^,B>2B^
a
'- a
g;-;:7 ,
HHaa
aa a
BB j,^a
J
mm
a
Gi BB
a
a
BSBB
aSHgaa
1
B^a.^
aaGKH
DBGaa
J
GE
135
Weave Fic^. 667 illustrates the combination of the —
the face-cloth and the ^ ^ 4-harness common twill for the lower cloth (Fig. 669)
are combined by motive, Fig. 670 (plain).
Repeat of the double-cloth weave: 12 warp-threads and 12 picks.
I 4-harness broken-twill (Fig. 668) for
Both cloths
r ■■ ■ mmzj
m ai-^Ma hsb
G HK :3B :-ii: :a
L ■■ ■ ■■ .■
mf»m mmam :■
■ ■■ "if iiiiTj 4nGa ^hdhb mnsD
m ■£:<■■ . HSB mmma obih dsds
G n:: :■:□.-□□«!□ ■oaa ■■■a edbq
iL ■■ ■ .„■■:::■ icaaa immam lusaea
1 12 14 14 11
Fig. 667. Fig. 668. Fig. 669. Fig. 670.
This character of the double cloth (2 threads face to alternate with i thread back) is that
most frequently used in the manufacture of worsted and zvoolen goods. In designing double
cloth b}' this arrangement for 4-harness basket or similar weaves, as also combination weaves of
basket and twill effects, etc., always remember that the back-warp must be arranged to work in the
centre of the two face warp-threads working alike, as this gives us the only chance for properly
binding back to face. For example :
ziDGaBnaa^nanBcnDaBBcnnanB
Enna«aH^naiinH^HQHaG aana
rr wm m m- m ■ hji
■~ ■ a^i^H . ■ ■ ■ ■ ;dg
B'=; '.T r'' r ■» ' ^ -ry r^ r.> f ^ r:\r-^ r.i r,^ . fy r\ |— , r^
■:'■ . ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 'vjn,
GZ ;.■:,■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■»■
^JkJkJ^krfkJ kJkJ \.A^A kJkJ' LJkJ kVk-J^llJ
oozaza ' a B^ a. a aua
■zaZiU a a asa. . a a za
^kiO —.vlik^i 'L^k^ Lj kj k^k!J_ kJki' k.<kJ lk!i
■=a~~ a a : ~a a^ . a a ;Ga
or. Bsa a a a a aza
BJaa^a:: nn :2a tx; aa aaaa
g; a. a a a a a / a.ja
■za a a : a a asja ..gq
Esaa :aa -aa a a aa aa> :aaGH sanBBnnBB eDBoecBDB SDanDaBaD
Bra _ a a .a a a_ a :Ga ODBBaDBB ■dbdbdbd nafflanDDG
G_ a a . a^Bi a a_; bgb BanGaaGQ aBOBDBnB vaoDvacm
Bzaa 'aa aa. !aa aa an aaan bb ""aa:"G ■GBGBGBa Daaaffloaa
g: a a a a a a / bgb ^l; aa aa caaaoHGa gscjcdggg
Bffla_ .. a a a a BGBuGa l_. aa.. .bb BCHaBOBG naaaDGBG
□■□□::a:: aa aa aaLaaBaaaa bblcbbcg qbgbgbq* DaQBaaaa
iBGBG-- a a a BGGGBGBDaa iBB_:_BBGG naBQBCBG ifflQaaaaaG
1 24 18 18 18
Fig. 671. Fig. 672. Fig. 673. Fig. 674.
Fig. 671 illustrates the weave for a double-cloth fabric, which has for its face the 4-harness
basket (arranged as previously mentioned). It has the common plain weave for the backing, and
the stitching is done with the 8-harness satin.
Fig. 672, the face weave. Fig. 673, the back weave. Fig. 674, the stitching.
Repeat of weave Fig. 671 : 24 warp-threads and 24 picks.
The next arrangement of proportional face and back for warp and filling is :
E. 2 ends face to alternate zvith 2 ends back in both systems of threads.
This method is illustrated in Fig. 675 which is composed of the 8-harness twill ^ ^ for face
KBHGBBGGGGGGCGGGB
Ha!.::aaBGHaH -.aasna
HzaaaGEiaa^Gaa'-aa
a BBGGzr a "^a
BGGGGGG.^ BBtS :B
EBGaasGaa aa 1 a
EGsaai^saa aa -.^
LGaiG^G^:a .aa sa
G[.:a :_z_BaEa aa n sBaaaanna sBaBGBQBa eBaaaaaaa
Gi: aa aa aa ■ "a aaaGGGaa dbdbdbdb GBaaDGDa
G aa aa aa -la BGGGGaaa bgbgbgbg . DGncaaBG
G. a aa sa :g aGGDaaaa dbgbgbgb DGDDDaaB
Lj BBQ aa ZG DDGBBBaa BGBDBGBQ aaGGBGaa
Gi' aa aa aa :a GGaaaaaa dbgbgbgb aaaaaBGG
G^ -aa aa aa aa QBaaaaDG BaBGanBa oDfflaaaaa
iB_^,Ba__Eaa ^^^^^gg laaaaaaDa iqbgbgbgb iDGGBaGaa
> 16 18 18 18
Fig. 675. Fig. 676. Fig. 677. Fig. 678.
and the common plain weave for back-cloth. Both cloths are combined with the weave repre-
sented in Fig. 678.
Fig. 676 shows the face-weave. Fig. ^yj shows the back. Repeat of the double cloth : 16
warp-threads and 16 picks.
136
F. Warp: 2 ends face to exchange with 2 ends back. Filling: 2 picks face to exchange
with I backing.
These are used to a great extent in arranging 63° steep twills (diagonals) for double cloth.
Figs. 679, 680, 681 and 682, illustrate such a case.
Fig. 680 represents a diagonal on 6-harness and 12 picks repeat, as used for face.
Fig. 681 shows the common plain as used for back.
isnnnBanDDBDDB
HDHHHn
"nn -□
Dn:--.aB"
"■ W !SB
:aa f:i
EHi ,HK:-I
aa i iH
Qi. a
mm jijj
m: a
■ m
□;> laa
'aa;jfsn
■ui_, m^
'KB ;. a
naLjaaanDBQGa
EHriHna
aaawGa
ODIlBaG
crjcin^m
b: i^ b
'BB ' ' ~J
□■ !■ i:x-:
lan • ia
BUESa:
BB ' n
BQijuja ■■
a
□■nan
ex; a
IBDDDG, .
M . a
Vl
Fig. 679.
lanBBDBB
□BBOBB
BaGBBG
DBDBBn
BDBBDB
■DBBCB
DBBaBD
UBBOaB
BBDBBQ
BBOBBO
BDBaOB
IBOaBDB
1 8
Fig. 680.
snaoBna
■aBDBD
DBDBOB
■DBClBn
nmcaam
IBDBDBn
1 6
Fig. 681.
8DDDDDB
Dnannn
DDDfflDn
Dnanon
innonaa
1 6
Fig. 682.
Fig. 679 illustrates the complete double-cloth weave, 12 warp-threads and 18 picks repeat.
The combining of face and back cloth is shown separately in Fig. 682.
G. J ends face to exchange with i end back in warp and the filling.
These are illustrated in one example by weaves, Figs. 683 to 686.
Fig. 684 represents a 1 2-harness fancy twill to be used for face-weave.
Fig. 685 shows the common plain to be used for backing weave.
Both cloths are combined into one fabric with the ^ ^ 4-harness twill shown in Fig. 686.
Repeat of double-cloth weave, Fig. 683 : 16 warp-threads and 16 picks.
leBannnnnanBaBCiGnB
Ha
aaa'-
laaoi
:aaa:"
-□
B
BBB
iCBBL
..B BSB
a
BB L
JB' JU
DBB
B
u
B B
'Sr,'r>'"
TIBBB'
J J
HH
:aaa
i.j»^..j
■ Lj \Li 0
jQ
■a
.' .BB
:B BQHB
B
B'. 1'
B J
.! BB
a
B
DB
:b i'''
BBB
;g
GB
:aaa'
laaa
laaa
BB
a Bsaa i'^
'■BB
J
□:
BB.
"B'j,;i
..BB'.
B
Di:.
BBB
~iB a
.:b
HH
■laaai
jaaai-
-4aaa!
:H
UBSBBZlDBBBaaBBLjB
iBBaBDDDBBaaBnaDn
1
10
isBBanaaaBBnaB
BrjBBBGBBBDBB
DDBBDaOGaBBB
D^B'lBBGnBBBG
BB'jaBBGBBa m
a B 1 L.BBB >' ■
G'BB 1 'BBB .: !' IB
BBB.:BBB' BBBG
LI BBB'.li BB ~'B
4nBn«
G'. BBB. .!<_!GB .BB
■QBG
GBBBJBBanaBB
JBBBGGBBaBLjGG
IPDBQ
1 12
1 • 4
Fig. 683.
Fig. 684.
Fig. 685.
GGfflG
□BGQ
isaaa
1 4
Fig. 686.
moGGG
aa ! ' G
ia a
The foregoing 57 weaves have clearly demonstrated that double-cloth weaves may be de-
signed in any combination, from i face, i back in repeat, to 3 face, I back ; also that these pro-
portions may be taken independently for warps or for filling in any weave. The binding has
mostly been done by the back-warp, yet it has been shown that the face-warp can also be used.
In closing this subject on the construction of the double-cloth weaves, a further example is
shown in which botJi methods of stitching must be combined in one double-cloth weave.
Fig. 687 represents such a double-cloth weave.
Repeat: 20 warp-threads and 18 picks. The arrange-
ment of the warp is :
3 threads face.
I thread back.
5 threads face.
I thread back.
10 threads in repeat.
The filling intersects 2 picks face, i back, = 3 picks in repeat.
On examining the weave we find the centre thread of the 5 face-ends used for interlacing
twice in one repeat of the weave in the back. The places of stitching the face-warp into the
back are shown by a.
ISaBGBBGGnGrinBGI
ammm aa ' ' bebb i
□a-iaaaaa aaa aai
OGGi .BB .B' a ' . BB a a
UO'"'' . IBBQB BBSB
DC!"ina:;aa' aa:; aaaaa la
GG..... .. i:.jaB BB BB iB
DBGBBGLiUL.' BB BB . 'J
HaMaacgaasaaa ^aa: :aa la
LJBGBB'GGGGaMB.;Ba .' ; j Gl
CIBSB ~'BB'"li'.: I BKI^B BB ' . 1
aa laaaaa 'aaa ic;:;aaa a
1
Bl
a a
a
iBB .a
B
na
B '
,aa:
.aat-i^a
aaa la:
aa B
■-}
!aac
aBB3B
■:aa ia
aa a
BB
BB
ILI .
m
..BB
J
1 11 20
i2GBBBGnanGBBBGnon
LiBB'BB i~' -mm BB.'G
DGGBBGBBGUGBBGBB
DGGGGBBBGGGGGBBB
aGGGGBBBBGGGGBBB
DBBBGGGnBBBBG'^Ga
GBBB 'G " BBB ' ~i VIG
DBB BB BB IBBGG
GGGBB BBLi' I BB ..BB
DGGGGBBBGi JG JGBBB
BGDGGBBBGGGGGBBB
1 BBaaaGGaGBBBQaaQ
Fig. 687.
Fig. 688.
137
Weave Fig. 688 represents the single-face cloth, being a granite-weave with fancy spot-effects
(by the aid of warp-threads numbers i and 9.)
Double-Cloth "Weaving without Stitching Both Cloths.
At the beginning of our lecture on the double cloth, and the purposes for which it is used
when the two single cloths are not stitched together so as to form a new fabric, we mentioned
the manufacture of seamless bags and fabrics constructed on similar principles. In manufacturing
seamless bags a series of panels are formed, each composed of two separate cloths, a series of
solid webbings uniting the cloths of the panels, and a series of divisions formed in the solid
webbings, each of which are composed of two separate cloths. Diagrams Figs. 689, 690, 691,
692 and 693 are intended to illustrate the method of weaving such seamless bags. (Harden-
brook's patent.)
Figs. 689 and 689^ represent a plan view of the fabric.
Fig. 690 is a transverse section of the same in the plane x x, Fig. 689.
Fig. 691 is a longitudinal section in the plane j/j, Fig. 689.
Fig. 692 is a longitudinal section in the plane z z, Fig. 689.
Fig. 693 is a sectional side view of a bag when finished.
k
V. «.. &;
f.
SO*
:;:.:. vr:^ ^zzz-=. r:^^:; ^,^>*^^,* ??,^^;;; -::::z::^
cc.
y^
; 1 ■ ■ 1'
c
ti>
IT
L
— o-
^icfjSsO. ^
J^^sz.
TT"
-=/
A (689) designates a fabric in which the arrow i indicates the warp. This fabric consists of
a series of panels c c*, each composed of two cloths, and of a series of transverse solid web-
bings, a a, and longitudinal solid webbings d b, in which the filling is interwoven with all the
warp-threads of the fabric, producing purely single cloth with the latter at places mentioned.
The outside edges, as to width of fabric in the loom, may either be temporarily closed with
a few threads of plain working selvage, which may be liberated after the fabric has left the
loom ; or the fabric can be woven without specially uniting the two fabrics in such manner.
The commencement and the ending of the weaving of the fabric in the loom is formed in
each case by one of the transverse solid webbings a (single cloth). If the fabric is cut
lengthwise through the centre of the* longitudinal solid webbings b b, and through the centre
of the divisions, and also transversely through the middle lines of the solid webbings a a,
f f, di number of bags are produced, and it will be seen that the bags produced from the
side portions, c* r*, of the fabric have selvages at their mouths, while all the others produced
from the centre portions, c c, will have raw edges at their mouths).
The size and the shape of the bags is unlimited and is readily regulated by the changing of
divisions (purely single-cloth weaving) or openings (double cloth not stitched).
From the explanations and illustration given it will readily be seen that in cutting up the
fabrics represented in the drawings a number of bags are formed, the mouth of each being
138
composed of two single cloths projecting beyond the solid webbing, so that they can be turned
back upon the body of the bag (see Fig. 693) to form the tube ^, for the reception of the
drawing strings g^, or simply hems to protect the raw edges.
Fig 694 illustrates the double plain weave (two plain woven cloths), without combining or
ggS° stitching required to produce the openings, while the common rib-weave, Fig. 695 £S"",
, UD33 Qj. |-j^g common plain weave Fig. 695^ g" is used for forming the divisions in the fabric
Fig. 694. . , . , 1 ^, s " ^
(purely smgle cloth.)
These bags are used mostly for tobacco, salt, flour, etc., or pockets for trouserings, coats,
suitings, etc. Frequently seamless bags of a larger description are required to be made, extend-
ing in their length over the entire width of the loom. In such case the double plain weave is
arranged for two successive picks in each cloth, as shown in ^.gm } Lo^.^r side of bag on loom.
Fig. 696. Warp-threads 2 and 4 and picks 3 and 4 forming the SBSn} Upper side of bag on loom,
lower fabric, and warp-threads i and 3 and picks i and 2 forming -<-^ S.
the upper fabric. P^^- ^96.
Only one shuttle being used the filling will form the bottom of the bag at the point where
the filling, after leaving one cloth, changes into the other cloth. For example, in the present
weave, suppose we commence to insert the shuttle in pick i from the right to the left, or in the
direction of arrow ^, below the weave ; the shuttle and its filling, after leaving shed i of the
upper cloth, will return in the same cloth on its return (left to right), but will insert itself in the
lower cloth on pick 3 by interlacing with the warp and filling of the lower fabric ; returning in
the same fabric at the opening of shed (pick) 4, ready to change again (combining both single
cloth for forming the bottom of the bag) from the lower cloth to the upper (the starting point in
the present example).
Before and after weaving the required width of the bag (double plain interlacing on one side of
Tiot €q1 I ^^^ fabric), the entire number of warp-threads are arranged to interlace
on the common rib-weave shown in Fig. 695 (in purely single cloth).
Fig. 697 illustrates itself, by the aid of the foregoing explanation, as
follows : a, b, c, d inside size of bag produced on weave 696. The
shaded part between the two bags represents the purely single-cloth
fabric interlaced upon the common rib-weave (Fig. 695) ; b to c ^=
bottom of the bag, a to d = opening of the bag. Dotted line c tof
indicates the place for separating the fabric.
In the manufacture of hose and similar textile fabrics the
weave given in Fig. 694 (double plain, one end face to alternate with
,«,.
joL. c.
m^^im^im^^^^misk
mmmmmmmmmm. one end back in warp and filling) is used.
Double Cloth Fabrics in which the Design is Produced by the Stitching Visible
upon the Face of the Fabric.
Worsted Coatings.
Fabrics of this style are a division of the double-cloth in which the binding of both is
arranged so as to form patterns of any required design. This binding of the two fabrics has to
be done as firmly as possible all around the outline of the design. The double fabric has to
become a single cloth, warp and filling ways, all along the outline of the figure or effect. It has
to be bound not only at intervals as in the previously explained stitched double-cloth, but into
one compact fabric throughout the entire length of the piece, upon the warp-threads, and across
the fabric upon the filling ends which form the outlines of the figure.
Double-cloth fabrics in this arrangement of binding may be made as fanciful as required,
but in the manufacture of worsted coatings and similar fabrics they are generally confined to
striped and small check figures.
139
TextJires for these Fabrics and Arrangement for Binding.
These fabrics are generally constructed on 2 threads face, i thread back. (binder), and the
stitching is done with the back-warp binding over 2 face-picks. For example, take Fig. 698 for
the motive of the design and Fig, 699 for the complete weave.
Repeat : 42 warp-threads and 24 picks.
It will be readily understood that the stitching of the back-warp in the face fabric will form
impressions on the latter according to the figure employed for the motive of stitching the fabrics.
Again, through the places where the double cloth is left unstitched, the fabric will get an em-
■nBGBaBDnaaannBnBnBOBaDncionn
CB^B"'» '^mr'^:'z:^-z'"-mrm:'m -•^■^.-^^^^■j^
L ■ '■ ■ ■ :;.— ■:■■■ . :
C '■■■■:'' D .■ ■ ■ ■ 'J
■ ■ HIM M^-.^-- ■ MJ
[ ■ ■ ■ a^HJuGG^ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■' ■ MWjrudCi ■ ■ ■ J
■ ■ ■ ■/'Gj^^DGB ■ .■ ■
^H ■ ■ ■ '■ ■ ■ ■ 1
CBiaa ■■■■ J
u .■:.■ ■ ■ ~ ' ■ ■ ■ ■' ]
Dui^B^a-a ■ ■ ■ .■ ■ J
■aaaG'ji-i. ■■■■.. bbj
aBaaaaca ■ ■ ■ ■ ; ; ■ ■ a
BaDnDGGGB^B^B^B__G_„J_B_B_BG
iaaDDaaGBGBGB_.BGGGGaGDBaBaBGB
1 14
Fig. 698.
:4rBnmn~Bn "" a ■:; "^a" bk
gb' h " Mb":: "Mb":; "::b"::
r a b:-: :■: b:-: :: a:-: :■;, ■
G :::::::::: :::::3:3:: :::;g:::: ::c:l
G GB :: ::b g gb :: ::■
C G :: BG G BG G BG
EGGG iGGGGG GGGGG GGGGG
G :)
G G
GGGG
i" g' ":';""g "g"g
G ,G
C _G G
H GGGGG
H , G G
C BG :> B:> :> :> g :: :: g g bg :j ■:: g
Er.ir.ir.^ r^r-\T-\r:^T:^ rir^ririr^ rir^r^rir^ r 'r.^r.^r.^r^ r.^r.^r.ir.iri r^nrT.^r^ r,^
k^k>k^ kJkJL.kJkJ hJkJkJkJk> kJk^L^k^kJ kJkJkdkJk^ kJk^kJkJkJ VJk^krfkJVJ kLi
GB G GB G G G G G G G GB G GB G 1
Li iG^^BG^ s3.„,',;„ ><„„><„ S„r,K„ Sr.RK,, ;<„HS„ K„H^
□ GB G G G , iG _ , G G G GB G GB G GB ]
UBG^ -S,,,,-!,, P;,„,',3„ ><„„E^„ ><r,HH„ Sr,RH„ >;„!!><„ ^
BB^G "g""g "g""g "g""g "gb"g "gb"g "gb"g g
Di G I G G G G G G BG G BG G BG G BG
□ "■r.-^rifT^r.ir.^ ■ w:\r:\r-\r-yr:\ r:\r-^r^T-fr-\ r-yr-yv^r-wy r:\r~yr-ywyr-y r.^r.'^r-^r'^fT* ""ftt^ftt:^
IQaGaGGaGGaGGaGGaGGHGGaBQGaGGBGHuGEBGGCCHBG
1 42
Fig. 699.
bossed effect, similar to that of 2 pieces of cloth embossed with the needle, the binding taking
the place of the latter. The cut effect will be more prominent when 2 beams are used, one for
the face-warp (ground) and one for the back-warp (binder), and putting more tension on the
beam carrying the binder. The ? -^ twill for the face, having the backing working on plain
weave, may also be used.
Fig. 700. Motive of the effect.
Fig. 701. The complete weave to produce the same, executed on above stated principle
Repeat : 36 warp-threads and 36 picks.
BaDDBDnnnnBGBDDnanDnnaBG
BGBGGnCGBGGGaGB ' ' —-
"GGGBGGGCra
GGI
g:
{IS
a.
CB_B
:• Bag
a jgH
.■_■■. G-«. .. a BGG
I :GGaaGGG_a^BGGGBQ
■GGGaGGGGGBGacaGB
I jGGGGBGnnHnBnGGGa
DGBuGGG' a ~' a a IGQ
DaGGGGOB . a B B BGD
BGGGGGBG B^.'B B :BG
CJCGGGariGriGL^B g b ;\gb
i:aGGGBGaaaGB""B \y w ■ "bd
GBGBGGGGaaCG B B ■ BGG
GGB ^ BGGG B G . ; jljBGGD
G. a B .a ... \Lm cbgbgg
G' . B' a .G.^BG/:. :. a BGGGBa
L_ a ..,G_,.^aGG. / a"'"'"'gciB
a:: a a ggggbg ' a a .!na
GB B' _■ BGGGGGBGB B 'JGU
G'_ a JBGGGGGB BJGD
GB._GGGGBGBGaGa_. . B BGD
BGGQGGBGGGBGBGGr B , GBD
IGGGGCaGGGGGBGGG! B^^uGDB
86gb::"^
eg::g
GB
C .Gl
E gg:
r ::gi
E G
g"' "
L G
E gg::
G GG
G G
GGGG
G
L G
G gg::
G :;g
GBG
EGGG
GB
c. ::■
G gg::
L GGi
G G
GGGG
G
c ; ^j:i
E- EE'
G GGB _ GG
EBG G ::
EGGG GGGGG
EB GG
r G G G
G GGGGG _.g:-:i
lGuGG_„ GG,
1
_G G
GGGGG
""GBGGGG
GGGGGGE
GGB ^H
IG G □
2GG GGGG
• :;:: g
G G G
:;gggg ;g
::g g
1:; GGG
;:;:: gggg
■ GG G
;> E E E L.'> k .
GBG
:;ggg
:oGaG
:3g::gg e
GG GG
GG
IG
GBG
:; :;gg::g □
::g a
:;bg :: a
:;:;gg_ gggg
::b _ GG GJ
. . GBG, _a
GGGGG _a
GGB a
: G_,." GBG
jgg:''' ^,'",'",'^
Fig. 700.
Fig. 701.
In worsted fabrics (also woolen fabrics) forming stripes composed of different weaves, in
which it is desired to make the changing from one effect or weave to the other very prominent,
by means of a deep or pronounced cut line, use a method similar to the one above explained, i. e.
" the double-cloth fabric changing into single cloth at the respective last ends of the one weave
or effect, and the first ends of the other." The only change observed in the present kind of fab-
rics, compared with those explained before, is found by combining both fabrics into one through
lowering the face-warp into the back filling. In this manner designs Figs. 703 and 705 are
constructed.
140
Fig. 702 represents the motive to weave Fig. 703, and Fig. 704 illustrates the motive for
weave Fig. 705.
Fig. 703. Repeat: 18 warp-threads, 6 picks, a for raisers, □ and ■ for sinkers.
Fig. 705. Repeat: 36 warp-threads and 6 picks, b for raisers, b and □ for sinkers.
nDBBDDHBnnBBDDBBGDBBnaBB
GBBi .-.BnCBBn -IB^^Bl
8' BB a
■ ■'' ~BB':'' :BBi IBB '
BB BB '1
B a~BB V'BB B
■ 'bb:~ bbg
4l:< BB'_._;BB J'JBB. ; ■
■ BB'j:,jBB
DBB :BG'^BBGGBi:Ba
B BBUGB
BBGGBBaaBBGDBB
■B . mmaa
IBGGBaBBaaBBGB.
m BB.jIBBL;
Fig. 702
nnnHGHnnDHnHDaaHGH
□nnc3 ,C3::c;:j ::c;:::;h «
n
H
K
:nn::n
y.^i :.
□
G
.a Gj
G an ,□ .an" h
QGHiJlJGC K •' Vy a G
HancGHHaaa aaac;a *
laGGGGBGGaa .. .^.aa'^G
1 18
Fig. 703.
Matelasses.
These fabrics are chiefly used for ladies jackets or mantle cloth, hence the name " matelasses."
The face fabric is mostly silk or fine worsted, the back all cotton, or cotton and woolen. The face
and the back are also two separate fabrics, having an extra "wadding" pick between each, which
will greatly help to enrich the embossed effect characterizing this line of fabrics. The figure is
produced exactly on the same general principle as that explained before. In addition to this
ncaaGGaGnHGEinGGHaHannaanGnaHQaDGaHGa
BGnaaHaGnaanB^BnBBHGHGHHBi-inBHHa'TiaGaa
a
■ ]■'
aGBBGGBBGGBBnGBBGGBBGGBBGGBBGGBBGGBBaaBa
GBBG/.BB BB BB'.' B BB : B BB ~BB' BB ' BB'JG
BB ~'BB 'GBB .BB ' BB BB . BB BB ~BB . BBl.jG
r.Bi
VBB' IBGBBGGBBGBBLJGBBGD
:.jBBGj. jBBGGBBGGBBGGBBGG
■GQBBGBQGBBGGBGGBBDOaB
24
aaaa aac
EGLG_ aa
cQGGa "a
HGEBaaa
GGaa
a a_' a
□aaa aac
lUGGG^aa^
1
a^ a
. a a
aaaaa
a
aaaaa
a a
jC^ia^^uaGB^
-jB^a^Gaa^ jl_
B
a_ -□
aa IS
aGGG
a a
aaaa
.:□
a jg
aa^B
aaGG
36
Fig. 704.
Fig. 705.
binding different weaves for the face effect may be employed by using twills and other weaves in
floral and ornamental figures for design. In some of the lighter grades of these fabrics no
interior or wadding filling is employed, but simply the two cloths as explained at the beginning
of this article. In these fabrics nearly the same effect is obtained for the face appearance,
though of course the figures do not stand out as prominently as when wadded, and the fabric is
not as stout.
Quilts.
Plain Piqu^ Fabrics.
Another line of textile fabrics, constructed on the same principle as the coatings and mat-
elasses, is found in quilts, bedspreads, toilet-covers and similar fabrics. These fabrics are gener-
ally made in white. In plain piqu6 fabrics the back-warp forms lines across the fabric. Fig. 706
shows a draft for such a fabric requiring 4-harness for face-warp, 4-harness for
back-warp, == 8-harness.
Repeat : 6 warp threads, 10 picks.
H represents the face-warp, ■ represents the back-warp.
Examination of the design shows :
Picks I and 2 interlacing the face-warp on plain weave. Pick 3 is a backing pick, in which
the entire face-warp is raised, and also every other one of the back (forming in this manner the
first pick of the plain weave for the back). Picks 4 and 5 are a repeat of picks i and 2. Pick 6
is a backing pick, in which the entire face-warp is also raised, and also the back warp-ends not
raised in pick 3. Picks 7 and 8 are again a repeat of picks i and 2. Thus far the weave has
lOGB
aGBB-^BaGBB
MB
BB BB aa 1
a a a a
a
" kj V* \
n
aaaaa aaaa
1 ::
a a a a
a
,a c: a ]
BB
aa ac:Bac} a
2G
:: a a a
in
ja . .:a^._.aL.G
1
() 12
Fig. 706.
141
formed two separate fabrics, each one worked on its own system of threads. By picks 9 and 10
these fabrics are united into one cloth by raising the back-warp into both picks and working the
face-threads on the plain weave as was done before on picks i, 2, 4. 5, 7 and 8. This combina-
tion of both fabrics gives us the required line across the fabric. If it is desired to produce this
fabric for a heavier article, one or two " wadding " picks may be introduced between both fabrics,
as in Fig. 707, through pick 5.
Picks I and 2 face.
" 3 back.
HE aa :;a iy.i 3 A lace.
□raciaaB ciana " 5 interior (wadding.)
%lH h hi "6 face.
lanDHaGaGaaDa 7 back.
Fig. 707. " 8 and 9 face.
" 10 back.
" II face.
In inferior qualities these fabrics are made by omitting the two backing-picks ; hence the
binder-warp has to float on the back. The wadding pick taken for these fabrics is of a very heavy
size so as to prominently raise the rib effect.
dob:' "□
DHGCGn
QDEDDQ
z a a
■ :; ■ :a
enHoaaa
sDGEGaa
40SBaffla
soaGGaa
aGDHDna
cba
Fig. 708.
Such an example is shown in weave Fig. 708.
Repeat : 2 ends face, i end back in warp and 8 picks.
The arrangement of the filling is —
Pick I face, binder.
2 )
,( Vface, regular.
" 4 wadding.
" S 1
„ y-> face, the same as picks 2 and 3.
"7 wadding.
" 8 face, the same as picks 2 or 5.
Diagram Fig. 709 illustrates the section cut of a fabric interlaced with weave, Fig. 708.
Figured Pique.
These fabrics are also executed on the principle of the double cloth. Both cloths are quite
plain in their weave, but the face is much finer than the back. White is the color in which they
are generally made. A "wadding" pick may be used to give bulk to the cloth, and the em-
bossed effect likewise characterizes these fabrics. The design for the fabric is also formed by
binding both cloths together. The thicker the wadding and the larger the figure required to be
designed, the more prominent will be the effect. In many of the lighter fabrics no wadding
pick is used, but the two cloths are simply stitched together.
142
Fig. 710 illustrates a weave for these kind of fabrics (without a wadding pick). Fig. 711 is
the motive of the stitching for effect in Fig. 710.
A consideration of the face-picks will show in every one of them some of the binder-warp
up, according to the figure required.
This will easily explain the stitching of the fabric. As both warps are white, no change in
color can be seen but the effect will be produced by the weave, as every binding back-warp thread
will pull in the face of the fabric, in any place where it is raised on a face-pick, somewhat similar
to the stitching together "of two bulky fabrics with a sewing machine. Large designs, such as
secaBHaDHHOEiannagaaBtaraGUBannHHDnnnnHaH
am '□■_ jijB 7 la .a i ■:■; "
rj'ja "■:■: ' " la • ,:-: la
H :■;■ it: . la : ,a . .a
E ,:ja aaaaa aa aa
" - - -- a ! :a_.
E_J.JE
BDEE
DOE. J
EDLE
e::
.a ,,
aa
a
aa laaaaa aa .aa
:3 , a mi: a a
. la ' .EB la I a a
HJEE aa aa aaaaa ::a
gde:. IE ! E ' E m:: ■ a
EBaa laa
GBE : ,E
am 'E J a
E Ea«:}:;
Li a aa
B , .EB E
BBEE EE
QBE I a
BBDE a
BGEE ,aa
c:::'E .E
B'- 11 .E
E .EE
l:ji ,a
B E
B' c;e
El
'El
aa
E
EEBCX:
EaB:
E b:-
'aa aEBEE'
a . a BE.
a BB a
I ,c;a
a
"jET'^E
a iG
x:be
: BE
EBG
:e' ib
■3 . IB
a' j'Zi
;e b
■) ■ IB
a a
:a B
;a. ,B
■; a
a lu
x:bb
: BE
EBa
aa aa a
a a B
E "
a
a a
■a I.
[
E.
E_
: . .IE I
iB , El
lEE
,a
aa
■a:,
■a
a
El
E
a
E
.E I
c:E'
a::
(G
B
'B
:G
'B
,E
iG
lE
B
I ,a IG
_. _- . _- _-, aaBB
aGE^BaGjE^.^BGGE.JGBL.BEI_;^.BLJGBiJLjE^;UELjBa
laaaBBGaaaBuDQaGHGGBBGBOaBDQHDDEDDHBa
lE
a a
.a
a , a
laa lEE
E
EE
E.
El
1
ac
Fig. 710.
ISBDGDGBDBnDDa
DBaDDGBaaDDB
DQBGaaaaaDBD
DaCBGnGGGBQa
DDGDBDDnBaDn
BUGGGBaBQaaa
DBGnaDBGDDCB
■GGGCBGBQGDa
aacJDBaanBana
DDDBGaDDUBDa
nDBGnaanoDBD
IDBGDCDBnaDDB
1 12
Fig. 711.
flowers, etc., are woven with the Jacquard. As these large figures have a long floating of the
binder-warp (back-warp), while not being used for the outline of the figure on the face, the back
warp-threads as a consequence float on the back; and as this floating is injurious to the fabric,
we must use, in addition to the front-harness for the face-warp, a second set of front-harness for
the back- warp (binder), through which the back-warp can be worked on plain.
Reeding these Fabrics.
Threads i, 2 and 3 are drawn in the first dent of the reed; threads 4, 5 and 6 are drawn
in the second dent.
RIB FABRICS
Under this division are classified fabrics which, in their method of construction, have high
prominent and elevated places exchanging with lower or compressed ones. This method of ex-
changing is generally arranged to run in the direction of the warp, but can be arranged for a
diagonal direction, or even filling ways. The principle of construction of the weaves for these
fabrics is nearly related to the common rib-weaves for single cloth.
•IBBBEEEBEi T GGO
I B B B .B I IQS
EEEEEaaE' julGQ
JBGBUBGBGBUBG
Fig. 712.
SHEEBEBEBGGGa
BB BBBI m. \<;rm
BEEEEBBEi I'J jD
BGBBB'G'BBi IG^^B
BBBBEBEBCJGGa
GBBBGBBBGaHB
BHHGEBBBGGGn
IBBBGHBGOaiBG
1 12
Fig. 713.
SDG'^EEnBEEnBEEBEnninnBBEEEnEnnBB
BM'l B B B B B B' " I ' B B B B BGB
DL EEa:;aaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaa
■tl 'B B B B B B. . r >' B B B B B BG
4DGGEEEEEEEEEBBEaCGEEBEEEBEEBEa p
■HmGBGBGBGBGBaBfaHPILJBGBGBGBLjBGB D
DaGBBaBaBaaaGBBGaDBBaaBBBEBBBB A
IBBaBGBGBaBaBGBaBBBBGBGBaBuBGBa ^
1 16 •«
Fig. 714.
Weaves for rib fabrics forming their line (rib) effects in the direction of the warp ^re gener-
ally produced by floating every other pick for 4 to 12 (or more) threads, and then raising these
threads so floated for two, three or more warp-threads. The picks situated between them are
interlaced either in plain or twill weaves.
143
For example, Fig. 712, The foundation weave is the common plain weave. Picks i and 3
(and picks of uneven number) interlace in the entire repeat (12 warp-threads) on this plain weave,
while picks 2 and 4 (and picks of even numbers) technically known as " rib-picks" float below the
first 8 warp-threads and over the next (last) 4 warp-threads.
Fig. 713 illustrates a similar arrangement. In this weave the ^ ^ 4-harness twill is used
for every pick of uneven number, while the picks of even numbers, the rib-picks, work the same as
in the preceding example. Repeat: 12 warp-threads and 8 picks.
I. Z. y
Fig. 715.
Fig. 714 illustrates an example in which every uneven numbered pick interlaces for 12 warp-
threads on the common plain weave (floating below 3 warp-threads), while every even numbered
pick (rib-pick) floats for 12 warp-threads on the back of the fabric and next forms the face-rib
over 3 warp-threads.
Diagram Fig. 715 represents the section cut of a fabric woven with weave Fig. 714. A
careful examination of it "will show that warp-threads 4 to 1 5 inclusive must make interlacings
with the filling which are not required by warp-threads I, 2 and 3. To get perfect work and
sufficient production it is advisable to have double beams — one beam to contain the first 3 warp-
threads, the other the remainder. Repeat: 15 warp-threads and 4 picks.
Another division of rib-weaves is derived by omitting the special rib-pick,
using instead of it, every pick to form partways (across the weave) rib-pick and
partways regular weave. Every pick in rotation is arranged for " rib-pick " effect
(floating on back) when the adjacent picks interlace on common weaving.
This method of alternately exchanging every pick in certain places for "rib-pick" when its
preceding and following picks are used for forming the weave (on the face of the fabric), is con-
sumed until the repeat is derived.
Fig. 716 represents such a weave, designed for 12 warp-threads and 4 picks repeat. The
float of each pick (for " rib-pick ") represents 6 warp-threads as illustrated by □ type.
For the remaining 6 warp-threads in the repeat of weave, every pick interlaces with the warp
on the regular plain.
n
BBQBBQBDBaBg
1 6 7 13
Fig. 716.
Fig. 717.
Diagram Fig. 717 represents the section of weave Fig. 716. This method of using every
pick partways as rib-pick (float on back) and partways to interlace with the warp on a weave, and
having this arrangement alternated in each adjacent pick will, in addition to the rib-effect pro-
duced, prove of great advantage in the manufacture of fancy trouserings, in which every other rib is
required to appear in a different color. Using each pick (taken in rotation) with the alternate ex-
changing of two colors, each alternate pick the same, will (using one color for warp over the en-
tire width of the fabric) produce the above mentioned effect. Such stripe effects will be yet more
prominent if the warp in color arranegment is used according to the filling forming the weave.
144
^ " Weave Fig. 718 illustrates a rib-weave constructed on the same principle as
^dS^SmSdShSSS weave Fig. 716. The distinction between them is the difference in size of ribs
iBDBaSSBgHaab forming the new weave. Warp-threads i to 8 form the large rib I while the smaller
Fig. 718. rib II {j4 the size of I) is formed by warp-threads 9, 10, 1 1 and 12.
Fig. 719 illustrates a rib-weave in which the 4-harness ^ ^will is used for the face-weave,
every pick being used for one-half the repeat in width of weave for floating, thus forming ribs of
equal size.
Repeat of weave: 16 warp-threads, 8 picks.
I II
3iqgQna'::aa'iB'~;H_'HH'~~B ■ ■■"■
amm^MU McmiiMm^M' m hb .■ :■
rn:;:^aaaaa3HaaaHaaat:c:Kc:Hn
s s.": s S.-S : :.s
f r 1 r,i r,i F > r 1 p-1 r.-^ r.i r.^ r.i r,i r,-\rtrf r.-t r?' r.'» '.'^ n rTl
faeim' ~ jaHL :■_;■'.:;■■' ■. ■' ■■ iHO
OBS' ■":h:jH7jHH .■-■. ■■ m. mc
DDOi aHHCaHHHKHBHKnKHnHKna
I II I II I II rm : :.■; : Zm*zzzm^i
eaaaa::a::::a" '■■^na ''aaaaaaaaanrHHana ^ESQaaaaaaanan : ■■:■■■ m ■■ubQbgb
■■ ■■ C]:;::::aaaa ( )■■ ; ■■ aaaaaaan ■nciBBGLiBaaaa :;:;aaa:x:naaaaHaaaaHBa
aaa:x:::::::BB ■■ a aaaaaaaaaa uHaaa □saaaaaaL.HGi [ ; ■■■■.■ ■■ijaoaoBHO
[MB ■■ ::::::aaaaa ■■ ■■ : jaaaaaaaa rrmm 'iHMaaaa lishs ■■ ■.■■■■ ■L'HHnaa
Ga:;:x::;:;:: ■■ uma E::u[;::c3aa ■■uijbhd aaaaaaaaai au Diii' aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
L.I ■■ HBcxxiac^.'^aa ■ ■■ .Haaaaaaaa i ■■ ■■ :aaaa BSh: ■ ■ ■ ■■ ■_■..■■ ■ ■□
aaaaaaaa._.._.HH .l.bb aaaaaaaa'^i_,HBaaHB aaaaaaacuaaa Dmm.^M.^M' mm .■,.;■._;■■.. .hi^h ..■■
iBuuiB-jL^BaaaaaaaE] inuHB^^BHcaaaaaaa iBiacBBULjaaaa laaGcaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
1 8 9 16 1 8 9 16 1 » 9 12 14 5 L'4
Fig. 719. Fig. 720. Fig. 721. Fig. 722.
The direction for running the twill in both ribs in weave Fig. 719 is the same, but which is
differently arranged in weave Fig. 720.
Fig. 720 has a similar repeat and the same weave (? ^ 4-harness twill) for face. The differ-
ence is in the direction of the twill in the face-weave, which has a different direction arranged for
each rib.
Weave Fig. 721 illustrates a further step in figuring rib-weaves. In this figure rib I is inter-
laced on its face-weave by the ^ 4-harness twill, and rib II with the common plain. Repeat
of weave: 12 warp-threads and 8 picks; rib I calls for the first eight warp-threads ; rib II requires
warp-threads 9, 10, II and 12.
I
II
III
IV
2"OBaDBBBC]GBaagBDBanBBBaDBngt]»
□□GHaaaaaan-
B3GBBB ~ m '
HaaaaaHaaa
GGBBB ■ ■
aaaaaaaaaa
[ BBB ■ B
aaaac:a:x:::u
BBB B B
aaaaaaaaaa
BB B B a
^laaaaaaaaaannnn
B fl~~ BBB 'n
.1 r 2 r^ r^ r ■
; B B
aaaa::
;2aan:x3aa:;a
iBBB B B i'
:' "bBb'"'b" B
aaaaaacxxx:
\ 1
)
I j
)
.. _ .^ij
iHaaaaaaaaaJCJGLJHaaEaaHaaauLoa
1 I'J H 1'4 2»
Fig. 723.
luDaDDaBBDGBDBaaaBBDDB
Bnr
'BBB'~<na IBGBGGBBBTIG
LJL BBB iB'iB. iB .B' ~' BBBG
CjBUB B B B B BBB
BBII_j.;B^Bu, B ..M. K' .. BB
BB
iGBGBUGBBBGGBGBrjUB
Bjl
iBGBGGBBBBBGQBGBGU
OGI rWGGBBBGBBBQDBGBa
CB.
iBGGBBBGGGBBBGGBGB
IBUI 1, jaBeBGaBaGBBBOGBD
1
10 11)
Fig. 724.
IV
^DGGGaanaaaaaB :bgb^ ;b aaaaaaaa
■BBMB. «LJB jBuaaaaaaaaB.. bgbgbg
aaGGaaaaaaaai .BGBUBLiBaaaaaaaa
^■■■■aBCJBUBUBaaaaaaaaJBGBGBGB
14 IJ -JO 23
Fig. 725.
Weave Fig. 722 illustrates still another step in the figuring of rib-weaves, observing for the
general arrangement 2 face picks, to alternate with one rib-pick. Repeat of weave : 24 warp-
threads and 21 picks; rib I is produced by every third pick with the first 4 warp-threads, and
rib II by warp-threads 5 to 24, with two successive picks out of three picks in repeat of arrange-
ment, and interlacing as face-weave with the regular 7-harness corkscrew.
Fig. 723. Repeat of weave: 28 warp-threads and 20 picks.
This weave illustrates the application of a pointed twill for face-weave of every other rib, I,
III, etc. Every even numbered rib, II, IV, etc., is produced by 4 warp-threads ; one pick floating
on the face over all four warp-threads (rib-pick in the adjacent ribs) to exchange with one pick
interlacing on common plain.
145
Fig. 724 illustrates the face-weave for Fig. 723, as used for rib I and III. Repeat: 20 warp-
-2 — ~-^ lo-harness, uneven-
threads and 10 picks, and is the pointed twill derived out of the - — j — ! — ^
sided twill.
Weave Fig. 725 illustrates a rib-weave, constructed in four changes. Repeat: 28 warp-threads
and 4 picks.
The next sub-division of rib weaves embraces the diagonals. These can be further classified
into t^\'o divisions. Those designed with an extra rib-pick and consequently an extra face-pick
■ ■.■■■■ J
cik:;u:^:;::c::; j
ra ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
TH ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■■■■'■' I
EnHKH aaa
riH ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
EHnK ::□::□
BCX-; ■' aKBHH
LB ■ ■ .■ ■ ■
HK nnKHHa
■ ■■■■■ J
E ::::::::n::a
!::■■■■■■
L'^ ::c::::::;uua
lau. ■..:■. .■-iai-jiLj
1 12
Fig. 726.
ainnHHHEHBEHBBHHHD
^■■""'''■■' ''' ■■' 'rmma
oa ■■ ■■ mmija
m ■■ ■■ ■■ 'm
E::nc::x:nHaKHH .-□□
I ■■-. ■■ ' ■■ ■■
BEBEGEBEEnH EBB
GBBUGBHc::' ■■ mma
HBBSBEBBEE EEEB
■■nr ''■■ ■■ ■■ 1L)
BEEEEEEEE [X'.EBB
■ ■■ ■■ ■■ <■
EEEEEEEE e::eebb
L' ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■
BriEHECX;; l eeebebb
reia ; ■■ ■■ mma
e:;eeee [xx^eeebe
■■ ■■ : an ■■' U
EEEEE e::eeeeeeh
■ ■■ ' ■■ ■■ -:'■
EEEE EEEEEEEEBB
C ■■ ': ■■ ■■ ■■
BEE EEEEEEEEEEB
L ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■D
BE lEEEEEEEEEEBQ
■■ ■■ ' ■■ mmna
B i EEEEEEEEEEEBB
■ ' '■■ ■■ ■■ .■
1 IS
Fig. 727.
DBCBDBBEEBBC'B
BBEEHBr^B-nB! 'EB
■CBEEEEEE ■ i
BEE ■ ■ ■ EEE
IM! EEEEEE ■ ■
BB< .■ ■'. ■ .EEEE
■DEEEEEEI Ml ■' ]
Bra. ■ .■ EEEEB
DEBBBBE Mi'm ■
OBLIBl^Bl eeeeeb
EEEBBEL;B B B. J
IBGBaBUEEEEEEg
I 13
Fig. 728.
lOEBBEEBBHDaBBaCBBanH
BB 'HBB: inEEBBBEEEBna
EEEEEEB: :■ BB ' BB: ~ BB
B BB' _': iEEEEEEEEE' B
ee:;eee bb bb bee
Ui :BB I EEEEEEEEE BB
BBEEE BB BB EEEE
TBB EEEEEEEEE BB 1
EEEE BB BB EEEEB
BB E.EEEEEEEE BB J
EEE BB BB EEEEEB
B. EEE'EEEEEE" BB B
BE BB BB EEEEEEE
G: EEEEEEEEE BB BB
B BB BB EEEEEEEE
DEEEEEEEBE' BB' . BB' J
ni_ BB BB eeeee:xx:b
BBEBEEEEE. . BB . BB O
IGBBcjL .BBu^BBBEEEEEGLJ
1 19
Fjg. 729.
(see Figs. 726 and 727), and the diagonal rib-weaves in which every pick is used partways for
" rib-pick," and partways for face-pick. In this manner weaves Figs. 728 and 729 are constructed.
Weave Fig. 726 has for its repeat 12 warp-threads and 24 picks. The face-picks interlace
in common plain, while the rib-picks float under 8 and above 4 warp-threads.
Weave Fig. 727 requires for its repeat 16 warp-threads and 32 picks. The face-picks have
— 2 4-harness twill, while the rib-picks in their repeat in 16 warp-threads
for their weave the ^ —
floac under 14 and over 2 threads.
11
DDGGaGBBBGaB
QEHHaGGGaaaa
aaGnaaariaaaG
bbee: a ' "icaa
4ai_.'r a bbB'' bb
BBBEB a. ;g
ggugbbb;. aaaa
JQaHaGGBGGQBa
14 1-J
Fig. 730.
ti^BGBBaGHBGBBBGBBaGBBBnH
DBBaGGBaQGaGnDaaGGBnaaBB
■BBGBBBGBBB:~BBa';;BaB^BBaG
BGGaBGGGB^ B B BE' B
BGBBBGBBBGBBB. ,BBB BBB BB
aGBanGBGGCBG._ii_.B_L: BE EB.]
BBBGBBBGBBBGBBBGBBB BBBG
■GGGBGGDBaaQBQQGBE EB )
■GBBBGBBB'nBBBGBBB:. .BBB BB
DOB'. I .B.li . B 11' 'BE. ..EB .. . Bll
■BB' BBB BBB BBB BBB BBBG
■GG'- B._i. v:.B_ ■BE.,EB B J
■GBBBGBBBGBBB' JBBB. BBB BB
DQBGGGBGQGBE^.EB ■ . BJ
■BBGBBBOBBBUBBB BBB BBB.J
■aGGBGGGBBuBB!-GL..B . B 1
■GBBBGBBBGBBBGBBB. BB« BB
aGBGGaBBGBBaGGBGl,' B , B' .1
■BB. BBB' 'BBBGBBB BBB BBB ]
■GG .BE. ''EB 'I I B' L' B , B . G
■CBBB BBB BBB BBB BBB BB
GGBE ..EB '; .. .B .-'. Bl i . B ' .B.J
■BB_.:BBBGBBBGBBflGBBBGBBBG
IBEGBB "GGBGGnBnanBGDCBGGa
1 ''i
Fig. 731.
GCBBB'"~EG'-'"'E^'"BBB^BBB"GB~~"'E~GB^
DGB EEE .EEE ' B B . EEE EEE .'JBG
■BB' > 'B ' 'BBB BBB' ' BBBQ
■G'". EEE EEE B . B . EEEIEEE GB.IGG
■'' 'I E .BBB BBBi I E : . BBBGBB
GEEE EEE ' B ' B EEE " EEE . BGGGBG
GB BBB BBB E E BBB'^iBBBG
□EIjEEE B ' ' .B
GL. E .BBB BBB'
GEEE B. !. . B ..jE
GE BaB'':MBB' '~E
BB a a EEE
GGBBB 'BBB' ' E
D. a a EEE E
■BB BBB E E
a. : a EEE [:ee
ISaGBBB E
GC a ; .BEE EEE
lEECT EE
;E EEE
E a
EEE a
El
E
a 1GB
a 7GB
EBB
EGG
EEGB
GB
EBH
EGG
EEGG
BBB'
B' ' EEE E[}E GBQ
a E BBBG
.EEE EEE r.^BuGG
.:aa^G^^
EEE jBGOnBG
E' .' BBBGBBaG
IE a - ^-^aGGB
BBB BBB GB
B a EBB
IBB BBB . .E' "O
a . EEBGQ
E . E ■■■ BBB E . jGB
EEE .EEE i .a .'. .'I .a. , .BEE iBBQ
BGGGB.GGBBBGBBBGGBGGGBGD
l^GGC^GGHBBGBBBGG^QGGaGGBBBGBBBaa
1 16
■L,. C3EE EEE.
■ ':i E :E ■
GEEE EEE ■
GB 'E '' aai
EE EEE a
E .:. BBB I
:. EEE .a . I
GE BBB BBI
BE I' B'l i a
GL BBB
DGB. i.
EEE
E
EEE EEE
E E I
EEC: EEE I
Fig. 732.
Weave Fig. 728, as previously mentioned, is a rib-weave in which every pick is used part-
ways for " rib-pick," and the remaining part forming, by interlacing with the warp, the face-
weave. Repeat: 13 warp-threads and 13 picks. Width of rib-float 6 warp-threads, exchanging
with 7 warp-threads interlaced on plain weave.
In weave Fig. 729 the same principle, that of using each pick for rib-float and face-pick, is
observed. For face-weave a common-twill is used. Repeat: 19 warp-threads and 19 picks.
Rib-float is 9 threads, and interlaces in warp for face
= 10 threads.
146
Another method of producing rib-weaves is to combine regular double cloth at certain
places with a single cloth. In such cases the fabric when forming double cloth will not be
stitched together, as, for example, weave Fig. 730. Warp-threads I, 2, 3 and 4 form a common
plain rib-weave or single cloth, while warp-threads 5 to 12 interlace (without binding) with the
filling on the regular " double plain." Repeat of weave : 12 warp-threads and 4 picks.
These rib-effects in double cloth can also be produced entirely by the binding of both
single-cloth fabrics. It may be arranged to form ribs in the direction of the warp and effects in a
diagonal direction as shown in Fig. 731. Repeat: 24 warp-threads and 24 picks. ■ represents
the weave for regular double-plain and n shows the stitching of both fabrics in a diagonal direc-
tion for the required rib.
Another step for producing rib-effects in double cloth is taken by exchanging the face-cloth
with the back, and the back with the face. This method of exchanging may be arranged to run
warp-ways (vertical) or in a diagonal direction. For illustrating this method Fig. 732 has been
designed. Repeat : 16 warp-threads and 16 picks.
Fabrics produced by means of weaves designed on the regular double-cloth system, such as
weaves Figs. 730, 731 and 732 and other similar weaves, do not have the rib-effect appear
so prominent as in the case of the preceding weaves, all of which contain the peculiar pick
known as rib-pick, rib-float, etc., and which assists, for the reasons given, to such a great extent in
making the rib-effect prominent.
THREE-PLY FABRICS.
It will be readily understood by any one that has carefully studied the structure of two-ply
fabrics that by the same method and principles employed in combining two single cloths into one
fabric, known as two-ply or double cloth, three such single-cloth fabrics can also be combined
into one fabric.
In the construction of a 3-ply fabric a regular set of warps and filling for each of the three
single cloths is required, thus dealijig zvith three systems of zuarp and three systems of filling in
designing. To impart a more perfect understanding, the construction of a 3-ply fabric from its
beginning to the finished weave is shown, and for this purpose three single-cloth fabrics inter-
laced on the plain weave are selected.
ODDannnDDaDDDDOD
CDQUDDnDDDODaDDa
lOBHDDaUDHDCDDnHDa
DDaDDDaDDDDDDGDa
nDDDDnCCJDDDDODaa
JBBDnHDDDDCHnaaDa
DnDnanDDnaDDDnQa
DGCDnaDDDGDaDnaa
^BBDQDDDHDDDDDHDa
DDDDUDQnDnnnDDaa
jaanaDDDaDDDnGGn
IBBDDBLJDDaDHDaDna
:;DDDDnDDDDDDnDan
jOCOBGDHDDBDDHDa
□DnDHDDBnDBDCJBDD
1 4 7 10
Fig. 733.
.nnDDDCDDDDCa
llnDODHDaDDDHD
DDDBDODDDHDG
CCnaDDDDDaDC
8DHDDC inDHDDDG
HGGGQCHanGGa
DOanGGGGODGG
SQGLjntaGGnGGEG
□QGHnGnQGHaa
GGGUGGGGGGGa
2at3DGaQGE3GGGQ
HaGGanHaaaGG
2 6 8 11
Fig. 734.
aGaaacBoaGGGB
ISKSGKKB^SQHHS
EIGni^HDSQQKHQ
OJaHCGQGGHDG
aGCH'^r":rr'Hr^a
sQaBUGaaGBaGG
HKl^. , ■; J
aaaGGGGHGODG
KIEL. I^ '
HaaaanHQaGGG
HGGG^^H^.j^ijG
6GanGDBaaoGCB
6KIKlGKlKiaKHGHHH
HGGKIHGKiaaHHa
QDaHGGDGGHaa
GGDHnnnnPHCG
saGSGGGGGHDGa
HEJ- ■ ■■;,■ pKiG
DHaQDQnfflGGGG
taGGGGGHagDCD
iHJu , '. ,H"_jaDQ
Fig. 735.
Fig. 736.
Fig. 733 illustrates the first set of the plain weave, or the weave for single cloth number
one (h type). Warp and filling-threads used are numbered on the left side and the bottom of
the design, and are indicated by a type. " One thread taken and two missed " in each system for
the other two single cloths.
Fig. 734 illustrates by H on warp-threads 2, 5, 8, 11 and on the corresponding picks, the
interlacing of the single cloth number two (plain weave).
In Fig. 735 the interlacing of the third or last single cloth is shown on warp threads 3,6,9,
12 and the same numbered picks (■ the type used).
Next, raise for the picks of the lower single cloth (in the 3-ply structure) each warp-
thread of the two upper cloths (face and interior cloths) ; also, raise the warp-threads of the face
147
cloth on the interior picks. This method of operation is illustrated (successively from Fig. 735)
in weave Fig. 736 by m type.
In this is shown : —
Pick I, first pick of face cloth.
" 2, " " interior cloth (face raised).
" 3, " " back cloth (face and interior raised).
" 4, second " face cloth.
"5, " " interior cloth (face raised).
" 6, " " backed cloth (face and interior raised).
And thus the repeat : 6 warp-threads and 6 picks, allows 2 warp-threads and 2 picks for the
structure of each fabric. Weave Fig. 736 thus produces three distinct single cloths resting in the
loom after being woven one above the other, as shown in the sectional cut in diagram, Fig. yij.
The next process is the combining of these three single cloths into one fabric, which is
uBBDBBBBBDBHa tcchnically known as the " stitching." To effect this in a proper manner combine the
WBIH-nnS'^™ backing-cloth to the interior cloth, and this in turn to its face.
In weave Fig. 738 this method of "stitching" is clearly indicated. In this
figure the a type illustrates the three single-cloth fabrics, equal to the weave illus-
trated in Fig. 736 by four different characters of type. In Fig. 738 a illustrates the
stitching of the interior cloth to the face-cloth, and the a the stitching of the back-
■anBflHBDGi«L]
DDDHDnGDasan
BBHBBaBBHBBD
■■DBaDBanana
IBHnDaDBDDQDD
1 12
Fig. 738.
cloth to the interior cloth.
Fig. 739.
Diagram Fig. 739 illustrates the section of a 3-ply fabric interlaced by means of the weave
previously shown (Fig. 738).
FOUR AND FIVE-PLY FABRICS.
Sometimes it is desired to have produced fabrics constructed out of more than three single
cloths.
Weave Fig. 740 clearly illustrates the construction of a 4-ply fabric.
The B type represents the interlacing of the four single cloths.
148
■ on
s on
n on
completes
" four-ply.
picks I and 9 illustrates the stitching of the second cloth to the face (or first) cloth,
picks 2 and 10 represents the stitching of the third cloth to the second,
picks 7 and 15 illustrates the stitching of the back cloth to third cloth, and which
the stitchings of the four single-cloth fabrics into one, and technically classified as
■■DDBBBH^f^i T^!a3B□
■DQaBBDi ' aa
aaaamao t-ja
BBBBBBiJ. i-MD
■■■DBBaaHHcJGUBaa
■■BDBDnaHBGDBaan
SBDanaunaBBaon'^Ga
■BBaBBBBBBR""- - '"T
■■DDBBBOBBr' :;
■DDDBBaDBQL i^
aanaBDoancK
■■■BBBBQBBr
BBBCBBODBB! I
BBGDBOaaBBffl '
iHBGDaaaDBDDaDaac
1 11)
aOBBMGBBBBBaBBflaBBBBB
BBBaaBBBBBaBaOaBBBBD
BBanDBBBaDBBaDDBBBHD
■aDDDBBDaaBDnnDBBaDD
ODDnnBDDaDDnaDDBDDaD
BHBHBBBflBninHHHiSBBBBD
BMt f
■I m
mi
Bf ■
Bl
BDaGDBHLH
DnanaBDG!
BBBBBHBIiii
bbbbdbbH'
bbbdobbdl
■bddobddl ,
ii^aaBBBGD
iiaaBBGGa
jaGBOGGG
■ "laaaaaaa
iiaOBBBBB
■■^GDBBBBH
'"■r WHBGG
HBGGC
IGGGG
I. inasG'
, I JG
J
J
Fig. 740
ipBQGaGaCGLJB^ULjULJJJ.jG
Fig. 741.
Weave Fig. 741 shows the construction of a 5-ply fabric.
B type represents the interlacing of the five single cloths.
■ type on picks i and 1 1 illustrates the stitching of cloths i and 2.
B type on picks 2 and 12 illustrates the stitching of cloths 2 and 3.
a type on picks 8 and 1 8 illustrates the stitching of cloths 3 and 4.
H type on picks 9 and 19 illustrates the stitching of cloths 4 and 5.
And thus closes the complete stitching of the four single-cloth fabrics into one, technically
known as " five-ply."
Pile Fabrics.
Textiles classified as " pile " fabrics, form a separate sub-division of woven articles, and are
characterized by the soft covering which generally overspreads and conceals, to a great extent,
the interlacing of the warp and the filling. In this division of textiles, are to be found some of
the grandest and most complicated products of the loom. In every pile fabric one series of
threads is employed for producing the ground of the fabric, while a second forms the pile, so that
two distinct systems of warp or of filling are always necessary in the manufacture of these fabrics.
Technically, they are divided into pile fabrics in which the pile is produced by an extra
filling, and pile fabrics in which the pile is produced by a separate warp in addition to the
ground warp. The greatest variety of effects can be produced in the latter sub-division, and
fabrics produced on this principle of weaving, find a very extensive use.
Pile Fabrics Produced by Filling.
Velveteens, Fustians, Corduroys.
These fabrics require for their construction one kind of warp ; also, in most fabrics, one kind
of filling. If one kind of filling is used the same is consequently employed for the " pile " picks and
the "ground " or " foundation " picks of the pattern. If two kinds of filling are used, one kind is
employed for the pile and the second kind produces the foundation-cloth. In preparing the design,
the arrangement for the ground and pile picks, is either alternately one pick pile, one pick ground,
or, two picks pile, one pick ground, or, three picks pile, one pick ground, four picks pile, one pick
ground, etc. The arrangement indicated as the second method is the one most generally used.
For the ground structure of the fabric, " the plain-weave," or, " the double plain, warp-ways," or,
" the 3-harness twill," or, " 4-harness even-sided twill," are the ones most frequently used. In
any of these cases the filling for the pile is floating over 3, 5, 7 or more warp-threads.
The floats of the pile are afterwards cut open with a knife constructed especially for it. This
method of cutting the pile for the fabrics is old, and dates back to the beginning of the fifteenth
century.
Cutting the Pile by Hand.
This procedure is as follows : The fabric is stretched on the cutting table, which has (in most
instances) a length of from 55 to 70 inches, and is fastened to it by means of clamps. Next, the
cutter takes his knife for cutting the pile, which consists of a long steel bar formed into a very
sharp knife at its end, and provided with a guide, consisting of a narrow piece of sheet-iron
doubled and forming a groove, fitting on the knife ; the part of this piece of sheet-iron extending
from the knife, is formed into a needle, of a length which is regulated by the length of the pile to
be cut. The cutter inserts the needle into the row of floats which is nearest to the selvage, and
pushes the knife (in direction of the warp) through the entire floats in the one direction ; the next
row of floats is treated in the same manner, and this is continued until all the rows are cut. In
the lower grades of these fabrics, only every other row of floats is cut, and consequently the
thickness of the pile is reduced in proportion. Again, stripes of cut and uncut pile (regulated as
to dimensions in width entirely at will) are produced.
After cutting open the pile over the surface of the table, the clamps are opened and the next
length (of 55 up to 70 inches) is fastened. This process is repeated until the entire piece has its
pile cut. Every length of the table generally calls, in the lower qualities, for 500 to 600 runs,
while the better grades require from 800 to 1200 runs in a single width of those fabrics. This
(149)
150
cutting by hand is naturally a very slow and expensive job. (Flour-paste is often applied to the
back of the fabric, so as to make the cutting of the pile easier and safer.)
Of late years, machines have been invented to cut this pile and have proved successful to a
certain extent.
After cutting the pile and subsequently mending any imperfections, either produced during
the process of weaving or cutting, the fabric is turned over for the dyeing and finishing.
Designs for Weaving these Fabrics.
As mentioned already, one warp is used both for interlacing the ground and binding the pile-
etc, while the pile-filling
filling. The ground-weave is generally either 53 or, 55!
is floating 3, 5, 7 or more ends.
or.
lUB or,
innr
DIB ' DDII
DUi:
■nnnannn
DCiB : ' ^
ma : ■
f"' ■ ■
K :: K
■DL ■
aaBij^iJHQ
IQDEDHDEID
Fig. 742.
^ t'. B. K
Fig. 743.
Fig. 744-
Fig. 742 represents a common weave used for these fabrics, and constructed with a texture
of 4 warp-threads, 6 picks in one repeat of the pattern. ■ are the pile-picks, □ the ground-picks.
Pile, I up, 3 down. Ground, " plain," two picks pile to alternate with one pick ground.
Fig. 743 represents the sectional cut of the woven fabric before the pile is cut.
Fig. 744 represents the corresponding section with the pile cut. The letters and numbers in
both designs are identical.
Pick A is the ground pick, i up, i down, to be exchanged in pick 4 (not represented in the
drawing) by i down, i up. Picks B and Care the pile picks, which are duplicated in every repeat
of the weave. Arrow 5 in Fig. 743, represents the place for the cutting of the pile for pick B.
S, in Fig. 744, represents the pile as cut. Arrow ^\ in Fig 743, marks the place and direction for
cutting the pile for pick C. 5\ in Fig. 744, represents the pile as cut. In Figs. 743 and 744
the ground pick is shown outlined, while Fig. 743 has the one pile pick B marked black, and
the other pick C illustrated as shaded. Fig. 744 illustrates both pile picks, and equally represen-
ted in black.
This change in Fig. 743 has been made to simplify the construction of the fabric and for
the benefit of the novice in designing.
■DDnannG
ccmaaoma
EECDt3HDa
■CDGBGQa
□C«DLjl_nBD
■l ~<' ■ "I
DOBOGLUa
QHDnHHDa
■1 . . ■. _ 1
DnBOCDBD
DDBHCDQH
Fig. 745.
■nonaaBnoDon
DnCBnOOPOBOG
HCK! a'^S. HGHQ
Bc '''■'! :':aa
DH' ■ > maa
DC3I :c;' .ni r.i :r.i'a
6BD I U f "'■ : !1
O . ■ ■ M i.J
HDHuBUHljCJuHG
BaaDDGBUCiDDa
nnGBGnDnGBDG
iGHQcaGnDnGaDa
Fig. 746.
BGannGBGnGGU
EG c:::i hh □□□
BGi. !■ L 'L.B' 'l t. oa
aCf BlJGUu: BUG
BQEHDEBGEBGB
BCUGuaBUQGDG
DGGBGGGGnBGG
CBBDEEGBGDEB
BQaGDCB; rCCCj
CGrBnDGGrBaG
EH c-;c-:i "'c-:n iheg
BL ■ ■ : : ■• ,G
l; m ■ G
E! :■;:: an ::□ :a
mr I • ■ >' ■! '' ' 1 n
_ ■ _ ' ■ ^ B .G
GEEGEE^EE^EE
1 6
Fig. 747.
G'
BDcaaaacBnoDnaon
aDuDBQGGaaaaBGGa
GGBGGGGGGGBGGGGG
n J , :r-riBGGGGGGGBa
B E' E'/iEGEGBGEGBa
B '■GGGBaaGQQGG
Gi .L.L.BGGaaaGGBODa
GGBOGGGGGGBGOGGG
aGGGGGBOGGGGGGBa
IDHGEGBGEGBDBGBDQ
1 8
Fig. 748.
Fig. 745. — 4 warp- threads, 6 picks in i repeat, b equal pile-picks, b equal ground-picks.
Pile is produced on i up, 3 down. Ground is produced on the common 4-harness rib-weave 2-
Fig, 746 represents a weave executed on 6-harness and 6 picks repeat ; using for pile-filling
(b) I up, and 5 down, while the ground-cloth is formed on the plain (b).
Fig. 747 is designed for 6-harness, with 9 picks in one repeat ; b for pile-filling, b for ground-
filling. Pile, I up, 5 down. Ground weave, 3-harness twill, warp up.
151
Fig. 748 represents a draft for a velveteen fabric, having 4 picks of pile-nlling to i ground-
pick ; the pile-fiUing floating over 7 warp-threads. The ground is interlaced on plain.
A careful examination of this draft will show the possibility of obtaining, by means of the
latter, a fabric which will take up the filling easily and yet hold the pile very strongly to the
ground-fabric ; a point which is of great advantage in producing a firrn and perfect fabric ; a velvet
resisting the wear these fabrics are subjected to so frequently. This draft is designed for a high
number of picks to one inch; therefore, if the weight should have to be lowered on account of
a considerably less number of picks, this weave must be changed accordingly, so as to bind differ-
ently. For example, take picks 7, 8, 9, 10, and move the raisers one thread toward the right
hand. If a sufficient number of picks are not in a fabric to warrant the binding of the pile solidly
KomamoaDaaaomDmni'jnnaa
aaaaamoma'sni lauamaman
DBa'iTJDGnB'^BnnaaarDB
D ' ■ '■ ; I ' ^M' '■ i 'JG
CU . ■ ■ ''..': iB ]■
E, ,:■; H ':■: a ,n u ja a a J
□■■ '■ )■_" jB'Jbglju' jLia
Ci ■ ■ rjLiJoaGBGBna
DB J ^BGBJrinD'jaaB
D UB. B_, aGGnaBQBGGDn
aGUGGGJBaBaGDGaaQBGB
lOHDHGHGaD^DEIGHGHaHDa
Fig. 749.
isHCjaannaHGcaaa
DGGGBG IGGGBO
CGBGG'GG BGGQ
B' : 'B I '..JGn
K cja ::c] aaGH
L ii I '' iB . / . J IBQ
r :■ B' T I Ii ji IBGGD
B . .■ : 'BG IGGG
1 :nH iKH .aaGHH
GGG. ,BG J JGQBa
aGBGGGGGBGGG
iBGaaaaBaGDDD
Fig. 750.
t'annaa' ;an"^an
H'_jaa laa :x:' a
DGL ^ . B ' B
DGGB _,B
nt3C!^Ha...aa^Ka
DBGaGGGBGGDG
iQaaaQBaaaaGB
1 0
Fig. 751.
i2BaGGGGnaBannnnDa
GGG IBGGGGGGQBGaa
□HG laa'^GHaGGaaQG
B 'M , '. jGGGa
I I a ■ I J JBGGG
□ :::} ::a ;■ jqhggh
B ^ B ' i JGGGD
U . fl .JBGGG
nr :::: ::c; aaGGHQ
BCG ^ . .-.BGJGGGaa
GGGGBGJ' IGGGGBGOQ
iQEiaGaaaGGtaHGCcaHa
1 6
Fig. 752.
to the ground-cloth, by means of binding the former to the latter with one end, two ends up and
separated by one thread down, must be used. In this manner weave Fig. 749 is executed, having
five plush-picks to each ground-pick. Repeat: 10 warp-threads, and 12 picks. The float of the
pile is over 7 threads, and each pile-pick is interlaced to the ground fabric by i up, i down, i up.
All the pile-picks interweave under the same warp-threads (use every alternate warp-thread),
while one of the two ground-picks intersects over the latter. This arrangement in the
design allows the picks to go easy in the fabric and naturally adapts itself for high filling
textures.
The proportion of the pile-picks to the ground-picks is always regulated by the required
closeness of the pile.
Fig. 750 shows the design for a 3-harness {- j) twill-ground in connection with 3 pile-picks
to I ground-pick. The design repeats with 6 warp-threads and 12 picks.
Fig. 751 has 2 picks pile, i pick ground; the design repeating with 6 warp-threads and
9 picks. Designs Figs. 748, 749, 750 and 751 have pile-picks indicated by a and ground-picks
indicated by q.
fBGGGnGGfJGBGGGDDDnn
G' ,. B : ":"^- iiDBGaana
G BG .GGDGDBDD
E.K a a_.a ianHGHGHD
BGGGGG GGGBGGGGGGGG
DGGBGGGGGGGGBaGDGa
DGGGiJJGBGGGJGGGGGBGQ
1 GaaaaHQBDHDHaHGQaa
1 18
izBannDGnnaBnGGGGGDa
DGGBaGGGGG'jGBf^^GGa
QGGGGGBG: • . , S' BGQ
HHGBaGHH'""-aa aa ;aaa
BGGG' |nr ' " ■< . !i ion
DGi B B aa
DGl a B[JG
BGaa_aa aa_aa_.aaGH
■GGGGGGGGBGL iGGGGGG
DGaBGGGCDGGGBGGGaa
naCDGGBGCJGGGGGGBGa
IDaaGEQGHBGQHGHGaGB
1 9
oBDBcaGDDnnBDBnnaanaD
GGGGGBGBHGinriGGGBI IBGG
r,ai laGaGanO' a^ la^.a' H' a
B' BGi I i ] ' B 'B' ' ' 1: i i"G
I 'j: ' . B: ,B '^ . : ' ._B B J
iegbgegegughgegbgege J
1 10
Fig. 753.
Fig. 754.
Fig. 755.
Fig. 752 represents the float ^ ^ for the pile, (■) interlaced in a ground-fabric woven on the
4-harness even-sided twill (b). The arrangement of the pile towards the ground is 2 to i.
Fig. 753 illustrates the plain ground in connection with the pile-floating, g. 3 picks
pile to I pick ground; ■ for pile, a for ground, in design. Repeat of weave: 18 warp-threads, 8
picks.
Fig. 754 shows one of the most frequently used designs on a repeat of 9 warp-threads
and 12 picks. 3 pile-picks to i ground. ■ for pile, b for ground. Float of the pile-
fill
mg
— — ^. 2 pile-picks to alternate with I
ground-pick. Repeat of design : 10 threads in warp and 6 picks. ■ for pile, q for ground.
Fig- 755 illustrates the plain ground with the pile -
152
Having given a complete idea of the construction of plain-faced fabrics, our attention is
next directed to corduroys.
Corduroys,
These fabrics have stripes running the length of the stuff, but may also have them running
ih a diagonal direction. Again, they may form figures of any description. If forming the
regular cords, they may also be made to vary in widths.
Weave Fig. 756. lo-harness and 6 picks r3P°R"S"^nRn^S''l^R°BSRBBB
HDHrann nncH H in □naa repeat oi pattern, ijrouna-iaoric IS a piani-weave, lb ■ ■ ■ noa
man- ■ ::-B , , Bjij • 1 1 B ■ ■ mayj'j
laSaE^S^a^a^S^auSudua pile-float, ^—5 — i— 3. 2 pile-picks to I ground- ib"aa .^■a^:,^HH^"Eia^^5Qt;Gaa
Fig. 756. pick. ■ for pile, a for ground. Fig. 757.
Weave Fig. 757. 12-harness and 8 picks repeat of pattern. Ground-fabric, a double plain-
weave, warp-ways, pile-float, - — g — - — ^. 3 picks pile to i pick ground. ■ for pile, q for ground.
Chinchillas — Whitneys. (Plain and figured effects.)
These fabrics are produced upon weaves similar to those shown in Figs. 570 to 572. The cut-
ting of the pile filling is done automatically during the finishing process by the "gig," and the pile
thus cut is raised by the " whipper." In the construction of these weaves, as well as in arranging
the texture, little importance is given to a compact, solid interlacing of warp and filling, especially
as the condition of a soft and spongy nature is always required in the finished fabric. In some of
these fabrics only two kinds of filling are used, the ground and the pile filling, while others are
made with three kinds of filling — the ground, the pile and the interior filling. For fabrics of a
plain character (as to face) use weaves such as the 4-harness broken-twill, the 5 -harness satin, etc.
i^illing for face, for the interlacing of the pile or face filling, and the same weave, arranged warp
for face, for the ground filling. Such weaves have been previously explained and illustrated
in Figs. 570, 571 and 572, page 109.
Regular double-cloth weaves are also used, arranged : i end face, i end back, 2 ends repeat in
warp ; i pick face, i pick back, I pick face, I pick interior, 4 picks in the repeat. For face-weave
the 4-harness broken-twill is generally used (filling up). For back-weave the '- ^ or ?■ j twill.
On the interior pick all the face-warp is raised, leaving the entire back- warp in the lower shed, so
that this filling will rest the same as the wadding in the piqu6 fabric — between the face and back
cloth of the fabric. The object of the interior filling is to increase the thickness of the fabric,
and to cheapen the cost of manufacture by using a low-grade stock for it, which is neither visible
on the face nor the back of the fabric.
As previously mentioned, fabrics of this kind must have a soft spongy nature when finished ;
so care must be exercised in not weaving them too wide in the loom, as but very little fulling
will be required. For the stock for the face or pile filling, select a fine but short staple. After
fulling and scouring, or only scouring, the fabric is gigged. The teasels cut the soft pile filling
in the centre between the points of interlacing of the latter with the warp, and after running the
fabric over the " whipper " before it passes to the dryer, the whipping process (beating) raises
each and every single float of filling (fastened by one or more ends of warp to the fabric) and
produces a velvet surface. After running the fabric in this condition over the shears, for the pur-
pose of producing an even height of pile, it is put upon the chinchilla machine to have its velvet
face rubbed, forming chinchilla rows in the direction of either the warp or the filling, or in a
diagonal direction ; or forming round knobs known as " Ratine." The size of the chinchilla
effects or the ratine effect is regulated by the height of the pile, and this by the shearing process.
(Two- or three-ply spun face-filling is of more advantage to use than the equivalent size in
one- thread compound.)
153
Fancy or Figured Chinchillas.
These fabrics are produced by arranging the floats of the pile-filling so as to form figures
(designs) in the way that the above mentioned pile-filling is fastened to the ground cloth, after
having its floats cut.
To illustrate this subject designs Figs. 758, 759, 760, 761, 762, 763, 764, and 765 are given.
DDi
annn««B«nnnn
— r::!aQGBBBBm
DL ;■■■■.
■■: I
■■■jJ I .11
■ill ■■■
Fig. 758.
snanBDHDHDHDHaHnta
■■■■GnnnBHBB jdqg
n'^a'"n"a"'a ^a^a^an
I ■■■■ ■■■■ i
L :: a ,a. .a a, .a a .a
■■'... _:i .!.]■■■■;. iLi..j'.jHa
HUaClBLiHi". JC3GHUHua J
lODGaBBBaGaaDIBBB
Fig. 759.
BBBBBBGQGCGGBBBBBBDnaGaa
DGGBBBBBBGGGr JGGBBBBBBGGG
BBB J ;]GG:r:BBBBBB '.'\ ::'■"■ BBB
I '^B■■■■■ ■■■■■■
-•BBBBBB .^-. . . BBBBBB: .
GGGBBBBBBLi. iiji i> jLjaaBBBBGi-ilJ
BaaGGGGGGaBBaaBGGLi'. I 'IJBBB
laGGUGDBBBBBBGGGGGGBBBBBB
1 11!
Fig. 760.
HnananaaanaaaGaaaGaaa"
aaaaaa j :j i :g ,aaaaaa ' j "r
Ha ;aaa.jaaa aaa aaa ,aai
Ljaaa jaaa :aa:3 aa:
aai . ! )'1 ] laaaaaa
J aaa aaa
.•jaaa
a:3a ^aaa laaa a.::;
aaa aaaG
^a aaa ::aa ::::r. aa:: aaa laa
aa
a la
liaa?
a a
aai
aa
■ai
■-r „
ai
.a:;a
laai
■ a : II
: aaa
aaa
□aa
^aaai
■aaa'
laa
:aa :
■aa
ai
laaa
aaa'
■aaaa
1
I'j
Fig. 761.
Fig. 758 illustrates the face-weave for Fig. 759, the complete weave.
Repeat : 8-harness and 8-picks.
■ are pile-picks, a are ground-picks.
Fig. 760 illustrates the face-weave for Fig. 761, the complete weave.
Repeat: 12-harness and 8 picks.
■ are pile-picks, t3 are ground-picks.
Fig. 762. Repeat : 8 warp-threads and 8 picks.
Fig- 763. Repeat: 12 warp-threads and 36 picks.
Fig, 764. Repeat: 12 warp-threads and 8 picks.
Figs. 762, y6^ and 764 are face-weaves for fancy chinchillas, to be arranged either similar to
those given in Figs. 758 to 761 or for regular double cloth, using face and back-warp with pile-
zrMmmm r '^ bbbb~"j
BBBBGGGCaaaaG^GG
GG/juaaaa aaaa
nnHBaBG' aaaa u
aa '.aaaa aa
aaaa aaaa
aaaa aaaa ij
aa J . laaa . bb
i::aaaa .. < . aaaa.jG
■aaa ': aaaa ; ' n
IGGG :BaBB..
1 6
BBBB jG
I J'^.GGBB
JGL3BBBB
Fig. 762.
Guaaaaaa
aa . , M
u... I Baaai
BBBB^iL^Gu
aOBBBBBB
BBGiGG 'II ~. ■
DGGDaaaai
laaGGGOGGBBBB
aaaBBBGGi. iggg
iL"J'_jl JG
:bbbb
IBBGG
J' ''JBB
I ' IGD
aaaa
laana
ji
Ck laaaaaa
aaaa aai
D aaaaaa
JG
IG
Di
DL
jGG
aaaa
I : I JG
IJi
GGBBaaaa ..
BBBBlXjGG'. II IBI
GDGGBBBBBB' j:
BB'Ji lUGGGBBBI
GGBBBaaaG.il
BBBB G ~ 'Bl
OLJG: '.aaaaaa
Baaaaa ; . : ..
Ql I .1
aaaa
DGGaGGBaaaaa
IQaBBBBBBGGGLj.
aaaaaaL
aaa
. JQ
BB
a>JG
■BB
IGG
BB
■ jG
JG
■BB
BB
■ JG
'J'.J
IGGGG
Fig. 763.
nnnnanBBBBBB^G'
aaaa ; .. : aaaai
aaaaaa . .
BBGuGGuuBBaaaa
GGBBBBBBLii .i'.Ji-.G'. II
BBBB . aaaai
G' I' 'I laaaaaat <
aaaaaa . . aai
8G . . ]aaaaaa
BBBB : . . : aaaai
GGGGBBBBBfl : »
aBGaaCGi.JBBBBBB
GGBBBBBB ^ ■ M
BBBBGGGLI'. JI BBaBI_
aGGGBBBBBBGGGGGGU.
1 BBBBBBGGGGGGBBBBBI
1::
aaaaaa
■a
aaaa j
I .Ljaaaa
BBGGDG
iL.iijGGaa
BBBBl.jG
G_:BBBB
IBCGGG
GgUGGGBB
GZJBGD
IDCDGOG
Fig. 764.
SBBBBBGGDDBBa
BBGGGGBBI .jaaB
BBGBaaaa jgigq
GGGBB laBBaan
BBBBB ] . .BBG
BB'GGGGBBuBBB
BBGBBBBBGGGa
igGGBBLjBBBBBa
1 12
Fig. 765.
filling interior and backing. Fig. 765 illustrates a specimen of the chinchilla weave, specially
adapted for producing chinchilla rows lengthways in the fabric.
CHENILLE.
Chenille is a fringed thread and is used either for filling in such fabrics as curtains and rugs,
or it is used in its first woven state for ornaments such as trimmings, fringes, etc., for ladies' wear
as well as for decorating purposes. (In fringe-weaving the chenille part of the fabric is some-
times produced at the same time that the heading of the fabric is woven. We will later on
describe this separate method.)
154
When chenuie is used as filling, its fibres extend forward in every direction through the
perforations of the fabric, producing a fur-like surface on the goods it is applied to. As a general
rule for these fabrics, the chenille forms the main part of the fabric. The remaining part, if warp,
or warp and filling, is only used for holding the fabric in its position. There are two methods
commonly used in weaving this chenille.
1st. Using 4 warp-threads on common plain weave. 2d. Using 2 or 3 warp-threads on the
gauze weave. A short sketch of each method is given.
Chenille Produced by Usitig ^ Warp-threads on Plain Weave.
Procure a set of harness using a plain weave (2, 4, 6 or more shafts). In this draw the warp
the same as in regular cloth. By drawing the warp in the reed always put the four warp
ends, which have to work together, in one dent, leaving as many dents empty as required, accord-
ing to the size of the chenille. The filling (which is introduced in the ordinary manner) is bound
in plain at the places where the four warp-threads in one dent are situated (see I, II, III in Fig.
766) and floated at the distances where no warp-threads are. After weaving the fabric in this
manner it is cut in the direction of the arrows .S" and S^.
Two methods are employed for cutting chenille. It is done either on the loom during the
weaving operation, or after the fabric leaves the loom.
I. *. s. •*.
». -i. \ 't.
Fig. 766.
I, z. 3 t^
Every set of 4 warp-threads forms one strip of chenille, hence as many sets as are used
over the width of the fabric, so many strips are obtained. In figure fabrics where each strip of
chenille is required to be of a different arrangement of colors for forming the design, the number
of sets used in weaving the chenille indicates the number of fabrics to be set afterwards in the
following process. For example : in weaving chenille for dados for turcoman curtains, suppose
140 sets of strips are woven at the weaving of the chenille, and every pick of the dado is to have
a different arrangement of colors, the result will give us 70 pairs of curtains to be set. After
cutting the chenille into strips they are twisted, every 4 threads of warp being thus formed into
one, with the filling-threads extending from it in every direction, and giving it the appearance of
a fringed thread. This twisting tends to hold the interwoven filling firmly in the warp-threads,
and hence, adds strength to the fabric.
Chenille Produced by Using j Warp-threads.
The process of manufacture here is the same as in chenille made out of 4 warp-threads on
the common plain weave. The only difference consists in employing but 3 warp-threads for the
centre of every part of the chenille strips, and interweaving the filling in gauze instead of plain.
This process, which certainly will be found more expensive than the first, will in return, give a
great deal more strength to the fabric by holding the filling yet more firmly in the warp, and
155
making the cutting easier and safer. The process of twisting the chenille strips after cutting, as
observed in the former fabric, will be the same in this case. (Chenille produced with 2 warp-
threads is explained later in a special chapter on Gauze Weaving.)
Arrangement of Design for Weaving Figured Chenille.
After the design is finished on the squared paper, it is cut into strips in the direction of the
filling, as every line has to be woven separately for the chenille strips. To explain this process,
Figs. 'j6y and yG^ are designed.
Fig. yGy illustrates the complete design (border in four colors).
Fig. 768 represents one-half repeat of the design, cut into strips in the direction of the filling.
asnaaannnanaGnGGaaaanoaaaGnaQGnannaacDDaaa
'^'^■■■■■■■flBB ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
' ' ;_j .J J
fJGU
■Goa
IBGG
laGG
1 3 3a
■ ■ 1G
m 1
■■■ ')
'i^
:'J'D .
i* m
laaajaaaa !■■«■
^.: !■■■■--
■■ 'o:
::3
31' :
3»nGGGGBBBGG[J .JG J JG J
asnOGGH flflaBGGDD ;]G JGi
SSHnGGDaGDGDGaBGtlGB
27GGGGBaDGHGGGGGGB 1
SSDGGBiiHBBBB "JGGGGB '
a-'GnGGBSIBBBGGJGG':) .:■
240QGGBa^aBGGGG T JBS
23aGGDGBBBJaGGG\"?B ; ' ■
aaOGGGGG ] IGGGGG^BBBll
2inaaaaaBG3G iGG.r; , . ■
20GGaGGB:ia"nGTG "'Bll iB'
ISBBGOB'-iC'^qB ' jBB«B']| :
ISBBGBilHaaiJl .B:" ; 1.2B ,
nBBGGfl4C':-4BGJBaBa JiB J JG
icQQGaaBfiBa j jgg ibbbj.
loGGGGaaBG' J :iGGG JG IGGi
14QaQaGG n.lGGGHGB —
13GGGGGBBBGG3GGGB
12DG' JGBa*!30GG .IGGGBS :: : :BBBB i
"GGGIlBlBflBlGGGGG-JB i iB , i > IB JB
ioaajBiiB«B5iBiGGG:iB"3=a:-3 3;-}^bbb:ij
SQGGDBGGGBDG ]G;iGBiai-11«BTJGGlGGB i "::
8BGGGG1GJGG JGBGGGBfliiBBaBniiBBBGjB iBB i
IGGGGB^'^IBG IGIG .-GGBBGBflBGGGBiGGBJB JBB'
OGGGGGBBBG " J GGGG GG JG J 31 nBBGGGBGGGBBGGGGi
6GGGGJG 1GGGGGJGGGG3 GGGGGaGGGnGGGGGGGi
4DGGJG iG TT 1 mi-n^nGn^ 'ggggggggogggg
IG
]
J_iGG
GGGG
"IGGG
GGGG
IDDDaDuu-.
_j j_^^_
jGGGuGGGGGg_ , J JG
Fig. 767.
Point-lSBBDBCQnQBaGMBHBaGDBDDBQaBCaBQBGaBaaaBSB
naaacaBQBBaGaaaaBaGGGDGaaaaBBBaaaGGoaaaaB
icDGDDGaeaGGGGGGBBaDBaaaGaaBBBaaGaaaaGaaaa
WaaDGaCBDDQDaaDDaCDBBBGCBBBHBBBGGBBBOaaaa
MaDaDDGCGGCaDaCBBBBBBBGaaGaBGaGaaBBBBBBBD
iSDGODnBBBaDaaDGBBBBBBBGnaBDDCBDDDBBBBBBBa
I^GQGGBQBBBCCDDaaBBBQBBBBBBaanaBBBBaQBBBGD
llGaaCaBaBaDDacaDDBBBaBBBHBaBQBBBBBBBBBCaG
lOGCaBBBBBBBGGGGGBHBaOQBBBBOnGBBaBQBQBBBDa
sanDGanDaaaQGaacaBEBBBBBaaaaDGDaBBBBBBBaa
fBaaaaQacDaDaBnGCBBBBaBaGaBBaGCBBBBBBBGaa
TGDaGaBBBBGDaDCnaQBBDaBBDDDaaaGaBBGBBGGaa
caDaaGaaaaDaaanaGDnaaaaannaaGGQaaaaaGGcaa
sDDCDGcnanDaGDGaacaDQaannDGDGaGDDGaGaaaaa
4nnGnaannanDnaaaaGDanaaaaaaaDaaaDaDaanDaa
saBaaaaaBBBaBaaBBBBBBBBaBBBBBBBBBaaaaBaaa
SBGaGBGBDBGBaBGBGBGBGBGBGBGBGaGBGBGBGBGBa
iDDDaaaDGaaaaDQDCDCGQGDaGaaaGGDaDGDGGDaaa
Fig. 768.
that 35 picks are required for one repeat. The design
I to 18 and back again. Indicating the colors by type
a for maroon ; ■ for blue-green, we have :
In examining Fig. 767 it is found
itself represents a " point figure," picks
as follows : a for straw color ; m for red
Strip I. — All straw color.
" 2. — One pick straw, one pick blue-green, 20 times for one repeat
" 3. — All blue-green.
" 4 and 5. — All straw color.
" 6. — 5 picks, straw.
3
13
2
3
I
3
2
8
blue-green.
straw.
blue-green.
straw.
blue-green.
straw.
blue-green.
straw.
Strip 7. — 4 picks, straw.
I
blue-green
3
red.
I
blue-green
8
straw.
2
blue-green
I
straw.
7 cont'd. — I pick, blue-green.
Strip 8.—
I
red.
I
blue-green.
3
straw.
I
blue-green
3
straw.
I
blue-green
I
red.
I
blue-green
I
straw.
2
blue-green
4
straw.
I
pick.
blue-green
II
((
straw.
I
i(
blue-green
3
«
straw.
156
8 cont'd. — I pick, blue-green.
2 " red.
2 " blue-green,
I " red.
1 " blue-green.
2 " straw.
3 " blue-green.
2 " straw.
I " blue-green.
1 " red.
2 " blue-green.
2 " red.
I " blue-green.
3 " straw.
Strip g. — 4 picks, straw.
I " blue-green.
3 " straw.
I " blue-green.
6 " straw.
I " blue-green.
I " red.
I " maroon.
4 " red.
I " blue-green.
7 " straw.
I " blue-green.
4 " red.
I " maroon.
I " red.
1 " blue-green.
2 " straw.
Strip lo. — 3 picks, straw.
I " blue-green.
I " red.
I " blue-green.
I " red.
I " blue-green.
I " red.
I " blue-green.
5 " straw.
1 " blue-green.
2 " red.
I " maroon.
I " red.
I " maroon.
lo cont'd. — 3 picks, straw.
3 " blue-green.
I " red.
I " maroon.
I " red.
1 " maroon.
2 " red.
1 " blue-green.
2 " straw.
Strip 1 1. — 4 picks, straw.
I
u
blue-green.
I
a
red.
I
t(
blue-green.
I
u
red.
I
a
blue-green.
7
u
straw.
I
u
blue-green.
2
it
red.
I
it
blue-green.
4
It
red.
I
tt
blue-green.
I
a
straw.
I
it
blue-green.
I
a
straw.
I
i(
blue-green.
4
a
red.
I
i(
blue-green.
2
it
red.
I
tt
blue-green.
3
it
straw.
Strip 12. — 4 picks, straw.
I " blue-green.
I
red.
3 " blue-green.
I
(1
maroon.
I
tt
red.
I
tt
maroon.
I
«
blue-green.
6
' It
straw.
2
n
blue-green
I
tt
red.
I
<i
maroon.
2
((
red.
4
It
blue-green
3
It
straw.
4
K
blue- green
2
(t
red.
I
it
maroon.
I
tt
red.
167
12 cont'd. — 2 picks, blue-green.
2 " straw.
Strip 13. — 5 picks, straw.
3 " blue-green.
16 cont'd. — I pick, blue-green.
Strip 14. — J
6
4<
Straw.
ii
blue-green
it
red.
ti
blue-green
I i
straw.
U
blue-green
il
straw.
t(
blue-green
li
straw.
l(
blue-green
It
red.
it
blue-green.
u
straw.
4
picks
straw.
((
blue-green
a
red.
a
blue-green
u
straw.
ti
blue-green.
ti
straw.
a
blue-green.
a
red.
It
blue-green
it
straw.
Strip 15. — 6 picks, straw.
I " blue-green.
II
straw.
I
blue-green.
I
red.
I
blue-green.
2
straw.
3
blue-green.
I
maroon.
3
blue-green.
2
straw.
I
blue-green.
I
red.
I
blue-green.
5
straw.
Strip 16.
— 5 picks,
straw.
I
«
blue-green.
I
(<
red.
6
straw.
3
blue-green
I
straw.
4
blue-green
I
straw.
2
blue-green
I
red.
I
blue-green
I
red.
2
blue-green
I
straw.
4
blue-green
I
straw.
3
blue-green
I
straw.
Strip 17. — 2 picks, blue-green.
2 " straw.
blue-green,
red.
Strip 18.—
a
It
maroon.
red.
blue-green.
2 " straw.
4 " blue-green.
red.
blue-green.
straw.
blue-green.
red.
blue-green.
red.
blue-green.
red.
blue-green.
straw.
blue-green.
red.
" blue-green.
pick, red.
" blue-green.
" straw.
" blue-green.
red.
maroon.
red.
blue-green,
it
ti
a
It
It
It
158
1 8 cont d. — I pick, straw.
I
blue-green.
3
red.
I
maroon.
I
blue-green.
2
straw.
I
blue-green.
2
straw.
I
blue-green.
I
maroon.
I
blue-green.
I
red.
1 8 cont'd.-
— I
pick.
maroon.
I
red
I
blue-green
I
maroon.
I
blue-green
2
straw.
I
blue-green
2
straw.
I
blue-green
I
maroon.
2
red.
Pick 19 will equal pick 17. Pick 20 will equal pick 16, and so on until pick 35 is reached,
which equals pick i.
..^^^.^ ^^-., Suppose we have 20 picks to i inch in the chenille, the
repeat of the figure (40 picks) will be 2 inches, or 22 repeats
in a curtain 44 inches wide.
According to the width of the loom on which we have
to produce the chenille filling and the size of the chenille to
be made we find the number of duplicate strips produced the
same time.
Suppose we have a loom weaving one yard wide in reed,
and want a chenille of j^ inch diameter (on loom). We
ascertain the number of strips of each kind of color-arrange-
ment produced at once, as follows :
36X4=144 strips chenille of the same color-arrange-
ment, produced at the same time. This equals 72 duplicate
strips for 72 pairs of curtains.
If this border should have to be used twice in each cur-
tain (4 strips in the complete pair) we must calculate for 36
pairs of curtains, etc.
Another arrangement for weaving chenille (lower
grade) is illustrated and explained in the chapter on cross
weaving.
Two methods of separating or cutting the web into
the required strips, are in use. That which separates it
automatically in the loom during the process of weaving, and that, the most generally used,
which separates the web after it leaves the loom by means of the
Fig. 769.
-Design for Chenille Curtain.
(Border.!
Chenille Cutting Machine.
For illustration of this subject the machine, patented by William Mcllwain, has been selected.
Fig. 770 is a top or plan view of it. Fig. 771 is a vertical section in line :irx, Fig. 770.
(Similar letters of reference indicate corresponding parts in both figures.)
A represents the frame of the machine, on which are mounted rollers BCD, which feed the
chenille fabric into the machine, the rollers B D receiving motion in the same direction.
G represents a transversely-extending comb, which is secured to the frame of the machine at
the end thereof opposite to the roller B, and H represents a rotary cutter, whose shaft, mounted
159
on the frame A, receives motion from the pulley a. The cutter His formed of a series of circular
blades fitted between teeth of the comb G, and washers alternating with the blades, the washers
serving to adjust the distance between the blades, and in connection with a nut and collar to clamp
the blades in position. The comb is vertically adjustable and has above it a pressure bar, G",
properly secured to the frame A, or a projection thereof, the object being to force the fabric
against the comb and hold it firmly and flat during the cutting operation. (Pressure-bar G" is
Fig. 770.
removed in Fig. 770.) Mounted on the frame, or the attachments thereof, on opposite sides of
the cutter, are tension-regulating rollers J K. Secured to the frame, and at the rear end, are trans-
versely extending beams d e, around which the fabric to be cut is passed from the roller D to the
rollers J.
L represents a roller at the top of the frame A, and M represents a roller on which the cut
chenille is wound. Roller M rests on the rollers B D, and has its frictional contact with the
Fig. 771.
roller adjusted by means of weighted levers P, which are pivoted to the frame A, and carry
rollers Q, which are in contact with the peripheries of the heads of roller M.
Supported on the base of the machine, or on the floor of tjie apartment, is a fan or blower, R,
the pipe 6" whereof leads upwardly and transversely, and opens just in advance of the cutter H, so
as to direct a current of air over the fabric and remove fine particles of the same and dust there-
from. The chenille fabric to be cut into strips is passed under the roller B over the roller C,
160
under the roller D, under the beam d, under and around the beam c, under and over the several
rollers J, and then between the comb G and bearing-plate G", where the cutter H acts on the
fabric, thus severing it into chenille strips, the chenille strips then passing over and under the
rollers -^and over the roller L to the roller M, on which they are wound. The roller M'\s then
removed, and the several lengths of chenille thereon are re-wound or re-rolled on other rollers or
spools, and subjected to further operations.
CHENILLE AS PRODUCED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF FRINGES.
In fringes and similar upholstery fabrics the chenille is produced through the warp, the
filling taking the place of the inside binders. For a practical explanation of this point we refer
Fig. 772.
to Fig. 772. In this illustration we represent under A the heading, under B the worsted, wool
cotton or silk warp for producing the chenille. C, C, C", C", etc., represent the fine cotton
binders interweaving in the heading and chenille part of the fabric (forming the centre of the
chenille after cutting). The arrows at the right hand indicate the places where the chenille has
to be cut towards the heading as indicated by the dotted line between C and C.
DH'1
gnnn
ass:
nan
DBD'
■DB,
DBDI
c
ti IB
S9 >9
A
1 \ M
1 y ~1H
' -1 •■
1 < m i--m 11
1 i ■: .1: in 1 1
1 '■ ! !■' 1 '1
} '] n
! 1 !■ : ')■ 1' II
/I ■ 1 '■ 1 1
1 1: M
1 1 ;]■
■ ; * 1 1* i'
.1
1' 1; ■ 1: :■ 1 .1
1 1 IB
J J; j«u.JBu: .-;i
l:^!^"'
I B
~B ''H lanBOBDIglGEIDKiniEiaKIDKIDSGSDKIDHDBnKinHulSlDgg
■^iH 'H -IGBaHDKDKir BinKJKiaKIGKIDKinKinHniaDEIDKDHgSDg
1H B liflCHnHDKiaEDKlGISiaSiaKICHGBnSGKlOHaKGKiagggg
-IB IB tGHGfar IKCKOHDBGKGEiaSaKGHDSagiaKDKIGKIDggg
I ' nflGHaQGaGDQaacannGaDQaGnaaaGGDDaaDqDg
^a B -iGHGHai raaBDnaHGHnaaHGHaHgHgEGHgHDHGHn
B B iuaa!~'GHnt3DHDHaHGHGHaHGHaHaEgHQHannHgH
9 a ^iGBaaDGGanGGnGaaacaaGQagaGgggqaL UGcaq
a ^B ni»sGBDnnnGnL ici nnGnGrcnnGnGGaaaaaGGGaaGa _
• ' ■ vnNr-'nnhdnnnnrnnKGHnn'-^nriHnnGHGHGHGHUHGC
a IB I 1 ■ n n H n. :: cr n :■: :: n :: 'Hat3GaaHGC3
"B i : i ' ■• i 'GGDGIDCnaa
a B " : 1 : ;:"■: ; "■ "!.:"i-:GSGHa
^B 'H ' i 1 '''^ '■
:b :B . I I 1 .' ; .''-i : ■
IB K : ■ . I ' . ■ ; ■
a H :; c; :: :: :: :■:
a a :; :; c; n :: '
. I. jQ' iGi iC
iriGGGGGLIi
!GHi.:aGaiMK
■ iBGHG
[■'HEGS
'""GG
C-: n an
[■J a nua
a a CO
urn. ,BiJG; JBUiJBGGB^i «, JJH Jb J,J" i.J ^"a^u'-U l^.^'C ,H, ".anEJ'- .HDGGHuaGHGHLJCgH*
laHBHGBaaBGaHaGaauBaBHuHaaBaaoaaaQGaaGGaGaDGGaDaaGQaaaGGDaaaD
b b c ac ac ac ac bcb c
Fig. 773.
Fig. 773 represents the weave for a chenille fringe. A is the heading of the fabric and B the
chenille part. The width of heading in fabric to be ^/^ inch ; the width of chenille fringe to be
from I to 3 inches. Three ends of 2-ply loose twisted zephyrs to be used for one end in the
161
chenille fringe. Two ends of 2-ply 50s cotton used in ground of heading for one end. Two
ends of 2-ply zephyr used for one end in figure of heading.
Specimen Dressing of Heading for Present Example :
10 ends of 2-ply 50s It. blue cotton for 5 ends (heddles).
1 " Gold tinsel
2 " 2-ply 50s It. blue cotton "
1 " Gold tinsel
6 " 2-ply 50s It. blue cotton "
2 " 2-ply It. blue zephyrs "
4 " 2-ply 50s It. blue cotton "
2 " 2-ply It. blue zephyrs "
6 " 2-ply It. blue cotton
1 " Gold tinsel
2 " 2-ply It. blue cotton "
I " Gold tinsel
10 " 2-ply It. blue cotton "
60 ends.
end.
3 times over = 9
5
for 32 heddles.
Dressing for Fringe. (Chenille part.)
9 ends Zephyrs. Blue shade No. i for 3 heddles.
9
II
12
«
12
((
9
(<
9
«
12
t<
12
(<
12
u
Ye
ow
96 ends Zephyrs
2 "
3
3 "
4
4 "
4
I "
3
2 "
3
3 "
4
4 "
4
4
for
32 heddles
The n type in the chenille part of the weave indicates the weave for the cotton cord required
to be interwoven for the filling. Hence every filling line in the design containing this type will
require 2 separate picks : i pick for the heading ; h, ■, and ■ up, □ and a down ; I pick for the
chenille ; a up, a, ■, ■ and □ down.
The process of weaving is clearly indicated in the drawing Fig. 774.
In weave. Fig. 773, and fabric sketch, Fig. 774, the letters used for indicating the different
systems of threads correspond.
c stands for 2 ends of 2-ply 50s light blue cotton (heading).
b stands for I end of gold tinsel (heading).
a stands for 2 ends of 2-ply light blue zephyrs (heading) as used in the different arrangement
of colors mentioned before. The arrows in both (weave and sketch) are also on corresponding
places.
Fig. 775 represents the finished fabric sample. For the filling for heading, 4 ends of 2-ply
light blue worsted are used. For filling for the centre of chenille strip and interweaving in the
heading, use 2-ply 60s black cotton.
162
Weaves Fig. 776 and yjj are two additional specimen designs for chenille fringe.
After the chenille fringe is woven and the heavy cord extracted, the fringe is submitted to a
steaming, which process will put the twist into it as required, for a double purpose. A for
general appearance. B for strength, so as to resist a pulling out of threads in the chenille
part.
Lately this method of producing
chenille fringe (in certain fancy effects)
has been patented for weaving a
double set of fabrics at the same time,
thus separately weaving two fillings
with two sets of heading warps, at
intervals, alternately interweaving the
above mentioned fillings with a set
of body-warps, and interlacing a tem-
porary filling with these body-warps
in alternation with said heading-fill-
ings, and then cutting the body of
the fabric so produced between the
insertions of heading-fillings and re-
moving the temporary filling.
In diagram Fig. 778 is illustrated
such a fabric, having the temporary
filling both interlaced and liberated.
The body of the fabric is cut and two
distinct fringes are produced, each
fringe having a series of spaces, and
each space of one fringe being slightly
wider than the width of two pendants;
the spaces and pendants alternating in
the fringe.
A represents two fringes consist-
ing of the heads a a and pendants b b.
The spaces cc between each two pairs
being slightly wider than the width of
a pair. The fabric of which the fringes
are formed consists of a body, B, and
two heads, a a.
In weaving the fringe fabric a
cord d is thrown into the body at inter-
vals as temporary weft, after the pre-
viously explained method of forming
"single set" chenille-fringe fabrics.
Two shuttles are employed for the heads
a a, one for each head. The threads e
from the two shuttles for the heads are
separately woven with the warps a' a\ employed for these heads, thus producing two heads,
and threads e are alternately and at intervals shot past the heads into and across the body,
and woven with the warps d' thereof, so as to bind the portions of the body, which afterward
constitute the axes or cores of the pendants of the fringe, it being noticed that the two
163
woven heads are alternately connected with the body by such threads e as are shot into the body
at intervals. The cord d is woven only with the warps d of the body, and is introduced therein
alternately with the filling e, as shown. When the fabric is finished, the body is cut through
between the cords d, midway between the fillings e, as usual in making chenille fringe, thus
Fig. 775.
severing the pendants, and the temporary filling is removed. It will be seen that by so
doing said pendants are separated into two series, one series being connected with one head
and the other series with the other head, and the pendants of one series having left among
them spaces corresponding with the pendants of the other series. These spaces may be equal
A B
B » » ■ IKiaglGKDKiniElOSDHaKlQSl
» » » ;,jDJGDnDDaaDCDaGnca
H Bs H :; :■; :: n ,h a ,a-ja.^a ..HDHnsnBDtanacHDcanHa
E5 H H jijuu'jJLiGUijanaaaGaDaaaGDnnDaaa
:: :: :3 :: □□3nHDE3aaac3nHnaaaaHaHnaDHac3aa
■rnrj'! Fi ,. - ^.-jjnaBaDCRj-,^.: -..-- - innanDaaDaDDnuaaDDaDDDnijaanaa
DSi .'. >* , I -'-j ij.jjGBOQCJBnDGacG^iiLj ,.:. i ; j ■"aaacDDnnGnanaaDnnnannaanD
■iM-i. ' s m-:B ii jDBnaoBaGGHanDHGaciH.j' ii -i s 'H bi : k a a a'n CGHaHGHaaanGHGtaaHaQGHGHaHG
Dm n B ;b H i rianniinGBH«nBS«aGBr.^ !'.■ b b -h ■ jaGaaGaGnGcaaaanaGGaaanGGa
mem i 'B Bi-iH ei r„ r , ■-;■ .■:'.■: ■;,■/: 1 -i h-,h b r, :: :: a :: :; ci .aGHcaaHGHGHnH' 'H." nr^a ,□ oa
DB f :: B B B -r ' ■'■■'■■'■■ :■ / = .• ' 'B B « ! JGQanaGGDan'^. ""J
m^-'i :8 B ^B ■■■■ Mi ;■■'■■:■' B ^B B v^HosaKaKat:" .: . ■; i
CM .;-: ., '-;: i* ■■■:■■■■:■■' I i ii <,'n^^..j.L.i ■ "-^^^-iG^a^amrr^-.jii] • ■ '"i
M • : I '!--<■■■■■■■■■■: , ! .KuHLMGt:' , sasaKGHasD;-. 1
B .B B ^' .■■■■■■-■■:■ ■ B B B •ylHGKGKr.:' ;GKlGKGBaiaGK ■)
« <B B B M ■■■■!■■'.■■' B H B :. I ::3aKiGKiaKL.. ■._,.;. .„ ^.,_.. ,jianKDKiGSCBinE_„„-:._. .J
Dt-i -BBB^i :■■■■■■' BBB s=i'..iGGDGUaDaCuuGG:JGGGGGQnnaGnGGr3GaaGDaGaiG
■L I i B B :B :■■■■. B ,B B rjiiaDanHG3a(3DQDHaHaaaacHnnaaGaaHat3DHaHaEi
cm' -^1 B-iB.B ' ; ^ . : ^ iB B .B DaQanDGGnGGiDaGGoanaGaaaGcanaDDanGaaannna
HnaJHG J , - ! jGiJH JlJIjWlJjB i'.;H^:,.jGrtQBDH^a"a " a'^HaQnHGHQHaaQH jHGHGHGHannHnHG
GBGB! JCBG iGBaaGHDGCWf iBGrOUGGHGGG; 'jaGGGDG jaGGGGGGGGaGaGGGna' ]G'"1G
■GB"'«G''"'- rGnaHrinGHGi^wri'^Hnnrifinian". - . jGGGDnGaGGnGrianannaGaaGGnnG'''G
Der'!"rB^-B b -,^:^. . ^--.r^ ,-■ ,fib'"B'-='B" "'f=i"n n a a a^^^x-i^ia'^'a lana^a^ananar'a^EGa' 'a □
mC! ^ ■ 'B B H ■■■'■'' ■ ■ B' 'B B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ^ -"■ "■ " "J
Gi- B 8 B ■■■■■■ B B iB :; a a a a a a a a a a, la :n ":a a a a aj
Br.:j_i BBB ■■■■■■'■■':-! BBB'' ^ ':i
CBGauB B :: ■■■■■■■■■■' b b b - - --: ,'~j
■GBGH. . ■■.■:■■.■■-'■■'■...!' . 'I- ' -: ' , ::■;":
aBGBGUti^_i^i.j^,jH_jBMB^«Lj»uBLj«^BijBLjBiJGr«iuuL ^^,jj^.-: .:-j. ;^;..G-Ai; ;L-; . .•, . , .1. .,.■,_,..•;. ,:i; J.-: _.;. .::i,::;_a
Fig. 776.
BI t ■
ON-
iB
B
B'
'B
B >
B
■ !■' ■'
■ :■
m
m
m
«
■
■
m
m
b:
B
B
B
■
■
m
■
■
m
mCi-i
:B
:b
H
JGS'.jGGf
am ;
BGGGi
4U
to one, two, or more pendants, according as the set of threads e are thrown across the body
from the two heads.
Another method of weaving a double set of chenille fringes at once, and with their pendants
attached, is illustrated in Figs. 779 and 780. This method of operation (patented by S. Steinecke)
consists in interweaving two separate sets of heading-warps and one series ol ordinary body-
164
warps with a single filling or series of picks, and also a series of temporary picks of another
heavier size filling, which is removed in like manner to that of the temporary filling inserted in
fabrics previously illustrated.
Fig. 779 represents a plan of the construction of the fabric, showing the pendants in pairs
on the opposite headings, some of the fabric being cut so as to form the pendants (as they appear
when finished) in pairs on the lower part of the diagram.
A
^n^n
■■aaaBnan
2fSB
'H ■
■'"<
C^P^
!■'
am^Mi
m' f
. »
S
■
■ra-
-IB'
')■-=!■'
'■ -'
-'B
M
' Hi '
DW' )' i
■ '
m
■
:■
SI-
H -i
.-;■
■DH
j
:B
H :
on L !
■
m
■
■
i ,H-
iW 1
:: ■
'•m
m
■
■'
■
□B' ; '
m
■
■'
!■ 1
i •&■
H '
' :■
■CiW :■
DH' I I
mj: 1 • *
am ! I
■!■;'.! t
mamrm
DBONCi
■□■I IBi
□B" r»
Bi:,"i| ■-;■
DB. >
■
I, I . a iH
■ ' 'I ; B' i' Hi
II I W 1» .'iS9
I • •• S^ ■■ B'
■ BS S
I ' i
I B B
laaaaaaHauBaHaaaBBai
Eani5lDKlDE10KDHGKIDKlDKDKDHnKinKiriKnK^®aKa
I'JBOlGKlCKnKaKGSCianKl'JKCiEnKDBCKIJSaBDia
■t«riHDEJ!"JKQSSDBDKiaH!"KGKDBGK!aKiaKnKiaHngin
JHDBDKGKILjSGKGKIClKlDKDKLJKIGKaSDKiaSDKIDKI
rtiJI
CGDOG' ;i xrjGaGGGGaaDGnGcnL:aGGCiDan
lWE3GHCHQHGHaHGHDHnC3GHGHGHnEJGHrjHa
--•' □HnHGaaHGHGEGaGHGHGHGHGHGHL.HaH
I iGi:iaGGOaQr;GGGG[' GG'^nGGGGGGi "OGGGG"
IGGGGGGGGGGrjiG'^ni ^^GGGGf 'i '• "IGG' t ':G^ ]GG
!H'~n 'HiKi IE' iH HrK, U,. Bi H H Q £3 )QG
u H H' a K K n H n n a a a ugh
IJ'SGKIGBaBGKGt:
raGBQKDEJGKC Ef
r wnginKntxir-iM""!-.
c
JGG
::■' «n
:-j iHGia
"■J ISD
;-,i.iGai3
'GG
H iQG
B BGH
GGGGG_
' ■ > :K H Bl "B B B B"'B 'B iB' B
, :- .. B G' B. B -B. ,Bi":BGHi B B t
r-i H ■' IQGGGI IGGG! J jlJGGGGL'l IGGL
-liJWnG^-rJGQGGGGDCGGGGGDGafiaaGGGGaGGG"
:«:-HGIGHnHGHaaaEaBaHQBGKGHGQr^BaaGaG
iGBLjBGaaaHGHriHGHGaGHGKaHQHaEGHGQaaGH
GaHDaauDnaanGDaGGaGDnDQDacaaaGaaGaG
Fig. 777.
Diagram Fig. 780 shows the method of interlacing binder filling which forms the cores of
the pendants.
A A represent two sets of heading-warps at the sides of the usual body-warps, B for form-
ing the pile-threads of the chenille. The warps A and B are interwoven with the filling C, which
may consist of a single thread or series of threads, all in the same shuttle.
B
Fig. 77S.
Fig. 779.
The filling is interlaced in the following manner: The filling is interwoven with the left-hand
heading-warps A, then, with the body-warps B, up to the inner edge of the right-hand heading-
warp A but not with the .said right-hand heading-warp A; then the intermediate or filling weft,
Z>, which is to be removed later on, is interwoven with the body-warps B, but not with the headings.
After three, four, or more courses of the intermediate weft, Z), have been formed, the weft-thread C
165
is again interwoven with the body-warps B and one of the heading-warps ; but in this case the weft
C is interwoven with the right-hand heading-warp A, and with the body-warps up to the inner edge
of the left-hand heading-warp y^.but not with said left-hand heading-warp ^,and so on alternately,
so that, as shown in Fig. 779, the weft-thread C is interwoven at regular intervals with the body-
warps, and is alternately interwoven with the left and right-hand heading-warps A. The warps B
are then cut parallel with the wefts C, midway between them, and the temporary wefts D are re-
moved, and thereby two chenille fringes are formed, one on each heading A, the pendants being
connected alternately with the opposite headings, as shown.
As shown in Fig. 779, the filling can be interwoven in such a manner that in pairs they are
alternately connected with the opposite headings, or the first, second and third picks may be
interwoven with the right-hand heading, and the next, first, second and third picks to the opposite
heading, and so on. In all cases the permanent filling will ordinarily be interwoven with the
heading-warps, as shown in Fig. 780, in which case the filling must be severed at the points a at
both headings. The filling interwoven with the headings, and extending across the warps, form
the cores of the chenille pendants.
B
Fig. 780.
Fig. 7S1.
In Fig. 781, the previously explained method of weaving a double set of chenille fringes
with their pendants attached, is shown as applied to the production of pendants which are shaped
so as to have a varying-diameter.
A A are the heading- warps; B, the body-warps between the two sets of heading-warps.
C C filling interwoven with the heading and body warps and forming cores or centres of the
pendants E. The core C oi each pendant of the weft is interwoven with one heading warp only,
and, as shown in the drawing, the cores of the chenille pendants are interwoven alternately with
the opposite headings.
If desired, one, two, or three cores may be interwoven with one heading, and the next one,
two, or three cores with the opposite heading, and the cores may be grouped on the opposite
headings in any suitable manner.
Temporary filling M is interwoven with the body-warps between the picks C to form the
chenille fabric. Then the body- warps are cut with suitable dies, knives or scissors, between the
permanent picks to produce shaped pendants — that is, pendants in which the diameters of the
pile-threads vary at different points through their entire length.
1 m
PILE FABRICS IN WHICH THE PILE IS PRODUCED BY A SEPARATE
WARP IN ADDITION TO THE GROUND WARP.
As indicated, two kinds of warps are necessary to the production of these fabrics. One
warp, the " ground-warp," with the fiUing, produces the ground or body of the fabric, while a
.second warp, known as the " pile-warp," produces the face.
In any pile fabric, from the common velvet to the most complicated Astrakan cloth, Brussels,
Wilton or tapestry carpet, the method of entwining the ground structure is of a very simple
character (either common plain, basket, or a twill of short repeat), while the interlacing of the
pile-warp into the ground cloth is of a more complicated nature. In all warp-pile fabrics
two methods of producing the pile are essential. Either the pile is left uncut, which is techni-
cally known as the "Terry" pile, or the pile is cut, known technically as the "velvet" pile. In
addition to these two ground principles for producing the warp-pile, an endless variety of effects
and combinations are produced by using various color combinations for each kind, again varying
the height of the pile, combining cut and uncut (velvet and Terry effect) pile for forming addi-
tional designs in one fabric, etc., etc.
Ground-warp and pile-warp are independent in their operation on the loom, therefore each
must be wound on a separate beam, as a different tension and "let-off" is required for each.
In fabrics of a fancy character one beam for the pile-warp will not be sufficient, and the
number must be increased for some fabrics to a great extent, in fact in such fabrics as Brussels or
Wilton carpets it must be increased to one miniature beam for each individual pile warp-thread.
Structure of Warp Pile Fabrics.
Warp-pile fabrics are constructed by raising the pile-warps from the ground cloth over a
wire and then interlacing the same into the cloth again. The entire pile-warp may be raised over
the wire on a pick, or part of it only. In every case we must be careful to arrange the binding
so as to secure the pile proper to the ground cloth. In case we want to raise only a part of the
pile-warp at one pick we must, in addition to the binding, arrange the distribution according to
the effect required.
Terry and Velvet Pile.
In all warp-pile fabrics the same kind of warp yarn may be employed to produce the pile
for either the Terry or the velvet effect; but it will be necessary to use different wires if the fabric
is to be woven on a power loom. The Terry pile is
produced by using a plain wire, as illustrated in /- — — — — '^-- l^> ^"' ''^^•
Fig. 782, which, when drawn out, leaves the loop
intact. ^ — — ^^ _ ^^ ^^,^^_^^^2> ^^^- 782.
If "velvet pile" is desired we must use wires of a
style similar to that illustrated in Fig. 783, being a wire which has a knife attached to its extreme
end. This cuts its way through the pile as the wire is pulled out.
In weaving pile fabrics on a hand loom, frequently one kind of wire is used for producing
both Terry and velvet effects of an equal size. This wire is provided with a groove for inserting
the knife of the "trevette" when a velvet face is required. Fig. 784 illustrates the section cut of
such a wire (see S). The knife of the trevette is shown at ^. B represents a warp-thread as cut
and secured to the body or ground of the cloth by means of picks i and 2, which in the present
example represent the two connecting picks to the pick for inserting the wire. If no cutting is
required (Terry) the wire is pulled out. Thus it will be seen that the production of velvet or
Terry effects in the fabric is effected by cutting, or not cutting, certain pile picks, the change to
either effect being entirely at the will of the weaver. The trevette is a frame having a knife fixed
167
in it for cutting the pile, and is illustrated in Fig. 785 by a front view and in Fig. 786 by a side
view. Letters used for indicating the different parts in both designs are used correspondingly.
Fig. 784. Fig. 785. Fig. 786.
The weaver inserts the trevette on the wire to be liberated at the left side of the fabric and
runs it quickly over the entire width of the wire.
Explanations and Illustrations of the Method of Operation in Producing Warp
Pile Fabrics.
As previously mentioned, in warp pile fabrics we require two kinds of warp, one for the
ground cloth and one for the pile. Each kind of warp is drawn in on its own set of harness,
arranging in most every instance the pile warp nearest to the reed.
DsnoKin— c '
DKlDDgn— A'
■aQBCDD
DsaaHD— c
BOHBOEB .
12 3 4 5 6
Fig. 787.
b-aaaasa ist set of harness
,1— UKiaDnn '°' ground-warp.
eBaaaan
2ncl set of harness
f— DDDBQa for pile-warp.
Fig. 788.
In Fig. 787 we illu.strate a weave for a pile fabric. Repeat: 3 warp-threads, 4 picks. Ar-
rangement of warp: 2 threads ground (2, 3, 5 and 6), i thread pile (i and 4) = 3 threads in repeat.
Filling: l ground pick heavy (^), 2 ground picks finer (^'and C), i pick for inserting wire (Z>),
= 4 picks in repeat.
Fig. 788 represents the drawing-in draft arranged, 4-harness in first set for ground warp and
2-harness in the second set for pile warp. Harness: a, b, c and d for ground; harness: e and y
for pile.
« ^
Fig. 789.
Fig.
790.
Fig. 789 illustrates the method of operation on the loom. Every letter or number used in
this diagram corresponds with thgse used in Figs. 787 and 788. and thus will readily explain
itself.
168
Fig. 790 represents a reproduction in perspective of the fabric as produced with weave Fig.
787. Letters used in this drawing also correspond with those used in Figs. 787, 788 and 789.
In drawing Fig. 789, representing the method of operation for forming pile fabrics, only one
wire is shown interwoven. The same will illustrate a principle most frequently observed, i. e., to
have the pile warp in the lower shed, both in the pick preceding the wire as well as the one
following. This method has a strong tendency to drive the wires into position as well as to keep
them there. In some fabrics this method is changed with respect to the pick preceding the wire,
but in whatever warp pile fabric to be constructed by means of wires, the pick following the
insertion of the wire must have all pile warp-threads, raised as before over the wire, down.
We will now give a short sketch of the method of operation on the hand loom when weaving
warp pile fabrics, thus illustrating also a like principle for weaving the same fabrics on the power
loom. After the weaver has interlaced the required number of ground picks between the threads
of the combined warps, a shed is formed either by raising the entire pile warp-threads in the
upper part of the shed and forming the lower part of the shed by means of the ground warp, or
by raising only a part of the pile warp in this pick, forming the lower part of the shed by the
entire ground warp and also the remaining part of the pile warp. This shed remains formed
until the wire has been passed through, extending on each end several inches wider than the
selvage threads. Towards this wire so inserted the reed is brought with considerable force,
and pushes the wire close towards the previously interwoven ground picks. The shape of these
wires is of such a form that, by arranging the latter so that the reed when pressing towards the
interlaced part of the fabric comes in contact with the grooved edge, the wire is caused to stand
on its lower edge. In this upright position it is maintained by pressing the reed towards the wire
until a new shed (ground pick) is formed, in which the filling for the ground cloth is inserted by
means of a common shuttle as is done in the ground pick preceding the insertion of the "wire."
By this method of fastening the pile warp over its respective wire to the ground cloth, the
latter is also securely fastened to it, and, if an uncut pile effect is desired, requires some effort to
liberate it. After inserting the required number of ground picks the process of inserting the wires
is repeated, several wires always being retained in the fabric to keep the pile-threads from pulling
out of the texture, which would destroy the face. From 6 to 12 wires, according to the material
and the method of interlacing the ground cloth, as also the closeness or "height" of texture, are
required to remain in the fabric to prevent any possible trouble, as pomted out. The last wire
liberated is always the next to be inserted.
We will now proceed to explain and illustrate a few of the most prominent warp pile fabrics.
Velvet and Plush Fabrics.
These fabrics are constructed with two kinds of warps. The ground-warp consists either
of silk or cotton, and interlaces with the filling on plain 53, rib S5, gj, basket g.^SB, or a 3, 4, 5,
6 harness twill ; whereas the pile-warp being of silk, forms the face, through interlacing with the
ground- cloth after, or before and after, raising for the wire.
The ground-warp is woven with a tight tension, while the pile-warp is arranged to " take
up " easily. The name of the fabric indicates the " cut " character for the pile. As previously
mentioned, two beams are necessary, the beam for carrying the ground-warp, and the beam for
carrying the pile-warp. The pile-beam must be situated in a higher position (in the rear of the
loom) than the beam carrying the ground-warp, so that the pile-threads will run in an oblique di-
rection towards the harness. The proportion of pile and ground-warp as well as the height of
texture, and threads per dent, vary for the different qualities.
Arrangements most frequently used are :
2 ends ground to alternate witli I end pile, or, 2 ends ground to alternate with 2 ends pile.
Fig. 791.
169
Or, 2 ends ground, i end pile, i end ground, i end pile, = 5 ends in repeat. Or, i ground, I
pile, I ground, 2 pile, = 5 ends in repeat. Or, i ground, 2 pile, 2 ground, 2 pile, = 7 ends in
repeat. Or, 2 ground, i pile, 2 ground, 2 pile = 7 ends in repeat, etc., etc.
The ground-warp and pile-warp are each put on a separate set of harness, generally using
4 successive harnesses for drawing in the ground-warp, and 2 harnesses for the pile-warp.
For example :
Fig. 791 represents a common vel-
vet weave in which 2 ground warp-
threads alternate with i end pile-warp.
Filling: 3 picks, ground {A. B. C.) to
alternate with i wire {D).
Fig. 792 illustrates the drawing-in
draft with two sets of harness. Harness
a, b, c, d for the ground-warp (4), harness
e and /for the pile warp (2).
Technically the velvet fabrics are
' — 0 pt|^"{^--'^^ classified as "two-picks velvet," "three-
H U for 7vt.cvva.Tp. y >
picks velvet," etc., which means that in
the two-picks velvet we use two ground-picks between each insertion of the wire, and in the
three-picks velvet three successive ground picks, and so on.
In Fig. 793 we illustrate one of the plainest of the velvet weaves and representing what is
technically classified as " the common two-picks velvet " weave.
M* 1 i>;i
v
MX-
M*
JL
Fig. :
■
i
"
*
1
»
nBDnnn
3Dnman
snaanQB
12 3
Fig. 793.
Fig. 794.
Fig. 794 represents the sectional cut of this weave. An examination of this weave will
illustrate the following arrangement for each pick :
Pick I raises ground warp-thread I and the pile.
" 2 " only the pile (wire).
" 3 " " ground warp-thread 2.
Repeat: 3 warp-threads and 3 picks.
Warp: 2 ground-threads to alternate with one pile-thread (this pile can also be a two-fold or
a three-fold thread).
Filling: 2 ground-picks to alternate with one pick for inserting wire.
eoGUPna
sroBrjDB
SRODHDa
-QDBUDB
lEDHBDH
12 3
Fig. 795.
Fig. 796.
In Fig. 795 we illustrate a velvet weave frequently used, which has for the ,□
interlacing of the ground cloth the common rib-weave (2 harness and 4 picks *J^'
In this weave we find the ground-picks preceding the pick for inserting the wire, as
well as the ground-pick following the latter, call for the raising of the same ground warp-threads
(two picks in a shed in the common rib-weave).
170
Fig. 796 illustrates the section of a fabric interlaced on weave Fig. 795. An examination of
each pick will show the following results :
Pick I raises ground warp-thread number i and the pile.
" 2 " only the pile (for inserting the wire).
" 3 " only ground warp-thread number i.
" 4 " ground warp-thread number 2 and the pile.
" 5 " only the pile (for inserting the wire).
" 6 " only the ground warp-thread number 2.
Repeat: 3 warp-threads and 6 picks.
Warp : 2 ground-threads to alternate with i pile-thread (which can also be a two-fold or
three-fold thread).
Filling: 2 ground-picks to alternate with one pick for inserting wire.
SDHBDHB
VHaOHDa
snoBDaB
SDHDDHa
4HDBaDB
srinnnnT
'■ m
u^ v. "■
Fig. 797. Fig. 798.
In Fig. 797 we illustrate the common " 3-picks velvet" weave, which has for its interlacing
of the ground-cloth the common plain weave.
Repeat: 3 warp-threads and 8 picks.
Warp : 2 ground-threads to alternate with i pile-thread (which can also be a two-fold or
three-fold thread).
Filling: 3 ground-picks to alternate with one pick for inserting the wire.
An examination of each successive pick will show the following results :
Pick I raises ground warp-thread No. i. (Ground-pick I.)
" 2 " pile-warp for inserting wire.
" 3 " ground warp-thread No. 2. (Ground-pick 2.)
" -; " ground warp-thread No. I and pile-warp. (Ground-pick 3.)
*' 5 " ground warp-thread No. 2. (Ground-pick 4.)
*' o " pile- warp for inserting wire.
" 7 " ground warp-thread No. I. (Ground-pick 5.)
" 8 " ground warp-thread No. 2 and pile-warp. (Ground-pick 6.)
The section cut of this weave, which is represented in diagram Fig. 798, readily explains the
advantages of this weave over the preceding ones, in that it more securely fastens the pile to the
ground-cloth, every pile warp-thread being interlaced by -^ — ^ — j before it is raised for inserting the
wire. Therefore fabrics produced with this weave will be more durable than fabrics interlaced as
shown in sections 794 and 796; of course, by using the texture and size of yarn alike in all
three examples, the fabric as produced with weave Fig. 797 will be less dense, in appearance of
the face, than the others.
UtaBDHq
DGBJ'JB-D
laauajG
1 2 »
Fig.
799-
SfcU»nat cat ^ "^i-^t wu.rfi_
Fig. 800.
In weave Fig. 799 we represent another " 3-pick velvet" weave. Diagram Fig. 800 repre-
sents the section of a fabric interlaced with weave Fig. 799. Letters for indicating the different
threads in weave and section are used correspondingly. Two loops formed by the insertion of
the wires are shown as cut, whereas one is represented as uncut.
171
An examination of the weave will show the following results :
Repeat : 3 warp-threads and 4 picks.
Arrangemeiit of Warp : 2 ends ground to alternate with i end pile.
Filling : 3 picks ground to alternate with i pick forming the shed for inserting the wire.
Picks marked i, 3, 4, are ground picks. Pick 2 (=: D) is the pick for inserting the wire. If
usino- a twill weave for interlacing the ground-cloth in a velvet fabric, we generally use not less
than 3 successive ground picks to alternate with one pick for the wire. Less ground picks would
result in a texture not sufficiently strong to resist the pulling out of the pile by the wear the
fabric is put to.
B-'ri'j" :::: " ^ liaa nHH^nsnn _Am-'"".l.'."."'-/W
DHB ■ ■ ■ ■ :■ oh:-: - i:: i
□n aa aa aa n HOi . a i i
saa a --' a -aa x; aa d» ■ t>
'''!'.,■ ■■■■)■ °aMa a i a
&u a aa a a aao ddi ■ ■ / i 'WAro Tk"'*^^'} '^ W (\l*^ ^<\ \ t Vi'\\^ ■yvrM if ro\r J^r\^
DUfiaa aa aa laaa dbh . i la i , L'vfflfflL*iAA-»J 1 V^-7 M?}\K\^-)^^^-1 ]\ (o-Xy^Sj
DG:aa a_ -, a aa -HJO EJOCiMa ; lu A ^ ^.».i»«. -i.^-*. ^ ^ / . v >• ..^^ ^ i ^^ ^.^ -^ » y , v ^ xvxn.,.
d:jb: ;oiiLi,jHauHuaBDaB DBaauBag xl.
Fig. 8oi. Fig. 802. Fig. 803.
In Fig. 801 we illu.strate the design for a pile fabric having the ~ ^ 6-harness twill for weave
of the ground structure.
Repeat : 9 warp-threads and 8 picks.
Arrangemc7it of warp: 2 ground threads, I pile thread = 3 threads repeat.
Filling : 3 ground picks to alternate with i pile pick.
The method of interlacing the pile warp to the ground cloth is, in the present example, equal
to the one illustrated in F'ig. 800.
In place of one pile thread we can also use a two-fold or three-fold thread.
In the manufacture of velvets and plushes, in which no dense pile is required on the face, as
also in fabrics in which the material used is rough or too close set, and so liable to "choke"
between the raising and lowering of the entire pile warp or vice versa the entire ground warp, we
raise on every successive pile pick only each alternate pile warp-thread. The proportion of pile
warp and ground warp in these fabrics is generally equal; one ground warp-thread to alternate
with one thread of pile warp.
In this manner design Fig. 802 is executed.
Repeat: 4 warp-threads and 6 picks {4 ground picks, 2 picks for wires).
Filling: 2 picks ground to alternate with i pick for inserting the wire.
Diagram Fig. 803 represents a sectional view of the method of interlacing both pile warp-
threads in the ground cloth in weave Fig. 802. One pile warp-thread, indicated as A, is shown
shaded and situated behind pile-thread B, which is shown in clear outlines. 6" represents the
section of a wire as used in hand looms, but which will also demonstrate the section of a wire
as used in power looms. C represents the section of the knife in the trevette. The first loop is
shown as cut, whereas the other three are represented as uncut.
FIGURED VELVET.
In these pile fabrics more figuring is possible than in any other kind of textile fabrics. One
of the first requisites for figuring these fabrics is the use of different colors for forming designs.
Then, again, we can figure successfully by using uncut pile with the regular cut pile, as also by
using the common weaving to form figures with the pile weaving. We can also produce new
additional designs by means of high and low pile. All these latter methods for forming addi-
tional figures will result in the necessity of using a great many beams, and in some fancy figures
172
C
in
a
in
6
-♦-»
cancaaaacDaaaaaDaocBnaaaoanaaooaaaanDanaanaaaaarj
GCDDLnDGGDDfflDDfflaaDnnDGQaaaDDLinnDaaDEBDGfflnnaDnDaaa
BaDHaDE3nDaaaHDDaaLiHDDnaaaDaBaDHaQacDHD;ja'JDaGDajj
DDaDGDDDfflDasGGfflaGfflijDGDaaaDODGnnafflaGfflnafflGGaajnjLTj
GaoGHGnHGGHGGHGGcsDGaGGHaaaaGHaGaaaHDaaGaaGnaGLiaG
DanaafflaGEBaafflGGfflcafflaasGL DGGGGGfflQGfflGDfflacfflGafflaGaG Gl i
HGcaaGaaaaacEQaaGGaDGGGGaGGaaGaGLiHDQBGGaGGaGGaGG
GGGGGSGnfflGGfflGGEBGOffl' IGB'^lGnni
□arGa''"". ■HLiGaGGHncin' '■ h :■:■.! "i
:"'a : Es GifflGGBG; ti ■:< . a
_,_.□ .^.aGGaGGQGLjH".. :-:._:.■ 03
iffl sGnBaaafflGGEHGLw t la
n ■■ n':.GaGGaGGaGcaG'"'a:", '
ffljQEBGGEGGfflGGEa^ "i'
'" 1'. laaaaaaaL.j ii ::
ESGafflaQBGCEa ^n
} iGHCoaGGa ::
ffl~iafflnGanr
C'/'X-! ■" in
IT ina
nnannaGi'iffl'
la _' a "'Ga
'es "eb"_
" EB
ffl EB
:a ;:a
EH_.
CGB
GGEB .1 iffl SGGBaaafflaGEHGGffl' I lEH EB , EH
cai G.: g:gggggggggggg g: G. :\
GGB B-' ESGGfflGGEGGfflGGEa^ "i' a .S
HGra G G "G_GGGGGG-. - - G . /.G .__ _.
nqa ^ m _ ffl,_i aGafflaoSGGa _>b a /a' a " a_
DGGii '
BLIGH'
qg:"'- l"iB a" a ", e3 a a
oaGja._ ,a 'a "a a a
□QGGGG . a" a a a
HGDBGGa a a a :;
DGGGGG ■>. r:<
DHGGQLi. a .. a a . aL,L.a
naacGGGiB ■■ ■■ ■GGGaaaaaoaQGcai
HGGHGGa^ .a a aGGGGcaGGanaH: iGa
DGGG[;iGWB ■■ ■■ ■■GGGGGGGGGGGG'
a .
a
a
a
G'jffl
•a I: la :'
a_j
G
■a... .a
a a
/JGGQuLJG'JLJfflGG
ho
■a:' a
a
a"
oai
GL'
Hl"
DGi
Da
Gl
EG
Qi
aa:
GG^B-'.-
QGDaGOaGG
DQGGGGDGGi
GBOGaaGBGi
■GGDGGGGGl
BGGBGGBGLia
■■GGGGGGG. ■. ■
aBaQBGGBa^,ao^a.„.^,a_:,; ,:■,
■■GGGGGGGGGGaDGGGGGL
BGDBaCBGGBaGBGaBDGEC
■GGGjGGGBGGGGGGGBGGr":
" " " ar.f ci' I a '"■.;■■
■JGGBGGBGa
a.JGfflGDfflGGG
.a.jjBGGBGGBG
._ , uGaGGEaGaaGGa
. GBGGBaaBGGBGDSGGBQGBaDBGa
,GGDGGGG'^GGGGaG~iaGGDaaaDGa
raGGBGGBGGaGi.^a "a "^GaaaBGaBa
„„, _ TIGGGGGGG
■3 nGBGDBGa
_ _ _ ._ iBGGGQaaa
ia^ .■ :■] J c: .. a . a^ v iBGObg
-.GGBGGBl
■ GGGGGGG'
aGGBGGBD'
a
a a a
■
:B....Ga._Gia.._.
"GGGGGGGG^
JGBGGBDGa:
"rmrmnnZ'Cr
ia' ' -a' i'
a' J. a
■■:
a a
::■■ ■■
:n
a
■3 iLJBCGBaaaaGa
-•GGGGGGGGGGBB'
a' IrisijGBGGBGL .a
■ ■' ^B^GGGGGGGBBGBB; ;U'
■3 a GiaGGBGGBGGBGGBG' a ^1
iH ■■•"tggqggggbgbggg: i
a a • "i-3rGBGGBGGBaGaLju^a^, _
■■ : r IGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHBG
3 aGGBGDBGGBriCBGGBGG
■ ■ '■■
HGGGGG
a.'JCjBGG
■ -JGGGG
a / -BG
■ ■^■.■iIjG
a.j.jBGG
■■GGGQ
aGGBG
/■GGLO
a. I IBGG
. JGGGQ
a "JGBG
a T3 ,!j
■ ■G
.aa
■■
a
"gg;;
IGr^GGGi m 3
■ auGBQ
T ::/lGGG
a._, BGG
a L,a
GB!
GH_ ■■ ■
BL" .a_.,._a_,.„ai ,,,a_ a
■■iJHBGBGGGGGl 'M' ■
GBGL:BGDBaGBGr .a
■■GBBGGGGQGGL'L _..
BQGBDGBDOBGGBGGa
■■GHGOGGGGGGGGGG'
DBGGBGGBGGBGGBGGa a
DOGGDrjGGGGGBGGaaGLiL'L,!
BDDBGGBGGBQGBGGBGGBGaBGGBGGBGGa'
DGGGDDGGfflDCBGL fflGGaaGGGCGQDGGC n"
DBGGBGGBGDBGGBiGGBGGBQGBGDBGGaGJ
DGGGGBGDaaDBGGBCG'BGOBGGGGCG; '' B:
BGGBGGBDQBGCBGGBGGGGGBGGSGGaL "
C3
.. .iG
-a ]
iL.'G
-■■GGGGGGi ■
_GBaGBGGa a
GGGGGGG
BGQBGGBiGGB.-
jGGGGGGGGGO: "
LJ. L-i JGiBQ^BGGBGGB'
iGGGUujL'GGjGG^B^^G B-^
a a a. i
B
: a
■■ an
■ M ■■! ■'
a.
a
DGDG'DaaDaCGBGCaGGBGGBGGGGGG .
a
iBl. W
a
DBGGBGGBGlX^
DGBGDaGCja. B'
HDGBDDEG" '
DGBGGB^"
CB' J/'B""' r
DGB a
EG' a _ a
QL Bf 4_ a
DB' : a_.
OG. .a
bggbgl: a
GCGGGB
GEGGBL,
GGOGCQ ■
BGGBGCB:
DGGGGGi 'J
mGBGDEG'
? DGGGGG
BDDBDC;a
GGGGGGB
GEG' .ar
a.
B' B"
a.
B
a
EH
a
■Ga
b; .. 5
■:rK C3
B__ B^^ a_
■b'^' a'" a"
B B: '..jaLlLjaLLii^UL
a i^^a.
a
;3 a ) J
■ ■■' )
a a J
jljuLjGD
GiBGGBDG
BGOGGGG
BGGEDGBa
riaGGEDDD
'_^aBGGBQD
"fflGGaODD
:: a. idbd
a BGOffl
C3 IBGG
a ^^"^'m
produced by harness work as well as all
figuring done by means of the Jacquard
machine, the number of beams will in-
crease according to figured character of
design until a separate small beam "pile-
warp spool " for each individual pile warp-
thread must be used. In using this arrange-
ment of spools it is advisable to adjust a
hack (divider) in rear of the loom, so as
to readily find the place of breaking of any
thread in the loom during weaving.
aDGHanaODDGaBGGGGGGBBGGGGGGBSGDU
CjDafflBfflGiGGGfflfflafflG_GiGBBfflBGi:GGfflBBaOa
QaaaafflaGGafflaBBaGGBBBBBB • eebbbbg
DBHaaaaGaaaaaBaGGBBaBBB. i bbbbbbg
HaffiafflBfflfflBBfflaBEBBBafflffiaaaaaaaaaaBBffl
BaBBBEBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBaBaBaaaaaaa
BBBBBBBaBBBBBBBBBBBBBBaHiBaaaaaaB
BBBffiBBaaBBBfflBBfflBfflBHaaBaaaBBBBaBa
G'fflBBBBB I "BBBBBB'._- iBBBaaB BaBaBB J
GBBBBBBi iVBaBBBBGGBBBBBB: i.jaBBBBBG
riLiaaBB'G' aaEaa'TGG: aasBGr )■ "'jBaaa 'i
GGG'BB. ._.'_ BB._.GaGG ;Bffl g:GGGijBB_'G 1
GDGGGBBBBBBGGDDGDGGGL.BBBBBBaaGDG
DGGGBBBBBBBBGGDGDGGGBBBBBBBBGGDG
GGGBBBBBBBBBBGGGGGDBBBBBBBBBBGGG
GGGBBBBGGBBBBGGGGGGBBBBGGBBBBGGG
CGBBBGDGCDDBBBGDaDBBBDGGGL r '■■■ . i 1
GGBBGGGDGGGGBBGGGGBBGGGC Gji G 'BB . :_i
DGBGGGi^'BBTinGGBGGGGBGGGGBBG: .G. -.BGG
GGGGGG BBBB' 'GiGGGG' I'^GG'GGBBBBGGDGGD
BGGiGGGBBBBi ■GGLUGBB GJGGGBBBBGLIGGGB
BBGGGGi BB .GOC BBBB G jGBBGGGGGBB
■BGDDDGaQaaGGDBBBB ;: GGBB
BGCGGBGaGGBaGGGBB. ^ U' • ~ m 'I'lGGB
DGGGBBGaDGBBaGGG ■ ._ . BB BB.'GGD
QDGBBBGGaCB«BGGG..jGGBBB. BBBGGG
GBBBBDGDDDGBBBBGGBBBBGr' .. 'BBBBG
IGDGGCGBBBBBBBBBBGr "
^ i
J|
E3
E3
a
o
6
I— t
'^i
GGBGGBLl. C
B' .lijaGGBGGB'
;3:...BaDBGGa'
auGfflDDfflGGB
CO'.
BG a a a a :-
GG. B BB B ■ I
DEE I a, a a a
DG[ BB B
BG_.a_._a ,a._^.a„L
DGG.BBGGGDGGLGGGG
GEGL IBaaBDDBDGBDC i!
_:BGGBGGBDGEGLIBGDBGGBaGBDDBQaBG
ar iGaDGCGODGGGGGDGDDDGGGDBnDfflGr li
■a-^ r:ni -:r7C3GGBDGBGDBGGBGr-'BG'~iBr~.^'a
BB '■ ' ■TiGGCGDGOGDGr B^'BB" BB '■
a a aLjGBDDEDDBDr ;a a, < a a
■■ BB :"'GGGaGGGGGL«B BB ■■ BB
a a aG a ' a i a a a a a
'=q
GGL iBGGGDGDBGBGGr;
BGGBODBDDB r"E" B
DDDDuDDDGBB BB Ji:
DBGDEDGEGL :3 C3 ::
■DGGGDDDGBB. BB . .
BGGECGBDGB a a. a
BBGDGGGGGL B B _ ' ->' •
DBGQBGGEGGa,:,GaGGa_; a
BBQaaGDGGCGGDGDGGGGE.-
BDGBDDBGDBGDBGGBGDBr
BDGGCGGBGGGGGGGBGGGV
DBGGBG^^B" a"::a^" a:*": a
DDDGDGBB i ■ . ■ BB '
EGGBGr :3 a a a ' a
_ai
BB .jG^li -■^CJ; GLr
•a jGaGGBGGBGr X-3i
■ ..'-!• ■ 'BGjGGGGG'B'-'BGG"' »-
. LjBGGBGGBGcaG: a 'a"' '"a
GL ODDGGGGGGGi"'" BB ■■
aGGBGGBr_iGBGGia' : B'G'. a: '' a
BDGBDDBaGBUGEL
_ . IGGCDDGBQBGGGGf
a ' " aGGBDaBGDECGE
IB "■"'GGGGGGCGQC;', . '
;3'. ' a GiaaGEGaBGGEiG'
I ' ■' ""'BGGGGGjGGB
DC
DB' :3
DB 'BB
Br.i a
BB BB
:.Ga a
a
w
GGGDDQDG
t. Bl :L ;a'.ji_ BLiL^BGGGDDB
o BBGBGGGGGGGGGOni:
N GEGGBGDEDGBGaBC")!:
-DGD_.GDaaGG':a'^' w
BGGBDGBGGB : B '""B
DGaGDDGDffi! , aG' 'B ■;
DBGGEGGB' ,' a ■ 'B
DDGDGB 1.. .a
BDG'BDLB i.'B
DODGGB ' B E !' a
a„_a _a a a a a La'iGBGL.a
■GDCDCDlB BB BB BB BB^BDGDDGGi
GEGGBOGa . a a: a a 'Gedgbggb
"— '■ -1 BB' 'BB BB-G'GGGGGr"
a a a a a a
B B " B'^' 'B'"
a
•^
GEr-
GGB
Qr',[ fj'
r ~ ^i
a
B : B
a ' ::
B a
3 . a jGa , a . a ::
J ".BGbaaGBQyBGGB
'BaGDDGDrJilGGGr
" "GBGGBGGEGGBDL't
' " :'--:CDGGGffi
I' lEGaBGC a
.GGGDGGB! 'J
a ' a
B B
B "' a B a
■ a ,' a : :: :
•B' '' W ~ B' ' 'B
:i: 1:G
a __,aG3
"..iGGD
.iGBGG
GOGD
a.naBa
■'■"iGGD
irjEGG
'• JGGG
BGDEG
'BGGGD
"BCD
B JGGD
a_jCED
B: IGDG
■EGD
COG
a -GEG
^^BG
a G
■■G
a ■ aG
BAG
a G
'. 'BG
a ' aa
_,GL..a
iGBGG
a TBG
8 B iG
a J
B BBG
a a 1
B' BBG
a G
B BBG
jGBG
JGGG
GBGG
', 3GGa
a "JGBG
IfflGGD
GIBGG
" "iBGGG
a ""BG
fi^
r I. 'aBGGG
J. BBBEHGa
aaaaaBG
■BBBBBBG
o
00
6
:3
a
a
B
G a a r iB
B_Ga_ a "_
CGBZGB' a a
GEGGBL ■ '' "
GGGGGB
EGDBG'G
DDaDDB
^DHDPBLjI iBL.
■GDDDDrG.GB
a B'
B_
a" B
,,a '^^a ^^B ^B
'b' ''"a "b' "b'"
a ']
a
'B 1
. iB'
a a .' it
_ .b: , b'
«' BGGEGGBiGGEL ,L a i' .B B'
B
^. '"DGGGGGLiiGGL-.GBG JBGL i(
WW*- C-1 CI -^
a a a a a a i
3 a a a a a a , :3 j
.' a: ' B ' a B' ' n jLiGQ
a i. iBGL;B^L a '• a iGEGGEOa
'GGGGUDGUafflGGBGDaDDDOaQt
L,; ' BE ' • BB' " ' J BB '( ;'
GL BBBB .: BBBB Li BBBB.
CBaBBBB .riBBBBBEG ESaBBBB
GBBBBBBi ^GBBBBBB'iLiaBBBBB
BBaBBBBBBBBBBEaBBBaBBaBEaaBBBBBaaa
BBEBBBBBBBBBBaBBBBBaaaBaaBaaaaBBB
BBBEBBaBaBaBBaBaaaBBaBaaaaaBaBaBEa
BEBBBBBBBBEaBBBEsaBaBBBaaaaaaaaBBB
GBBBBBBLiGBBBaBEBG. 'BBBBBa BBBBaa i
GBBBBBBGGBSBBBa_ii BBaBBB BBBaBB ;
DG'BBBB' iiJGGBBBBi'lGI r iBBBBGi I BBBB i"]
DG'i BB" i )GGi GjBB'JGGL.-I'-BB ;_ ' '. L BB.j, ..3
DGGGGBBBBBBDGDDDGGGGGBBBBBBGGGGGg
DDGGBBBBBBBBGDGGGGGGBBBaBBBBGGGG
DGGBBBBBBBBBBGGGGGGBBBBBBBBBBGGG
DDCBBBBDGBBBBGDG""i'^BBBBi G iBBBBG^^G
DDBBBDaDGDGBBBGGG "BBB G BIB G
DCBBGODGGGGGBBGiG BB i" i r ' ■ ■■ G
nGBr'iniHi-iHBrT-*-" B'"' B-GG.jBBG ■
Gl ."'" BBBB ' L.G'/iGBBBB
BL I r,, BBBB BB iL'/ilGGBBBB B
BB' '< G_'' BB ' BBBB ^Lr^QOd^, ^g
BBGaaaaaGLiGG'^GBBBBi" """iG.jLLi BD
BGDGDBDDDGBGGGi,. BB B LiL B i' B
aGDDBBDDDGBBGCG' LL .BB_ '. 'GijBB JJ i.j
DDDBBBaCGGBBBGGG^jG^'BBB-jGGGBBBGGG
aBBBBGGGGGGBBBBGGBBBBQGGGGGBBBBG
■BBBBGGGDGGBBBBBBBBBBGGGGGDBBBBB
■BBBGGGDGGGiGBBBBBBBBilGGGGGaDBBBa
■BBGGDDDGGGG BBBBBB iGGGGGDDDGBBB
GDCBBaDDDGGBBi_iLj'_ L . BBGGGaaDBfflGG'G
DCaaBaGDGGBBBaGLi .' BBBBGaDaBaBaGG
DHBBBBffl^i .BBBBBB' ' BBBBBB'GGBBBBBBG
DaaaBBaGGBBBBBB "ii BBBBBB'i ^BaBBaB "J
aBBaBBBBBBBBBBaBaaBBBEBaaBBBBBaBB
BaaBBaaaBBaBaBBBBBBBBSBaBEBaaaaaB
fflfflBaBBBBBBBaBBBBBBaBBBBBBBBBBBBg
BaBBBaaBBBBBBEaBaBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
DBBBBBBGGBBBBfflBGGBBBBaB rjBBBBaB i
afflBBBBaaCffiBaBBBGGaBBBBB i LBBBBBBG
DDBBBBDDaaBBBBIJDGGBBBB i' Gi_ BBBB ,G
DaGBBDDaDDaHBDDDDDDBaGGGGi J^jBBJGG
Fig. 804. Combination of figured
pile-effects and figure-effects, produced upon
two systems of warp and one system of
filling.
Arrangement of dressing :
A, I end pile, 1
, J r 12 times =^ 24 ends.
I end ground, J
^, I end figure, I ^g times = 36 ends.
I end ground, j
Repeat 60 ends.
173
Lowest number of harness possible for drawing in, is 24-harness.
Filling: i wire (pile), 2 ground.
Fig. ^o\b. Motive for weave 804.
ffl pile effect. ■ effect produced on ordinary weaving with extra warp.
In both designs (the motive and the weave) three repeats of the pile part and two repeats
of the part figured by extra warp (ordinary woven) are illustrated.
Fig. 805. Repeat: 60 warp-threads, 24 picks. Can be reduced, if required, to 21
or 23-harness.
Fig. 805^. Motive for preceding weave.
A
B
lj. J' JG ju uaaGnaDannnDDaDGaaaDaDDDODcnnDQ
;g ?ijb' ]! 1
SDQMGi l'J3G' IGt^GGCBGnCMaoaHi"
IDfflGS Iffl fflGfflGaGfflGfflGfflGEGH )S
SHGGGi-:: iG: jHGGL]r-5aGn[-iGGasG. ■;: ::■ '
SDDHGG.:;»GG'r»:^GG3' :' ..;•■■; :GGti j
IDffl'JSGffl tffl: IfflGfflJEH a :ffl H iffl m I
EGGGt] j'j ;.G. j'^ JG : :■: ... ■; . , .-3"
DGfciGGG;=; ] jGS: Jl.,, ,:■: ■. , ,.■: . , !;-i ,■ ■
DfflGfflGBGfflGfflGfflGffljg "'a .a_JQ a
BDDGSGGGHGGGGG;:"] :-J : i ,,■. ■ *
ODKiGGaKaaasiGGL i:-; i ■ ■■) : ■; : .■
DffiGa iH'^'B' :aGffl'^a a a a a a
EG'"! ■■'■-' '■■■:'-:■■• I
Dc;-: ■
DfflGa ffl_ia .a 'B >h a a a a a
EIDGGKG'"JGH jGG3G^_,. ■
DGKiaGGK'"JGGKGGiGt3GI , .
DffiGfflGBGffljfflGffiGffiGSi^a a a a
KOaCSGGGSGGLDKDGGi?;
GDKinGQHG^GsnaaKia! j
DfflGfflGfflGfflGEsnffliGfflaffl. :a a a a
84 a 'a h'< •'• ■"■ •"< ■■< '"• a a >"^ ►••
Dj g Sg joaGGG
DfflL fflGfflGfflnfflDBGB ""B 1H IS
KG IGKlGGGEinaGKlG 1 I^J J
GCSDQGKIGGGKIG JGSGG G j
DfflGHGBDfflGfflGfflGfflGfflGffi BGHGBG .
gnGGSGGGH^GQSGGaKlG 1 <] 111 1
nOGBI
■■aBHBnBHBnriMnaGMnDGBGDa
- HH^.-iBBiBni -'HBfHBMHi" iGMaanMa
■ . . : ^ , ! ' ■ MGaGaa
\ m m ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 'GHDGn
:■ : '■ Hi :■. ■. ■ ■: laGGBn
; .ijgguggg; ! . ■ " • '"iG
i "noBGiJBNH ■!■■;■ in
■^ t. i-JGHnGGBGLiH! -Hi Hi Ml mmO
iLjL»GGGGaaaGLii jlji iG' li.EjLjLD
'iJCBGGQBGaaHGGBBBGHIiBGB
lanaaBaGGHacaBBGBBBGGBB
iGGnaGaGrjQDGCCGGGGGGaGQ
iGDHDaGBQGDHDGBBBGGBBDB
aGaOBGDDBDDGSBnGBHQBHB
iGaiGaGcnGaGGGaGGGGGGGaa
' ..■ " I ■ ■. ■' 'G
DGKaGC^GGnKIG G
OSGBGBGBGB IB IB
HGGGH_i m G I
naSG rM JG "^
GBGH ]ffl_jffl BGS IB B
KGGJKia GH J J""
aDHGGGKIGG 14; G J
Gffl fflGBGBGSGB B ffl
Kir^GGSG^GH ]J G
nGtgGG'~SaG 3 IJ
DBGB IB IBGBGB S B
KGGGSGGGS^GG
DGSaGGS ^T3G
DBGBGBGBjBGS ~ ~
1
ffl B 2 a
J
1 1 G
I IB a
J GG
B IB
■ ■
■ . aJ
!G
,G
G._GG
jGQBD
IGDGG
GSGGD
i' IGGBQ
JGGGG
. :«nGa
■GG
■ ' BGG
■' HMG
[a
GGQI JQGGDQQL GG ^ i "
■ GBQaataDGDBnnC ■- ■ m, ■ :■
_ _ J ■WGCGWODGBGOGBD ■' ■' ■' . GB
a BJffl B GC "IGGGGaoaDDDGGjL; IG
' ■ ■ CaGGGBGaDBG-iCBGrB! ■ < , ■ ■
_ _ J ■ i nGBDGaBGDaBO G»B' : fl B! IB
S r^Gl nDGnGGGGG '_ , iG
~ ^ ^ IBB GGBGGGHGG'^f B ■ : m^ B' B' iG
_ _ J B B BBGDCHGQCHB B B B' B B.*a
S B IB IB GGraOGGr [ , , , /^,GGU
1 B B B B B BM GGBB B B B' B BBGGD
G J B B B1I GBBB B B B B. B< :JGGBD
JGB JBG GGLGGD .GGGGG
SaGGKIDaaHGaaKGG^H^GGKlGGGHaa^aGGQISBGBHGaBBBDBBBGB B B GBOGG
iQGKiaaaKiGDaKiaGaKiGaaKiaGGKiaaDBaaGBaaaBDaBBBDBBBaBBBGB _ sjgqbd
1 m
(i represents pile, 2 ground, filling.)
A B
A > '. ^
" / 'BBBBBBBGGQGGGG
. .jGBBBBBBBLjflBaGDGG
JGBBBBBBBGBBBBBGGG '
r.BBBBBBB JBBBBBBBGG
. -JGBBBBBB^ :Gl/ JBBBBBBI^
BBBBBBBaBBBBBBBB^ BL ' ' •■■ J BBBBBG
BaaaaaaaBBBBBBB ~.Bi^gi j^. ji :'j< bbbbb
BaaaaaaaBBBBBB: bb ^gg.'^i ':g:gbbbgb
BaaaaaaaaasBB bbb ^. bbgbb
BaaaaaaaaasjBBBBBB' '• '• iG' s :b[1Bbb
BaaaaaaaaaaaBBBBBB - m mmmvi
Baaaaaaaaaaa <bbbbbb ' j bbbbbbg
Baaaaaaaaaaa bbbbbb bbbbbb , j
BBBBaaaaaaaai :.. J bbbb bbbbbbbG' .rj
Baaaaaaaaaaa bb bbbbbbB' ' ' g
BBffiaaaaaaaaa i bbbbbbb i
KiBBBBBBBBaaaa BBBBBBB'
Baaaaaaaaaaa . bbbbbbb bbb .
Baaaaaaaaaaa' '. bbbbbbb' bbbbbgi irj
Baaaaaaaaaaa , bbbbbbb -Bbbbbbb' iG
Baaaaaaaaaaa :bbbbbbi '' < bbbbbbg
BaaaaaaaaaaaBBBB b . bbbbbg
BaaaaaaaaaaaBBB a . G bbbbb
BaaaaaaaaaaaBB bb ... bbbi.ib
saaaaaaaaaaaB ,bbb^< .. ._,.. ^^..^ bbgbb
BaaaaaaaasBBBBBBBGGi ,gggc]gbgbbb
BaaaaaaaaSBBBBBBBBGGGGCGBGBBBG
BaaaaaaaaBBBGBBBBBBr igggbbbbbbg
BaaaaaaaaaBBGGBBBBBBGGBBBBBBGQ
Baaaaaaaaaaa' "..GGBBBBGBBBBBBBGro
Baaaaaaaaaaa. :iGGGBB'GBBBBBBB_-Gaa
1 BBBBaaaaafflBBGGGGGGBBBBBBBGGGGG
1 :«' ■
Fig. 805*5
Fig. 805.
A. Pile Effect. Dressing: i end pile, i end ground, 12 times,
= 24 ends.
B. Figure Effect- Produced upon 2 systems of warp, i system
of filling. Dressing : i end figure, i end ground, 18 times,
= 36 ends.
In both designs (the motive and the weave) only one repeat is shown, a for pile-warp.
■ for figure-warp, s for ground-warp in pile part of weave. ■ for ground-warp in ordinary
weaving part of the design.
ASTRAKHANS.
These fabrics are also formed by adding an extra pile-warp to a single cloth, otherwise
interlaced in plain, basket, rib, or common twill weaves, and are the nearest related (some weaves
being exactly the same) to the velvet weaves given in the preceding chapter. We may either cut
this pile (plush) or leave the pile uncut (terry); or we may use both methods in the same fabric,
producing in this way some of the most beautiful novelties for ladies' cloaking — trimmings, and
similar fashionable articles.
Texture of Astrakhan Fabrics.
The texture of these fabrics requires 2 kinds of warp : a. ground-warp, h. pile-warp, and
one kind of filling (ground). The ground-warp will, by interlacing with the filling, form the
174
ground or body of the structure, while the pile-warp through being interlaced to this ground
structure and raised at certain intervals over wires (as required by the design), forms the face
of the fabric.
Ornamentation of Astrakhan Fabrics.
Fancy effects upon otherwise plain interlaced Astrakhan fabrics can be produced by various
combinations. Among these are found: The use of different colors in the pile-warp; varying
M*l 1 M
V
MX-
^
Fig. 806.
^ i ' i 3
•
- - - .. •
I
— ■ ^— -
s
\ — ^
« «»
Fig. 807.
Sectinnut cat i\ "?t^t wu,nj>
Fig. 808.
the length of the pile ; and combining the terry and velvet effects, forming either terry figures
upon velvet ground or velvet figures upon terry ground.
Specimen Weaves for Astrakhans.
Fig. 806 represents the weave for a plain Astrakhan fabric. Repeat : 3 threads of warp,
4 picks ; the entire pile warp (indicated by 3 and 6 in the figure) is raised at once over the wire
Fig. 809.
/ t. -i t i k
■^
-^
i ■ pet i^ fUcr *ve^^
Zi pet of iwrvttftS
Fig. Bio.
as shown in picks D, D' . Texture of the warp is 2 ends ground or body -warp (cotton) to alter-
nate with one end pile-warp for the drawing-in on 2 sets of harness.
1st set for ground- warp (containing harness a b c d).
2d set for pile-warp (containing harness e and /).
175
Diagram Fig. 807 represents the drawing-in of the warp on its corresponding two sets of
harness (indicated at the right-hand side).
Diagram Fig. 808 iUustrates the section of a fabric interlaced on weave Fig. 806. Both
ground warp-threads, as working at the right and left, are indicated by dotted lines. The pile-
warp indicated in full black is shown in the terry and velvet effect (cut and uncut).
Fig. 809 illustrates another design for Astrakhans. Warp: 2 ends ground-warp, i end pile-
warp, 2 ends ground-warp, i end pile-warp (to alternate with the first end pile-warp in weaving).
Fig. 811.
Each pile warp-thread is drawn on a separate harness, as shown in Fig. 810. Diagram Fig. 81 1
illustrates the method of operation in weaving a fabric with the weave just given. 2 picks
ground B, C, E, F; i pick for inserting wire A, D. In pick A the harness f raises warp- thread
3 ; in pick D the harness e raises warp-thread 6. The interlacing of the body-cloth is done with
the common 4-harness basket-weave having the two warp-threads between the pile warp-threads
working the same ; also the pick before and the pick after the inserting of the wire.
Fig. 812 illustrates a weave for Astrakhans similar to the one above. The same arrangement
for texture, 2 ends ground I pile, 2 picks ground i wire, and 4 harness common-rib (filling effect)
nanBDEJDBGHDBS rv
DDnCHnnOGGBG-/''
HBHl" ' Vi -H \ "I
DB :" ■ '' ^'-F
D«aa'r)a[:jauc3aa4 „,
nnaa»GannDBD-6^^
□0. -
DH
Gc::
I
jHS'ia''
'"r-S"
BAB
Fig. 812.
J. 2.
3» H, ■«> 6,
Fig. 813.
for the ground structure is used ; but the latter weave is arranged to have the two ground warp-
threads, situated in the fabric near each other, work opposite ; thus the ground warp-threads
working nearest on each side of a pile-thread raise and lower equally. In diagram Fig. 813, a
section cut of the two pile-threads, as they interlace in a fabric, is shown. One pile-thread
marked A is represented in outline (forming loops ^ and F), while the other pile-thread is
shown in full black (forming loops S' and F'). The letters and numbers indicating the differ-
ent warp-threads, picks, and openings of a shed for inserting wires, respectively correspond in
weave Fig. 812 and diagram of section Fig. 813.
176
Weave Fig. 814 has the following arrangement of texture and principles of construction:
Warp : 4 ends ground-warp, i end pile-warp, twice over in one repeat of the weave.
Filling: 4 picks for ground, i pick for inserting the wire, twice over in one repeat of the
weave. Gro und- weave : plain. Raising of pile-warp : alternate ends on alternate wires.
A and B are pile warp-threads, C and D the shed for inserting the wires.
D
HDBHnHDHHncanHHnHnBcan
-uicr
BIJlJHi_'U
DHaDH "a
□a a n
DHtT u a
K'
BIT
:■} - a
a . .a
■ 'J
a HI
a
QaGH'JQULIH! lauUHi .iHI JQOa
DHBCHDHHDHDEIHGHrjHBaa
I I I I
A B A' B'
Fig. 814.
HnnHnnHnnnnnHnnaannnnnBir^HPinnHnnnnDD
Qtia ": !□ "•:: --^a -a ■ a a "a "a a^ ■ "~ian
G' : ■ ' ■ ■ . ■ ■ . i <aaa
Ei--i 'a ■ :k i ,a i la : a > .a , a a a' ■ - n j'joa
G' .a a a . a a a a a a ai'DGoa
B^-j a 1 a J a ^ a ^ a . a a a a Dnana
Qi ,a a ^ ;a ■ a , a , a a a :a anGoaa
GH « iB ' ■ «.: ' I j:_r_lGGHHa
E a a a a a i a c: a : :a!iaaaaGa
G-ia ja la la :a a a a ajGBGGGGQ
Br ii a ' !■: . .a i a i .a i a .a , a ■ ikphiggggd
ana 'a a a : 'a 'a a a a maoGa
G^ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ IGGEEE
Bfl a I a . a : a . a a a . a .a , :, igggg
Gria : ,a . .a a ^ a^ i ^a 'a \ v. a aGGoaa
BtJ a : a a : a ■ a a a a a ggggg
Gca a a a a a ia a a a 0000
GH . i' ■ ' .■ > ■ W , . .1.1: jGGSSB
E^ ) ,a " , a ,' a .a a ' a 'a a : aNjGGGGG
Gfii[i . 'a -a -a .a a a a a .S'IGGGD
E i a .a a , ,a , a : a a :; a^s .aGGGO
Gna -:: -la . -ia -a . ,a a ■ .a ^ a a jGGQC
G: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ JGGSSEB
B-! a ; a :: ■ a a a a a a jGGGCG
O' a . a ■ a i ,a a , .a a a a aaaaGG
B'-'i a' ! -a .. 'a-i :a:-!ja 'a a a a ■ ogggg
Gi-'a " a a . a .: a. a a a a • aGGGoa
GB ■ ■ '• .BJ^B^j :GGBSffl
E. . a a i iBLiLiHLoa a a a , a tigggg
Qij-ia 'a iaGBHGaHL/ a a a a aGGDaa
I I I I I I I I I I
AAAAABBBBB
Fig. 815.
Weave Fig. 815 has the following arrangement of texture and principles of construction :
2 threads ground-warp, i thread pile-warp, 10 times over in repeat of weave.
Filling\ 4 picks for ground, i pick for inserting wire ("cut"), 3 times over; 4 picks for
ground, i pick for inserting wire (" uncut"), 3 times over; hence 30 threads warp and 30 picks
in one complete repeat.
Weave for body of fabric : plain.
ssB on right-hand side of weave for wires " cut."
EBB on right-hand side of weave for wires " uncut."
O
N-
P-
M-
I I I IKKKKLLLL
I I I I I I I I I I I I
-GfflGGGfflGGGfflGGGffiGGaBaGGffiGGQEBaanfflaaGfflGGGBGGGHaGaaGaGGGfflS
GGBBGGBBGGaBQGBBaGBBGGBBGGBaaLjaBGGBS'^OBBGGaEGGiiaGGGGG
EBGGEHIQBBGaBBGGBHOGBBaaHBDGBBaGBBCGBHCCBHuaBBanGGGGa
aGaraGGGGGGGGQGGGGGGCGGGGGGaaGGaGGBGaaBGGGBQGaBGauGBB-
BHGGBBGGEBaaEBaGBBnaBBGGBBGGBnGGBWaGEBGDBBQGBBGGGGQaa
-riGBBGGBBGGBBGGBH'-"=a"'"'f='a^:'"'Pa^-^ "'^a'-'^iHHGGHBaGBEaaaBGGGGG
CjBnGafflGnaanaGfflaLGB;-ri b3 ■ a 'n i.JGGGaGGuGQQGaGGGasffl
GGBEGGBEGGBEGGBEG
BaaQBBGrjHBnriBBnna^
QGGGGG" • - I :: - .:
BBGQBP' a ! I a i a
-GGBHGriKia :a :a
GfflGGGffl tS >-j S
GGBBGr;! ia a c]
EBGfiHfi' ' ,a ! a ;j
QGG'^n ■ ■ ,
EBL.' a
■a
GGHa
-GfflC i
GLua
BB'
GG" "1
EW "
\ ^a
:: .GUBG-,uc
aaGGBBGi.
GarjrjnB,"
•m
V,
au a i at. a: . a
GLjHa -:a ■ t: ■ a i -a
GGL, ' Q
Dcea , ' 'a . , la -a a
BBU' .an. ;, a: i :' a a
DGB B H H
QBG ,a;3 . ;a i ,a , a
DGSBLjuHauuyEujLjria: j^a. j
I I I I I
A A A A B
> IBGGBBGGBBDGBBGGGaa
iGHMGnBBGnHBGGGGGGG
I";'", m' 1 B "; IGBCGGGBB-
,ai I a' 1 J la-iGijaGGGG
■a : ' -'a ' ■ -a rGBEGGGGa
ij tZ' fflGGGCGfflffl
:: a a ; jbeggggg
:: a aiSGGGGGGG
iGGGQGCBB-
a :: aiiGGGGGGG
a :: a igbbggggg
•:• >:< jSGQnGGffiffl
a a a GBBaaDGG
a a aUGGGGGGG
I . . riGGGGOBB-
■a' a^ ■ a -'^'^"n--:rjQ
,a a a a IG
irii fS . hi , , mm
■a ' a ■ ,1-aa . .,«□■ iGlilJG
a ■ :J' JaGBHGUUGGQG
IGGGGGGGQGI —
Jl ^L-Jty^L Jl
rmamm ]
iai_jLjlE3Bl_JU
iniiG
■ la
mm
iG
1
HB-
J
H
■E'
E
D
B B B C C C C
Fig. 8i6.
/'■'^-aaBBHBHBnBBE rr
D, ■9HB-//
/^ - a a a a a a a a a a a a ^
,r L HBBB . I-/1
A-aaaa ■ aaaa ,-,
r, GG I :BBHB : i i .-h,
y-'-EBaaaaaaaaaa r»
, . BBBH i-Z/
A/-G._i aaaaaaaa „
■BBB. JGjG. j_:_jJ-/>'
Fig. 817.
Fig. 816 illustrates another fancy weave for Astrakhans, containing the "terry" and "velvet"
principles. The arrangement for the warp is : 2 ends ground, i end pile-warp (for terry); i end
pile-warp (for velvet), 1 2 times over. The warp-threads marked on bottom of the design A, B, C,
are for the velvet, and the warp-threads marked /, K, L, (indicated on top of the design), are for
the terry. Picks D, D' , E, E\ H, H' , are to be the " cut " effect, and picks M, P, N, P', O, P'\
177
the "uncut" effect. The weave for the body of the fabric is the common 2-harness rib-weave
(two picks in a shed of common plain).
In diagram Fig. 817, the motive for the pile-warp is clearly illustrated (representing the 3-
harness twill ^ ^, velvet effect upon a terry ground for motive). It will be easily seen by any
one that an endless variety of weaves and effects may be secured by combining cuf with uncui
SeccTtt'.
r»ii
Fig. 818.
pile. And whatever designs may be required, the principles given and illustrated in the preceding
examples, will always apply, as they remain unchanged.
In the method of weaving Astrakhan fabrics, as thus far explained, the raising of the pile
has been effected with the use of wires, over which the loops of the pile were formed, and which
were inserted and withdrawn at intervals. These wires being constructed in a single piece, the
Fig. 819.
width of the fabric which can be made on them is necessarily limited, as a very long wire cannot
be withdrawn and inserted with precision automatically by the loom. Also, the means for
operating such wires are of a character to prevent rapid weaving; hence it requires a special loom
of complicated construction.
In fabrics of a " cut " pile character and in fabrics in which the warp pile is not cut but inter-
woven very loosely, this process of interlacing and its loom (power or hand) must be used ; while
178
in " terry " pile Astrakhans, which have their pile warp rather solidly interlaced with the body-
structure, a device has lately been invented by T. Harrison, which he claims can be applied to
almost any power loom, and is not limited to the width of the fabric which it can produce, and
which can be arranged so as to form the pile at any desired interval upon the surface of the
body fabric. It consists of a movable frame carrying a series of short " wires " upon which the
Fig. 820.
pile loops can be formed, each wire being pivoted at right angles to the plane of its longitudinal
movement and provided with means for depressing its free end at proper intervals, so as to engage
beneath the warps which are to form the pile.
In Fig. 818 an exterior side-view of a loom embodying the arrangement is given. In this,
as well as in the following drawings, referring to the present subject, those parts are omitted
Fig. 821.
which are well understood in their action and whose insertion in the drawings would only tend
to confuse the mind, and render a comprehension of the special parts to which the present
arrangement relates, less clear.
Fig. 819 is a view in detail of a portion of the sectional wire which forms the basis of the
arrangement, showing various parts connected with the portion of the sectional wire, as also a
number of warp and filling-threads.
179
Fig. 820 is a front elevation of the loom with its attachment for raising the pile-warp. In
this drawing the working parts are shown in one extreme position, while in Fig. 821 (corres-
ponding to Fig. 820) they are shown in the other extreme.
In diagrams I to X in Fig. 822 are represented the positions which the threads assume at
each stage of the formation of the fabric.
Two pile-warps may be used, which are indicated respectively by i and 2. The body-warps
3 and 4 of the fabric are brought from a separate beam. To form a row of loops with the pile-
warp I, the operation commences, as shown in Diagram I of Fig. 822 — that is to say, the points
of the wires a are all depressed, and the frame is at the extreme right-hand position shown in
•wi
Fig. 822.
Fig. 821. Each wire a thereupon enters beneath a number of warp-threads and raises them
slightly above the plane of the fabric. A shuttle is then shot through, after which the body-
warp 4 rises and the pile-warp i descends, as shown in Diagram II of Fig. 822. The pile-
warp 2 rises and a pick of the shuttle follows, and the action of the reed throws the filling-thread
toward the wire a, so as to close the row of pile-loops thereon, as indicated in Diagram III of
Fig. 822. The weaving then continues, as indicated from IV to VII inclusive, in Fig. 822, by
means of both pile-warps and both body-warps, the shuttle operating in the ordinary manner.
During all this period the taking up of the cloth has drawn over the bottom of the pile-loop
somewhat to the left in the diagrams, and as soon as a sufficient number of picks have been
made to securely lock the pile-loops the frame and the wires a are thrown to the right of Fig.
180
'820, or toward the observer from the point of view in the diagrams. This disengages the wires
from the loops which they have heretofore supported, and leaves them as shown in diagram VIII
in Fig. 822. So long as the wires have been surrounded by the loops and have rested upon the
body of the fabric they have been maintained in a horizontal position ; but upon their being
withdrawn from the loops and upon the rise of the frame bodily, this support ceases and the
ends of the wires a dip downward by the tension of the spring. Ihis position immediately
follows upon their withdrawal, and occurs when the frame is at the extreme right-hand position
(shown in Fig. 821), or, in other words, is ready to engage with a fresh set of pile-warps.
Returning now to the Diagram IX, Fig. 820, it will be seen that both the pile-warps are up ;
"but in the Diagram X, Fig. 820, the pile-warp 1 (which has just formed the first series of loops)
is down, and with it the body-warps 3 and 4 have descended, leaving only the pile-warp 2 up and
ready to be engaged by the wires a, whereupon a repetition of the ten positions indicated will
occur with the pile-warp 2, and so on throughout the weaving operation, the rows of pile-loops
alternating from the warps i and 2.
In the method illustrated in the diagrams six picks of filling are represented between the
rows of pile-loops ; but this number can be varied by varying the frequency of movements of
the frame and wires relatively to the picks of the shuttle, and in many cases a much less num-
ber of picks will be found sufficient to lock the pile-loops, so as to prevent them from pulhng
out.
The invention claims further that the frame and its sectional wires can be applied to almost
any well-known form of loom without interfering with the general arrangement thereof, and by
merely increasing the number of wires a the fabric may be produced of as great width as the
loom is capable of weaving. In the drawings the number of wires has been arbitrarily reduced
and their individual proportions exaggerated, in order to more clearly show their construction;
but in practice for making Astrakhans good results are obtained with wires one-eighth of an inch
gauge, each about four inches long. Wires of any gauge may, however, be used, according to
the fineness of pile which it is desired to produce, the only limit being in the stiffness of the
wire, which of course may be relatively increased by diminishing the length of the individual
sections.
Machines for Curling Warp-threads for Astrakhans.
In the manufacture of "Astrakhans" (and similar fabrics) it is necessary to impart a perma-
nent curl or twist to the warp threads which are to form the face of the fabric. The yarn is
crimped, the length of the crimp being regulated by the amount of waviness it is desired to give-
The crimping is set in the yarn by a steaming process; the yarn is then made into a warp and
woven over wires and cut, or the wires are withdrawn without cutting, as explained in the preced-
ing articles on weaving these fabrics. The moment the wire is withdrawn (cut or uncut, as
required,) it falls into crimps again, and thus is produced that wavy shagginess which characterizes
the surface of these fabrics.
Until lately, the method of producing these wavy yarns was a very slow one, the operation
having been performed by hand. At present, however, they are produced quickly and entirely
automatically by one operation of the machine.
Figs. 823, 824 and 825 illustrate a machine for performing this work.
The main part of the machine is a solid metal spindle, on which the thread is wound from a
bobbin having a rotary motion around the spindle. As soon as the thread begins to wind on the
spindle it is forced between two rolls, which are pressing against the direction of the winding of
the thread on the spindle, and through their rotation draw the thread from the spindle.
These rolls are heated by a gas jet and transfer their heat to the thread. Through the pres-
sure and the heat the required curling of the thread is fixed.
181
Fig. 823 represents a side view of the machine. Fig. 824 represents the top view. Fig.
825 represents the mechanism for curling the thread (enlarged from Figs. 823 and 824).
In Figs. 826, 827, 828, 829 and 830, we illustrate another machine (patented by T. Harrison)
for preparing these pile warp-threads for Astrakhans or similar fabrics. Fig. 826 represents the
front elevation of the machine. Fig. 827 a vertical central section through the coiling device.
Fig. 828 illustrates a side elevation of the uncoiling device. Fig. 829 represents the top view of
the latter, and Fig. 830 a view of the stop, by means of which a positive motion is imparted to
the coiling mechanism.
We will next give a description of the different parts of this machine as mentioned in the
invention.
B represents the frame of the machine, consisting of two parallel housings, with an inclined
upper portion marked B^.
^^ is the driving shaft, to which the power is imparted by a belt upon the pulley A^. Upon
the driving shaft is mounted a drum, extending entirely across the interior of the machine, and
Fig. 824.
Fig. 823.
which is provided at intervals with grooves to receive a series of small driving cords or belts,
which, after being brought into a horizontal plane by passing the inclined part of the belt over
idlers, pass around a series of horizontal "whirls," which are journaled upon vertical rings H
secured in a series of openings formed in the transverse platform L^. These whirls are formed
with a circumferential flange on their upper side, thus providing seats for the " fliers" G and F.
The three fliers marked 6^ are coiling devices, the three marked i^ being the uncoiling devices.
The coiling fliers each consist of the two uprights, mounted at the bottom upon a ring which fits
snugly within the flange of the wheel. At the top the two uprights are connected with a central
sleeve which revolves upon a vertical tubular stem, which passes downward through the axis of
rotation of the flier and for some distance below, where it is secured in the transverse piece
ir\ extending across from side to side of the machine at the front thereof The spool upon which
the warp that is to be coiled is wound in the first instance, fits snugly, but so as to revolve freely
upon the outside of the before mentioned stem and rests upon a standard, through whose centre
the said stem passes freely.
182
The last mentioned standard passes freely through the ring H and is supported upon a
fixed platform K. The coiling flier is provided with eyes 1 1^ L, the latter of which is situated at
the top of the sleeve 6^^ and is at right angles to the axis of rotation. At the bottom of the
coiling fliers are stop-pins K"^ (see Fig. 830) projecting into slots in the flange of the whirls.
These stops make the rotation of the coiling-fliers positive.
As before stated, there are in the machine shown in the drawing, Fig. 826, six of the horizon-
tal whirls, three of which drive the coiling-fliers, the other three driving the uncoiling-fliers.
These latter resemble the coiling-fliers in shape, having uprights connected by bottom rings,
which rest loosely within the flanges of the whirls, but which (unlike the coiling-fliers) are not
positively connected therewith, the weight of the flier alone being the means by which it receives
Fig. 825.
Fig. 826.
its motion from the whirl. The uncoiling-fliers have eyesz'z'^ at top and bottom, respectively,
the latter being the eye which delivers the thread to the spool or body. They have also at the
top a brake mechanism.
A tubular stem extends down through the axis of rotation of each of the uncoiling-fliers,
and is held in the cross-bar E' . These stems receive bearings at the top of the uncoiling-fliers.
The spools or bobbins of the uncoiling-fliers fit snugly around the stems and are supported upon
standards which also surround said stems, but which are mounted upon a vertically-movable
cross-piece arranged to be reciprocated in a vertical direction. The spools or bobbins of the
uncoiling-fliers are thus adapted to receive a rising and falling movement within the flier during
the rotation of the latter, and in this respect differ from the spools of the coiling-fliers, which are
183
stationary so far as vertical movement is concerned. The upper ends of the fliers extend into
openings in the shelf or platform, provided with rings, and are thus shielded during rotation.
The latter shelf is hinged at the rear, so as to be thrown back when the fliers are to be
removed.
The brake mechanism of the uncoiling fliers is constructed as follows: Upon the top of each
sleeve there is pivoted upon one side a lever, through the centre of which there is a vertical hole
coinciding with the opening of the stem. This lever has at its rear end a cam-surface, which,
when the lever is in a horizontal position, rests without substantial pressure against the stem.
At the front end of the lever is an eye through which the thread, which is being uncoiled, passes,
Fig. 827.
Fig. 828.
and thence rises to the eye i, mounted upon the top of the flier. So long as the portion of the
thread between the eye and the axis of rotation of the fliers is substantially horizontal the lever
will remain in a horizontal position ; but if that portion of the thread rises to an angle with the
horizontal, then the strain upon the eye will raise the front end of the lever and bring the cam /
gradually around, so a.s to press upon the top of the stem. The cam-surface being eccentric, as
it turns in the direction of its longest axis, it will raise the flier /^bodily by bearing upon the top
of the stem, and in so raising it will lift the flier clear of the whirl, so that motion will be no
longer imparted to the flier. If desired, the lift may be such as to bring the upper part of the
flier into frictional contact with the under side of the ring.
184
At the top of the machine is mounted upon suitable pins the spools or bobbins M, which
contain the cord which is to form the core for winding the Astrakhan warp upon. These bobbins,
Uke the coiling-fliers, are three in number, and the cord from them passes through feeding
mechanism, down over pulleys mounted upon a horizontal shaft, and through the central stem of
the coiling-fliers.
A belt conveys motion from the driving-shaft A^ to a pulley, and thence by gears and pinions
a very slow rotary motion is imparted to the shaft, which extends entirely across the top of the
machine, near the bottom of the incline. Upon this shaft are mounted friction-rollers S, three in
number, over which the cord passes on its way from the spools M. Upon the cross-piece v are
mounted overhanging arms which support the shaft Q, on which are mounted friction-rollers
bearing down upon the rollers .S". The shaft Q is provided with a spring pressure device, con-
sisting of a vertical stem having a sliding collar with a hook-shaped projection, which engages
with the shaft, and a spring whose tension is adjustable by means of a thumb-nut. By means of
this tension device the rollers s' can be caused to bear upon the rollers 5" with any desired degree
of pressure. Therefore, although the take-up devices at the bottom pull the cord with some
strain, it is fed to them by the positive motion of the rollers S, and cannot be drawn more rapidly
than the rotation of the latter will permit. A similar set of feeding-rollers, zv w', the latter
mounted in similar spring-bearings, are arranged to deliver the cords from the bobbins 0 to the
three uncoiling-fliers upon the other side of the machine ; but the diameter of the positive feed-
FiG. 829. Fig. 830.
ing-rollers zv is less than that of the feeding-rollers S, and with the effect of feeding more slowly
to the uncoiling-fliers than to the coiling-fliers.
The take-up bobbins 0' M for the cords, which pass from the coiling-fliers and uncoiling-
fliers respectively, are mounted upon horizontal rotating seats R, placed at the bottom of the
machine and driven by the twist-belts passing around pulleys secured to the seats. The twist-
belts are so arranged that they can slip upon their respective pulleys, in case the feed from above
requires such slipping.
In order to wind the cords upon the respective bobbins 0' M' evenly, a traveling guide-bar,
E, is provided, which receives a slow vertical reciprocating motion. This traveling bar carries
vertical rods, which rise and fall with it, these rods being guided by suitable openings in the
cross-bar E. The rod /' serves merely as a guide-rod, but the other two rods /, carry at their
tops a cross-piece, which supports the standards of the bobbins F. Thus if a vertical reciproca-
tion is imparted to the traveling bar E its motion will cause the bobbin to rise and fall in the same
manner.
The traveling bar E is provided with openings or eyes opposite to the bobbins 0' M , which
openings guide the thread during the rise and fall of the bar, so as to distribute it equally upon
the 'bobbins.
The operation of the machine in coiling and uncoiling the yarn is as follows :
Upon the three bobbins M, at the top of the machine (see Fig. 826), are coiled cords which
are to form the cores for winding the Astrakhan warp upon. These cores are carried down be-
tween the feeding rollers .S" S' , over three of the rollers v, and on down through the axes of the
185
three coiling-fliers ; the passage being of course through the tubular shafts. They then are
brought down and passed through the three left-hand eyes of the travehng guide-bar E, and are
secured to the three bobbins 0' . The Astrakhan warps which are to be coiled' are wound in the
first instance on the bobbins G' , and placed in position within the three coilmg-fliers. The ends
of the Astrakhan thread, having been brought through the eyes / /' L, are tied fast to the three
cores at a point just above the fliers G. Assuming now that the proper feeding and take-up
movements occur at top and bottom of the machine, respectively, and that the fliers G are rapidly
rotated, it will be seen that the Astrakhan thread is drawn off" from its bobbin and coiled tightly
around the core. As the coiling progresses the feeding and take-up movements cause the com-
posite cords to pass down through the tubular shafts, and thence to the bobbins 0' . The travel-
ing guide-bar E causes the composite cords to be evenly wound upon the bobbins 0' .
When a sufficient quantity has thus been formed, the composite cord — that is to say, the core
with the Astrakhan warp wound tightly around it — is removed, steamed, or otherwise treated to
render its twist permanent, and is then ready for uncoiling. A portion of the core m at the end
of the composite cord is left uncovered for a clearer illustration.
The uncoiling operation is as follows : The uncovered end portion of the composite cord
(now upon the three bobbins 0 at the top of the machine) is brought down through its feed-
ing-rollers %v w' over the three right-hand rollers v, and thence down through the tubular shafts,
through the three right-hand end eyes of the guide-bar E, and secured to the three bobbins M .
The uncovered portion having been fed down until the commencement of the covered portion or
composite cord reaches the top of the uncoiling-fliers. Then carry a loose end of the Astrakhan
warp through the eyes of the lever P up to the eye z, and then down to the eye z at the bottom of
the uncoiling-flier, when it is taken across to the bobbin and there fastened. The feeding move-
ment at the top and the take-up movement at the bottom being continued and the uncoiling-fliers
being rapidly rotated in the proper direction, they will uncoil the warp from the composite cords
and wind up the now twisted warp upon the bobbins. These bobbins have the proper rising and
falling motion to distribute the warp evenly upon them. The uncoiling movement is necessarily a
trifle slower than the coiling movement, hence the composite cords do not require to be fed so fast as
do the cores upon the other side of the machine. This difference of speed is produced by smaller
diameters of the feeding rollers w as compared with the feeding rollers S. The uncoiling operation
continues and the cores m are wound up in a proper manner upon the bobbins at the bottom of the ma-
chine so that they can be again transferred to the positions indicated by Mand the operation re-
peated. If the uncoiling tends to progress too rapidly, it is checked by the brake mechanism
upon the uncoiling-fliers, which are operated by the portion n' of the warp assuming an inclined
position, instead of substantially a horizontal one, between the eye and the core from which it is
unwound. If the uncoiling takes place too rapidly, relatively to the downward feed of the core,
the point of the uncoiling will rise higher and higher upon said cord, and will thus produce that
inclination of the warp necessary to operate the brake mechanism. The uncoiling of the warp is
thus automatically regulated by this brake mechanism and cannot progress with such rapidity as
to tangle the warp or to break it
TAPESTRY CARPET.
Tapestry-carpet is a warp pile fabric in which the loop formed by the face warp-threads is
not cut. The demand for its production is found in the need of a cheaper and more economical
imitation of what is known as Brussels carpet. In its general appearance it resembles the latter
to a great extent, but in its method of construction differs wholly from it, as may be seen by any
one that examines the two methods. In tapestry carpets three different systems of warp-threads
are used : A, the ground-warp ; B, the pile-warp or face-warp ; C, the stoffer or thickening-warp.
186
The general arrangement for the warp is :
I end ground or binder-warp,
I end double or three-ply thread, of stout linen for strengthening or thickening the body of
the carpet, resting in the fabric below the pile-warp and actually forming the main part
of the back of the structure.
I end double thread of worsted for face-warp forming the pile, by being interlaced into every
third opening of the shed over a wire, as required for the face of these fabrics.
I end ground or binder-warp.
4 ends in repeat of arrangement of warp (== one set); to be reeded into one dent.
The pile or face-warp, before being wound upon the warp-beam, has the pattern printed
on it by wrapping the threads around a large cylinder, and coloring them according to the
design.
The length of a certain color for each pile-thread, required for each individual loop when
woven, is regulated by the size of the needles used.
Fig. 831 illustrates the example of a pile-warp printed as required before weaving. The
same illustrates four different colors : black, white, heavy-shaded and light-shaded.
Fig. 832 illustrates the same pile-warp as it appears when interlaced into the fabric; each
effect in the warp being reduced to its required size or proportion to the corresponding effect in
the design.
Fig. 833 illustrates the sectional cut of the fabric.
A and A' represent the ground-warp; B, the thickening- warp; C, the pile-warp; W, the wire
requiring every third opening of the shed. Picks i and 2, requiring the first two openings of
the shed in the repeat of three, are the means for interlacing the ground-cloth as well as fastening
the pile to this ground structure.
Fig. 834 illustrates the complete draft, or weave for producing a tapestry carpet. Each
warp-thread and pick is marked in accordance with previously given explanations.
Different Qiialiiies of Tapestry Carpets.
The fineness as well as the value of these carpets is regulated by the quality of the material
used as also by the height of the pile and number of pile-pick (technically known as number of
wires) per inch. Seven to eight wires per inch are about the usual number in the arrangement.
Method for Ascertaining Size of Designing Paper Wanted.
The designs for tapestry carpets are generally painted on the squared designing paper in
about a size equal to the design upon the face of the fabric when woven. Thus the number ot
small squares to one inch in a horizontal as well as a vertical direction on the designing paper is
regulated by the number of loops in the woven fabric, both in the direction of the warp and the
filling.
In some cases the number of loops is equal in both directions, while in others it differs to
some extent. Designing papers known as 8 x 8 to I inch and 8x7 to i inch are those most
frequently used. Tapestry carpets are generally produced 27 inches wide ; therefore the design
will have to be of equal width. That arrangement for the design may be selected known as
the " half-over pattern," or one that has one complete repeat in one width ; or a design may be
produced which repeats twice (or oftener if small figures are wanted) in one repeat of 27 inches in
the fabric.
Lately a method of producing effects in tapestry carpets, classified as " sheeny " or " varie-
^gated," has been patented in this country, England and France, but is nothing more than a
187
method of arranging the design of the carpet so as to make use of more or less solid colored
pile-warp yarn, hence requires no printing for this amount of warp. In Fig. 835 such an effect
is illustrated ; a represents the solid colored threads, b represents the printed threads. Each
Fig. 831.
Fig. 835.
kind of pile-warp is operated from a separate beam ; so it will be seen that a general range of
effects can be produced by simply varying the solid colored threads in each style, leaving the
printed warp entirely undisturbed.
188
BRUSSELS CARPET.
Brussels carpet is a warp-pile fabric in which figures are produced by raising over the wire
different solid colored warp-threads at certain places according to the design. Brussels carpets
are of a far superior character, as respects color, quality of material used and the structure, than
the tapestry carpets which have been just explained.
In Brussels carpets the colors used are generally " fast," as the yarn is hank-dyed and not
colored in the warp as is done with the tapestry carpets.
Brussels carpets are technically classified by " frames," or in other words by the number of
different colors called for in a vertical row of squares on the designing paper, as also one row
of loops in the direction of the warp in the fabric.
In tapestry carpets one double thread of worsted, printed according to the design, is
used for one row of loops (warp-ways) while in Brussels carpets a similar double thread is
used for each color as required by one row of squares warp ways in the design. One color
only is raised at the time, while the threads then not called for rest in the body and partly
on the back of the fabric ; therefore the thickness and substance of the fabric is not due to
cotton or jute thickening threads, as in the body of the tapestry, but the same pure wool-
thread which forms the face will at every place not called for by its color in the design, form
part of the " body."
The ground-warp in Brussels carpets is interlaced with the filling on the common four-
harness basket-weave ( gB@g ) arranged so as to have each
XQLJKa /
^^^^^^ two successive picks insert in the same opening of the shed
(of the ground-warp) and only separated by the pile warps.
Fig. 836. One pick passes above, and its mate pick below the
pile warp-threads holding the latter firmly secured between;
thus, if the raising of tjie pile warp over its wire for forming the characteristic loop should be
omitted, we would produce nothing more than a fabric interlaced on the common four-harness
basket-weave having a stout packing or thickening thread in the centre.
As mentioned before, Brussels carpets are graded by '^frames" There are three-frame, four-
frame, five-frame and six frame Brussels carpets.
Under "frame" we classify the number of different colors found in the different rows of
squares in a vertical direction on the designing paper ; thus a three-frame Brussels carpet has
three different colors in one row of loops (warp-ways) in the fabric. Any of these three colors
can at any other row of loops (warp-ways) be exchanged to a different color without changing
the principle of a " three- frame " carpet.
A "four-frame" Brussels carpet will extend the number of colors for each row of loops to
four colors. Thus, a "five-frame" Brussels carpet will show five different colors in one row
of loops warp-ways. A "six-frame" Brussels carpet will extend these number of changes to six
colors.
Having an individual warp-thread for each color in the formation of the loops will also
speak greatly in favor of the Brussels as compared to the tapestry carpets. By means of these
separate threads the design will be more clearly defined and its various parts more pronounced,
while in tapestry carpets the figure is always more or less indistinct, which arises from the
method of operation by which the pattern is produced.
In Brussels carpets the different colors used are variously distributed, one color being used
to a greater extent than the other, etc. This method of using every pile warp-thread at will and
in a different amount than another, requires us to use instead of ordinary warp yarn beams,
bobbins or miniature beams fixed in frames, or a huge creel, stationed behind the loom. The
manner in which the different colors are controlled, in other words, in which they are concealed
189
from or brought into view upon the face of the fabric is of great importance in the manufacture
of this article.
Method of Structure of the Brussels Carpet.
The pile (loop) is formed the same as in. common (uncut) velvet fabrics by the insertion of
wires (see Fig. 836) under the pile-threads; but the method of selection is different. In producing
a common velvet fabric we raise either the entire warp or one-half, etc., over each wire, while in
Brussels carpet we select for each individual loop from a series of duplicate threads (set-frame)
each of which has a different color. Another difference between a common velvet fabric and a
Brussels carpet is found in the manner of operating the pile-warp during the insertion of ground-
picks. In common pile fabrics, as explained in precedijig articles, the pile-warps interlace up
and down in the body of the fabric, while in Brussels carpet the face or pile-warp rests during
the time it is not used for forming loops in a straight line in the body of the fabric.
Three-frame Brussels Carpet.
Fig. 837 illustrates part of a design technically known as a " three-frame " Brussels carpet.
In the same the different colors for 8 loops, warp and filling-ways (which equals in the present
ta'
*j c*. c*' c*^ d*- c-^c*-c^''3
umsmyjzma • m:^- 1 ■:: ■;: . ■;: ■:: ■:-: i i
GBQaGaH::! 1 au ■:: ■:; ■:; ■:} ■:: ' i
DBHwaDBn i ■:■: ■:; ■:: ^ ■□._. ■:■: ■:: 'J
dbejmgdh:: ■:: ■:: ■:: -i jubqjHlJ'-.h:: ■::<4G
DGDDDDi , jaDDQDC'. JO
, . nnaDQEinuuKi_i._j J.j_;\: .,_' _'.rJLJ'jULinKIDaDKlDL)UULfcijijuJK2*
8th wire. nBnODDDDHanBnnaDGHDnn ^HanDBDDaDDCBDnBDDa
KIBaQKIDQElHnHHElHBaHHBnKlGQHKlGBBHDKlHBSKlDHEHa
HQaoKGnGaaKiGuaKGaDaaisiaaGKianijaDKiaanHnDDDa
7th wire. GaaaGLjGHaaGnaGGGGGBGaGGBGGaHaaGaHGaaGHnG
GGGQGKiaQaBaHQaaKIGQGKiaGaHaElHQHKIGQBBGHBGHg
GGGGGBGGGKlGaGGGKIGGGKIGGnGGBGaaSGGGaQKiGaGa
6th wire. GaHnaCGHGGGGHGGGaGBGGGGHaaGHGGaGHGGaGHGa
KiaSGKiaaaQaSBBBHGaEBGaaBaKaHBQaKlBQGKlDBBGa
, . KGGaHGGaaGKiGGGKiGGnnasGGaKGGaaaKiGGGKiacQua
' ^ 5tli wire. naasaGBGGGaaGBGaBGGGGBGaGGaGBGGBQOaaaHGa
PTk- St7 GBBBGKltiQBSlGBBBGKiaaaKinQaaGKaBaHaEBBGKIBBQB
V IG. 037. _ QGGGGElGaQKiaGGGaHQGaEIGGGGGkQDaKQaaaGlginGGa
4th wire. GGHGaGBGGaGGGHGGBGGaGBaaacaGBGaBGnGaQnBa
HBBBEGBBBGKBBaKIQBBaaSBBBKiaBBBDKlBBQKIBaaBa
, . KICGGKGGGGGBiaaGKIGGGaGKlQGaKiaDGaGKiaGaKQGGaG
3rd wire. GGHGGGGHGGGGElGGGDaBaaaGBGGacaGGaaHGGGaElGn
GBaBaHBaaHGBaBGKlBBBKGBBBaHQBaKIGBaBaKBaaS
, . BGGGQKiaGGEiaGGGGaGaaKaQaQOigiaaDHQCDaGGKiGaaia
2nd wire. GaHaGGGHGaQaHaauGGBGGGaBGaGHnaGaHaQaaHGG
BBBBKaBBBGSBBBSGBaBGKBaBiaGBBaGSBBaKiaBBaa
, . KIGGGKIGDBaGEiaGDEIGGGGGKIGGaSGQaGOHaQaBaGGaa
ist wire. DBDGDaDGBGGBGGGaOHGGaaHaaGBGGaGGaBGGBGaa
SBBBnnBHB
■■
■ ■
■ H
UB
mw_
^"k
1 - L
JLJU
1 B
ist I 2nd I 3rd I 4th I sth I 6th I 7th I 8th
dent. dent. | dent. | dent. dent. | dent. | dent. dent, |
Fig. 838.
example 8 by 8 = 64 loops) are indicated for each color by a separate kind of type. In the same
line of the design (looking at the design lengthways), apparently in the same thread, three colors
form the pile in succession, which is practically produced by employing three distinct threads,
each of which is so controlled that it only appears in the pile when required to produce the
design.
In Fig. 838 the ground plan of the method of interlacing is shown. On the top of the plan
the arrangement of the warp is indicated.
I end binder-warp.
3 ends face or pile-warp, each representing a two-fold end of worsted and each of these 3 so
indicated pile-threads to be of a different color than the other.
I end binder-warp.
5 ends in the repeat of arrangement for the warp. Thus 5X8 = 40 threads of warp in ground
plan, representing the construction of a 3-frame Brussels carpet, similar to the one shown in
design Fig. 837.
190
In plan Fig. 838 every shed for inserting the wire is represented on the left side of the
design ; and on comparing with the part of the design of the face, Fig. 837, it represents the
threads as indicated in the latter raised from each set.
Pick I in the design calls for i ■, i a, i ■, 2 □, i ■, i h, ib. Examining wire i in the plan we
find the selecting of the different colors from each set arranged accordingly.
Thus we select —
From the first set ■.
" second " b.
third " m.
fourth " B.
fifth " Q.
sixth " ■.
" seventh " ■.
" eighth " ■, etc.
Pick 2 in the design calls for 3 q, 2 a, 3 a, and the colors of the face-warp for raising over
wire number 2 in the plan are selected accordingly.
From the first set of 3 pile warp-threads we call for □.
second "
third "
fourth "
fifth "
sixth "
seventh"
eighth "
Pick 3 is a repetition of pick number 2.
Pick 4 in the design calls for i a, i ■, i a, 2 ■, i a, i ■, i ■, and the colors of the pile-warp
raising over wire number 4 in the plan are selected to correspond.
From the first aet of 3 pile warp-threads we call for a.
second "
" third "
fourth •'
fifth
sixth '•
seventh "
eighth " " "
Pick 5 in the design calls for i ■, i ■, i a, 2 ■, i a, i ■, i □, and the colors of the pile-warp
raising over wire number 5 are selected to correspond.
From the first set of 3 pile warp-threads we call for ».
second "
third "
fourth "
fifth
sixth "
seventh "
eighth "
Picks 6 and 7 are duplicates of picks numbers 2 and 3.
a.
a.
m.
M.
a.
□.
□.
«
191
Pick 8 in the design calls for i ■, i a, i ■, 2 a, i ■, i a, i ■, and the pile warp-threads raising
over wire number 8, as shown in the plan, are selected to correspond in colors.
From the first set of 3 pile warp-threads we call for
second "
third "
fourth "
fifth
sixth "
seventh "
eighth "
it
«
It
(t
Any pick that will be called for in any complete design always has its method of interlacing
arranged similar to the principle explained in the specimen 8 picks of part of a design given for
example.
Pile.
DUKIKIDDKIH
Fig. 839.
Fig. 840.
The two binder warp-threads working between each set of threads in Brussels carpet of any
" frame," interlace with the filling as shown in Fig. 839.
The reeding of a 3-frame Brussels carpet is arranged for " i binder, 3 pile, i binder," in each
dent ; thus splitting by the reed ahvays the two binder warp-threads.
Fig. 840 illustrates the section of a 3-frame Brussels carpet. In the same, threads marked
d and e represent the binder-threads. A, B, C, represent the 3 different colored pile warp-threads.
Wires i, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, illustrate the section of the wires as used in the opening of the 3d, 6th,
9th, I2th, 15th, i8th, and 21st opening of the shed. Picks i, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, ii, 13, 14, 16, 17,
etc., of the ground structure of the fabric are indicated by shaded circles.
DnnnDKinnnKnnnnnBnnDg
KDDOKlOnDnngDDDBDDDDD
□BEEiaHQQHEJnElBEinHHBBEl
I jDDDQKiDanHaaDnaHDnDKi
KBBBKinBQBDSBBBKlDBBEa
KnaaKicaQaDSCGnHnanDa
DQEQDHQEBKlDBBBaHQQQa
Fig. 842.
©TOWn^'PiS.
The binder-warp is drawn in two common harness frames which are placed in front of the
Jacquard-harness. The face or pile is drawn in the Jacquard-harness, which is tied up for as
imany sections as there are frames in the carpet, so that in the present example of a 3-frame car-
pet we must use a 3-section tie-up. (See section on "tie-ups" in my treatise on The Jacquard, etc.)
[By forming the shed for the insertion of a wire only one pile warp-thread from each set is raised,
is is required by the design. If the pile-warp in a carpet, constructed as thus far explained, is
;ut, the name Brussels is changed to Wilton.
192
Diagram Fig. 841 illustrates the method of interlacing a 3-frame Brussels carpet. This
diagram readily explains itself on examination. Warp-threads indicated by A, B, C, are the three
different colored pile-threads required (as explained before). Thread A is shown blank, thread B
shaded, and C black. The binder or body warp-threads, situated in the fabric on each side of the
face-threads, are indicated by / and 2. The ground picks and places for inserting the wires are
■■«■■■□■
t Bc; m
e ::■ m
I ►s:; ■ B
I :: ^:•■[l
IE >! .■
1 8
Fig. 843.
8th wire.
7th wire.
6th wire,
5th wire.
4th wire.
3rd wire.
2nd wire.
HRfflQ
:j^ ma
LBH >i ■:■: ,hi iBU: :q . Bc: Si . ■:: Ki ■:: >-n ■:: in ma ma
ij«UJB^j«auE'^_HHUEa.j^iHauffl,_j„Ha,ffl,_,._,Ba:j£a^.jHc:!jaLjuHaHEan
DDDDGaaGDauCiuaajLiGajuLJGaoaatjGujanGanrjaLjiJarjGauiJDa
nDcaDaanGaaGnGaaaaaaGDDacaGaaGDGGGQaGaaGaaaGaaua
DGGanaKGaGGKiGGaGaGBaaGGBGGQaaaEaacGKiaGQDQaHGaaGKiz*
aBGaaaGaGBGaanGBaaacaafflDnnGBGaGGGiiaQaGGBGaancaGaa
KaHHHaGHQHBGKHQHQKuQQHHCKGHEQKlQQBaHGHBEHHEaGQaEHa
KiGGaGKaaGaaGKiGaGGKiaGQGanKDaGGKiDDGDGaHGaaaKiGGcaGa
GGGHiGaGBDGGnaGGnfflaaDaBaGaGaBGaDGGBQaGataGGaGaGBGa
GQBQHGKHQHHISIGQGQQQBQHHBEinQGHaGKlHBHQHaBQEGGHBgilSS
GGGGGGKlGGGaaaGGGGGHGGGGKlGaGGGaKJaGaLJHGGGaGaEIGijnaKI
aaGBaanaGBGGaBaaGnGQGBGaDGnBGGaGHGGGnGGafflGGGCHaa
KGaGGaGQGHBGKlHBGBElCBQSBGKlBBBQKICBHQBaKIBQBBKiaBBBBa
KGGI naEGGGGGaaGQGGEJnaGGGGKIGGGGKlDGGGGaKIGGGDKI JGOGGG
GGfJHGGGaQBGGaGGMGaGBGGGGGGHaQGGGaBGaGaGBGaaGGaffln
QBaaQGKIBQaBKlGQBQQGIEIBBBBKIGBBBEaaQBBBKlQBBBBGKlBQBBKI
GGGGGGKlGaaGKlGDGGGGKiaaaaKiaDGGGGEiCQGDKlGGaGGCIEIGaGGBI
GGaGBGGGaaGGnnCJHaaGGHaGQGBQaCaaGGBGGGGGHGGaGGBGG
ElEQEBglGBBBEaBHBBEEIGEBHBGKlBEBBKiGQBGBGKBBQBKEBEEBC
KGGaGKGGGGGGaGGGGHGGGGGGBGaGGKlGGGGGGKGGGGKGaGGGC
GaaBGOGGaCfflaGGHGnGGaGBGGGGGaGaaBGGGGGGGBGGGGGBaC
GBBEBGBGBBBKlGEBEEGKIQHHHKlGBBEBGiaQBBaKIGaBEBGKEEBBE
GDGGGGKlGGGaKIGDGaaOI^GaGGKlGGGGCQHGGGGHanGaGGKlGaGag
GGGBaGGGQGGGaGDBGGGaGBaGGaaBGDDaaGfflaaBDaQaDGGBGC
KBaEBKGEQEBGKBBEEKaaQBEGKBBHBiaGEEGBGKlEEBBKiaBBBBC
aSQBBGHGBBBKiaBBBHGKBBBBSGBBBaaKlBBBEKiaBBBBGKEEaGKIl
11 I I I I I I I 48
ist 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
I dent. I dent. I dent- I dent. I dent, I dent. I dent. 1 dent.
Fig. 844.
marked on the bottom of the diagram. P on the top of the drawing represents the interlacing
of the fabric, omitting the loops, and thus giving, at a glance, the correct principle of interlacing
the body.
Fig. 842 illustrates the weave for this part. Shed for " wire " omitted. 5 on the top of the
drawing Fig. 841 represents the entire procedure. The wire marked i calls for the raising of
warp-thread C (= black) for forming the face of the fabric. Wire marked 2, the successive wire,
calls for the raising of warp-thread B {= shaded) for forming the face of the fabric.
vO
If) ca
inHifflDGGI
!□ iBD I' II
la: ffiO I
in ea I
in
lassn::
IHilfflD
IH >!*□
ic: >ia
in
m
■□BSDGGI
m
ifflo:
fa a
so
ui
m
t/i
n
m
IHBfflnGQl
infiBD' ' ■
■:3 tin
fSBBBBHOffl
a^Qi 4-nBQ
BDSa: '^BB
■CDEBC'}'-;: iB
BBC^QSai-tH
BBBUDSUH
IBBBBQDEaa
Fig. 845a;.
8th wire. GLjH
tn .5
m
lEBffinaGBHiianGQBHHfflQG
iH>- WO ii BHrtBsanr.BnFjfflQG
VS SD BK: Sn!": BH: ESOG
IE EEQ. , BB. EaaV.-BE. EQG
-.. jLjGuljljljljljuGlji_jGi— 'ljGG
jaGGGGGGGGGaaaGGGG „
JGGKGCGaGQaKGGQGDE]24
""GGQGaGCGnnGQGGGfflGG
BGQaaEl^JaaaEBGSBaaBQBaQBBQGUEBEEBSKGBGBBBGBBQBBBKlGBBBBEG
' GBBaBEGKIBaBaBHDEBGBBGKIEQBBBElDBBBBECElEBBBBKGEBaBBGKBBBEaKI
GQaGGGGKIGanaGBlGaaGGaGSGGaaLJHGaGGGGaHGDGaGBGGGGGGGKlGGGDGK]
6th wire. GGnBGnGGGaGfflGaaGEiaGGaGGaBGGaaGQrjaOGGBGGOQGQBaCGGGGGHaGGa
KBBBBEKIGBQBBBaKIEEEaBSaaBBQBGKlBBEBBHGEEBBBGKlBBBBESQBBEEaa
KIGGGGGKlGGGGaGagiGGGGaElGGGGaGaKIGGaGGKlCGaGGaGKlGaGaGKiGGGGGaq
Sth wire. GGaGGGOGI IGaGOGGGnGaaGGGaaGaaoaaBGGGGaGBGGaGBQGGaaGBaDaGg
GEaEEEGK!BGaEBKlL-.BBBaEa65BaaEBKIGEQEBBGKIBBEGBElGBEEBSaKlBaBEBg
GGGGGGGKIGGGaGKiaGIDGGaGBGGGGCKGGaCiaGGHaGGGGKIGaaGCaGKGGGGGKI
4th wire. GBGGGGGGaHCJGGGGGaGanGGGaGfflGaaGHGGaGGGGBGGGGaGSGGGaBqqGGq
KEEBaBKIGBBBBBaEJEBEBBKaBBBBBaHBBBBBSGBBEBSGHBBBEBKiaBEBBBg
SGGGCGKaaaGGGGKlGaGGGKlGGaaDDCHGGGDGXIGGGGGGGglGGGGGHGaGGaGG
3rd wire. GBGaGGGGBaaGaaaGaaGGGGGaaanGGGGGfflaGGaHGaGGGGGHGGGaGGBGGg
GBaSaEaKlBBBaBgiaBEaEEGSBBapBKIGEEQBBGSEBEBBKaBEBBBGHBBBBSKI
BGGGGGGgJGCGGGKlGGGGGGGgiaaaGaHGGGGuOGHGGGGGKIGaGGGGaKGGaaGKI
2nd wire. □GGBGGGGBGaGGGGBGGGGGLiGHnOG GGGnGGGDGGaaBGGGGHGGGGGGGBGGa
KBBBBBiaaEBBBBGSBBBEEKiaBBBBQGKlBEBBEBaEBEEBaKlBBEaaKEBEEBBG
KIGGGGGKIGGGGGGaKlGGGaGKIGGGaGLjaSGGGGaHGGGGaGGKiaGGGGHaQaGQan
1st wire. aGaBGGGGaGBaGaaiaDGGGGBGGGGGGaaaGGGGGGaanaaGGafflGGGGcacaGa
GBBSBBGBBBEBBHGBBEBBaKQBaBQKlGBEEEB[]iaBBEEBElGBEEaBGBaBEBaKll
|l ist I 2nd I 3rd I 4th I 5th 1 6th I 7th I Sth 66
I dent. 1 dent. I dent. I dent. | dent. I dent. I dent. I dent. I
Fig. 845(5.
Wire marked 3, the next successive wire, calls for the raising of warp-thread C (= blank)
for forming the face of the fabric.
Warp-threads 2-C-B-A-1 are drawn in one dent of the reed, as indicated on the left-hand
side of the drawing.
Fig. 843 illustrates part of a Brussels carpet design classified as a "four-frame."
193
Fig. 844 furnishes an analysis of the latter. The difference in the construction of a " four-
frame," as compared to a " three-frame " carpet, consists in its having four different colored pile
warp-thieads, instead of only three, as in the latter, so that the figuring possible in both carpets
is equal in proportion as 4 is to 3.
Having thoroughly described the method of constructing the " three-frame " carpet, the
present " four-frame " design will the more readily explain itself
Fig. 845 a illustrates part of a design for a " five-frame " carpet, which in Fig. 845 b is also
analyzed.
Brussels and Wilton carpets are made up to and including " six-frames," also " in part of
full frames " (after the " three-frame "), as may often be required in order to cheapen the fabric.
DOUBLE-FACED PILE CARPETS
In which the Pile is Produced by Inserting a Special Heavy Filling-Cord
Instead of a Wire.
The construction of these fabrics has for its object the production of a cheap, strong, firm
and durable double-faced carpet, wherein the figure at each side of the fabric is derived from
Fig. 846.
^=?W'fff
m;v//////////Mmim>.
m/M///////////m/m
Fig. 847.
Fig. 848.
face-warps appearing upon one and then upon the other side of the fabric for one or more
rib-picks. In addition to the face-warp there is also used a binder-warp, usually having two threads
worsted face-warp alternate with one end binder-warp. These face and binder-warp-threads are
interlaced into one fabric by means of two kinds of filling, the interior (heavy) filling and the
binder-filling. The binder-filling at alternate picks passes above all the face-warps and then
below all the face-warps. The binder-filling is tied to the upper and then to the lower side of
the face-warp by the binder-warp, two picks of binder-filling and two picks of stuffer (interio'r,
heavy or cord) filling being put in in succession. The binder-warp is lifted into the upper half
of the shed between the insertion of the first and second picks of stuffer (cord) filling, the binder-
warp thus splitting the stuffer or interior filling. The crossing of the warp and filling is such as
to enable the two picks of interior or stuffer, when beat up into the shed, to lie nearly one over
the other, forming ribs opposite each other at opposite faces of the fabric.
Fig. 846 represents a longitudinal section.
Fig. 847 is a diagram representing the arrangement of the warp and filling as they interlace
in the fabric.
194
Fig. 848 illustrates part of a design (face and back) corresponding to diagram Fig. 847.
The threads shown in Figs. 846 and 847 are separated for a clearer understanding of their
working ; but in the actual fabric they are beat closely together by the reed and appear somewhat
similar to those illustrated in part of a design (effect) Fig. 848.
Metliod of Operation.
These carpets are produced on an ordinary two-box Jacquard loom with the addition of front-
harness. For the binder-warps an independent harness or set of harness is provided, being
operated through a cam on the picker shaft. The sheds for the binder-filling are formed by the
binder-warps on the one hand and by all the face or body-warps on the other hand. The face-
warps (indicated by letters E, E , G, G' in Figs. 846 and 847), which are generally of worsted and
of different colors, and dyed or printed according to the colors and patterns it is desired that the
carpet shall show, will be operated on by a Jacquard machine of the usual construction, so as to
split the face-warps at suitable intervals to form sheds for the introduction of the stufifer or
interior filling (indicated by letters E, A', in Figs. 846 and 847) carried by a shuttle. The face
warp-threads uppermost or at one side of the fabric remain at that side of the fabric for as many
picks as desired, and then are carried to the other side of the fabric.
The binder-warps (indicated by letter d in Figs. 846 and 847) are carried by one or two
harness frames and are distributed at suitable intervals between the face-warps. They are
arranged so as to appear at both sides or face of the fabric between each two picks of interior
(or stuffer) filling.
Method of Successive Interlacing of the Warps and Fillings.
Examining Figs. 846 and 847 from the right to the left, it appears that pick i has all the
face-warp down and the binder-warp raised, thus forming a shed between all of the face-warp
and binder-warp to receive a pick of binder filling.
Pick 2 — the second binder-pick — has all the face-warp raised and all the binder-warp
Jowered.
Pick 3 has one-half of the face-warps raised, which with the binder-warp then down, forms
a shed for receiving the first stuffer or interior filling.
Pick 4 has one-half of the face-warp and the binder-warp in the upper part of the shed, and
the other half of the face-warp in the lower part. (This pick is not illustrated in Fig. 847, it being
opposite to pick 3.)
This operation is repeated until such time as it is desired that the face-warp uppermost in
the last shed to receive the stuffer or interior filling shall be made to appear at the opposite side
of the fabric. When it is desired to make the warp upon one face of the fabric show for one
or more sheds upon the opposite face of the fabric, these face-warp-threads are themselves bodily
carried, as indicated at the line F, from the upper to the lower part of the shed.
DOUBLE-PILE FABRICS.
Principles of Construction of the Plain "Double Plush."
The end to be gained in the manufacture of warp pile fabrics of the
present division is, the production of two single velvet (or similar) fabrics
with one operation of the loom. In the manufacture of double plush the
fg^ ***** wires so conspicuously referred to in speaking of warp pile fabrics, are
^^^ omitted. The pile-warp-threads, after interlacing into the "body structure"
'^^^ of one of the single fabrics, pass across to the *' body structure " of the
other fabric, where in turn they are interlaced before returning to the fabric from which they
195
started. Constantly exchanging pile-warp-threads from one cloth to the other forms the principle
of double-pile weaving, and is illustrated in diagram Fig. 849 by a. After combining the
pile of a two-ply fabric in the manner previously explained, its pile-warp-threads, running
across the centre or interior of the fabric, are cut automatically by means of an attachment on
the loom known as the " cutting knifed The variously constructed knives in practical use, as
well as the methods of their operation, are treated later on.
Methods in Use for Interlacing the Pile-zvarp in Do2ible-plush Fabrics.
Various methods for exchanging the pile- warp in weaving " double plush," as also the different
ways of interlacing (or fastening) these pile warp-threads to the ground-cloth of each fabric, are
in practical use. An explanation of a few of these is given, whereby a pretty clear conception
Fig. 850.
may be had of the method of interlacing double plush. Diagram Fig. 850 illustrates the section
of a double-plush fabric. In this, four distinct warp-threads are visible, and are indicated by the
numbers i, 2, 3 and 4. These four warp-threads and the sixteen sections of the filling illustrate
one repeat of the arrangement of the warp and filling, as well as the method of intersecting
both systems, technically known as their weave. Line AXo B m. the diagram indicates the direc-
tion for cutting the pile-warp.
In diagram Fig. 851, another method for forming double plush is shown. The diagram
illustrates the section from a specimen fabric.
In this, two distinct sets of warp-threads (shown by dotted lines) form the body structure for
each individual single " plush fabric," while the pile is produced by a separate set of warp-threads
which alternately interlace into one and then the other body-structure. The body-warp for the
upper fabric is indicated by letters A and B, and that for the lower by D and E. Line F to G
shows the course through which the pile is cut to produce the two separate plush fabrics.
1 s 1 s 3 5;
lUaDDB— 6 1
□anna— 6 [Picks for the top fabric.
■nDnB-4)
fflHffiaB-2 \ Picks for the bottom fabric.
(i denotes face fabric, 2 bottom
fabric, 3 pile-warp.)
Fig. 851a.
Fig. 851.
An analysis of the section shown in Fig. 851 gives as follows: Picks i, 2 and 3 for the
lower fabric and picks 4, 5 and 6 for the upper fabric.
Fig. 851^ is a plan of the method of interlacing, technically known as the "weave."
2 harnesses are required for the body-warp of the upper fabric ; 2 harnesses for the body-warp of
the lower fabric and i harness for carrying the pile-warp; thus 5-harness in repeat. In reeding
the warp five threads must be put in one dent.
To produce a well covered full face in the fabric, two kinds of ground or body-warp must
be used. One kind for threads working as shown by warp-threads A and E, or tighter than the
other body-warp, or threads working the same as warp-threads B and D, which operate with less
tension ; hence two beams are necessary for the body or ground-warp, with one beam for carrying
the pile-threads.
196
The adjusting, or " setting " of the harness is such that when the loom is at rest the set of
warp-threads for the upper section of the fabric is in a sufficiently elevated position as compared
to those for the lower cloth. The method of operation for the harness is such that for the picks
of the upper cloth harnesses are lowered, and for picks for the lower fabrics harnesses are
raised. This method of weaving double plush only requires one shuttle, and the weaving is per-
formed the same as ordinary weaving.
. a
3
01 o
ad cdi 2 12
u
■
: ■
U .■
1
izv. ;::
□a
„ jata
C3n la
□a
8
Fig. 852.
r," !
occcaaou
1HDBBHHB
RgRSS
H-"
□ ■
a ■
£3
e::hhc| ■
■ '.a
^C3 mo
a m
E
CH ■
■ i'-iiJD
a
Li I j
C-: ' ■ a m
n ■
i' '^ 1 .n ■' ■ '^GQ
Q ■
EH
Earn
■:: ■■:::: ■:: ■■
::: m. ~ ■ c; ma
■:-:: ■ ^^ehme ■□
□ ■
■0:0 ■:: ■
Fig. 852^.
HnHD
HUHn
Dtaaa
DBDH
4BDHa
BOHa
DHDH
IDQDH
1 2
Fig. 852a.
□■RinHMHBrsinKiB
r^ ■■::■:■■■ ^ '■'^:-m
I .::■, . .:;■-■:
Ci m : c: ■
[ . ::■. ::■ :
?□■
[
L
El
E
1: :
[ :
IE.
:> ■ lEiH
.'J 'iEBIS
lai^mastm
Fig. 852^.
an . □■ '1
m. ma . ■□
M am ; am
am ob; j
■□ ■□ 1
[..['.□■ ' □■
Ci-ma . ma
&■□ ma 1
am □■ 1
e;' ■□ HO
&;{ QH. □■
□■! ~i rn ' j
■a aa 1
ct;aH □■
iQ^aa :'.:Ma
1 4
Fig. 852^.
oc..
-y.
ji
J
C.< €
►A.
d.<^
>l
QOQaQDIQDjQDIQDIQ'D
j.< «.-
►A.
■s-
OXXOUDnunODlODUD:
QoiQoiQaQonoiaaoD
1 'WiC mil/ w/ mi// mi// %w mi//'
Fig. 852(5.
pjd:ojd:ox):ojd:ojd:o.d:ox)
»A.
^E.
The arranging of three successive picKS alternately for each fabric is of no disadvantage to
either structure. Each plush fabric will show the same smooth surface after cutting. Diagram
Fig. 800, on page 170, in the chapter on the construction of single plush and velvet fabrics
represents the section for each separate single cloth of the double plush illustrated in Fig. 851.
Fig. 852 illustrates another plan for weaving double plush. In this instance a double shuttle
loom is used (cam-loom principle), using each shuttle for interweaving in the one system of the
structure. Consequently two sheds must be formed at one operation of the loom, which is effected
by using for the pile-warp " Cams " which are capable of holding- the harness frames in three
197
different positions, "the bottom," "the centre," or "the top" part of the complete double shed.
It will be readily understood that " the centre " refers to the upper division of the lower shed, as
well as the bottom division of the upper shed.
In Fig. 852 the first 4 harnesses, for future reference indicated by letters a, b, c and d, repre-
sent the pile. In the same the ■ type indicates the raising of a harness in the top division of the
upper shed or " the top," the a type indicates the placing of the harness for forming " the centre "
(being also the temporary " shuttle-race " for the shuttle interlacing the upper ground fabric).
This position is also technically known as " dwelling." The □ type indicates the lowering of the
harness for forming " the bottom " of the lower shed in the loom. The rear 4 harnesses indicate
the working of the ground warp. Harnesses indicated by i form the one body-structure,
while the harnesses indicated by 2 form the other body-structure. Each set of the ground-
harnesses (i, I and 2, 2) is placed by a respectively high or low strapping into its proper
position for guiding either the ground or body warp of the upper or lower ground-cloth.
The drafting for the present weave is 1 end ground-warp for the top cloth, i end ground-warp for
the lower cloth, 2 ends pile-warp, thus 4 threads in one repeat.
Fig. 85 2« illustrates the separate weave for interlacing each body-structure, being the com-
mon (2-harness, 4 picks) rib-weave, or the common plain two picks in a shed.
In Fig. 852^, six respective diagrams are given for illustrating the compound weave
Fig. 852. Diagram indicated by a represents the section of the corresponding pile warp-
thread a in the weave ; diagram b shows the section of pile warp-thread b in the weave ; diagram
c illustrates the section of pile warp-thread c in the weave, and diagram d refers to pile warp-
thread d in the weave. The ground or body-warp working close by the pile-warp is shown by
the dotted lines in each diagram. Letter A, in all the diagrams shown under Fig. 852 b, indicates
the upper fabric and letter B the bottom fabric. Horizontal line ^ to / indicates the direction for
cutting the pile as performed afterwards. In diagram s of Fig. 852(5', the complete interlacing of
all the four pile-threads in a fabric is shown. In the same, ground-warps (as previously shown) are
omitted so as to give a clearer understanding of the subject. Letters of reference are also
selected to correspond with the previously explained diagrams a, b, c and d, as well as to diagram
/, which illustrates the section of the four pile warp-threads when cut (ground-warp again omitted).
In Fig. 852<r, a separate analysis of one fabric from the double structure is given, showing
4 pile and 2 body warp-threads and 8 picks for its repeat. Warp-threads i and 4 for body,
warp-threads 2, 3, 5 and 6 for pile, n shows the raising of the body-warp , □ shows the lowering
of the body-warp ; ■ shows the raising of the pile-warp ; h shows the lowering of the pile-warp
for two picks down so as to interlace with the body-structure by means of raising in both adja-
cent picks ; H shows the lowering of pile-warp for four picks so as to form the pile by means of
interlacing with the mated body-structure (not shown).
Fig. 852*^ shows the complete analysis executed in the regular double-cloth principle, ordin-
ary weaving, one shuttle work ; thus only raisers or sinkers and no centre or " dwell," and hence
8 warp-threads and 16 picks. Warp-threads i, 2, 5 and 6 are for the body- warp and the warp-
threads 3, 4, 7 and 8 for the pile-warp.
In Fig. 852^, a special plan illustrating the working of the pile-warps, as previously explained,
is given. □ and ■ show the interlacing in fabric i or ^. ^ and o show the interlacing in fabric
2 or B.
Methods of Operation in Use for Producing Double-Pile Fabrics and the Different
Systems of Cutting the Pile-Threads.
As mentioned at the beginning of the present chapter on double-pile fabrics, both single-
cloth fabrics after being woven on the double-cloth system must be separated, or the pile cut in
the centre of the float from the one body-structure to the other. Two methods are in practical
Jf
yir
198
use for cutting this pile. First, the pile-warp is cut automatically on the loom on which it is
Q ^^ woven, and second, the pile-warp is cut after the fabric has left the loom.
The first method is the one most generally adopted, and the illustrations
and explanations of some of the processes most frequently used are given.
Fig. 853. Diagrams 853, 854, 855, 856, 857 and 858 illustrate C. R. Garratt's inven-
tion as to the mechanism for cutting double-pile fabrics.
Fig. 853 illustrates at M \}i\& section of the double-pile fabric, at D the section of the cutting
knife, liberating with it both separate pile-cloths as shown at N N.
Fig. 854 illustrates a plan-view of part of a loom having the before-mentioned arrangement
attached.
Fig. 855 is a front elevation, with the bracket, which supports the operating shaft as well as
this shaft and its driving-pulley and bevel-gear, removed.
Fig. 856 is a plan-view of the knife, showing the manner in which the cords are attached.
Fig. 857 is the side-view of a loom (of a different make than the one before) which has the
cutting arrangement attached.
Fig. 854.
Fig. 855.
The letters used for indicating the different parts in these five diagrams are identical. An
examination of the same gives us as follows :
A illustrating the framework of a loom.
B representing the mainshaft, journaled in the framework, and provided with a driving
pulley.
(7 is a cross-piece located at the front of the loom, provided with a groove extending across
the loom, in which the knife D reciprocates. The main portion of the cutting-edge of this
knife is straight, but the ends, or corners, are rounded, so that the knife will cut equally well
when moving in either direction, while the straight cutting edge between the rounded corners is
adapted for cutting the pile in a smooth and effectual manner through very short reciprocating
movements of the knife. At the opposite ends of the knife cords are attached, which pass over
pulleys F. One of these cords is attached to a spring G,
which is secured to the floor. The other cord or wire is
attached to a lever, which is pivoted in a bracket secured to ^"^^
the framework. This lever can be arranged to vibrate either
by means of a cam or crank.
In the present illustration the first mentioned arrangement is used. The acting of the cam
upon the lever H forces the latter outward, and consequently forces the knife to the extreme
right of the groove against the power of the spring G. The action of the spring as it contracts
is to draw the knife to the extreme left of the groove, and at the same time to draw the lever
inward.
CMV^
Fig. 856.
199
Fig. 853, as previously alluded to, illustrates at N the two separate single pile fabrics. In
diagram Fig. 857, the method of " taking up " these fabrics without injuring the pile is shown.
After drawing the fabrics over the edges of the " breastbeam " of the loom, they are guided over
two " take-up rollers," X, opposite each other, which have a roughened surface, and by which the
fabrics are held taught and drawn backward from the knife, so that the centres of the uncut pile
will be evenly presented for the cutting. After passing the " take-up " rollers N, the fabrics fall
into the cloth-box 5.
This method of keeping the fabric loose, and not tightly wound around its " take-up " or
cloth beam as in common weaving, preserves the beauty of the pile. The previously explained
method of operating the cutting knife may also be changed so as to have it operated on by the
lay. This principle is illustrated in diagram Fig. 858. In this, the one cord (formerly con-
nected to a lever) is shown attached to the lathe 0 of the loom. This lathe is operated in any
ordinary manner, so that the knife will be reciprocated in its guiding-groove at each throw of the
lathe.
il:'
iCu ml 'I
uTmh
^T S =^"m.
^ ^
Fig. 858.
Fig. 857.
Fig. 859 a. Fig. 859 b.
Another kind of " cutting knife " is shown in Figs. 859^ and Z^c^b. Fig. 859^ illustrates
the plan-view, and Fig. 859(5 the section. In operating this " cutting knife " the long teeth
enter between the two pieces of cloth while the lateral movement of the top blade cuts the
pile-threads. In the diagram blade A, shown shaded, is the movable blade, and is situated upon
B, the fixed blade which is shown in outline.
Figs. 860, 861, 862, 863 and 864 illustrate a mechanism for severing double-pile fabrics in
the loom in which it is woven, as invented by A. Bacon.
Fig. 860 is the side-view of a loom necessary to illustrate the construction and mode of
application of the attachment for severing the double-pile fabric produced on the loom.
Fig. 861 is a front-view of the same loom and the cutting device, with the sharpener for the
cutting knife removed.
Fig. 862 is a plan-view of the same loom and the cutting device.
Fig. 863 illustrates a perspective view of the cutting device ; the sharpening attachment for
the knife is illustrated separately, in front, and detached from its supports, so as to give a clearer
understanding of the main features of the device.
Fig. 864 is a transverse section (enlarged) on the line i, 2, in Fig. 862.
200
The letters indicating the different parts of the cutting device, as well as the loom, are
identical. The following description will readily show the manner in which the cutting device
is attached to the loom. Also the method of opera-
tion of the former, with a general description of its
construction.
(This device, as claimed by the inventor, can
also be adjusted to any other kind of loom with a
few appropriate changes, such as may be required
by the style of loom to be adjusted.)
Parallel with the breastbeam of the loom (see
A in drawings) and a short distance in front of it is
a bar B, which is carried by projecting brackets X,
and forms a guide for a slide D, the latter carrying
a stud, on which is free to turn a spur-wheel a, to
the upper face of which is secured a circular cutter
F. This spur-wheel engages with a rack b, which
is secured to the upper face of the guide-bar B, so
that as the slide D is caused to reciprocate trans-
versely in the guide a rapid rotary motion, first in
one direction and then in the opposite direction,
will be imparted to the cutting-disk F. One end
of the slide D is connected to one end of a belt G,
which passes around pulleys d, supported on the
frame of the loom. The opposite end of this belt is
connected to a stud/, projecting from one of the links of a chain-belt H, adapted to sprocket-wheels
/, mounted upon studs g'^, secured to and projecting from the loom-frame. A similar belt G, passing
Fig. 860.
Fig. 86i.
around like pulleys d, serves to connect the opposite end of the slide D to the stud /, so that
when rotary motion is imparted to the sprocket-wheels / the stud /, traveling with the belt H,
201
will, through the medium of the belts G, impart a transverse reciprocating movement to the slide
D, and thus cause the cutter Fto pass to and fro through the web of fabric, so as to cut the pile-
threads and separate the compound fabric into two single fabrics, each having a cut-pile surface.
In order to insure uniform cutting of the pile, the movement of the slide and its cutter must
be smooth and steady, as any jarring or jerking of the slide or cutter causes irregularity in the
Fig. 862.
cut and unevenness in the length of pile on the fabrics produced. This smooth and steady move-
ment is secured by means of the driving mechanism shown ; there is a gradual dimunition in the
speed of the slide at and near each end of its traverse and a gradual acceleration of speed as it
starts on the return movement.
Rolls J" J, between which projects the cutting edge of the knife F, are acted upon so as to
press the rolls J J toward each other and into contact with the opposite sides of the knife.
Fig. 863.
Fig. 864.
The rolls J are coated with abrading material, and extend throughout the traverse of
the knife, so that the cutting-edge of the latter is at all times under the sharpening influence of
the roils, and a keen edge is thereby maintained. (This cutting device can also be used, applied
to a machine for cutting double pile fabrics after the woven cloth has left the loom, instead of
being used directly in connection with the loom in which the fabric is woven.)
202
Drawings Figs. 865, 866, 867, 868, 869, 870, 871, 872 and 873, represent C. Pearson's inven-
tion for cutting on the loom double pile velvets and similar pile fabrics during the weaving
process.
The invention of the present system for separating the double pile fabric into two separate
single pile fabrics, consists in employing two pile-severing knives, which are caused to travel
laterally, each a distance only half the width of the fabric, in a transverse guide-plate or race.
The letters of reference in the drawings denote like parts in the several views given.
Fig. 865.
Fig. 865 represents a side elevation of part of a loom for weaving double pile fabrics. The
drawing also illustrates one of the " knife carriages " with its actuating mechanism, and part of
the sharpening mechanism adjacent to it with a part of its actuating mechanism. Fig. 866 is a
front view of part of the loom. Fig. 867 illustrates a transverse vertical section of the grooved
race-bar; also one of the cutting-knives mounted in its carriage, and one set of the sharpening-
roUers with its frame or " housing."
Fig. 866.
Fig. 867.
Fig. 868 is, partly, a sectional front-view of a pair of the sharpening-rollers mounted in their
frame with a portion of the velvet rail or cutting bar.
Fig. 869 is a top-view of the transversely grooved guide-plate or race-bar in which the
knife-carriages are reciprocated, and the parallel supporting-bar in which the fabric is cut by the
laterally-traveling knives.
Fig. 870 is an enlarged view of the parts at one end of Fig. 869, showing the transversely
grooved race-bar, a knife-carriage with its knife, and the stopping mechanism in the race-bar.
203
Fig. 871 is a cross-section view of the velvet delivery rollers, one of the pile severing- knives,
and the supporting bars, showing the relative position of these several parts.
Fig. 872 is a transverse section of the inside of that part of the loom shown in Fig. 865 from
the outside.
Fig. 873 is a transverse sectional view of the loom, showing the location and arrangement
of the crank-shaft and connecting-gear, one of the pulley-wheels, and the sharpening mechanism
with its actuating mechanism for one of the knives.
^C
J*
1^
Fig. 869.
Fig. 870.
The method of operation and principle of construction of the cutting-device is illustrated by
drawings Figs. 865 to 873 inclusive.
By means of the double cam C, operating the rack-bar and cog-gearing, alternate partial
revolutions in each direction are given to the pulley-wheel F, to which are secured two cords or
bands, the other end of each of which is attached to the " knife-carriage," one cord on one side
and one on the other side thereof, so as, by the alternate partial revolutions of the pulley -wheel in
Fig. 871.
Fig. 872.
opposite directions, to pull the carriage backward and forward transversely along the grooved
guide-plate or race of the loom. A similar set of cords and a knife-carriage are provided for
each side of the loom, both knife-carriages moving in the same guide-plate alternately, each only
about half the distance across, and each alternating in its lateral travel from side to centre of the
race-plate.
Transversely across the frame of the loom are arranged two bars or rails, R and 5, their
relative positions being as shown in Fig. 869, the former being merely a bar or rail supporting
204
the double pile fabric while it is being severed in two through the pile by the laterally-moving
cutting-knives. Bar R is recessed near each of its ends (see Figs. 868 and 869) to admit of the
insertion and support therein of the housings for the sharpening-roUers, and so that the upper and
lower sharpening- rollers shall come alternately in contact with the upper and lower sides, res-
pectively, of the knife-blade, as shown in Fig. 867.
The bar ^ is a grooved transverse guide-plate recessed at each of its ends, to hold two sets
of friction-rollers, over which the knife-actuating cords pass to the corresponding pulley-wheel F,
and having one wide groove its entire length, serving as a race for the knife-carriages T T. At
the bottom of this groove are two smaller parallel grooves, extending to the recesses at each end
of the plate, and within which the knife-cords are moved. Two cross-bars, i and 2, are secured
to the bar 5 at each end, supporting a guide-rod, 6, having an enlarged inner end, which serves
as a stopper for the knife-carriage, and upon the rod 6 are placed two pieces of india-rubber
tubing, 4 and 5, and between them a metal band, 3, which may be slipped along the rod against
Fig. 873.
Fig. 874.
the tubing and fastened tight at any point thereon by a set-screw. By this arrangement the
rubber tubing acts as an elastic cushion for the stopper-rod and in turn for the knife-carriage.
The movable metal band also permits of lateral adjustment of the stopper-rod, thereby producing
a variation in the resistance encountered by the knife-carriage. This mechanism is shown in
detail in Figs. 869 and 870, the latter showing only one end of the bar S, the other end containing
similar mechanism for the other knife-carriage. ,
The knife K, to cut the connecting pile latterly between the two backings, is secured in a
holder, K', mounted in a carriage, T, moving laterally in the large groove of the race-bar 6"
backward and forward half the length of the bar, from about its centre to its either end, by means
of the pulley and cords before mentioned. The end of the knife-holder K' swings upon a cross-
bar, passing through it and having its bearings in the carriage T. A spring is coiled around this
cross-bar on either side, with its ends fastened to the carriage, so that the tendency is to press the
knife-blade down upon the supporting-bar R, or upon the velvet resting thereon, and cause the
knife to travel in its reciprocating motion in a straight line and cut the pile evenly.
205
Each knife-carriage is provided with two pulley-cords — fastened bnc at each end thereof, one
cord passing from the right-hand carriage over the friction roller at that end of the bar 5 to and
partially around the pulley-wheel /'"in one direction, and has its end knotted in the periphery
thereof The other cord, fastened to the other end of the knife-carriage, passes along one of the
small grooves in the bar 5 to the other or left-hand end thereof, where it passes over a similar
friction-roller and back under the bar 5 to another friction-roller, 7, and thence to and partially
around the pulley-wheel F, (in an opposite direction from the other cord) to which it is fastened.
A like set of cords are arranged for the other or left-hand knife-carriage. This arrangement
causes the knife-carriages to be moved backward and forward in the carriage-race when and as
the pulley-wheels wind up either cord successively ; the wheels being turned by means of the
mechanism operated by the cam C.
Upper and lower velvet- rollers L' L' , Fig. 871, suitably mounted in the frame of the loom, take
up the two pieces of pile fabric cut apart through the connecting pile by the laterally- reciprocating
knives K, and draw forward the uncut double pile fabric to the traveling knives as it is deliv-
ered over and upon the velvet-rail or cutting-bar R. These rollers L'L' are geared together and
actuated by a worm, to which motion is communicated from the picking shaft, or any other suit-
able actuating mechanism.
Machine for Cutting Double Pile Fabrics After Leaving the Loom.
As previously mentioned in the chapter on double pile fabrics, in some instances the separat-
ing of both pile cloths is not done in the loom during the process of weaving, but a separate
machine is necessary for cutting the fabric afterwards. In using such a cutting device for separa-
ting both cloths the former must produce a suitable feeding and tension upon the fabric during
the operation so as to divide the pile-threads midway between the two "body-structures" (backs).
As the length of pile in any such fabric is not always uniform, it is difficult to maintain the
cutting line midway between the webs, and in order to avoid the risk of cutting into the fabrics at
places where the weaving is irregular it is necessary to use a longer pile than would otherwise
be required, thus consuming more material than is needed for the finished fabric, and also requir-
ing the divided fabric to be "shorn" (afterward) to a greater extent than would otherwise be
necessary.
An invention, lately patented by J. A. Campbell of Philadelphia, is designed to obviate these
difficulties by making the straining-bars, over which the newly-divided fabrics are drawn, self-
adjusting and self-centering, so that, whether the original double pile fabric be thick or thin, the
dividing-line shall always be midway between the two fabrics.
Diagram Fig. 874 is a side-view of that portion of a machine which has this improvement
attached.
The method of operation is made fully comprehensible by the following explanations given
with reference to the letters used in the diagram.
At h is shown the double pile fabric passing in between the plates B' B^, and at g is shown
a section of the dividing-knife, while at i and k are shown the divided fabrics passing off.
The operation of the device is as follows : The uncut fabric, being drawn in at h by the
action of any suitable feeding mechanism, passes between the plates or jaws B' B^, and is
divided by the knife g, after which the divided fabrics pass off at i and k, being drawn taut by
suitable winding mechanism. The springs c c, being adjusted to a proper tension by the thumb-
nuts d d, tend to draw the jaws or plates B' B^ together, and so the fabric which is being divided
is held firmly between the said jaws B' B^ during the operation of cutting. The divided fabrics
i and k, being drawn taut, tend to draw the jaws B' B^ apart ; but this tendency is resisted by the
springs c c. As the toothed segments C O are firmly fastened to the jaws B' B"^, it follows
206
that any motion of the jaw B' will be communicated to the toothed segment C , and from thence
through the toothed segment C^ to the jaw B"^, and so any motion of the jaw B' , to or from the
cutting-line, will be accompanied by a corresponding motion of the jaw B'^. If, from any irregu-
larity in weaving, the two fabrics of the double pile fabrics are closer together or farther apart at
various points than the normal distance, the jaws B'B'^ will press together or be forced apart, but
always to an equal extent, and hence the two webs will always be kept at an equal distance from
the cutting-line, no matter how irregular their distance from each other may be.
Weaving Two, Three or more Narrow Widths or Pieces of Double Pile Fabrics at once.
The weaving of two or more narrow widths of double pile fabrics, side by side, in a broad
loom, also requires the production of fast selvages for each special narrow width. For this pur-
pose we must form two adjacent selvages with fast edges at any desired part of the width, both of
the upper and lower cloths of the double pile fabric, as also selvages in the upper cloth imme-
diately above the selvages in the lower cloth. To form a fast edge to each inner selvage, a warp
binding-thread to cross with the outermost warp of the selvage and becoming knit together
therewith must be employed. Any desired number of fast inner selvages may be formed in this
way in the width, so that the fabric may be divided into widths of any required size by cutting
Fig. 875-
Fig. 877.
both the upper and lower cloths lengthwise between the pairs of fast selvage edges, which have
been made in these cloths.
The construction of such " fast " selvages, properly belonging to the division on gauze or
cross-weaving, will be explained later on.
Diagram Fig. 875 illustrates a perspective view of a short length of a double pile fabric
woven face to face, with fast inner selvages.
Diagram Fig. 876 shows a perspective view of one-half of this fabric when the pile has been
severed and the upper cloth separated from the lower cloth.
Diagram Fig. 877 shows two separated pieces, obtained by dividing the fabric shown at
diagram 876 longitudinally between the fast selvages which are formed in it. In these diagrams U
is the upper cloth, L is the lower and P is the pile.
The two parallel lines 5 S, which run lengthwise of each cloth, represent the fast edges of the
inner selvages.
Let-off Mechanism for the Pile Warp for Weaving Double Pile Fabrics.
In double velvet weaving there is one great difificulty to contend with, namely, to keep the
two pieces of cloth an equal distance apart. To do this a regular supplying, guiding and deliver-
ing of pile-warp is required, otherwise any additional strains would draw the two pieces nearer
together, and the pile would be irregular.
207
Diagrams Figs. 878^, ^J^b and 879 illustrate the arrangement for effecting the letting-off,
supporting, guiding and delivering of the pile-warp, and represent C. Pearson's Patent.
Fig. 878^ illustrates a side elevation of that part of a loom containing the necessary-
mechanism as mentioned.
Fig. 878//' is a detached view of some of the parts and taken from P"ig. 878^.
Fig. 879 is a diagram showing the arrangement and position of the several rollers and parts
constituting this mechanism.
The letters indicating the different parts in this mechanism are as follows : A represents the
frame of a loom. G and H are the beams containing the pile-warp. The latter threads are
delivered from these to a guide-roller R, secured in the frame of the loom, and thence to a pair of
metal rollers, C C, turned perfectly true and covered with cloth, plush, or other like rough-surface
material, in order to create friction between the surface of the roller and the warp-threads. These
rollers are mounted upon shafts having bearings in a bracket bolted to the frame of the loom.
They are independently rotated toward each other with unvarying uniformity and precision by
means of worm-wheels d d on the axes thereof, which engage with two screws, F F, one for each
2r->-. 5
Fig. 878(5.
Fig. 878a.
Fig. 879.
roller, one being a left-hand screw and the other a right-hand screw, on a horizontal shaft, E,
which has its bearings in brackets XX, also secured to the side of the frame A. One end of
this shaft ^ is provided with a beveled gear-wheel, which engages with a similar beveled gear-wheel
on the end of the picking«shaft D, and is thus continuously driven. The other end of shaft Shears
against a rod, L, in the bracket X, provided with jam-nuts, in order thereby to secure desired
pressure against the shaft and its actuating-wheel, more especially when actuated by friction as a
substitute for the gear-wheels shown. The pile warp-threads are delivered directly from the guide-
roller R to one of the metal rollers C, and under and around the same, and from thence in like
manner under and around the other roller, C, these rollers rotating toward each other, and from
the last-mentioned roller Cthe pile-warp is carried to a second guide-roller, S, supported horizon-
tally in the frame A, and is from thence taken up by vertical rods Y, held up by pull-springs W^
to support the warp in its passage to the heddles, and to create the necessary tension thereon to
hold the same taut.
Carrying the pile warp-threads to a point over the main rollers C the loose waste driven off
by the operation will drop onto the warp after passing the second roller, C, injuring the pile-warp
and clogging the mechanism. To prevent this, a shield, T, is arranged over the second roller, C^
208
consisting of a fiat tin or otlier suitable plate extending from side to side of the loom and secured
to its frame.
Another arrangement for delivering the pile warp in looms for weaving double pile fabrics has
been lately invented by Mr. Fred. Pearson. This invention consists of a mechanism for the proper
feeding of the pile warp into the harness, and is placed in such a position in the loom as to pre-
vent any fibres or other substances, which may be freed from the warp yarn as it passes over the
mechanism (friction rollers), from falling into the latter, and thus injuring the warp-yarn as well as
clogging the mechanism. Another advantage Mr. Pearson assigns to his invention is the means
provided by which this feeding mechanism can be easily thrown out of action, so as to allow
the weaving of the ordinary close-stitched double-cloth required for the weaving of a proper
heading at the beginning and ending of each cut. The mechanism is also arranged to permit a
quick and correct changing of the amount of pile warp to be delivered, as regulated by the height
of pile required for the fabrics woven, by substituting a smaller or larger worm-wheel upon the
axle of the main roll.
Diagrams Figs. 880 and 881 illustrate this mechanism.
Fig. 880 is a side elevation of the rear part of a loom or attachment to a common cam-
loom, and embodying Mr. Pearson's invention.
Fig. 881 is a sectional elevation, showing the delivering of pile warps (from two beams) and
Fig. 880.
Fig. 881.
the direction of the running off of the ground warps (from one beam). The respective parts with
the letters of references given (the same for both Figs.) will in a great measure explain the
modus operandi.
A represents the beam for the ground-warps; B and C, the beams for the pile warps ; E and
//, the guide-rollers; i^and 6^, the main or friction-rollers, whose axes are mounted in open
bearings in an adjustable bracket N, attached to and mounted upon the main frame of the loom.
The axis of the lower friction-roller is provided at one end with a worm-wheel which gears
into a worm P on one end of a horizontal shaft, which is driven by gear wheels R and 6". Upon
the opposite ends of the axes of the friction-rolls are mounted gear wheels V X, which gear into^
each other. J represents the harness frames.
An examination of Fig. 881, with regard to the direction of running the pile warps and
ground warps of the fabric, gives us as follows :
The pile warp-threads, upon the beams B and C, are, together, carried over the guide roll E,
under and around the main roll F, and around the main roll G, under the guide roll H, and over
the horizontal yielding, or spring-supported rods / contained in the vertical guides K, and are
thence run to the heddles. The ground warp-threads upon beam A are carried over supporting
or guide-rollers a b to the harness-frames.
At the beginning of the description of this invention we mentioned that a part of the claim
was based upon allowing a quick changing from pile weaving to a weaving of regular close-
209
stitched double- cloth used as headings for the fabrics. This is accomplished by shifting lever T
to the right (/. e., towards the rear of the loom), thus elevating friction-roller /^ and its worm-
wheel, carrying the latter out of contact or gear with the worm P, whereby the revolution of the
main rollers /^and G will be discontinued and the feeding of pile warp-threads to the heddles
will be stopped.
Another method for arranging the beams for pile warps and ground warps in the loom in
weaving double plush is that used by Mr. R. H. Patton. In looms of his construction the beam,
carrying the ground warp is situated in the rear part of the frame, as built in addition to his
regular cam loom for operating the harness. The beams carrying the pile warps rest in the
upper middle part of said frame. To give a clearer understanding diagram Fig. 882 has been
designed. In this A indicates the side of the frame previously alluded to, B the beam carrying
the ground warp, and C and D the beams for both sets of pile warps. In the present style of
arranging the beams for the pile warp and guiding those warps in their run to the delivering
Fig. 882.
rollers H G, and from there to the respective harness, one great advantage over that of the pre-
viously shown methods will be readily noticed, i. e., that the pile warps are delivered to their
. respective heddles without crossing the ground system, and consequently any possible chafing is
avoided. The ground warp for the upper cloth in the loom passes from the warp beam B over
stationary guide-roller E towards the harness frames ; this set of threads being indicated by letter
a. The other set of ground warps required for the lower cloth passes from beam B below guide
roll F and from there direct to the respective harness frames. This set of ground or body warp
has been indicated by the letter d. The two sets of pile warp, one from beam C and one from
beam D, are guided from their respective beams into the delivering rollers G and H. The lower
roller {H) is covered with a fine sand-paper, while the one above is covered with a plush fabric.
After leaving the delivering rollers one set of the pile threads is passed over guide-roll y and
below guide-roller L, and the other set below guide-roller K. Each of these two guide-rollers is
adjusted to a lever which is on one extreme end connected with the loom frame and on the oppo-
site end has adjusted a spring which is fastened to the floor. These springs will greatly assist in
210
easing up the "beating home" of the pile warp. The let-off of the pile warp is regulated by
sproked gears adjustable to the axis of the delivering roller H and gets the motion from the
"take-up" by means of a chain belt. The present method of delivering pile warps allows the
harness in the front part of the loom to be arranged for an extremely high pile, i. e., the keeping
of the two sets of ground warp — ground cloth — as far apart as possible.
The bracket for holding guide-roller F can also be applied to the centre standard of
the frame.
Double Pile Fabrics Made with a Proportionally Higher Pile.
In some double pile fabrics a greater length of pile may be required than the one which can
be produced on a common loom. To overcome this difficulty James, Fred, and George Priestley
have lately invented an improvement on the lay, suitable to be adopted for any loom. To secure a
proportionally higher pile their patent advises the cutting away of a large portion of the solid part of
the lay and inserting small steel plates set upon edge. Each plate reaches across the cut-out part
of the lay, and the tops of all the steel plates are in a line and carry the shuttle when in operation.
The warp-threads of the bottom fabric drop into the spaces between the steel plates and are well
out of the way of the shuttle when the top or upper fabric is being woven, and at the same time
the pile-threads are kept tight and at full stretch between the two fabrics.
-0
^
Fig. 883a.
rrrm-m 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fig. 883d.
1
Fig. 883<r.
Diagram Fig. 883a illustrates the sectional side-elevation of a portion of the lay of a common
loom which is fitted up with such steel plates.
Fig. 883^^ represents an elevation of the latter, and Fig. 883^: illustrates a plan of a portion of
the same.
Figured Double Pile Fabrics.
Double pile fabrics are also produced by means of the Jacquard machine. Various methods
of operation as well as different makes of looms exist for effecting this process.
Diagrams Figs. 884 to 891 illustrate a specimen of such a loom and the method of
operation for weaving figured double pile fabrics, which was invented and patented by T. J.
Shuttleworth.
The said diagrams illustrate a loom for weaving figured double pile fabrics for operating the
pile-threads whereby on the rise of the Jacquard lifter-board any desired pile-thread maybe drawn
down from the upper warp into the lower fabric or drawn up from the lower warp into the upper
fabric, so as to produce two fabrics having a corresponding figure.
In diagrams Figs. 884, 885 and 886 the method of interlacing the two fabrics is clearly
demonstrated.
Fig. 887 represents a loom showing sufficient to give one a proper understanding.
211
Figs. 888 and 889 are diagrams illustrating the operation of the heddles controlling the
ground warp-threads.
Figs. 890 and 891 illustrate the operation of the heddles controlling the pile warp-threads.
Each of the fabrics has a number of pile-warps (indicated .r) and two sets of ground backing threads
(see y), the number of pile-warps depending upon the number of colors in the pattern to be
produced.
The operation of weaving the fabric will be understood upon reference to Figs. 884, 885 and
886. In Fig. 884 the threads are represented as they appear after the figuring pile-warps have
been drawn from the upper to the lower and the lower to the upper fabric and bound in by picks i,
all of the upper pile-warps being then elevated and the lower pile-warps depressed and the ground
or backing warps of each fabric crossed, so as to form upper and lower sheds for the insertion of
Fig. 884.
Fig. 885.
Fig. 836.
Fig. 887.
the binder picks 2, which are thrown in and beaten up and the ground-warps of each fabric then
again crossed, as shown in Fig. 885, to form sheds for the binder picks 3, and after throwing in
these picks the ground-warps of each fabric are again crossed to form upper and lower sheds, all
of the upper pile-warps except those for the figure being lowered to the level of the bottom of the
upper shed, and all of the lower pile-warps except those for the figure being raised to the level of
the top of the lower shed, as shown in Fig. 886.
Such of the upper pile-warps as are necessary to form the figure are drawn down into the
lower shed; and such of the lower pile-warps as the figure demands are lifted into the upper shed,
as shown in Fig. 886, preparatory to throwing in the binder picks which confine said figuring
pile-threads on the backs of the fabric ; the operations being then repeated. As shown in the
drawings, accompanying these explanations, such of ^the pile-warps as are necessary to form the
212
figures are drawn across from one fabric to the other on every third pick ; but, if desired, only
one binder pick may be put in on the face of the fabric between successive tufts of the pile. The
mechanism for effecting the movements of the threads which we described, is shown in Fig. 887.
The heddles which control the ground warp threads have double eyes, as shown in Figs. 888 and
889. The threads of the upper fabric pass through the upper eyes of the heddles, and the
threads of the lower fabric through the lower eyes, these eyes being so related and the lift of the
heddles being such as to effect the proper formation of the upper and lower sheds. Each of the
pile-warps is controlled by a harness thread connected to one of the needles of the Jacquard,
(see Figs. 890 and 891) and passing through the usual notched eye in the lifter board, above the
Jacquard needles, each harness-thread having a knot above the lifter-board, so that when the
thread is adjusted by the needle to bring this knot over a notch of the board, this knot and that
BCtiB
_ J 11
Fig. 888. Fig. 889.
Fig. 890.
Fig. 891,
portion of the thread in which it is formed will be lifted by the board as it rises, there being no
lift of those threads the knots of which remain in line with the eyes of the lifter-board.
The movement of the entire body of warps, except those necessary to form the figure, is
effected by comber-boards ^ and A, Figs. 890 and 891, the upper of which, in the present instance,
acts upon knots upon the harness-threads of the pile-warps of the lower fabric, while the lower
board acts upon knots upon the harness-threads of the pile-warps of the upper fabric, and these
boards are caused to move toward and apart from each other, so that on the rise of the upper
board, ^, all of the pile-warps of the lower fabric, except the figure-warps, will be lifted from the
position shown in Figs. 884 and 885 to that shown in Fig. 886, the descent of the lower board,/;,
causing the corresponding pile-warps of the upper fabric to drop to the same extent. The
comber-boards remain separated while the binding-shots i are being thrown in, after which they
are drawn together, so as to restore the warps under their control to the positions shown in Figs.
884 and 885.
Such of the pile- warps as are desired toiorm the figure are by means of the Jacquard brought
213
under control of the lifter-board, which has a movement in excess of that imparted to the comber-
boards, so that the figuring pile-warps will be carried up or down into the opposite fabric.
The figuring-threads of the lower pile-warp are simply elevated by the action of the lifter-
board as the latter rises in the usual manner; but it is necessary to transform this rising move-
ment of the lifter-board into a downward movement of the figuring-threads of the upper pile-
warp; hence each of the harness-threads of the upper pile-warps must be passed around a pulley
or other bearing so as to double it back upon itself, pass it again through the eye of the lifter-
board, and connect it at the lower end to a strip m, Figs. 890 and 891, of rubber or other elastic
material, secured to the guide-board ;/ below the Jacquard apparatus. The lifter-board acts upon
a knot on this returned portion of the harness-thread, so that the lift of the board serves to stretch
the spring and permit the drop of the weighted portion of the harness-thread which controls the
B
ri-
2-
3-
6-
1
D.
mm
i
% i^-*' J'--
f\
I
H.
H
"^
I
^
I
^
i
I
T\
^
f
s
0
■rnttl
tmti
■8)
■1
■6
•5
■4
-3
■Z
• 1
A
E.
i^H.
lA. IB. ^A. ^B. 3A. 3B. HL HI. b^. 5B. 6A. 6B. iA. IB. &A. 8B
Fig. 892.
warp-thread, this warp-thread being lifted on the descent of the board by reason of the contraction
of the spring m, which exerts a force considerably in excess of the weight.
The lifter-board of the Jacquard is operated by a cam on a shaft, the cam acting on a slide
which is connected by a rod to a lever connected to the lifter-board by a rod.
The comber-boards are operated by another cam on the shaft mentioned before, this cam
acting on a slide which is connected by a rod to a lever, and by another rod to an arm; the lever
before mentioned being connected by a rod to the upper comber-board, and the arm also previ-
ously mentioned is connected by a rod to the lower comber-board, so that the desired movements
of both comber-boards towards and from each other are effected.
The principle thus far explained of weaving these double pile fabrics can also be used in
connection with a Jacquard apparatus in which griffe-bars are used in place of an eyed and notched
lifter-board, and hooks are used instead of knots in the harness.
214
Figured Double Plush Produced upon a Jacquard Machine Containing a Stationary and a
Raising ''Griffe" and also a Lowering {Falli?ig) ''Grate" or " Rester."
Mr. T. Halton has lately applied for a patent for a Jacquard machine for weaving "figured
double pile fabrics" which is very simple and effective in its method of construction. This
machine resembles to a certain extent a double-lift double-cylinder Jacquard machine used in
weaving damasks, dress-goods, etc. This new Jacquard machine has also two sets of griffe-bars
(similar to the double-lift double-cylinder), but only one set raises while the other remains
o.
T^
(
Fig. 893^.
\
Fig. 893^.
Fig. 893 C
stationary. The " grate " or " rester " for the hooks in tne new machine is arranged to lower
simultaneously when the previously mentioned griffe raises, and again raises to its starting-point
as soon as the griffe lowers to its point of starting. The cylinders of the Jacquard machine for
weaving figured double pile fabrics are operated on at the same time, while the cylinders of the
Jacquard machine, known as " double-lift double-cylinders," are operated on alternately.
To give a clearer illustration of the construction of the machine, Fig. 892 has been designed.
It represents the section of a four-hundred Jacquard machine for weaving figured double pile
fabrics.
215
At the point indicated by A, one vertical row of one set of needles is shown (E — needle
board, B = spring box). At B one vertical row of the second set of needles is shown {C =
needle board, P = spring box).
a represents sections of stationary griffe-bars (shown shaded); <^ represents sections of
raising griffe-bars (shown in black) ; // represents sections of the grate or rester (for holding the
hooks in the required position and also for guiding the latter in their lowering, if not called for by
either one of the griffe-bars).
Hooks I A and i B have their neck-cords connected to the same leash. (Also 2 A and 2 B;
3 A and ^ B ; 4 A and 4 B, etc.)
Figs. 893 A, B, C, D and E illustrate
the modus operandi of the machine and its
harness. Two hooks, operating the same
warp-threads, are used for illustrating the
principle. Letters of reference indicate
like parts in each diagram.
g-l and h—m are the previously men-
tioned two hooks; ^-y the needle for oper-
ating the hook g-l; c-d the needle for
operating the hook h-m; a is the station-
ary griffe-bar ; b is the raising griffe-bar ;
l-n and m-n are the neck-cords ; / is the
heddle eye ; r and s the double shed re-
quired ; q the lingo, and 0 the last woven
part of the fabric.
Diagram Fig. 893^ shows the hooks
at rest; or in a position similar to that in
Fig. 892 (the complete section of a 400-
machine) ; thus the warps will rest in the
loom in the position shown by the fall
line o-p-t, or in the centre.
Diagrams Fig. 893 B and C illustrate
the raising of a warp-thread in the upper
section of the top shed {r). (See full line
o-p-i) In diagram 893-^ this is accom-
plished by punching a hole in the cards
for needle c, and none in the other card at
the place where needle e strikes. Conse-
quently hook h-m, not operated on by its
needle (hole in card), will be caught by
the ascending griffe b, and in turn raise
the warp-threads by means of the harness
cord in the upper section of the top shed (f). (See full line o-p-t.) The hook g-l, which is
thrown backwards by reason of its mate needle e having no hole cut in the card, is thus placed
out of reach of the stationary griffe-bar and descends with the lowering of the rester i until it
reaches the base, as shown in the present diagram. This, consequently, will have no effect upon
the warp-thread, and nothing else will be produced but the slackening of the corresponding
neckcord l-n, as represented in the diagram.
In diagram Fig. 893 C' the same effect (as in Fig. 893^) for the warp-thread (or its raising into
the upper section of the top shed is produced by having two holes cut for both needles (for needle e
o."
t.
IS
Fig. 893Z?.
i
T'-
Fig. 893^.
216
in the card of the other set). Cutting a hole for needle e will leave hook g-l in its vertical posi-
tion and the crook of the hook will be caught by the stationary griffe, which will hold it during
the downward movement of the rester. The movement of hook h-m and its result upon the
corresponding warp-threads being the same as in the previously explained diagram, the only
difference between adopting either plan B or C, is the lesser amount of slackening of the neck-
cord l-n which is out of action in using the plan as illustrated by diagram C.
Diagram 893 Z) shows the warp-thread in the lower section of the bottom shed s. (See full
line o-p-t}) This movement is accomplished by cutting no hole for either needle in its correspond-
ing place m the card, consequently throwing off each hook from either griffe, which will result
in the lowering of both hooks by means of rester bars i and k.
Diagram Fig. 893/i shows the method of operation necessary if a warp-thread is required
to remain in the centre, thus forming the bottom of the upper shed r and the top of the lower shed s.
In this case no hole must be cut in the card for needle c, and a hole in the card from the other set
for needle e to penetrate. Hook g-l will thus remain over the stationary griffe-bar id) while the
mate hook h-m has its crook thrown out of reach of the raising griffe b, and consequently descends
with the lowering of the rester.
TERRY PILE FABRICS
In which the Pile is Produced During Weaving Without the Aid of Wires.
Pile fabrics in which the pile-threads are raised without the aid of wires are fabrics known as
"Turkish toweling" and certain kinds of scarfs used for ornamentation on chairs, bureaus, etc.
In the manufacture of these fabrics two (or more) warp-beams are required — one to carry the
"pile- warp" for the formation of the loop and the other to carry the "ground-warp" for forming
the body of the fabric.
Method of Operation for Producing the "Loop" or "Terry" Pile.
In the process of weaving a terry fabric the upper or terry series of warps is weighted lighter
than the lower or body series, for the purpose of allowing the loops to be formed on the surface
by the lay swinging or being driven fully up to the body already manufactured after several or
one or two picks of the filling have been shot from the shuttle and but partially beaten up, those
picks having in the meantime so tightened upon the upper or "terry" warps that the latter are
forced with them by the full beat fully up, and thereby forming the pile loops or terry.
(sx®^<g) x®x@xg' ^ymm^_
Fig. 894a.
The three (or more) picks so interwoven will have slid on the ground-warp, which remains
tight during the entire process of weaving.
To illustrate the method of operation more clearly Figs. 894<3: and 894^^ have been designed.
In Fig. 894a the pick, indicated by o, represents the edge of the cloth. At the first stroke of
the lay the first pick, i, is not driven home. At the second stroke the second pick, 2, is driven
against the first pick, i, and no further; but the third pick, 3, is driven home towards o. This
pick will in turn naturally take picks i and 2 along, pressing them up against the finished edge
of the cloth {o).
The pile or "terry" warp will thus form the loops s, as shown in Fig. 894<5.
217
Fig. 895<? illustrates the drawing-in draft for the regular terry cloth. Harness i and 2 are
for the pile, harness 3 and 4 for the ground-warp. Fig. 895^ represents the weave or harness-
chain for the above illustrated drawing-in draft.
To give a more perfect understanding of the method of operation in the present style of terry
weaving, Figs. 896, 897 and 898 are designed, illustrating the operation of a terry loom patented
by Messrs. Holt & Mellor.
Fig. 896 is a cross-sectional elevation of part of a terry loom necessary for properly illus-
trating the explanations to follow.
Fig. 897 is a plan-view of the same.
I » J. ■».
- -»- -
^4.}G,
;* 171ft
Fig. 895a.
Fig. 895(5.
Fig. 898 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the upper part of the lay and the breastbeam.
The operation is as follows : When the cam D (see Fig. 897) does not raise the lever £, the
frame remains lowered, as do also the arms L, and when the lay swings toward the breastbeam
the outer ends of the arms L come in contact with the inner ends of the screws N (see Figs. 896
and 897), whereby the arms L will be pushed in the inverse direction of the movement of the
lay — that is, in the direction of the arrow d' — thereby swinging backward the reed and pre-
venting it from driving the last pick home — that is, preventing the reed from driving the last
pick against the finished edge of the cloth; but if the cam D raises the lever £the frame i^will
be moved upward and the arms L will be raised so that their shoulders engage with the face of
i^ni
Fig. 898.
Fig. 896.
Fig. 897.
the lay, and the free ends of the arms L will be raised to such an extent that they will pass over
the beveled ends of the screws N, and the bary, or lower part of the reed, will not be pressed in
the direction of the arrow d', thus permitting the reed to drive the last pick home, as represented
in diagram Fig. 898.
The loom can also be so constructed as to drive the second, third, fourth, fifth or sixth pick
r home, as may be desired, and according to the number of loops desired in the fabric. The length
of the loops is adjusted by means of the screws N, for the farther the screws project from the
breastbeam the greater will be the distance that the bar/ is swung back, and thus the greater
I will be the distance between the finished edge of the cloth and the first pick,
I
218
Diagrams Figs. 899, 900, 901 and 902 illustrate the principle of construction and the opera-
tion of a loom for weaving terry fabrics patented by N. A. Woodhead.
Fig. 899 is an end or cross-sectional elevation of the loom with the movable journal-boxes
and crank-shaft thrown fully back, as when partially beating up the filling.
Fig. 900 is a cross-sectional elevation of it without the gear-wheels, showing the journal-
boxes and crank-shaft thrown forward and the lay forced fully up.
Fig. 901 is a top view. Fig. 902 is a detail view showing one of the journal boxes and part
of its supporting lever, its adjusting screw, and the device for locking the lever and box in a
Fig, 899.
Fig. 900.
forward position for the production of a plain fabric. (Letters indicating the different parts for
reference are selected to correspond in all four diagrams.)
The method of operation of the loom thus forming the terry pile is as follows :
The crank-shaft A when revolving drives to and fro the lay H by means of the rods a, com-
municating with the cranks b b, and thus drives the picks partially up at each revolution, when it
is thrown back, as illustrated in Fig. 899. In order, however, to produce the teny loop the
entire shaft A is, after two picks, thrown forward to a point where, when the cranks b arrive on a
horizontal plane toward the lay H, the lay will be caused to make a full beat, driving the picks
full up, and producing the terry or pile loop.
Fig. 901,
The shaft A, when it is desired that the loop shall be formed at every third pick, is arranged
to revolve by a proper adjustment of the gearing three times while the cam shaft N revolves'
once. When the cams }i of the cam-shaft N are in any position other than an upright position,
the lower arm E' is at rest, being borne down and held in that position by the weight e. As a
natural consequence, by reason of the pivotal bearing at g, the knee of the arms E E' is thrown
forward, while the journal boxes i^ of the shaft A, being firmly fixed to the arms E E', are thrown
back, and the shaft A, while revolving in this position, produces by means of the lay but a partial
beat of the picks, one throw of the shuttle being made to each revolution of the shaft A. When,
219
however, the cams h of the cam-shaft iV, by the revolution of the shaft, begin to assume an
upright position, pressing against the lower edge of the arms E' as shown in the drawings, the
arms E are gradually raised until they assume a horizontal position and thereby, by reason of the
pivotal bearing g, throw the boxes F, adjusted to the extreme upper ends of the arms E and
containing the crank-shaft A, completely forward. Then the shaft, revolving to the proper point,
produces a full beat of the lay and makes in the fabric the terry or pile loop at the desired
interval.
The length of the terry-loop is regulated by means of the screw /, adjusted to the journal
boxes F. By screwing down the screw the terry-loop is shortened by the shaft A being
prevented from going as far back as it otherwise would by reason of the lower end of the
screw coming in contact with the loom-frame, consequently allowing the short beats of the picks
to be driven more nearly full up. When the screw / is screwed up, the arms E' fall fully down
when released from the cam h and throw the shaft A full back, and this produces an extremely
long terry-loop. By this means a terry-loop of any desired length can be produced.
When it is desired to throw the terry devices out of operation and to weave a plain fabric,
the lever S, connecting with the lug /, as shown in Fig. 902, is depressed, the lug t thereby
engaging the movable journal-box F, and, preventing the backward motion, holds it firmly in
position and allows of the lay //^ beating full up at every revolution of the shaft A.
Fig. 903.
Fig. 904.
Fig. 905.
\
Some " terry " fabrics require a combination of the terry pile weaving and the common plain
weaving ; both systems of weaving to exchange alternately (and sometimes more frequently) in
one length of the fabric. For such fabrics the loom illustrated in diagrams Figs. 903, 904 and
905 (as is claimed by its inventor, C. Strobel), is of special advantage.
Figs. 903 and 904 represent vertical sections of the loom ; the parts being shown in different
positions.
Fig. 905 represents a vertical section of the loom in line x x Fig. 903. The shedding,
picking and take up motions are substantially the same as are ordinarily used in looms. (The
letters of reference in all these drawings are identical.)
The crank and cam shafts A 0' are geared by gear-wheels, each mounted on shafts and
meshing together, and are driven in the usual way. While the rollers M are in the bottoms of
the slots in the links or levers C the lay will travel forward to a fixed line, this being the cloth
making line of the fabric. The roller J on the gear / at each revolution of the latter, if the
lever H is not engaged by the hook N, presses down the rear end of the lever H, causing the
forward end to rise, and through the rod G and the arm F to rock the shaft D until the rollers
M reach the bottoms of the slots of the links C. The spring P, connected with the arm F on
the rock-shaft D, keeps the rollers Mm the upper part of the slots of the links 6" when the lever
//"is free from the hook TV and is not acted on by the roller/. When the rollers are in this
elevated position, the lay will not travel as far forward as the cloth-forming line, owing to the
pivots of the pitmen B having been given a lateral movement toward the lay, thus shortening the
220
distance between the crank-shaft and the lay. It will be understood that during these short
movements of the lay the filling will be only partially beaten up. The number of short or partial
beats to each full beat may be varied by changing the gears / or 0. The present illustrations
show the loom arranged so as to have two short strokes to each long or full stroke or beat. At
each third pick the lever //will be depressed by the roller yon the gear /, causing it to bring
the arms E on the shaft Z> to a horizontal position, thus giving the pivots of the pitmen B a
movement away from the lay, and increasing the distance between the crank-shaft and the lay.
By this means the lay in its next forward movement will be moved forward to the cloth-making
line, beating home the previously inserted two picks and causing the terry warp-threads to be
looped or raised from the body of the cloth. The screws K, passing through the side projections
of links C, act as stops for the roller-supporting levers E, limiting their upward movement, thus
regulating the length of the terry-loops, making them longer or shorter, as desired. The arms F
may be given more or less movement by shifting the pivots or screws, by which the connecting-
rod G is attached to the arm F or to the lever H. When it is desired to do plain weaving, the
Fig. 907.
Fig. 906.
Fig. 908.
hand-lever ^ on the breastbeam is moved to the right, causing the lever Q to act on the hook M,
pressing it toward the lever H, when it will hook under and lock the lever H as soon as the lever
is raised to the proper height. The parts will remain in these positions until the hand-lever 5 is
thrown to the left, thus unlocking the lever H from the hook N, when the loom will be in con-
dition for terry-weaving, all these changes being accomplished without stopping the loom.
Before closing the chapter on the construction of the various looms for weaving terry fabrics
we refer to the patent of T. A. Brady, it being a loom for weaving terry-pile fabrics such as
Turkish towelings, etc., and in which there is a different throw or beat of the lathe, due to the
shifting of the boxes or bearings for the crank-shafl of the loom. The shifting of the boxes car-
rying the crank-shaft is effected by means of a grooved cam.
Figs. 906, 907 and 908 are drawings illustrating the principle of this operation.
Fig. 906 is a longitudinal section of parts of a loom sufficient to illustrate the present expla-
nations.
■ 221
Fio-s. 907 and 908 are drawings representing enlarged face views of the cam by which the
parts are operated to effect the shifting of the sHdes forming the bearings for the crank-
shaft, and thus regulating the forward beat (towards the last woven part of the fabric) of the lathe.
The cam has an outer flange, /i, an intermediate segmental flange, /', and a central cam, 7n, the
inner portion of which is concentric with the flange i, so as to form an inner groove, n, while the
outer portion of the cam is such as to direct the roller on the stud of an arm fastened on the
loom into a groove,/, formed between the flange i and the outer flange /i.
Pivoted toes s and / form continuations of the flange i, these toes being such that their ends
can be thrown inward, so as to bear upon the nose of the cam //-;, or can be thrown outward, so
as to come in contact with the outer flange, /i, of the cam. The toe i- has a projecting pin passing
through a segmental slot, a-, in the disk of the cam, and having an anti-friction roller, which is
acted upon by a spring, tending to thrust the point of the toe outward against the flange // of the
cam, so that, supposing the cam to be rotating in the direction of the arrow, Fig. 907, the roller
on the stud of the arm would be under the influence of the cam /n and inner groove ;/,.and the
arm would be depressed at the proper intervals to effect the forward movement of the slides and
the full beat of the lathe. If the toe s, however, is adjusted to the position shown in Fig. 908,
the roller will traverse the outer groove,/, of the cam, and will be free from the influence of the
cam ;;/, so that there will be no vibration of the arm and no movement of the slides and crank-
shaft; thus the lathe will move forward to the full-beat point on each stroke, so as to produce
plain or unpiled fabric. The toe ^ serves to bridge the groove n when the roller is traversing the
outer groove,/, there being in such case a practically unbroken flange, i, so as to insure the
proper guidance of the roller.
In order to permit the ready adjustment of the toe s to the position shown in Fig. 908, when
such adjustment is desired, hang to one of the frames an arm, which is adapted to act on the
roller, carried by the pin of the toe s, this arm being connected by a suitable cord to a lever, hung
to a stud on the breastbeam of the loom, so as to be within easy reach of the attendant.
For figured terry fabrics as produced on harness-work, the Geo. W. Stafford Manufacturing
Company, Providence, R. I., build a dobbie specially adapted for this purpose. This dobbie
requires the pegging of two patterns on the chain. By means of the box-chain we can arrange
the former to move automatically sideways so as to bring the different patterns, as required by the
fabric, under the operation of the hooks. Thus we can weave terry for a certain distance, and
then move the chain for ordinary weaving. For very heavy work the "Positive Dobbie " must be
used, which, by being a " Double Action',' is very easy on the yarn.
PILE FABRICS OF A SPECIAL METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION.
Smyrna Carpets and Rugs.
These fabrics are made on a loom specially built for their manufacture and is known as the
" Haute lis se Loom!'
Diagram Fig. 909 illustrates a section of this loom. In this loom the warp passes from the
beam g (upon which it is wrapped) over the guiding roller f, through heddles b, c, down towards
the place a, where the weaver is situated while at work. The heddles being in a horizontal
position are fastened to two rollers, ^and e. The latter (by reason of their turning to the right
or left) operate the heddles, which in turn produce the opening of the shed. (The loom, it will
be observed, is technically a "vertical loom.")
The pile in these fabrics is produced by inserting, separately, loops of yarn for each square
on the designing paper of the respective design. This method of producing the pile in a fabric
is a slow and troublesome work, still fabrics showing many varieties of colors can be produced.
222
The body or ground structure of a Smyrna Carpet or Rug is made with either strong
woolen-linen or jute threads, and the pile of a soft woolen yarn.
Diagram Fig. 910 illustrates the method of interlacing (shown in the front view). The
vertical threads represent the warp, and the horizontal threads the necessary ground or body
picks. At a is shown the insertion of a loop (pile). This loop, intertwined with the two warp-
threads of the ground structure, is shown separately in its section in Fig. 911.
The body-filling is inserted by a "block," as shown in Fig. 912 (clearly indicating the yarn
as wound around it, and leaving this block at the place marked p). The beating up of the filling
(ground and pile) is effected by means of a comb shown in Fig. 913. In this method of operation
Fig. 910.
the weaver inserts two body-picks ; next, he places one row of pile loops over the entire width of
the fabric (selecting their different colors in accordance with the design which is to be produced).
Then he again inserts two body picks (by turning the rollers d ox e for each pick) to be followed
by the next row of loops across the fabric ; and selecting the colors as required by the design.
This method of alternately exchanging two body picks with one row of loops is repeated
until the fabric is finished. On fabrics of a sufficient width two or more persons can operate at
once. After the fabric is finished upon the loom it is " sheared " so as to produce an even height
of the pile.
This method of tying each individual pile-thread to the ground structure in Smyrna or
Turkey carpets and rugs is very laborious, and hence materially increases their cost of manufacture.
Fig. 912.
Fig. 913.
Various methods have been devised to imitate these beautiful fabrics in a way that would give a
better production for the manufacturer as well as to provide a mode whereby a certain proportion
of any desired number of carpets of the same pattern might be produced in one operation. This
has been accomplished quite successfully in a process invented by Messrs. Kohn & Watzlawik
and resembles in its main features and principles the explanations given by us in a former chapter,
pages 154 to 158, on the manufacture of chenille rugs and carpets, and pages 160 to 165, on the
manufacture of chenille fringe.
Such imitations of Turkey carpets are produced mechanically from patterns composed of
colored squares that clearly indicate the design and arrangement of the colored squares to be
reproduced in the carpet. In the carpet each transverse range of squares corresponds to a pick
223
of pile filling, and each pick of this pile filling consists of a woven strip (or ribbon), the warp of
which is composed of wool threads of the required colors. These filling strips have edges con-
taining no filling (fringed) and which are intended to be brushed up for forming the pile of the
carpet. These ribbons or filling strips also contairuno filling in their centre, for two reasons: To
form the imitation of the knot characterizing the real Turkey carpets, and again to reproduce the
(pile) pattern of the face in an ordinary woven appearance on the back. These explanations
demonstrate that two operations are necessary in producing the imitation. First, the weaving of
the fringed strips or ribbons composed of different colored threads, according to the transverse
■^iiKiiiii§!irigiiaiii§ra!igii^ii
III 'ill i viii'rignai!^^- ' mmm&\
Fig. 914.
Fig. 915.
Fig. 916.
ranges of the colored squares in the pattern, and, second, the weaving (or setting) of these strips
in a common warp to produce the pile carpet.
In diagrams Figs. 914 to 919 a clear illustration of the entire method of operation is given.
Fig. 914 illustrates a carpet pattern. Fig. 915 shows one strip (ribbon) cut from a chain corre-
sponding to the upper transverse range (or row) of the pattern Fig. 914. Fig. 916 shows a like
strip from which the centre filling has "been removed.
Fig. 917 represents the back of the carpet. Fig. 918 illustrates by a perspective view the
method of operation at the loom, weaving imitation Turkey carpets. Fig. 919 is a section cut of
the shed and two transverse ranges of pile picks previously inserted.
We will next give a short description of the methods for producing the filling strips or
ribbons necessary for the construction of the fabric.
;i:»*g|s|sM^liM|||ll5i|||l!;f5i!fe;il
i^i;^*i*:i|«i«i:iili?»;il»llilli»Jii^i;fl
^mml^i^l^mMMm^m'm\^
im\imfmm^m!^.mf^SM
ilffi|M|^ii|:srr|^gpjpili!.rpiilirfii{<1i|iii'-^^
i i«|ii|««;!L<«T»iS°gtt|iii|Btn"|wjii^:Sliyiik* :
iii«*V|iife5'fiii'a|ii|ri:|ii3£|iiijf.iiFi^^^^
Fig. 917.
Fig. 918.
Fig. 919.
As many different warps for weaving the chenille strips for a certain carpet are necessary as
there are differently figured or colored transverse ranges (rows of squares) in the pattern of the
carpet, each warp producing any desired number of fringed filling or pile strips of the same trans-
verse range of colors, that are woven into suitable warps for as many different carpets of the same
pattern, or into a warp for one carpet as many times as the transverse range of colors correspond-
ing to the strip or ribbon recurs in the carpet. Thus, for instance, the strip or ribbon shown in
Fig. 916 corresponds with the transverse range A' of the pattern shown in Fig. 914, and, sup-
posing that one hundred such ribbons are produced from one chain of warp, they may be used
as a strip (pile pick) in one hundred carpets for one transverse range of colored squares in the
224
pattern, or in a given number of carpets for a multiplicity of identical transverse ranges of squares
in the pattern. The length of these multicolored warps therefore not only depends on the number
of carpets of the same pattern, but also on the number of times the same transverse range of
colors is repeated in this pattern, also on the length of the pile of the carpet. After a warp is
beamed, it is bound at intervals equal to twice the length of the pile to be formed by a few picks
of any suitable filling, the fabric being cut centrally of the fillingless portion on opposite sides of
the filling to form the fringes for the pile. The width of these multicolored-wool chains, or, in
other words, the length of the filling strips or ribbons to be produced therefrom, corresponds, of
course, to the width of the carpet to be produced thereby, and the number of colored-wool
threads per inch, which is usually from four to five threads, according to the quality of the carpet.
The length of the fringe in the chenille strips is regulated by interweaving a flat bar or lath, b,
b' , Fig. 915, of a certain width.
After cutting the different strips apart they must be numbered. To prevent the displacement
of the wool-yarn filling, these are firmly sewed to the warp with a sewing-machine, as shown by
dotted lines x xm Fig. 916, and finally the pack-thread d, between the wool-threads c and c' , are
drawn out to leave a central fillingless portion in the strip or ribbon, as shown in Fig. 916, that
imitates in the completed carpet the knots of the true Turkey carpet, and reproduces the pattern
on the back of such carpet, as shown in Fig. 917. By means of these strips or ribbons the
carpets are produced as follows, referring more particularly to Figs. 918 and 919: A ground-warp
is drawn in two harness, e and e\ of an ordinary loom, the reed f of which contains one thread
for each split. (The weave used for interlacing is the common plain ■□ weave.)
In beginning a carpet, a few picks of wool-yarn are first introduced into the warp, and then
the first strip or ribbon. To prevent the shrinking of these strips they are secured at their ends
to a rod or bar, /, triangular in cross-section, which is introduced into the chain or warp in such a
manner that the rear or thicker portion will be elevated above the forward or thinner portion of
this rod. By means of a brush the fringe at the front edge of the ribbon is brushed up or
erected to form the pile. The position of the warp-threads is now reversed, the reed beaten up
against the rod /, and the latter tilted so as to elevate its front edge above the rear edge, which
will enable the operator to brush up the fringe along the said rear edge of the filling strip or
ribbon, and when this has been effected the strip or ribbon is detached from the rod i, and the
latter is withdrawn from the warp.
In order to fill out the warp between the pile-threads of adjacent strips or ribbons, a few
picks of strong wool yarn are interpo.sed and a new strip of ribbon introduced as a filling into
the warp of pack thread and the operation repeated until the carpet is completed, when again
a few picks of strong wool yarn are woven in to bind the edges. The carpet so produced
is then finished in the usual manner by steaming, beating, brushing and shearing.
Having given in our chapters on pile fabrics (page 149 to 224) a very closely detailed
description of their methods of construction, both theoretical and practical, commencing with the
simplest structure and finishing with some of the most intricate pile structures known, we feel
confident that we have imparted sufficient details to enable any student of technical designing to
master the principles of construction of any given pile fabric. These chapters also illustrate the
extensive use of pile fabrics for floor and other household decorations, in addition to their use
for clothing purposes. The manufacture of these fabrics is of great extent and importance. In
some households is often to be found for floor decorations a less durable and effective fabric known
as the " Ingrain Cai'pet" which is no pile structure but a common dqublc-cloth structure.
In my treatise on " The Jacquard Machine analyzed and explained, with an Appendix on the
Preparation of Jacquard Cards and Practical Hints to Learners of Jacquard Designing," the structure
of the Ingrain Carpet fabric and the preparing of designs for the same, as also the practical part
of manufacturing, and the tying-up of the harness and operating the loom, etc., are fully treated.
225
The thorough study of these chapters will prove very profitable, especially the chapters on
tying-up Jacquard harness for the different other Jacquard fabrics such as damasks, dress goods,
upholstery fabrics, gauze, shawls, etc.
Two-Ply Ingrain Carpet.
We herewith give the reader a brief description of the method of construction and the
principles governing the manufacture of the Two-ply Ingrain Carpet, an article composed of
two fabrics, produced on the regular double-cloth system. These two fabrics are arranged in the
loom to form figures by a simple exchanging of positions (see Fig. 920). A great variety of
colors may be put into each of these separate cloths, (I and II), and the most elaborate designs
Face of Warp.
No. I, Single Cloth. *^-
No. II, Single Cloth. ^.
No. II, Single Cloth.
No. I, Single Cloth.
Warp-threads a and l> for cloth number I.
Warp-threads c and d for cloth number II.
Fig. 920.
may be used for exchanging cloth I and II. On every part of the carpet where these two fabrics
do not exchange, each works on the plain weave. The exchanging of these two fabrics binds
both into one, thus forming the Ingrain Carpet. In the manufacture of this carpet four sets of
warp-threads, and also four sets of filling-threads are generally employed; but if occasionally more
or less should be used in warp or in filling, or in both, in the same fabric, the principle of ex-
changing is still observed. If employing four sets in warp and filling, two sets of each are used
for forming the figure, the other two sets forming the ground. Each of the figure threads has as
its mate one of the ground threads. In the common effects in the Ingrain carpet, (ground up,
figure up, or one or the other shot about effects) these threads are so arranged that when a figure
thread appears upon the face of the fabric, its mate appears upon the back, and when the figure
thread appears upon the back of the fabric, the corresponding ground thread appears upon the
face.
/"v ^ , A ^
9 1 n 11 iS It I t9 ii.^
fe * 9 <i '* IS - -^ lu J I in Zfc 4^ >o 31.
Fig. 921.
o
Diagram Fig. 921 shows the section of the effect commonly used in ingrain carpet.
Suppose the filling-threads for the figure to be:
Red, indicated by heavy shaded circles; picks 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30.
Black, indicated by full black circles; picks 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32.
And the filling-threads for the ground to be:
White, indicated by empty circles; picks I, 5, 9, 13, 17. 21, 25, 29.
Olive, indicated by light sliSded circles; picks 3, 7, 11, 15, 19, 23, 27, 31.
A careful examination of the drawing shows that the white threads mate with the red, and
the black threads with the olive, so that when one of these colors shows upon the face the mating
color will show upon the back, and vice versa.
226
As a general rule, these warp-threads are of the same color as the filling-threads; hence,
every filling pick appearing on face is bound by a warp-thread of the same color, and if appearing
on back by the other color of the same system; thus, in the present example, the white filling is
covered on the face of the fabric by white warp, and if appearing on the back of the fabric by
olive warp; the olive filling is covered by olive warp on the face of the fabric and by white warp
on the back of the fabric.
The red filling is covered by its red warp on the face of the fabric and by black warp on
the back of the fabric; the black filling being covered by black warp on the face of the fabric and
by red warp on the back of the fabric.
/
//
///
DOBaanaDDDGBHaBBBBaaBBia
DDBDDDDnDaaGB'": "". ' ■' '■'-'■ 'J
noBB'nacGcnGGr .■■■■bbbbhbb
D:BBDnnCGDLDDGL;B_.. _ Gi !• :j
OBBBGDGGDGGDGGL^BaBHBBBBB
GBBBGGaDGQDOaaGCB. , ]
GBBBBGGGGGGGGOnQrBBBaBBB
GBBBBGGGDDGOGGaGLj m> '. IGI iG
BBBBBBGGGaGGnGGGGI UBBBBB
BBBBBBnanaaaDGGaGGGGBaaa
BBBBBBBDanGaDaDQGDQDnBBB
■BBBBBBBGGGGGnCGGGni 'JGOBQ
BBBBBBBBBGGGGDaaaGGnaaaB
BBBBBBBBBBGDOaGGDaaaGDDa
■BBBBBaBBBBGGaDaGGGGaaaa
■BBBBaaaaBBaGnGaGGaaaaaG
Fig. 922.
Fig. 923.
In the diagram Fig. 921 the four "standard effects" of the ingrain carpets are illustrated with
32 picks, allowing 8 picks for the illustration of each part.
First effect, picks I to 8, is ground up (white and olive).
Second effect, picks 9 to 16, figure up (red and black).
Third effect, picks 17 to 24, is first effect in "shot about" (red and olive up).
Fourth effect, picks 25 to 32, is second effect in "shot about" (white and black up).
Fig. 922 represents a small portion of a design illustrating the three principal combinations
required in the manufacture of the two-ply ingrain carpets. /= figure up; // = ground
up ; /// = effect, technically known as " shot about," and derived from " one pick figure up, one
pick ground up " (in the design), and repeated.
In Fig. 923 a detailed description or analysis of the interlacing warp and filling of Fig. 922
is given. In the same ■ represents figure up, q represents ground up, produced by the Jacquard
machine ; s represents weave for ground, 13 represents weave for figures, produced by journals.
Fig. 924.
In Fig. 923 the weaving of the " shot about " effect calls for two picks face and two picks
back. An examination of this part shows that the warp-thread represented by the light pick 3
is to be raised, or has been raised in the adjoining heavy pick ^ , ; further, we find the two
1 '
light picks separated by the raising of a different warp-thread in each pick, which is also effected
between the two heavy picks by the lowering of another warp-thread. If these mate threads
introduced in succession should be required to show side by side (as may be the case in some
special effects) either on the face or the back of the fabric, these changes must be indicated on
the design by different colors. If such effects are to be introduced when using the common
ingrain Jacquard machine, the needles of the latter must be operated on at each pick. This
227
requires twice as many cards as are used in designs where the mate threads are always placed
below or above their respective corresponding threads.
In diagram Fig. 924 a section cut of an ingrain carpet, also containing the previously ex-
plained effects of " mate threads side by side on face of the fabric," is shown in connection with
the regular effects, " ground-up, figure-up, and both combinations of shot about."
Diagram Fig. 925 indicates the rotation of inserting picks in each ply corresponding to the
section of the fabric shown in Fig. 924.
Ground-up. Mate threads side by side. Figure up. Shot about.
ist effect.
2nd effect.
ist effect. 2iid effect.
Face-ply.
1357
9 10 13 14
19 20 23 24
17 18 21 22
26 28 30 32
34 35 37 40
Face-ply.
Back-ply.
2468
II 12 15 16
25 27 29] 31
33 36 38 39
Back ply.
Fig. 925. Diagram illustrating the rotation of inserting the picks in each ply, corresponding to section of two-ply
ingrain carpet. Fig. 924.
Other effects (combination of colors) in ingrain carpets are produced by using three different
colors of filling in each of the two single-cloth fabrics, and also by throwing them singly and in a
definite order or succession in each ply. For example, the three colors for the one cloth are
black, blue and brown. They must be interwoven as follows : Black — blue, brown — blue,
black — blue, brown — blue, and so on.
Suppose the colors required to be used for the other cloth are white, olive and drab. They
must be interwoven as follows : White — olive, drab — olive, white — olive, drab — olive, etc.
•,G3.®5 0,«,03®3.07.
0#..(8)6.@^.0...%®6.@8
Z'^f)i\t ._
O ='^^ttt
@ =J5rotinv (g) --J)ra&.
Fig. 926.
As the loom weaves both ply at the same time, throwing a shot in each ply alternately, the
actual order of weaving in the present example would be as follows: ist pick, black; 2d pick,
wliite; 3d pick, blue; 4th pick, olive ; 5th pick, brown; 6th pick, drab; 7th pick, blue; 8th pick,
olive, and so on, eight picks in the repeat of one combination. The colors printed in italics repre-
senting the colors of one ply, and the colors printed in roman represent the colors of the other ply.
Fig. 926 illustrates a diagram representing the previously explained method of placing colors
in an ingrain carpet.
Rules for Selecting the Squared Designing Paper for Ingrain Carpets.
In selecting the squared designing paper for a two-ply ingrain carpet, always observe the pro-
portion existing between the number of warp and filling-threads. For instance, take a carpet having
1072 ends warp (536 ground and 536 figure) per yard, with 30 picks per inch (i pick ground and
I pick figure, or 15 pairs). Then, 1072 h- 36 = 29!! ends of warp per inch. The proportion is
as 29 ft : 30; or, what is practically the same, 30 : 30, showing that the paper must be equally
divided, and 8x8 the squared designing paper to be used.
Again, take a carpet having 832 ends warp (416 ground and 416 figure) per yard, with 20
picks per inch (i pick ground and i pick figure, or 10 pairs). Then, 832 -^36= 233*6, and the
proportion is as 23 I : 20, or as 7 if : 6f, practically 8:7; and 8x7 paper may be used.
Gauze Fabrics.
Principle of Construction.
Gau/.e fabrics form the second main division of textile fabrics, and are characterized by
not having their warp-threads resting parallel near each other, as observed in previously explained
weaves and fabrics. In gauze fabrics they are more or less twisted around each other, forming
through the different ways of twisting as well as of stopping to do so, different designs.
In gauze we find two distinct divisions of warp-threads : The regular warp called the
" ground- warp," and the " douping-warp," or the warp used for twisting around the former. The
" douping-warp " threads are also known as " whip-threads."
In diagram Fig. 927, the structure of a " plain gauze fabric,"
is shown. Threads indicated by a and shown in outlines repre-
sent the " ground-warp;" whereas, threads marked b and shown in
black illustrate the " whip-threads." ' 7^ 1^ H^
^»
3i
Gauze weaving is done upon a system wholly apart from ^ ^ — i^, - 4^r^ ^*. Fig. 927.
ordinary and pile weaving. For the reason that we find two systems ' - ^a\\, uI '^\^ '
of warp-threads in the gauze fabrics we must use two systems, or
sets of harness, for operating the warp at the weaving. One set of the harness is known as
the " Ground-harness set" (which we will indicate in our following illustrations of drawing-in drafts
for gauze weaving by ^) and the other harness set is technically known as the " don ping harness set"
(which we will indicate through the lecture by B). Before proceeding with the weaving and con-
struction of gauze fabrics we will give an explanation of the douping-harness set, and use for
explanation the arrangement necessary to produce fabric. Fig. 927, or a single one-sided doup.
In diagram Fig. 928 a specimen of a complete doup is shown. In the same we
find a heddle similar to heddles used in regular weaving (see a, b in diagram) and
which is known in the present kind of weaving as the " standard heddle." To this
standard heddle we find the actual doup adjusted (see d, c in diagram). The doup con-
sists of a smooth and strong linen or silk thread which is fastened to the lower part
of a common harness frame (see c in diagram), passes then through the upper opening of
the standard heddle (see e in diagram Fig.. 928), returning to its starting point by passing
through the eye of the standard heddle, and thus connecting the upper part of the doup
■ ^ ■ to the standard heddle. Through the part of the doup extending outside of the upper
part of the standard heddle to its eye, the whip-thread is passed, (see black dot at place indicated
by d in diagram 928 representing its section). Two movements of the doup and the standard
heddle contain the entire secret of gauze weaving When these are clearly understood by the
student well up in designing and weaving the first main division of textile fabrics, the method
of constructing the present system will readily explain itself to him.
In gauze-weaving, every warp-thread (ground as well as whip-thread) must be drawn, the
same as for common weaving, in the ground harness set; see A, Fig. 929. Next, the whip-thread
is passed below the ground-thread through the doup (see B in Fig. 929, illustrating the plan of
this method of operation), and with its mate (the ground-thread), through one dent of the reed.
Now let us examine the first movement of the doup and its standard heddle, and also with
reference to the ground harness set.
Suppo.se we lift the harness frame containing the doup adjusted to its lower shaft, technically
known as the " skeleton harness," and so permit the doup to get loose, and consequently allow
the whip-thread to be operated on, as in common weaving, by means of the ground harness.
(228)
229
The whip-thread will in this instance return to its regular position near one side of the ground-
warp, as regulated by the drawingfin of the warp in the ground harness set (to the right hand
side in the present example). Suppose, again, we raise this ground harness and insert a pick in
the shed thus formed. During this process the doup will raise, but out of action, behind the
reed. Having thus inserted pick number one let us next raise the standard heddle and the
skeleton harness, leaving the ground harness set undisturbed. This movement of the harness
compels the whip-thread to raise, close to the eye of the standard heddle, drawing the whip-
thread below the ground-thread and raising the former on the opposite side of the ground warp-
thread, as done in the previous pick. This time the doup will be in position parallel to the
.standard heddle, whereas the whip-thread will be crossed behind the reed, between the sets of
douping and ground-harness. This crossing and raising of the thread to full height of shed in
such a short distance will consequently put a great amount of tension on the whip-thread and
therefore necessitate tzvo points in the method of operation which we will mention briefly.
We must have sufficient space between both sets of harness, /. r., the heddle of the ground
harness set in which the whip-thread is drawn and the standard heddle and doup-head through
which this whip-thread is passed in rotation. We also must arrange in rear of harness set
near the whip-roll an arrangement technically known as " Slackener." All the whip-threads
required to doup are pas.sed over this slackener, which is situated above the regular warp-
line after leaving the "whip-roll" of the loom and in their running towards the ground
harness set.
on..
Fig. 930.
On the first pick previously ex-
plained, this slackener will remain undis-
turbed, as no strain is required on the
whip-thread, whereas on the second pick
explained, this slackener is automatically
Fig. 931. , , 1 • 1 1-1 1 1
lowered to brmg the whip-thread nearly
in the regular warp line in rear of har-
ness. This- in turn allows the whip-thread to ease up in front, where required, to cross around
the ground warp-thread and is raised a short distance by the doup on the opposite side of the
ground warp-thread, as compared with the first pick. This slackener for gauze weaving is also
technically known as "easer" (by reason of easing the whip-thread when douping). We will
later on return to a more detailed illustration and explanation of the same and its arrangement
for plain as well as figured work.
In diagram Fig. 930, A represents the whip-roll of the loom, b the section of the .slackener,
d ground heddle for ground warp-thread, e ground heddle for whip-thread, /"doup, //-/ reed, k
last end of woven fabric. Thus the line shown in full black, a, d, k, represents the ground-thread, and
line in full black, a, b, e, k, represents the whip-thread; both threads "at rest." The object of the
present illustration is to explain the principle of the slackener, and therefore we want the doup
(standard and skeleton harness) rai.sed (see/" to ^) as represented by ^. To counteract the strain
thus put on the whip-thread, we lower at the same time the slackener (see b to c), giving it
position c, at the same time the doup is raised to position g. Hence the dotted line a, c, c\ g, k
represents the whip-thread when douping. After inserting the filling by means of shuttle [s), the
shed {n) closes and the slackener returns automatically to its point of starting, b.
In Fig. 931 we illustrate a corresponding ground plan to diagram Fig. 930, representing a
clear idea of the drawing in of the warp and threading of the doup. Outlined warp-thread a, d, k
represents ground warp-thread, thread shown in full black, a, e, f, k, the whip-thread, d and e
the ground harness set, / the passing of the whip-thread below the ground warp-thread and h, i
the reed.
This illustration explains the threading of a whip-thread in a doup situated at the left of the
Fig. 932.
230
ground warp-thread, but the student will readily apply the same arrangement to the opposite
kind of doup by simply reversing the illustration.
We will next turn our attention to the designing of various gauze fabrics, and commence
with the plain gauze, as illustrated in Fig. 927. In plain gauze all the warp-threads work in
pairs — I end "whip" and i end "ground." The .entire warp is drawn on harness similar to any
other warp. Afterwards the whip-threads are passed below the standard heddles and threaded
in the doup (see Fig. 929), which are passed through the standard heddles (see Fig. 928).
Fig. 932 represents a different method for threading the doup, occasion-
ally used, but which is not as practical as the arrangement of the doup illus-
trated in Fig. 928.
In diagram Fig. 929 we illustrate the plan of drawing-in ground harness
and threading the doup for producing a piece of plain gauze, as shown in
Fig. 927.
A represents the set of ground-harness (2-harness).
B represents the douping set. (Standard and skeleton.)
Standard warp-threads are illustrated in outline.
Whip-thread is shown in full black.
We find, as previously mentioned, every warp-thread threaded first in the ground harness
set ; next, the whip-threads passed below the ground-warp and threaded to the doup. Examining
the plan of the fabric, we find pick i requiring the whip warp-thread raised in its proper position
as placed by the ground harness (to the right of the gi"ound warp-thread); therefore this pick
will require the raising of ground harness 2 and the skeleton harness, hence loosening the doup
for common weaving. Pick 2 calls for the raising of the whip-thread on the opposite position of
pick I (to the left side of the ground warp-threads); therefore we must doup on this pick by
raising only the standard and the skeleton harness, or, in the present example, the entire douping
set. Pick 3 = pick i, pick 4 = pick 2, thus 2 picks repeat.
In the present example. Fig. 927, we find every pair of
warp-threads (i ground and i whip) twist in the same direction
Fig. 933. and having the crossing in the corresponding drawing-in draft
arranged from right to left. This crossing can also be arranged
in the other direction, see Fig. 933, but will, in the present fabric,
be of no advantage to its general appearance, as shown in
Fig. 934-
We will next explain and illustrate the combination of both
styles of crossing in the same fabric. For example see Fig. 935.
the drawing in of ground harness and arrangement for threading doup: 1st pair, whip-threads
Fig. 934.
Fig. 935.
Fig. 936.
1*
1-
X
0
k%:<.\.
X
X
i^V ..
X
0
v^ .
X
X
r.* .
I Fig.
937.
Harness-chain for plain
guaze fabric. Figs. 927, 936.
t/1
■i
1
5
t/5
1
i
0
u
0
X
<>
if'.Svc
X
y<
2^'
X
<>
l-^ .
X
X
!'■' '
Fig. 938.
Harness-chain for plain gauze
fabric, Fig. 934.
threaded to the left-hand side of ground warp-thread; 2d pair, whip-threads threaded to the
right-hand side of ground warp-thread.
231
Fig. 936 is the plan of the woven fabric. Harness chain is similar to the one required and
explained for fabric Fig. 927 and illustrated in Fig. 937.
The dravving-in drafts, Figs. 929, 933 and 935, are illustrated for 2 ground harness and
I doup. This is done to simplify the principle of construction. The same way that we can
illustrate the common plain weave drawn in 2-harness straight, for the clear understanding of the
beginner and use in practice, 4, 6, 8, etc., harnesses as required and guided by the height in
texture of the fabric (number of warp-threads per inch), we may also, in practice, have to increase
in gauze-weaving the number of ground harness, or the number of doups (standard and skeleton),
or both at the same time.
Peculiar Character of Gauze Fabrics.
Comparing a plain gauze fabric, as shown in Figs. 927, 934 or 936, to any other woven
textile fabric results in not finding one as firm in its method of interlacing nor as light in texture.
The principle of gauze-weaving — the twisting of warp-threads around
each other and holding at the same time the filling securely fastened
between — will necessarily result in producing a very strong fabric; again,
the twisting of the warp-threads between each pick, in plain gauze, will not
allow the picks to come close together in the fabric, thus resulting in the
production of a fabric containing large perforations.
In diagram Fig. 939 we illustrate the plan of a fabric which is actually
a combination of plain and gauze and is technically known as leno, or half-
gauze. Pulling out from the present fabric sample every uneven numbered
pick (i, 3. 5, 7) will result in transforming the half-gauze in the fabric to a
regular plain gauze effect.
Fig
939-
Combination of Plain and Gauze Weaving, Technically Known as Fancy Gauze.
In Fig. 940 a combination of plain weaving and gauze is shown in the plan of a fabric.
An analysis of this plan will show 3 picks interlacing on ordinary weaving to exchange with one
Fig. 941.
Fig. 940.
2
t/1
j-
6
-6
i.
a
-.^
si
:i
0
!-
0
•
X
^
■^'.^id^
K
5«
3'.^ ' .
5<
a- .
^
_J
^
^^ ■
Fig. 942.
Fig. 944.
Fig. 943.
gauze pick. Thus four picks in repeat. Drawing in of ground harness and the threading of
the doups is shown in Fig. 941. A represents the ground harness set, (2 harness), B represents
the doup (standard harness and skeleton harness).
Fig. 942 illustrates the harness-chain executed correspondingly to Figs. 940 and 941, and so
will readily explain itself
In Fig. 943 another plan of a gauze fabric, combining the common plain cloth with gauze
232
structure, is shown. Liberating picks, 2, 3 and 8, 9, of the present structure would result in
changing the same to the fabric shown in its plan in Fig. 940. The drawing in of ground
harness set, and the threading of doups to fabric. Fig. 943, is shown in Fig. 944.
In Fig. 945 we illustrate the plan of a gauze fabric similar to the one shown in Fig. 943,
the only difference being the using, alternately, left and right-hand threading of the doups.
Repeat: four warp-threads, "two pairs," and 6 picks. Drawing in of ground harness set
and the threading of doups for producing the present fabric is shown in Fig. 946. In the
same we used four-harness for ground-warp, but we can also use the drafting and threading
shown in Fig. 935, which only calls for two ground harness in set A and will produce the
same effect.
Fig. 948.
Fig. 945.
Fig. 947.
Another plan for producing fancy gauze-effects is found in arranging the whip-thread
to cross over two or three ground warp-threads; for example, as shown in the plan of a fancy
gauze fabric, Fig. 947. In the same we find the whip-thread, after interlacing in connection with
three ground-threads into three successive picks, on regular plain cloth, cross oelow the mate
(3) ground-threads for forming at the fourth pick gauze. Repeat: 4 warp-threads, ( I whip, 3
ground), one set drawn in one dent, 4 picks, 3 ordinary plam weaving, 1 douping^ .
The method of drawing in both systems of warp in the ground harness set, and the method
of threading the whip-threads in the doups is shown arranged for three successive sets (corres-
pondingly to fabric sample) in diagram Fig. 948. The same reason which compelled us, in plain
gauze, to draw each pair of threads (i ground, i whip) in one dent, leaving as many dents
empty between the threading of each pair of warp-threads as required by the size of the
perforations in the fabric, requires in the present example of fancy gauze. Figs. 947 and 948,
to thread each set of i whip-thread and 3 ground-threads in one dent, leaving as many
dents empty between the threading of each set as required by the size of perforations wanted
in the fabric.
Fig. 949 illustrates the harness-chain necessary for weaving the present
explained fabric of fancy gauze (Fig. 947.)
The next plan for constructing fancy gauze fabrics is to use two
doups in connection with four or more ground harness. In this manner
fabric sample, Fig. 950, is constructed. Fig. 95 1 represents the drawing in of
ground harness and the threading of the doups. In the same we find two
■ sections ground harnesses I and 2, with doup i', forming section i ; ground
harnesses 3 and 4, with doup 2', forming section 2.
0
CO
■8
-6
"1
1-
J.
J,
3-
X
X.
X
4'.^p,ck
X
X
3'^ .
X
5<
>c
Z^ •
X
<>
!•* •
233
In drawing in and threading doups we arranged two repeats for each section, thus 8
warp-threads in repeat of arrangement of pattern. This method of drawing in ground harness
as well as threading of doups will, as shown in the fabric sample, allow us to operate each section
I A^F
Fig. 951.
t
g
1^ "
-si
t/2
x/l
5S
fV-l
J-
x
♦
•;?5
1^'A-pick,,
*■
X
•)jc
«
3'^'.
K
^
«
2,-* „ .
X
X
^
«
1^? .
Fig. 950.
Fig. 952.
independent of the other, thus forming, by arranging the douping for each set for different
picks, additional figures in the fabric.
Fig. 952 illustrates the harness-chain for fabric and drawing-in draft, just explained.
Fig. 954.
Fig. 953.
Fig. 956.
Fig. 955.
In diagram Fig.
953 the plan of another fancy gauze fabric, produced with two doups, is
shown. Fig. 954 illustrates the method of drawing in the ground-harness and the threading of
the doups, which in the present example is a right-handed and a left-handed doup for each set.
A
U)
1'
\n
c/l
e>c
•)!«
%
^
■x-
•*:•
4v
\n
►
Fig. 957.
Fig. 958.
Four ground-harness are used in connection with the two doups. Ground-harness i and 2 {A)
and doup i' (Z?) equal 1st set; ground-harness 3 and 4 [A) and doup 2' (B) equal 2d set.
Fig. 953 illustrates another fancy gauze fabric, produced with two se*"J= of doups and upon a
general arrangement in two sections.
234
Fig. 956 shows the general arrangement for drawing in ground-harness set as well as the
threading of the doups. Four ground-harnesses are used in connection with the two doups.
Ground-harness i and 2 {A) and doup i' (5) equal ist set; ground-harness 3 and 4 (^) and
doup 2' (B) equal 2d set.
Fig. 957 illustrates the harness-chain for the fabric and drawing-in draft just explained.
Fig. 960.
i
i
0
6
i
i
'A
1
5
c
•A
i
3
0
0
cO
>
C4-
K
*
5<
X
«
1 0 Ipw-H.
X
X
X
><
X
9"' -
*
X
X
X
X
i^ ■
X
*
X
X
X
-<it
*
m
X
X
X
6'-' •
X
\
M
X
5-^ •
K
^
M
X
4'-'
X
i
w
X
V-' '
»
)
■
X
2-^
X
}
X
X
_J
^
Fig. 961.
Fig. 958 illustrates the plan of another fancy gauze fabric, constructed after the foregoing
•example, using only warp threads i, 2, 5 and 6 from the latter (955).
Diagram Fig. 959 illustrates the plan of another fancy gauze fabric.
Fig. 960 illustrates the corresponding drawing in of warp in ground-harness and the thread-
ing of the whip-threads in two doups (i' and 2'),
Fig. 962.
PA <
Oi
~ ii.
Ot/) 0
i
0 -.«~»
i
8
0
»
fO
■3-
in
i
*{
.X
III
X
8'-"r>».tk^
x<
.X
1
X
rV ■•
X
X
nil
X
X
l< ,
*
>*
'ill
X
X
5'.' .
X
xr 1
1
111
^•
^4 .
w
X '
''ill
X
i'f ■
*1
.X.
lllllj
z-^ . ■
*l
.*,
ll
L_
l'.< .
Fig. 963.
Fig. 964.
Fig. 961 shows the harness-chain required for weaving the fabric shown in Fig. 959.
The "two-section" arrangement, as explained and illustrated, can be extended to three, four
or more sections, and in this manner giving fancy effects to an unlimited number of designs.
A further step in producing figured gauze is the combining of gauze and ordinary weaving
in the form of stripes. After using a certain number of warp-threads, drawn in its own separate
235
set of harness, for interlacing with the filling either on plain, twill or satin, or in a combination of
all three, use similar effects as previously illustrated and explained, either with one, two or more
differently working doups, left or right-hand twisting, or all the effects combined. This method
of combining stripes of gauze with ordinary woven cloth will also afford great scope for producing
figured effects through alternately exchanging both systems of weaving warp and filling ways.
Design Fig. 962 illustrates such a stripe effect in a fabric. Fig. 963 shows the corresponding
drawing-in draft and threading of the doups. Warp-threads indicated by a (light) are the ground-
4WI*-
iU
■ Mni ■ Mill ■ ■■■■■ r.v'ii
■ ■■■■■ I ■III! I ■iiir\ 4111
■ MHI I ■III! ■ r:\!j I am
.16'
.14.
■ ■■■■■ ■ mn-\ 4 ■■■■■ I ■■■■
■ ■■■■». V^IIIB ■ ■■■■■ ■ ■■■■
%wi\. * ■■■■■ ■ •■■■■ ■
■ w\<i» ■ ■■■■■ ■ ■■■■■ ■ ■■■■
v.^.jia ■ ■■■■■ I ■■■■■ ■ ■■■■
7A
Fig. 965.
Fig. 966.
1. BL.
threads, and warp-threads indicated by b (shaded in vertical direction) are the whip-threads for
the gauze; warp-threads indicated by c (shaded in diagonal direction) are the threads for pro-
ducing the ordinary cloth (plain weave in present example). The drawing-in draft shows three
different sets of harness used.
The set indicated by A represents the ground-harness set for the gauze part; the set indicated
by B represents the harness for raising warp-threads interlacing in the ordinary cloth; the set
indicated by C represents the douping set of harness for producing the gauze part.
Fig. 964 represents the harness-chain necessary for weaving a fabric as shown in Fig. 962.
As previously mentioned, figured gauze can also be produced by using two whip-threads
against two ground-threads, thus using four ground-harness to one doup. In such an example
all four threads must be drawn in one dent.
Set 2.
Set ]
For ordinary
weaving.
Doup 2'. . .
— Doup i'.
Fig. 967.
Diagram Fig. 965 illustrates a drawing-in draft arranged in this manner, and Fig. 966 shows
a corresponding fabric.
The interlacing of the plain for the ordinary interwoven part of the fabric can in this example
be extended to any figured weave up to i6-harness. Four independent sets of doups are made
use of and so the douping can be correspondingly arranged on each pick at will for each indi-
vidual doup.
By arranging the present style of drawing in ground harness and threading of doup for a
236
"sectional repeat effect" (repeat the drawing in and threading of doup of each four warp-threads
two, three or more times before changing to the next four warp threads) novel effects for fancy
gauze fabrics may readily be obtained (with a correspondingly large figure).
Fig. 967 illustrates the drawing-in draft for a
figured gauze on two sets (for illustrating previously
-mentioned section draws) having four ground harness
and one doup for each set (nine repeats in each set).
These two sets are also separated by three warp-threads
arranged for ordinary weaving, the centre thread of
which is indicated as a cord (or a heavy thread, pre-
ferably of a different color).
If weaving for a certain number of picks or-
dinary cloth (plain) with set No. i, and next gauze
with set No. 2, changing again afterward, thus ar-
ranging for an equal number of picks, set No. i for
gauze and No. 2 for ordinary cloth (plain), also
separating each of these two changes by a few picks
ordinary woven cloth, inserting in their centre a
heavy filling (similar to cord in warp), we get a • y •
checker-board effect for design composed of ordinary and gauze
weaving as shown in diagram Fig. 968.
In reeding the warp for example Fig. 967, leave one, two or more
dents empty between each four threads (of two whip and two ground) ;
again, when reaching the three ordinary weaving threads, place
the cord in a separate dent and each of the other two ordinary
weaving threads in the dent as situated on each side and which
is occupied by the set of four threads for gauze weaving. For
example, if arranging the reeding of the warp, one dent taken
to alternate with one dent left empty all over the regular work, we
find the reeding at the part where the cord comes in arranged as
follows :
inanB^anancord.
■CM ■ ...;■■■ ma
■uBljubD:;j«b^«g|| ,
■■aaB:]GaDaBD«>2nd SUckener.
■■■r iBmLinnanBD )
■'':■' i ■ ' ■■ mcM
■:''■ ■ . ■■■ MO
JBGBD)
lOBOB i
■ ■ k
■llJBLj .■
■■■□■'JJU,_:UL
■■■DaHDDDDni
■■■DBDCnGCB'
■GBGGBGCBHGBGB
■GH iBuGGBBBGBO
B B B'_ BB'~B.<B
BBBi 'iBi IGGGGBGBG
BBB BG: iGi ^'jBGB
BBB\B '. .:. ..BjBG
B BG:. B' :;. BBtJBGB
B :Bi B "'.BBBGBG
B B' I .■ . iBBGBGG
BBB 'B ..:.]' ^GGBGG'
BBB' 1 . BG GGGGBGI
BBB BGGGGGBGC.
B~B' i jBGGBBDBGB
B ~B' iBGGGBBBGBD
B <B : iB' " BB' 'BOB
BBB Bl..B .B'JBD
■G
;Cord.
J ^//i
^ \\\^
■G
:b
■G
4—0—4—0—5 (4 + i) — I (cord) — 5 (4 + 0
-4 — o — 4. ^-^
1st Slackener
a BBB B B
■ B B
";GGG
JGG'
; jGG
iGJBB
'ggg
:gdc
Gun
Fig. 969 illustrates a specimen of a harness chain for weaving
the present example of fancy gauze. In the same we find two slack-
eners used.
ist slackener to lower its whip-threads on picks 8, 9, 10 — 14, 15,
16 — 20, 21, 22-— 26, 27, 28.
2nd slackener to lower its whip-threads on picks 44, 45, 46 — 50,
51,52—56, 57, 58—62,63,64.
In the beginning of our chapter on gauze we gave the princi-
ple of a slackener or easer. We would only state now that for
every set of doups which operate the whip-threads at different
picks when done on any previous set of doups in the same fabric,
we must use a separate slackener ; thus in the examples explained
as constructed on two sections, we must use two slackeners. This
method of using more than one slackener is increased in practical work, when required, up to
three but seldom to four.
Diagrams Figs. 970^ and 970*5 illustrate figured gauze effects as produced by harness work.
I-
!■■
■
B
IBGBl IIJBGBi jbgbgb
Harness-chain for 14-harness ;
■72 picks.
Fig. 969.
237
Gauze Weaving Mechanism for Open-Shed Looms.
Until lately gauze fabrics, as thus far explained, have been produced only upon looms
constructed after the principle known as the ''single-acting" method, which is characterized by
Fig. 970a.
leveling the entire warp at every pick, and at this leveling point cross the warps so as to produce
the twist. It will be proper to mention that this single-acting method for operating the warp-
threads only allows a moderate speed which at the present time is insufficient for the requirements
of a loom ; hence every manufacturer of this class of fabrics has been anxiously awaiting for
I
I
Fig. 970(5.
a method by which gauze weaving can be successfully executed upon looms built after the
known as the double-action, giving an increased speed at which the loom can be
This gain of speed is owing to the ability of the double-acting loom to select and
.* principle
A. operated
I
238
withhold certain warp-threads for a certain number of succeeding picks of the shuttle, as the
pattern being worked may demand.
However, the construction of the double-acting loom heretofore employed did not permit of
its weaving gauze, because of the inability of the loom to operate a warp-thread so as to raise it
for one pick of the shuttle, and then after that pick, lower it and raise it again before the suc-
ceeding pick.
The Geo. W. Stafford Manufacturing Co., Providence, R. I., are now building a Double-
Action Dobbie which overcomes this defect ; hence is capable of weaving gauze with the character-
istic high speed of the latter. This is due to the fact that the double-acting loom is adapted to
raise a warp for one pick of the shuttle, and then after that pick lower and raise it again before
the succeeding pick. The new features of the Dobbie, as thus built by the Stafford Manufactur-
ing Co., are the combining of the ordinary full motions of the recurrent or reciprocating harnesses
with a novel and peculiar " lialf-and-reUirn " motion of others of the harnesses when so desired.
To gain the " ka/f-and-return" motion they use an extra half-stroke lifter (knife), which has half
'*Sl^°'»'
Fig. 97 i(^.
Fig. 971a.
Fig. 971.
Fig. 97 1 c.
the limit of traverse that the ordinary lifters have. The half-stroke lifter has suitable jacks
engaging therewith, which are jointed in the common manner with a connecter co-operating with
an operating lever.
The half-stroke lifter is reciprocated by a peculiar half-motion device. A second " Jialf-and-
return " motion for certain other harness is obtained by the arrangement of a pair of ordinary
operating levers with connections to a single harness controlled by the levers working simultane-
ously and oppositely or singly. To give a proper understanding of the subject Figs. 971, 971a,
971.^, 97i<r, 97 1 d^ and 971^? have been designed.
Fig. 97 1 represents a rear view of the head or end of the loom containing the harness-operat-
ing mechanism. The same also shows the full and half-stroke lifters as at their midway points
of travel, and the co-acting jacks and conjoined parts according to their relative positions.
Fig. gyia is a view of the double-hooked jack detached.
Figs, gyid, g'/ic,gyid and 971^ illustrate four successive relative positions of the harness and
harness-operating levers as they occur in the weaving according to the present explained
method (plain or gauze).
239
The parts indicated D and C are portions of harness-frames provided with single-eyed
heddles carrying the warps m and «, respectively. These frames are connected by the respective
cordings d' and c' , with their operating-levers d and c, the former co-acting with full stroke lifters
and the latter with the full and half-stroke lifters.
The standard frame B is provided with a doup heddle, through which passes one side of the
looped cord or doup k, the ends of which are attached to the skeleton-harness A. Frame B is
connected with lever b by means of cording b' , and co-acts with full-stroke lifters. The skeleton-
harness A (shown in portion) is operated by the half-motion levers a' a^, to which it is con-
nected by a Y-shaped connecting strap R, both forks of which are equal and connected, one
with each lever a' a^, respectively, and its stem is connected with the skeleton A. The harness-
frames B and D make full straight-away motions, while the parts A and C make half-and-
return motions, and are also capable of making full straight-away motions. These parts are
thus termed, the former ''full-motion " and the latter " half-mid-return-moiion " harnesses.
Warp-thread indicated by n is the standard warp and warp-thread m the whip-thread.
ic a:
\
Fig. 971^.
d t'
i
C
'!
^
•)
H
■?
Hi
t
n
II
IT
1—
1
\
Fig. 971^.
MG. 971/.
The method of operation for producing common gauze weaving is as follows : The harness
C, carrying the standard warp n, is given the half-and-return-motion in order to carry the warp
to the middle lift, where the descending whip-thread m can be passed under warp n, which then
descends, while the doup k raises warp m to form the upper part, while the warp n forms the
lower part of the shed for the next pick of the shuttle.
Referring to Fig. 971^ suppose this position is the first position before starting the loom, which
may be supposed to have been previously making gauze stitches, and which came to a rest, while
the warps were partly turned on themselves for the next twist. In this position all the harnesses
A, B, C, D, are low and the whip-thread and standard-thread, m and n, are leveled and crossed
one above the other, before being twisted in the formation of the succeeding gauze stitch. The
levers a' (^ b c dm this first position are all in line and the branches of the forked connections are
both taut. Position of Fig. 971^ is produced by the levers a' and d moving to the outer limit on
full-stroke lifters and the levers c? b c remaining at rest. This serves to raise harness A and D
from lowest to highest limit. By this shedding movement the crossed warps have been tightly
twisted on themselves, and the shuttle here makes a pick through the shed and interweaves the
filling between the twisted warps. Position Fig. 971^ is obtained by levers a' and c^ moving oppo-
sitely on full motions — one on a lifter and the other by a retracting-spring, and thereby giving
their skeleton-shaft A a half-and-return motion; also, by lever b moving outwardly on a full-stroke
lifter, and accordingly moving the standard harness B from low to high limit; also, by lever c
240
co-acting with the half-stroke Hfter and imparting a half-and-return motion to its frame C; also,
by the lever d moving inwardly a full motion by means of a retracting-spring, and imparting a like
motion to its upper warp-frame, D, which moves accordingly from high to low limit. During this
change of position the warps have been crossed and twisted on themselves, forming a gauze stitch,
and then the shuttle picks and lays the filling. The next and fourth position of Fig. 971^ is ar-
rived at by levers d and a' remaining at rest, while a^ and b are moved in by virtue of their respec-
tive retracting-springs, and c is carried out on a full motion by virtue of its jack co-acting with a
full-stroke lifter. These movements have caused the doup-frame and harnesses A and B to
descend from high to low limit, frame C to rise from low to high limit, and frame D to remain at
rest at low limit. In this change of position the warps have not been twisted, but merely crossed
side by side, as in plain weaving, and in this position of Fig. 971^ the shuttle picks and interweaves
the filling. This position now changes the position of the upper and under warps (standard and
warp-threads) reversely relative to the filling.
From the position of Fig. 971^ the changes may be made, according to the pattern desired,
into a series of succeeding similar positions, and thus make more plain weaving-stitches, or it may
be changed back to the second position of Fig. 971^ and repeat the described gauze pattern.
In Fig. 971/ we show the (upright lever) double action dobbie as built by the Geo. W.
Stafford Manufacturing Company, to which the present explained mode of weaving gauze fabrics
applies.
Jacquard Gauze.
In gauze fabrics constructed upon the Jacquard loom, in which it is desired to produce large
and elaborate designs by the aid of figuring gauze and ordinary weaving, it will be necessary to
arrange a slackener for every whip-thread.
ComCtrEoour A
\'- Doup>
% '• lY
Fig. 973. Fig. 974-
C cL. (X V C c*. a, V
Fig. 977. Fig. 978.
Fig. 972.
c d.
Fig. 975. Fig. 976.
rL\ c d.
Fig. 979. Fig. 980
[In my treatise on "The Jacquard Machine, Analyzed and Explained," etc., a chapter is
entirely devoted to the method of operation in tying up looms for these fabrics as well as the
preparing of designs for the latter fabrics.]
We will next explain the method of operation and adjustment of slackeners in Jacquard
fabrics composed of threads working in pairs (one whip-thread douping with one ground-thread).
241
In such fabrics every whip-thread must be threaded three times; first in a heddle in rear of the
regular harness, technically known as the "rear heddle" or "rear harness." These heddles have
eyes
Vi
inches high and are fastened from i% to i ^ inches lower than the heddles of the
if ^ - '^^iiiii i''i iLii'i i !, Ill, ffi
Itti. :t
I llliil'
llilii:t if
•'••II
■iiiiiiiiii' '' II '''II *'''''? ii![: ,
iiilifii!"!
m^^'.
iiiiilltim;'!! jl
iiK:!!!! '
i'i'iil!!}!,,:
;;'':i;:!:;::!iiif'
u::!
.;::?<;ii4i!;!'
' itii, ">'\\\-
•i>''U.'"-,'-iin.iK'"!"T'ii ill: '
:i;iii"i.Mi;it.,'!!!i,;;;;;;l;;!i!iii;.:
: iHliiiiilUHi; III '!' 11,,,, n
Fig. 981.
li"''l?iP'aFii irf I life
'•:'!iltiiiilfiill:!i!!l
I
ititi'ii'if ti
■liiiif'")!' H
,iiiihiiii.i,'
iiiiiiili'
in; ii;!l)j,
'I'nilliilllJH
ground-harness and the doup. This rear harness is generally placed at a distance of 8 to 10
inches from the ground-harness. Each rear heddle is connected by means of a harness-cord for
operating the corresponding standard heddle of the doup at the place where the latter joins the
neck-cords of the Jacquard machine (thus both harness-cords to one hook), and consequently the
ft
k
(
Fig. 982.
rear heddle will lift at the same time when raising the standard, and thus the whip-thread is
"slackened" from the rear when required to twist around the ground-warp when douping.
After the whip-thread is drawn in the rear heddle, it is next drawn in its respective heddle of
the ground-harness, from where it is threaded to the doup.
242
In diagram Fig. 972 a plan of the entire procedure as thus far explained is given.
In diagrams Figs. 973 and 974 are shown the ground plans of threading the previously ex-
plained Jacquard gauze. Fig. 973 represents the threading of the whip-thread in a doup situated
at the left-hand side of the ground-thread (pair). Fig. 974 illustrates a respective threading of the
whip-thread to a doup situated at the right-hand side of the ground-thread (pair). Both positions
of doups to their respective ground heddle are mentioned as considered by the weaver standing at
work in front of the loom. Letters of reference are selected correspondingly: R= rear-harness;
(9= ground-harness; </= heddle for ground-warp; ^ =: heddle for whip thread; ^'= passing of
the whip-threads below ground-warp; /^ = doup-harness; /= doup. Whip-threads are shown
in full black, ground-threads are shown outlined.
F'ig. 975 shows the corresponding crossing as produced in the fabric by using the arrange-
ment illustrated in diagram Fig 973.
Fig. 976 shows the corresponding crossing as produced in the fabric by using the arrange-
ment illustrated in diagram Fig. 974,
Fig. 983.
Fig. 984.
Diagrams Figs. 977 and 978 illustrate the ground plans of using two whip-threads for
douping against two ground-threads. The following letters of reference are selected correspond-
ingly: R — rear harness; G == ground-harness; D = doup-harness; /^ passing of the whip-
threads below ground-threads; /= doup. Threads a and d in Fig. 977 = ground warp-threads;
threads c and ^ in Fig. 977 = whip-threads. In diagram Fig. 978 the ground-threads are indi-
cated by letters c and d and the whip-threads by letters a and d.
Diagrams Figs. 979 and 980 show the corresponding crossings as produced in the fabric by
the respective threadings of whip and ground-warp, illustrated in diagrams Figs. 977 and 978.
Fig. 977 illustrates the threading of the whip-threads to a doup situated at the left-hand side
of the ground-threads. Fig. 978 illustrates the threading of the whip-threads to a doup situated
at the right- hand side of the ground-threads.
Figs. 981 and 982 illustrate two examples of Jacquard gauze produced upon principles pre-
viously explained.
Substitutes for the regular doups have lately been patented by C. A. Littlefield, consisting of
a peculiar combination of metallic half-heddles.
243
Diagrams Figs. 983, 984, 985, 986 and 987 illustrate his invention.
Fig. 983 is a front view of portions of a set of heddle-frame bars with the invention applied.
Fig. 984 illustrates a vertical section of the bars of the heddle frame, and showing the posi-
tion of the yarns before the crossing takes place.
Fig. 985 is a similar view showing the half-heddles after the crossing takes place.
Figs. 986 and 987 illustrate a modified form of needle, which for some fabrics are preferable.
The present method of cross-weaving requires three common harness-frames for each set of
doups. The middle frame is supplied with a specially-shaped half-heddle or needle formed of
properly twisted wire or stamped from sheet metal. When the needle or half-heddle is made of
wire, the latter is twisted to form an eye at the top end, through which passes the thread or
threads required to produce the desired effect in the pattern woven. Below the twist which forms
the eye the wires are separated in such a manner as to form a continuous slot or loop from near
the eye to a point at or near the lower end, where the half-heddle is formed with an eye or loop
adapted to receive the bar upon which the half-heddle is strung. A single bar only is used for
the support of this half-heddle. Through the long slot or loop are passed other loop wires,
forming half-heddles, there being two of this description to each one of the first named. These
I I
Fig. 985.
D
Fig. 986.
F'lG. 987.
wires are secured, one on the right the other on the left, to the two outside heddle-frames at the
top, being strung on the ordinary cross-bars of the harness-frames, the latter passing through
suitably-sized loops at the top ends of the looped wires.
To produce the desired pattern, the thread which is to be twisted or crossed about its adjacent
thread must be drawn through the eye at the top of the lower half-heddle, and the thread or
threads about which it is to cross are to be drawn in between the two upper loops or half-heddles,
and in line with the thread passing through the lower heddle-eye. When the harnesses are at
rest, the warp-line is established so as to bring the yarn passing through the lower heddle-eye to
a position from which it can be drawn up at the forming of the shed upon the desired side of the
yarn about which it is to be turned or twisted. The crossing is effected by alternately operating
the heddle-frames to which the upper half-heddle or looped wires are secured, the shed being
formed by lifting the harness or shaft to the right or left of the frame to which the half-heddles or
needles are secured at the bottom. The upper looped wire not lifted slides easily down the
long slot or loop in the lower half-heddle, the latter and the upper half-heddle to which the lifting
power is applied being drawn into line, thus forming a guide for deflecting the thread about which
the crossing or tie is formed to the desired side of the needle or lower half-heddle.
244
Cross-Weaving for Chenille Fabrics.
A method of cross-weaving other than the one derived by the douping arrangement is
largely practised in the manufacture of low-grade Chenille as used for rugs, mosquito-netting and
similar fabrics.
In weaving these fabrics the ground-harness set and the douping set of harness are substi-
tuted by using two horizontal wooden slats (shafts) of a sufficient strength, which have in a
vertical position metal heddles (harness plates or needles) inserted, pointing towards each other.
These harness plates are made of thin pieces of metal, each formed with an eye through it for
the warp-thread (r in Fig. 988^:) and each beveled at its end near the eye, as shown at q, in the
same diagram, to form an angle to bring the passing points as near together as possible.
The eyes q are formed by making an orifice through the harness-plates and bending the
stock on each side of the orifice in opposite directions, so as to permit the warp-threads to pass in
a straight line through the eye, and so that there will be but little friction of the warp in the eyes.
In Fig. 988^ a front elevation of those parts of a loom essential to a clear understanding
of the method of operation for these fabrics, is shown. (Warpbeam, lay and shuttle-movement
are omitted.)
Fig. gSSrt'.
Fig. 988^.
Fig. 988<:.
Diagram Fig. 988r illustrates a transverse sectional view. Letters for indicating the different
parts in the diagrams are selected to correspond.
Diagram Figs. 988^, 988^, 988c, illustrate and explain the loom for cross-weaving as patented
by Messrs. G. Oldham and Wm. Dixon.
The frame shown is composed of the two side pieces, base, and top cross-piece, on the under
surface of which latter are attached brackets for the roller, over which the cords or straps pass,
to the ends of which cords or straps the heddle shafts are attached. They are guided at each end
by staples g g, passing around the upright rods li h, and are adapted to be alternately reciprocated
by the levers i i, pivoted to the base, and connected to the heddles by the connecting-rods k k.
The upright rods at each end of the heddle-shafts are connected together at their upper and lower
ends by plates or cross-pieces / /, and these plates or cross-pieces are centrally pivoted to the
horizontal supports or arms, forming in this instance a part of the upright plates which are
secured to the inner surface of the side pieces of the main frame. In a cross-brace, <?, is journaled
the horizontal shaft/, contiguous to one of the plates /, which shaft is formed with opposite cams
at its ends, so that the shaft when revolved will cause the cams to act alternately again.st the ends
of the plate / and vibrate it, and through it and the rods Ji h and other plates, /, reciprocate the
heddle-shafts f f laterally and horizontally at the same time they are reciprocated vertically,
245
which cause the harness-plates to cross the warp-threads r r over the fiUing-thrcads and to twist
them together or cross them between the fiUing-threads.
The cam-shaft p is revolved intermittently by the ratchet-wheel s, secured to one end of the
shaft, and the pawl s' , pivoted to the plate s'', which is pivoted at one end upon the shaft / near
the ratchet-wheel s, and connected at its other end to the plate /, attached to the front heddle-
shaft, so the up and down movement of the heddle vibrates the plate s^ and causes the pawl to
turn the shaft / at each upward movement of the heddle. The plate s^ is connected to the plate
t, in this instance, by the pin /' entering a slot, /^, made in the plate /, to accommodate the
lateral movement of the heddle.
Another loom for weaving this chenille as used for rugs and curtains has lately been invented
by Messrs. H. & C. Topham. Their improved method of operation is shown in diagrams Figs.
989^; and 989*5 and 990^, 990^ and 9906". (Letters of reference for each diagram are selected to
correspond.) Diagram Fig. 9891* represents the end view of a loom, clearly showing its
improvements. Fig. 989^ is a longitudinal section in the line i — 2, Fig. 989^:.
Figs. 990^, 990(5 and 990^ are perspective diagrams (as used in the illustrations of their inven-
tion), showing the prongs carrying the warp-threads in their different positions.
,^^
Fig. 989a.
Fig. 9895.
Referring to letters of reference: A A are the side frames of the loom, B is the main shaft
and C the crank-shaft, D is the lathe, a is the breastbeam and b the cloth-roller, E is the warp-
beam, e the warp-threads.
On the two upright extensions F of the side frames is a rock-shaft, G, extending from one
side of the loom to the other. This rock-shaft carries two arms, g g, having at their outer ends a
comb //, provided with downwardly projecting prongs li, which have eyes, i, at their outer ends,
through which pass one set of warp-threads, e. Situated below the rock-shaft before mentioned,
but having its bearings in the same upright extensions F F, is a rock-shaft, y, having two arms,//,
which carry a comb, K, the prongs k of which project upward. These prongs are provided with
eyes, /, through which the remaining warp-threads pass. Rock-shafts G and y are connected in
such a manner that when the comb H is raised the comb K is lowered, and vice versa.
Rock-shaft G derives its motion from main shaft B, as clearly shown in diagrams Figs. 989a
and ol^()b. To regulate the movement of the comb //"the crank q is slotted and carries a crank-
pin, ti, adapted to be adjustably secured therein, so that the rod ^^ can be adjusted either on the
crank q or arm g' .
The lower rock-shaft y has also an independent sidewise movement, so that the prongs of the
comb .^will have a sidewise motion as well as the vertical motion. Motion is given to the shaft
y by a cam, S, driven from the main shaft. When the prongs of the combs are parted the side-
wise movement of the lower comb and its shaft takes place
246
The operation is as follows, reference being made to Figs. 990^, 990;^ and 990c, as showing
the prongs carrying the warp-threads in the different extreme positions during weaving. The
eyes in the ends of the prongs of the combs are threaded with the warp-threads e, and the filling
is thrown across, as shown in Fig. 990^, while the combs are in the position shown in that figure.
The combs are then parted, as shown in Fig. 990^, which will tie in the filling previously inserted.
Another pick is then made, as shown in Fig. 990^, after which a sidewise movement is given to
the lower comb, which causes the warp-threads to twist around each other when the combs come
Fig. 990a
Fig. 990(^.
Fig. 99ot.
together, as shown in Fig. 990^:. The filling is then pressed towards the woven part of the fabric
and another pick is made, throwing another filling across.
Cross-weaving as Used for the Manufacture of Filtering-bags.
Another kind of fabrics (similar to those previously mentioned), which contain the cross-
weaving for their principle of construction, are those open-mesh seamless fabrics that are used for
filtering-bags for saccharine liquids, etc.
Diagrams Figs. 991, 992 and 993 are given to illustrate the method of operation for produ-
cing these fabrics, as patented by B. Muench.
0000
0000
Fig. 991.
Fig. 992.
Fig. 991 is the top view of part of a loom, showing the fixed and reciprocating frames; one
of them has upwardly projecting needles and the other downwardly projecting needles.
Figs. 992 and 993 are cross-sectional views of the harness part of the loom, showing the
warps in their different positions. Letters indicating the different parts in the diagrams are used
with reference to the following explanations as to construction of these fabrics.
The operation is as follows : Two sets of warps, 0 p and m n, are used, one set, 0 p, being
used to form the bottom of the seamless fabric in the loom and the set m n to form the top of
the fabric; the same filling being used for both sets of warps. The warps 0 are passed through
the eyes c of the front row of fixed needles, C, which project downward. The warps n are passed
247
through the eyes c' of the rear row of fixed needles C , which project upward. The warps/ are
passed through the eyes/ of the needles Fm the front vertically-movable frame D, said needles
F projecting upward, and the warps in are passed through the eyes/' of the needles F' in the
rear vertically-reciprocating frame D' , said needles projecting downward. The warps o and*/*,
which are passed through the eyes of the needles of the front fixed and vertically-reciprocating
bar and frame, are the series for making the bottom of the seamless fabric, and the warps m and n,
which are passed through the eyes of the needles in the rear fixed and vertically-reciprocating
bar and frame, are the series for making the top of the seamless fabric. As shown in Fig. 992,
the warps m, n and/ are raised and the warps 0 lowered. The shuttle W\s thrown through the
space between the warps when those warps are in the positions shown in Fig. 992, and when the
shuttle has passed, the filling rests on top of and across the warps o. After the shuttle has thus
been thrown, the warps o and / are crossed by the lowering of the frames D and D' , and thus the
filling is held by w^rps 0 and p which form the bottom of the seamless fabric. When the warps
are in the position' shown in Fig. 993 (and the shuttle thrown), the frames D and D' then raised,
the warps m and n are crossed, and the filling is held by warps m and «, forming the top of the
seamless fabric, and so on.
Fig. 993.
In order to hold warps and filling in the position in relation to each other in the fabric, it is
necessary that the warps be twisted after each shot. This twisting is obtained by reciprocating
the frames E and E' laterally, for as each series of warps has part of its warps passed through
laterally-reciprocating needles it is evident that by the shifting of the reciprocating needles such
warps will become twisted. The frame D is shifted every time the filling has been shot between
the warps o and p, and the frame D' is shifted every time the filling has been shot between the
warps m and n.
Cross- Weaving as Used for Producing Fast Centre Selvages.
Cross-weaving is also used in producing fast centre selvages if weaving two or more pieces
of a fabric at the same time in the loom. This method of producing such selvages finds extensive
use in the manufacture of velvet ribbons, scarfs, and similar fabrics characterized by their narrow-
ness. In dress goods and similar abrics, seldom more than two or three widths ar^ put together
to be woven in one width on the loom.
In reeding for fabrics woven with fast centre-selvages, we must be careful to leave one, two
or more empty dents in the place where the fabric has to be cut in strips, or separated in pieces
after leaving the loom.
In Diagrams 994 and 995, two specimens of such interlacing for headings are shown. In
the same threads, B, shown in black, represents the whip-threads. Threads C, illustrated outlined
248
and shaded, represent the ground warp. Threads indicated A, and shown outhned, represent
the ordinary woven part of the fabric. The fiUing is shown outhned in a horizontal position {D).
Ground warp-threads C and corresponding whip-thread B must be drawn in one dent.
In Diagrams Figs. 996, 997 and 998, illustrations are given of the weaving of such fast centre
selvages in double pile fabrics, woven side by side in a broad loom. The method of operation is
patented by Messrs. Lister and Reixach. For forming two adjacent fast inner selvages, both in
the upper and lower cloth in double-pile fabrics, and so as to form the upper cloth immediately
— 1^ pj-j ui-Jj P"^ hr^ F — "1- -^ -^ ~: {
Fig. 996.
above the fast selvages in the lower cloth, two sets of needles of two needles each are required.
The needles in the upper set are placed in a line with the needles of the lower set, and made to
point downward, while those in the lower set are made to point upward. Both sets of needles
are fixed in slides, which can be simultaneously moved up or down in a fixed frame. The needles,
near to their points, have eyes formed through them, and through the eyes of the upper pair the
binding-threads must be threaded which are to form the fast selvages in the upper cloth, and
through the eyes of the lower pair the binding-threads which are to form the fast selvages in the
lower cloth must be threaded. With these needles there are also employed two pairs of thread-
249
I
eyes, to which a lateral movement can be given from the low shaft. Through the upper pair pass
two selvage-warps for the upper cloth, and through the lower pair two selvage-warps for the lower
cloth. These two pair of eyes are set one above the other at such a distance apart as to leave
space enough for a shuttle to pass to and fro between the warps threaded through them. The
points of the upper pair of needles are likewise set at a distance from the points of the lower pair
of needles. In the upward and downward movement of the needles their points are brought alter-
nately above and below the selvage warp-threads with which the binding-threads, threaded through
i
Fig. 997.
Fig. 998.
the needles, are to be crossed, and when the needles are at one or the other end of their stroke the
thread-eyes are made to shog sidewise, so that the warp binding-threads, which receive an up-
and-down motion, may be brought to one side and then to the opposite side of the warps, which
receive a sidewise movement, and the binding-threads and warps are thus twisted together with a
false twist, which, in conjunction with the filling, links them together and forms a fast selvage.
Fig. 996 illustrates a side elevation of mechanism required to be used with a single shuttle-loom
for forming the fast inner selvages in the two cloths of a double pile fabric, showing the binding
and warp-threads in position while weaving the bottom piece.
250
Fig. 997 is a side elevation corresponding to the previous one, except that the binding and
warp-threads are shown in position while weaving the top piece.
Fig. 998 is a side elevation of the selvage forming mechanism for a two-shuttle loom.
Parts of the framework of the loom are illustrated, cut away in the three diagrams to show the
needles more clearly.
In Figs. 996 and 997 A and A" are selvage-warps, which are drawn from a reel or bobbin,
B; but which also might be taken from the same beam as that upon which the other selvage-warps
are carried, or from the main warp-beam. C C^ are the binding-threads, which are drawn from
a reel or bobbin, D. The warps A A^ are threaded through the thread-eyes, to which a sidewise
shoo-ging movement is imparted. The binding-threads C O are threaded through the eyes of the
needles, to which an up and down movement is imparted.
The operation is as follows: When the
parts are in the position shown in Fig. 996, three
picks filling are put into the bottom cloth, and
the thread-eyes are during this time shogged
sidewise a distance equal to the distance between
the needles of each pair. Afterward the needles
descend and three picks filling are put into the
upper cloth. After this the needles rise and
three picks of filling are put into the bottom
cloth, and during this time the thread-eyes are
shogged back into their former position, and so
on continuously. In this way the fast selvage
edges are formed in each cloth at a short distance
apart from one another, and each cloth can be
severed along the small space in between these
two selvage edges.
The mechanism shown in Fig. 998 for a
two-shuttle loom necessarily differs somewhat
from that shown in Figs. 996 and 997, because
when two shuttles arc thrown simultaneously it
is necessary to open two sheds for the shutties
to be passed through.
THE JACQUARD MACHINE.
The Jacquard machine is required for the
interlacing of fabrics in which a great number
of ends of warps are bound differently in the
filling. Every Jacquard machine can be divided into the following parts :
I. The frame and the perforated board through which the neck-cords are passed. 2. The
griffe and the necessary attachments for lifting the same. 3. The hooks. 4. The needles.
5. The spring and spring-frame. 6. The needle-board. 7. The cylinder, hammer, and batten.
8. The catches. 9. The cards. 10. The Jacquard harness.
In Fig. 999 we give a clear understanding of the principle of the construction of a Jacquard
machine by means of the sectional cut of one cross row in a 200 Jacquard machine, containing
8 hooks, (representing an 8-row-deep machine), illu.strating by it the arrangement of hooks,
needles, griffebars, springs, frame for holding the latter, and the needle-board, e, ist hook ; /, 2d
hook; g-, 3d hook; k, 4th hook; t, 5th hook; /&, 6th hook; /, 7th hook ; m, 8th hook. These
?51
hooks are held in their required places by the eyes of the needles (see place v at hook i) through
which the former are passed.
The needles rest with their heads a to b, in the needle-board, extending outside, towards the
cylinder, for about ^ inch. The rear part of the needle — the loop — is passed between two bars
of the spring-frame, ;/,/>, and held by the latter firmly, but with sufficient play for a longitudinal
motion for pressing towards their springs. The pin 0, is inserted for holding the springs in their
places, requiring one pin for each vertical row of needles. If the heads of the needles are
pushed backwards, in the direction of arrow, the hooks are also moved. If the needles are not
pushed, the upper crooks of the hook will remain in position, as in drawing, over the griffebar;
and raising the latter, will consequently raise every one of these hooks.
10 J^ tlf s^ irm 7^ t.|
Fig. iooo.
E
'2,
E
W.
E
I] y
Fig. iooi.
Therefore, if a blank card is pressed against the 2o8 needles of the machine, used for present
illustration, all the needles and hooks will be pushed back out of the way of contact with the
griffebars, thus causing an empty lift when they are raised ; while by pressing with an empty
cylinder, or with a card containing as many holes as the machine has needles, and so placed that
the holes are exactly opposite the needles, none of them would be moved, and each hook would
remain vertical over its griffebar; and raising the griffe will lift every hook.
The griffe which has its section of the different bars represented in Fig. lOOO, is shown in its
top view in Fig. lOOi. In the drawing, the dark-shaded places, marked /, are the hollow places
through which the screw is fastened to the plunger.
Z-
► • • • « .
996*99e»«*e«e«ae*e «•••••
• 9®9Cj0 99iSS® Oei9e9e®999®e9
Fig. I002.
The cylinder around which the cards are working (for operating the needles and these in
turn the hooks, neck-cords, leashes and warp-threads) is carried in the batten. This batten has
sufficient vibratory motion to enable it to move the required distance away from the needle-board.
After coming in contact with the catch, it still moves until the cylinder has performed a complete
turn. The cylinder is steadied in the required position by the hammer pressing, by means of
a spring, towards the lantern from below. Fig. 1002 represents the cylinder with the lantern for
turning the same, by means of the catches mentioned before.
The raising of the " griffe," which in turn also operates the other parts of the Jacquard machine,
as previously explained, is generally done by means of a lever arrangement. Fig. 1 003 represents
the perspective view of a 400 single-acting Jacquard machine (W. P.Uhlinger, Philadelphia, builder).
252
Fig^. 1004 illustrates the " Rise and Fall Shed Jacquard " as built by the Geo. W. Stafford
Manufacturing Co., Providence, R. I.
The Jacquard cards have, for regulating the
required raising and non-raising of the hooks,
holes punched so as to allow their respective
needles to penetrate into the cylinder holes and
are interlaced in an endless arrangement; hence,
one card is brought after the other in rotation
towards the needles.
If using a great number of cards in a set,
they are made to fold into a " rack." This is done
by attaching a wire i to i ^ inches longer than
the cards, at the junction of say every 12th to
20th card. (See r. Fig. 1005, between cards
indicated by a and b^j
Modification of the Single-Lift Jacquard Machine.
During the past few years various modifications in building Jacquard machines have been
Fig. 1003.
Fig. 1004.
introduced. The object of this has been either the simplifying of designing and card stamping
or the saving of card paper and labor for special
fabrics, as in the " Ingrain Carpet Machines,"
the "Brussels Carpet Machines," etc.
Again, the item of "speed," and conse-
quently more production in cloth for a given "~
time, in damasks and similar fabrics, has been
satisfactorily solved by the construction of the
"Double-Lift, Double-Cylinder Jacquard Ma-
chine." Another principle of a modification
Fig. 1005.
253
over the single-lift Jacquard machine is to be found in the " Double- Lift, Single-Cylinder
Jacquard Machine," which has for its object the saving of the warp by operating each individual
thread only when required to, by the changes from tip to down, or vice versa, in the design or
weave, etc. These machines are, in their principle of construction and method of operation,
individually explained and illustrated on pages 67 to 72 in my treatise on "The Jacquard
Machine."
Card Stamping.*
As mentioned previously, holes are punched in each individual card, according to the design.
This is done for each row at one stroke or revolution of the piano card-punching machine.
Fig. 1006 illustrates the perspective view of such a machine (operated by belt-power), while
Fig. 1006a represents the top view of the " head" (cover taken off).
In the same, the small open spaces for holding the punches for stamping the holes in the
cards for the needles, as well as the large opening for holding the punch for stamping the peg
holes, are clearly visible.
Al- ia.ll.-.'--,4,-r>i»«-iv;;T' i I. " . //
.10.9 J ^fe_5. ■• V
'Iff '
Fig. 1006a.
Fig. 1006.
If several sets of cards of one design are required for starting a corresponding number of
looms, and the first set has been produced by the piano machine, exact duplicates can be obtained
by means of the " Repeating Machine." In this machine the entire card is duplicated at one
stroke.
The Jacquard Harness.
To the lower end of the hooks in the Jacquard machine the neck-cords are adjusted. The
latter are passed separately through one of the corresponding holes of the perforated bottom
board. To these neck-cords are fastened the leashes of the Jacquard-harness, about one-half to
one inch above the frame containing the rods which guide the neck-cords vertically, as the hooks
are raised and lowered.
The different harness-cords are threaded through the "comber-board," or the "journals," in
various ways, and are called "tie-ups." After the harness-cords are threaded the heddles are
adjusted.
*In a chapter on "Preparing and Stamping of Jacquard Cards," comprising pages 85 to 102 of the
author's treatise on "The Jacquard Machine," a thorough and complete description, conspicuously illustrated
(45 illustrations), of the above subject will be found.
254
In my treatise, already alluded to, the different methods of "tying-up of Jacquard harness"
have been classified as follows:
I. — Straight-through tie-up.
II. — Straight-through tie-up for repeated effects, in one repeat of the design.
III. — Straight-through tie-up of Jacquard loom, having front harness attached.
IV. — Centre tie-up.
V. — Straight-through and point tie-ups combined.
VI. — Straight-through tie-up in two sections.
VII. — Tying-up a Jacquard harness for figuring part of the design with an extra warp.
VIII. — Straight-through tie-up in three sections.
IX. — Point tie-up in three sections.
X. — Combination tie-up in two sections.
XI. — Straight-through tie-up in four sections.
XII. — Tying-up of Jacquard looms with compound harness attached.
XIII. — Tying-up Jacquard looms for gauze fabrics.
XIV". — Tying-up harness for carpets.
Each of these methods of tying-up is treated in a thorough manner and is fully illustrated
by over one hundred special illustrations.
The Comber-board and Methods of Figuring for it.
The comber-board is placed in the Jacquard-loom for the purpose of guiding the harness-
cords from the neck-cords to their
respective position as required by the
fabric for operating the heddles (to
which they are adjusted on their
other extreme end.) There are two
kinds of comber-boards in use. a.
Comber-boards made of a solid piece
of material, either wood or porcelain,
or constructed by using wires crossing
each other and adjusted in a frame
(see Fig. 1 007). b. Comber-boards
made in strips of either wood or
porcelain and adjusted afterwards in
a wooden frame (see Figs. 1007a and
ioo7<^).
Fig. 1007
Comber-boards Made of a Solid Piece of Material.
Before ordering a comber-board, it is necessary to know the texture of the fabric in the
loom, and also the number or size of the machine to be used ; for the number of holes per inch
in the comber-board is regulated by this. Afterwards, we may, if we choose, arrange the
number of holes in depth of the comber-board, according to the number of griffe-bars in the
machine (guided by the fabric to be made). We may have eight griffe-bars in the machine, and
arrange the comber-board 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 rows deep; or we may have 12 griffe-bars in the
machine, and arrange the comber-board 12, 10, 8, 6, 4 rows deep.
Rule : The number of holes to one inch in the comber-board must equal the texture of the
fabric to one inch in loom.
The width and depth of the comber-board are regulated by the width of the cloth required
255
and by the design to be used. The greater the number of rows in depth the closer they must
be- the same is true of the width. It is necessary to take care not to have the comber-board
too deep as the consequence would be a bad shed; furthermore, we must not have the holes too
close to-ether as in a high texture this would make trouble in the weavmg through the catch-
ing of the heddles with \he warp, and also cause useless chafing of the warp-threads and the
heddles.
The Chang-ing- of Solid Comber-boards for Different Textures.
In Tacquard work we generally use the same texture, or as near as possible, as the loom is
tied up for; but changes are unavoidable. If we must reduce the texture of the fabric m a Jac-
quard loom tied up with a solid comber-board, we must also reduce proportionally the number of
hooks and needles used in designing, and hence the number of heddles used per inch. These
heddles will thus be left empty when drawing in the warp. To accomplish this, lift the tui
machine and throw the hooks not to be used from the griffe-bars, lowering m this way every mail
which is not to be used. Sometimes there may be only one, two, three, or four hooks to be
thrown off, on account of the design. At other times it may be necessary that one-eighth, or one-
fourth, or even one-half, of the whole number shall be dropped for this purpose.
Comber-boards Made in Strips and Adjusted Afterwards in a Frame.
By these comber-boards which are used to a great advantage on narrow loom work up to
36-inch fabrics, we can change the texture for the fabric ; for the strips composing the comber-
Fig. 1007a.
*c:
r f r
a.
■^
10.
0. ^-
Dcc
%^
2*^
l*^
3 a..
n^ lUJJfcJ^^MM^I El? T 1
Fig. 10073.
board may be drawn apart, thus changing the high texture to lower. To give a
standing. Figs. 1007a and 1007^^ are given.
Fig. 1007^ represents an 8-row deep comber-board, a, b, c, d, composed of 10
are set close together. By examining each strip 5 cross-rows of holes will be found,
whole number of holes 400.
Suppose this comber-board is intended for a texture of lOO ends per inch; this
the width of the fabric (shown below, i, k to /, m) 4 inches.
In Fig. 1007a, the comber-board is arranged for a texture of half as many ends
per inch, and the 10 strips are arranged accordingly; the empty places between the
same size as the strips themselves, and the fabric design below the comber-board is
correspond.
clear under-
strips which
making the
will give for
, or 50 holes
strips are of
arranged to
256
GOBELIN TAPESTRY.
Tapestry is neither real weaving nor true embroidering. Though wrought upon a loom and
upon a warp stretched out along its frame, there is no filling thrown across the threads with a
shuttle, but the filling is worked with many short threads of various colors, put in with a needle.
Tapestry runs back into remote antiquity. The Greeks and Romans used tapestry for cur-
tains and other hangings; and the use of it for like purposes was common throughout Europe in
the succeeding ages. "Arras" was the usual name for hangings of this kind, owing to the excel-
lence of the work produced in that town in England. "French tapestry" has long been famous
also. Francis I. brought Flemish workmen to Fontainebleau, and the establishment was kept up
by his successors. A hundred years later, Colbert, the celebrated minister to Louis XIV., took
under his protection a manufactory which had been set up b)^ two brothers, of the name of
"Gobelin," originally dyers; and in a very short time the productions of the "Hotel royal des
Gobelins" were universally admired. The well-known tapestry which for many generations hung
upon the walls of the House of Lords, London, England, and which were destroyed by the fire
of 1834, were Flemish, and executed in the reign of
Queen Elizabeth to commemorate the destruction of
the Spanish Armada. But the culminating point in
the history of tapestry was when Rafaelle was employed
i|M l^w^ Mn-H n^W MW tefefeaj j^ to make the designs for a series of Scripture subjects, to
J» H ^^C'^^ ^^sa 'Bs^jgs '^^M be hung upon the walls of the Sistine chapel in Rome.
lL_ liJLL ^^H— Ti,™, '™1™. „,„_ L Tapestry work is the most costly and effective of
J _.■ II l.DJ ' ' ■ M the textile manufacture. We will next explain the
■1 (IL 1 1 [i ' 'J, L method of operation as observed m the manufacture of
T^ mirn M^tH nvffirn rTrn rWn m these fabrics during the last three centuries. (Older
kinds of tapestries, for example the well-known
" Bayeux tapestry" were wrought by the needle on the
surface of the cloth and thus are actually produced by
embroidering). As mentioned before, the warp-threads
/^ U-..^^-| W'-JO:- 4 ^^i§j P^fl^ M^ ^^ ^^^ stretched in a frame (loom) in a vertical position for
xiia V-4iir =- 1 h rr-A l^sd em^ bMbad k the weavers. The method of interlacing the filling
into the before mentioned warp is done after the prin-
ciple of the plain weave by means of various numbers
of colored filling-threads each guided by a needle.
These different colors of filling are arranged after a cer-
tain design. For this purpose warp-threads in the required position are pulled by the weaver
towards himself with one hand, and with the other hand the required needle (bobbin) block con-
taining the color of filling as called for by the design is inserted. Supposing in the present example
the weaver pulls towards himself the uneven numbered warp-threads (1,3, 5, etc.) with the left hand,
and inserts the block containing the required colored thread in the direction from left to right, by
means of the right hand. Next he pulls the even numbered warp-threads (2,4, 6, etc.) and returns
the block before mentioned. In this mannei the weaver continues to entwine one color until a
certain part of the design requiring this color is finished. He takes next another color as required
by the design and finishes, similar to the before explained method, any place where this color is
required. In this manner he continues to treat each color as required by the design. The beat-
ing up of the filling so inserted is done by means of a comb. Taking the fabric into consideration
in its vertical position it will be seen that there is no interlacing from one color effect to the other;
therefore these effects must be sewed together after the embroidering is done.
Diagram Fig. 1008 illustrates the method of operation for such a Gobelin.
Fk;. 1008.
APPENDIX.
Analysis of the Various Textile Fabrics and Calculations Necessary for their
Manufacture.
The analysis of textile fabrics forms a prominent part of the knowledge required in a com-
petent designer and manufacturer. In addition to theory a practical experience in the construc-
tion of the various fabrics is likewise called for. Thorough analysis consists not only in
"picking out" the arrangement of the interlacing of warp and filling (the weave), but also in ascer-
taining the materials of which both systems of threads are composed, the process such raw
materials must be subjected to before the required yarn or thread is produced, necessary for the
construction of the fabric on the loom, as also the various processes commonly designated as finish-
ing.
The analysis of a fabric is not always required for duplicating the fabric, as in some in-
stances it has for its main object only one of the previously mentioned points, as to materials used,
amount of twist in yarn, process of finishing necessary, etc. But whichever special point is re-
quired to be ascertained, or should a complete reproduction of a given sample be required, it is al-
ways best to have a clear understanding (or analysis) of all points. For example : A knowledge
of the weave will be the guide for a special analysis as to the materials to use — the amount of twist
to put into the yarn — or the finish required, for the harder a weave " takes up" the stronger the
warp yarn must be (as to quality of material to use, or amount of twist to be put into the yarn)
so as to resist the amount of wear incurred during the weaving. The weave employed in inter-
lacing the warp and filling, and the raw materials used in the manufacture of the yarn, will influ-
ence the process of finishing required, etc.
The complete analysis of textile fabrics can thus be classified under the following eight points;
I. Ascertaining the Weight per Yard and Ends per Inch in Warp and Filling for the Fin-
ished Fabric from a Given Sample.
II. Ascertaining the Weave.
III. Ascertaining Raw Materials Used in the Construction of Textile Fabrics.
IV. Ascertaining the Texture Required in Loom for a Given Fabric Sample.
V. Ascertaining the Arrangement of Threads in a Sample according to their Color and
Counts for the Warp and Filling.
VI. Ascerta'ning the Sizes of the Yarns, or their Counts, as Necessary to be Produced For
the Reproduction of the Given Sample.
VII. Ascertaining the Weight of the Cloth per Yard from the Loom.
VIII. Ascertaining the Process of Finishing Necessary, and Amount of Shrinkage of the
Fabric during this Process.
These eight points, when carefully considered, will in most cases produce the required object,
"a thorough analysis " or a thorough understanding of the construction of the fabric with which
the manufacturer has to deal.
I. Ascertaining the Weight per yard of the Finished .Fabric, and its Finished Texture
(Ends per inch in Warp and Filling).
Usually the sample given to the designer for analysis is less in length than one yard (of the
finished fabric), and generally narrower than the finished width of the cloth ; oftentimes only one
or two square inches, or even less, being furnished. Should, however, one or more yards of a
(257)
258
fabric, having its regular width be given, it is easy for the designer to solve the question by
weighing the cloths given and dividing the weight thus ascertained by the number of yards in
the sample. The result will be the weight per yard of the finished fabric. But when the size
of the sample submitted is small (less than one yard) the weight per yard must be found by
figuring in proportions.
Rule for Ascertaining from a Small Sample {finished) the Weight of the Fabric in Ounces for One
Yard,
Cut your sample to a known size, and divide the number of square inches thus derived into
the number of square inches which one yard of the fabric will contain.
1944 square inches f wide fabrics = 54 inches wide.
972 " " I- " " 27 "
Multiply the result with the weight in grains of your sample and divide the product by 437^
which will give you the ounces per yard for the fabric in question.
For example : Suppose you have a f wide fabric. The sample cut, or stamped, with a die,
3 inches by 3 inches equals 9 square inches. Suppose the weight of these 9 square inches is
25 grains.
Question: Required the weight in ounces of one yard of cloth, being f wide?
Answer : I or 54 inches wide fabric 54 x 3^ or 1944 square inches,
1944 -=-9 = 216X25 = 5400 -^ 437-5 ■=^ 12.34 oz. ; thus the weight of the fabric is 12}^ oz.
Another example. Take a f wide fabric. The sample cut, or stamped with a die 3 inches
by 4 inches, equals 12 square inches. Suppose the weight of these 12 square inches is 28 grains.
Question : Required the weight in ounces of one yard of cloth to be 27 inches wide.
Answer : 27 inches wide fabric = 27 x 3^ or 972 square inches.
972 -J- 12 = 81 X 28 = 2268 -^ 437-5 = 5.18 oz., weight of fabric per yard.
Table for Ascertaining the Number of Square Inches in any Fabric with a Width of 18 Inches
to 5^ Inches.
Width of Fabric
in inches.
Number of
square inches
in one yard.
Width of Fabric
in inches.
Number of
square inches
in one yard.
•
18
648
37-
J332
19
684
38.
1368
20
720
39-
1404
21
756
40.
1440
22
792
41.
1476
23
828
42.
1512
24
864
43-
1548
25
900
44.
1584
26
936
45-
1620
27
972
46.
1656
28
1008
47.
1692
29
1044
48.
1728
30
1080
49-
1764
31
1116
50.
1800
32
1 152
51-
1836
33
1188
52.
1872
34
1224
53-
1908
35
1260
54-
1944
36
1296
60.
2160
To Ascertain the Finished Texture of the Submitted Sample.
For this purpose unravel a few ends of the warp and filling of each system on one side of
the sample, and count the number of threads one inch contains (in each system). In the places
259
from which the fiUing has been extracted the texture for the warp will be found, and in the places
from which the warp-threads have been drawn the filling texture will be found. It is best to
ascertain the texture for each system of threads in at least two different places, so that if found
to be the same it will serve as a test for correct work. If found not to correspond, it will require
a third counting of the respective threads per inch, so as to ascertain which of the two previous
countings is correct. Fabrics having a fancy arrangement with regard to their threads frequently
require to have the number of threads ascertained in more than one inch. In some fabrics the
texture must be found by counting the number of threads in one repeat of the pattern and then
dividing this result by the number of inches these threads occupy in the fabric.
Example. — i8o threads of warp in one repeat of the pattern occupy 3^ inches space in the
finished fabric. Question: Find the texture (average). Answer: 180 ^ 3^ = 48 threads, tex-
ture of warp in given sample.
II. Ascertaining the ^Veave.
This part of the analysis of a fabric is based first of all upon a thorough comprehension of
the theory of constructing the various weaves for single cloth, double cloth, etc. It also requires,
in dealing with heavy fulled fabrics, or fabrics having the face filling broken during the process of
finishing, a considerable amount of patience.
Ascertaining the weave implies to the designer that he is to solve from a sample the manner
in which both systems of threads, composing the fabric, interlace each other, and this is techni-
cally known as the "picking-out" process. An experienced designer will in most cases ascertain
the weave necessary for producing a given sample by a mere glance at it, while in fabrics having
fine counts of silk or cotton yarn the microscope will assist him in designating the weave without
"picking-out." But as such skill can only be arrived at after years of practice and experience we
will define the "picking-out" process for the benefit of the unskilled.
If it is required to ascertain the weave in a fabric having a nap on its surface, the nap must
be carefully removed by singeing it off by holding it over a flame, care being taken not to burn
the threads. Next carefully remove the burnt refuse adhering to the structure with a sharp knife.
(It is well to have a sharp knife or razor always at hand for this purpose.)
Always endeavor to get the samples for "picking-out" sufficiently large, containing at least
two or three repeats of the weave, warp and filling-ways, in excess of the amount 01" cloth
necessary for liberating threads in each system, so as to get the proper starting-point for commen-
cing to pick-out. If a sample is submitted for "picking-out" which does not contain a complete
repeat of the weave, dissect the amount on hand and finish the complete weave in accordance with
the instructions given in the theory of constructing weaves. The experienced designer,
when he gets a sample for dissection, readily understands which system of threads are the warp
and which the filling, but to the inexperienced this will prove the first difficulty which will have
to be mastered. To aid in this the following rules are given, which if carefully con^idered (with
reference to the sample given) must greatly assist the novice in solving the problem.
If the sample submitted for " picking-out " contains a part of the selvage, the latter will
readily indicate warp from filling, for the selvage-threads always run in the direction of
the warp.
If the threads in one system are "harder" twisted than in the other, the hard-twisted threads
are generally the warp system.
If the sample submitted for analyzing has what is technically known as a "face-finish"
(kersey, beaver, doeskin, broadcloth, etc.), the direction of the " nap" indicates the warp.
The "counts" of yarn found used in each system will often assist in ascertaining which is the
warp and which is the filling, for in most instances the yarn used for warp is of a finer number
than the filling.
260
Fig. 1009.
If the fabric has cotton yarn for one system of threads and woolen for the other (as in union
fabrics), the cotton yarn is generally the warp yarn.
If in the sample submitted for analysis the one system of threads is found to have been sized
or starched, and not the other, the former is the warp.
If the sample contains "reed marks" (or im-
perfections known to the weaver as being caused
only by the warp system), such imperfections
<). |||l||illillil|||il|||'ilii|tffHM^ (iitlllil!llllllllllllillMll!ll!lllllllllt4iBt' readily characterize the respective systems of
I ^^ B ^ ^ B ^M i I llllllllliilllil 1 1 II Hi threads.
Another guide for distinguishing the warp
from the filling is found in the "style" of the
respective fabrics submitted for "picking out."
In fabrics having a striped character, or check
effects in which the one direction of the lines is
prominent compared with the others, the direc-
tion of the stripes, or the prominent lines in
the check, indicate the warp system.
In fabrics composed of two systems of filling (face filling and backing) and one system of
warp, the heavy and soft-spun filling, known as the " backing," indicates itself, and thus the system
of threads.
Fabrics are generally dissected by in-
vestigating the method of interlacing the
filling into the warp; some fabrics require
their weaves to be dissected by ascertaining
the interlacing of successive warp-threads
in the filling, such as the corkscrews, diago-
nals and similar fabrics. Weaves in pile
fabrics, such as velvets, Astrakhans, etc., are
ascertained the quickest by analyzing the
body structure.
The instrument required for "picking
out " is a strong needle with a sharp point.
In some instances the microscope is found
to be of much service. The work of picking
out a sample is most readily accomplished
by proceeding as follows :*
Clear off the nap or fibres on the sur-
face of the sample as previously mentioned.
In fabrics without a nap this is, of course,
not required. Next unravel sufficient filling
on top of the fabric, and warp on the left
hand side, to produce two fringed edges of
say about y^ to ^'inch in length. If you
should desire to save, from the sample sub-
mitted for analysis, as much as possible,
make straight cuts with the scissors at a distance of about ^3 to ^ inches from where you want
to stop dissecting threads This procedure is illustrated by diagram Fig. 1009. A-B-C-D, sample
submitted for "picking out." Arrow O direction of warp. Arrow 0^ direction of filling.
*Use picking out of the filling from the structure in the example given for explanation.
Fig. ioio.
/
Fig. ioii.
261
The cuts in the fabric are shown at the places indicated by e and /. Letter 5 indicates the
place where the first warp-thread and the first pick meet — the point for commencing to " pick-out."
After the sample is prepared according to the illustration just given, raise the first pick about
tV of an inch with the "picking-out needle." See Fig. loio.
Place the sample in the left hand asshown in diagram loi i, next ascertain the arrangement of
interlacing pick number i, warp-ways, until repeat is obtained.
Every time a warp-thread is found situated
above the filling, put a corresponding indication
on the respective square of the designing paper
(with pencil marks or prick holes with the
needle), whenever you find the filling covering
(floating over) one, two or more successive
warp-threads, leave correspondingly one, two
or more successive squares empty in the lateral
line of small squares upon the designing paper.
After the intersecting of number i pick
has been clearly ascertained liberate this pick
out of the fringed warp edge and duplicate
the procedure with pick number 2, to be fol-
lowed by picks 3, 4, 5, etc., until the repeat is
obtained. If dealing with a soft-spun filling
yarn be careful in raising it, to avoid breaking
the thread ; also be careful that after the
interlacing of the pick has been ascertained, it
is entirely removed so that no small pieces of the thread remain in the fringed part of the warp;
for if such should be the case it might lead to mistakes in examining the next adjoining pick.
III. Ascertaining Raw Materials Used in the Construction of a Fabric.
In most cases an examination of the threads liberated during "picking-out" with the naked
eye will be sufficient to distinguish the material used in the construction of the fabric yet sometimes
it is found necessary to use the microscope or a chemical test for their detection. For example : Tests
might be required to show whether a certain thread is all wool or whether a certain thread is
all silk, etc. For solving such questions, the following methods are given :
A common and ready method for ascertaining the difference between animal and vegetable
fibres is to burn some of the threads of yarn in a flame. The vegetable fibre is composed of
carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, while the animal fibre, in addition to these, contains nitrogen.
By burning, the threads used in testing the first mentioned fibre will result in carbonic acid and
water, while those of the latter, or of animal fibre, result in combinations containing nitrogen which
element readily makes itself known by its peculiar smell or disagreeable odor similar to burnt
feathers. Another point which it is well to note is the rapidity with which the thread com-
posed of vegetable origin burns as compared with the burning of the thread having an animal
substance for its basis. In the latter case, only a little bunch of porous carbon forms itself at the
end submitted to the flame, and it does not form a flame as in the case of the former. As in
some instances these two tests will be found unreliable, a more exact analysis may be required. If
so, proceed after one or the other of the following formulas :
To Detect Cotton or other Vegetable Fibre in Woolen or Silk Fabrics.
Boil the sample to be tested in a concentrated solution of taustic soda or potash, and the
wool or silk fibre will rapidly dissolve, producing a soapy liquid. The cotton or other vegetable
262
fibre therein will remain undisturbed, even though boiling in weak caustic alkalies for several
hours, care being taken to keep the samples below the surface of the solution during the opera-
tion. If during this steeping process it is exposed to the air, the cotton fibre becomes rotten,
especially when the exposed portions are also at the same time brought under the influence of
steam. (Any cotton fibres remaining from the testing, if colored, may be bleached in chlorine
water, and afterwards dissolved with cupro-ammonia.)
Prof. E. Kopp gives the following test : " Wool is only soluble in cupro-ammonia by the
aid of heat. Concentrated acids, such as sulphuric, nitric, or preferably hydrochloric, act in the
cold upon silk, but not on wool. The dissolving properties of cupro-ammonia on all vegetable
fibres, make it one of the most reliable of tests. Cupro-ammonia is prepared by suspending
strips of copper in concentrated ammonia in a large flask, tightly corked and occasionally shaken,
so as to bring the metal in contact with the oxygen of the air. By degrees a tolerably concen-
trated solution of oxide of copper in ammonia is obtained which dissolves cotton, and other
vegetable fibres, leaving animal fibres untouched."
To Detect Silk from Wool or the Vegetable Fibres.
Prof. Hummel gives the following process in his treatise on "The Dyeing of Textile Fabrics:"
" The best solvent for silk is an alkaline solution of copper and glycerine, made up as follows :
Dissolve i6 grams copper sulphate in 140-160 c. c. distilled water, and add 8-10 grams pure
glycerine (Sp. Gr. 1.24); a solution of caustic soda has to be dropped gradually into the mixture
till the precipitate at first formed just re-dissolvcs ; excess of NaOH must be avoided." This
solution does not dissolve either wool or the vegetable fibres and thus serves as a distinguishing
test.
Still another method is given, as follows: Concentrated zinc chloride, 138° Tw. (Sp. Gr. 1.69)
made neutral or basic by boiling with excess of zinc oxide, dissolves silk, slowly if cold, but very
rapidly if heated, to a thick gummy liquid. This reagent may serve to separate or distinguish
silk from wool and the vegetable fibres, since these are not affected by it. If water be added to
the zinc chloride solution of silk, the latter is thrown down as a flocculent precipitate. Dried at
230° to 235° F the precipitate acquires a vitreous aspect, and is no longer soluble in ammonia.
Rules for Arranging the Fabric to be Tested and Methods for Ascertaining the
Various Percentages of Each Fibre Composing the Thread or Woven Cloth.
Cut the sample to be tested to a known size with a sharp pair of scissors, or stamp out the de-
sired quantity with a die, of which you know the exact size. Always use the largest sample avail-
able and be very accurate in cutting to measure. Next weigh the sample upon a scale (of great ac-
curacy) and make a careful memorandum of its weight; then submit the sample to one of the
above mentioned tests (adapted to the material to be tested), and dry the remaining fibre. Weigh
the latter after thoroughly dry and deduct the weight from the gross weight previously obtained.
The remainder will represent the weight of the fibre dissolved by the test.
" The amount of each kind of fibre in sample is in proportioii to ^ the percentage of each fibre
m a full piece of cloth."
Example : Required to ascertain percentage of cotton and wool fibres in a fabric.
Sample stamped with a die 2X4 inches = 8 square inches weighs 24 grains. Suppose
the "caustic soda" process for testing is used and the refuse of cotton, dried, weighs 8 grains.
Hence :
24 grains gross weight of cloth 8 square inches.
8 " weight of cotton in 8 square inches.
16 " " " wool " 8 square inches.
263
Or, 8 grains cotton in 24 grains gross weight ^331^ per cent, of 100.
16 " wool " 24 " " " = 662^ " " "
24 " 100
Answer: The cloth given for testing in the present example contains 33^ per cent, cotton
and 66^ per cent, wool, or, one-third of the mixture is cotton fibre and two-thirds wool fibre.
IV. To Ascertain the Texture of Fabrics Required in Loom.
Of all the different points required to be ascertained the present is probably the most difficult
to master, in fact, it can only be accomplished after considerable practical experience. To mate-
rially aid the novice in this work, it is strongly recommended that he provide himself with a col-
lection of different samples of finished fabrics with the given amount of shrinkage of each during
finishing. Such a collection he can afterwards use as a guide for ascertaining the texture of
similar fabrics.
T/ie Shrinkage of a Fabric in Width from Loom to Case {or Finished State).
The "setting" of a fabric in the loom, or the reed-space the warp must occupy during the
process of weaving, compared to the width of the fabric when finished (ready for the consumer)
is regulated by the raw material used, the manner in which the yarn has been produced, and the
different processes the fabric is to be subjected to during finishing.
Some kinds of woolen fabrics require a large amount of fulling, hence must be "set" wider
in the loom than fabrics having a similar material for their basis but requiring very little or no
fulling. For example, billiard-cloth must be "set" nearly twice as wide in the loom as its finished
width, while beavers, kerseys, and similar woolen fabrics need to be "set" but about one-half
their finished width wider, and fancy cassimeres from one-quarter to one-third. Worsted or
worsted and cotton dressgoods mostly require but very little wider "setting" in the loom than the
finished width of the fabric calls for. The weave itself has also a considerable influence in regu-
lating the shrinkage.
These general rules are worthy of consideration : The finer the quality, and the softer the
filling is spun, the more the cloth will shrink in width. If the filling is hard twisted, and of a
coarse nature, the cloth will have but little tendency to shrink. If the weave has a wide stitching,
it will produce a narrower fabric than when the texture is more closely intertwined. The
less tension put on the warp during weaving (''take-up") the narrower the fabric will be. In
comparing woolen and worsted yarn, the former produces fabrics which shrink more in width
than fabrics made with worsted yarn. This result, when produced from the same raw material, is
based upon the two different processes of ''carding" or "combing" the wool fibre. By carding
the wool every fibre, through mixing up in every shape and direction, is twisted in itself, and such
fibres always endeavor to resume their original position. By worsted combing the wool fibres are
separately united, besides being combined in one thread. Each fibre is its own, as placed in posi-
tion for forming the thread, and thus such a thread remains undisturbed in the fabric. The fabric
constructed out of such threads will keep wider than if using a wool-spun yarn of equal size and
under equal conditions.
Shrinkage or Take-up of Warp During Weaving.
We must also carefully consider the amount of take-up the warp is subjected to during
weaving, and the amount of shrinkage in length the cloth undergoes during the finishing process.
The latter point will not come into consideration in the case of fabrics which are ready for the
market when leaving the loom. The first mentioned shrinkage, or the "take-up" of the warp
during weaving, is different, and varies from fabrics requiring two, three, four or more
264
times the length in dressing than the fabric length woven, to fabrics in which the warp-length
dressed equals the fabric length woven or, if any difference, to be very little.
The points given in the previous chapter on the shrinkage in width of a fabric also apply to
the shrinkage of the fabric in length. The weave and the number of picks per inch are the chief ob-
ject in regulating the take-up of the zvarp during weaving, for example, a fabric interlaced with a far
stitching satin weave (say 8 to 12 harness) will "take-up" very little if any at all, unless we use an
unusually high texture of warp and filling. Thus, the oftener a warp-thread intersects the filling
in a given distance the greater the amount of take-up required for the warp. For this reason
fabrics which have two systems of weaves combined — suppose I -inch wide plain weave
\o alternate with a 2-inch wide 8-harness satin = 3 inches repeat, 10 repeats in width of fabric — re-
quire two beams — one beam to carry the warp for weaving the plain, and one beam for carrying the
warp for weaving the satin. This also applies to worsted fabrics made with woolen back-warps.
The amount of shrinkage in warp pile fabrics for its pile-warp is considerable. It is regulated by
the height of pile required and the amount of wires or loops per inch. Such fabrics may often
require their pile-warp dressed four to eight times longer than the piece measures woven. To
ascertain the exact percentage of " take-up " for a fabric needs experience and can only be mastered
after thorough study of the theory of constructing the different weaves, as well as the nature of
the different raw materials, with their various methods of preparations for the yarns, and the vari-
ous processes of finishing.
V. Ascertaining the Arrangement of Threads in a Sample, According to their Color
and their Counts, for the Warp and Filling.
During the process of "picking out" a fabric sample, it will be advisable to indicate on the
squared designing paper near each filling-thread as picked out, its color or general remarks as to
thickness, twist, etc. Also, to indicate the colors and size of the
I warp-threads as found in the sample dissected. (For illustration see
■g Fig. loi 2.) By proceeding in this manner it will be found that after a
certain number of successive threads in warp and filling have been
picked out, the same arrangement of using threads of various colors
•gg§gsl||g or counts, or both combined in the sample, repeats over again.
■5nBiani5niiaiii5iliW3Biack. This is classified as the "repeat of the pattern." All repeats of a
nnMMnnBBnnBDBmnnMBBiack. .... , , , .,- , ,
■■nnSBnnSSaSnnSynnBiSe'^' pattern must be similar to each other; thus, if we place two, three or
SBy^SSSnaSBSMnSMSBitck. more repeats of the sample above each other, they must in every
St
•8
c3 c=S3-t:-S= si
■■nnwinnBBnMnnBBnaBrown. instance cover itself in color, size or counts of threads, and method
^'^- '°^2- of interlacing.
Again, if a number of these repeats are placed near each other in the direction of the warp
and filling, they must connect. If patterns are found not to contain this peculiarity, or, in other
words, " do not repeat," they must be arranged so as to have this peculiarity, or be made to repeat.
The arrangement of the warp is known as the "dressing," while the arrangement of the filling
indicates the building of the "box-chain" in practical work.
VI. Ascertaining the Size of the Yarns (their Counts) Found in Sample, and the
Amount and Direction of Twist.
The size or thickness of a thread is ascertained generally by comparing the picked out thread
with a collection of yarns of the same material and of a known size. For this purpose prepare
a collection of woolen, worsted, cotton and silk yarns most commonly used. In fabrics requiring
no fulling, or only a very little, such as worsted dress goods, etc , weigh a small sample of the
threads and calculate from their length and weight the size of the yarn ; but as a general rule the
first given method will be found quick, correct and less troublesome to the designer. Care must
be taken to compare threads of which the counts are required to be ascertained with samples of
threads of a known size, which have previously been subjected to an equal amount of shrinkage
by " fulling " etc.; or, if such a thread cannot be obtained, compare the picked-out thread with the
standard threads of a similar material, but take into consideration the process the first mentioned
thread has been subjected to during the finishing process of the fabric it was a part of
VII. Ascertaining the Weight of Cloth per Yard from the Loom.
This subject, based entirely upon results obtained by previous points, forms the most inter-
esting work in the analysis of cloth. Whatever the size of sample may be which is submitted for
examination, and whatever the quantity of yards of cloth to be produced, the weight per yard
from loom will form the standard upon which future calculations in manufacturing must be based
by figuring in proportion. After knowing the number of threads required in the width of a
fabric submitted for analysis, the counts of the respective threads, and the dressing and the shrink-
age of the warp in weaving, it will be easy to ascertain the weight of warp yarn required.
Example A. Dressing: 4 threads black, 4 run woolen yarn.
2
<(
blue.
4
«
<(
«
4
<(
brown.
4
«
«
«
10 threads in repeat.
3,600 ends in full warp, 6 per cent, shrinkage or take up of warp during weaving.
Required: Find weight of warp yarn of each kind necessary for one yard of the woven
fabric.
100 — 6 = 94. Thus 94 : 100 : : 36 : X and 100 Y. T)^ ^= 3600 -^ 94 = 38.3.
Each individual thread requires 38.3 inches length dressed to produce 36 inches interwoven.
Hence 3,600 X 38.3 = 137,880 inches = 3,830 yards of warp required to produce one yard of
the woven fabric (plus amount of filling required).
3,830 yards 4 run yarn equal in weight 9.575 oz , ten threads repeat of the pattern, thus:
9.575 -^ 10 = 0.9575 oz. weight in proportion for each thread, consequently:
4 threads black = 4 X 0.9575 = 3.830 oz. per yard.
2 " blue =2X0.9575 = 1.915 " "
4 " brown = 4 X O.9575 = 3.830 " "
9.575 oz. total weight.
Answer: The previously given example requires
3.83 oz. 4 run black warp for each yard woven.
1.915 " 4 " blue
3.83 " 4 " brown
consequently 9.575 oz. weight of complete warp in one yard woven (3,600 threads 4
run yarn, six per cent, take up of warp).
The threads used are not always of the same counts. Two, three or more different sizes of
yarn may be called for in a fabric. If such is the case first ascertain the number of yards
required of each kind and next their weight. Suppose the previously given example read as
follows: Example B. 3,600 ends in warp — 6 per cent, shrinkage of warp in weaving.
Dressing: 4 threads brown 2.30s worsted.
2 " blue 2.28s
4 " black 2.32s "
10 threads repeat of pattern.
266
As explained in previously given example, 36 inches woven equal 38.3 inches dressed by-
allowing six per cent, take up.
3,600 ends in warp -^ by 10 threads in one repeat = 360 repeats of each thread ; thus,
4 threads brown 2.30s worsted = 360 X 4 = 1,440 threads {a).
2 " blue 2.28s " = 360 X 2 = 720 " (/).
4 " black 2.32s " = 360 X 4 = 1,440 " (c).
10 threads in repeat. 3,6oo threads in warp.
a. Brown, requires 2.30s worsted = 8400 yards to i lb.
36 : 38.3 : : 1440 : x
38.3 X 1440 -^ 36 = 1532 yards of 2.30s brown worsted required.
8400 : 16 : : 1532 : X
1532 X 16 -^ 8400 = 2.918 oz. of brown 2 30s worsted required for I yard cloth woven.
l>. Blue, calls for 2.28s worsted = 7840 yards to i lb.
36 : 38.3 : : 720 : x
38.3 X 720 -r- 36 = 766 yards of 2.28s blue worsted required.
7840 : 16 : : 766 : x
766 X 16 -^ 7840 = I-S63 oz. of blue 2.28s worsted required for I yard cloth woven.
c. Black calls for 2.32s worsted = 8960 yards to i lb. The number of threads are equal to a,
thus: 1532 yards of 2.32s black worsted required.
8960 : 16 : : 1532 : x
1532 X 16 -^ 8960 = 2.735 oz. of black 2.32s worsted required for i yard of cloth woven.
Answer: The previously given example requires the following amount of yarns :
Brown, 2.30s worsted = 2.918 oz.
Blue, 2.28s " = 1.563 "
Black, 2.32s " = 2.735 "
7.216 oz. weight of complete warp in i yard woven.
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS
Of Inches Dressed and One Yard Woven, with Reference to a "Take-up" During
Weaving, for i per cent, to 50 per cent.
Per cent, of take-up
during weaving.
Number of inches required
dressed to produce one yard or
36 incites woven.
Per cent, of take-up
during weaving.
Number of inches required
dressed to produce one yard or
36 inches woven.
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
36-36
36-73
37-11
37-50
37-89
38-30
38-71
39-13
39-56
40.00
40-45
40.91
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
25
30
40
50
41-38 .
41.86
42-35
42-85
43.37
43-90
44.44
45.00
48.00
51-43
60.00
72.00
The next point for ascertaining the weight of cloth per yard from the loom is to ascertain the
amount of filling required for one yard.
To explain this subject let us continue the example previously given and indicated by A.
Suppose those 3600 ends require 72 inches wide setting in reed (aUowing i inch for width of
267
selvage on each side), and suppose the fiUing found used in sample submitted for analysis calls for
3!/^ run black woolen yarn and 52 picks per inch in loom.
Question: Find amount of filling required for weaving one yard.
52 (picks) X 72 (width) = 3744 inches filling required for i inch of cloth, or 3744 yards of
filling required for I yard of cloth.
3744 yards of 35^ run filling (3744 -^ 350) = 10.697 oz.
Anszver : 10.697 oz. filhng required for weaving i yard cloth in the present example.
If two, three or more kinds of threads of various counts of fillings are used, ascertain each
kind independent of the other. For illustration let us continue example B as previously given
for ascertaining the warp.
Suppose the width of fabric (including ^ inch selvage for each side) calls for 64 inches and
the arrangement of filling for 6 picks 2.26s black worsted and for 6 picks 2.28s brown worsted
= 12 picks in repeat of pattern and 56 picks per inch in fabric.
Question : Find the amount of filling required for weaving i yard.
56 (picks) X 64 (width) = 3584 yards of filling required to weave i yard of cloth.
Thus: 3584 -^ 2 = 1792 yards 2.26s worsted black (a), and 1792 yards 2,28s worsted
brown {d), the filling required to weave i yard of cloth.
a. 2.26s worsted (= 7280 yards to I lb.). Thus : 1792 : x : : 7280 : 16
1792 X16 -^ 7280 = 3.938 oz. of 2.26s black worsted required.
d. 2.28s worsted (= 7840 yards to i lb.). Thus : 1792 : x : : 7840 : 16
1792 X 16 -;- 7840 = 3.657 oz. of 2.28s brown worsted required.
Answer : 3.938 oz. of 2.26s black worsted.
3.657 oz. of 2.28s brown worsted,
7.595 oz. the amount of filling required for weaving i yard of cloth in the present
example.
The next thing to be ascertained will be the amount of selvage threads to be used, and their
respective weight.
Suppose example A calls for 30 threads 2 run (woolen yarn) for selvage for each side of
the fabric, thus 60 threads for complete selvage.
+ 6 per cent, take-up = 63.82 yards of two run selvage, equal to 0.319 oz. of yarn for i
yard of woven cloth.
For example B. allow 30 threads of 2.20s worsted for selvage on each side of the fabric ; thus
60 threads for complete selvage.
+ 6 per cent, take up = 63.82 yards of 2.20s worsted = 0.182 oz, of yarn for i yard of
woven cloth.
Example A. thus requires :
9.575 oz. warp yarn,
10.697 oz. filling,
0.319 oz. selvage threads.
20,591 oz. the weight of l yard of cloth from the loom.
Example B. thus requires ;
7.216 oz, warp,
7.595 oz. filling,
0.182 oz. selvage threads.
14.993 oz. the weight of i yard of cloth from the loom.
After the weight of i yard of the cloth woven is ascertained it is easy to calculate the
amount of yarn required for i piece of cloth or any number, by simply multiplying the weight
per yard with the number of yards required.
268
For example : Suppose previously given example A to be applied to a fabric 40 yards " from
loom." Thus :
9.575 oz. X 40 = 383 oz. = 23 lbs. 15 oz. warp yarn,
10.697 oz. X 40 r= 427.88 oz. == 26 lbs. 11.88 oz. filling yarn,
0.319 oz. X 40 = 12.76 oz. = 12.76 oz. selvage.
20.591 oz. total, 51 lbs. 7.64 oz. weight for i piece 40 yards long.
Proof: 20.591 oz., weight of cloth per yard, x 40, number of yards of cloth required, equals
823.64 oz., -^ 16 ^ 51 lbs. 7.64 oz.
Suppose the previously given example under B applied to the following —
Question: Find the amount of yarn required for producing 20 pieces, each 50 yards Ion f:r
from loom, thus:
20 pieces X 50 yards each cut = 1000 yards of cloth required, hence
7.216 oz. X 1000 = 7216 oz. = 451 lbs.
7.595 " X 1000 =7595 " =474 " II oz-
0.182 " X 1000= 182 " = II " 6 "
14.993 937 lbs. I oz. weight required for 20 pieces,
each 50 yards long, or 1000 yards of cloth woven.
Proof: 14.993 oz. weight per yard of cloth X looo (number of yards of cloth woven)
14993 oz. ^ 16 = 937 lbs. I oz.
VIII. Ascertaining the Process of Finishing Necessary and the Amount of Shrinkage
of the Fabric. t
The shrinkage of a fabric during finishing is regulated by the amount of fulling required.
Woolen fabrics, and especially such as are constructed out of soft spun yarn, shrink more than
any other textile fabric.
In arranging the width of a fabric for weaving (" setting " in reed) we must calculate the
amount of .shrinkage of the fabric on the loom as well as during the process of finishing. The
shrinkage in length of the fabric can more readily be regulated during the finishing process
(fulling). Worsted fabrics, which require no fulling — only scouring — shrink very little, while
cotton goods, which require only calendering or pressing, etc., do not lose any, and may possibly
rather gain, in length.
During the process of carding and spinning, oil, water, etc., are taken up by the wool, and
during dyeing some of the dye-stuff will remain loosely in the yarn. These substances must be
removed in the scouring of the cloth; therefore we must allow for a corresponding loss in weight
for such fabrics from their relative weight in the loom until the fabric is scoured.
The subsequent processes, such as gigging and shearing, will also reduce the previous loom
weight of the fabric. Fabrics requiring none of these processes consequently need none of these
considerations, while fabrics requiring a starching, calendering or flocking may even gain in
weight during such an operation.
The shrinkage of fabrics in finishing requires, similar to the two different widths (width of
fabric when finished, and its width in reed), to figure in two different lengths during calculations.
a the length of the cloth from loom, b its finished length. It will be easily understood that when
orders are given for a certain number of yards from a buyer or the commission house, they con-
sider the number of yards given as the "finished yards"; therefore the percentage that the fabric
shrinks during the finishing process must be added for ascertaining the number of yards required
''from loom," or woven. Take-up during weaving added, will give us a third length, or the length
of warps dressed, while the shrinkage of a fabric in finishing regulates, as previously mentioned,
the width of the fabric in loom, in addition to the width of the finished fabric.
269
GRADING OF THE VARIOUS YARNS USED IN THE MANUFACTURE
TEXTILE FABRICS ACCORDING TO SIZE OR COUNTS.
OF
The sizes of the yarns, technically known as their counts or numbers, are based for each
different raw material upon the number of yards necessary to balance i lb. (avoirdupois), conse-
quently the higher the count or number the finer the yarn according to its diameter. The number
of yards thus necessary to balance i lb. is known as the " Standard " and varies accordingly for
each material.
I. Cotton Yarns.
Cotton yarns have for the standard 840 yards (equal to i hank) and are graded by the
number of hanks I lb. contains. Consequently if two hanks, or 2 X 840 yards = 1680 yards,
are necessary to balance i lb., we classify the same as number 2 cotton yarn. If three hanks, or
3 X 840 yards = 2520 yards, are necessary to balance i lb., the thread is known and classified
as number 3 cotton yarn. Continuing in this manner, always adding 840 for each successive
number, it gives us the number of yards the various counts of yarn contain for i lb.
Table for Lengths of Cotton Yarns.
I From number i to 240s. )
No.
•
Yds. to I lb.
No.
Yds. to I lb.
No.
Yds. to I lb.
No.
Yds. to I lb.
I
840
25
21,000
49
41,160
73
61,320
2
1,680
26
21,840
50
42,000
74
62,160
3
2,520
27
22,680
51
42,840
75
63,000
4
3.360
28
23,520
52
43,680
76
63,840
5
4,200
29
24,360
53
44,520
77
64,680
6
5,040
30
25,200
54
45,360
78
65,520
7
5,8so
31
26,040
55
46,200
79
66,360
8
6,720
32
26,880
56
47,040
80
67,200
9
7,560
33
27,720
57
47,880
85
71,400
10
6,400
34
28,560
58
48,720
90
75,600
II
9,240
35
29,400
59
49,560
95
79,800
12
10,080
36
30,240
60
50,400
100
84,000
13
10,920
37
31,080
61
51,240
no
92,400
14
11,760
38
31,920
62
52,080
120
100,800
15
I2,6go
39
32,760
63
52,920
130
109,200
16
13.440
40
33,600
64
53,760
140
117,600
17
14,280
41
34,440
65
54.600
150
126,000
18
15,120
42
35,280
66
55,440
•
160
134,400
19
15,960
43
36,120
67
56,280
170
142,800
20
16,800
44
36,960
68
57,120
180
151,200
21
17,640
45
37,800
69
57,960
190
159,600
22
18,480
46
38,640
70
58,800
200
168,000
23
19,320
47
39,480
71
59,640
220
184,800
24
20, 160
48
40,320
1
72
60,480
240
201,600
Cotton yarns are frequently manufactured into 2-ply. In such cases the number of yards
required for i lb. is one-half the amount called for in the single thread.
For example: 20s cotton yarn (single) equals 16,800 yards per pound, while a 2-ply thread
of 20s cotton, technically indicated as 2.20s cotton, requires only 8,400 yards, or equal to the
amount called for in single los cotton (technically represented as los cotton).
If the yarn be more than 2-ply, divide the number of yards of single yarn in the required
number by the number of ply.
270
Rule for Finding the Weight in Pounds of a Given Number of Yards of Cotton
Yarn of a Known Count.
Divide the given yards by the number of yards of the known count required to balance i lb.
Example (single yarn). — Find weight of 1,260,000 yards of 30s cotton yarn.
30s cotton yarn = 25,200 yards to i lb. Thus 1,260,000 ^ 25,200 = 50.
Answer: 1,260,000 yards of 30s cotton yarn weigh 50 lbs.
Example (2-ply yarn). — Find weight of 1,260,000 yards of 2.30s cotton yarn.
2.3OS cotton yarn = 12,600 yards to I lb. Thus 1,260,000 ^ 12,600 = 100.
Answer: 1,260,000 yards of 2.30s cotton yarn weigh lOO lbs.
Rule for Finding the Weight in Ounces of a Given Number of Yards of Cotton
Yarn of a Known Count.
Multiply the given yards by 16 and divide result by the number of yards of the known
count required to balance i lb.
Example (single yarn). — Find weight of 12,600 yards of 30s cotton yarn.
12,600 X 16 ^= 201,600. I lb. 30s cotton yarn = 25,200 yards. Thus 201,600 -^ 25,200 ^ 8.
Anszver: 12,600 yards of 30s cotton yarn weigh 8 oz.
Example (2-ply yarn). — Find weight of 12,600 yards of 2.30s cotton yarn.
12,600 X 16 = 201,600. I lb. 2.30s cotton yarn = 12,600 yards. Thus 201,600 -^ 12,600 =16.
Answer: 12,600 yards of 2.30s cotton yarn weigh 16 oz.
II. Woolen Yarns— " Run " System.
Woolen yarn is, with the exception of the mills in Philadelphia and vicinity, graded by the
"runs," which have for their standard 1 600 yards. Consequently i run yarn requires 1600
yards to I lb.; 2 run yarn, 3200 yards to I lb.; 3 run yarn, 4800 yards to I lb., etc., always
adding 1600 yards for each successive run. In addition to using whole numbers only as in the
case of cotton and worsted yarn, the run is divided into halves, quarters and occasionally into
eighths, hence
200
yards
equa
'A
run.
400
%
a
600
^8
((
800
%
a
1000
%
<(
1200
%
it
1400
n
11
1600
I
" e
etc.
The run basis is very convenient for textile calculations by reason of the standard number
equalling lOO times the number of ounces that one lb. contains. By simply multiplying the size
of a yarn given in " run " counts by lOO and dividing the result into the number of yards given
(for which we have to find the weight) gives us as the result the weight expressed in ounces.
Example: Find the weight of 7,200 yards of 4 run yarn.
4 X 100 = 400.
7,200 -4- 400 =18.
Answer: 7,200 yards 4-run yarn weigh 18 oz.
Questioyt : Find weight of 3,750 yards of 3^ run yarn.
Answer : 3,750 -- 375 = 10 oz.
If the weight of a given number of yards and of a given size of woolen yarn, run system,
is required to be calculated in pounds, transfer the result obtained in ounces into pounds or frac-
tions thereof
271
Table for Lengths of Woolen Yarns {Rnn basis) from One-fourth Run to Ffteen Rzm.
Run.
Yds. to I lb.
Run.
Yds. to I lb.
Run,
Yds. to 1 lb.
X
400
4
6400
IYa,
12400
k
800
4X
6800
8
12800
K
1200
aVz
7200
8X
13200
I
1600
aH
7600
8K
13600
^%
2000
5
8000
8X
14000
A
2400
S%
8400
9 .
14400
\%
2800
5'A
8800
9Yz
15200
2
3200
5^
9200
10
16000
^)i
3600
6
9600
io>^
16800
2K
4000
e%
10000
II
1760O
2^
4400
6K
10400
ii>^
18400
3
4800
eu
10800
12
19200
\%
5200
7
11200
13
20800
yA
5600
7%
1 1 600
14
22400
2>H
6000
r/z
12000
1 15
24000
III. Woolen Yarn — "Cut" System.
As previously mentioned, woolen yarn is also graded by the "cut" system.
300 yards is the basis or standard, consequently if
300 yards of a given woolen yarn weigh i lb., we classify it as i cut yarn;
11 11
a ti
(I ~ <( n
600 "
900 " " " " " " I
and so on, hence the count of the woolen yarn expressed in the " cut," multiplied by 300, gives as
the result the number of yards of respective yarn that i lb. contains.
Table for Lengths of Woolen Yarns {Cut Sjystem).
(From I Cut to 50 Cut Yarn.)
Cut.
Yards to lb.
Cut.
Yards to lb.
Cut.
Yards to lb.
Cut.
Yards to lb.
I
2
300
600
13
14
3,900
4,200
25
26
7,500
7,800
37
38
11,100
11,400
3
4
900
1,200
15
16
4,500
4,800
27
28
8,100
8,400
39
40
11,700
12,000
5
6
1,500
1,800
17
18
5,100
5,400
29
30
8,700
9,000
41
42
12,300
12,600
7
8
2,100
2,400
19
20
5,700
6,000
31
32
9,300
9,600
43
44
12,900
13,200
9
10
2,700
3,000
21
22
6,300
6,600
33
34
9,900
10, 200
45
46
13,500
13,800
II
12
3,300
3,600
23
24
6,900
7,200
35
36
10,500
10,800
48
50
14,400
15,000
Rule for Finding the Weight in Ounces for a Given Number of Yards of Woolen
Yarn, Figured by the "Cut" Basis.
This rule is similar to the one given for cotton yarn. Multiply the given yards by 16 and
divide the result by the original number of yards for the given "count" of cotton yarn that i lb.
contains.
Example. — Find weight for 12,600 yards of 40-cut woolen yarn.
i2,6ooX 16=201,600. I lb. of 40-cut woolen yarn= 12,000 yards. Thus 201,600--- 12,000=16.8.
Answer: 12,600 yards of 40-cut woolen yarn weigh 16.8 oz.
272
Rule for Finding the Weight in Pounds of a Given Number of Yards of Woolen
Yarn, Graded by the "Cut" Basis.
This rule is also similar to the one previously given for cotton yarn. Divide the given yards
by the original number of yards for the given "count" of woolen yarn (cut basis) in i lb. The
result expresses the weight in pounds or fractions thereof
Example. — Find weight of 1,260,000 yards of 40-cut woolen yarn.
40-cut woolen yarn = 12,000 yards to i lb. Thus 1,260,000 -~- 12,000 = 105.
Answer: 1,260,000 yards of 40-cut woolen yarn weigh 105 lbs.
IV. Worsted Yarns.
Worsted yarns have for their standard measure 560 yards to the hank. The number of
hanks that one pound requires for balancing indicate the number or count by which
it is graded. Hence, if 40 hanks, each 560 yards long, are required to equal one pound in weight,
such a yarn is known as 40s worsted. If 48 hanks are_ required, it is known as 48s worsted, etc.
In this manner is found the number of yards for any size or count of worsted yarns by simply
multiplying the number by 560.
Worsted yarn is, like cotton yarn, produced very frequently in 2-ply. If such is the case,
only one-half the number of yards are required to balance the pound. Hence, 40s worsted
(technically for single 40s worsted) requires 22,400 yards per pound, and 2.80s worsted (techni-
cally for two-ply 80s worsted) requires also 22,400 yards per pound.
If the yarn be more than 2-ply, divide the number of yards of single yarn in the required
number by the number of ply.
Table showing the Number of Yards of Worsted Yarn to the Pound, either Single or Two-ply, in
any Count not exceeding 200.
No.
Yds. Single
Thread.
Or,
Yds. Two-Ply.
No.
Yds. Single
Thread.
Or,
Yds. Two-Ply.
I
560
280
54
30,240
<(
15,120
2
1,120
560
56
31.360
((
15,680
4
2,240
1,120
58
32,480
ii
16,240
6
3.360
1,680
60
33,600
((
16,800
8
4,480
2,240
62
34,720
U
17,360
10
5,600
2,800
64
35,840
((
17,920
12
6,720
3,360
66
36,960
((
18,480
14
7,840
3,920
68
38,080
((
19,040
16
8,960
4,480
70
39,200
u
19,600
18
10,080
5,040
72
40,320
<(
20,160
20
11,200
5,600
74
41,440
((
20,720
22
12,320
6,160
76
42,560
c <
21,280
24
13,440
6,720
78
43,680
»(
21,840
26
14,560
7,280
80
44,800
(C
22,400
28
15,680
7,840
82
45,920
(C
22,960
30
16,800
8,400
84
47,040
((
23,520
32
17,920
8,960
86
48,160
(C
24,080
34
19,040
9,520
88
49,280
((
24,640
36
20,160
10,080
90
50,400
n
25,200
38
21,280
10,640
92
51,520
tt
25,760
40
22,400
11,200
94
52,640
((
26,320
42
23,520
11,760
96
53,760
((
26,880
44
24,640
12,320
98
54,880
(I
27,440
46
25,760
12,880
100
56,000
1 i
28,000
48
26,880
13,440
150
84,000
(t
42,000
50
28,000
14 000
200
112,000
( (
56,000
52
29,120
14,560
273
Rule for F*ind[NG the Weight, in Ounces of a Given Number of Yards of Worsted
Yarn.
Multiply the given yards by i6, and divide the result by the number of yards the given
" count " of worsted yarn contains balancing i pound.
Example: (Single worsted).
Find weight for 12,600 yards of 40s worsted.
12,600 X 16=201,600.
I lb. of 40s worsted = 22,400 yards, thus:
201,600 -=- 22,400 = 9.
Answer : — 1 2,600 yards of 40s worsted weigh 9 ounces.
Question: (2-ply worsted). — Find weight for 12,600 yards of 2.40s worsted.
12,600 X 16 = 201,600.
lb. of 2.40s worsted = ii,200 yards. Hence, 201,600 -~ 11,200 = 18.
Answer — 12,600 yards of 2-40S worsted weigh 18 ounces.
Rule for Finding the Weight in Pounds of a Given Number of Yards of Worsted
Yarn of a Known Count.
Divide the given yards by the number of yarns of the known count required to balance
I pound.
Example. (Single yarn).
Question: — Find the weight of 1,260,000 yards of 40s worsted yarn.
40S worsted = 22,400 yds. to I lb. Thus, 1,260,000 h- 22,400 = 56)^ lbs.
Anszaer: — 1,260,000 yds. of 40s worsted yarn weigh 56^4^ lbs.
Question: (2-ply yarn). — Find the weight of 1,260,000 yds. of 2.40s worsted yarn.
2.40s worsted =: 11, 200 yds. to i lb. Thus, 1,260,000 -=- 1 1,200 = 112}4-
Answer: — 1,260,000 yds. of 2.40s worsted yarn weigh 112^ lbs.
V. Silk.
A. Spun Silks. — Spun silks are calculated as to the size of the thread, on the same basis as
cotton (840 yards to one hank, and the number of hanks one pound requires indicate the counts).
In the calculation of cotton, woolen or worsted, double and twist yarn, the cu.stom is to con-
sider it the same as twice as heavy as single; thus double and twisted 40s worsted (technically 2.40s
worsted) equals single 20s worsted for calculations. In the calculation of spun silk the single
yarn equals the two-fold; thus single 40s and two-fold 40s (40.2s) require the same number of
hanks (40) = 33,600 yards. The technical expression of two-fold in spun silk is also corres-
pondingly reversed if compared to cotton, wool and worsted yarn.. In cotton, wool and worsted
yarn the 2 indicating the two-fold is put in front of the counts indicating the size of the thread
(2.40s), while in indicating spun silk this point is reversed (40.2s), or in present example single 80s
doubled to 40s.
B. Raw Silks. — The adopted custom of specifying the size of silk yarns is in giving the
weight of the looo yards hank in drams avoirdupois; thus if one hank weighs 5 drams it is tech-
nically known as " 5 dram silk," and if it should weigh 8^ drams it is termed " 8^ dram silk."
As already mentioned the length of the skeins is lOOO yards, except in fuller sizes where lOOOyard
skeins would be rather bulky, and apt to cause waste in winding. Such are made into skeins of
500 and 250 yards length, and their weight taken in proportion to the lOOO yards; thus, if the
skein made up into 500 yards weighs 81^ drams, the silk would be 17 dram silk; if a skein made
274
up into 250 yards weighs 4 drams, the silk would be 16 dram silk. The size of yarns is always
given for their "gum" weight; that is, in their condition before dyeing.
Previous to being dyed silk yarns are subjected to " boiling off/' a process taking out the
gum or saliva which the silk worm spins into the single thread. In this " boiling off" yarns lose
from 24 to 30 per cent according to the class of raw silk used ; China silks losing the most, Eu-
ropean and Japan silks the least.
The following table shows the number of yards to the pound and ounce from i dram silk to
30 dram silk. The number of yards given per pound in the table is based on a pound of gum
silk.
Length of Gum Silk Yarn per Pound and per Ounce.
Drams per
Yards
Yards
Drams per
Yards
Yards
Drams per
Yards
Yards
1000 yards.
per lb.
per oz.
16,000
1000 yards.
per lb.
per oz.
1000 yards.
per lb.
per oz.
I
256,000
5
51,200
3,200 :
16
16,000
1,000
iX
204,800
12,800
5/2
46,545
2,909 i
17
15,058
941
I>^
170,666
10,667
6
42,667
2,667
18
14,222
889
x%
146,286
9,143
6'A
39,385
2,462
19
13,474
842
2
128,000
8,000
7
36,571
2,286
20
12,800
800
2^
"3,777
7,111
7K
34,133
2,133
21
12,190
762
^%
102,400
6,400
8
32,000
2,000
22
11,636
727
2%
93,091
5,818
S/z
30,118
1,882 1
23
11,130
696
3 .
85,333
5,333
9 ,
28,444
1,778
24
10,667
666
Z%
78,769
4,923
9%
26,947
1,684
25
10,240
640
i'A
73,143
4,571
10
25,600
1,600
26
9,846
6i5
3^
68,267
4,267
II
23,273
1,455
27
9,481
592
4
64,000
4,000
12
21,333
1,333
28
9,143
571
A%
60,235
3,765
13
19,692
1,231
29
8,827
551
A'A
56,889
3.556
14
18,286
1,143
30
8,533
533
4H
53,368
3,368
15
17,067
1,067
RULES FOR FINDING THE EQUIVALENT COUNTS OF A GIVEN
THREAD IN ANOTHER SYSTEM.
A. Cotton, Woolen and \A/^orsted Yarn.
Rule : The counts of a given thread are to the counts of an equal thread (in size) ot a
different material, or a thread of the same material but figured after a different "standard" in the
same proportion as the " standard number " of the one to be found is to the " standard number "
of the one given.
Example i. Cotton — Worsted. Find equal size in worsted yarn to 21s cotton.
Cotton standard : Worsted standard.
840 : 560 =3:2.
Thus, 3 : 2 : : X : 21.
3 X 21 = 63 ^ 2 = 311^.
Answer: A thread of 21s cotton equals (in size) a thread of 31 J^s worsted.
Example 2. Cotton — Wool (run system). Find equal size in woolen yarn (runs) to lOS
cotton.
Cotton standard : Run standard.
840 : 1600 = 21 : 40.
Thus, 21 : 40 : : X : lo.
21 X 10 =: 210 ^ 40 = 5^^.
Answer: A thread of los cotton equals (in size) a thread of 51^-run (wool).
275
Example 3. Cotton — Wool (cut system). Find equal size in woolen yarn (cut basis) to
los cotton.
Cotton standard : Cut standard.
840 : 300 = 14 : 5.
Thus, 14 : 5 : : X : 10.
14 X 10 = 140 -^ 5 = 28.
Answer: A thread of los cotton equals (in size) a thread of 28 cut (wool).
Example 4. Worsted — Wool (run system). Find equal size in woolen yarn (run basis) to
20s worsted.
Worsted standard : Run standard.
560 : 1600 = 7 : 20.
Thus, 7 : 20 : : X : 20.
7 X 20 = 140 -=- 20 = 7.
Answer : A thread of 20s worsted equals (in size) a thread of 7 run (wool).
Example 5. Worsted — Wool (cut system). Find equal size in woolen yarn (cut basis) to
15s worsted.
Worsted standard : Cut standard.
560 : 300 == 28 : 15.
Thus, 28 : 15 : : X : 15.
28 X 15 = 420 -H 15 = 28.
Answer: A thread of 15s worsted equals (in size) a thread of 28 cut (wool).
Example 6. Worsted — Cotton. Find equal size in cotton to 30s worsted.
2 : 3 : : X : 30 = 60 -J- 3 = 20.
Answer : — A thread of 30s worsted equals (in size) a thread of 20s cotton.
Example 7. Woolen Yarn. Run System — Cut System. Find equal size in the cut basis
of a 6-run thread.
16 : 3 :: X : 6 = 96 ^ 3 = 32.
Answer : — A 6-run woolen thread equals (in size) a 32 cut thread of the same material.
Example 8. Woolen Yarn. Cut System — Run System. Find equal size in the run
basis of a 32-cut woolen thread.
3 : 16 : : X : 32 = 96 -=- 16 = 6
Answer: — A 32-cut woolen thread has for its equal in size a 6-run thread of the same
material.
B'. Spun Silk Compared to Cotton, ^Voolen, or W^orsted Yarn.
The basis of spun silk is the same as that of cotton. Therefore, the rules and examples
given under the heading of "Cotton " refer at the same time to spun silk.
B% Raw Silk Compared to Spun Silk, Cotton, ^A^oolen, or Worsted Yarn.
Rule. — Find the number of yards per pound (on table previously given) in raw silk, and
divide the same by the standard size of the yarn basis to be compared with.
Example 9. Raw Silk — Cotton. Find equal size in cotton yarn to 9 dram raw silk.
9 dram raw silk = 28,444 yds. per lb. Thus, 28,444 ^ 840 (cotton standard) = 336.
Answer : — 9 dram raw silk equals nearly 34s cotton.
Example 10. Spun Silk or Cotton — Raw Silk. Find equal size in raw silk to 38s cotton.
38s cotton = 31,920 yds. per lb. (38 X 840).
Refer to table for raw silk, where you will find 8 dram per lOOO yards gives 32,000 per lb.
Answer : — A 38s-cotton thread equals (nearly) an 8 dram raw silk thread.
276
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS.
Of Cotton Yarns by Numbers and ^A^oolen Yarns by Runs.
Taking the Number as a Basis.
840 yards single Cotton Yarn = i Number.
1,600 " " Woolen " = I Run.
No. I
Single
Cotton Yarn
=r
21
?7
2
u
((
=
1 2V
3
((
( (
=
m
4
l(
{ (
=
2tV
5
i(
tt
=
2f
6
((
tt
=
3/0
7
i<
ti
=
3U
8
u
tt
=
41
9
I i
It
=
aFo
10
li
t(
^=
5\
II
(t
tt
=
5H
12
((
tt
=
6A
13
It
(t
=
63 3
14
It
tc
=
7A
1^ Run Single Woolen.
No. 15 Single Cotton Yarn = 7I Run Single Woolen.
16 " " " = 8f " " "
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
28
30
=
m
=
9^5
=
„39
=
10^
=
"iV
=
"i^
=
I2lV
=
I2f
=
i3i
=
I3M
=
I4t'o
=
I5l
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS
Of Cotton Yarns by Numbers and W^oolen Yarns by Cuts.
Taking the Number as a Basis.
840 yards single Cotton Yarn = i Number.
300 " " Woolen Yarn = i Cut.
No. I .Single Cotton Yarn = 2f Cut Single Woolen.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
13
14
= 5i
= 8f
= iii
= 14
= iet
= 19?
= 22|
= 25!
= 28
= 30*
= 33f
= 3H
= 39i
0.15
Sing]
e Cotton Yarn ='42
16
i I t
= 44*
17
i ( t
= 471
18
i( t
= 5of
19
ti i
= 53i
20
U t
= 56
21
i (
= 58|
22
(( (
= 6i|
23
(( i
= 64f
24
(< i
= 67i
25
it i
= 70
26
(< (
= 72|
28
< I (
= 78!
30
ti t
= 84
Cut Single Woolen.
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS.
Of Cotton Yarn by Numbers and Worsted Yarn by Numbers.
Taking the Cotton Number as a Basis.
840 yards Single Cotton Yarn = i Number.
560 " " Worsted " =1 Number.
No. I Single Cotton Yarn
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
x8
20
No. 1^2 Single Worsted.
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
No. 22 Single Cotton Yarn = No. 33 Single Worsted.
24 " " " =
26 " " " =
28 " " " =
30 " " " =
34 " " " =
36 " " " =
38 " " " =
40 " " " =
42 " " " =
36
39
42
45
48
51
54
57
60
63
277
"lo. 44
Single
Cotton Yarn
=
No
66 Single Worsted. 1
No. 64 Sing
46
i( ( (
=
69 "
66 "
48
<( (I
=
72
; 6S "
50
(C <(
;=
75
1 70 "
52
a (<
=.
78 "
! 72 "
54
l« u
=
81
74 "
56
<( u
=
84 "
76 "
58
U (4
=
87 "
78 "
60
<( i<
=
90
80 "
62
<i <<
=
93
100 "
No. 64 Single Cotton Yam = No. 96 Single Worsted.
99
102
105
108
III
114
117
120
150
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS.
Of ^A(^oolen Yarn by Runs and Cotton Yarn by Numbers.
Taking the Run as a Basis.
1600 Yards Single Woolen Yarn = 1 Run.
840 " " Cotton Yarn = i Number.
I Run Single Woolen Yarn = No. i^^ Single Cotton Yarn.
2
2^
3
3^
'^r
4
4/2
5'X
s'A
6
6X
7;4
7H
t (
7H
((
8
1 1
8X
i i
8;^
{ (
8H
, <(
((
9
9X
It
9/2
it
9U
a
10
t i
lO^
it
wy,
ii
loU
i.
II
a
11%
<i
12
i(
u
=
2f
<r
II
i(
(<
=
3^
(<
II
a
( (
=
311
II
11
C(
( I
=
4f
II
II
II
a
=
4H
II
II
<{
a
=
5/r
i(
II
<i
i(
=
5f
II
II
(1
t (
=
6^\
II
II
((
a
=
61f
II
it
«<
t (
=
7'j
II
i(
i<
li
=
7U
<i
it
11
a
=
8^\
It
i i
11
u
=
8*
II
it
11
((
=
9A
11
it
II
((
=
9^
II
1 1
II
n
=
10
II
tt
II
It
=
lol?
II
it
i<
it
=
io|«r
11
it
II
tt
=
iif
II
tt
II
n
=
Hi?
II
i(
II
tl
=
12A-
1 1
(I
II
t(
=
I2f
II
II
i<
ti
=
^3'A
11
i(
i<
t i
=
I3H
1 f
II
it
tt
=
14?
it
II
it
li
=
Hhi
tt
II
11
It
=
15/1
tt
1 1
tc
1 1
=
i5f
tt
II
II
ti
=
i6^\
II
(1
i<
a
=
i6if-
11
II
li
tt
=
I7f
II
II
i(
it
=
i7lf
it
II
ti
tt
=
18,^T
tt
II
«
1 1
=
i8f
it
II
II
II
=
192V
II
<i
<<
it
=
I9i}
(1
i<
«
tt
. =
20
ii
I'
II
it
;^
20??
«
«
((
<<
=
2q2?
If
«
<(
i(
=
OT ' 9
i<
i<
«
it
=
22f
«
<(
<(
278
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS
Of W^oolen Yarn by Runs with Woolen Yarn by Cuts.
Taking the Run as a Basis.
1600 yards Single Woolen Yarn=i Run.
1
Run Woolen Yarn
l¥
I'^
I^
2
2^
7.V.
2^
<(
3
Z%
3/2
300
ey2
= 5K
Cut
= 6%
= 8
= 9>i
= 10%
= 12
= i3K
= 14?^
= 16
= i7K
= 18%
= 20
= 2I>^
= 22%
= 24
= 25>^
= 262/^
= 28
= 29K
= 30%
= 32
= 33>i
= 34%
=1 Cut.
Run WoolenYarn ^=36 Cut.
8
8X
8K
8^
9
9X
9>^
9K
10
loX
io>^
II
iiX
iiK
11^
12
= 2,VA
= 38%
= 40
= 41%
= 42%
= 44
= 45>^
= 46%
= 48
= 49>^
= 50%
= 52
= 53M
= 54%
= 56
= 57>^
= 58%
= 60
= 61%
= 62%
= 64
RUN
I Single
Woolen
Yarn
2
((
((
a
3
(t
((
{(
4
(1
((
it
4;^
U
it
It
5
u
n
n
u
te
a
5^
a
(<
t(
5^
ik
(f
a
6
n
((
ti
6X
u
<i
a
6X
u
(<
ti
6^
<(
(«
it
7
it
ti
it
7X
ft
<(
tt
1%
it
C(
a
1%
((
(•
t(
8
<<
((
tt
8X
t <
( (
ti
8;^
u
((
tt
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS.
Of Woolen Yarn by Runs and Worsted Yarn by Numbers.
Taking the Run as a Basis.
1,600 yards Single Woolen Yarn = i Run.
560 " " Worsted Yarn = i Number.
RUN.
No. 2f Single Worsted. 9 Single Woolen Yarn ^ No. 25^
-5 << n
8f
3 <■ <<
7
II
12§
14?
15
i5f
*»
i6f
((
17^7
tt
i7f
tt
18^
tl
19I
it
20
tt
20f
((
2lf
(<
22i
t (
22f
ii
23t
ti
24^
tc
25
tt
uy4
0%
O^
I
iX
iX
2
2X
2K
2X
3
257
Single
Worsted
264
it
((
27^
tt
ti
27f
tt
it
28|-
ti
ti
29?
it
i i
30
ti
i t
3of
i i
it
3if
it
it
32}
If
1 (
32f
it
t t
33*
it
i t
34?
a
it
35
it
it
35 f
tt
it
36f
((
it
37i
; (
41
37?
tt
tt
38*
tt
f (
39?
( (
U
40
it
U
279
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS
Of Woolen Yarn Cuts and Cotton Yarn by Numbers,
Taking the "Cut" as a Basis.
300 yards Single Woolen Yarn ^ i Cut.
840 " " Cotton " = I Number.
1 Cut Single Woolen Yam ^ No. i\ Single Cotton Yarn.
2 '
( i(
i(
it
=
f
<(
((
3 '
( (t
«
tt
=
irV
f(
it
4 '
t it
<(
tt
=
If
<i
l(
5 '
1 (1
((
tt
=
iH
<(
1(
6 '
< i<
(<
It
2|
(<
ti
7 '
1 (1
(1
it
=
2^
tt
it
8 '
i ((
<'
1 1
2^
tt
tt
9 '
( t<
i(
it
=
3A
tt
ti
10 '
i (<
<(
tt
=
3f
it
ti
II '
( 11
a
it
= .
3il
tt
tl
12 '
( a
((
a
=
4f
n
ti
13 '
i a
u
((
=
4A
tt
ti
14 '
t a
it
a
=
5
tt
u
15 '
i (t
tt
1 1
=
5t\
(1
tc
16 '
t <<
tt
1 1
=
5f
(I
it
17 '
t t(
tt
ti
=
6rV
tt
tt
18 '
I t(
tt
i (
=
6f
it
tt
19 '
i ((
tt
((
:=
6H
tt
«
20 '
t ti
u
If
=
7f
tt
Ii
21 '
t ((
tt
((
=
7h
tt
11
22 '
( n
it
((
^
7f
(<
tt
23 '
t (t
l(
<i
=
8rV
tt
ti
24 '
t t(
(C
a
=
8f
<<
tt
25 '
( t(
l(
it
=
8H
(<
tt
26 •
t t(
CI
(t
=
9f
(t
tt
27 '
1 ((
tt
( (
=
9A
tt
tc
28 '
( u
tt
1 1
=
10
tt
C(
29 '
( t(
tt
t i
=
IOx\
tt
f c
30 '
1 ((
f(
tt
=
lof
tt
tc
31 '
( <(
ft
I i
=
iitV
tt
<(
32 '
c (<
it
tt
^=
Ilf .
it
C(
33 '
( <(
it
it
r=
iiH
<<
ll
34 '
( a
it
tt
=
12f
it
it
35 '
1 (1
It
K
=
12^
ll
ti
36 '
( ((
tt
it
■=
I2f
tt
it
37 '
1 (1
tt
t(
=
I3tV
tt
l(
38 '
< ((
it
ii
=
^3^
n
ii
39 '
( ((
<(
ti
^=
13H
t
It
40 '
( tc
<(
it
=
I4f
it
It
41 '
< ( (
c<
<<
=
i4t\
<<
it
45 '
( a
(<
tt
=
i6rV
i<
ll
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS
Of Woolen Yarn by Cuts and ^Voolen Yarn by Runs.
Taking the "Cut" as a Basis.
300 yards Single Woolen = i Cut.
I Cut Single
Woolen Yarn
2 « '<
ti it
3 "
(1 It
4 « "
« (1
p << ((
ii ii
1600
I Run.
A Run.
6 Cut Single Woolen Yarn
3 cc
»-r ii
it tt C(
8
7
A "
8 "
tl It (1
a It
n "
tl CC It
4
9
it "
10 "
(< « CC
= i| Run.
ll
'280
11 Cut Single Woolen Yarn := 2^^ Run.
12 " " " " =2\ "
13 2j6
14 " " " " ..... =2f "
15 ^16
t6 " " « « __ , «
17 = 3tb-
lo 38
19 — 3t5
20 " " " " =3| "
21 " " " " =3H "
22 " " " " =4i "
23 " " " " =4A "
24 " " " " =4^- "
^o — 4iB^
20 =48
„., " << « « _ i_ a
^1 — 0T6
28 " " " " = 5i "
29 — 5i5
30 " " " " = 5l "
31 " " " " = 5if "
32 " " " " =6 "
33 " " " " =6A "
34 " " " " =61 "
35 " " " " = 6A "
36 Cut Single Woolen Yarn
-- « « « «
== 6| Run.
— Or?
38 "
it
39 "
(1
40."
ii
41 "
u
42 "
u
43 "
(<
44 "
«
45 "
l(
46 "
«
47 "
tt
48 "
ti
49 "
tc
50 "
Ci
51 "
ii
52 "
u
53 "
«
54 "
«
55 "
1(
56 "
((
57 "
((
58 "
(1
59 "
(
60 "
i
it
«
«
(<
u
<l
" = 7i
" = 7A
" = 7J
" = 7H
" = 7i
<< 01
= "T^
" = 8i
" = 8A
" = 8|
" = 8f|
" = 9
" = 9A
"......= 9f
" = 9l
" = 9H
" =10^
" = loA
= IO2
<< Tr>l 1
^ lOfS
" =10^
" TT 1
^= I^T^
= II4
" = IlA
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS
Of Woolen Yarn by Cuts and Worsted Yarn by Numbers.
Taking the Cut as the Basis.
300 yards Single Woolen Yarn = i Cut.
560 " " Worsted " = i Number.
I
Cuts
Jingle
Wooler
Yar
2
't
((
it
(i
4
it
((
((
«
6
ti
(>
<(
i<
8
tt
«
(f
it
10
a
u
«
(1
II
It
<(
«
«
12
ft
<(
«
<c
13
it
«
(1
it
M
0
(<
(I
<(
15
it
<(
<<
('
16
ti
<(
«
((
17
ft
«
ft
<<
18
(<
<<
ft
«
19
tf
«
«
«
20
n
ft
II
<<
21
ft
ft
<<
<(
22
<i
ti
<c
<(
23
ti
ft
«
<<
24
ft
it
<i
<(
25
it
tt
l<
<<
26
ft
«
«
«1
27
it
<t
M
«
28
it
<(
<(
<(
29
it
if
«
ft
30
ft
It
«
tt
SI
<<
ti
0
tf
32
(1
n
»(
tt
If Single Worsted.
I^\
t[
235-
<(
^ 6
328
(f
4A
it
5M
a
5^1
tf
6U
ft
621
"l!8
tt
-14
7^8
«
Sh
ft
m
tt
9A
ft
9U
it
lo/j
tt
loff
ft
1 1 2V
ft
iilf
t<
T-l 9
1258
tt
12 It
tf
I3H
ft
I3lf
ft
HU
it
15
tf
15H
<(
le/j
«
16U
it
17A
i(
«
1<
185%
= I
221
'2?
<<
(t
<(
<<
<«
<f
tt
((
ti
ft
((
tt
ft
«
tf
It
((
tt
ft
<t
ft
It
'<
ft
ft
«
tt
tf
((
if
ft
<<
ft
<l
(1
<(
(<
f'
ft
(1
<<
It
<(
«
((
«
= I9#8
= i9lf
= 2o|a
= 20ff
— 21^5
ot27
= 2I2J
— 222-s-
= 23 jV
— 2325-
= 24/3-
= 24i|
= 25 /y
= 252^
= 262V
= 26|f
= 27/J
= 27|f
= 28H
= 28|f
= 29if
= 30
= 3oif
= 3IA
= 3IH
= 32A
l(
<(
<<
33 Cut Single Woolen Yarn^No. i7|f Single Worsted.
34 "
35 "
36 "
37 "
38. •'
39 "
40 "
41 "
42 "
43 "
44 "
45 "
46 "
47 "
48 "
49 "
50 "
51 "
52 "
53 "
54 "
55 "
56 "
57 "
58 "
59 "
60 "
<i
ti
Ii
><
<(
tt
it
281
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS
Of Worsted Yarns by Numbers and Cotton Yarns by Numbers.
Taking the Worsted Number as a Basis.
560 yards Single Worsted Yarn = i Number.
840 " " Cotton " = I Number.
No. I Single Worsted Yarn = No. % Single Cotton Yarn.
2
<<
II
II
=
iK
II
II
II
4
((
II
II
=.
2%
II
II
l<
6
((
It
II
—
4
II
11
II
8
<i
ti
<l
=
5K
II
II
l(
10
it
tt
II
=
6%
II
II
tt
12
(t
II
II
—
8
It
( t
tt
14
u
II
II
=
9^/3
(1
1 1
tt
16
t<
II
it
=
loM
II
1 I
tt
18
n
II
tt
=
12
i(
l(
ti
20
<(
II
tt
^
is'A
1 1
(1
tt
22
( 1
<<
ti
=
HVs
II
1 I
(f
24
<(
11
<(
=
16
K
II
tt
26
it
II
It
=
17K
K
II
li
28
(1
II
it
=
18%
II
II
II
30
tt
(1
it
=
20
II
II
II
32
it
<l
tt
=
21}^
1 1
II
II
34
li
II
tt
=
22%
11
<l
II
36
(<
II
tt
=
24
II
II
II
38
a
II
l<
=
25>^
\ (
1 1
II
40
it
It
II
=
26%
II
II
II
42
n
It
II
=
28
II
1 1
II
44
it
n
(1
=
29>^
11
it
II
46
it
<(
II
=
30%
l<
ti
tt
48
ti
((
II
=
32
II
1'
it
50
((
(1
II
=
33^
tt
II
tt
52
(1
It
II
=
34%
tt
II
tt
54
((
tt
<<
=
36
l<
II
it
56
((
<<
11
=
37%
II
ll
ti
58
((
(1
1 1
=
38%
II
ll
ti
60
a
II
II
^=
40
l<
ll
ti
62
It
<l
II
=
41%
II
II
II
64
i(
II
tt
=
42%
II
|l
I<
66
((
11
tt
=
44
II
II
II
68
i(
<(
ti
=
45%
II
1 t
{(
70
u
II
ti
=
46%
II
ti
l<
72
<(
II
tt
=
48
II
ti
II
74
((
<<
it
=
49%
11
tt
ll
76
((
((
it
=
50%
II
tt
II
78
tt
<l
it
=
52
II
it
tt
80
It
II
ft
=
53%
II
tt
tt
82
tt
ti
1 1
=
54%
II
tt
II
84
tt
II
II
=
56
II
• (
II
86
tt
II
II
=
57%
<l
ll
l<
88
((
II
II
=
58%
II
II
II
90
((
(1
II
=
60
l<
ll
l<
92
II
II
it
=
61%
I|
ll
l<
94
II
l<
tt
=
62%
ll
l<
ll
96
u
l<
ti
=
64
11
<l
l(
98
IC
II
tt
=
65%
ll
u
IC
100
II
It
it
=
66%
ll
«
l<
no
II
ti
ti
==
73%
II
II
«
120
II
it
it
80
II
11
«
130
(1
<(
It
=
86%
<l
«
((
282
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS
Of Worsted Yarn by Numbers and "Woolen Yarn by Runs.
Taking the Number as a Basis.
560 yards Single Worsted Yarn = i Number.
1600 " " Woolen " = I Run.
No. I Single Worsted Yarn
2V Run Single Woolen.
2
=
tV
<< <( a
4
—
ii%
It (( u
6
=
2tV
f ( (( u
8
=
2io-
CI l( ((
10
=
3ttt
II II i(
12
=
4A-
II II ((
14
=
41^0
II II i<
16
=
5^
<i II It
18
=
6^
II II (<
20
—
7
(1 <i l(
22
=
7fo
If (1 (1
24
=
8r*j
II II i<
26
=
9rV
(I II II
28
=
9iV
11 II (1
30
=
lOiV
11 II, «
32
=
"to
II II |(
34
—
"A
(1 II i<
36
=
12/ff
<< II ((
38
=
iJto
II (I <(
40
=
14
II II <(
42
=
MiV
<( II (<
44
=
I5A
<i <i <(
46
=
161V
<i II i(
48
—
161V
II II <(
50
^
I7t'o
II II i(
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS
Of Worsted Yarn by Numbers and Woolen Yarn by Cuts.
Taking the Number as a Basis.
560 Yards Single Worsted Yarn = i Number.
300 " " Woolen Yarn = i Cut.
No. I Single Worsted Yarn = i|-f Cut Single Woolen.
2
<*
((
IC
=
,11
3i-o
(f
4
<(
(f
«
=
7tV
t(
6
IC
<(
(1
=
"A
<c
8
l(
<(
cc
=
Hll
((
10
((
«
It
=
i81-f
<(
12
<(
<<
C(
=
22A
it
14
St
St
SI
=
26rl
it
16
l(
it
SI
=
29B
ii
18
<(
«
SI
=
33 r J
f.
20
«
((
SI
==
37t5
t<
22
i(
(f
Si
=
4ItV
«
24
It
«
a
44i!
<(
26
«
«
It
=
48A
((
28
«
<(
tt
=
52A
<(
30
«
(f
It
=
56
«
,32
11
((
It
=
59H
«
34
«
f
IS
=
63tV
«
36
<l
SI
SI
=
67A
«
38
«
SI
It
=
70II
(<
40
<t
«
(i
=
74ff
(i
283
YARN CALCULATIONS.
Asccrt-iining the Counts of Twisted Yarns Composed of Two or more minor Threads of which the
Counts are Known.
I. If the compound thread is composed of two minor threads of equal counts and material,
the compound thread is one-hali the count of the minor.
Example: 2.60s cotton = single 30s cotton yarn.
2.40s worsted = " 20s worsted.
Double and twist 4-run woolen yarn = 2-run single woolen yarn.
Double and twist 30-cut woolen yarn = 15-cut single woolen yarn.
II. If the yarn be more than two-ply, divide the given counts by the number of ply.
Example : 3.90s cotton = 90 ^ 3 = single 30s cotton yarn.
3.60s worsted = 60 h- 3 := single 20s worsted, etc.
III. If the compound thread is composed of two minor threads of unequal counts but the
same material, the rule for finding the equal in a single thread as compared with the compound
thread, is as follows :
Divide the product of the counts of the minor tJireads by their sum.
Example A. — Find the equal in single cotton yarn to a two-fold cotton thread composed of
single 40s and 60s.
40 X 60 =2400 -f- 100 (40 + 60) = 24.
Answer: A two-fold cotton thread composed of single 40s and 60s equals a single 24s
cotton yarn.
Example B. — Find the equal in a single worsted thread to a two-fold worsted thread
composed of single 20s and 30s.
20 X 30 = 600 ~- 50 (20 + 30) = 12.
Ansiver : A two-fold worsted thread composed of single 20s and 30s equals single 12s worsted.
Example C. — Find the equal counts in single woolen yarn (run basis) for a double and twist
thread composed of single 3-run and 6-run woolen yarn.
3X6= 18^9(3 + 6)= 2.
Answer : A 3-run and 6-run woolen thread being twisted equals a single 2-run woolen thread.
Example D. — Find the equal counts in single woolen yarn (cut basis) for a double and
twist thread composed of single 20-cut and 30-cut yarn.
20 X 30 = 600 H- 50 (20 + 30) = 12.
Answer: A 20-cut and 30-cut woolen yarn twisted equals single i2-cut woolen yarn.
IV. If the compound thread is composed of two minor threads of different materials, one
must be reduced to the relative basis of the other thread, and the resulting count found in this
system. (See tables of relative lengths given on page 276 to 282.)
Example A. — Find the equal counts in a single worsted thread to a 2-ply thread composed
of single 30s worsted and single 40s cotton yarn.
40s cotton =^ 60s worsted. Thus 30 X 60 = 1800 h- 90 (30 + 60) = 20.
Ansiver: Compound thread given in example equals a single 20s worsted thread.
Example B. — Find the equal counts in single cotton yarn to a 2-ply thread composed of
single 30s worsted and 40s cotton yarn.
30s worsted = 20s cotton. Thus 40 X 20 ^ 800 -=- 60 (40 + 20) =133^.
Answer: Compound thread given in example equals a single cotton thread of number 13)^.
Example C. — Find the equal counts in single woolen yarn (run basis) to a 2-ply thread com-
posed of single 20s cotton yarn and 6-run woolen yarn.
20s cotton = lo^^-run woolen yarn. Thus lo^^ X 6 = 63 -- l6i^ (lO/^ -f 6) = 3it.
Answer: Compound thread given in example equals a single woolen thread of 3A runs.
284
Example D. — Find the equal counts in single woolen yarn (cut basis) to a 2-ply thread com-
posed of single 40s cotton yarn and 28-cut woolen yarn.
40s cotton =112 cuts. Thus 28 X 1 12 r= 3136 -=- 140 (28 + 112) — 221%.
Answer: Compound thread given in example equals a single woolen yarn of 22x5 cuts.
V. If the compound thread is composed of three minor threads of unequal counts, but of
the same material, compound any two of the mmor threads into one and apply previously given
Rule III to this so compounded thread and the third (minor) thread not previously used.
Example : A 3-run, 6-run and 8-run thread being twisted together, what are the equal
counts in one thread of the compound thread?
3X6= 18-4-9(3+6) = 2. (A 3-run and a 6-run thread compounded equal a 2-run
single thread.)
Thus : 2 X 8 == 16 -^ 10 (2 + 8) = It"? = if.
Answer : Compound thread given in example equals if run.
Example; A 20s, 30s and 40s worsted being twisted together, what is the size of the
three-fold yarn ?
20 X 30 = 600 -f- 50 (20 -I- 30) = 12. (20s and 30s worsted compounded into one thread
equal single 12 worsted.)
Thus: 12 X 40 = 480 -4- 52 (12 + 40) = 9rV.
VI. If the compound thread is composed of three minor threads of two or three different
materials, they must by means of their relative length (see tables of relative length given on pages
276 to 282) be transferred into equal counts in one basis, and afterwards find the size of the com-
pound thread by Rule V.
Example : Find equal counts in single woolen yarn, "run" basis, for the following compound
thread : A 3-run, a 6-run woolen thread, and a single 20s cotton twisted together.
20's cotton equals lo^-run. 3X6=18-^-9 (3 + 6):= 2.
(3-run and 6-run threads compounded equal a single 2-run thread.)
Thus, 2 X 10^ = 21 -^ 123^ (2 + io}4) = ill.
Answer. The three-fold thread given in example equals in counts a single woolen yarn of i\l
(nearly i ^) run.
By means of the rules and explanations given it will be easy to ascertain the equal counts
in a single thread for a two or three-ply thread, composed of yarns of the same basis, as well as
compound threads constructed of different materials.
VII. Rule for ascertaining the counts of a thread required to produce with a given single
thread a two-fold thread of which the compound size is known.
Multiply the counts of the given single thread by the counts of the compound thread and
divide the product by the remainder, obtained by substracting the counts of the compound threads
from the counts of the given single thread.
Example A. — Question: Find size of single yarn required (run basis) to produce with a
4-run woolen yarn a compound thread of 3-run.
4 X 3 = 12 - I (4 — 3) = 12.
Answer: The minor thread required in the present example is a 1 2-run thread, or a 4-run
and a 1 2-run woolen thread compounded into a 2-fold yarn, equal in counts to a 3-run single
woolen.
Example B. — Question: Find size of single yarn required (worsted numbers) to produce
with a 48's worsted thread a compound thread the equal of i6s worsted yarn.
48 X 16 = 768 -f- 32 (48 — 16) == 24.
Answer: The minor thread requu-ed in the present example is a 24s worsted thread, or a
48s worsted thread and a 24s worsted thread compounded mto a 2-fold yarn the equal in counts
to 1 6s worsted yarn.
285
Example C. — Question: Find size of single yarn required (cotton numbers) to produce with
a 80s cotton thread a 2-fold yarn of a compound size of equal 30s cotton yarn.
80 X 30 = 2400 -^ 50 (80 — 30) = 48.
Answer : The minor thread required in the present example is a 48s cotton thread, or 80s
and 48s cotton threads compounded into a 2-fold yarn equal in this compound size to a single
30s cotton thread.
VIII. If one of the minor threads is to be found for a 3-ply thread, of which two minor
threads are known, use the following
Rule: Compound the two minor threads into their equal in a single thread, and solve the
question by Rule VII.
Example. — Find minor thread required to produce with single 30s and single 60s worsted a
3-pIy yarn to equal single I2s worsted counts.
60s and 30s worsted compound = (60 X 30 == 180 -^ 90 [60 + 30] = 20) single 20s worsted.
Thus 20
Compound two "
minor threads
of which size
IS known.
X
X
12
Known size
of ply
yarn,
240
8
(20
12)
Compound two"
minor threads
of which size
is known.
f Known size
- — \ of 3 ply
(. yarn.
30
1
Answer : The size of the third minor thread required to be ascertained in the given example
is single 30s worsted yarn or a 3-ply thread composed of a single 30s, 60s and 30s worsted yarn
equals single 12s worsted counts.
TABLE OF RELATIVE LENGTHS
Between Metric Measure of Length and the Denominations in use in the United States.
Metric Denominations and Values.
Equivalent in Denominations in Use in the U. S.
I Millimetre =
.ooith of a metre.
0.03937 inches.
I Centimetre =
.oith "
0.39370 "
I Decimetre =
. (( ((
3-93708
I Metre =
Unit of Length.
39.3708 " or 3.2809 feet.
I Decametre =
10 metres.
393.708 " " io.9:i63 yds.
I Hectometre =
100
328 feet I inch, or 109.3633 "
I Kilometre =
1,000 "
0.62138 miles.
I Myriametre =
10,000 "
6.2138
The Metre, the Unit of the Metric Measure {in use in Austria, France, Germany, etc), is tiie
Ten-Millionth part of a Line drawn from the Pole to the Equator.
U. S. Measures.
Metric Measures.
I Inch =
I Yard =
I Foot =
I Mile =
2.5399 Centimetres.
0,9143 Metre.
3.0479 Decimetres.
1609.32 Metres.
286
TABLE OF RELATIVE V^EIGHTS
Between Metric Denominations and the Denominations in Use in the United States.
Metric Denominations and Values.
I Milligram =
.ooith of a gram,
I Centigram =
.01 "
I Decigram =
.1 "
I Gram ==
UnitofWeit^lit.
I Decagram =
10 grams.
I Hectogram =
100 ''
I Kilogram, or i
Kilo,=
1,000 "
I Myriagram =
10,000 "
Equivalent in Denominations in Use in the U. S.
0.0154 t-'oy grains.
01543 "
1.5432 "
15.4323 "
154.3235 "
3.5291 oz. avoirdupois.
2.2046 lbs. "
22.0462 "
TAe Gram, the Unit of the Metric Weights, is the Weight of a Cubic Centimetre of Distilled
Water at /f Centigrade.
U. S. Measures.
Metric Measures.
I ounce avoirdupois =
28.34 grams.
I pound " =
453-59
I grain troy =
.0648 gram.
I ounce " =
31.104 grams.
I pound " =
.3732 kilo.
TABLE OF RELATIVE MEASURES OF CAPACITY, DRY AND LIQUID,
Between Metric Denominations and the Denominations in use in the United States.
I Millilitre = .ooith of a litre, or i cubic Centimetre = 15.432 grain measures, or 0.061 cubic inches.
I Centilitre = .oith of a litre, or 10 cubic Centimetres = 0.61027 cubic inches.
I Decilitre = .ith of a litre, or o.i cubic Decimetre = 6.1027 cubic inches.
I Litre = unit of the measures = i cubic Decimetre = 1.7608 pints.
I Decalitre = 10 litres = 10 cubic Decimetres = 2.2009 gallons.
I Hectolitre = 100 litres == .1 cubic Metre = 22.0097 gallons.
I Kilolitre = 1000 litres = i cubic Metre = 220.0967 gallons.
The Litre, the Unit of the Metric Measures of Capacity, Dry and Liquid, is the Volume of a
Cubic Decimetres
INDEX AND GLOSSARY.
PAGE.
Alpaca is the name of a thin kind of cloth produced from the wool of the Alpaca, an animal of Peru.
Amoimt of filling required for one yard of cloth, d&z&[X.2\vi\XiZ, 266
Amount of warp required for one yard of cloth, ascertaining, 265
Analysis, is the art of resolving a machine, fabric, material, etc., into its constituents parts.
Analysis of the various Textile fabrics , 257
A rrano-ement of threads in a sample, ascertaining, 264
Arranging the fabric to be tested and inethods for ascertaining the various percentage of each fibre compos-
ing the thread or woven cloth. . 262
Arras are hangings of tapestry, 256
Astrakhan is a warp pile fabric, used for ladies' cloakings — trimmings, eic 173
Avoirdupois Weight. One pound avoirdupois is the weight of 27.7015 cubic inches of distilled water
at 39.83°/^, the barometer being 30 inches.
Relative Weights of '^ Avoirdupois^^ Weights in " Troy" Denomination.
Avoirdupois^ Lbs. oz. Dwt. Grains. t
I Ton = 2922 2 13 8 ?
I cwt. = 146 I 6 16 ><
I Qt. = 34 o 6 16 !- ^
I Lb. = 12 II 16 2.
lOz. = 18 1% ^
I Dr. = I i\\ J
Relative Weights of " Avoirdupois" Weights iti ^'Apothecaries" Weight.
Avoirdupois = Lbs. oz. Dr. Scr. Gr.
I Lb. = I 2 4 2 \<>
I Oz. = 7 . 17^ f|:|
I Dr. ^_ ^ I 7H J ^ ■
Backing, the filling which produces by interlacing with warp-threads the lower or back structure in a fabric.
Basket-weaves are subdivisions of the plani weave,
plain, 42
fancy, 45
Batten is a part of the Jacquard machine; the frame which carries the cyhnder in its motion to and from
the needle board 251
Binder-warp, the warp threads producing the foundation of a fabric ; interior warp ; this warp is generally
not visible in the finished fabric. Used in Astrakhans, velvets, Brussels carpets, upholstery fabrics, etc.
Broken Draws, 32
Broken Twills are twill weaves in which the direction of the characteristic twill line is arranged to run
partways of the repeat in the weave from left to right, and partways from right to left.
Broken Twills are a subdivision of the regular twills, 52
Brussels Catpet, 188
Calculations necessary for the manufacture of the various textile fabrics, 257
Camel Hair is the hair of certain camels, and is used either combed or carded.
Cam Loom, a loom in which the harnesses are actuated on by cams.
Card Stamping. 253
Cashmere, or Kashmere wool, is the fine hair of the Cashmere goat, which thrives upon the Himalaya
mountains and surrounding country, in Asia. Cashmere is also used to indicate certain fabrics made
of wool or silk warp and goat hair, or fine Merino wool filling.
Checkerboard effects in fabrics, produced by the color arrangement, are the combination of Hair line and
Tricot effects. See fig. 20.
Chenille is a fringed thread used either for filling in the manufacture of rugs, curtains ; or in its first woven
state in Trimming"?, Fringes, etc. 153
Chenille Cutting Machine. 158
(287)
288
PAGE.
Chenille Fabrics, as produced by cross weaving , , . 244
Chinchillas are pile fabrics produced by an extra filling ; used for overcoatings, 152
Colors.
Primary : Blue, Red, Yellow.
Secondary : Purple, Orange, Green.
Teriiary a : Russet, Olive, Citron.
, Tertiary b : Brown, Maroon, Slate.
Color- Harmony. Every color has its perfect harmony, (contrast,) and also other colors which harmonise
with it in different degrees. When two colors are to be used in a textile fabric which do not accord,
the proper selection of a third may make a harmonious combination.
Comber-board 2l part in the Jacquard loom ; placed in the latter for holding harness cords and heddles in
the proper position 254
Co})ibinalio7i of different systems of IVeaves ior one "Dtsign 90
Combiftation of the Swivel effect in fabiics interlaced with two systems of warp and one or two systems of
regular filling lii
Combination of Weaves for fabrics constructed with one system of warp and two systems of filling, . . 105
for fabrics constructed with two systems of warp and one system of filling 114
Combination Steep- Twills are a. svib-d\vis\on oi the rGgulaxt-wiVLS. Their method of construction, . . 67
Combining two systems of filling with one kind of warp, for increasing the bulk of a fabric, . . . 105
two systems of filling with one kind of warp, for figuring with extra filling upon the face of the
fabric loS
two systems of warp and 07te system of filling for producing double-faced fabrics, . . . 114
two systems of ivarp and one system of filling for producing the bulk in fabrics, . . . . 115
Corduroys are pile fabrics produced by an extra filling, 149
tbr/^.fcr^zfc' Tze'zV/.y are a sub-division of the regular twills. Their method of construction, ... 68
(Tc^'^f;/ is the white, downy, fibrous substance which envelopes the seed of variouj species of the cotton
plant, gossypium, belonging to the natural order malvacece.
Cotton or other vegetable fibre, how to detect, in woolen or silk fabrics, 261
Cotton Yarns, grading of, 269
Cotton Yam, woolen yarn (cut basis), table of relative lengths, 276
woolen yarn (run basis\ table of relative lengths, . . 276
worsted yarn, table of relative lengths, 276
Cross-weaving as used for producing fast centre selvages, 247
as used for the manufacture of Filtering-bags, 246
or Gause weaving.
0«'J'i?a^/?OT7/.y are the combinations of regular twills and steep-twills. Their method of construction . . 62
Cutting Double Pile fabrics after leaving the loom, mvich'wviicix, , . . . 205
Q//i«(/^r, a part of the Jacquard machine, 251
Delaine, a light worsted cloth of specially selected long, fine and strong staple in the material when pro-
ducing the yarn.
Derivative Weaves from the Plain weave, 41
from Twills, 52
from Satins, 84
Designing Paper. Selection of, 12
Divisions of Textile Fabrics 2.QcoxAm^\.o tXxitw {:ons\x\}iC'\\ox\, ■ . 9
Z?<?z/(^/i? <r/o//i a fabric produced by combining two single cloths into one structure, 129
Double faced Pile carpets, 193
Z^cwA/^ P//^ /7Z<5r?V.s- made witii a proportionally higher pile, 210
principles of construction, 194
methods of operation in use for producing double pile fabrics and the different systems of cut-
ting the pile threads, 197
Double Plush 194
/>>w;(!i/^ .S"«//«i- are a subdivision of the regular Satin weaves. Their method of construction, ... <S4
Doup or doup heddle, recjuired in gauze weaving to produce the c'.ouping or tuistmg of the whip threads
around the ground-threads, 228
Drafting of Dra7ving-in Drafts from Weaves, . ' , 36
/^razf^r-Zw, the operative performing the dra wing-in of the warp in its harness, 31
Drawing-in Drafts. Specimen of a complete c'rawing-in order-sheet, 35
Their different divisions, 32
«— Their principle, ...... 1 , < . 31
289
PAGE.
Drawing-in the Warp in its Harness; description of the operation, 31
Entwining Twills are a subdivision of the regular twills. Their method of construction, ... 75
Fancy Cassiiiiere, a fancy woolen fabric, used for suitings, trouserings, etc.,
Fancy Effects as produced by the arrangement of two or more colors in fabrics interlaced with broken
twills, 55
as produced by the arrangement of two or more colors in fabrics interlaced with rib and
basket-weaves, 48
as produced by the arrangement of two or more colors in fabrics interlaced with twill-weaves, . 22
in Fabrics produced with the plain-weave, 14
Fancy Gauze, combination of piain and gauze weaving, 231
Fancy Twill IVeaves, being a sub-division of the regular twills, ......... 80
Figured Double Pile Fabrics, 210
Figured Double Plush produced upon a Jacquard machine containing a stationary and a rising "Griffe,"
and also a falling "Grate," 214
Figured Effects as produced by the arrangement of two or more colors in fabrics interlaced with Deriva-
tive weaves, 93
Figured Imitation Gauze weaves. Their method of construction, 104
Figured Pique, 141
Figured Velvet, 171
Figuring zuith an extra Warp upon the face of a fabric otherwise interlaced with its regular warp and
filling, 117
Finished Texture, ends per inch in warp and filling in the finished fabric ; description of the procedure for
ascertaining, 258
Five ply Cloth, a fabric produced by combining five single-cloth fabrics into one structure, .... 147
Foundation Weaves, the divisions for grading the different weaves textile fabrics are constructed by, . 13
/v9«r-//j' Cyo//^, a fabric produced by combining four single-cloth fabrics into one structure, . . . 147
Frame, technical grading of Brussels carpets, 188
Fringes, 160
Fulling. The process of felting cloth.
Fustiatis, pile fabrics produced by an extra filling, 149
Gauze are fabrics characterized by not having their warp-threads resting parallel near each other as ob-
served in ordinary weaving, - . . 22S
Gauze weaving Mechanistnfor Open-shed Looms, . . 237
Gigging. The process of producing a nap on cloths.
Gingham, a fancy cotton fabric.
Gobelin Tapestry, 256
Grading of the various Yarns used in the Manufacture of Textile Fabrics according to Size or Counts, . 269
G>a«zV(?- fr^azr^ are weaves producing in the fabrics they are used for small broken-up effects. Their
method of construction, 85
Cr/^^, a part of the Jacquard machine, 251
Griffe-bars, the constituents of the Griffe 251
Ground-warp, the warp around which the whip-threads are twisted in Gauze weaving.
Ground zvarp or Body ruarp, the warp which forms by interlacing with the filling the body structure in pile
fabrics.
Hair-line, fine line effects (running warp ways) in a fabric. See Figs. 18, 87, 88, 214, 215, 219, 220, 221.
//(7;/a'£'r-/;/, the operative assisting the " Drawer-in " in threading the warp in its harness 31
Harness, or harness-shaft, or shaft, the frame holding the heddles in position 31
Heavy Square in Dcsignhig paper, practical use of the, 10
Heddles, the same are adjusted to the harness-shaft and have the warp-threads drawn through their eye . 31
Heddles ; Rules for estimating the number of heddles required on each harness. 38
Heddle-eye, the opening in the centre of the heddle through which the warp-threads are threaded, . . 31
Honeycomb Bedspread, a fabric interlaced with peculiar weaves known as honeycomb weaves.
Honeycomb Weaves, their method of construction, 98
Ingrahi Carpet, 225
Imitation Gauze Weaves, their method of construction, 102
Imitation Tricot, fine line effects (running filling waysj in a fabric, see figs. 19, 213 and 216.
Jack, a part of the harness-motion in a loom.
Jacquard Gauze, ' 240
Jacquard Harness, 253
Jacquard Machine, .... ..,.,, , , ♦ 250
290
PAGE.
Jersey Cloth, the name of a fabric characterized by its great amount of elasticity. This fabric is mostly
produced by knitting machines. For imitation of Jersey cloth produced upon the regular loom see
weave fig. 628.
Jute is a native plant of China and the East Indies ; its long fibre, which is of a brown to silver-gray color,
is used largely in the manufacture of Brussels and Tapestry carpets, rugs, etc., for the body-ground
structure of the fabric. It is distinguished from flax by being colored yellow under the influence of
sulphuric acid and ioditte solution. The grading of the yarn when spun is done similar to woolen yarn
cut basis (300).
Lantern, the iron extension put on the cylinder of a Jacquard machine. The cylinder is turned by means
of the catches working on the lantern, 251
Lappet Weaving, 123
Lay, Lathe or Batten, a part of the loom. To it are secured the shuttle-boxes and the reed.
Leash, two or more harness cords combined and adjusted to one neck-cord.
Let off Mechanism for the Pile warp in Weaving Double Pile Fabrics 209
Machines for curling warp threads for Astrakhans. ..." 180
Mail, made of metal, forms the centre part of a twine heddle ; in the eye of the mail the warp-thread is
drawn.
Matelasses, a fabric chiefly used for ladies' jackets or mantle cloth. 140
Metric Denominations and those used in the United States, Tables of relative Length, Weight and Capacity
between, 285
Mixed or Cross Draws 35
iVt'i^/^<:a//f;w of the single-lift Jacquard Machine 252
vM7Aaz>, the fleece of the Angora goat. It is largely used in the manufacture of light-weight dress goods,
which are characterized by their lustre. In pile fabrics, as plushes, velvets. Astrakhans, etc. , of a
plain or figured denomination, mohair is frequently used for the "Pile warp," while the ground or
body of the fabric is made of cotton.
Open shed Loom, the name of a loom which by means of its harness motion changes the position of the
harness only when so required by the weave, consequently acts as easy as possible on the yarn ; and
this with an additional allowance for high speed.
Open shed Looms adopted for Gauze-weaving. ...» . 237
Peculiar Character of Gauze Fabrics. . . . ' 231
Picking out or ascertaining the weave 259
Pile Fabrics are woven articles characterized by a soft covering overspreading the ground-structure of the
fabric. 149
produced by an extra filling. 149
produced by an extra warp. 166
Plain-weave, is also known as cotton weave; in this weave, warp and filling cross each other at right
angles, and interweave alternately 13
Plahi Pique Fabrics 140
Plush Fabrics (single plush) , 168
Point Draws 33
Point- harness, the technical name for the first and last harness in a point draw.
/bi«/(fa? 7'z£'///.y are a sub-division of the regular twills. Their method of construction 80
Process of Finishing 9iecessary a7id amount of Shrinkage of the Fabric, 3.?,cer\dii\\mg, 268
Quilts are fabrics used for bedspreads, toilet-covers, etc., made in white, with cotton for material. The
design in these fabrics is produced by a visible stitching in double cloth, 140
Raisers, or warp up, or the warp to be visible on the face of the fabric, 12
Ratine^ a filling pile fabric used for overcoatings, 152
Raw Materials used in the Construction of a Fabric, ascertaining, 261
Raw Silks, 273
Reclining- Twills or flat-twill weaves, are a sub-division of the regular twills. Their method of construc-
tion, 60
Reed, a series of narrow strips of metal, between which the warp-threads pass in the loom, • • •> 39
Reed Calculations 39
Repp, a fabric showing rib lines in the direction of the warp or filling, or in both systems of threads in the
same fabric, 14
Rib Fabrics, ^42
Rib weaves are sub-divisions of the plain weave.
Ril> weaves, plain, • 4i
fancy • • • 43
291
PAGE,
Rib Weaves, figured, 46
oblique, 5°
combining plain and oblique rib-weaves, 51
Roller Loom, a loom in which the harnesses are actuated on by means of straps passing over rollers.
Rules for designing double cloth, 130
Rules for finding the equivalent Counts of a given Thread in another System, 274
Satin Weaves, their method of construction, 25
influence of the twi^t of the yarn upon the fabric produced with the latter, 29
arrangement for commencing the same for special fabrics, 29
.S<?a;«/^jj -5a^^, double-cloth weaving without stitching both cloths, 137
Section Arrangement Draws, 34
Selvedge, selvage, the edge of the cloth, woven in such a manner to prevent ravelling ; alsj called list 01
listing.
Shot about, the alternate exchange (filling ways) of figure-up and ground-up in two-ply ingrain carpet.
Shrinkage of a Fabric in width from loom to case, . 263
5;^;7V//C*a^^ or 7a/^(?«/> of warp during weaving, 263
Shuttle-race way, the part of the lay on which the shuttle travels to and fro.
Silk consists of the pale yellow, buff colored, or white fibre, which the silk worm spins around about itself
when entering the pupa or chrysalis state.
Silk, to detect from wool or the vegetable fibres, 262
^■////^^r^, or filling up, or the filling to be visible on the face of the fabric, . 12
Size of the Yarns found in Sample, ascertaining, 264
Skeleton Harness, the harness frame to which is fastened the doup, 228
Skip Draws 35
Skip Tzuills are a subdivision of the regular twills. Their method of construction, 63
Slackencr or Easer, an attachment on the loom necessary in gauze weaving to ease up the whip-threads when
douping,
Smyrna Carpets and Rugs are pile fabrics of a special method of construction, made upon the " Hautelisse"
loom 221
Spun Silks. 273
Squared DesigJiing Paper, as used for the different textile fabrics, 9
Standard Harness, the harness frame carrying the standard heddle ; through the latter the doup is
threaded 228
Steep Twills, or Diagonals, are a sub division of the regular twills. Their method of construction. . 56
Stitching, technical for the procedure of combining two single-cloth fabrics into double-cloth.
Substitutes for Regular Doups in Gauze weaving 242
Swivel Loom, a loom capable of two different movements ; namely, the swivel and the plain weaving
movements in
Swivel Weaving, a method of weaving for producing figures upon fabrics otherwise interlaced with a reg-
ular warp and filling ; used in the manufacture of figured dress goods, ribbons, etc 109
Table for ascertaining the tmmber of square inches in any Fabric, with a width of 18 inches to 54 inches. . 258
Table for finditig the Satin Weaves most frequently used. 29
Table for Letigths of Cotton Yartis, from No. i to 240s 269
Table for Lengths of Woolen Yarns (cut basis), from i cut to 50 cut yarn. . 271
Table for Lengths of Woolen Yarns (run basis), from % to 15 run 271
Table for Relative Lengths of inches dressed and one yard woven 266
Table showing the Length of Cum Silk Yarn, per pound and ounce, from i dram to 30 dram silk . . 274
Table showing the number of yards of Worsted Yarn (single or two-ply) from number i to 200. . . . 272
Tapestry Carpet. 185
Terry Pile, the pile in a fabric in which the loop is left intact 166
7>rry Pz7^ 7^«3r/f5 in which the pile is produced during weaving without the aid of wires, .... 216
Texture, number of warp and filling ends to one inch in a fabric. There are two textures : a, for the fabric
from the loom, b_ for the finished fabric.
Texture of Fabrics required in loom 263
Three-ply Cloth, a fabric produced by combining three single-cloth fabrics into one structure, ... 146
7>^z'^//^or cutting knife used for cutting (by hand) the pile in warp pile fabrics, 167
Tricot fabrics more or less elastic as compared to other woven articles.
Tricot Weaves. Their method of construction 126
TTvills, weaves forming fine diagonally running lines in the fabric. 16
Twills having Double Twill Effects, are a sub-division of the regular twills. Their method of construction. 77
292
PAGE.
Tivill Weaves producing Checkerboard Effects are a sub division of the regular twills. Their method of
construction, ' . 78
Twisted Yarns composed of Tzvo or more minor Threaas of juhich the Counts are Known, ascertaining their
compound counts, 283
Two ply Ingrain Carpet, 225
Velveteens are filling pile fabrics, 149
Velvet Fabrics, 168
Velvet Pile, the pile in a fabric in which the loop is cut, 166
^/adding, or interior filling. Used in the manufacture of Chinchillas, Matelasses, Piques, and similar fab-
rics. In the first-mentioned class of fabrics it is solely used for increasing the bulk, while in the
latter fabrics it is used to give, in addition, a rich, embossed effect to the design.
Weave, ascertaining the, 259
Weight of Cloth per yard from Loofn, asceriammg 265
Weight per yard of the Finished Fabric, method in nse for ascertaining, 257
Whip thread, or douping warp in gauze.
Whip roll. A part of the loom. The warp passes from the warp-beam around the whip-roll towards the
harness.
?^25:V«^j(/'.y Filling Pile Fabrics, used for overcoatings, . \ 152
Wool. By the term wool we comprehend the hairy covering of several species of mammalia, more especi-
ally that of the sheep. It is more flexible, elastic and curly than hair. Wool, as used for warp and
filling, is either combcdox carded, technically known as zvorsted ox wool-spun yarn.
Woolen Yarn, "cut system," 271
cut basis, — cotton yarn, table of relative lengths, 279
cut basis, — woolen yarn, run basis, table of relative lengths, 279
cut basis, — worsted yarn, table of relative lengths, 280
'^ run system," • 270
run basis. — cotton yarn, table of relative lengths, 277
run basis, — woolen yarn, cut basis, table of relative lengths 278
run basis, — worsted yarn, table of relative lengths, 278
Worsted Yarns, 272
Worsted Yarn, cotton yarn, table of relative lengths, 281
woolen yarn, — cut basis, table of relative lengths, 282
woolen yarn, — run basis, table of relative lengths, . . 282
Worsted Coatings, a double cloth in which the stitching is arranged to form designs, 138
Yai-n Calculations, 283
Silk Plush Looms,
-^i
Mohair Plush Looms,
Worsted Plush Looms,
/^HESE Looms are a great success. The Fabric may be cut in Loom or out of
Loom as desired. I am building a Loom that is especially adapted for
SILK ; also a MOHAIR and WORSTED LOOM.
^ALSO BUILDERS OF^
PATENT RAW STOCK DYEIM MACHINES,
mmn, pickers, reeis, Etc.,
SHAFTINd HANGERS AND PULLEYS.
Call on or Address for Full Particulars,
H
H
yi 1
R. H. PATTON, Proprietor,
Office :
226 Chestnut St., Philadelphia.
Manayunk, Pa.
293
PATENTS.
HQWSQN & HQWSON.
TTOWSON c^ HOWSON, ATTORNEYS-
AT-LAW AND SOLICITORS OF
FA TENTS with offices in the cities of FHILA-
DELPHIA, NEW yORK and WASHINGTON,
D: C, attend to Fatefit Law business, in the Courts,
and before the Fatent Office.
They solicit Fatents and register trademarks
and labels in the United States and in foreign
countries ; prosecute and defend infringement and
other suits relating to patents, trademarks or copy-
rights in the Courts ; examine into, and give re-
ports and opinions upon, questions as to the nov-
elty of invejitions, the validity of patents, etc. ,
and attend to Fatent Law business in all its
branches.
CHARLES HOWSON,
HENRY HOWSON,
HUBERT HOWSON.
Jig S. Fourth Street, FHILADELFHIA, FA.
38 Fark Row, NEW YORK.
giS F Street, WASHINGTON, D. C.
Washing, Drying and Burring Machinery.
BURR CYLINDERS, LICKER-INS, METALLIC FEED
ROLLS, DOFFER COMBS, METALLIC BREASTS,
GARNETT MACHINERY, GARNb-TT PICKERS,
EXHAUST FANS, WOOL DRYERS, Etc., Etc.
CO
-»— >
-4—1
P-
o
biO
5=1
OS
All kinds of Shafting Appliances, Millwrighting, etc.
WORKS AND OFFICE:
Hancock Street, above Lehigh Avenue,
PHILADELPHIA, PA.
DESIGN PAPER
IX AI^Iv SI«ES,
FOR-
Woolen,
Cotton,
Carpet a„d
Upholstery
MILLS
E. -A.. IPOSSEXjI',
2152 K. Twenty-first Street, Philadelphia*
JAMES HUGHES.
JOHN RUSSUM.
HUGHES & RUSSUM,
PROPRIETORS
Mutual Machine W^^ks,
BUILDERS OF
LOOMS,
BEAMING MACHINES, ETC.
With all the latest Innprovements,
Oxford «.^^ Hedge Streets,
FRINKFORD, PHILIDELPHII. '
Special attention given to Repair Work, which
we will furnish promptly and at
reasonable prices.
ORDERS BY MAIL WILL RECEIVE PROMPT
ATTENTION.
294
ESTABLISHED 1848.
OF EVERY DESCRIPTION FOR
<f
Cotton, Woolen, Silk and Worsted Machinery.
OAK
LEATHER
BELTING.
ALSO MANUFACTURERS OF
Bobbins, Spools,
Shuttles and Skewers.
Machine Cards
and
Specialties.
GENERAL MILL FURNISHERS.
No. 113 Cliestnut Street, PtiiladelpLiia
CORRESPONDENCE SOLICITED.
Q
<
O
Q
<
a
o
•-1
JOHN ROYLE & SONS,
Straight Street, Essex Street,
and Ramapo Ave.
PAXERSON, N. J.
K
o
<
DOBBIES,
QUILLERS,
WARPERS,
DOUBLERS.
TWISTERS,
REEL SPINNERS,
COVERING MACHINES.
295
THOMAS HALTON
2627 Mutter Street, Philadelpliia,
MANUFACTURER OF
RISE and DROP SHED
JACQUARD
For 'Worsteds.
Of the most approved
construction, working
with a double cam on
crank-shaft of the
loom, consequently a
saving of power. Can
be applied to any loom
of any make. (The
most perfect machine
in the market.)
Also, builder of Im-
proved DOUBLE-
LIFT, DOUBLE-
CYLINDER J A C-
QUARD for weaving
Turkey-red goods and
table covers of all de-
scriptions. No wear on
cards, as the cylinders
run only half speed.
(Speed — 145 picks per
minute for 70-inch wide
fabrics. Production —
25 yards per 10 hours
ISEP'.^II^IISTO- IlbT -A.31iXj ITS BI2-^3>TCSES
Promptly attended to and satisfaction guaranteed. Send for Circular.
IMPROVED
Jacquard Machine
FOB
Figured Double Velvet
and Plush Fabrics,
Being the only perfect
Jacquard for these popu-
lar fabrics in the market.
(See pages 213 to 215 of
this book.)
IMPROVED PATENT
DOUBLE-LIFT, SINGLE-
CYLINDER JACQUARD.
Can be applied to any
loom. This machine has
come into general use
amongst upholstery and
tapestry goods manufac-
turers, being the best
machine for both fine and
heavy goods. These ma-
chines operate easier on
the yarn and thus permit
the use of an inferior
grade of yarn, with the
best results.
Maker of Brussels Jac-
quard Carpet Machines,
Piano and Witch Ma-
chines, Comber - boards,
Lingos, Etc.
Address all communications to the works,
SeS'Z IL/^TjLtter Street, :E=^]n.ila.d.elpl:Lia,-
296
Established i860.
Telephone Call 495A.
I. A. HALL & CO.
Reeds, Harnesses
AND
deneral Weavers' Supplies,
Nos. 30 and 32 Division Street,
PATERSON, N. J.
Reeds and Harnesses for Ribbons and Dress
Goods of all kinds, for Silk Manufacturers,
a specialty.
Improved Cop Winding Machines — Winds Direct fron\ Skein
io Shuttle— No Bobbins Used.
Successor to A. J. GULP & CO.,
MANUFACTURER OF
doto, Woolen and Wor^teii
MACHINERY,
No. 2427 Mascher Street,
PHILADELPHIA.
IMPROVED BOBBIN WINDING — DIRECT FROM
SKEIN TO SHUTTLE BOBBIN— SAVES SPOOLING.
Upright Spindle Patent Bandless Machine for Hosiery.
UPRIGHT AND SECTION WARPING MILLS,
YARN BUNDLING PRESS,
BEAMING MACHINES, CARPET ROLLING
MACHINES,
WARP SPLITTING MACHINES,
BOBBIN W^INDERS, SPOOLERS, ROLLERS,
WRINGING ARMS, DYE STICKS,
LOOM JACKS, LOOM TREADLES, LOOM
RODS, CRANK ARMS,
PICKING STICKS, BOBBIN WHEELS, Etc.
U
ACOB WALDER
188 RIVER STREET,
Paterson, - N. J.,
Mnfr. of all kitids of
Reeds,
Harnesses,
Lingoes,
Mails,
Shuttles
and Quills.
—DEALER IN—
Weavers' Materials in General.
Plusli and Velvet Reeds a Specialty.
EXCEL^IOi^ LOOH 1(EED WORl^^,
PATENTEES AND SOLE MANUFACTURERS OF
ADAMSONS'
Flexible Bevel Dent Reeds.
REINFORCED WITH SOLDER.
ESPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR WEAVING
FINE WORSTEDS. WOOLENS
AND FANCY COTTON GOODS.
You will save expense in your Weaving Depart-
ment by using Our Patent Flexible Dent Reeds, in
preference to any other make. They cause no
"Streaky" Goods, cause no friction on Warp
Threads, less broken Yarn, no Reed-Rowy Goods.
These Reeds are more durable, and are in every way
an improvement on the ordinary kind. Prices as low
as the best work of Makers of the Common Reed.
Please place with us a trial order, and you will adopt
them.
Excelsior Loom Reed Works,
EDWARD ADAMSON, Prop.,
PAWTUCKET, R. I.
297
GILBERT LOOM CO.,
BUILDERS OF
Looivirs
For Woolens, Cotton, Carpets, Wire, Cane,
Velvet
V
Plush
Also, Patented Special Kinisliing IMachiin.er3^ for Pvleasuring,
Doubling and Folding, Perching and Btj.rling.
works: 1 86 UNION STREET and 36 N. FOSTER STREET,
WORCESTER, MASS.
=^= NO YELTIES.^^
MASON-BUTLER DROP-BOX LOOM.
S™pk - Dura^LIc - ConvenienI - Quict-I^unnin$.
GUARANTEED UNSURPASSED.
CARDS
NEW
MULE.
«/f«crwM^ SPINNING
MASON ^<^ FRAMES
iillACHINE WORKS,
COTTON MACHINERY
MULES
TAUNTON
MASS.
NEW
FRAME
LOOMS
MASON HIGH-SPEED SHEETING LOOM.
New, Improved, Heavy, Convenient, with Great Range.
Silk Loom. Duck Loom. Seamless Bag Loom.
298
L. S. WATSON & CO., Leicester, Mass.,
MANUFACTURERS OF
WATSON'S PATENT MACHINE
WIRE HEDDLES.
Guaranteed to be perfectly adapted to Weaving all kinds of Cotton, Woolen
and Worsted Fabrics, Fancy Cotton, etc., etc. Superior Harness Frames furnished
promptly. Also manufacturers of Hand Stripper Cards of every description.
K:iiL,BXJH.nsr, LiisrcoLnsr
Fall River,
Mass.
& CO.
MAKERS OF
xOxOxlv£xS
For Collon ai 81 Mm
The Seaconnet
Mills, of Fall
River, wove in
301 days of lo
hours 14,329,219
yards of 64 x 64
goods on 928 of
our "High-Speed
Looms," a daily
average of 51X
^y yards per loom
per day.
-ics^s^;
299
THE CAMBRIA SHAFTING AND MACHINE WORKS,
MANUFACTURERS OF-
e above Cut represents our Improved Cop 'Wlncling Machine. Much Saving in Stock, Better Results in
Woven Cloth, Etc. AVrite for Particulars.
CHARLES C. KLEIN, - - Marshall & Cambria Streets, - - PHILADELPHIA, PA.
CHAS. M. McCLOUD & CO.,
216 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia,
IMPORTERS AND MANUFACTURERS
SILK NOILS YARNS, white and fast colors.
FOR
Cloths, Upholstery and Dress Goods.
Spun Silks, Tinsels and Fine Cotton Yarns and Warps.
Selling Agents for MALCOLM: M:ILLS CO.
Chenilles, Tinsel Twists and Threads,
Sewing Cotton, Polished Threads and Cords, Fancy Twists
in Worsted Silk and Cotton.
300
CROMPTON LOOM WORKS,
WORCESTER, MASS.
THE ORIGINAL AND MOST EXTENSIVE WORKS FOR THE BUILDING OF CARPET, FANCY
WOOLEN, COTTON AND SILK LOOMS IN THIS COUNTRY,
The Crompton Cam
Loom
With " 1886 " box motion is
superior for Flannels and
Blankets, and is built of any
desired width and Shuttle-
Box capacity, and with two,
three, four and five -leaf
cam.
The Crompton Silk
Loom
Is excellent in design and
operation, and has patent
special devices particularly
adapted for the wants of
Silk Manufacturers.
The Crompton Gingham
Loom
Is the STANDARD foT Ging-
hams and Similar goods. It
is made with four or six
boxes at one end, or four
boxes at each end, and with
two, three and four -leaf
cam. It has many patent
improvements.
The Crompton Jean
Loom
Has a fixed reputation for
Kentucky Jeans, etc., etc.
■ft-j)^, -rnip: ~W^S^'
The Crompton Improved
Close-Shed "1886"
Fancy Loom.
The BEST for Worsted and
Fancy Cassimeres. It is of
twenty - seven harness ca-
pacity, four boxes at each
end, and patent automatic
let-off and safety filling
stop-motions. The " 1886 "
Box motion is a positive
crank and differential lever
movement ; any of the com-
partments of either series
of Shuttle Boxes are com-
manded at any pick. Single
or Double Beam arrange-
ments as desired.
Crompton's Improved
Comb on the Noble
Principle
Is freely admitted by ex-
perts to be, in many re-
spects, the BEST Comb yet
produced. In workman-
ship, character and produc-
tion, it competes with any
Noble Comb made.
In price it cannot be
underbid.
Is adapted for either coarse
or fine wool, and is fur-
nished with a bailer, or a
can coiler, or spout for a
stationary can, as may be
desired. The main driving
and smaller shafts are steel.
The circles are of choicest
construction and guaran-
teed in every respect.
Crompton's New Ingrain Carpet Loom.
Crompton's New Ingrain Carpet Looms.
THE attention of manufacturers of Ingrain Carpets is called to the consideration of a new Carpet Loom just put
on the market. It carries four (4) shuttles boxes at each end of the lathe ; any one of the series at each end
can be brought into line with the shuttle race at any pick. The Jacquard is of the most approved con-
struction and moves the warps kindly. The let off and take-up motions bring out perfectly matched goods.
On two-ply work, it makes sixty (60) yards per day. The apparatus for moving the boxes cannot be surpassed for
its simplicity and efficiency. This loom has no equal in speed and simplicity from four (4) to seven (7) colors.
CROMPTON'S UPHOLSTERY LOOM,
"With Improved.
1886" Box Motion, is Capable of High Speed and Nice Adjustment
for its Special Line of Goods.
Philadelphia Exhibition Rooms. Echo Mills, Hancock Street, above Lehigh Avenue,
WHERE THE CROMPTON LOOMS MAY BE INSPECTED.
( Ocrrespond-ence Solicited.. )
301
QUAKER CITT
DYE-WORKS CO.
Oxford, Howard & Front Streets,
PHILADELPHIA.
New York Dice, 99 Franklin Street,Watson Bailding, Room 10.
DYERS AND FINISHERS
OK
WORSTED COATINGS,
Woolen and Cotton Dress Goods,
Jersey Cloths, Stockinettes, &c.
DYERS OK
WORSTED, mm AND COTTON SKEIN YABNS,
SLUBBING AND WOOL.
802
Dyeing, Drying and Finishing Macliinery.
-FOR-
COTTON, WOOLEN ^^^ WORSTED GOODS.
TENTERING MACHINES, Clamp and Pin Chain.
SINGEING MACHINES, (Gas and Plate.) JIGGERS.
WASHING MACHINES, Dolly and Open. PADDING MACHINES.
CRABBING MACHINES, Single, Double and Treble. DYE KETTLES, with Small Engines attached.
CALENDERS AND MANGLES, with Paper, Cotton and Husk Rolls.
HANK YARN DRYING MACHINES, (Hartman's Patent.)
DRYING MACHINES, with Horizontal and Vertical Frames, and with Copper and Tinned Iron Cylinders.
H. W. BUTTERWORTH & SoNS,
York and Cedar Streets,
Philadelphia, Pa.
LOOM PICKER COMPANY,
BIDDEFORD, MAINE,
Manufacturers of-
RAW HIDE AND LEATHER LOOM PICKERS,
Including many styles of raw hide pickers of which we are the only manufacturers, such as the Parker
Patent Drop Box Picker which has no plug in the shuttle strike, can not break off at the head nor
work loose around the rod hole, and is guaranteed to be more durable than any other drop box picker
made. Also Scoops, Centre Scoops, Pressed Centres, Feathered Feet Bows, and all other
English styles which have heretofore been imported.
loom: harnesses.
Both single and double knotted, made of the best twine and stock, and finished in the most thorough
manner, making them of guaranteed superior quality.
ENOLISH PICKER LEATHER.
This leather is better adapted for picking purposes than any other. We have the same kind and
quality which is used almost exclusively in England for this purpose, and will send sample on application.
ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE AND SAMPLES OF OUR WORK MAILED ON APPLICATION.
303
THE TEXTILE RECORD
Contains more Original Practical Matter than any other Textile Journal.
Papers on practical Processes for the Woolen Manufacturer, the
Cotton Manufacturer, the Dyer and Bleacher, the Calico
Printer, the Knitter, Etc., Etc., Etc.
RICHLY ILLUSTRATED ARTICLES ON NEW TEXTILE MACHINERY.
It Is the only periodical in the World that fully represents the Knitting Industry.
SUBSCRIPTION PRICE. $3.00 PER YEAR.
The Best European
Correspondence.
Able Editorials
on Industrial Questions.
New Processes
Translated from French
and German
Technical Presses.
The
TEXTILE RECORD
Confessedly
Ranks First Among'
American Journals
as the Representative
of the G-reat
Textile Industries.
The Textile Record Hand-Books.
No. 1. Practice in Wool Carding
" 2. Practice in Finishing, -
50 cts.
80 cts.
Any two for $|.00; the four, $1,75.
The best practical Hand-Books
ever published, and the cheapest,
" 3. Practice in Weaving and Loom Fixing, 75 cts, Uent postpaid on receipt of price
" 4. Practice in Cotton Carding. ■ - - 75 cts ) ^' '"' °®"-
The volumes are small enough to go in the pocket. The prices of technical textile books are
usually very high. These have been issued for the uses of workingmen, and the prices put at very
low figures.
THE TEXTILE RECORD,
425 Walnut Street, Pliiladelphia.
304
UNIFORM IN SIZE WITH THIS BOOK AND BY THE SAME AUTHOR
THE JACQUARD MACHINE
ANALYZED AND EXPLAINED:
With an Appendix on the Preparation of Jacquard Cards & Practical Hints to Learners of Jacqnard Designing
WITH 230 ILLUSTRATIONS AND NUMEROUS DIAGRAMS.
By E. A. rOSSEliT, Bead Master, Textile Department, Pennsylvania Museum and School of Industrial Art.
This book, quarto, handsomely bound in cloth, will be mailed, postage prepaid, to any
address, upon receipt of Price $3.00.
ABSTRACT OK THE CONTKNTS.
History of the Jacquard Machine.
The Jacquard Machine — General Arrangement and Appli-
cation,
Illustration of the different parts of the Jacquard Machine
— Method of Operation, etc.
The Jacquard Harness — The Comber-boards.
Tying-up of Jacquard Harness.
I.— Straight-through Tie-up.
II. — Straight-through Tie-up for Repeated Effects, in one
Repeat of the Design.
III.— Straight-through Tie-up of Jacquard Loom, having
Front Harness attached.
IV.— Centre Tie-up.
V. — Straight-through and Point Tie-ups Combined.
VI. — Straight-through Tie-up in Two Sections.
VII.— Tying-up a Jacquard Harness for Figuring Part of
the Design with an Extra Warp.
Vni.— Straight-through Tie-up in Three Sections.
IX.— Point Tie-up in Three Sections.
X.— Combination Tie-up in Two Sections.
XI. — Straight-through Tie-up in Four Sections.
XII. — Tying-up of Jacquard Looms with Compound Har-
ness attached.
XIII. — Tying-up Jacquard Looms for Gauze Fabrics.
Modifications of the Single Lift Jacquard Machine.
I. — Double Lift Single Cylinder Jacquard Machine.
II. — Double Lift Double Cylinder Jacquard Machine.
III. — Substitution of Tail-cords for Hooks.
Tying-up of Jacquard Harness for Two-ply Ingrain Carpet.
General Description of the Construction of the Fabric.
Straight-through Tie-up.
Point Tie-up.
APPENDIX,
Preparing and Stamping of Jacquard Cards.
Dobby Caid-Punching Machines.
Piano Card-Stamping Machines,
Stamping of Cards,
Repeating Jacquard Cards by the Positive Action
Repealer.
Lacing of Jacquard Cards.
Lacing of Jacquard Cards by Hand.
Lacing of Jacquard Cards by Machine,
PRACTICAL HINTS TO LEARNERS OF JACQUARD DESIGNING,
Squared Designing Paper for the different Textile Fabrics
executed on the Jacquard Machine.
Selection of the Proper Brush for the different n De-
signing Papers.
Colors used for Painting Textile Designs,
Preservation of Textile Designs
Sketching of Designs for Textile Fabrics to be executed on
the Jacquard Machine,
Methods of Setting the Figures,
Size of Sketch Required.
Enlarging and Reducing Figures for Sketches.
Transferring of the Sketch to the Squared Designing
Paper,
Glossary,
Outlining in Squares,
Rules for Outlining in Squares Inside or Outside the
Drawing Outline.
Illustration of a Sketch — Outling on El Paper — Finished
Design — Fabric Sample (Single Cloth),
Designs for Damask Fabrics to be executed on a Jac-
quard Loom, with Compound Harness attached.
Designs for Two-ply Ingrain Carpet.
Designs for Dressgoods Figured with Extra Warp,
Designs for Figured Pile Fabrics.
The Shading of Textile Fabrics by the Weave.
ABSTRACT OF COMMENTS OF THE LEADING TEXTILE PRESS ON THIS WORK.
It is a thoroughly practical work, written by one who is master of the business in all its various branches.
Boston, Mass., November 19th, 1887. Wade's Fibre and Fabric, Boston.
The work is well gotten up, and with its explanatory illustrations, cannot fail to be of great service both to
the student and the advanced weaver.
New York, N. Y,, November, 1887, The Manufacturers' Review and Industrial Record, New York.
This work has long been a serious need in textile mills, and amongst designers and card stampers, and we
predict for it a wide circulation. Tributes to its value have reached us from most prominent manufacturers in
the country,
Philadelphia, Pa,, November, 1887. The Philadelphia Carpet Trade.
The most important addition ever made on this side of the Atlantic to the literature of the textile industry, etc.
Philadelphia, Pa., September 15th, 1887, Textile Record of America, Philadelphia.
It is a great work, and is a credit to the author, etc, etc.
The Bulletin of the Philadelphia Textile Association, now the Manufacturer.
Philadelphia, Pa., October ist, 1887.
It is the only work in the English language that treats exclusively on the Jacquard Machine. No designer
who wishes to be up in his vocation should be without it.
Boston, Mass,, November 5th, 1887. Boston Journal of Commerce,
This work may be obtained from the Author, E, A. POSSELT, 2152 North Twenty-first Street, or HENRY CAREY BAIRD & CO,,
Industrial Publishers, Booksellers and Importers, 810 Walnut Street, Philadelphia, or SAMPSON LOW, MARSTON, SEARLE & RIV-
INGTON, Limited, St, Dunstan's House, Fetter Lane, Fleet Street, London.
305
Patented Aug. 21, i
Patented Aug. 21, i
'ti^
STAFFORD'S
Patent Equalizing Spring Jack
Is constructed so that the weight on harnesses
is reduced in lifting, making great saving in
power. Can be applied to any Loom or
motion.
WK LEAD
them:
ALL.
•1^ >'*'^r''Sn^'
Horizontal Lever. Double-action
Dobbie.
12 to 25 harness capacity.
GEO. W. STAFFORD MFG. CO.,
PROYIDENCE, R. L
To THE Textile Manufacturers, Greeting: —
Your attention is called to the superior advantages of our special machinery
for fancy weaving, for producing any class of goods that can be woven upon a loom.
Upward of eight thousand looms fitted up by us in the United States is a
sufficient guarantee of our ability to fulfill all we promise.
DOBBIES OF ANY CAPACITY.
JAGQUARD MACHINES UP TO 1200 HOOKS,
Single or Double Action, also Rise and Drop Shed for Worsteds.
Patents— June 7, 1887, and Aug. 21, 1888.
A FULL LINE OF SUPPLIES FOR
FANCY WEAVING CONSTANTLY
ON HAND.
Patented January 4, 1881.
Correspondence
Solicited.
See Next Page. "^^H
Vertical Lever, Double-action Dobbie.
12 to 25 harness capacity. Compact, easy
working, reliable.
Single-action iiilieddiug; Engine.
12 to 30 harness capacity.
306
Patents— June 7, 1887, and Aug. 21, 18
Rise and Drop Shed Jacquard.
Specially adapted for Heavy Worsteds and Cloakings. 400 to 600 hooks capacity.
Sateen Dobbie. 3 to 12 Shades.
More goods can be produced than with cams
(1200 in use).
Instruction Given in Weaving Any Class of Goods,
AND SATISFACTION GUARANTEED.
GEO. W. STAFFORD MFG. CO.,
5 POINT STRKKT,
IPKyOVIXDEIsrOiH], Z^. I.
Patented September 6, 1887.
Stafford Comber-Board,
COMPOSED OF WIRE.
Will Not Wear Out, Does Not
Cut Harness.
A LAEGE NUMBER IN USE.
Schaum 8l Uhlinger,
1030-1038 New Market Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
MANUFACTURERS OF
RIBBON, TAPE AND WEBBING LOOMS,
LATEST IMPROVEMENTS. NEW PATTERNS.
CIRCULAR BATTONS,
For Ribbons, Fringes, Tapes, Gimps, Suspender and Goring Web, etc. STRAIGHT
BATTONS with one, two, three or four Banks of Shuttles, Our Battons are made
on a system which insures accuracy in all details of construction ; we use only the best
materials and produce the best Batton in the market. Write us for estimates, it
will pay you.
JACQUARD MACHINES,
With any desired number of hooks. Applied to any manufacture of loom.
Harness Tied up for all Figured Weaving,
A FULL LINE OF WEAVERS' SUPPLIES :
Mails, Lingoes, Heddles, Harness Twine, Compart-Boards, Glass Rings, Shnttle Eyes, &c.
If you contemplate manufacturing figured goods, write to us for information, or
send us samples of the goods you desire to make and we will furnish you estimates
for a complete equipment, including Jacquard Machines, with harness tied-up,
designs made, cards cut, etc.
Sixteen years practical experience in this line of business enables us to give our
customers the best results with the least expense.
Schaum & Uhlinger,
1030-1038 New Market Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
y
/
STERLING & FRANCINE CLARK ART INSTITUTE
NK8804 .P67 1889 stack
Posselt, E. A./Technology of textile des
3 1962 00074 1250
^
p, UHLINGER Wo;?^
MACHINISTS, ^
lA to 3e E. Oansa St., I=liUa..
5
Dobbx card-PiincliIns: Blaclilne.
This machine is built for punching
Jacquard or Dobby Cards of the
strongest pasteboard, punching the
whole card at one revolution or stroke.
After the keys are set, any number of
duplicates can be punched. It is well
constructed, simple, and a most effec-
tive machine.
^
JACQUARD MACHIPiB.
Made for weaving figured goods of all kinds, from the lightest to the heaviest,
either for Silk, Cotton or Wool. Single lift, double lift or raise and drop machines.
Harness tied up and made ready to set on looms of any make. Our raise and
drop are especially adapted to weaving the finest silk and worsted goods.
UHI,I9{GER'S imPROVEID RIBBOBI 1,0091.
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11